Physics For IIT - JEE & All Other Engineering Examinations, - Ashwani Kumar Sharma - II, 1, 2019 - Wiley India - 9789389307245 - Anna's Archive
Physics For IIT - JEE & All Other Engineering Examinations, - Ashwani Kumar Sharma - II, 1, 2019 - Wiley India - 9789389307245 - Anna's Archive
ludst
TM
nc
I at nse
IIT-JEE Qu
L stio
e
II
II I IT - J E E &
Physics for IIT - JEE (Mechanics-II) is designed for the aspirants of JEE and
other engineering examinations. All Other Engineering Examinations
The volumes contain to the point theory and numerous solved numericals along
with practice tests having subjective type, objective type, matrix matching and
integer type questions which provide the aspirants a thorough understanding of
the subject and help prepare them for any type of problem asked in IIT - JEE.
II
Key Features
Develop and hone the problem Mechanics I 20%
solving technique
Abundant tips, short-cut methods
for solving specific problems Oscillations, Waves, Heat
and Thermodynamics 17%
Plenty of conceptual and
application-based numericals with Electrostatics and
detailed solutions and free-body Magnetism 23%
diagrams for better understanding
Optics and Modern Physics 20%
978-93-89307-24-5
Sharma Ashwani Kumar Sharma
` 925/-
Distributed by:
9 789389 307245 TM
Physics for IIT-JEE
&
All Other Engineering Examinations
MECHANICS II
MECHANICS II
As per NTA Syllabus
This book may not be duplicated in any way without the express written consent of the publisher,
except in the form of brief excerpts or quotations for the purposes of review. The information
contained herein is for the personal use of the reader and may not be incorporated in any commercial
programs, other books, databases, or any kind of software without written consent of the publisher.
Making copies of this book or any portion for any purpose other than your own is a violation of
copyright laws.
Limits of Liability/disclaimer of Warranty: The author and publisher have used their best efforts in
preparing this book. The author make no representation or warranties with respect to the accuracy or
completeness of the contents of this book, and specifically disclaim any implied warranties of
merchantability or fitness of any particular purpose. There are no warranties which extend beyond the
descriptions contained in this paragraph. No warranty may be created or extended by sales
representatives or written sales materials. The accuracy and completeness of the information provided
herein and the opinions stated herein are not guaranteed or warranted to produce any particulars
results, and the advice and strategies contained herein may not be suitable for every individual.
Neither Dreamtech Press nor author shall be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial
damages, including but not limited to special, incidental, consequential, or other damages.
Trademarks: All brand names and product names used in this book are trademarks, registered
trademarks, or trade names of their respective holders. Dreamtech Press is not associated with any
product or vendor mentioned in this book.
ISBN: 978-93-89307-24-5
EISBN: 978-93-89698-47-3
Edition: 2019
Preface
It is with great pleasure that I place before you the Physics for IIT-JEE: Mechanics II (the
second in the series) which carries 20% weightage in IIT-JEE.
Ŗ #NNKORQTVCPVEQPEGRVUCPINGRTQDNGOUUJQTVEWVOGVJQFUVTKEMUCPFVKRUJCXGDGGP
RTQXKFGF
Ŗ 6JGVJGQTGVKECNRCTVJCUVQVJGRQKPVVJGQT[HQNNQYGFD[UGXGTCNV[RGUQHEQPEGRVWCN
UQNXGF PWOGTKECN GZCORNGU YJKEJ IKXG VJG UVWFGPV C VJQTQWIJ MPQYNGFIG QH VJG
VQRKE
Ŗ #V VJG GPF QH GCEJ EJCRVGT VJGTG KU C RTCEVKEG VGUV UGV UQ VJCV UVWFGPV ECP CPCN[\G
VJGOUGNXGU
Preface .....................................................................................................................................................v
%KTEWNCT/QVKQP 1
Angular Displacement 1
Angular Velocity 1
Angular Acceleration Denoted by a 2
Relationship Between Angular and Linear Variables 2
Angular Velocity in General 4
Relative Angular Velocity 4
Acceleration in Circular Motion 8
Centripetal Acceleration 9
Centripetal Force 11
Centrifugal Force 11
Analysis of Conical Pendulum 13
What is Coriolis Force? 17
Death Wall or Rotor 21
Motion of Cyclist on Circular Road 22
Banking of Roads and Rails 22
Motion on a Plane Circular Path 24
Why There is Overturning? 25
Dynamics of a Circular Motion in a Vertical Circle 27
Formulae Used in Dynamics of a Circular in a Vertical Circle 29
Daily Practice Problems for JEE Main and Advance 104
Circular Motion
ANGULAR DISPLACEMENT
The angle swept by the particle moving a circular path is called Dl
angular displacement. If a particle travels a distance Ds, then angular
displacement Dq
Dq = Dl r
r
l
or q = simply. VVIP formula
r
The SI unit angular displacement is radian. It is a vector quantity, Fig. 1.1
provided it to be small.
ANGULAR VELOCITY z
or Dl = r Dq r Dl
Dt Dt Dq
or v = rw O
r
w r
r w
a r
a
y
y
v
r r v
a1 at
x
x
(a) Particle is speeding up (b) Particle is slowing down
Fig. 1.5
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ3
r
Angular Velocity (w ) in Vector Form w
D2 D2
fi
v1
nq
1
si
v1 r r
q1
D1 D1
Fig. 1.11
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ5
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 1.1 A particle is spinning with an angular velocity of 4 rad/s about an axis parallel
passing through the point i + 3j - k
to 3j - k . Find the velocity of the particle at the point
4i - 2j + k .
then, n
be the unit vector in the direction of 3j - k =
3j - k (3j - k
)
Solution Let n =
32 + (-1)2 10
\ angular velocity of the particle w = w n
4
= ) rad/s.
(3j - k
10
The position vector of the point with reference to point (i + 3j - k )
r = ( 4i - 2j + k ) - (i + 3j - k
)
= 3i - 5j + 2k m.
Hence, linear velocity v = w ¥ r
4
= ) ¥ (3i - 5j + 2k
(3j - k )
10
-4
= (i + 3j + 9k) m/s. Ans.
10
Problem 1.2 A rigid body is moving parallel to x-axis with constant speed v at a distance
a from the axis. Find its angular velocity about an axis passing through the origin O, at the
instant when radial vector of the rigid body makes angle q with the x-axis.
Solution The velocity of the particle perpendicular to the radial y
vector r is v sin q. Also r sin q = a.
Thus, by the definition v
r 90° – q
v r
w = ^ a
v sin q
r q
o x
v sin q v
= = sin 2 q .
( a/sin q ) a Fig. 1.14
Solution If l1 and l2 are the lengths of the parts OB and AO respectively, then for same
tension in both the threads we can write
T = mw 2 l1 ...(1)
and T = Mw 2 l2 ...(2)
l1 M
\ =
l2 m
l1 9
or = =3 ...(i)
l2 3
Also, l1 + l2 = 1 ...(ii)
From the above equations, we get
l1 = 0.75 m and l2 = 0.25 m Ans.
Problem 1.4 Two bodies A and B are moving as shown in Fig. 1.16. At this moment of time,
find the angular speed of A relative to B.
vA vA sin qA
vB sin qB vB
qA qB
vA cos qA A B vB cos qB
r
Fig. 1.16
On integrating, we get
at 2 v
w = ai
2 an
a 2t 4 r
\ a n = w 2r =
4
As at is along velocity vector v, so Fig. 1.17
a
tan 60° = n
at
a 2t 4 r/4 at 3
or 3 = =
atr 4
1 1
È4 ¥ 3 ˘3 È 4 ¥ 3 ˘3
\ t =Í ˙ =Í -2 ˙
=7s Ans.
Î a ˚ Î 2 ¥ 10 ˚
in direction of motion. Due to which there is an acceleration, which is called normal or radial
v2
acceleration. Its magnitude is found to be .
r
Non-Uniform Circular Motion
If a particle is moving along a circular path with variable speed, its velocity changes due to
change in direction of motion and also by change in magnitude of the velocity. In such a case
there are two perpendicular accelerations:
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ9
Ê v2 ˆ
a = - Á ˜ r̂ + ÊÁ ˆ˜ q
dv
or
Ë r¯ Ë dt ¯ O an
CENTRIPETAL ACCELERATION r
v
P
Method I: Let us consider a particle moving along a circular path of
radius r with constant angular speed w. Its position vector at any time r an
q
t is given by
O
r = OP
= OP r
or r = r(cos q i + sin q j) ...(i)
Fig. 1.20
Differentiating Eq. (i) with respect to time, we get velocity
dr dq dq
v = = r(- sin q i + cos q j)
dt dt dt
Ê dq ˆ
= r Á ˜ ( - sin q i + cos q j)
Ë dt ¯
or v = rw ( - sin q i + cos q j) ...(ii)
10പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
We know that,
dq
= w and ( - sin q i + cos q j) = q
dt
\ v = rw q and|v|= w r .
Acceleration can be obtained by differenting Eq. (ii). Thus,
dv d
an = = [rw ( - sin q i + cos q j)]
dt dt
È dq dq ˘
= rw Í - cos q i - sin q j
Î dt dt ˙˚
Ê dq ˆ
= - rw Á ˜ [cos q i + sin q j]
Ë dt ¯
È dq ˘
= - rw 2 r̂ ÍÎ dt = w ˙˚
v2
or a n = - w 2 r and an = w 2 r =
r
Here a n is called normal acceleration and its direction is towards the centre of circular
path.
The minus sign shows that the acceleration is towards the origin (centre of circle) known
as centripetal acceleration.
Method-II: Let us consider a particle which traverses angle Dq in time Dt, with reference to
the coordinate axes shown in Fig. 1.21, we have,
Dq Dq
vPx = v sin and vPy = v cos
2 2
Dq Dq
and VQx = - v sin , VQy = v cos
2 2
\ Dvy = vQy – vPy y
Dq Dq
= - v cos - v cos =0 v vy
2 2
and Dvx = vQx – vPx Q
–vx
Dq Dq Dq
= - v sin - v sin = - 2v sin . Dq/2
2 2 2 x
Dq/2 vy v
Dq Dq
As Dq is small, so sin ª
2 2 vx
Dq P
\ Dvx = – 2v = - vDq ...(i)
2 Fig. 1.21
Dividing Eq. (i) by Dt, we get centripetal acceleration
Dvx Dq
an = =-v = - v w = -(w r )w = -w 2 r .
Dt Dt
The minus sign tells us that the acceleration is towards the origin (centre of circle).
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ11
CENTRIPETAL FORCE
For a particle moving in a circular path, it has an acceleration towards r
the centre of path. According to Newton’s second law the particle must v
experience a net force towards the centre of path. This force is called
O
centripetal force. If an is the centripetal acceleration, then centripetal F n an
force is given by
Fn = ma n
mv 2 Fig. 1.22
or Fn =
r
Centripetal force may be gravitational force, tension, frictional or Coulomb’s force.
For example: A body is rotating in a circle with the help of a string. Here tension in the string
is the centripetal force.
O
T
Fig. 1.23
For example: Motion of the earth around the sun. Here gravitational force is the centripetal
force.
r
v
Sun Earth
F F
Fig. 1.24
Important:
When force acts always perpendicular to velocity, the resulting motion will be uniform
circular motion.
r
v
CENTRIFUGAL FORCE
Consider a block of mass m placed on a table top at a distance r Sun Earth
F F
from its centre. Suppose the table rotates with constant angular
velocity w and block remains at rest with respect to table. Let us
first analyse the motion of the block relative to an observer on
the ground (inertial frame). In this frame the block is moving in Fig. 1.25
12പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
v2
a circular of radius r. It, therefore, has an acceleration
towards the centre. The resultant
r
mv 2
force on the block must be towards the centre and its magnitude is . In this frame the
forces on the block are: r
(i) Weight mg
(ii) Normal reaction N
(iii) Frictional force f by the table.
Thus, we have, N = mg ...(i)
and by Newton’s second law of motion
mv 2
f = ...(ii)
r
w w
N N
r f mv 2/r
f
mg mg
(a) FBD of the block in inertial frame (b) FBD of the block in non-inertial frame
Fig. 1.26
Now observe the same block in a frame attached with the rotating table. The observer
here finds that the block is at rest. Thus, the net force on the block in this frame must be
zero. The weight and normal reaction balance each other but frictional force, f acts on the
block towards the centre of the table. To make the resultant zero, a pseudo force must be
mv 2
assumed which acts on the block away radially outwards and has a magnitude . This
r
pseudo force is called centrifugal force. In this frame the forces on the block are:
(i) Weight mg
(ii) Normal reaction N
(iii) Frictional force f
mv 2
(iv) Centrifugal force
r
Thus, we have SFvertical = 0
or N – mg = 0 ...(i)
and SFradius = 0
mv 2
or f– =0 ...(ii)
r
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ13
Important
We have got the same result in non-inertial frame as we have got in inertial frame. It should
be remembered that the centrifugal force is taken into account only in rotating frame (non-
inertial frame).
w w
q q
l
q T T
mw 2r q r
r
mg mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 1.27
w 2 l sin q
or tan q =
g
g
w =
l cos q
l2 - r 2 r
= 2p = 2p …(iii)
g g tan q
If q = 90°, the pendulum becomes horizontal and from Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii) we get
v = •, T = • and Tp = 0 which is practically not possible.
r
Work Done in Circular Motion v
(i) In uniform circular motion, the only force is centripetal force, 90°
which acts perpendicular to the velocity. So the rate of doing O
Fn
work or power
dW
P= = Fn ◊ v = Fn v cos 90∞ = 0 .
dt
(ii) In non-uniform circular motion, there are normal and tangential Fig. 1.28
forces. The rate of doing work r
v
dW
P= = (Fn + Ft ) ◊ v
dt Ft
90°
= Fn ◊ v + Ft ◊ v = Fn v cos 90∞ + Ft v cos 0∞ O
Fn
or P = Ft v,
where Ft is the tangential force which comes into play due
to tangential acceleration in non-uniform circular motion and
given by Ft = mat. Fig. 1.29
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 1.6 A biker is riding a bike with a speed of 27 km/h. As he approaches a circular
turn on the road of radius 80 m, he applies the brakes and reduces his speed at the constant
rate 0.5 m/s2. What is the magnitude and direction of the net acceleration of the biker on
the circular turn?
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ15
v 2 22
a= = = 1 cm/s2
r 4
If R is the midpoint of the arc PQ, then –POR = 45° Fig. 1.31
Thus, if ax and ay are the components of the acceleration y
along x-axis and y-axis respectively, then Q
1 ax
a x = a cos 45∞(- x ) = -
R
x
2 a
ay
45°
1
a y = a sin 45∞(- y ) = -
x
and y O P
2
Hence, a = ax + ay
1
= - (x + y ) Ans.
2 Fig. 1.32
Problem 1.8 Kinetic energy K of a particle moving along a circle of radius R depends on
the distance s as K = as2, where a is a constant. What is the force acting on the particle?
16പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 2
Solution Given that mv = as2
2
2 as2
or v2 = ...(i)
m
Here speed depends on s, so there are normal and tangential forces both acting on the
particle.
mv 2 2 as2
Normal force Fn = = ...(ii)
R R
and tangential force Ft = mat
dv dv
= m = mv
dt ds
On differentiating Eq. (i) w.r.t. s, we get,
d 2 d Ê 2 as2 ˆ
(v ) =
ds ds ÁË m ˜¯
dv 2a
2v = ¥ 2s
ds m
dv 2as
or v =
ds m
2 as
\ Ft = m ¥ = 2 as
m
Now resultant force on the particle
2
Ê sˆ
F = Fn2 + Ft2 = 2 as 1 + Á ˜ Ans.
Ë R¯
Problem 1.9 A body of mass m is moving in a circular path of constant radius r such that,
its centripetal acceleration ac is varying with time t as ac = K2rt2, where k is a constant. What
is the power delivered to the particle by the forces acting on it? (IIT-JEE, 1994)
Solution Given that,
a c = k 2r t 2
v2
or = k2rt2
r
\ v = krt …(i)
dv d(krt)
Tangential acceleration, at = = = kr
dt dt
and Ft = mat = mkr
Power delivered, P = Ft v cos q = mkr ¥ krt cos 0°
= mk2r2t. Ans.
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ17
w
ǫ ȍ Ȏ
G. Coriolis, a French mathematician, found the theory of force.
This force arises in a rotating frame when a particle moves with r
respect to the frame. Coriolis force is in addition to centrifugal vt
force. Its direction depends on the direction of velocity of the
particle.
Consider a body moving with a uniform tangential speed v
with respect to a rotating table. The angular velocity of rotation
of the table is w and particle is at a distance r from the centre of
the table. The velocity of the body w.r.t. ground frame.
vT = (vt + wr). Fig. 1.33 Particle is moving
on a rotating table
The centripetal acceleration of the body
(vt + w r )2 vt2
a= = + w 2 r + 2w vt
r r
Thus, the centripetal force F = ma
mvt2
= + m(w 2 r + 2w vt ) .
r
mvt2
1. If the table was not rotating (w = 0) the body has the only force, F = in inertial
frame. r
Thus, due to rotating of the table the body experiences a pseudo force (mw2r + 2 mw vt).
If the body is at rest w.r.t. table vt = 0, then the only pseudo force is mw2r.
Thus, on a moving particle on a rotating table an extra pseudo force 2mw vt comes to
act which is called Coriolis force. Its direction is perpendicular to the direction of vt.
The expression of Coriolis force FCoriolis = 2mwv is free from r, so it does not depend
on the position of the particle but depends on the speed of the body.
vt 2mwvt
w r w
mw 2r + 2mwvt mw 2r
v
{
{
Centri- Coriolis
fugal
Pseudo force
(a) Body is moving along the sense (a) Body is moving opposite to the
of rotation of the table sense of rotation of the table
Fig. 1.34
2. The body is moving with uniform radial velocity vr with respect to rotating table. Here
centrifugal force is mw2r radially outward and Coriolis force is 2mwvr perpendicular
to vr.
18പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Coriolis force
2mwv r
w w vr mw 2r
mw 2r
vr Centrifugal force
2mwv r
Coriolis force
(a) Body is moving radially towards (b) Body is moving radially away from
the centre of table the centre of table
Fig. 1.35
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 1.10 A table with smooth horizontal surface is w = 3 rad/s m
placed in a cabin which moves in a circle of a large radius R
= 100 m, with w = 3 rad/s (see Fig. 1.36). A smooth pulley of 2m
small radius is fastened to the table. Two masses m and 2 m
Fig. 1.36
placed on the table, are connected through a string going over
the pulley. Initially, the masses are held by a person with the strings along the outward radius
and then the system is released from rest (with respect to the cabin). Find the magnitude of
the initial acceleration of the mass m as seen from the cabin.
Solution By Newton’s second law, we can write T
mw2R
(2m)w2R – T = (2m)a ...(i)
(2m)w2R
and T – mw2R = ma ...(ii) T
After simplifying, above equation, we get Fig. 1.37
2
a = 300 rad/s
Problem 1.11 A closed chain D of mass m = 0.36 kg is attached to a vertical rotating shaft
by means of thread (Fig. 1.38) and rotates with a constant angular velocity w = 35 rad/s.
The thread forms an angle q = 45° with the vertical. Find the distance between the chain’s
centre of gravity and the rotation axis, and the tension of the thread.
Fig. 1.38
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ19
g tan q mg
or r = Ans.
w2 Fig. 1.39
Problem 1.12
(i) A motor car is going on a bridge which is convex of radius R with constant speed v.
Find normal reaction when it is at an angular position q from the vertical.
(ii) A motor car is going on a concave bridge of radius R with constant speed v. Find
normal reaction when it is at an angular position q from the vertical.
Solution
(i) FBD is shown in Fig. 1.40. By Newton’s second law, we have
mv 2 N v
mg cos q – N =
R
q
mv 2
\ N = – mg cos q
R mg
q
With the decrease in q, N will decrease and so it will
be least at the top of the bridge.
mv 2 Fig. 1.40
It is N =
R
(ii) FBD of the motor car is shown in Fig. 1.41. By Newton’s second law, we have
mv 2 N
N – mg cos q =
R
q
mv 2
\ N = + mg cos q. q
R
With the decrease in q, N increases and so it will be
maximum at the bottom of the bridge. It is v
mv 2 mg
N = +mg
R
Fig. 1.41
Problem 1.13 A sleeve A can slide freely along a smooth rod bent in the shape of a half
circle of radius R. The system is set in rotation with a constant angular velocity w about a
vertical axis OO’. Find the angle q corresponding to the steady position of the sleeve.
20പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ú v dv = Úw
2
xdx
0 a
Fig. 1.44
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ21
v b
v2 2x2
= w
2 0
2 a
or v = w (b – a2)
2 2 2
\ v = w b 2 - a2 Ans.
Problem 1.16 A metal ring of mass m and radius R is placed on a smooth horizontal table
and is set rotating about its own axis in such a way that each part of the ring moves with a
speed v. Find the tension in the ring. (IIT Roorkee, 1974)
Solution Take a small part of the ring which subtends Dq
Dq
an angle Dq at the centre of the ring. Let T be the tension T cos T cos
2 Dq Dq 2
in the ring. The forces act on this part in the plane of 2 Dq
2 2T sin
rotation are shown in Fig. 1.45. The mass of the small Dq Dq 2
m
part of ring Dm = Dq . T
2 2
T
2p
Dq
The centripetal force on this part is 2T sin . By
Newton’s second law, we have 2 T T
Dq Dmv 2
2T sin = Fig. 1.45
2 R
As Dq is small,
Dq Dq
\ sin
2 2
The above equation reduces to
2
Ê Dq ˆ Êm ˆv
2T Á = ◊ Dq
Ë 2 ˜¯ ÁË
2p
˜¯
R
mv 2
or T = Ans.
2p R
fi v £ m s rg
N
q N Vertical
O f W h
q Horizontal
r b q
mg
f = msN
mg
Fig. 1.48
mv 2
N sin q + ms N cos q = ...(ii)
r
Dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (i), we have
sin q + m s cos q v2
=
cos q - m s sin q rg
È m s + tan q ˘ 2
vmax
Í ˙ = ...(1)
Î 1 - m s tan q ˚ rg
If tendency of the car is to slip down the plane, it corresponds to minimum speed of the
car, then
È m s - tan q ˘ vmin
2
Í 1 + m tan q ˙ = ...(2)
Î s ˚ rg
So,
(i) If tendency of the car is to slip up, then
m s + tan q v2
= max fr
1 - m s tan q rg q
Fig. 1.49
24പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
m s - tan q v2
= min
1 + m s tan q rg q
Fig. 1.50
(iii) When there is no friction between the tyres and the road, ms = 0, then we have
v2
tan q =
rg
(Bending of cyclist from vertical)
or v £ mstatic rg
\ vmax = mstatic rg
Now taking moment of all the forces acting on the car’s centre of gravity (or any other
point) we have
mstatic (N1 + N2) ¥ h + N1 ¥ a – N2 ¥ a = 0 ...(iii)
v2
From Eq. (i), N2 = mg – N1 and from Eq. (ii) we have mstatic = . Substituting these values
in Eq. (iii) and after simplification, we get rg
mg Ê v hˆ
2
N1 = Á 1- ...(iv)
2 Ë rga ˜¯
mg Ê v2 h ˆ
and N2 = Á 1+ ...(v)
2 Ë rga ˜¯
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ25
mg Ê v hˆ
2 Overturning of
or Á 1- ≥0
rga ˜¯
the car
2 Ë
rga
or v £
h
Fig. 1.52
WORKED PROBLEMS
w
Problem 1.17 A uniform rod of length l and mass
m rotates uniformly with an angular velocity w in a
horizontal plane about a vertical axis passing through T T + dT
one of its ends. Determine the tension in the rod as a
function of the distance x from the rotation axis. x
dx
(IIT Roorkee, 1976)
Fig. 1.53
Solution Choose a small element of width dx at a
m
distance x from one end of the rod. The mass of the element dm = dx. Let T be the tension
l
in the rod at a distance x. By Newton’s second law for the motion of element of mass dm,
we have
T – (T + dT) = (dm)w2x
Êm ˆ
or – dT = Á dx˜ w 2 x
Ë l ¯
Integrating the above equation, we get
0 l
mw 2
l Úx
- Ú dT = xdx
T
mw 2 2 l
or -|T|T0 = |x |x
2l
mw 2 2
or –(0 – T) = (l - x 2 )
2l
mw 2 2
or T = (l - x 2 ) Ans.
2l
mw 2 l
Special case: At x = 0, T = Tmax =
2
At x = l/2 T =
mw l
8
26പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 1.18 A particle of mass m describes a horizontal circle on the smooth inner surface
of a conical funnel as shown in Fig. 1.54. If the height of the plane of the circle above the
vertex is 9.8 cm, find the speed of the particle.
9.8 cm
Fig. 1.54
or v = (r tan a ) g
Fig. 1.55
= hg = 0.098 ¥ 9.8 = 0.98 m/s
Problem 1.19 A conical pendulum, a thin uniform rod of length l and mass m, rotates
uniformly about a vertical axis with angular velocity w (the upper end of the rod is hinged).
Find the angle q between rod and the vertical.
Solution Choose an element of the rod of width dx
at a distance x from the hinge. Mass of the element, w
m q
dm = dx. The centrifugal force on this element x
l
dF = (dm) w2 (x sin q). dmw2(x sin q)
Its moment of force about the hinge
l/2
dt = dF ¥ x cos q
= (dm) w2 (x sin q) (x cos q) mg
Fig. 1.56
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ27
Ê sin 2q ˆ
= ÊÁ dxˆ˜ w 2 x 2 Á
m
Ë l ¯ Ë 2 ˜¯
mw 2
= sin 2q x2 dx ...(i)
2l
For the moment of force of whole length of rod, integrating (i)
l
mw 2
t = sin 2q Ú x 2 dx
2l 0
mw 2 l 2
= sin 2q ...(ii)
6
In the rotating frame, apart from other forces the centrifugal force also act. For rotational
equilibrium of the rod, we have  t = 0.
Taking moment of all the forces the about hinge and putting their algebraic sum zero,
we get
l mw l 2
mg sin q = sin 2q
2 6
3g
or cos q = Ans.
2w 2 l
DYNAMICS OF A CIRCULAR MOTION IN A VERTICAL CIRCLE
Suppose a body of mass m tied to the one end
H
of the string and made to rotate in a vertical
circle of radius r as shown in Fig. 1.57. Let u be
the velocity of the body at its lowest position.
Its velocity for any angular position q is v.
M
Height of the body, h = r – r cos q = r (1 – cos q). O T
q r
By the third equation of motion r cos q
T v
v2 = u2 = 2gh N
P
= u2 – 2gr (1 – cos q) h = r (1 – cos q) q
L mg cos q
or v = u2 - 2 gr (1 - cos q ) ...(i)
mg
Tension in the string;
by Newton’s second law Fig. 1.57
2
mv
T – mg cos q =
r
mv 2
\ T = mg cos q +
r
u2 - 2 gr (1 - cos q )
or T = mg cos q + m ...(ii)
r
28പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
or v = gr
The most critical position at which body can leave the circle is its highest position.
Thus, the critical velocity will be vc = gr .
v c > 2gr
(ii) For q = 90°:
From Eq. (i), we get v = 5 gr - 2 gr (1 - cos 90∞) TH = 0
= 3gr
m( 3 gr )2 T = 3 mg
and T = mg cos 90° + = 3 mg. v c = 3 gr
r v c = 3gr T = 3 mg
Critical Circle
v = u2 - 2 gr (1 - cos q ) and
TL = 6 mg
2
m [u - 2 gr (1 - cos q )]
T = mg cos q + u = 5 gr
r
Fig. 1.59
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ29
Important:
It can be shown that, TL – TH = 6 mg.
u= 2gr . u = 2gr
O
The body will go to a height;
r u < 2gr
v2 = u2 – 2gh
or 0 = ( 2 gr )2 – 2gh
u
fi h = r. L
Thus, for velocity u £ 2gr , the body cannot cross the position M and thereafter return
back towards initial position and due to inertia cross the mean position (L) and will
oscillate about L.
(ii) For 2 gr < u < 5 gr
As the velocity u > 2gr , the body will cross the position M but cannot go up to H,
because (u < 5gr ). So the body will leave the circle somewhere between M and H
and will follow parabolic path.
v= u2 - 2 gh
30പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Units Used
Radius r and height h are in metre, velocities u and v are in ms–1, tensions T, TL and TH are
in newton.
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 1.20 In a rotor, a hollow vertical cylindrical structure rotates ........................ .
.................................................................................................................
..................................... ..
about its axis and a person rests against the inner wall. At a particular
speed of the rotor, the floor below the person is removed and the person
fs
hangs resting against the wall without any floor. If the radius of the
rotor is 2 m and the coefficient of static friction between the wall and N
the person is 0.2, find the minimum speed at which the floor may be
removed. Take g = 10 m/s2.
mg
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 1.61.
When the floor is removed, the forces on the person are:
Fig. 1.61
(a) wight mg downward,
(b) normal force N due to the wall, towards the centre, and
(c) friction force fs, parallel to the wall, upwards.
The person is moving in a circle with a uniform speed, so its acceleration is v2/r towards
the centre.
Newton’s law for the horizontal direction (2nd law) and for the vertical direction (1st
law) give
N = mv2/r ...(i)
and fs = mg ...(ii)
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ31
For the minimum speed when the floor may be removed, the friction is limiting one and
so equals ms N. This gives
ms N = mg
m s mv 2
or = mg [using Eq. (i)]
r
rg 2m ¥ 10 m/s 2
or v = = = 10 m/s.
ms 0.2
\ v = 2.5 ¥ 10 = 5 ms–1.
v 5
Angular speed, w = = = 2 rad s–1
r 2.5
w 2 60
Frequency of rotation, v = = rps = rpm. Ans.
2p 2p p
Problem 1.24 A stone of mass 0.3 g is tied to one end of a string 0.8 m long and rotated
in a vertical circle. At what speed of the ball will the tension in the string be zero at the
highest point of the circle? What would be the tension at the lowest point in this case? Given
g = 9.8 ms–2. (WBJEE, 2010)
Solution When tension is zero at the highest point, speed is minimum. It is given by
\ 2gh = 5gr
5 5
or h = r = ¥ 10 = 25 m.
2 2 [∵ Diameter = 20 m]
Problem 1.26 A weightless thread can bear tension upto 3.7 kg wt. A stone of mass 500 g
is tied to it and revolves in a circular path of radius 4 m in a vertical plane. If g = 10 cm–2
then what will be the maximum angular velocity of the stone?
Solution Here Tmax = 3.7 kg wt = 3.7 ¥ 10 = 37 N,
m = 500 g = 0.5 kg, r = 4 m
mv 2
As Tmax = + mg
r
mv 2
\ = Tmax – mg = 37 – 0.5 ¥ 10 = 32
r
32 ¥ r 32 ¥ 4
or v2 = = = 256 or v = 16 ms–1
m 0.5
v 16
Hence, w = = = 4 rads–1
r 4
Problem 1.27 The speed given at the bottom in a circular motion is 3gl. Find speed at an
angle 60°. Also find speed when the ball is at horizontal level. (OJEE, 2013)
3gl
Fig. 1.64
Problem 1.28 When should be the speed at bottom such that a ball doing circular motion
is able to reach the horizontal level?
Solution Let the speed be v0
v2 = u2 + 2as
The speed at the horizontal level will become zero.
Problem 1.29 The speed given at bottom is 6gl . Find speed and tension at an angle 120°.
Also find speed and tension at top.
6gl
Fig. 1.66
Solution v2 = u2 + 2ah
3l
At 120° h = l + l sin 30° = (h is the vertical displacement).
2
30°
Ê 3l ˆ
v2 = 6gl – 2g Á ˜ \ v= 3gl h
Ë 2¯ l
Tension at this position
Components of mg force are taken. 6gR
2
mv
T + mg cos 60° = Fig. 1.67
l
mg 3 mgl
T+ =
2 l
mg 5 mg
T = 3 mg – =
2 2
Speed and tension at top:
v2 = u2 + 2ah or v2 = 6gl – 2g(2l)
\ v= 2gl
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ35
For tension:
mv 2
mg + T = fi mg + T = 2 mg
l
\ T = mg
Problem 1.30 A small body of mass m slides along a P
frictionless loop. If the body starts from rest at P, what
is the resultant force on it at Q? The height of P with
respect to the loop bottom is 5R. At what height above
h
the bottom of the loop, should the block be released
so that the force it exerts against the track at the top R
of the loop is equal to its weight? Q
fi v¢ = 2gR
Now from conservation of mechanical energy, we have
1
mgh = mg(2R) + mv¢ 2
2
1
= mg(2R) + m ¥ 2 gR
2
\ h = 3R Ans.
Problem 1.31 A ball suspended by string swing in a vertical plane so that its acceleration
values in the extreme and the lowest position are equal. Find the string deflection angle in
the extreme position.
36പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution Suppose q is the required angle. At extreme position the velocity of the ball is
v2
zero, thus normal acceleration an = = 0, and tangential acceleration at = g sin q. At mean
l
position the velocity of the ball
v= 2g (l - l cos q ) . q
v2
The normal acceleration at this position an = l cos q l
l
2g (l - l cos q )
= = 2g(1 – cos q)
l g sin q v=0
and tangential acceleration q
h = l – l cos q
at = g sin q = 0. g
Thus, total acceleration at mean position
Fig. 1.70
a = 2g(1 – cos q)
According to the given condition, we have
g sin q = 2g(1 – cos q)
After solving, we get q = 53°. Ans.
Problem 1.32 A simple pendulum is oscillating with angular displacement 90°. For what
angle with the vertical the acceleration of the bob directed horizontally?
v2
Solution At q = 90°, v = 0, an = = 0 at any angular position q, h = l cos q. The velocity
r
of the body at angular position q is
v2 = 0 + 2g(l cos q) ...(i) q
l
l cos q
The normal acceleration of the bob, an
v2 a q
an =
l q
at
g
2gl cos q
= = 2g cos q
l Fig. 1.71
sin q 2g cos q
or =
cos q g sin q
A v0 B
Problem 1.33 A small block slides with velocity 0.5 gr on the
C
horizontal frictionless surface as shown in the Fig. 1.72. The block q
leaves the surface at point C. Calculate angle q in Fig. 1.72. r
O
Solution v2 = v02 + 2gh = (0.5 gr )2 + 2gr(1 – cos q)
Fig. 1.72
= ( 2.25 gr – 2gr cos q) h = r – r cos q
At the time of leaving contact, N = 0 = r(1 – cos q)
h
mv 2
\ mg cos q = = 2.25 mg – 2mg cos q v
r q
r cos q
r mg
2.25 3 q
\ cos q = =
3 4
A l
O
q
v0
Fig. 1.75
38പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
mv 2 v
Now, 2 mg – mg sin q = 90° – q
R
v2
or 2g – g sin q =
R mg
Problem 1.36 The bob of the pendulum shown in Fig. 1.77 describes an arc of circle in a
vertical plane. If the tension in the cord is 2.5 times the weight of the bob for the position
shown. Find the velocity and the acceleration of the bob in that position.
2.0 m
30°
Fig. 1.77
mv 2
Solution 2.5 mg – mg cos 30° =
r
q
v2 v2
\ 1.63 g = =
r 2 T = 2.5 mg
\ v = 5.66 m/s v
2 2
Fnet = (2.5 mg ) + (mg ) + (2)(2.5 mg )(mg )cos 150∞ 150°
30°
= 1.7 mg
Fnet mg
anet = = 1.7 g ª 16.75 m/s2 Ans.
m Fig. 1.78
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ39
Problem 1.37 A track consists of two circular parts ABC and CDE of equal radius 100 m and
joined smoothly as shown in Fig. 1.79. Each part subtends a right angle at its centre. A cycle
weighing 100 kg together with the rider travels at a constant speed of 18 km/h on the track.
(a) Find the normal contact force by the road on the cycle when it is at B and at D.
(b) Find the force of friction exerted by the track on the tyres when the cycle is at B, C
and D.
(c) Find the normal force between the road and the cycle just before and just after the
cycle crosses C.
(d) What should be the minimum friction coefficient between the road and the tyre, which
will ensure that the cyclist can move with constant speed? Take g = 10 m/s2.
B
A C E
D
Fig. 1.79
Solution
(a) Force diagrams at B and D are shown in Fig. 1.80.
Fcf
n
n Fcf mg
mg
at B at D
Fig. 1.80
cf = centrifugal force
For B: 2
(5)
n = mg – Fcentrifugal force = 100 ¥ 10 – 100 ¥ = 975 N
100
mv 2
[∵ Fcf = ; v = 18 kmph = 5 ms–1]
R
For D:
(5)2
n = mg + Fcf = 100 ¥ 10 + 100 ¥ = 1025 N
100
f
(b) At B and D, no friction acts. Because there is no additional
tangential force acting on the bicycle. At C, a component of
mg acts along the track. This component is counterbalanced by
friction.
mg sin 45°
Thus, mg
f = mg sin 45 = 100 ¥ 10 ¥ (0.7071) = 707 N Fig. 1.81
40പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2p g 2R
or = or T = 2p g = 2 hr.
T 2R
Problem 1.39 A motorcycle has to move with a constant speed on an overbridge which
is in the form of a circular arc of radius R and has a total length L. Suppose the motorcycle
starts from the highest point.
(a) What can its maximum velocity be for which the constant with the road is not broken
at the highest point?
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ41
1
(b) If the motorcycle goes at speed times the maximum found in part (a), where will
2
it lose the contact with the road?
(c) What maximum uniform speed can it maintain on the bridge if it does not lose contact
anywhere on the bridge?
Fcf
Solution
mg sin a
(a) To remain in contact at highest point, vmax = Rg
A mg cos a B
a
vmax Rg
(b) v = = a mg
2 2 q q R
Let contact is broken at angle a . Then,
mv 2 m Rg
mg cos a = Fcentrifugal force = or mg cos a = ◊ Fig. 1.83
R R 2
1 p
or cos a = or a = rad
2 3
(c) To not lose contact at end point
mv 2 L mv 2 L
mg cos q = or mg cos = or v= Rg cos
R 2R R 2R
Problem 1.40 Figure 1.84 shows a light rod of length l rigidly attached to a small heavy
block at one end and a hook at the other end. The system is released from rest with the rod
in a horizontal position. There is a fixed smooth ring at a depth h below the initial position
of the hook and the hook gets into the ring as it reaches there. What should be the minimum
value of h so that the block moves in a complete circle about the ring?
Fig. 1.84
Solution The velocity gained by the block after falling from height h
v= 2gh
Velocity required to complete vertical circular motion
v= 2gR
So, 2gh = 2gR or h=R=l
42പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 1.41 The bob of a pendulum at rest is given a sharp hit to impart a horizontal
velocity 10gl where l is the length of the pendulum. Find the tension in the string when:
(a) the string is horizontal,
(b) the bob is at its highest point, and
(c) the string makes an angle of 60° with the upward vertical.
Solution Tension at the lowest point
Ê v2 ˆ Ê 10 gl ˆ
T = m Á 0 + g˜ = m Á + g ˜ = 11 mg
ËR ¯ Ë l ¯
The velocity at horizontal point is v
mv 2
v2 = v02 – 2 Rg = 10 gl – 2 gl = 8 gl \ T= = 8 mg
l
The velocity at the topmost point is v¢, where
v¢2 = v02 – 4gl = 10 gl – 4 gl = 6 gl
Ê v¢ 2 ˆ
So, T = mÁ - g ˜ = m(6 g - g ) = 5 mg
Ë R ¯
The velocity when string makes an angle q with vertical v≤, where
v≤ = v02 – 2gl (1 + cos q)
q
Ê 1ˆ
= 10 gl – 2gl Á 1 + ˜
Ë 2¯
= 10gl – 3gl = 7gl
Tension at angle q Fig. 1.85
Ê v ¢¢ 2 ˆ Ê 7 gl 1ˆ
T = mÁ - g cos q ˜ = m Á - g ◊ ˜ = 6.5 mg
Ë R ¯ Ë l 2¯
Problem 1.42 A block of mass m moves on a horizontal circle against the wall of a cylindrical
room of radius R. The floor of the room on which the block moves is smooth but the friction
coefficient between the wall and the block is m. The block is given an initial speed v0. As a
Function of the speed v write:
(a) the normal force by the wall on the block,
(b) the frictional force by the wall, and
(c) the tangential acceleration of the block.
Ê dv dv ˆ
(d) Integrate the tangential acceleration Á = v ˜ to obtain the speed of the block after
Ë dt ds ¯
one revolution.
Solution
mv 2
(a) n = normal reaction = Fc =
r
mmv 2
(b) f = mn =
r
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ43
f mv2
(c) at = =-
m r
dv mv 2 v dv 2p r m ds
(d) Now, v
ds
= -
r
or Úv
0 v
=Ú -
0 r
v m
or ln = – 2pr = – 2p m or v = v0 e–2pm
v0 r
Problem 1.43 A nail is located certain distance vertically below the point of suspension
of a simple pendulum. The pendulum bob is released from the position where the string
makes the angle 60° from the vertical. Calculate the distance of the nail from the point of
suspension such that the bob performs revolutions with the nail as the centre. Assume the
length of the pendulum is 1 m.
Solution The velocity of the bob at its lowest position;
by the third equation of motion 60°
l l=1m
v2 = 0 + 2 g(l – l cos 60°) = 2g ¥
2 d
or v = gl = g ¥ 1 ...(i)
= g. Nail
l – l cos q
Let d be the distance of the nail from the point of
suspension. The bob will have to complete the circle of
radius r = 1 – d. Fig. 1.86
For the bob to just perform the revolutions about the nail, the minimum speed at the
lowest position must be
5gr = 5 g(1 - d) ...(ii)
Equating Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
g = 5 g(1 - d)
4
After solving, d = = 0.80 m Ans.
5
Problem 1.44 A particle of mass m slides from the top of the surface of a sphere of radius
R. It loses contact and strikes the ground. At what depth below the top the particle will lose
contact with the surface? At what horizontal distance from
N
the initial position the body strikes the ground? h P
Fig. 1.87
44പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
R-h 2
and cos q = =
h 3
5
and sin q =
3
2 gR
Velocity at point P becomes v = 2 gh =
3
Vertical component of velocity at P = v sin q and horizontal component of velocity is v
cos q.
R 5R
Height of P from ground = 2R – h = 2R – = .
3 3
If t is the time taken by the particle to reach the ground from P, then by second equation
of motion
5R 1
= v sin qt + gt2 ...(iii)
3 2
and x = v cos q t ...(iv)
Solving Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get
x = 0.71 R
Thus, horizontal distance from A at which the particle strikes is
5
= R sin q + x = R ¥ + 0.71R = 1.5R Ans.
3
Problem 1.45 A small heavy block is attached to the lower end of a light rod of length l
which can be rotated about its clamped end. What minimum horizontal velocity should the
block be given so that it moves in a complete circle? (BITSAT, 2006)
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ45
L
fi v = 2 g Ans.
Fig. 1.88
Problem 1.46 A round cone A of mass m = 3.2 kg and half angle a = 10° rolls uniformly
without slipping along a round conical surface B so that its apex O remains stationary. The
centre of gravity of the cone A is at the same level as the point O and at a distance 1 = 17 cm
from it. The cone’s axis moves with angular velocity w. Find:
(a) the static frictional force acting on the cone A, if w = 1.0 rad/s; and
(b) At what values of w the cone A will roll without sliding, if the coefficient of friction
between the surface is equal m = 0.25?
Solution
(a) For the equilibrium of the cone in the vertical N
direction
a
N cos a + fr sin a = mg ...(i) O a A
l
The cone rolls without slipping, and its centre
of mass O describes a circle or radius l. One can fr
write
mg
fr cos a – N sin a = mw2 l ...(ii)
Solving above equations, we get
fr = (mg sin a + mw2l cos a) ...(iii)
(b) For pure rolling, the rolling friction is less than Fig. 1.89
or equal to the limiting friction
fr £ mN
Solving Eqs. (i) and (iii), we get
N = mg sin a – mw2l sin a.
Substituting this value in fr £ mN, we get
g ( m - tan a )
w£ Ans.
(1 + m tan a )
Problem 1.47 A small body of mass m tied to a non-stretchable thread moves over a smooth
horizontal plane. The other end of the thread is being drawn into a hole O shown in Fig. 1.90
with a constant velocity. Find the thread tension as a function of the distance r between the
body and the hole if at r = r0 the angular velocity of the thread is equal to w0.
46പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution The thread tension T is equal to the centrifugal force mw2r. Since the net torque
due to all the forces acting on the body of mass m is zero, and therefore the angular
momentum must be constant.
O
r T mw2r
Fig. 1.90
\ mw0 r02 = mw r2
or w = mw 0 r2/mr2 = w0 r02/r2
Tension in the string will be equal to the centrifugal force
\ T = mw2r = m(w0r2/r2)2r
or T = mw02 r04/r3 Ans.
Problem 1.48 A tube of length L is filled completely with an
incompressible liquid of mass M and closed at both ends. The tube
is then rotated in a horizontal plane about one of its ends with a L
uniform angular velocity w. Find the force exerted by the liquid at O
the other end. (IIT-JEE, 1992)
Solution The mass of the element of width dx,
m Fig. 1.91
dm = dx
L
By Newton’s second law, we can write
(F + dF) – F = (dm) w2x
Êm ˆ
or dF = Á dx˜ w 2 x F
ËL ¯ F + dF
x
L dx
mw 2
or Ú (dF) = L Ú0
xdx
Fig. 1.92
mw 2 L
F = Ans.
2
Problem 1.49 A small particle of mass m initially at A (Fig. 1.93), slides down a frictionless
surface AEB. When the particle is at point C, show that the angular velocity and the force
Ê 2g sina ˆ
exerted by the surface are w = ÁË ˜ and F = 3 mg sin a.
R ¯
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ47
A B
a
C
E
Fig. 1.93
O
B B
w R F
r q
A w N A
mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 1.95
Solution Different forces are shown in Fig. 1.95(b). Resolving these forces along tangent
and normal directions, we have
N sin q + F cos q = mw2 r ...(1)
N cos q = F sin q or N = F sin q/cos q ...(2)
Further r cos q = (l + Dl),
48പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
w
r
P
h mg
q
Fig. 1.98
O N sin q
C
R
e
sid f
In
mg q
Inside
Fig. 1.99
N cos q – mg = 0 N cos q = mg
mv 2 mv 2
N sin q = mg tan q =
R R
v = Rg tan q .
50പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
mv 2 Ê v2 ˆ
or T – mg cos a = T = m Á g cosa + ˜
L Ë L¯
2
2 Ê mv ˆ
2
v4
(ii) |Fnet| = (mg sin a ) + Á ˜ = m g 2 sin 2 a + 2
Ë L ¯ L
Problem 1.55 A wheel rotates around a stationary axis so that the rotation angle f = at2,
where a = 0.20 rad/s2. Find the total acceleration a of the point A at the rim at the moment
t = 2.5 s if the linear velocity of the point A at this moment v = 0.65 m/s.
Solution Given: f = at2
df d 2f
Angular velocity, w = = 2 at ; a = 2 = 2 a
dt dt
We know that v = wr
or v = (2at)r
v 0.65
\ r = = = 0.65 m
2 at 2 ¥ 0.2 ¥ 2.5
Tangential acceleration at = ar
= 2ar = 2 ¥ 0.20 ¥ 0.65
= 0.26 m/s2
v2
Normal acceleration an =
r
0.652
= = 0.65 m/s2
0.65
1 4È OA 1 ˘
cos q = = ∵ cos q = = O
1.25 5 ÍÎ AP 1.25 ˙˚
P
q
T2 cos q
mg 5 mg 5 mg
\ T1 – T2 = = = ¥ 4 ¥ 9.8 = 49 N
cos q 4 4
Fig. 1.102
Given, T1 = 60 N
T2 = T1 – 49 = 60 N – 49 N = 11 N
The net horizontal force (T1 sin q + T2 sin q) provides the necessary centripetal force m w2 r.
(T1 + T2 )sin q
\ (T1 + T2) sin q = m w2r fi w2 =
mr
3
sin q = 1 - cos 2 q = 1 - ( 4/5)2 =
5
r = OP = 1.252 - 12 = 0.75
3
(60 + 11)
\ w2 = 5 = 14.2 w= 14.2 = 3.768 rad/s
4 ¥ 0.75
w 3.768
Frequency revolution = = = 0.6 rev/s or 36 rev/min
2p 2 ¥ 3.14
Problem 1.57 A particle is moving along a vertical circle of radius r = 20 m with a constant
vertical circle of radius r = 20 m with a constant speed v = 31.4 m/s as shown in Fig. 1.103.
Straight line ABC is horizontal and passes through the centre of the circle. A shell is fired
from point A at the instant when the particle is at C. If distance AB is 20 3 m and the shell
(2n - 1)2
collides with the particle at B. Then prove tan q = . When n is an integer. Further,
show that smallest value of q is 30°. 3
Solution As at the time of firing of the shell, the particle was at C and the shell collides with
it at B, therefore the number of the revolutions completed by the particle is odd multiple of
half, i.e., (2n – 1)/2, where n is an integer.
52പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 1.58 Figure 1.103 shows top view of a circular rotating table, rotating with speed
w. Two particles connected by a string are kept on two mutually perpendicular radii.
Coefficient of friction is m. What can be the maximum angular speed of the table so that the
particles do not slip on it?
mrw2 (Pseudo
force)
m Y
r T
T q X
mrw2 45° f
m
r w q
(Pseudo
force) f
(a) (b)
Fig. 1.103
Solution We will solve this problem in the reference frame of table. Friction force is static,
therefore it is variable. Let friction f act at an angle q as shown in Fig. 1.103.
fmax = mN
In the impending state of motion,
SFy = mrw2 – (f cos q + T cos 45°) = 0 ...(1)
SFx = f sin q – T sin 45° ...(2)
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ53
2m g
therefore, wmax. =
r
y-axis
T T cos q Component of
q acceleration
ac
q ac
mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 1.105
Mg
(a) Fsp cos q = Mg fi Fsp =
cos q
54പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
gl sin 2 q
v =
cos q
1 2 2h
(d) h = gt fi t=
2 g
x = vt
2h
x = v
g
Ú dv = -2 Ú dt
10 0
Fig. 1.108
v – 10 = – 2t
v = 10 – 2t
(c) Tension in the rope will become zero when centripetal acceleration becomes zero, i.e.,
when speed becomes zero
v=0 fi 10 – 2t = 0 fi t = 5 sec.
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ55
Problem 1.61 A particle of mass m moves along the internal smooth surface of a vertical
cylinder of radius R. Find the force with which the particle acts on the cylinder wall if at
the initial moment of time its velocity equals v0 and forms an angle a with the horizontal.
Concept
In this case the particle moves on a circular path whose centre moves
downwards with gravitational acceleration with initial velocity v0 sin a.
Since, the surface is smooth. So, no force is present along the tension
of circular path. So, the magnitude of a component of velocity along the
N
tangent of circular path remains constant. a
\ From Fig. 1.109, the magnitude of component of velocity along tangent is v0
vt = v0 cos a
vt2 v02 cos 2 a
\ Centripetal acceleration, an = =
R R Fig. 1.109
Normal reaction force N on the particle provides the required centripetal acceleration.
mvt2
\ N =
R
mv02 cos 2 a
\ N =
R
O
Problem 1.62 A is a fixed point at a height h above a perfectly A
inelastic smooth horizontal plane. A light inextensible string of
length L (> h) has one end attached to A and the other to a heavy
L
particle. The particle is held at the level of O, with the string taut, h
and released from rest. Find the height of the particle above the
plane when it is next instantaneously at rest.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 1.111. The velocity of Smooth
the particle before collision with the plane u = 2gh . It has two Fig. 1.110
components; one parallel to plane which is u cos q and other
perpendicular to plane which is u sin q. After collision u sin q gets absorbed by the plane.
At the left side of the mean position the component of velocity which will raise the particle
becomes u cos2 q. Thus, by conservation of mechanical energy, we can write
1
m (u cos2 q)2 = mgh¢
2
1 qq
or m u2 cos4 q = mgh¢
2 h L
4 (u cos q )cos q
1 Ê hˆ
or m( 2 gh )2 Á ˜ = mgh¢ u cos q
2 Ë L¯
u cos q
u
h5 u sin q
\ h = Ans.
L4 Fig. 1.111
56പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 1.63 A block is kept inside a hemispherical bowl rotating with angular velocity w.
Inner surface of the bowl is rough, coefficient of friction is m. The block is kept at a position
where radius makes an angle q with the vertical. What is the range of the angular speed for
which the block will stay at the given position?
Y X
Observer
N mrw 2cos q
w
q
mrw 2
q (Pseudo force)
R r = R sin q
q
mrw 2 sin q
mg cos q
mg sin q mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 1.112
Solution We analyse this problem in the reference frame of the bowl. As angular velocity
is increased the centrifugal force will increase. When the component of centrifugal force,
tangential to surface mr w2 cos q will increase, the block will have a tendency to slip upwards.
In this case friction force will act downwards. Similarly, at low angular speed the block has
a tendency to slip downwards and friction force will act upwards.
Impending Motion Upwards:
SFx = mrw2 cos q – mg sin q – mN = 0 ...(1)
SFy = N – mg sin q – mrw sin q = 0
2
...(2)
Substitute N from Eq. (2) in Eq. (1) to obtain
1/2
È g(sin q - m cos q ) ˘
wmax = Í ˙
Î R sin q (cos q + m sin q ) ˚
Impending Motion Downwards:
SFx = mrw2 cos q + mN – mg sin q = 0 ...(3)
SFy = N – mg sin q – mrw2 sin q = 0 ...(4)
Substitute N from Eq. (4) in Eq. (3) to obtain
1/2
È g(sin q - m cos q ) ˘
wmin = Í ˙
Î R sin q (cos q + m sin q ) ˚
Therefore, the block will remain stationary relative to bowl if its angular speed lies in the
range wmin. < w < wmax.
Students are advised to write equations for block in the ground reference frame also and
verify the similarity of results in both the approaches.
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ57
r2
Dy = 2 h2
h1
144 (1.5)2
= 2¥ ¥
25 2
18
= m = 3.6 m
5
Its position from O, when it hits the floor = 1.5i + 3.6j
Solution
(a) In Fig. 1.116, the circular path of the block is shown. The only force directed towards
the centre is Ffriction.
Since angular speed is constant, the block has centripetal acceleration only.
From Newton’s second law,
mv 2
SFx = Ffriction = max = ...(1)
r
SFy = N – mg = may = 0 ...(2)
Since Ffriction, max. = ms N from Eq. (2) we substitute N into Eq. (1).
mv 2
msmg =
r
Thus, vmax. = m s gr = r wmax.
or wmax. = m s g/r
(b) When the turntable rotates with angular v w N Y
acceleration, the block has centripetal as well as r
tangential accelerations. ac x
Ffriction
Therefore, a R = ac + at mg
= m ac2 + at2
= m (w 2 r )2 + (ra )2 ...(3)
and SFy = N – mg = 0 ...(4)
Form Eqs. (3) and (4) aR a t
v
ms mg = m (w 2 r )2 + (ra )2 aC
2 2 2 2
or (w r) = (msg) – (ra) Top view
Ffriction N
1/4
ÈÊ m g ˆ 2 ˘
or w = ÍÁ s ˜ - a 2 ˙
ÍÎË r ¯ ˙˚ Ffriction
mg
Side view
Fig. 1.117
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ59
v = ( m s g )2 - (ra )2
( m s g )2 - (ra )2
Therefore, t =
(ra )
Problem 1.66 A chain of mass m forming a circle of radius R is slipped on a smooth round
cone with half-angle q. Find the tension of the chain if it rotates with a constant angular
velocity w about a vertical axis coinciding with the symmetry axis of the cone.
Discussion
Every element of chain moves on a circular path. So, every element of the chain experiences
centripetal force. We consider a small element Dm on the chain making angle Dq at the centre
(shown in Fig. 1.118).
Dq Dq Dq Dq
T cos T cos
DN sin q 2 2 2 2
q q
DN Dq Dq
T
2 2
q
DN cos q T T
Dq
2T sin
2 T
Dmg Dq
T sin
2
(a) (b)
Fig. 1.118
T Dq - DmR w 2
∵ cot q =
Dmg
Here Dm makes an angle Dq at the centre. The total mass of chain is m.
\ The mass of chain per unit angle is
m
l=
2p
m mDq
\ Dm = lDq = Dq =
2p 2p
Ê mDq ˆ
T Dq - Á Rw 2
Ë 2p ˜¯
\ cot q =
Êm ˆ
ÁË Dq ˜ Rw 2
2p ¯
m
\ T = (Rw 2 + g cot q)
2p
Problem 1.67 A cyclist rides along the circumference of a circular horizontal plane of radius
R, the friction coefficient being dependent only on distance r from the centre O of the plane
as k = k0 (1 – r/R), where k0 is a constant. Find the radius of the circle with the centre at the
point along which the cyclist can ride with the maximum velocity. What is this velocity?
(IIT-JEE, 1975)
Concept
In the case of uniform circular motion, net force on the body provides centripetal acceleration.
Solution In this case, normal reaction on the cyclist system is balanced by weight. But force
of friction provides centripetal acceleration.
\ N = mg ...(i)
2
mv
= kN
r
mv 2
or = kmg
r
Ê rˆ
Given, k = k0 Á 1 - ˜
Ë R¯
v2 Ê rˆ
or = k0 Á 1 - ˜ g
r Ë R¯
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ61
Ê r2 ˆ
\ v2 = k0 Á r - ˜ g
Ë R¯
For vmax. v2 is also max.
d(v 2 ) R
\ =0 fi r=
dr 2
Ê r2 ˆ
∵ v2 = k0 Á r - ˜ g
Ë R¯
Ê R (- R/2)2 ˆ
\ v2max = k0 Á - g
Ë2 R ˜¯
1
\ vmax = k0 Rg
2
(a) Á ˜ (b) Á ˜
Ë R ¯ Ë 2R ¯ Fig. 1.119
1/2 1/2
Ê g ˆ Ê 2g ˆ
(c) Á (d) Á
Ë 3R ˜¯ Ë 3 3R ˜¯
3 w 2R 1 2g
fi tan 30°= = fi w=
2 g 3 3 3R Fig. 1.120
\ (d) is the right answer. 2400
Problem 1.69 A table fan rotating at a speed of 2400 rpm is switched
Rev/min
off and the resulting variation of the rpm with time is shown in
600
Fig. 1.121. The total number of revolutions of the fan before it comes to
rest is (BITSAT, 2014) 0 8 16 24
(a) 420 (b) 280 t(s)
(c) 190 (d) 16800 Fig. 1.121
62പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(rev/s) 40
Solution The corresponding (rev./sec), graph is given in Fig. 1.122.
Area under this curve gives the total number revolutions.
10
1 1
D= (8) (30) + (10 ¥ 8) + (16) (10) = 280 revolutions.
2 2 0 8 24
t(s)
\ (b) is the right answer. Fig. 1.122
Problem 1.70 A particle is projected horizontally from the top of a cliff of height H with a
speed 2gH . The radius of curvature of the trajectory at the instant of projection will
(WBJEE, 2013)
(a) H/2 (b) H (c) 2H (d) μ.
Solution Since, g ^ v ; radial acceleration ar = g
We know ar = v2/r
v2
fi = g where r is the radius of curvature.
r
2gH
fi =g (∵ v = 2gH )
r
fi r = 2H
\ Hence, (c) is the right answer.
Problem 1.71 A spotlight S rotates in horizontal plane with a constant angular velocity of
0.1 rad/s. The spot of light P moves along the wall at a distance of 3 m. What is the velocity
of the spot when q = 45°? (IIT-JEE, 1987)
vp
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 1.123. From geometry O
d = x tan q x q
d
or x = d cot q
dx dq q
or = – d cosec2 q
dt dt w
dx Fig. 1.123
or = – d cosec2 q w
dt
or vp = – d(2) (0.1) = – 0.6 ms–1
Problem 1.72 A wet open umbrella is held upright and is rotated about the handle at a
uniform rate of 21 revolutions in 44 sec. If the rim of the umbrella has a circle 1 metre in
diameter and the height of the rim above the floor is 1.5 metres, find where the drops of
water spun off the rim hit the floor.
Solution Angular speed of umbrella
21 ¥ 2p
w =
44
21 ¥ 2 22
= ¥ = 3 rad s–1
44 7
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ63
2H 2 ¥ 1.5
R¢ = v = 1.5 = 0.8 m H
g 10
S
Thus, distance from the centre using Pythagoras’ theorem
R¢
S= R2 + R¢ 2 = 0.52 + 0.8 2 = 0.94 m
Fig. 1.124
Problem 1.73 A point moves along the arc of a circle of radius R. Its velocity depends on
the distance covered as v = b s where b is constant. Find the resultant acceleration and the
angle a between the acceleration vector and velocity vector as a function of s.
Solution v=b s or v2 = b 2 s
dv dv b2
2v = b2 or v = = at
ds ds 2
v2 b 2s
Also, ac = =
R R
2 2
Ê b 2 ˆ Ê b 2s ˆ
Now, ar = ac2 + at2 = Á ˜ + Á ˜
Ë 2¯ Ë R ¯
ac b 2 s/R 2s
Direction tan a = = =
at b2 R
2
Problem 1.74 A horizontal plane supports a stationary
vertical cylinder of radius R and a disc A attached to the
cylinder be a horizontal thread AB of length l0. An initial
velocity v0 is imparted to the disc as shown in Fig. 1.125. v0
How long will it move along the plane till it strikes the
cylinder? The friction is assumed to be absent. R l0
Solution
Concept: Determine tangential and normal component of force F. Apply Fig. 1.127
SFn = mRw 2
SFt = mRt
F cos q = mw2R ...(1)
F sin q = mar ...(2)
Angular velocity w of line joining P and C is
d(2q ) dq
w = =2
dt dt
dq Ê w ˆ
= Á ˜ and tangential acceleration of particle about
dt Ë 2 ¯
F sin q
ar =
m
Ê F sinq ˆ F sinq
aT = Ra = Á
Ë m ˜¯
;a=
mR
È dq ˘
d Í2 ˙
d 2q d 2q a
= Î
dw dt ˚
a = =2 2 , 2 =
dt dt dt dt 2
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ65
P P
q
F F cos q
F sin q
q 2q 2q
O
C C
Fig. 1.128
d 2q F sinq
= ...(3)
dt 2 2mR
From Eq. (1) 1/2
dq w 1 Ê F cos q ˆ
= = ¥Á ˜
dt 2 2 Ë mR ¯
2 2
Ê dq ˆ Êwˆ 1 F cos q
ÁË ˜¯ = ÁË ˜¯ = ...(4)
dt 2 4 mR
d 2q
dt 2 = F sin q ¥ 4 mR = 2 tan q
2
Ê dq ˆ 2mR F cos q
ÁË ˜¯
dt
(a) calculate the angle q at which it loses contact with the trolley, and
(b) the time taken by the mass to drop on the floor, after losing contact.
Solution N
Fig. 1.130
66പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(a) As we have learnt earlier, the minimum velocity required at the lowermost point so
as to complete the circle is given by the expression
v= 5gl
From conservation of energy between position of release and position C,
KEA + UA = KEC + UC
1
0 + mgl = mv2 + 0
2
or v = 2gl
For just completing the circle,
v = 2 gl = 5 g(l - x )
3
or x = l
5
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ67
Problem 1.78 Two particles of mass m and 2m, connected by a massless rod, slide on the
inside of a smooth circular ring of radius r, as shown in Fig. 1.132. If the assembly is released
from rest when q = 0, determine:
(a) the velocity of the particles when the rod passes the horizontal position, and
(b) the maximum velocity vmax of the particles.
q r
r 2m
r q
r 45°
2m
m
Reference
m level
Fig. 1.132
Solution
(a) In the absence of friction the energy of the system is conserved.
KEi + Ui = KEf + Uf
1 1
0 + 2mgr = mv 2 + (2m)v2 + mgr (1 – cos 45°) + 2mgr (1 – cos 45°) ...(1)
2 2
3 2
or v = 3gr cos 45° – gr ...(2)
2
or v = 0.865 gr
68പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(b) At any general position q of the rod, the conservation of energy between initial position
and final position gives
1 1
2mgr = mgr (1 – cos q) + 2mgr (1 – sin q) + mv 2 + (2m)v2 ...(3)
2 2
3
or mv 2 = mgr cos q + 2mgr sin q – mgr ...(4)
2
2
or v2 = gr [cos q + 2 sin q – 1] ...(5)
3
For v to be maximum, the expression in bracket must be maximum,
d
i.e., (cos q + 2 sin q – 1) = 0
dq
or – sin q + 2 cos q = 0
(r – r sin q)
or tan q = 2 q
(r – r cos q)
q
2 1
From which we obtain sin q = and cos q =
5 5
Substituting these values in Eq. (5), we obtain Reference level
2 È 1 4 ˘ Fig. 1.133
v2 = gr Í + - 1˙
3 Î 5 5 ˚
or vmax = 0.908 gr
Problem 1.79 A pendulum bob is suspended on a flat car that moves with velocity v0. The
flat car is stopped by a bumper:
(a) What is the angle through which the pendulum swings?
(b) If the swing angle is q = 60° and l = 5 m, what was the initial speed of the flat car?
q l cos q
B
l
l h
v0
Reference A
level
(a) (b)
Fig. 1.134
Solution When the flat car collides with the bumper, due to inertia of motion the bob swings
forwards. No work is done by tension of string on the bob, therefore energy is conserved.
KEA + PEA = KEB + PEB
1
mv02 + 0 = 0 + mg (l – l cos q)
2
or v02 = 2gl(1 – cos q)
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ69
Problem 1.81 In Fig. 1.136, the mass m1 moves in a horizontal circle just like a conical
pendulum while the masses m2 and m3 hang vertically at rest. If the string between m2 and
m3 is cut at t = 0, find the instantaneous change in the tension of the string.
q l
r m1
m2
m3
Fig. 1.136
Èmm g˘
DT = T – T¢ = Í 1 3 ˙ Ans. Fig. 1.137
Î m1 + m2 ˚
Y
Problem 1.82 Two particles A and B start at the origin O
and travel in opposite directions along the circular path at
constant speeds vA = 0.7 m/s and vB = 1.5 m/s, respectively.
m
Determine the time when they collide and the magnitude of 5.0
the acceleration of B just before this happens.
Solution 1.5t + 0.7t = 2pR = 10p B
A
10p
\ t = = 14.3 s O
X
2.2 vB = 1.5 m/s vA = 0.7 m/s
vB2
a = = 0.45 m/s2 Fig. 1.138
R
m
Problem 1.83 A puck of mass m slides on a frictionless table while r
mv 2 mv 2 M M
Solution Fc = =T or v= = Mg or v= rg
r r m
Fig. 1.139
Problem 1.84 A bead can slide without friction on a circular hoop of radius
0.1 m in a vertical plane. The hoop rotates at a constant rate of 2 rev s–1 about
a vertical diameter, as in Fig. 1.140.
0.1 m
(a) Find the angle q at which the bead is in vertical equilibrium.
(b) Is it possible for the bead to “ride” at the same elevation as the centre q
of the hoop?
Solution Fig. 1.140
g g 10
(a) w2 = or cos q = = = 0.63
l cosq w 2l (2 ¥ 2p )2 ¥ 0.1
(b) No
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ71
= N 2 + f 2 = (mg )2 + m s (mg )2 = mg 1 + m 2
9
= 40 ¥ 10–3 ¥ 10 ¥ 1+ = 0.5 N
16
\ (d) is the right answer. Fig. 1.142
Problem 1.86 A large mass M and a small mass m hangs at the two ends of the string that
passes through a smooth tube as shown in Fig. 1.143. The mass m moves around in a circular
path which lies in the horizontal plane. The length of the string from the mass m to the top
of the tube is l, and q is the angle; this length makes with the vertical. What should be the
frequency of rotation of the mass m so that M remains stationary. (IIT-JEE, 1978)
r m
Fig. 1.143
T = Mg ...(i) l
T
For the circular motion of m, we have
r q
T sin q = mw2r = mw2 l sin q
or T = mw2l ...(ii) T
mg
M
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
Mg
Mg
w = Ans.
ml Fig. 1.144
72പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
the total acceleration of the point at the moment when it covered the nth (n = 0.10) fraction
of the circle after the beginning of the motion.
Solution Given v = at
dv
Tangential acceleration, at = = a = 0.5 m/s2
dt
If t is the time to cover nth friction of circle, then
1 2
n(2pR) = at t
2
1/2
Ê 4p nR ˆ
t =Á
Ë a ˜¯ t
1/2
Ê 4p nR ˆ
The velocity at this time, v = at = a Á
Ë at ˜¯
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ73
Normal acceleration
v 2 4p nRa 2
an = =
R at R
4p na 2 4p ¥ 0.10 ¥ 0.52
= =
at 0.5
= 0.625 m/s2
Problem 1.90 A point moves along a circle with a velocity v = kt, where k = 1 m/s2. Find
the total acceleration of the point at the moment when it has covered the nth fraction of the
1
circle after the beginning of the motion, where n = .
10
ds
Solution v = = kt
dt
74പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
s t
or Ú0 ds = k Ú t dt
0
1 2
\ s = kt
2
For completion of nth fraction of circle,
s = 2prn
or t2 = (4pnr)/k ...(i)
dv
Tangential acceleration, aT = =k ...(ii)
dt
v 2 k 2t 2
Normal acceleration, aN = = ...(iii)
r r
or aN = 4pnk
\ a = ( aT2 + aN
2
) = [k2 + 16p2n2k2]1/2
= k [1 + 16p2n2]1/2
= 1 [1 + 16 ¥ (3.14)2 ¥ (0.10)2]1/2
= 0.16 m/s2
Problem 1.91 Two bodies A and B separated by a distance of 2R are moving counter-
clockwise along a circular path of radius R, each with a uniform speed v. If at time t = 0,
Ê 72 ˆ Ê v ˆ
2
A is given a constant tangential deceleration aq = Á ˜ Á , determine the time when B
Ë 25 ¯ Ë Rp ˜¯
collides with A.
Solution For the tangential motion of the particles, relative speed
ur = v – v = 0
and ar = (aq – 0) = aq
The relative separation s = pR.
From the second equation of motion,
1 v
s = urt + ar t 2
2
1
pR = 0 + aq t 2
2 v
2p R
\ t = Fig. 1.148
aq
2p R 5p R
= = Ans.
Ê 72 v ˆ 2 6v
Á 25 Rp ˜
Ë ¯
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ75
Problem 1.92 Calculate the linear acceleration of a particle moving in a circle of radius
0.4 m at the instant when its angular velocity is 2 rad/s and its angular acceleration is 5
rad/s2.
Solution Normal acceleration of the particle,
an = w2r = 22 ¥ 0.4 = 1.6 m/s2
Tangential acceleration of the particle,
at = ar = 5 ¥ 0.4 = 2 m/s2 a
q
Resultant acceleration, at
a = an2 + at2 an
Problem 1.93 A point moves along a circle with a velocity v = at, where a = 0.50 m/s2. Find
the total acceleration of the point at the moment when it covered the nth (n = 0.10) fraction
of the circle after the beginning of the motion.
Ans. a = 0.8 m/s2
Problem 1.94 A particle is suspended by a string of length l. It is projected with such a
velocity v along the horizontal such that after the string becomes slack it flies through its
initial position. Find v.
Solution Let the velocity be v¢ at B where the string becomes slack and the string makes
angle q with the horizontal by the law of conservation of energy.
1 1 B
mv 2 = mv ¢ 2 + mgl(1 + sin q ) ...(i)
2 2 q
O
or, v¢2 = v2 – 2gl (1 + sin q) ...(ii)
By the dynamics of circular motion
mv ¢ 2
mg sin q =
l
fi v¢2 = gl sin q ...(iii) vÆ
Fig. 1.150
From Eqs. (ii) and (iii) we get
\ gl sin q = v2 – 2gl (1 + sin q) ...(iv)
At B the particle becomes a projectile of velocity v¢ at 90 – q with the horizontal.
Here, ux = v¢ sin q and uy = v¢ cos q
ax = 0 and ay = – g
\ l cos q = v¢ sin qt
76പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
B
cos q 1 cos q 1 12 cos 2 q
\t= and – l (1 + sin q) = v¢ cos q - g mg sin q
v ¢ sin q v ¢ sin q 2 v ¢ 2 sin 2 q q
mg cos q
mg
fi 2 sin3 q + 3 sin2 q – 1 = 0
1
\ sin q = is the acceptable solution
2
1 7 gl 7 gl
\ v2 = 2gl + 3gl ¥ = fiv=
2 2 2 A
v
(from Eq. (iv)) Fig. 1.151
Problem 1.95 Prove that a motor car moving over a convex bridge is lighter than the same
car resting on the same bridge.
Solution The motion of the motor car over a convex bridge AB is the R
motion along the segment of a circle AB (Fig. 1.152). The centripetal force
is provided by the difference of weight mg of the car and the normal B
A
reaction R of the bridge. mg
mv 2 mv 2
\ mg – R = or R = mg –
r r
Fig. 1.152
Clearly R < mg, i.e., the weight of the moving car is less than the weight
of the stationary car.
Problem 1.96 A body weighing 0.4 kg is whirled in a vertical circle with a string making
2 revolutions per second. If the radius of the circle is 1.2 m. Find the tension (a) at the top
of the circle, and (b) at the bottom of the circle.
Given: g = 10 ms–2 and p = 3.14.
Solution Mass, m = 0.4 kg,
1
Time period = second, radius, r = 1.2 m
2
2p
Angular velocity, w = = 4p rad s–1 = 12.56 rad s–1
1/2
(a) At the top of the circle,
mv 2
T = – mg = mrw2 – mg = m(rw2 – g)
r
= 0.4 (1.2 ¥ 12.56 ¥ 12.56 – 9.8)N = 71.2 N
(b) At the lowest point, T = m (rw2 + g) = 80 N
Ê v2 ˆ
Solution Banking angle, q = tan–1 Á ˜
Ë Rg ¯
36 km/h = 10 m/s
Ê 100 ˆ
\ q = tan–1 Á = 27°
Ë 20 ¥ 9.8 ˜¯
Angle of repose,
l = tan–1 (m) = tan–1 (0.4) = 21.8°
Since q > l, the vehicle cannot remain in the given position with v = 0. At rest it will slide
down. To find minimum speed, so that vehicle does not slip down, maximum friction will act
up the plane.
78പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Maximum Speed
q
Equations of motion are,
q
N cos q – mN sin q = mg ...(iii)
mN
m 2 q
N sin q + mN cos q = vmax ...(iv)
R mg
Solving these two equations, we have,
Fig. 1.156
vmax = 15 m/s Ans.
Problem 1.99 A smooth circular tube of radius R is fixed in a vertical plane. A particle is
projected from its lowest point with a velocity just sufficient to carry it to the highest point.
What is the time taken by the particle to reach the end of the horizontal diameter.
Solution Minimum velocity of particle at the lowest position to complete the circle should
be 4gR inside a tube.
So, u = 4gR
h = R (1 – cos q)
\ v2 = u2 – 2gh
or v2 = 4gR – 2gR(1 – cos q)
= 2gR(1 + cos q)
q
Ê qˆ v
or v2 = 2gR Á 2 cos 2 ˜ R
h = (R – R cos q)
Ë 2¯ h
h = (1 – cos q)
q u
or v = 2 gR cos
2 Fig. 1.157
From ds = v ◊ dt
q
We get R dq = 2 gR cos ◊ dt
2
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ79
t 1 R p/2 Êqˆ
or Ú0 dt =
2 g Ú0
sec Á ˜ dq
Ë 2¯
p/2
RÈ Ê q qˆ˘
or t = ln Á sec + tan ˜ ˙
g ÍÎ Ë 2 2 ¯ ˚0
R
or t = ln(1 + 2 ) Ans.
g
mm
Problem 1.100 A circular tube of mass M is placed vertically on a hori-
zontal surface as shown in Fig. 1.158. Two small spheres, each of mass m, q
just fit in the tube, are released from the top. If q gives the angle between
radius vector of either ball with the vertical, obtain the value of the ratio
M/m if the tube breaks its contact with the ground when q = 60°. Neglect
any friction.
Solution Speed of each particle at angle q is, Fig. 1.158
mv 2
N + mg cos q = T sin 30°
R
or N + mg cos q = 2mg (1 – cos q)
°
30
or N = 2mg – 3mg cos q ...(i)
T cos 30°
T
The tube breaks its contact with the ground when 2N cos q > Mg
Substituting, 2N cos q = Mg Fig. 1.159
or 4mg cos q – 6mg cos2 q = Mg
Substituting, q = 60°
3mg
2mg – = Mg
2
M 1
or = Ans.
m 2
Note: Initially, normal reaction on each ball will be radially outward and later it will be
radially inward, so that normal reactions on the tube is radially outward to break it off from
the ground.
80പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(a) just before the sphere comes in contact with the peg; and
(b) just after it comes in contact with the peg.
Solution h = 0.8 sin 30° = 0.4 m
\ v2 = 2gh
(a) Just before, Fig. 1.160
2
mv
T1 – mg sin 30° = (R1 = 0.8 m)
R1
mg m(2 g )(0.4) 3mg
T1 = + = Ans.
2 0.8 2
(b) Just after,
mv 2
T2 – mg sin 30° = (R2 = 0.4 m)
R2
mg m(2 g )(0.4)
T2 = +
2 0.4
5mg
or T2 = Ans.
2
Problem 1.102 A particle of mass m is suspended by a string of length l from a fixed rigid
support. A sufficient horizontal velocity v0 = 3gl is imparted to it suddenly. Calculate the
angle made by the string with the vertical when the acceleration of the particle is inclined
to the string by 45°.
Solution h = l(1 – cos q)
v2 = v02 – 2gh = 3gl – 2gl (1 – cos q) = gl (1 + 2 cos q)
At 45° means radial and tangential components of acceleration are equal.
v2
\ = g sin q
l
or 1 + 2 cos q = sin q
p
Solving the equation we get, q = 90° or Ans.
2
Problem 1.103 A threaded rod with 12 turns/cm and diameter 1.18 cm is mounted
horizontally. A bar with a threaded hole to match the rod is screwed onto the rod the bar
and pins at 216 rev/min. How long will it take for the bar to move 1.50 cm along with rod?
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ81
2 2 ¥ 18v 9v
= = = = 1.8 v
(9 + 6 + 5)/18v 20 5
Problem 1.105 Two body of masses m1 = 10 kg and m2 = 5 kg, connected to each other by
a massless inextensible cord of length 0.3 m are placed along a diameter of a turntable. The
coefficient of friction between the table and m1 is 0.5 while there is no friction between m2
and the table. The table is rotating with an angular velocity of 10 rad/s about a vertical axis
passing through its centre O. The masses are placed along the diameter of the table on either
side of the centre O such that the mass m1 is at a distance of 0.124 m from O. The masses are
observed to be at rest with respect to an observer on the turntable:
82പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 1.108 A car goes on a horizontal circular road of radius R and the angular speed
dw
of the car is increasing at a constant rate = a. If the coefficient of friction between the
dt
road and the tyre is m, then find the speed at which the car will skid.
Solution For skidding a = mg
Now,
v2
ac = and at = aR
R
But,
a2 = ac2 + at2
2
Ê v2 ˆ 2
(mg) = ÁË R ˜¯ + (a R)
2
or v = [{(mg)2 – (aR)2}R2]1/4
Problem 1.109 A cyclist moves in a circular path of radius r. The friction coefficient
depends on r according m = m0 (1 – r/R) where m0 is a constant. Find the radius of a concentric
circle along which the cyclist can ride with the maximum velocity. What is that velocity?
Solution For motion on a horizontal circular path
Ê r2 ˆ
v2 = m r g = m0 Á r - ˜ g
Ë R¯
for v to be maximum
dv 2
m0 ÊÁ 1 - ˆ˜ g = 0 or r =
2r R
=0 fi
dr Ë R¯ 2
Also,
Ê R Rˆ Rg
vmax = m0 Á - ˜ g = m0
Ë 2 4¯ 4
84പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
mv 2
Now, T – mg cos q =
r
2 ¥ (3.82)2
T = 2 ¥ 9.8 ¥ cos 30° +
(0.4)
or T = 90 N
\ R = T sin 30° = 45 N
T¢ = T cos 30° Ans.
Problem 1.111 A cord of length 1 m is fixed at one end and carries a mass of 100 g at other
end. The cord makes (2/p) revolutions per second around the vertical axis through the fixed
end. Calculate: (a) the tension in the string; (b) the angle of inclination of the string with the
vertical; and (c) the linear velocity of the mass. (g = 10 m/s2).
Solution As shown in Fig. 1.166, for vertical equilibrium of S
mass m
T cos q = mg ...(i) q
Problem 1.112 A hemispherical bowl of radius R = 0.1 m is rotating about its own axis
(which is vertical) with an angular velocity w. A particle of mass 10–2 kg on the frictionless
inner surface of the bowl is also rotating with the same w. The particle is at a height h from
the bottom of the bowl. (IIT-JEE, 1993)
(a) Obtain the relation between h and w. What is the minimum value of w needed, in order
to have a non-zero value of h?
(b) It is desired to measure g using this setup, by measuring h accurately. Assuming
that R and w are known precisely and that the least-count in the measurement of
h is 10–4 m, what is the minimum possible error Dg in the measured value of g?
(g = 9.8 m/s2)
w
N
Solution The forces acting on the particle are reaction and weight, so R
for vertical equilibrium of the particle
q q R–h
N cos q = mg …(i) r
And for circular motion in horizontal plane, h
mg
N sin q = mrw2 ...(ii)
(a) Dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (i) Fig. 1.167
rw 2 R (sin q ) w 2
tan q = = [as r = R sin q]
g g
g R-h g È R - h˘
or cos q = 2
, i.e., = ÍÎas cos q = R ˙˚
Rw R Rw 2
or h = R – (g/w2) ...(iii)
2
So for h > 0, R – (g/w ) > 0
i.e., w > ( g/R) so wmin = (9.8/0.1) = 7 2 rad/s
FR = F 2 + F 2 + 2 F 2 cos 60∞
Problem 1.115 A mass m is released from the top of a vertical circular track of radius r
with a horizontal speed v0. Calculate the angle q with respect to the vertical where it leaves
contact with the track.
H
Solution The forces acting on the body are its weight mg and v0
R
reaction R as shown in Fig. 1.170. y
So, for circular motion of the body at any position q P
q
mv 2 h
= mg cos q – R q r
mg
r
mv 2 O
or R = mg cos q –
r
Fig. 1.170
The body will leave contact where R Æ 0
mv 2
i.e., mg cos q – =0
r
v2
i.e., cos q = ...(i)
rg
Now, applying conservation of mechanical energy between H and P, we get
1 1
mv 2 = mv02 + mgr (1 – cos q) [as y = r (1 – cos q)]
2 2
or v2 = v02 + 2gr (1 – cos q) ...(ii)
88പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
È v2 2 ˘
i.e., cos q = Í 0 + ˙
Î 3rg 3 ˚
È v2 2 ˘
or q = cos–1 Í 0 + ˙
Î 3rg 3 ˚
Problem 1.116 A heavy particle hanging from a fixed point by a light inextensible string
of length l is projected horizontally with speed gl . Find the speed of the particle and the
inclination of the string to the vertical at the instant of the motion when the tension in the
string is equal to the weight of the particle.
Solution Let T = mg at angle q as shown in Fig. 1.171.
h = l(1 – cos q) ...(i)
Applying conservation of mechanical energy between T
q B
points A and B, we get
mg cos q
1 h mg sin q
m(u2 – v2) = mgh
2
A u = gl
Here, u2 = gl ...(ii)
Fig. 1.171
and v = speed of particle in position B
\ v2 = u2 – 2 gh ...(iii)
2
mv
Further, T – mg cos q =
l
mv 2
or mg – mg cos q = (T = mg)
l
or v2 = gl (1 – cos q) ...(iv)
2 2
Substituting values of v , u and h from Eqs. (iv), (ii) and (i) Eq. (iii) we get
gl (1 – cos q) = gl – 2gl (1 – cos q)
2
or cos q =
3
Ê 2ˆ
or q = cos–1 Á ˜
Ë 3¯
2
Substituting cos q = in Eq. (iv), we get
3
gl
v=
3
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ89
Problem 1.117 A stone tied to a string of length L is whirled in a vertical circle with the
other end of the string at the centre. At a certain instant of time the stone is at it lowest
position and has a speed u. Find the magnitude of the change is its v
velocity as it reaches a position, where the string is horizontal.
(IIT-JEE, 1998)
Solution v = u2 - 2 gh = u2 - 2 gL
h=L
|Dv| = |v f - v i|= v 2 + u2 - 2v ◊ u cos 90∞
u
= (u2 - 2 gL) + u2
Fig. 1.172
= 2(u2 - gL) Ans.
Problem 1.118 A small object slides without friction from the height H = 50 cm and then
loops the vertical loop of radius R = 20 cm from which a symmetrical section of angle 2a
has been removed. Find angle a such that after losing contact at A and flying through the
air, the object will reach point B.
Solution Applying the law of conservation of mechanical energy between point C and A:
1
mgH = mvA2 + mgR(1 + cos a)
2
As here H = 0.5 m and R = 0.2 m
So, vA2 = 2g (0.3 = 0.2 cos a) ...(i)
C
B A
2a v
H a
B A
O H aa
(R + R cos a )
(a) (b)
Fig. 1.173
Now, as at A(vA π 0) the path of object from A to B will be that of a projectile, with angle
of projection a, so that
Range = Distance AB
or (vA2 sin 2a)/g = 2R sin a
i.e., vA2 cos a = gR ...(ii)
So, substituting the value of vA2 from Eqs. (i) in (ii)
2g (0.3 – 0.2cos a) cos a = 0.2 g
i.e., 2cos2 a – 3cos a + 1 = 0
or (cos a – 1) (2cos a – 1) = 0
90പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 y
mvL2 = mgL (1 – cos q) ...(ii)
2 A
[as h = L(1 – cos q)]
h N
Now, substituting the value of vL from Eqs. (i) in (ii)
r
5gr = 2gL (1 – cos q)
L
2 È 1˘ 1 Fig. 1.175
or r = ¥ 1 Í1 - ˙ = = 0.2 m
5 Î 2˚ 5
So, the distance between point of suspension S and nail N,
y = L – r = 1 – 0.2 – 0.8 m
Problem 1.121 Two different masses are con-
nected to two light and inextensible strings as
shown in the figure. Both masses rotate about a
central fixed point with constant angular speed
of 10 rad s–1 on a smooth horizontal plane. Find R1 T2 M2
T
the ratio of tensions 1 in the strings. T1 M1 M1 = 0.25 kg
T2
M2 = 1.0 kg
Solution Drawing the FBDs for masses M1 R1 = 5 cm
and M2 R2 = 10 cm
T1 T2 R2
T 1 – T 2 = M 1R 1 w 2 T 2 = M 2R 2w 2 T2
T1 - T2 M R 1 1 Fig. 1.176
\ = 1◊ 1 = ◊
T2 M2 R2 4 2
T1 1 9
\ = 1+ =
T2 8 8
Problem 1.122 A small ball of mass 2 ¥ 10–3 kg having a charge of 1mC is suspended by a
string of length 0.8 m. Another identical ball having the same charge is kept at the point of
suspension. Determine the minimum horizontal velocity which should be imparted to the
lower ball so that it can make complete revolution. (IIT-JEE, 2001)
Solution If the ball has to just complete the circle then the tension must vanish at the
topmost point, i.e., T2 = 0.
From Newton’s second law,
q2 mv 2
T2 + mg – = ...(i)
4pe 0 l 2 l
92പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 1 u
mu2 = mv 2 + mg 2l ...(iii) q
2 2 mg
F
v2 = u2 – 4gl ...(iv)
q2 Fig. 1.177
From Eq. (ii), v2 = gl – ...(v)
4pe 0 ml
From Eqs. (iv) and (v),
q2
u = 5 gl -
4pe 0 ml
1/2
Ê 275 ˆ
=Á
Ë 8 ˜¯
= 5.86 m/s
Problem 1.123 A block is placed inside a horizontal hollow tube. The tube starts rotating
with one revolution per second about its axis. The angular position of the block at which it
begins to slide is 30° below the horizontal level passing through the centre. Find the radius
of the tube if the coefficient of friction is 0.6. What should be the minimum angular speed
of the cylinder so that the block can reach the highest point of the cylinder?
Solution Forces acting on the block are shown in Fig. 1.178.
The block begins to slip when
w
mN = mg cos 30° ...(i) A
30° mN
From Newton’s second law, N
N – mg sin 30° = mrw2 ...(ii) mg sin 30°
or N = mrw2 + mg sin 30° ...(iii) 30°
mg
or m [mrw2 + mg sin 30°] = mg cos 30° ...(iv) mg cos 30°
mg cos 30∞ - m mg sin 30∞ g cos 30∞ - m g sin 30∞ Fig. 1.178
or r = =
m mw 2 mw 2
On substituting numerical values, we get
r ª 0.25 m
Force acting on block at topmost position are shown in Fig. 1.179. For Newton’s second
law,
N + mg = mrw2
Block will just complete a circle when N = 0; mg = mrw2
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ93
i.e., w = g/r
10 N
= = 6.32 rad/sec
0.25 mg
The block can reach the highest point only if able to just cross point A.
For point A, for Eq. (iv),
g
w = Fig. 1.179
mr
10
=
0.6 ¥ 0.25
= 8.16 rad/s
v 0 = 2ag
So, minimum velocity = 8.16 rad/s
Problem 1.124 A heavy particle slides under gravity h = a – a cos q
down the inside of a smooth vertical tube held in vertical q = a (1 – cos q)
a
plane. It starts from the highest point with velocity 2ag
where a is the radius of the circle. Find the angular
position q (as shown in Fig. 1.180) at which the vertical
acceleration of the particle is maximum.
At position q,
Fig. 1.180
v2 = v02 + 2gh
where h = a(1 – cos q)
\ v2 = ( 2 ag )2 + 2ag (1 – cos q)
or v2 = 2ag(2 – cos q) ...(i)
2
mv
N + mg cos q =
a
or N + mg cos q = 2mg(2 – cos q)
or N = mg(4 – 3 cos q)
Net vertical force,
F = N cos q + mg
= mg(4cos q – 3 cos2 q + 1)
dF
This force (or acceleration) will be maximum when =0
dq
or – 4sin q + 6 sin q cos q = 0
So, either
sin q = 0, q = 0°
2 Ê 2ˆ
or cos q = q = cos -1 Á ˜
3 Ë 3¯
q = 0° is unacceptable
Therefore, the desired position is at
Ê 2ˆ
q = cos–1 Á ˜ Ans.
Ë 3¯
94പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 1.127 A small block with mass m is placed inside an inverted cone that is rotating
about a vertical axis such that the time for one revolution of the cone is T. The walls of the
cone make an angle b with the vertical. The coefficient of static friction between the block
and the cone is m. If the block is to remain at a constant height h above the apex of the cone,
what are the max. and min. values of T?
Solution N b
mN
Concept: Solve problem in reference frame of the block. A b
Ps = mw 2r
h r
centrifugal force acts in this frame. b
When w is minimum the block has tendency to slip down the mg
plane therefore.
Fig. 1.182
Friction acts up the plane
r = h tan b ...(i)
N cos b = mN sin b + mw2r ...(ii)
(ÂFHorizontal = 0)
mN cos b + N sin b = mg
(ÂFvertical = 0)
g (1 - m tan b )
Solving we get w2min =
h tan b ( m + tan b )
2p
For wmin i.e., Tmax (T = )
w min
For wmax friction acts down the plane
g (1 + m tan b )
so replace m by – m w2max =
h tan b (tan b - m )
The magnitude of her weight is the magnitude of the resultant force exerted on her by
the chair.
N = N12 + N 22
= 490 2 + 178 2
= 521 N
Problem 1.129 A uniform electric field of strength 106 V/m is directed vertically downwards.
A particle of mass 0.01 kg and charge 10–6 coulomb is suspended by an inextensible thread
of length 1 m. The particle is displaced slightly from its mean position and released.
Calculate the time period of its oscillation. What minimum velocity should be given to the
particle at rest so that it completes a full circle in a vertical plane without the thread getting
slack? Calculate the maximum and the minimum tensions in the thread in this situation.
(g = 9.8m/s2)
Solution Here the body in addition to force of gravity (= mg) will also experience an electric
force (= qE) and as both are directed vertically downwards so,
F = mg + qE
i.e., mg¢ fi mg + qE
qE 10 - 6 ¥ 106
or g¢ fi g + = 9.8 + = 109.8 m/s2
m 0.01
(a) Now, as for a simple pendulum
l 1
T = 2p = 2p = 0.6s
g¢ 109.8
(b) And for looping the loop
vL ≥ 5 g ¢r
So, (vL)min = 5 ¥ 109.8 ¥ 1 = 23.43 m/s
Problem 1.130 A small body is placed on the top of a smooth sphere of radius R. Then
the sphere is imparted a constant acceleration a0 in the horizontal direction and the body
begins sliding down. Find: (a) the velocity of the body relative to the sphere at the moment
of break-off; (b) the angle q between the vertical and the radius vector drawn from the centre
of the sphere to the break-off point, calculate q for a0 = g.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 1.184. m N
(a) Let the body break off at angle q with the vertical. Here, we
have a0
mv 2
mg cos q + ma0 sin q – N = q
R
mv 2 mg
\ N = – mg cos q – ma0 sin q ...(1)
R
When the body breaks-off, N = 0 a0
2
mv
\ = mg cos q + ma0 sin q
R Fig. 1.184
v2 = gR cos q + a0 R sin q ...(2)
From work energy theorem
1
mv2 – mg (R – R cos q) = – ma0R sin q
2
1
mv2 = mgR (1 – cos q) – ma0R sin q
2
or v2 = 2gR (1 – cos q) – 2 a0R sin q ...(3)
Equating Eqs. (2) and (3), we get
gR cos q + a0 R sin q = 2gR – 2gR cos q – 2a0R sin q
2
\ a0 R sin q = g – g cos q ...(4)
3
Substituting the value of a0 sin q from Eq. (4) in Eq. (2), we get
È2 ˘ 2
v2 = gR cos q + R Í g - g cos q ˙ = gR
Î3 ˚ 3
\ v = (2/3) gR ...(5)
This gives the velocity at break off.
(b) From Eq. (4)
a0 2
sin q + cos q =
g 3
2 Ê a0 ˆ
or h sin q + cos q =
3 ÁË where g = h˜¯
or 3h sin q = (2 – 3 cos q)
or (3h sin q)2 = (2 – 3cos q)2
98പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solving we get
9(1 + h2) cos2 q – 12 cos q + (4 – 9h2) = 0
12 ± 144 - 4 ¥ 9(1 + h 2 )( 4 - h 2 )
\ cos q =
2 ¥ 9 ¥ (1 + h 2 )
2 + h (5 + 9h 2 )
or cos q =
3(1 + h 2 )
When a0 = g, then q0 ª 17°.
Problem 1.131 Water of density r flows with a linear speed through a horizontal rubber
tube having the form of a ring of radius R if the diameter of the tube is d << R find the
tension in the rubber tube. (IIT Roorkee, 1984)
Solution Consider a small position of the tube as shown in Fig. 1.185. Centripetal force is
provided by radial component of tension in the tube. So, if T is the tension in the tube
T F T
q
O
(a) (b)
Fig. 1.185
F = 2T sin q
2
v dm v 2 dm
So that = 2T sin q, i.e., T= …(i)
R 2R sin q
But dm = p(d/2)2 (2Rq)r [as m = pr2/r] ...(ii)
Substituting the value of dm from Eqs. (ii) in (i), we get
prv 2q d 2 1 È sin q ˘
T= = prv 2 d 2 Ías lim = 1˙
4 sin q 4 Î q Æ0 q ˚
Problem 1.132 A particle is projected with velocity 20 2 m/s at 45° with the horizontal.
After 1 s find tangential and normal accelerations of the particle. Also, find radius of
curvature of the trajectory at that point. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
Solution After 1 s v = u + at = 20 i + 10 j ,
v = 500 m/s = 10 5 m/s
a = -10 j
a ◊ v - 100
at = a cos q = = = - 2 5 m/s 2 Ans.
v 10 5
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ99
an = a 2 - at2 = (10)2 - (2 5 )3
Problem 1.133 A rifle was aimed at the vertical line on the target located precisely in the
northern direction, and then fired. Assuming the air drag to be negligible, find how much
off the line, and in what direction, will the bullet hit the target. The shot was fired in the
horizontal direction at the latitude f = 60°, the bullet velocity v = 900 ms–1, and the distance
from the target equals s = 1.0 km. (JEE ADVANCE LEVEL)
Solution
w
Concept: In this problem, the earth is taken as non- v
w
inertial reference frame. It is essential to remember that
N
the reference frame fixed to the earth’s surface can be
regarded in many cases as practically inertial. However,
there are some phenomena whose interpretation in inertial
reference is impossible unless its non-inertial nature is
taken into account. This problem is also example of such f
phenomenon. The phenomenon of this kind is associated W E
with the motion of bodies relative to the earth’s surface
and can be explained by the coriolis force.
Coriolis force is given by Fcor = 2m[w ¥ v]
S
The position of rifle is shown in Fig. 1.186.
Fig. 1.186
\ Coriolis force is Fc = – 2m 2m[w ¥ v]
F
\ Coriolis acceleration is denoted by w c = c
m
= - 2(w ¥ v )
\ wc = 2w v sin f
The direction of wc is outward perpendicular to the plane of the paper. So, the deflection
in the direction of wc in the time in which it covers a horizontal distance s is
Ê 1ˆ
s0 = Á ˜ w c t 2
Ë 2¯
\ s0 = (wv sin f)t2
s
But t =
v
Ê ws2 ˆ
\ w0 = Á ˜ sin f = 7 cm where w is the angular velocity of the earth’s rotation.
Ë v ¯
100പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 1.134 A horizontal disc rotates with a constant angular velocity w = 6.0 rads–1
about a vertical axis passing through its centre. A small body of mass m = 0.50 kg moves
along a diameter of the disc with a velocity v¢ = 50 cm/s which is constant relative to the
disc. Find the force that the disc exerts on the body at the moment when it is located at the
distance r = 30 cm from the rotation axis.
Solution
Concept: The forces acted by disc on the body are:
(a) Normal reaction, N = mg in upward direction.
(b) Centrifugal force, Fc = mrw2 radially outward
(c) Coriolis force, Fcr = 2mwv¢
These three forces are mutually perpendicular to each other.
\ Resultant force acted by disc on the body is
F = N 2 + Fc2 + Fcr2
= m g 2 + r 2w 4 + 4v ¢ 2w 2 = 8 N
Problem 1.135 A small body of mass m = 0.30 kg starts sliding down from the top of a
smooth sphere of radius R = 1.00 m. The sphere rotates with a constant angular velocity
w = 6.0 rads–1 about a vertical axis passing through its centre. Find the centrifugal force of
inertia and the Coriolis force at the moment when the body breaks off the surface of the
sphere in the reference frame fixed to the sphere. (JEE ADVANCE LEVEL)
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 1.187.
Ê 2ˆ
According to problem 1.185, at the time of break-off, q0 = cos–1 Á ˜
Ë 3¯
The centrifugal force is given by
r
Fc = mrw2 = mRw2 sin q0 w N=0
Problem 1.136 A train of mass m = 2000 tonnes moves in the latitude f = 60° North. Find:
(a) the magnitude and direction of the lateral force that the train exerts on the rails if it
moves along a meridian with a velocity v = 54 km per hour.
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ101
(b) in what direction and with what velocity the train should move for the resultant for
the inertial forces acting on the train in the reference frame fixed to the earth to be
equal to zero. (JEE ADVANCE LEVEL)
Solution N
w r
Concept: The situation of problem is shown in Fig. 1.188. r w
v
(a) The Coriolis force on train is q
Fcr = |- 2m(w ¥ v )| = 3.8 kN r
(b) ∵ the resultant force on the train in rotatory frame is q
W E
Fin = Fre - 2m(w ¥ v ) - m w ¥ (w ¥ r )
According to problem, Fre = 0, Fin = 0
\ 2w ¥ v = – w2 r
or 2w v sin 90° = w2 R cos f (in scalar) S
Problem 1.137 A horizontal smooth rod AB rotates with a constant angular velocity
w = 2.00 rads–1 about a vertical axis passing through its end A. A freely sliding sleeve of mass
m = 0.50 kg moves along the rod from the point A with the initial velocity v0 = 1.00 m/s.
Find the Coriolis force acting on the sleeve (in the reference frame fixed to the rotating rod)
at the moment when the sleeve is located at the distance r = 50 cm from the rotation axis.
r
Solution w
90°
\ The Coriolis force is r
r
Fcr = 2m|- (w ¥ v )|= 2m w v = 2m w (rw )2 + v02 v0
2
Êv ˆ
= 2m w2r 1+ Á 0 ˜
Ë rw ¯
Putting the values, Fcr = 2.8 N Fig. 1.189
Problem 1.138 A horizontal disc of radius R rotates with a constant angular velocity w
about a stationary vertical axis passing through its edge. Along the circumference of the
disc a particle of mass m moves with a velocity that is constant relative to the disc. At the
moment when the particle is at the maximum distance from the rotation axis, the resultant
of the inertial forces Fin acting on the particle in the reference frame fixed to the disc turns
into zero. Find:
(a) the acceleration w of the particle relative to the disc; and
(b) the dependence of Fin on the distance from the rotation axis.
Solution
Concept:
(a) Since the body is rotating about the centre of disc with the velocity v0 = Rw
\ The acceleration of the particle relative to the disc is w¢ = Rw2
102പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
v = 10.84 m/sec.
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ103
Problem 1.142 Determine the speed with which the earth would have to rotate on it axis so
that a person on the equator would weight (3/5)th as much as present. Take the equatorial
radius as 6400 km.
Solution Let v be the speed of earth’s rotation.
We know that W = mg
3 mv 2
Hence, W = mg –
5 r
3 mv 2
or mg = mg -
5 r
2 mv 2 2 gr
\ mg = or v2 =
3 r 5
2 ¥ 9.8 ¥ (6400 ¥ 10 3 )
Now, v2 =
5
Solving, we get v = 5 ¥ 109 m/sec
Ê 2g ˆ 4
w= ÁË ˜¯ = 7.8 ¥ 10 radian/sec.
5r
104പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
18. One end of a string of length l is 23. A cyclist riding the bicycle at a speed
connected to a particle of mass m and of 14 3 m/s–1 takes a turn around a
the other to a small peg on a smooth circular road of radius 20 3 m without
horizontal table. If the particle moves skidding. Given g = 9.8 ms–2, what is
in a circle with speed v, the net force his inclination to the vertical
on the particle (directed towards the (a) 30° (b) 90°
centre) is (BITSAT, 2012) (c) 45° (d) 60°
mv 2 24. A car of mass 800 kg moves on a circular
(a) T (b) T –
l track of radius 40 m. If the coefficient of
mv 2 friction is 0.5, then maximum velocity
(c) T + (d) zero
l with which the car can move is
19. An object moves at a constant speed (a) 7 m/s (b) 14 m/s
along a circular path in a horizontal (c) 8 m/s (d) 12 m/s
xy plane, with the centre at the origin. 25. For a particle in a non-uniform accel-
What the object is at x = – 2 m, its veloc- eration circular motion
ity is – (4 m/s) j . What is the object’s (a) velocity is radial and acceleration
acceleration when it is y = 2 m is transverse only
(BITSAT, 2013) (b) velocity is transverse and accel-
2
eration is radial only
(a) – (8 m/s )j (b) –(8 m/s2)i (c) velocity is radial and acceleration
(c) –(4 m/s2)j (d) (4 m/s2)i has both radial and transverse
components
20. A motor cyclist moving with a velocity
(d) velocity is transverse and accel-
of 72 km/h on a flat road takes a turn
eration has both radial and trans-
on the road at a point where the radius
verse components
of curvature of the road is 20 m. The
26. A point mass m is suspended from
acceleration due to gravity is 10 m/
a light thread of length l, fixed at O,
sec2. In order to avoid skidding, he
is whirled in a horizontal circle at a
must not bend with respect to the
constant speed as shown. From your
vertical plane by an angle greater than
point of view, stationary with respect
(a) q = tan–1 6 (b) q = tan–1 2
to the mass, the forces on the mass are
(c) q = tan–1 25.92 (d) q = tan–1 4
21. A particle describes a horizontal circle O
in a conical funnel whose inner surface
is smooth with speed of 0.5 m/s. What
is the height of the plane of circle from l
vertex of the funnel
(a) 0.25 cm (b) 2 cm m
(c) 4 cm (d) 2.5 cm
22. The angular speed of second’s needle
T T
in a mechanical watch is
p (a) F (b)
(a) rad/s (b) 2p rad/s
30
60 W W
(c) p rad/s (d) rad/s
p
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ107
m
7. A car enters a curved road in the form
of a quarter of a circle, the path length
5. A ball is held at rest in position A being 200 m. Its speed at the entrance is
in figure by two light cords. The 18 km/h but when it leaves, it increases
horizontal cord is cut and the ball to 54 km/h. If the car is travelling with
starts swinging as a pendulum. The constant acceleration along the curve,
ratio of the tension in the supporting the acceleration when the car leaves
cord in position B, to that in position the curved road is
A is
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ109
Êv 2ˆ v0
m
Á rg ˜
Ë ¯
112പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(a) linear acceleration of the centre of one end and the block is at a distance L from
mass of rod will be v02/4l the fixed end. The ruler is rotated about the
(b) angular acceleration of rod will be fixed end in the horizontal plane through
6v02/5l the fixed end.
(c) tension in string will be mv02/5l 1. The maximum angular speed be for
(d) angular velocity of rod will be which the block does not slip
v0/2l (IIT-JEE, 2009)
11. A particle of mass m is moving in hori-
zontal circle inside a smooth inverted (a) gL (b) mg/L
fixed vertical cone above height h from (c) mgL/2 (d) none
apex. Angle of cone is q then
2. If the angular speed of the ruler is uni-
(a) normal force on particle by surface
formly increased from zero at an angu-
of cone is mg cos q
lar acceleration a, the angular speed,
(b) normal force on particle by surface
at which the block will slip is
of cone is mg cosec q
(c) time period of revolution of (a) mgl
particle increase if q increase 1/4
keeping h constant ÈÊ m g ˆ 2 ˘
(b) ÍÁ ˜ -a2˙
(d) time period of revolution increase ÍÎË L ¯ ˙˚
if h increase keeping q fixed
1/2
ÈÊ m g ˆ 2 ˘
(c) ÍÁ ˜ -a2˙
ÍÎË L ¯ ˙˚
q 1/2
h ÈÊ m g ˆ 2 ˘
(d) ÍÁ ˜ +a2˙
ÍÎË L ¯ ˙˚
12. The coordinates of a particle moving
in a plane are given by x(r) = a cos (pt) Passage for Q: 3–5
and y(t) = b sin (pt) where a, b(< a) and
The bob of mass 1 kg of a pendulum of length
p are positive constants of appropriate
1 m at rest is given a sharp hit to impart a
dimensions. Then
horizontal velocity 10 m/s. (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) the path of the particle is an ellipse
(b) the velocity and acceleration of
the particle are normal to each
other at t = p/(2p)
l=1m
(c) the acceleration of the particle is
always directed towards a focus u = 10 m/s
(d) the distance travelled by the
particle in time interval t = 0 to t 3. The tension in the string when, it is
= p/(2p) is a horizontal
(a) 20 N (b) 40 N
Passages and Matrix Matching
(c) 60 N (d) 80 N
Passage for Q: 1–2 4. The tension in the string, when the bob
A block of mass m is kept on a horizontal is its highest position
ruler. The coefficient of friction between the (a) 20 N (b) 30 N
ruler and the block is m. The ruler is fixed at (c) 40 N (d) 50 N
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ113
5. The tension in the string, when string (a) 9.8 ¥ 10–3 m/s2
makes 120° from the vertical is (b) – 9.8 ¥ 10–3 m/s2
(c) 4.9 ¥ 10–3 m/s2
(d) none of these
Matrix Matching
15. A particle moves in a circle of radius 1 m at a speed of, v = 2t, where v is in m/s and
t in second. Then match the columns:
Column I Column II
(a) radial acceleration of the particle at t = 1 s (p) 1 m/s2
(b) tangential acceleration of the particle at t = 1 s (q) 2 m/s2
(c) tangential acceleration of the particle at t = 2 s (r) 3 m/s2
(d) total acceleration at t = 1 s (s) 4 m/s2
(t) 2 5 m/s2
16. A small block of mass 1 kg is connected to an inextensible string of length 1 m and
made to rotate in a vertical circle about the free end of the string. The tension at the
highest point of the block is 10 N. Match the two columns (g = 10 m/s2)
A
1m
C
Column I Column II
(a) speed of block at A (p) 60 m/s
(b) speed of block at B (q) 20 m/s
(c) tension in string at B (r) 40 N
(d) tension in string at C (s) 70 N
17. A particle of 500 gm mass moves along a horizontal circle of radius 16 m such that
normal acceleration of the particle varies with time as an = 9t2
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ115
Column I Column II
(a) Tangential force on particle at t = 1 second (in newton) (p) 72
(b) Total force on particle at t = 1 second (in newton) (q) 36
(c) Power delivered by total force at t = 1 sec (in watt) (r) 7.5
(d) Average power developed by total force over first one
second (in watt) (s) 6
18. Two light rids of length 1 m each are hinged together as shown in figure. Rod AB
makes an angle q with vertical while rod BC makes an angle f with horizontal. End C
of rod BC remains in contact with horizontal. Rod AB is rotated with constant angular
velocity w = 1 rad/s in clockwise direction. At the instant when q = 30° and f = 30°.
Match the variables in Column I with values in Column II
A
q w
B
f C
Column I Column II
(3 3 + 1)
(a) Angular velocity of rod BC in rad/s (p)
3 3
( 3 - 1)
(b) Velocity of block D in m/s (q)
6
1
(c) Magnitude of angular acceleration of rod BC in rad/s2 (r)
3
(d) Acceleration of point B in m/s2 (s) 1
(t) 0
Answers Key
Level 1
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (a)
9. (c) 10. (c) 11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (d)
17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (b) 21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (b)
25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (c) 31. (a) 32. (c)
Level 2
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d)
9. (a) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (d)
116പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Level 1
1. (b) It has been calculated in the theory of the chapter, i.e.,
mg Ê v2 h ˆ
R1 = 1 -
2 ÁË rga ˜¯
mg Ê v2 h ˆ
and R2 = 1 + , so R1 < R2
2 ÁË rga ˜¯
2. (a) In overturning, inner wheels leave the ground first (see figure).
3. (b)
A
q
c
2q
From the geometry of the figure, the angle traverses about A and C are 2q
respectively. So
q 2q
wA = and wC = = 2 wA.
t t
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ117
mv 2
4. (d) T =
r
16v 2
or 16 = fi v = 12 m/s.
144
5. (d) Dv = 2v = 2 w r
Ê 2p ˆ p 2
= 2Á ˜ ¥1= cm/s
Ë 60 ¯ 30
6. (c) v = mrg ,
v2 4.92
\ m = = = 0.61
rg 4 ¥ 9.8
7. (b) v = w ¥ r = (3i - 4j + k
) ¥ (5i - 6j + 6k
)
i j k
= 3 - 4 1 = i [(– 4) ¥ 6 – 1 ¥ (– 6)] + j [5 ¥ 1 – 3 ¥ 6] + k
[3 ¥ (– 6) – (– 4) ¥ 5]
5 -6 6
= - 18i - 13j + 2k
mv 2
8. (a) N + mg =
R N mg
2
mv
\ N = – mg.
R
As R is least in (a), so N is greatest in this case.
1
9. (c) q1 = a(2)2
2
1
and q1 + q2 = a(4)2 = 4q1,
2
\ q2 = 3q1
dq d(2t 3 + 0.5)
10. (c) w = =
dt dt
= 3 ¥ 2t2 = 6(2)2 = 24 rad/s
11. (d) T0 = mw2r,
and T = m(2w)2 ¥ 2r = 8T0.
12. (b) For a particle with constant speed, the acceleration vector tends towards the centre
of the path.
118പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
13. (b) DP = P f - Pi = - mv - mv
\ DP = 2 mv
r
v
r
-v
mv 2
14. (a) Centripetal force, Fx = . So Fx remains as such, v is either positive or negative.
r
15. (c) At this stage, it has two accelerations, an and at, so its resultant will be like as shown
in figure.
an
at
16. (d) At t = 0, w = 10(– j ) = – 10 j rad/s
dw d(10 + 5t)
a = = = 5 rad/s2
dt dt
\ at = ar = 5 ¥ 1 = 5 m/s2
an = w2r = 102 ¥ 1 = 100 m/s2
\ a = (- 5j + 100i) m/s2
h v2
17. (a) tan q = =
b Rg
v 2b
\ h =
Rg
18. (a) It has the centripetal force, which is equal to the tension in the string (T).
v 2 ( 4 )2
19. (a) an = = = 8 m/s2, v
r 2 an
along negative z-axis.
O
5
20. (b) v = 72 ¥ = 20 m/s
18
v2 20 2
tan q = = =2
rg 20 ¥ 10
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ119
mv 2
21. (d) N sin q =
r N q
and N cos q = mg r
h
mg
v2
\ tan q =
rg
h v2
or =
r rg
v 2 0.52
\ h = = = 2.5 cm
g 10
q 2p p
22. (a) w = = = rad/s
t 60 30
v2 (14 3 )2
23. (d) tan q = = = 3
rg 20 3 ¥ 9.8
or q = 60°
24. (b) vmax = m s rg = 0.5 ¥ 40 ¥ 9.8
= 14 m/s
25. (d) Explained in the theory.
26. (c) In a frame attached to the mass, there are three forces on it, these are tensions of
the string in the string and centrifugal force.
27. (d) For a particle moving with decreasing speed, it must have a torque along axis of
the rotation. Direction of momentum will not change.
28. (b) At the bottom of the circle
mv 2
T = mg +
r
2 ¥ 42
= 2 ¥ 10 +
1
= 52 N.
29. (d) mw2r = mg
g
or w=
r
r 4
\ T = 2p = 2p = 4s
g 9.8
1
30. (c) q1 = a(2)2
2
1
and q1 + q2 = a(4)2 = 4q1
2
q2 3
\ =
q1 1
120പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
mv 2
31. (a) mg – N =
R
mv 2
or N = mg -
R
As RB > RA, and so NB > NA.
q
mv 2
32. (c) T = mg cos q +
R T
T will be greater when cos q is greater. cos q will be greater
when q is small. q
mg
Level 2
2
Ê 2p ˆ
1. (d) ka = mw2(2a) = m Á ˜ ¥ 2 a
Ë T¯
2
Ê 2p ˆ
and k(2a) = mw2(3a) = m Á ˜ ¥ 3 a
Ë T¢ ¯
3
\ T¢ = T
2
2. (c) v2 = 2g(l – l cos q)
mv 2
Now T – mg =
l
mv 2 q
or T = mg +
l
T
2 g(l - l cos q )
or 2mg = mg +
l mg
\ q = 60°
3. (a)
q T
q
r
m
mg
Mg
T sin q = mw2r
= mw2 ¥ l sin q
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ121
or T = mw2l ...(i)
Also T = Mg ...(ii)
Mg
\ w =
ml
T = mw12l1
T
q
T
r
or T = mw22 l2
\ mw12l1 = mw22l2
l1 w2
or = 22
l2 w1
5. (b)
q q
TA TB
mg mg
At position A,
TA cos q = mg,
and at position B,
TB = mg cos q
TB
\ = cos2 q.
TA
122പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
T M1w 2l/2
M2g
l
T – M 1w 2 = M 1a
2
and M 2g – T = M 2a
After solving the above equations, we get
2 M2 g - M1lw 2
a=
2( M1 + M2 )
pr 400
7. (c) = 200, \ r= m
2 p
v2 152
an = = = 1.76 m/s2
r 400/p
v 2 - u2 152 - 52
at = = = 0.5 m/s2
2s 2 ¥ 200
°
45 0.2 m
T
0.1 m 0.2
m
2
1
9. (a) q = w 0t + a t 2
2
t=0
1
or q = 3t + ¥ 3 ¥ t 2 ...(i)
2 t=t
1 q
and 120 + q = 3(4 + t) + ¥ 3 ¥ (4 + t)2 ...(ii) 120 rad
2
After solving the above equations, we get
t =7s
2 2
v 10
10. (b) an = = = 50 m/s2, along negative x-axis.
r 2
so a = - 50i - 1.5j m/s2
v2
11. (d) at = 2 m/s2, an = m/s2
200
\ 42 = an2 + at2
2
Ê v2 ˆ 2
or 16 = Á ˜ +2
Ë 200 ¯
\ v = 26.32 m/s
B T2 T1 T1
12. (a)
l 2l
T1 = mw2(3l)
and T2 – T1 = mw2l
or T2 = T1 + mw2l = mw2(3l) + mw2l
= 4 mw2l
T2 4
\ =
T1 3
13. (c) For weightlessness, N £ 0
Ê mv 2 ˆ mv 2
or Á mg - £0
r ˜¯
N r
Ë
or v ≥ gr mg
≥ 14 m/s.
14. (c)
N
q
mg
q
124പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
15. (a)
90 – 0 x 90 – 0
v0
r
r
q = 60°
2q
x r
=
sin 2q sin (90 - q )
fi x = 2r sin q
dx dq
\ = 2r cos q ¥
dt dt
dq dx/dt v0 v
= = = 0
dt 2r cos q 2r cos 60∞ r
16. (d) Velocity of contact point on rod CD and ring should have same component of
velocity along normal to rod CD.
\ BC(w¢) = 2(BC cos q ) w cos q
fi w¢ = 2w cos2 q = 3/2 rad/s
2
Ê v2 ˆ
\ a = an2 + at2 = Á ˜ + 02
Ë r¯
v2
=
r
2. (b, c, d)
v2
At q = 90°, v = 0, \ an = =0
r
and at = g sin 90° = g.
q
l cos q
an
a
at
v 2 2 gl cos q
an = = = 2g cos q
r l
and at = g sin q
ax
Thus, tan q =
at
sin q 2g cos q
or =
cos q g sin q
or 2cos2 q = sin2 q
= 1 – cos2 q
1
\ cos q =
3
3. (b, d)
At the highest position, we have
mv12
T1 + mg = v1
r
1 ¥ v12
or 10 + 1 ¥ 10 =
1 v2
\ v1 = 20 m/s
126പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
8. (a, c) y
vB = Rw = 4 m/s
4 m/s
q = wt = 2t
At time t: v A = 4j
v B = (- 4 sin 2t i + 4 cos 2t j) x
\ v AB = ( 4 sin 2t)i + 4(1 - cos 2t)j
\ vAB = 4 1 + 1 - 2 cos 2t (8 sin t)
p B¢
vAB is maximum at t =
2
9. (a, b)
dv v
at = = 2 = constant at
q
dt
2
v
ar = a ar
R
As v is increasing, therefore ar is increasing.
ar
tan q =
at
T ac
T m(ac + la)
(FBD of particle in frame of end A or rod) From (i), (ii) and (iii)
v02 3v 2
ac = ,a = 0
5l 5l
mv02
Tc =
5l
11. (b, c, d), consult theory.
12. (a, b)
x
x = a cos pt, \ cos pt =
a
y
and y = b sin pt, \ sin pt =
b
128പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
x2 y2
Now + = cos2 pt + sin2 pt = 1,
a2 b 2
it represents an ellips.
After calculation, we find a ◊ v = 0.
3. (d) v2 = 102 – 2g ¥ 1 = 80
mv 2
Now, tension, T =
r
1 ¥ 80 10 m/s
= = 80 N
1
4. (d) At the highest position
v2 = 102 – 2g ¥ 2 = 60
mv 2 1 ¥ 60
T = - mg = - 1 ¥ 10 = 50 N
r 1
v
5. (c) v2 = 102 – 2g(1 + 1 sin 30°) = 70
mv 2 T
T= – mg cos 60° mg
r 120°
1 ¥ 70 1
= - 1 ¥ 10 ¥
1 2
= 65 N
\ mw2 R cos q = mg
g
or cos q =
w 2R
R-h g
or = 2
R w R
g
\ h =R–
w2
g
7. (a) We have, h = R-
w2
for h ≥ 0, we have w ≥ g/R .
Passage (Q. 9–11)
9. (b) If TA is the tension in the string at lowest point, then
mv02
TA – mg sin q =
l
TAl
or v02 = – gl sin q
m
(110)(0.75)
= – (9.8) (0.75) (sin 37°)
(1.2)
= 64.34
or v0 = 8.02 m/s
10. (a) At the highest point,
mv 2
TB + mg sin q =
l
From energy conservation between position A and position B,
N
T
m
q
g
s
co
si
n
g
q
m
mg
KA + UA = KB + UB
1 1
mv02 + 0 = mv2 + 2mgl sin q
2 2
or 2
v = v02 – 4gl sin q
130പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
B
v TB q
sin ce
mg en
fer
TA Re el
v0 lev
2/
h = 2/sin q
A q
sin
mg
q
mv 2
TB = – mg sin q
l
1.2 ¥ (6.83)2
= – 1.2 ¥ 9.8 ¥ sin 37°
0.75
= 67.56 N
Passage (Q. 12–14)
12. (d); 13. (b); 14. (b)
As long as the load touches the body, the velocity of the latter is equal to the horizontal
component of the velocity of the load, and the acceleration of the body is equal to the
horizontal component of the acceleration of the load.
Let a be to acceleration of the load. Then we can write
a = a n + at
Horizontal component of the acceleration
v2
an = at sin a – cos a
l
The body also has the same acceleration. We can write for the motion of the body
v2
N = Man = Mat sin a – M sin a, where N is the normal force between load and
l
body. At the moment of separation, N = 0, and so
v2
at sin a = cos a.
l
an
an M
ar
mg
ŝƌĐƵůĂƌDŽƟŽŶപ131
The acceleration component at at the moment of separation of the load is only due to
the force of gravity at = g cos a.
Thus, the velocity of the load at the moment of separation is,
v= gl sin a
and the velocity of the body at the same moment is
u = v sin a = sin a gl sin a
According to the energy conservation, we have
1 1
mgl = mgl sin a + mv2 + Mv2 sin2 a
2 2
p
Here, a = . After simplifying, we get
6
M 1 gl
= 4 and u = v sin a =
m 2 2
Matrix Matching
Passage (Q. 15–18)
15. A Æ s; B Æ q; C Æ q; D Æ t
At, t = 1s = v = 2t = 2 m/s
v 2 22
\ an = = = 4 m/s2
r 1
dv d(2t)
at = = 2 m/s2
dt dt
\ vB = 60 m/s
mvB2
= TB = mg +
r
1 ¥ 60
= 1 ¥ 10 + = 70 N
1
17. A Æ s; B Æ r; C Æ p; D Æ q
v2 dv
an = = 9t2 fi v = 12t and = 12
16 dt
dv 3
Tangential force, m ◊ = 16 = 6 N
dt 2
2
Ê mv 2 ˆ 2 Ê 9ˆ
2
Total force = 62 + Á ˜ = 6 + ÁË ˜¯ = 7.5 N.
Ë R ¯ 2
Power = FT ◊ v = 6 ¥ 3 16 = 72 watt
72
Average power = = 36 watt
2
18. A Æ r; B Æ r; C Æ p; D Æ s
df
Angular velocity of rod BC w¢ = –
dt
vc lw A
w¢ = =
y x q
x y 1 B
= = 1w 90 – (q +f)
cos f cos(q + f ) sin q
f C
sin q vc
w¢ = w x
cos f q y D
Collisions
WHAT IS A COLLISION?
“A collision is an isolated event in which a relatively strong force acts on each of two or
more colliding bodies for a relatively short time. Moreover, it must be possible to make a
clear distinction between times that are before, during and after the collision... . In an ideal
collision, only internal forces (between the bodies) play a role.”
[Halliday, Resnick, Walker; 4th edn.]
Notes:
(i) It is not necessary that a physical contact takes place in a collision, e.g., when an alpha
particle (2He4) ‘collides’ with a nucleus of gold (Au197), the force acting between them
may be repulsive — the particles may not touch, even then it may be called a ‘collision’.
(ii) When a space probe approaches a large planet, swings around it, and then continues
its course with increased speed (a slingshot encounter), that too is a collision. The
probe and planet do not actually “touch”, but, a collision does not require contact,
and a collision force does not have to be a force of contact; it can just as easily be a
gravitational force, as in this case.
[Halliday, Resnick, Walker; 4th edn.]
COLLISIONS
Define the terms: elastic collision, inelastic collision, perfectly inelastic collision, super-
elastic collision, head-on collision and oblique collision. Give important characteristics and
examples of different types of collisions.
The collisions between particles are of the following types:
1. Elastic collision. If there is no loss of kinetic energy during a collision, it is called an elastic
collision.
134പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
A B A B
A B
Before During After
collision collision collision
Fig. 2.1 Elastic collision in one dimension
Ê m - m2 ˆ Ê 2m2 ˆ
or v1 = Á 1 ˜ u1 + Á u2 ...(5)
Ë 1
m + m2¯ Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯
Interchanging the subscripts 1 and 2 in the above equation, we get
Ê m - m1 ˆ Ê 2m1 ˆ
v2 = Á 2 ˜ u2 + Á u1 ...(6)
Ë m1 + m2 ¯ Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯
%QUATIONS AND GIVE THE lNAL VELOCITIES OF THE COLLIDING BODIES IN TERMS OF THEIR
initial velocities.
Special Cases
(i) When two bodies of equal masses collide. Let
m1 = m2 = m (say).
&ROM %Q
2mu2
v1 = = u2
2m
= velocity of body of mass m2 before collision
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ137
&ROM %Q
2mu1
v2 = = u1
2m
= velocity of body of mass m1 before collision
Hence, when two bodies of equal masses suffer one-dimensional elastic collision, their velocities
get exchanged after the collision.
(ii) When a body collides against a stationary body of equal mass. Here m1 = m2 = m
and u2 = 0.
&ROM %Q v1 = 0
&ROM %Q v 2 = u1
Hence, when an elastic body collides against another elastic body of equal mass, initially at
rest, after the collision the first body comes to rest while the second body moves with the initial
velocity of the first.
(iii) When a light body collides against a massive stationary body. Here m1 << m2 and
u2 = 0. Neglecting m1 IN %Q WE GET
m2 u1
v1 = – = – u1
m2
&ROM %Q v2 0.
Hence, when a light body collides against a massive body at rest, the light body rebounds after
the collision with an equal and opposite velocity while the massive body practically remains at
rest. A light ball on striking a wall rebounds almost with the same speed and the wall
remains at rest.
(iv) When a massive body or a projectile collides against a light stationary body. Here
m1 >> m2 and u2 = 0.
Neglecting m2 IN %Q WE GET
mu
v1 = 1 1 = u1
m1
2m1u1
and v2 = = 2u1
m1
Hence, when a massive body collides against a light body at rest, the velocity of the massive
body remains almost unchanged while the light body starts moving with twice the velocity of
the massive body.
COEFFICIENT OF RESTITUTION
What is the coefficient of restitution? What is its significance?
%QGHſEKGPVQHTGUVKVWVKQPQTEQGHſEKGPVQHTGUKNKGPEG. Most of the real collisions are neither
perfectly elastic nor perfectly plastic. They are partially elastic collisions IN WHICH THE +%
reduces and so the speed of separation is less than the speed of approach.
The coefficient of restitution gives a measure of the degree of restitution of a collision and is defined
as the ratio of the magnitude of relative velocity of separation after collision to the magnitude of
relative velocity of approach before collision. It is given by
138പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
|v1 - v2| v - v2
e= =- 1
|u1 - u2| u1 - u2
The value of e depends on the materials of the colliding bodies. For two glass balls,
e = 0.95 and for the lead balls, e = 0.20.
The coefficient of restitution can be used to distinguish between the different types of
collisions as follows:
(i) For a perfectly elastic collision, e = 1, i.e., relative velocity of separation is equal to the
relative velocity of approach.
(ii) For an inelastic collision, 0 < e < 1, i.e., the relative velocity of separation is less than the
relative velocity of approach.
(iii) For a perfectly inelastic collision, e = 0, i.e., the relative velocity of separation is zero. The
two bodies move together with a common velocity.
(iv) For a superelastic collision, e > 1, i.e., the kinetic energy increases.
If m1 = m and m2 = n m, then
Ki - K f 4n
=
Ki (1 + n)2
The transfer of energy will be maximum when Ki = 0. For
4n
=1
(1 + n)2
or n = 1.
Thus, when the mass ratio is unity, the whole of the kinetic energy of the moving ball is
transferred to the ball initially at rest.
Perfectly inelastic collision. The collision is known as perfectly inelastic when there is a loss
of kinetic energy during collision and colliding bodies stick together and move as a single
unit. For example, the collision between a bullet and a target is perfectly inelastic when the
bullet remains embedded in the target. In this case kinetic energy is not conserved. Between
the two limits of perfectly elastic and perfectly inelastic collisions, all other collisions are
imperfectly elastic.
Now we shall calculate the change of kinetic energy in an imperfectly elastic collision. Let
us consider the case of two bodies of masses m1 and m2 moving along the line joining their
centres with velocities u1 and u2 respectively. Let them move after collision with velocity v1
and v2. As total momentum remains constant.
Loss of Kinetic Energy in an Inelastic Collision
m1u 1 + m 2u 2 = m 1v 1 + m 2v 2 ...(1)
Here we introduce a term e known as coefficient of restitution as
(v1 - v2 )
e =–
(u1 - u2 )
or v1 – v2 = – e (u1 – u2) ...(2)
Initial kinetic energy of the bodies
1 1
= m1u12 + m2 u22
2 2
Final kinetic energy of the bodies
1 1
= m1v12 + m2 v22
2 2
Decrease in kinetic energy
Ê1 1 ˆ Ê1 1 ˆ
DE = Á m1u12 + m2 v22 ˜ - Á m1v12 - m2 v22 ˜
Ë2 2 ¯ Ë 2 2 ¯
or 2 DE = m1u1 + m2u2 – m1v1 – m2v2
2 2 2 2
...(3)
-ULTIPLYING %Q BY m2 AND ADDING TO %Q AND SIMPLIFYING WE GET
1
v1 = [(m1u1 + m2u2) – m2 e(u1 – u2)] ...(4)
m1 + m2
140പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
3IMILARLY MULTIPLYING %Q BY m1 AND SUBTRACTING FROM %Q AND SIMPLIFYING WE GET
1
v2 = [(m1u1 + m2u2) + m1e (u1 – u2)] ...(5)
m1 + m2
m2
- 2
[(m1u1 + m2u2) + m1 e(u1 – u2)]2
(m1 + m2 )
After simplification, we have
Ê mm ˆ
2DE = Á 1 2 ˜ (e2 – 1) (u1 – u2)2
Ë m1 + m2 ¯
1 Ê m1 m2 ˆ 2
or DE = (e – 1) (u1 – u2)2 ...(6)
2 ÁË m1 + m2 ˜¯
u1 u2
v1 v2
v1 v2
v1 v2
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 2.1 Two particles of masses m and 2 m moving in m
2v v
m
opposite directions collide elastically with velocity 2v and v,
respectively. Find their velocities after collision. Fig. 2.9
Solution Let the final velocities of m and 2m be v1 and v2, v1 v2
respectively, as shown in Fig. 2.10. m 2m
By conservation of momentum, we get
Fig. 2.10
m(2v) + 2m(– v) = m(v1) + 2m(v2)
or 0 = mv1 + 2mv2
or v1 + 2v2 =0 …(i)
and since the collision is elastic
v2 – v1 = 2v – (– v)
or v 2 – v1 = 3v …(ii)
Solving the above two equations, we get
v2 = v and v1 = – 2v 2v
m
v
2m
That is, mass 2m returns with velocity v while mass m
returns with velocity 2v in the direction shown in Fig. 2.11. Fig. 2.11
Problem 2.2 Two ball bearings of mass m each moving in opposite directions with equal
speeds v collide head on with each other. Predict the outcome of the collision, assuming it
to be perfectly elastic.
Solution Here m1 = m2 = m (say), u1 = v, u2 = – v
As the collision is perfectly elastic, velocities after the collision will be
m1 - m2 2m2
v1 = ◊ u1 + ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
m-m 2m
= ◊v + ( - v)
m+m m+m
= 0 – v = – v.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ143
2m1 m - m1
v2 = ◊ u1 + 2 ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
2m m-m
= ◊v + ◊ ( - v)
m+m m+m
= v + 0 = v.
Thus, the two balls bounce back with equal speeds after the collision.
Problem 2.3 A railway carriage of mass 9000 kg moving with a speed of 36 kmh–1 collides
with a stationary carriage of the same mass. After the collision, the carriages get coupled and
move together. What is their common speed after collision? What type of collision is this?
(NCERT)
Solution Here
m1 = 9000 kg, u1 = 36 kmh–1 = 10 ms–1
m2 = 9000 kg, u2 = 0, v1 = v2 = v = ?
By conservation of momentum,
m1u1 + m2u2 = (m1 + m1)v
9000 ¥ 10 + 0 = (9000 + 9000)v
90000
or v = = 5 ms–1.
18000
4OTAL +% BEFORE COLLISION
1 1
= m1u12 + m2 u22
2 2
1
= ¥ 9000 ¥ 10 ¥ 10 + 0 = 450000 J
2
1
4OTAL +% AFTER COLLISION (m1 + m2 )v 2
2
1
= ¥ 2 ¥ 9000 ¥ 52 = 225000 J.
2
4HUS TOTAL +% AFTER COLLISION 4OTAL +% BEFORE COLLISION
Hence the collision is inelastic.
Problem 2.4 What percentage of kinetic energy of a moving particle is transferred to a
stationary particle, when moving particle strikes with a stationary particle of mass (i) 9 times
in mass, (ii) equal in mass, and (iii) 1/19th of its mass?
Solution For the moving particle, m1 = m(say),
Initial velocity = u1
For the stationary particle, m2 = xm (say),
Initial velocity = u2 = 0
144പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2m1 m - m1
As v2 = ◊ u1 + 2 ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
2m 2u1
\ v2 = ◊ u1 + 0 =
m + xm 1+ x
+% OF THE MOVING PARTICLE BEFORE COLLISION
1 1
K1 = m1u12 = mu12
2 2
+% OF THE STATIONARY PARTICLE AFTER COLLISION
1 1 4u12
K2 = m2 v12 = ◊ mx ◊
2 2 (1 + x )2
4x 1 4x
= 2
◊ mu12 = ◊ K1
(1 + x ) 2 (1 + x)2
OF +% TRANSFERRED
K2 4 xK1 100
= ¥ 100 = 2
¥
K1 (1 + x ) K1
4x
= ¥ 100%
(1 + x )2
(i) When moving particle strikes a stationary particle 9 times in mass, x = 9.
4¥9
OF +% TRANSFERRED ¥ 100 = 36%.
(1 + 9)2
(ii) When moving particle strikes a stationary particle of equal mass, x = 1.
4¥1
OF +% TRANSFERRED ¥ 100 = 100%
(1 + 1)2
1 1
(iii) When moving particle strikes a stationary particle th of its mass, x = .
19 19
4 ¥ (1/ 19)
OF +% TRANSFERRED ¥ 100 = 19%.
(1 + 1/ 19)2
Problem 2.5 A ball is dropped to the ground from a height of 2 m. The coefficient of
restitution is 0.6. To what height will the ball rebound?
Solution As the ball falls to the ground, its potential energy mgh1 changes into kinetic
1
energy mv12.
2
1
\ mgh1 = mv12 ...(i)
2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ145
1
After rebounding, its kinetic energy mv22 changes into potential energy mgh2.
2
1
\ mgh2 = mv22 ...(ii)
2
2
h2 Ê v2 ˆ
$IVIDING %Q II BY %Q I WE GET =
h1 ÁË v1 ˜¯
v2
But h1 = 2 m, e = = 0.6
v1
h2
\ = (0.6)2 = 0.36 or h2 = 0.72 m.
2m
Problem 2.6 A ball is dropped vertically from a height of 3.6 m. It rebounds from a
horizontal surface to a height of 1.6 m. Find the coefficient of restitution of the material of
the ball. (OJEE, 2013)
Solution Here h1 = 3.6 m, h2 = 1.6 m
Velocity of the ball with which it reaches the horizontal surface,
Problem 2.7 A ball is dropped from a height h. It rebounds from the ground a number
of times. Given that the coefficient of restitution is e, to what height does it go after the nth
rebounding?
Solution Let v0 be the velocity with which the ball strikes the ground first time and vn the
velocity after nth rebounding. Then the coefficient of restitution will be
v1 v2 v3 v
e = = = = ºº = n
v0 v1 v2 vn - 1
v1 v2 v3 vn v
\ en = ¥ ¥ ¥ ºº ¥ = n
v0 v1 v2 vn - 1 v0
vn 2 gH h
Hence, en = = = or H = he2n.
v0 2 gh h
146പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 2.8 Slowing down of neutrons. In a unclear reactor a neutron of high speed
(typically 107 ms–1) must be slowed to 103 ms–1 so that it can have a high probability of
interacting with isotope 235
92U and causing it to fission. Show that a neutron can lose most of
its kinetic energy in an elastic collision with a light nucleus like deuterium or carbon which
has a mass of only a few times the neutron mass. The material making up the light nuclei,
usually heavy water (D2O) or graphite is called a moderator.
or
A body of mass M at rest is struck by a moving body of mass m. Prove that fraction of
THE INITIAL +% OF THE MASS m transferred to the struck body is 4 m M/(m + M)2 in an elastic
collision.
Solution Here m1 = mass of neutron = m
m2 = mass of target nucleus = M
u1 = u and u2 = 0
2m1 m - m1
Now, v2 = ◊ u1 + 2 ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
2m 2mu
= ◊u+ 0 =
m+ M m+ M
)NITIAL +% OF MASS m,
1 1
K1 = m1u12 = mu2
2 2
&INAL +% OF MASS M,
2
1 1 Ê 2mu ˆ 2 Mm2 u2
K2 = m2 v22 = M Á ˜ =
2 2 Ë m + M¯ ( m + M )2
&RACTION OF THE INITIAL +% TRANSFERRED
K 2 2 Mm2 u2 2 4 mM
f= = 2
¥ 2
=
K1 ( m + M ) mu ( m + M )2
(i) For deuterium, M = 2m, therefore,
4 m ¥ 12m 8
f= 2
= 0.9
( m + 2 m) 9
About 90% of the neutron’s energy is transferred to deuterium.
(ii) For carbon, M = 12 m, therefore
4 m ¥ 12m
fraction = = 0.284
(m + 12m)2
About 28.4% of the neutron’s energy is transferred to carbon.
Problem 2.9 Consider the collision depicted in Fig. 2.12 to be between two billiard balls
with equal masses m1 = m2. The first ball is called the cue while the second ball is called the
target. The billiard player wants to “sink” the target ball in a corner pocket, which is at an
angle q2 = 37°. Assume that the collision is elastic and that friction and rotational motion are
not important. Obtain q1.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ147
Fig. 2.12
p2
K= \ p= 2mK
2m
As momentum is conserved in the absence of an external force, so
mK = constant
or mRnKRn = maKa
ma Ka
or KRn =
mRn
4.003 ¥ 4.8
= = 0.0866 MeV.
222
148പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 2.11 The nucleus Fe57 emits a g -ray of energy 14.4 KeV. If the mass of the nucleus
is 56.935 amu, calculate the recoil energy of the nucleus.
Take 1 amu = 1.66 ¥ 10–27 kg.
Solution The nuclear decay may be represented as follows:
0.312 ¥ 10 -21
= 0.312 ¥ 10–21 J = KeV
1.6 ¥ 10 -16
= 1.95 ¥ 10–6 KeV.
Problem 2.12 A ball of 0.1 kg makes an elastic head on collision with a ball of unknown
mass that is initially at rest. If the 0.1 kg ball rebounds at one-third of its original speed,
what is the mass of the other ball?
Solution Here m1 = 0.1 kg, m2 = ?
u
u1 = u(say), v1 = – , u2 = 0
3
m1 - m2 2m2
From formula v1 = ◊ u1 + ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
u 0.1 - m2
\ – = ◊u+ 0
3 0.1 + m2
1 0.1 - m2
or - =
3 0.1 + m2
or – 0.1 – m2 = 0.3 – 3m2 or 2m2 = 0.4
\ m2 = 0.2 kg.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ149
Problem 2.13 Show that when a moving body collides with a stationary body of mass m
4m
or 1/m times its mass, then the moving body transfers part of its kinetic energy to
(1 + m)2
the stationary body.
Solution Case 1. Mass of moving body = m1
Initial velocity = u1
Mass of stationary body, m2 = mm1
Initial velocity, u2 = 0;
Velocity of the stationary body after collision will be
2m m - m1
v2 = ◊ u1 + 2 ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
2m1 2
= ◊ u1 + 0 = ◊ u1
m1 + mm1 1+ m
&RACTION OF THE +% TRANSFERRED TO THE STATIONARY BODY
2
Ê 2m ˆ
1
m2 v22 mm1 Á ◊ u1 ˜
2 Ë 1 + m ¯ 4m
= 2
=
1 m u (1 + m )2
m1u12 1 1
2
m1
Case 2. Here m2 =
m
2m1 2m1
v2 = ◊ u1 + 0 = ◊u
m Ê 1ˆ 2
m1 + 1 m1 Á 1 + ˜
m Ë m¯
2m
= ◊ u1
1+ m
&RACTION OF THE +% TRANSFERRED TO THE STATIONARY BODY
2
1 m1 Ê 2m ˆ
m2 u22 m ÁË 1 + m u1 ˜¯ 4m
2 = =
2
1
m1u12 m u
1 1 (1 + m )2
2
\ )N EACH CASE +% OF THE STATIONARY BODY AFTER COLLISION
4m
= ¥ +% OF THE MOVING BODY BEFORE COLLISION
(1 + m)2
Problem 2.14 A ball is dropped from a height h on to a floor. If the coefficient of restitution
is e, calculate the height to which the ball first rebounds?
150പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution The velocity with which the ball strikes the floor is
u= 2gh
If the ball rebounds with velocity v, then
v
e= or v = eu = 2gh
u
If the ball rebounds to height h’, then
02 – v2 = 2(– g) h’
v2 1
or h’ = = ¥ e 2 ◊ 2 gh = he2.
2g 2g
Solution The two velocities will be exchanged and the final motion is reverse of initial
motion for both.
4 m/s 2 m/s
Fig. 2.14
Solution A collides elastically with B and comes to rest but B starts moving with velocity u
m m m
u
A B C
Fig. 2.16
After a while B collides elastically with C and comes to rest but C starts moving with
velocity u
m m m
u
A B C
Fig. 2.17
as ki = kf
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ151
Fig. 2.19
B and C collide elastically and exchange their velocities to move in opposite directions.
u u
A B C D
Fig. 2.20
Now B and C collide elastically with A and D respectively and come to rest but A and D
start moving with velocity u away from each other as shown in Fig. 2.21.
u u
A B C D
Fig. 2.21
Fig. 2.23
Problem 2.19 A 1 kg ball, moving at 12 ms–1, collides head on with a 2 kg ball moving in
2
the opposite direction at 24 ms–1. If the coefficient of restitution is , then the energy lost in
the collision is: 3
Ê v - v1 ˆ 2 Ê v - v1 ˆ
Further, e = –Á 2 fi = -Á 2
Ë u2 - u1 ˜¯ 3 Ë -24 - 12 ˜¯
2 v2 - v1
fi = fi v2 – v1 = 24 ...(ii)
3 36
!DD %Q I AND %Q II
3v2 = – 12 fi v2 = – 4 ms–1 fi v1 = – 28 ms–1
Ê 1 ˆ
fi ,OSS 4OTAL INITIAL +% n 4OTAL lNAL +% Á +% = mv 2 ˜
Ë 2 ¯
1 1
3INCE TOTAL INITIAL +% (1)(144) + (2)(576) fi E1 = 72 + 576 = 648 J
2 2
3IMILARLY TOTAL lNAL +%
1 1
E2 = (1)(784) + (2)(16) fi E2 = 392 + 16
2 2
fi E2 = 408 J fi Loss = 648 – 408 fi Loss = 240 J
Problem 2.20 A ball of mass m moving at a speed v makes a head on collision with an
identical ball at rest. The kinetic energy of the balls after the collision is 3/4ths of the original.
Find the coefficient of restitution.
m m m v¢2 m v¢1
v
Solution As we have seen in the above discussion, that under the given conditions
Ê 1 + eˆ Ê 1 - eˆ
v 1¢ = Á v 2¢ = Á
Ë 2 ˜¯ Ë 2 ˜¯
v and v
3
Given that Kf = Ki
4
1 1 3Ê1 ˆ
or mv1 ¢ 2 + mv2 ¢ 2 = Á mv 2 ˜
2 2 4Ë2 ¯
Substituting the value, we get
2 2
Ê 1 + eˆ Ê 1 - eˆ 3
ÁË ˜¯ + ÁË ˜¯ =
2 2 4
2 2
or (1 + e) + (1 – e) = 3
or 2 + 2e2 = 3
1
or e2 =
2
1
or e =
2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ153
Problem 2.21 Two bodies of masses 5 kg and 3 kg moving in the same direction along
the same straight line with velocities 5 ms–1 and 3 ms–1 respectively suffer one-dimensional
elastic collision. Find their velocities after the collision.
Solution Here m1 = 5 kg, u1 = 5 ms–1,
m2 = 3 kg, u2 = 3 ms–1
m1 - m2 2m2
\ v1 = ◊ u1 + ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
5-3 2¥3
= ¥5+ ¥3
5+3 5+3
2 6 5 9 14
= ¥5+ ¥3= + = = 3.5 ms–1.
5 8 4 4 4
2m1 m - m1
v2 = ◊ u1 + 2 ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
2¥5 3-5
= ¥5+ ¥3
5+3 5+3
50 6 44
= - = = 5.5 ms–1.
8 8 8
Problem 2.22 A 10 kg ball and 20 kg ball approach each other with velocities 20 ms–1 and
10 ms–1 respectively. What are their velocities after collision if the collision is perfectly elastic?
Solution Here m1 = 10 kg, m2 = 20 kg,
u1 = 20 ms–1, u2 = – 10 ms–1
m1 - m2 2m2
v1 = ◊ u1 + ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
10 - 20 2 ¥ 20
= ¥ 20 + ¥ ( -10)
10 + 20 10 + 20
20 40 60
=- - =- = –20 ms–1.
3 3 3
2m1 m - m1
v2 = ◊ u1 + 2 ◊ u2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
2 ¥ 10 20 - 10
= ¥ 20 + ¥ ( -10)
10 + 20 10 + 20
40 10 30
= - = = 10 ms–1.
3 3 3
154പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 2.23 Consider a ball dropping from some height h. Let e be the coefficient of
restitution between the ball and the ground and ball rebounds again and again, then find:
(i) Velocity after nth collision
(ii) Height attained after nth collision
(iii) Total distance travelled by ball before stop
(iv) Total time of motion.
(v) Change in momentum and the average force
Solution Velocity of the ball just before collision with the ground u = 2gh.
(a) After first collision
v1 - v2
e=–
u1 - u2 h
h1
h2
here suffix 1 is for the ball and 2 is for fi•
the ground (earth).
u v1 v2
%ARTH BEING VERY MASSIVE IN COMPARI-
son to ball, u2 = 0 and v2 = 0.
Ground
v1 - 0
\ e=– fi v1 = – eu = – e 2gh. Fig. 2.25
u-0
Minus sign indicates that after collision the direction of velocity becomes opposite.
Now height attained after first collision
2
1 v 2 (e 2 gh )
mgh1 = mv12 fi h1 = 1 = = e2 h .
2 2g 2g
(b) Before the second collision, velocity of the ball is v1 = e 2 gh
\ Velocity after the second collision,
v2 = – ev1
= - e ( - e 2 gh ) = + e 2 2 gh .
Height attained after the second collision,
1 1
mgh2 = mv22 = m(e 2 2 gh )2
2 2
fi h2 = e4h.
After nth collision:
(i) vn = en 2gh
(ii) hn = e2nh.
(iii) Theoretically, the ball will make infinite number of collisions with the ground.
Thus, the total distance travelled till last
S = h + 2[h1 + h2 + h3 + ... •]
= h + 2[e2h + e4h + e6h + ... •]
= h + 2e2h[1 + e2 + e4 + ... •]
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ155
È 1 ˘ È 2e 2 ˘
= h + 2 he 2 Í 2˙
= h Í 2˙
Î1 - e ˚ Î1 - e ˚
Ê 1 + e2 ˆ
= hÁ 2˜
Ë1- e ¯
Ê 1 + e2 ˆ
or S =Á 2˜
h
Ë1- e ¯
(iv) Total time of motion T = t + 2(t1 + t2 + ... •)
2h È 2 h1 2 h2 2 h3 ˘
= + 2Í + + + ºº • ˙
g Î g g g ˚
2h 2
= +2 È h1 + h2 + h3 + ºº • ˘˚
g gÎ
2h 2È 2
= +2 e h + e 4 h + e 6 h + ºº • ˘˚
g gÎ
2h 2h
= +2 È e + e 2 + e 3 + ºº • ˘˚
g g Î
Ê 2h ˆ Ê 2h ˆ È 1 ˘
= ÁË g ˜¯ + 2 ÁË g ˜¯ e Í 1 - e ˙
Î ˚
Ê 2h ˆ È 2e ˘ Ê 2h ˆ Ê 1 + e ˆ
= ÁË g ˜¯ Í1 + 1 - e ˙ = ÁË g ˜¯ ÁË 1 - e ˜¯
Î ˚
Ê 1 + eˆ 2h
or T =Á
Ë 1 - e ˜¯ g
(v) Change in momentum after the first impact
= mv1 – (–mv0) = m(v1 + v0)
Change in momentum after the second impact = m(v2 + v1).
Change in momentum after the nth impact = m(vn + vn–1).
Total change in momentum
= m(v1 + v0 + v2 + v1 + ... vn + vn –1)
= m(v0 + 2v1 + 2v2 + ... 2vn)
= mv0 [1 + 2e + 2e2 + ...]
È Ê 1 ˆ˘ È1 + e ˘
= mv0 Í1 + 2e Á ˜¯ ˙ = m 2 gh Í 1 - e ˙
Î Ë 1 - e ˚ Î ˚
156പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
dp
Dp
(c) Now as F = so, Fav =
dt DT
Substituting the value of DT and Dp FROM %QS I AND II
È1 + e ˘ È1 - e ˘
g
Fav = m 2 gh Í ˙¥ Í 1 + e ˙ = mg
Î1 - e ˚ Î 2h˚
Problem 2.24 A particle of mass 1.0 g moving with velocity v1 = 3.0 i – 2.0 j experiences
a perfectly inelastic collision with another particle of mass 2.0 g and velocity v 2 = 4.0 j –
6.0 k. Find the velocity of the formed particle (both the vector v and its modulus), if the
components of the vectors v1 and v2 are given in the SI units.
Solution By conservation of momentum, we have
m1 v1 + m2 v 2 = (m1 + m2) v
È m v + m2 v 2 ˘
\ v = Í 1 1 ˙
Î m1 + m2 ˚
)
1 ¥ (3.0i - 2.0j) + 2( 4.0j - 6.0 k
=
1+ 2
) m/s
= (i + 2.0 j - 4.0 k
Problem 2.25 A block of mass 2.0 kg is moving on a frictionless horizontal table with a
velocity of 1.0 m/s towards another block of equal mass kept at rest (see Fig. 2.26). The
spring constant of the spring fixed at one end is 100 N/m. Find the maximum compression
of the spring.
1.0 m/s Rest v v
Fig. 2.26
Solution Maximum compression will occur when their velocities become equal (i.e.,
approach velocity becomes zero). Let the velocity of each block at this instant be v. Then by
conservation of momentum, we have m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
As u2 = 0 and v1 = v2 = v
2 ¥ 1 + 0 = 2v + 2v
1
\ v =
m/s.
2
Now by conservation of mechanical energy, we have
2 2
1 1 Ê 1ˆ 1 Ê 1ˆ 1
¥ 2 ¥ 12 = ¥ 2 ¥ Á ˜ + ¥ 2 ¥ Á ˜ + ¥ 100 ¥ xmax
2
2 2 Ë 2¯ 2 Ë 2¯ 2
where xmax is the maximum compression of the spring.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ157
1
As v= m/s
2
2 2
1 1 Ê 1ˆ 1 Ê 1ˆ 1
\ ¥ 2 ¥ 12 = ¥ 2 ¥ Á ˜ + ¥ 2 ¥ Á ˜ + ¥ 100 ¥ xmax
2
2 2 Ë 2 ¯ 2 Ë 2 ¯ 2
After solving, we get
xmax = 0.1 m
Problem 2.26 Two blocks of mass 3 kg and 6 kg 2.0 m/s
1.0 m/s
respectively are placed on a smooth horizontal surface.
They are connected by a light spring of force constant 3kg 6kg
k = 200 N/m. Initially, the spring is unstretched. The
indicated velocities are imparted to the blocks. Find the
maximum extension of the spring. Fig. 2.27
Solution At maximum extension their velocities are same.
This common velocity is given by
Total momentum
v =
Total mass
2¥ 6 -1¥ 3
=
3+6
= 1 m/s
Now, Ei = Ef
1 1 1 1
\ ¥ 6 ¥ (2)2 + ¥ 3 ¥ (1)2 = ¥ 9(1)2 + ¥ 200 ¥ X m2
2 2 2 2
Solving we get, Xm = 0.3 m
= 30 cm
Problem 2.27 Two blocks of masses m1 = 2 kg and k
u1 m2 u2
m2 = 5 kg are moving in the same direction along a m1
frictionless surface with speeds 10 m/s and 3 m/s
respectively, m2 being ahead of m1. An ideal spring
Fig. 2.28
with k = 1120 N/m is attached to block side of m2.
Find the maximum compression of the spring when the blocks collide.
Solution If v is the speed of the blocks at the instant of maximum compression, then
m1u1 + m2u2 = (m1 + m2)v
1 1 1 1 2
and m1u12 + m2 u22 = (m1 + m2 )v 2 + kxmax
2 2 2 2
After substituting the given values and simplifying, we get
xmax = 0.25 m
158പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
q1
v1 cos q1
u
x
m1
v2 cos q2
q2
v2
v2 sin q2
Fig. 2.29
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 2.28 Two identical balls marked B and C, in contact with each other and at rest
on a horizontal smooth surface, are hit head-on by another identical ball marked A moving
initially with speed v as shown in Fig. 2.31. If collision is elastic. Then which of the case(s)
are possible?
Solution
Before collision After collision
v B C v/2
A B C (i) A
v=0
(ii) v
Momentum = mv A B C
KE = 1/2 mv 2 v=0
(iii) v/3
A B C
Fig. 2.31
Since collision is elastic, the kinetic energy and momentum before and after collision
remain constant.
v
Case (i) momentum = 2m ¥ = mv
2
2
1 Ê vˆ 1
+% (2m) Á ˜ = mv 2
2 Ë 2 ¯ 4
Case (ii) momentum = mv
1
+% mv 2
2
160പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 2.31 A small particle travelling with a velocity v collides elastically with a spherical
body of equal mass and radius r initially kept at rest. The centre of the spherical body is
located at a distance (r < r) away from the direction of motion of the particle. Find the final
velocity of the particle.
Solution During collision:
r
sin q =
r
r2
cos q = 1 -
r2
v
r r
x
q
sin
v
r v v cosq
q
y
Fig. 2.34
v r2 - r2
=
r
The resultant velocity of the particle will be v sin q along x-axis (see Fig. 2.34).
Note: The collision will take place along normal direction. In the tangential direction no force
acts and the velocity does not change in this direction.
162പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
°
30
s
co
u 30°
u
30°
u
30°
v
(a) (b)
Fig. 2.36
Problem 2.33 A smooth ball collides at a velocity v on a group of three smooth identical
blocks resting on a smooth horizontal surface as shown in Fig. 2.37. The mass of each block
is equal to the mass of the ball. The diameter of the ball and its height are equal to the edge
of the block. Determine the velocity of the blocks after the impact.
Solution
v 4
2
Fig. 2.37
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ163
The ball collides with the blocks 3 and 1 symmetrically, therefore both will move with
the same speed. After collision the situations of blocks are as shown in Fig. 2.38. Let each
of them have speed v¢.
v¢
45° v
2
v¢
Fig. 2.38
Problem 2.34 A grenade explodes in air when it has a horizontal speed of v. It breaks into
two identical pieces of equal mass. If one goes vertically up at a speed of 4v, find the velocity
of the other immediately after the explosion.
Solution Momentum of grenade before explosion
2v
P = mv î
Using conservation of momentum m/2
m v
P = P1 + P2 m/2
\ P2 = P - P1
v2
m
where P1 = ¥ 4v ĵ Fig. 2.39
2
\ P = mv ˆi - 2mvˆj
2
m
or v 2 = mv iˆ - 2mvˆj
2
or v 2 = 2v ˆi - 4vˆj
Problem 2.35 Two identical buggies A and B with one man in each move without friction
due to inertia along the parallel rails towards each other. When the buggies get opposite to
each other, the men exchange their places by jumping in the direction perpendicular to the
motion direction. As a consequence, buggy A stops and buggy B keeps moving in the same
direction, with its velocity becoming equal to v. Find the initial velocities of the buggies v1
and v2 if the mass of each buggy (without a man) equals M and the mass of each man m.
164പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 2.36 A spherical ball 1 of mass m is released from rest on a frictionless bowl 0.2
high. The sphere slides down and collides elastically with another sphere 2 of mass m/4
placed on the bottom of the bowl. If ball 2 has to just reach the top and escape the bowl,
calculate from where 1 should be released?
Solution Let ball 1 be released from height h.
1
Let v be the velocity of ball 2 just after collision, then m
0.2 m
1 h m/4
(m / 4)v 2 = (m/4)g ¥ 0.2 2
2
which gives v = (0.2 g ¥ 2) = 2 m/s Fig. 2.41
Solution Since the line of collision is AB, therefore the velocity u sin a
of the ball along a line parallel (normal to AB) to wall does not u
change.
\ u sin a = v sin q ...(i) u cos a
a
A B
( - v cos q - 0) v cos q
and e = ...(ii) q Wall
(u cos a - 0)
where u and v are the velocities of the ball before and after v sin q
collision. The velocity of the wall before and after collision is v
practically zero.
Fig. 2.42
Solving the above equations, we get
e = tan a/tan q.
Problem 2.38 A ball moving straight collides elastically with another stationary ball of the
same mass. At the moment of impact the angle between the straight line passing through
the centres of the balls and the direction of the initial motion of the striking ball is equal
to a = 45°. Assuming the balls to be smooth, find the fraction h of the kinetic energy of the
striking ball that turned into potential energy at the moment of the maximum deformation.
Solution Let the velocity of the colliding ball be y
u. Applying the law of conservation of momentum u y
along x-axis, we have
m 1u 1 + m 2u 2 = m 1v 1 + m 2v 2 a x
x
m m
mu cos a + 0 = mv1x + mv2x
At the maximum deformation Fig. 2.43
v1x = v2x
\ u cos a + 0 = v1x + v2x = 2v1x
u cos a
or v1x =
2
1 1
)NITIAL +% OF THE SYSTEM mu2 + 0 = mu2
2 2
1 1 1 mu2 cos 2 a
&INAL +% OF THE SYSTEM mv12x + mv22x = 2 ◊ mv12x =
2 2 2 4
È mu2 cos 2 a ˘
Final K% ÍÎ 4
˙
˚
Now, h = =
Initial K% 1 2
mu
2
cos 2 45∞
= = 0.25
2
166പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 2.39 A train of mass M is moving on a circular track of radius R with constant
speed V. The length of the train is half of the perimeter of the track. The linear momentum
of the train will be
2MV
(a) zero 5 (b) (c) MVR (d) MV
p
2R
Solution If we treat the train as a ring of mass M then its COM will be at a distance
p
from the centre of the circle. Velocity of centre of mass is
2R 2R Ê V ˆ Ê Vˆ
VCM = RCM ◊ w = ◊w = ◊Á ˜ ÁË∵ w = ˜¯
p p Ë R¯ R
2V 2MV
fi VCM = fi MVCM =
p p
As the linear momentum of any system = MVCM
So = 2 MV/p
Problem 2.40 Three identical discs B, C and D as shown in Fig. 2.44 rest on a smooth
horizontal plane. The disc B is set in motion with velocity v after which it experiences an
elastic collision simultaneously with the discs C and D. The distance between the centres of
the latter discs prior to the collision is h times greater than the diameter of each disc. Find
the velocity of disc B after the collision. At what value of h will the disc B recoil after the
collision, stop, move on?
hd / 2
Solution From Fig. 2.44 cos q = = h/ 2
d
v2
v2
q
C y B
v d q
B v1 hd v nd/2 v1
D x
q
v2
v2
Fig. 2.44
v(h 2 - 2)
v1 =
(6 - h 2 )
Disc B will stop after collision, v1 = 0
v(h 2 - 2)
or =0
(6 - h 2 )
or h = 2
For recoil, v1 should be negative or less than 0
or v1 < 0
\ h < 2
For move is its direction of initial motion v1 > 0
or h > 2
Problem 2.41 A chain BC of length l is located in a
smooth horizontal pipe so that its fraction of length h
hangs freely and touches the surface of the table with
its end C shown in Fig. 2.45 At a certain moment the
B
end B of the chain is set free. With what velocity will
this end of the chain slip out of the tube?
x h
Solution Suppose l is the mass per unit length of
the chain.
Let x be the length of the chain within the tube at C
any instant, then weight of hanging portion outside
the tube = lhg and weight of the portion inside the lx T
tube = lxg.
Let a be the acceleration of the chain at any instant.
Acceleration is variable because the length of the
chain inside the tube decreases as the chain slips out lhg
from the tube but force on it remains constant (T). By
Fig. 2.45
Newton’s second law
lhg – T = (lh)a ...(i)
and T = (lx)a ...(ii)
&ROM %QS I AND II WE HAVE
l(x + h)a = lhg
dv
or ( x + h) = hg ...(iii)
dt
168പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
vdv
or ( x + h) = – gh
dx
Negative sign is due to fact that as x decreases v increases
v 0
dx
or Ú vdv = - gh Ú ( x + h)
...(iv)
0 (l - h)
or v = 2gh ln (l / h)
Problem 2.42 A boat of mass M with a man of mass m abroad stays motionless on the
surface of a lake. The man moves a distance l¢ relative to the boat with velocity v¢ and then
stops. Assuming the water resistance to be negligible, find:
(i) the displacement of the raft l relative to the shore; and
(ii) the horizontal component of the force with which the man acted on the boat during
the motion.
Solution
(a) Since no net external force acts on
the system, the centre of mass re-
mains at rest.
m(l¢ / 2) + ml¢ m(l + l¢ / 2) + ml
\ = Shore
( M + m) ( M + m)
l
where l is the displacement of the
raft w.r.t. shore.
Solving the above equation, we get Fig. 2.46
ml¢
l = ...(i)
M+m
B $IFFERENTIATING %Q I WRT TIME TWICE WE HAVE
Ê dv¢ ˆ
mÁ
d2l Ë dt ˜¯
a = 2 =
dt ( M + m)
Problem 2.43 If L and L¢ be the forces of compression and restitution, then show that
L¢ = eL where e is the coefficient of restitution.
Solution Consider the head-on collision between two bodies of masses m1 and m2 are
moving in the same direction with velocities u1 and u2 (u1 > u2). If v is the common velocity
at the instant of collision, then loss of momentum of the first ball during compression.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ169
= m1(u – v)
and the gain in momentum of the second ball
= m2(v – u2)
By impulse-momentum theorem, we can write
L = m1(u1 – v) = m2(v – u2)
L L
or + = u1 – u 2 ...(i)
m1 m2
u1 u2 v v1 v2
Fig. 2.47
If v1 and v2 are their velocities after collision, then loss of momentum of the first ball
= m1(v – v1),
and gain in momentum by the second ball
= m2(v2 – v).
Again by impulse-momentum theorem, we have
L¢ = m1(v – v1) = m2(v – v2)
L¢ L¢
or + = – (v1 – v2) ...(ii)
m1 m2
.OW FROM %QS I AND II WE GET
L¢ v - v2
=- 1
L u1 - u2
È v - v2 ˘
As -Í 1 ˙ = e,
Î u1 - u2 ˚
\ L¢ = eL
Problem 2.44 A block A of mass 2m is placed on another block B of mass 4m which, in
turn, is placed on a fixed table. The two blocks have the same length 4d and they are placed
as shown in Fig. 2.48. The coefficient of friction (both static and kinetic) between the block
B and the table is m. There is no friction between the two blocks. A small object of mass m
moving horizontally along a line passing through the centre of mass (cm see Fig. 2.48) of
block B and perpendicular to its face with a speed v collides elastically with block B at a
height d above the table. (IIT-JEE, 1991)
(a) What is the minimum value of v (call it v0) required to make block A topple?
(b) If v = 2v0, find the distance (from the point P in Fig. 2.48) at which the mass m falls on
the table after collision (ignore the role of friction during the collision).
170പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
A
2m 2m Block A is about to topple
B cm v1 v2
v 2mg
m 2d 2mg
d 4m
4d 2d
x
Fig. 2.48
Solution
(a) When the object collides with block B, the block moves forward. As there is no friction
between the two blocks, due to inertia block A remains at its position. For toppling of
the block A, its c.g. must be out of the block B. For this minimum distance traversed
by block B must be 2d.
Friction between block B and the table is m(6mg). Block B moves when it experiences a
force little greater than the frictional force. The work done in moving block B through
a resistance 2d will be
W = F ◊ s = m(6mg) ¥ 2d = 12 mmgd ...(i)
Now consider the collision between the moving mass m and the block B. From the law
of conservation of momentum, we have
mv + 0 = mv1 + (4m)v2 ...(ii)
where v1 and v2 are the velocities after collision of the moving mass m and the block
after collision.
The collision is completely elastic
(v1 - v2 )
\ 1 =- ...(iii)
v-0
Solving the above equations, we get
v1 = – 3/5 v and v2 = 2/5 v.
1 1
When v = v0 THE +% ACQUIRED BY THE BLOCK B = ( 4 m)v22 = ( 4 m)(2 / 5v0 )2 .
2 2
4HE +% ACQUIRED BY THE BLOCK B is just sufficient to move the block a distance 2d against
the frictional force, i.e., 12 mmgd.
1
or ( 4 m)(2 / 5v0 )2 = 12 mmgd
2
5
or v0 = 6m gd
2
(b) The velocity of the mass after collision is – 3/5 v. Its value corresponding to v = 2v0 is
equal to – 6/5 v0.
The mass m being at a height d above the table. The time taken by it to fall through a
height d will be
1
d = gt 2 fi t = (2d / g )
2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ171
The horizontal distance travelled by the mass in this time with horizontal velocity
(–6/5 v0).
6 5
x = v ◊ t = (– 6/5 v0) . (2d / g ) = - ¥ 6 m gd ¥ (2d / g )
5 2
or x = - 6d 3m
Problem 2.45 B and C are two identical blocks of same mass 2m and same physical
dimensions. B is placed over C which is attached to one end of the spring of natural length l
and spring constant k. The other end of the spring is attached to a wall. The system is resting
on a smooth horizontal surface with the spring in the relaxed state. A small object of mass
m moving horizontally with speed v at height d above the horizontal surface hits the block
C along the line of their centre of mass in the perfectly elastic collision. There is no friction
between B and C.
(a) Find the minimum value of V (say V0) such that block B will topple over block C
(b) If V0 = V/2, find the period of oscillation of the block spring system and amplitude.
(c) What is the energy stored in the spring when the block C returns to its initial position
as before collision?
B
B 2d
k 2mg C
m V C
d
d
2d
Fig. 2.49
Solution
(a) The upper block will topple down if the lower block displaces through a minimum
distance d as shown in Fig. 2.49. When the lower block displaces distance d, the
spring also compresses by d. The energy required to compress the spring will be =
1 2 1 2
kx = kd .
2 2
Consider the elastic collision between the moving mass m and the lower block B.
Applying conservation of momentum, we have
mV + 0 = mv1 + (2m)v2 ...(i)
(v1 - v2 )
and 1 =- ...(ii)
V -0
where v1 and v2 are the velocities of the mass m and the block C after collision.
Solving the above equations, we get
v1 = – V/3 and v2 = 2V/3.
1 4 mV 2
4HE +% OF THE BLOCK C after collision = (2m)(2V / 3)2 =
2 9
172പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
This energy will be equal to the energy required to compress the spring (1/2) kd2.
1 2 4 mV 2
\ kd =
2 9
k
or V = V0 = 3 d
8m
1 2
(b) Given that V = V0 4HE MAXIMUM +% OF THE OSCILLATING PARTICLE MAXIMUM 0% kA
2
1 2 4 mV 2
\ kA =
2 9
or A = (V0 / 3) (8 m / k )
2m
The time period of motion = 2p
k
(c) When block B returns to its initial position, the spring will be in its normal state.
Hence, energy stored in it is zero.
Problem 2.46 Three balls A, B and C of masses 2 kg, 4 kg and
8 kg, respectively, move along the same straight line and in the A B C
same direction, with velocities 4 m/s, 1 m/s and 3/4 m/s. If
A collides with B and subsequently B collides with C, find the
Fig. 2.50
velocity of ball A and ball B after collision, taking the coefficient
of restitution as unity.
(a) VA = 3, VB = 9/4 (b) VA = 0, VB = 3
(c) VA = 3, VB = 0 (d) VA = 0, VB = 0
Solution First consider the collision of balls A and B. Let the velocities of these two balls
after their collision be v and v¢.
Momentum after impact = Momentum before impact
\ 2v + 4v¢ = 2 ¥ 4 + 4 ¥ 1 4 m/s 1 m/s v v¢
\ 2v + 4v¢ = 12
A 2 kg B 4 kg A 2 kg B 4 kg
fi v + 2v¢ = 6 …(i)
Relative velocity after impact = – e ¥ relative
velocity before impact Fig. 2.51
v – v¢ = – 1 (4 – 1)
v – v¢ = (–3) …(ii)
3UBTRACTING %Q II FROM %Q I WE GET
3v¢ = 9
v¢ = 3 m/s
3UBSTITUTING IN %Q II WE GET
v – 3 = –3 fi v=0
Hence, after the collision ball A is brought to rest, 3 m/s 3/4 m/s V V¢
while ball B will move with a velocity of 3 m/s.
Now consider the collision of balls B and C. Let the B 4 kg C 8 kg B 4 kg C 8 kg
velocities of these balls after collision be V and V¢,
respectively.
Fig. 2.52
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ173
m1 Wall
u2 m2
Fig. 2.53
Solution Let v1 and v2 be the velocities of the blocks towards left just after collision.
Applying momentum conservation, we have m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2 as u1 = 0
0 + m2u 2 = m 1v 1 + m 2v 2 ...(i)
(v1 - v2 )
and 1 =– ...(ii)
(0 - u2 )
Solving the above equations, we have
2m2 u2
v1 =
m1 + m2
(m1 - m2 )u2
and v2 = -
m1 + m2
The –ve sign with v2 indicates that block of mass m2 moves towards right (or wall). It
rebounds elastically from the wall with same velocity (v2). According to the given condition
both the blocks start moving with the same velocity.
174പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
i.e., v1 = v2
2m2 u2 (m - m2 )u2
or = 1
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
which after solving gives m2 = m1/3 = 150/3 = 50 kg.
Problem 2.48 A ball of mass m moving with velocity v0 experiences a head-on elastic
collision with one of the spheres of a stationary rigid dumbbell as shown in Fig. 2.54. The
mass of each sphere equal to m/2, and the distance between them is l, find the proper
angular momentum L of the dumbbell after the collision, i.e., the angular momentum in the
reference frame moving translationally and fixed to the dumbbell’s centre of inertia. (we do
not require size of sphere.)
Solution Let v1 and v2 be the velocities of m and m/2 after collision. m/2
Applying the law of conservation of momentum, we have m v0
If v2 is the velocity of the sphere after collision with the wall, then
1
mv22 = mg(1 – cos 30°)
2
or v2 = g(2 - 3 ) 30°
1m 60°
Now according to the Newton’s experimental law
( v2 - 0 )
e =-
(v1 - 0)
g( 2 - 3 )
= = 0.518
g
Fig. 2.55
1 1 1 1
,OSS OF +% mv12 - mv22 = ¥ 0.01 ¥ g - ¥ 0.01 ¥ g(2 - 3 ) = 0.036 J
2 2 2 2
CENTRE OF MASS
The centre of mass is a representatory point at which the whole mass of the system is
supposed to be concentrated for describing its translatory motion.
For example, consider a hammer placed on a plane surface. If a force F is applied on it
in such a way that the line of action passes through the centre of mass of the hammer, then
the hammer will have only translatory motion. But when force is applied in such a way that
the line of force does not pass through the centre of mass, the hammer will have rotatory
motion in addition to translatory motion (see Fig. 2.56).
F F
F
F
Fig. 2.56
È m y + m2 y2 + º + mn xn ˘
yCM = Í 1 1
 my
m1 + m2 + º + mn ˙= M
Î ˚
È m z + m2 z2 + º + mn zn ˘
yCM = Í 1 1
 mz
and ˙=
Î m1 + m2 + º + mn ˚ M
Similarly, for n-particle system, we can write
È m1 v1 + m2 v 2 + º + mn v n ˘ Pnet
v CM = Í
m1 + m2 + º + mn ˙= M
Î ˚
xCM =
Ú dmx , y = Ú dmy and zCM =
Ú dmz
CM x
Ú dm Ú dm Ú dm Q
Fig. 2.59
Also r CM = xCM ˆi + yCM ˆj + zCM kˆ
178പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 2.50 Two particles of masses m1 and m2 are placed at a distance r. Find centre of
mass of the system of two particles.
Solution Let CM is at a distance xCM from m1, we have CM
m1 m2
m x + m2 x2
xCM = 1 1
m1 + m2 x
Let x1 = 0, then x2 = r r
m1 0 + m2 r È m2 r ˘
\ xCM = =Í ˙
Fig. 2.60
m1 + m2 Î m1 + m2 ˚
È m2 r ˘ È m1 r ˘
Thus, the CM of the system is at a distance Í ˙ from m1 and r – xCM = Í ˙
from m2. Î m1 + m2 ˚ Î m1 + m2 ˚
ÊM ˆ
Problem 2.51 The mass per unit length of a bar varies as m = Á 0 ˜ x, where M0 is a constant
Ë L ¯
and x is the distance of any point on the bar measured from one end. If L is the length of
the bar, then find its centre of mass.
Solution Choose an element of rod of length dx at a distance x from one of its ends. The
mass of the element
ÈM ˘ x
dm = Í 0 x ˙ dx
Î L ˚ x=0 dx
Centre of mass of the rod can be defined as Fig. 2.61 Bar or rod
L L
È M0 ˘
Ú dmx Ú ÍÎL
xdx ˙ x
˚
xCM = 0
L
= 0
L
È M0 ˘
Ú dm Ú ÍÎL
xdx ˙
˚
0 0
Úx
2
dx
|x 3 / 3|0L 2L
= 0
L
= 2
=
|x / 2|0L 3
Ú xdx
0
y-axis
Ê mˆ
dm = Á ˜ dq
Ëp¯
dm
Its centre of mass from origin is at x = R cos q and
y = R sin q. The centre of mass of whole wire can be dq y
defined as:
p p q
Êm ˆ x-axis
Ú dmx Ú ÁË p dq ˜¯ R cos q
O
R x
xCM = 0
p
= 0
p
Êm ˆ Fig. 2.62
Ú dm Ú ÁË p dq ˜¯
0 0
|sin q|p0
= =0
|q|p0
p p
Êm ˆ
Ú dmy Ú ÁË p dq ˜¯ R sin q
and yCM = 0
p
= 0
p
Êm ˆ
Ú dm Ú ÁË p dq ˜¯
0 0
Ú dmy 2r
0
yCM = R
; where y=
p
Ú dm
0
180പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
R R
Ê 2M ˆ 2r
ÁË
pR 2˜
¯ Ú (2p rdr )
p
2Ú r 2 dr
2|r 3 /3
3|0R 4R
=
0
R
= 0
R
= 2
=
2M |r / 2|0R 3p
Ú 2p rdr
p R2 0
Ú rdr
0
Ê 4R ˆ
Thus, the centre of mass coordinates of a semicircular plate are Á 0 ,
Ë 3p ˜¯
.
WORKED PROBLEM
Problem 2.52 Find the centre of mass of an annular half disc shown in R2
Fig. 2.64.
Solution The area of the element, dA = (2prdr)
R1
This behaves like a wire of radius r, whose centre of mass is at a height
2r Fig. 2.64
of from base.
p
y-axis
m
Mass of the element, dm = ¥ ( 2p rdr ) dr
p (R22 - R12 )
R R
1 2 1 2 Ê 2r ˆ
Now, yCM =
mRÚ dmy =
mRÚ (dm) Á ˜
Ëp¯ r
1 1
x-axis
After substituting the values and simplifying, we get
Fig. 2.65
4(R12 + R1 R2 + R22 )
yCM =
3p (R1 + R2 )
Fig. 2.66
È 3M ˘
=Í ¥ p (R2 - y 2 ) dy
Î 2p R3 ˙˚
R
1
M Ú0
The centre of mass of the hemisphere can be defined as yCM = dmy
R
1 Ê 3M ˆ
M Ú0 Ë 2p R3 ¯
2 2
= Á ˜ p (R - y ) dy ¥ y
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ181
R
3
Ú (R
2
= y - y 3 ) dy
2R 3 0
R
3 È R2 y 2 y 4 ˘
R
3R
3 ÚÍ
= - ˙ = .
2R 0 Î 2 4 ˚0 8
Ê 3R ˆ
Thus, the centre of mass coordinates of a hemisphere are Á 0 , ˜.
Ë 8 ¯
CENTRE OF GRAVITY
Centre of gravity is the point at which the whole y
weight of the system is supposed to act. Consider a W2
system of two particles of weight W1 and W2. Their
centre of gravity can be defined as W
r W2
W r + W1 r2 m1 g1 r1 + m2 g 2 r 2 r2
r
r Centre of Gravity = 1 1 = rCG W1
W1 + W2 m1 g1 + m2 g 2
r
If value of gravity is same every where, then r1 W1
g1 = g2, we have
O x
m1 r1 + m2 r2
r Centre of Gravity = = r CM
m1 + m2
Thus, if g is same everywhere, then centre of
z
gravity and centre of mass lie at the same point.
Therefore, for practical objects, centre of mass and Fig. 2.67
centre of gravity are not differentiable.
WORKED PROBLEM
Problem 2.53 Two small identical bodies are at a separation equal to the radius of the earth
(R) are situated in such a way, that one of them is at the earth’s surface. Find:
m
(i) Centre of mass of the system of bodies CM
CG R
(ii) Centre of gravity of the system of bodies
m
Solution
(i) If m is the mass of each body, then centre of mass (CM) R
m ¥ 0 + mR Earth
yCM =
m+m
R
=
2 Fig. 2.68
(ii) If g is the value of gravity at earth’s surface, then its value at a height R,
g g g
g¢ = 2
= 2
=
Ê hˆ Ê Rˆ 4
ÁË 1 + ˜¯ ÁË 1 + ˜¯
R R
182പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 b
Area of the triangle A = bh.
2 Fig. 2.70
The centroid of the triangle can be defined as,
h h
È (h - y) ˘
Ú (dA)y Ú ÎÍ h
bdy ˙ y
˚
y= 0
= 0
A Ê bh ˆ
ÁË ˜¯
2
h h
2 2 hy 2 y 3 h
Ú ÈÎ hy - y ˘˚ dy =
2
= 2
- =
h 0 h2 2 3 0 3
Ê 1ˆ
Thus, the centroid of triangle of any shape from its base will be Á ˜ times the height of
Ë 3¯
the triangle.
x R Ê h - yˆ C
= fi x=Á
Ë h ˜¯
R
h-y h
Ê M ˆ
The mass of the element dm = ¥ p x 2 dy dy A¢ x
Áp 2 ˜ O h
ÁË R h ˜¯
3
y
The centre of mass of the cone can be defined as
O x
h h A
1 1 Ê M ˆ B
yCM =
M0 Ú (dm)y =
M Ú0 Á p R2 h ˜
p x 2 dy ¥ y R
ÁË ˜¯
3 Fig. 2.71
h 2
3 Ê h - yˆ
= ÚÁ ˜ y dy
h Ë h ¯
0
h
3
Ú (h
2
= 3
+ y 2 - 2 yh) y dy
h 0
h
3
Ú (h
2
= y + y 3 - 2 y 2 h) dy
h3 0
h
3È h2 y 2 y 4 2y 3 ˘
h
h
= 3 ÚÍ + - h˙ =
h 0Î 2 4 3 ˚
0
4
h
Thus, the centre of mass of cone is at a height from the base.
4
WORKED PROBLEM
y
Problem 2.54 Find the centre of mass of a uniform
L-shaped lamina (a thin flat plate) with dimensions as 1m
shown in Fig. 2.72.
Solution The plate is of uniform density and same A2
thickness everywhere. So its CM will coincide with the L2
centroid. 2m 1m
Divide the given plate into two parts of area A1 and
A2 as shown in figure. We have A1 1m
L1
A1 = 2 ¥ 1 = 2 m2 with its centroid L1 (1, 1/2) and
A2 = 1 ¥ 1 = 1 m2 with its centroid L2 (1/2, 3/2) x
O (0,0)
The centroid of whole plate can be defined as; Fig. 2.72
A1 r1 + A2 r 2
r centroid =
A1 + A2
184പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1
A1 x1 + A2 x2 2 ¥ 1 + 1 ¥ 2 5
x = = = m
A1 + A2 2+1 6
1 3
A y + A2 y2 2 ¥ 2 + 1 ¥ 2 5
y = 1 1 = = m
A1 + A2 2+1 6
Remember
Centre of Mass of Some Bodies
h
yCM
h
1. yCM = Triangular plate
3
Fig. 2.73
h
h
2. yCM = yCM
4 O
Right circular cone
Fig. 2.74
4R R
3. yCM = yCM
3p
Semicircular plate
Fig. 2.75
2R
4. yCM = R
p yCM
Semicircular wire
Fig. 2.76
3R
5. yCM = R
8
yCM
Hemisphere
Fig. 2.77
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ185
WORKED PROBLEMS
y
Problem 2.55 From a uniform disc of radius R, a circular
hole of radius R/2 is cut. The centre of the hole is at R/2
from the centre of the original disc. Locate the centre of
gravity of the resulting flat body. R
Solution The mass of the cut-out hole (–R/2, 0)
2 x
M Ê Rˆ M O
m= ¥pÁ ˜ =
pR 2 Ë 2¯ 4
Let the centre of disc be at the origin of coordinates.
Then CM coordinates of cut-out hole are (– R/2, 0).
Thus, by the definition of CM, we have
Fig. 2.79
M Ê - Rˆ
M¥0- ¥Á ˜
xCM =
MR - mr
= 4 Ë 2 ¯ = R and y = 0.
CM
M-m M-
M 6
4
R
The centre of mass of remaining disc is at a distance of from the origin.
6
y
Problem 2.56 Figure 2.80 shows a uniform disc of radius R,
from which a hole of radius R/2 has been cut out from the
left of the centre and is placed on right of the centre of disc.
Find the CM of the resulting disc.
Solution Mass of the cut-out disc
2 (–R/2, 0) (R/2, 0) x
M Ê Rˆ M
m= ¥pÁ ˜ =
pR 2 Ë 2 ¯ 4 O
MR - mr + mr ¢
x CM =
M-m+m
M Ê -R ˆ M Ê R ˆ
M¥0- Á ˜+ Á ˜
= 4 Ë 2 ¯ 4 Ë 2¯ = R
M M 4
M- +
and yCM = 0. 4 4
Problem 2.57 A solid cone of radius R is joined to a uniform solid hemisphere of radius
R. Both are made of same material. The centre of mass of the composite solid lies at the
common base. Find the height of cone.
Solution Let the height of the cone be h. Then with respect to its
base, the CM is at a height of h/4. The CM of the hemisphere is at
3R/8 below the base.
h
If r be the density of the material, then mass of the cone,
p R2 h pr R2 h h/4
m1 = r ¥ = R
3 3 O
3R/3
3 3
2p R 2pr R
and mass of hemisphere m2 = r ¥ =
3 3
As the CM of the whole system lies at the base, thus we have
Fig. 2.81
m y + m2 y2
yCM =0= 1 1
m1 + m2
Ê pr R2 h ˆ Ê h ˆ Ê 2pr R3 ˆ Ê - 3R ˆ
ÁË ˜ ¥Á ˜ +Á ˜Á ˜
3 ¯ Ë 4¯ Ë 3 ¯ Ë 8 ¯
0 =
m1 + m2
or h = 3R
Problem 2.58 The structure of water molecule is shown in Fig. 2.82. Locate CM of H2O
molecule.
Solution The CM will lie on line of symmetry shown as vertical line. Also the mass of H
atoms can be assumed concentrated at point P of figure.
Now, O
m1 = mass of oxygen molecule = 16 u
0.96 Å
m2 = mass assumed at P = 2u
104°
OP = distance between m1 and m2 1m
= 0.96 cos 52° = 0.59 Å
H P H
\ r1 = distance of centre of mass from oxygen molecule
m2 r 2 ¥ (0.59) Fig. 2.82
= = = 0.066 Å
m1 + m2 2 + 16
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ187
The direction of the resultant force makes an angle q with the x-axis where
Fy 1.7
tan q = = = 0.47.
Fx 3.6
The acceleration of the centre of mass is
F 4.0 N
aCM = = = 1.6 m/s2
M 2.5 kg
Problem 2.60 Consider a two-particle system with the particles having masses m1 and m2. If
the first particle is pushed towards the centre of mass through a distance d, by what distance
should the second particle be moved so as to keep the centre of mass at the same position?
Solution Consider Fig. 2.84. Suppose the distance of d d¢
m1 from the centre of mass C is x1 and that of m2 from C C
m1 m2
is x2. Suppose the mass m2 is moved through a distance x1 x2
d¢ towards C so as to keep the centre of mass at C.
Fig. 2.84
Then,
m 1x 1 = m 2 x 2 ...(i)
and m1(x1 – d) = m2 (x2 – d¢). ...(ii)
3UBTRACTING %Q II FROM %Q I
m1d = m2 d¢
m1
or, d¢ = d
m2
Problem 2.61 A cubical block of ice of mass m and edge L is placed in a large tray of mass
M. If the ice melts, how far does the centre of mass of the system “ice plus tray” come down ?
Solution Consider Fig. 2.85. Suppose the centre of mass of the tray is a distance x1 above
the origin and that of the ice is a distance x2 above the origin. The height of the centre of
mass of the ice-tray system is
188പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
mx2 + Mx1
x=
m+ M
When the ice melts, the water of mass m spreads on the x2
surface of the tray. As the tray is large, the height of water x1
is negligible. The centre of mass of the water is then on the 0
surface of the tray and is at a distance x2 – L/2 above the Fig. 2.85
origin. The new centre of mass of the ice-tray system will be
at the height,
È L˘
m Í x2 - ˙ + Mx1
x¢ = Î 2˚
m+M
mL
The shift in the centre of mass = x – x¢ = .
2(m + M )
2m
ÊÊ aˆ a 3 ˆ m A m
CM Á Á ˜ , m(a, 0)
Ë Ë 2 ¯ 4 ˜¯ (0, 0) a
2
Fig. 2.87
Problem 2.63 Regular hexagon Æ
Masses at A and E can be placed at centre of AE, similarly masses at B and D can be placed
at centre of BD.
2m m
E D
G 2m 4m G 2m
m fi m
F H C (reducing method)
F 4 2m C
B
A m
2m
Fig. 2.88
a a
Solution Hence, yCM = 3 = AH xCM from A =
2 2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ189
4m 2m C
m 2m
a/2 a a/2
5a/4
m 4m
a/2 4m
9a/8
m 8m
a
F 9m
A
a/2 a/2
Fig. 2.89
Problem 2.64 A mass m after falling freely through a distance h, begins to raise a mass
M (M > m) connected to it by means of an inextensible string passing over a fixed pulley.
Calculate the time in which M returned to its original position.
Solution The velocity acquired by mass after falling h, u = gh . If after the jerk the velocity
of mass m is v, then
mu = (m + M) v
Ê mu ˆ m gh
or v =Á ˜ =
Ë m + M ¯ (m + M )
m
After this moment the retardation of mass m
h
Ê M - mˆ
a =Á g.
Ë M + m ˜¯
M
Fig. 2.90
If T is the required time, then
1 2
s = ut - at
2
1 Ê M - mˆ 2v ( M + m)
or 0 = vT - Á ˜ gT 2 or T =
2 Ë M + m¯ ( M - m) g
m gh M + m Ê 2m ˆ 2h
=2 ¥ = .
m+m M - m ÁË M - m ˜¯ g
Problem 2.65 From a solid cylinder of height H, a cone whose base coincides with the base
of the cylinder is scooped out so that the centre of mass of the remaining solid coincides
with the vertex of the cone. Find the height of the cone.
Solution Suppose h, R are the height and radius of the cone.
If r is the density, then mass of the cone,
Ê p R2 h ˆ
m = rÁ
Ë 3 ˜¯
,
190പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
H
h
CM of the cone is at a distance fromsss A.
4 CM of cone
Mass of the cylinder, M = r(pR2H), and its CM is at B A
G2 G G1
a distance H/2 from A.
The CM of the residual is at a distance of h from A.
We know that CM of the residual
CM of cylinder
Mr - mr ¢
x = Fig. 2.91
M-m
H Ê p R2 h ˆ h
r (p R2 H ) - rÁ ¥
2 Ë 3 ˜¯ 4
or h =
Ê p R2 h ˆ
r (p R2 H ) - r Á
Ë 3 ˜¯
Problem 2.68 Two identical buggies move one after the other due to inertia (without
friction) with the same velocity v0. A man of mass m rides the rear buggy. At a certain
moment the man jumps into the front buggy with a velocity u relative to his buggy. The
mass of each buggy is M. Find the velocities with which the buggies will move afterwards.
Solution Initial momentum of rear buggy = (M + m)v0. The momentum of man when he
jumps = m(v1 + u), where v1 is the velocity of buggy as he jumps.
By the conservation of linear momentum
(M + m)v0 = Mv1 + m(v1 + u) Before jumping
fi v1(M + m) = (M + m)v0 – mu
m v0 v0
v1 = v0 – u M M
M+m
Initial momentum of front buggy = Mv0
Mv0 + m(v1 + u) = (M + m)v2 After jumping
Ê mu ˆ
Mv0 + m Á v0 - u + u˜ = (M + m)v2
Ë M+m ¯ M v1 v2
M
Ê mu ˆ
fi Mv0 + m Á v0 - u + u˜ = (M + m)v2
Ë M + m ¯
mMu Fig. 2.93
fi (M + m)v0 + = (M + m)v2
M+m
mMu
fi v2 = v0 +
( M + m )2
y
Problem 2.69 A toy is constructed as shown in Fig. 2.94. If the
2R O2 m2 O2
density of the material of the sphere is 12 times that of cone,
compute the position of the centre of mass of the toy. CM
i.e., centre of mass of the toy is at a distance 4R from O on the line of symmetry, i.e., at the
apex of the cone.
Problem 2.70 If the linear density of a rod of length L varies as l = A + Bx, compute its
centre of mass.
Solution Let the x-axis be along the length of the y
rod and origin at one of its ends as shown in Fig.
2.95. As rod is along x-axis for all points on it y and
x
z will be zero so,
x
YCM = 0 and ZCM = 0 O
dx
i.e., centre of mass will be on the rod. Now consider L
z
an element of rod of length dx at a distance x from
the origin, then dm = ldx = (A + Bx)dx Fig. 2.95
L L
So,
Ú xdm = Ú0 x( A + Bx) dx
XCM = 0 L L
Ú0 dm Ú0 ( A + Bx) dx
AL2 BL2
+
or XCM = 2 3
BL2
AL +
2
L(3 A + 2BL)
=
3(2 A + BL)
Note:
(i) If the rod is of uniform density.
i.e., l = constant = A, and B = 0
XCM = L/2 (which is expected)
(ii) If the density of rod varies linearly with x, i.e., l = Bx and A = 0
XCM = 2L/3
Problem 2.71 The position vector of three particles of mass m1 = 1 kg, m2 = 2 kg and m3 = 3
kg are r1 + (i + 4 j + k) m, r 2 + (i + j + k ) m and r3 + (2i - j - k) m respectively. Find the position
vector of their centre of mass.
Solution The position vector of centre of mass of the three particles will be given by
m r + m2 r2 + m3 r3
r CM = 1 1
m1 + m2 + m3
Substituting the values, we get
(1)( i + 4 j + k) + (2)( i + j + k) + (3)(2 i - j - 2k) 9 i + 3 j - 3k
r CM = =
1+ 2+ 3 6
1
r CM = (3 i + j - k )m
2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ193
A1 d1 + A2 d2
Solution d=
A1 + A2
Fig. 2.96
Here d = distance of centre of mass from O.
Êp ˆ
( a 2 )(0) + Á a 2 ˜ ( a)
Ë4 ¯
\ d =
a 2 + (p / 4) a 2
Ê p ˆ
=Á a
Ë p + 4 ˜¯
y
Problem 2.73 Consider a rectangular plate of dimensions a ¥
b. If this plate is considered to be made up of four rectangles
a b
of dimensions ¥ and we now remove one out of four
2 2
b x
rectangles. Find the position where the centre of mass of the O
remaining system will be.
A1 X1 - A2 X 2
Solution XCM = . Here we are cutting so (–) a
A1 - A2
Fig. 2.97
Ê ab ˆ Ê a ˆ
( ab)(0) - Á ˜ Á ˜
Ë 4 ¯ Ë 4¯ a
= =-
ab 12
ab -
4
A1 y1 - A2 y2
yCM =
A1 - A2
Ê ab ˆ Ê b ˆ
( ab)(0) - Á ˜ Á ˜
Ë 4 ¯ Ë 4¯
=
ab
ab -
4
b
=-
12
Problem 2.74 Find the centre of mass of a uniform disc of radius a from which a circular
section of radius b has been removed. The centre of the hole is at a distance c from the centre
of the disc.
194പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
r b 2 r c + p ( a 2 - b 2 )r x 2
0 =
p a2 r
-cb 2
x2 = ...(ii)
( a2 - b 2 )
i.e., centre of mass of the remainder (say O2) is at a distance cb2/(a2 – b2) to the left of O on
the line joining the centres O and O1.
Problem 2.75 If the density of the material of a square
plate and a circular plate shown in Fig. 2.99 is same. The
centre of mass of the composite system will be
(a) inside the square plate
(b) inside the circular plate
(c) at the point of contact
(d) outside the system l l
where r is mass per unit area. As mass of square plate is larger than that of circular plate,
the CM will lie inside the square plate.
Problem 2.76 Two bodies of masses m1 and m2 attached to its ends of a string on a pulley
which is fixed to the ceiling the masses of the pulley and thread are negligible friction is
absent. Find the acceleration of the centre of mass of this system.
Solution The magnitude of acceleration of masses is
(m1 - m2 ) g
=
m1 + m2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ195
Ê m - m2 ˆ
Let acceleration of mass m1 be a1 = – Á 1 g
Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯
Ê m - m2 ˆ
Then acceleration of mass m2, a2 = + Á 1 g
Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯
cm
m1a1 + m2 a 2 m2
a CM = m1
m1 + m2
È m - m2 ˘ È m - m2 ˘ acm m1
m1 Í - 1 ˙ g + m2 Í 1 ˙g
= Î m1 + m2 ˚ Î m1 + m2 ˚ Fig. 2.100
m1 + m2
2
Ê m - m2 ˆ
= -Á 1 g
Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯
2
Ê m - m2 ˆ
That is, the acceleration of CM is Á 1 g downwards.
Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯
Thus, if Fexternal = 0, then
m Dr + m2 Dr 2
Dr cm = 1 1 =0
m1 + m2
or m1 Dr1 + m2 Dr 2 = 0
Important: If there is no net external force acting on the system, and the particles move due
to internal forces, then Fexternal = 0, so Dr CM = 0 and P is constant, so v CM is constant and
a CM is zero.
TILTING OF A BODY
Consider a rectangular block of weight W placed on a rough N
horizontal surface (m). It is acted by a pushing force F. If line of
action of force F is above the centre of gravity, then the block F
experiences a force and a torque. Accordingly, the block may slide
or lift about the edge. The block has: h
(i) Force F in addition to weight W, normal reaction N and mN
frictional force mN. r
(ii) If F acts at a height h from the base, then its torque about P, W
t = Fh. Fig. 2.102
(iii) Restoring torque due to W about P
a
trest = W ¥
;
2
where a is the length of the block.
For the equilibrium of the block, we have
F = mN and N = W
\ F = mW ...(i)
and Fh = W a/2 ...(ii)
&ROM %QS I AND II WE HAVE
a
m = .
Thus, 2 h
a
(i) If m < , block will slide.
2h
a
(ii) If m > , block will tilt about the edge.
2h
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 2.77 A solid cone of height h and base radius R is placed with its base on a rough
inclined plane whose coefficient of friction is m. The inclination of the plane is increased
4R 4R
gradually. Show that the cone slips if m < and topple if m > .
h h
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ197
(ii) Let Dx1 and Dx2 be the distances moved by the boy and the plank relative to the ground,
then we have Dx1 = (L – Dx2)
and shift in the position of centre of mass
mDx1 + M Dx 2
Dx CM = 0 =
m+ M
m(L - Dx2 ) + M(- Dx2 )
or 0 =
m+ M
fi Dx2 = ÊÁ mL ˆ˜ Ans.
Ë m + M¯
Problem 2.79 The balloon, the light string and the cat
shown in Fig. 2.105 are at rest in air. If the cat reaches
the top, by what distance does the balloon descend? Dy2
Mass of balloon is M, mass of the cat is m and length
of the rope ascended by the cat is L.
Solution Let the CM of cat ascend by Dy1 while CM of
balloon descends by Dy2, where Dy1 = L – Dy2.
As the whole system (balloon + cat) is at rest, so Fnet Dy1 = L – Dy2
= 0. Therefore, the position of CM will not change, i.e.,
DyCM = 0. Thus, we have
Dy2
m Dy + m2 Dy2
DyCM = 1 1
m1 + m2 Fig. 2.105
m(L - Dy2 ) + M(- Dy2 )
=
m+ M
Ê mL ˆ
After solving, Dy2 = Á
Ë m + M ˜¯
Problem 2.81 A square hole is cut out from a circular lamina, the diagonal of the square
being the radius of the circle. Show that the centre of mass of the remaining is at a distance
R/(4p – 2) from the centre of the circle, where R is the radius of the circular lamina.
Solution Let the mass of the circular lamina having area pR2 is m.
The side of the square hole can be obtained as
R
a
a2 + a 2 = R2 fi a = R/ 2 O
\ Area of the hole = a2 R2/2
Mass of the hole (m¢) = m/2p
Let O be the origin, then the co-ordinates of the CM of the circular lamina Fig. 2.107
is (0, 0) and that of square hole will be = (– R/2, 0)
Centre of mass of the remaining portion
mx - m¢ x ¢
x CM =
m - m¢
m ◊ 0 - (m/2p ) ◊ (- R/2)
or xCM = m - m/2p
which after solving gives x = R/(4p – 2),
m ◊ 0 - (m/2p ) ◊ 0
and yCM = = 0.
m - m/2p
As the removed portion is symmetrical about x-axis, the y co-ordinate of the CM of the
remaining portion remains at y = 0.
Problem 2.82 A projectile is fired at a speed of 100 m/s at an angle of 37° above the
horizontal. At the highest point, the projectile breaks into two parts of mass ratio 1 : 3, the
smaller coming to rest. Find the distance from the
launching point to the point where the heavier
piece lands.
37°
Solution See Fig. 2.108. At the highest point,
the projectile has horizontal velocity. The lighter Fig. 2.108
200പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
part comes to rest. Hence, the heavier part will move with increased horizontal velocity.
In vertical direction, both parts have zero velocity and undergo same acceleration, hence
they will cover equal vertical displacements in a given time. Thus, both will hit the ground
together. As internal forces do not affect the motion of the centre of mass, the centre of mass
hits the ground at the position where the original projectile would have landed. The range
of the original projectile is
4 3 4
2u2 sin q cos q 2 ¥ 10 ¥ 5 ¥ 5
xCM = = m
g 10
= 960 m.
The centre of mass will hit the ground at this position. As the smaller block comes to
rest after breaking, it falls down vertically and hits the ground at half of the range i.e., at
x = 480 m. If the heavier block hits the ground at x2, then
m1x1 + m2 x2
xCM =
m1 + m2
M 3M
¥ 480 m + ¥ x2
or, 960 m = 4 4
M
or, x2 = 1120 m.
Y
Problem 2.83 An object of mass 10 kg is launched from the ground at
t = 0, at an angle of 37° above the horizontal with a speed of 30 m/s. 30 m/s
At some time after its launch, an explosion splits the projectile into two
pieces. One piece of mass 4 kg is observed at (105 m, 43 m) at t = 2 s.
Find the location of the second piece at t = 2 s?
37° X
Solution As only the gravity force is acting on the system, the centre
of mass of the system follows a parabolic path. Fig. 2.109
At t = 2 s,
xCM = 30 cos 37° ¥ 2 = 48 m.
1
yCM = 30 sin 37∞ ¥ 2 - ¥ 10 ¥ 22 = 16 m
2
Let coordinates of the second piece, i.e., 6 kg piece be (x, y).
Then
6 x + 4 ¥ 105
xCM = 48 = fi x = 10 m
10
6 y + 4 ¥ 43
yCM = 16 = fi y = –2 m
10
Negative value of y shows that the second piece collides with the ground before t = 2 s.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ201
Problem 2.84 A projectile of mass 3 m is projected from the ground with velocity 20 2
m/s at 45°. At highest point it explodes into two pieces. One of mass 2 m and the other of
mass m. Both the pieces fly off horizontally in opposite directions. Mass 2 m falls at a distance
of 100 m from point of projection. Find the distance of the second mass from the point of
projection where it strikes the ground. (g = 10 m/s2).
y
Solution Range of the projectile in the absence of explosion
u2 sin 2q
R =
g
(20 2 )2 sin 90∞
=
10
= 80 m x
O A
The path of centre of mass of projectile will not change, i.e., xCM
R = XCM
is still 80 m. Now, from the definition of centre of mass
m x + m2 x2 Fig. 2.110
as R = xCM xCM = 1 1
m1 + m2
(m)( x1 ) + (2m)(100)
or 80 =
m + 2m
Solving this equation, we get
x1 = 40 m
Therefore, the mass m will fall at a distance x1 = 40 cm from point of projection.
Problem 2.85 A bomb is projected with velocity
v0 at some point it explodes in three parts in mass
ratio 1 : 1 : 2 our lighter parts falls at origin. Other
lighter part falls at half range what is the distance v0
of heavier part from origin.
Solution Mass ratio is 1 : 1 : 2 so they will be
m m 2m
: :
4 4 4
Fig. 2.111
Let the heavier part fall at distance x. The centre
of mass wall be at range point
R = xCM
m m R 2m
( o) + ◊ + x
R = xCM = 4 4 2 4
m
R x R x
R = + fi R- =
8 2 8 2
7R
x =
2
202പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
M( x0 + R) + m( x0 + r )
xCM = ...(i)
M+m
Final position of the CM
( M + m) ◊ ( x 0 + R - x )
xCM = ...(ii)
M+m
Since there should be no change in the position of CM. Therefore,
M( x0 + R) + m( x0 + r ) ( M + m) ◊ ( x 0 + R - x )
=
M+m M+m
m(R - r )
After solving, we get, x =
M+m
Now according to the principle of conservation of momentum, we have
0 = MV + mv ...(iii)
where V and v are velocities of M and m w.r.t. the ground.
Also by conservation of mechanical energy, we have
1 1
mg(R – r) = MV 2 + mv 2 ...(iv)
2 2
After solving Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get
2 g( R - r )
V = m
M ( M + m)
STABILITY OF EQUILIBRIUM
A body in equilibrium, is disturbed slightly from its mean position. If the body tends to
regain its initial position of equilibrium, then the equilibrium is said to be stable; otherwise,
it is said to be unstable equilibrium. If the body remains in equilibrium, in the new position
also, then the equilibrium is said to be neutral.
Problem 2.88 A rough solid hemisphere rests on a fixed rough sphere of equal radius.
Show that the equilibrium is:
(i) stable if the flat surface of the hemisphere rests on the sphere; and
(ii) unstable if the curved surface of the hemisphere rests on the
G
sphere. h
R
Solution
(i) Suppose R is the radius of the each sphere, then height of c.g. R
3R
h=
8
In this case, radius of the surface in contact is R = •.
1 1 8
The value = = ...(i) Fig. 2.115
h 3R/8 3R
1 1 1 1 1 R
and + = + = ...(ii)
R r • R R G
h
1 Ê 1 1ˆ
Clearly, > Á + ˜ , therefore the equilibrium is stable.
h Ë R r¯
R
(ii) In this case
3R 5R
h = R- =
8 8
1 8
\ =
h 5R
Fig. 2.116
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ205
Ê 1 1ˆ 1 1 2
and ÁË + ˜¯ = + =
R r R R R
1 Ê 1 1ˆ
Clearly < Á + ˜ , therefore the equilibrium is unstable.
h Ë R r¯
Problem 2.89 If two like parallel forces of magnitudes P and Q (P > Q), acting on a rigid
rod of length L at its ends, are interchanged in position, show that the line of action of the
resultant is displaced through a distance,
L(P - Q)
Dx = .
( P + Q)
Solution Suppose, initially the resultant force (P + Q) passes through A; a distance x from
line of action of P, then A
Px = Q(L – x¢) x L–x
P (P + Q) Q
QL
\ x = ...(i) Fig. 2.117
P +Q
Now when forces are interchanged, let the line of action of resultant force (P + Q), pass
through B, at a distance x¢ from line of action of Q, then
Qx¢ = P(L – x¢) B
LP x¢ L – x¢
\ x¢ = ..(ii) Q (P + Q) P
P +Q
Fig. 2.118
Now from Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
Dx = x¢ – x
L(P - Q)
or Dx = .
( P + Q)
Problem 2.90 A pack of cards is laid on a table, and each card is projected in the direction of
the length of the pack, beyond the one below it, if each projects as far as possible, show that
the distances between the extremities of successive cards will form a harmonical progression.
Solution Let A, B, C, D, so on are the maximum projecting end of the cards, and let m be
the mass and l be the length of each card. The top card can project at most a distance l/2
beyond the one below it and hence its centre of gravity will be just above B. Again, the centre
of gravity of the top two cards is similarly just above C.
Consider the equilibrium of cards 1 and 2 over 3 Fig. 2.119. Let c.g. of combined weight
of 1 and 2 is at a distance x1 from B, then
A
1 A 1
2 B 1 x1 2 x2
3 C 2 B 3 2W
4 D 3 C W 4
W 2W D 3W
W
(a)
(b) (c)
Fig. 2.119
206പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
A
(a)
P
2m
0.5 m
240 N
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ207
240 N
0.25 m
(b)
1m w
240 N
(c)
q
60 N
20 N
Fig. 2.120
(b) Again taking the moment of forces about the centre of the disk (Fig. 2.120(c)).
240 ¥ 0.25 = 60 ¥ 1 cos q + 20 ¥ 2 cos q
After solving the above equation, we get
cos q = 3/5 or q = 53°
Problem 2.92 A rectangular block 0.25 m high is dragged to the right along level surface
at constant speed by a horizontal force P, as shown in Fig. 2.121. The coefficient of sliding
friction is 0.40, the block weighs 25 N, and its centre of gravity is at its centre.
(a) Find the magnitude of the force P.
(b) Find the position of line of action of the normal force N exerted on the block by the
surface, if the height h = 0.125 m.
(c) Find the value of h at which the block just starts to tip.
Solution
(a) Force required to move the block with constant speed
= frictional force = mN = 0.40 ¥ 25 = 10 N
(b) Let the line of action of N is at a distance d from the centre of the block. Forces acting
on the block are shown in Fig. 2.121.
The value of N = weight of the block = 25 N
Taking moment of the forces about point O, we have
10 ¥ 0.125 + 25 ¥ (0.125 – d) = 25 ¥ 0.125
Solving the above equation, we get d = 0.05 m.
0.25 0.25
CG CG
0.5 m P = 10 N
P 0.5 m P = 10 N
25 N 25 N
h h = 0.125 m h
N
10 N d O O
(a) (b) (c)
Fig. 2.121
208പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(c) See Fig. 2.121(c). To just tip the block the deflecting torque must be equal to the
resisting torque
or torque of P about O = torque of weight about O
or 10 ¥ h = 25 ¥ 0.125
or h = 0.3125 m.
Problem 2.93 A light spring of spring constant k is kept compressed k
between two blocks of masses m and M on a smooth horizontal m M
surface (Fig. 2.122). When released, the blocks acquire velocities in
opposite directions. The spring loses contact with the blocks when it
acquires natural length. If the spring was initially compressed through Fig. 2.122
a distance x, find the final speeds of the two blocks.
Solution Consider the two blocks plus the spring to be the system. No external force acts
on this system in horizontal direction. Hence, the linear momentum will remain constant.
As the spring is light, it has no linear momentum. Suppose the block of mass M moves with
a speed V and the other block with a speed v after losing contact with the spring. As the
blocks are released from rest, the initial momentum is zero. The final momentum is MV – mv
towards right. Thus,
m
MV – mv = 0 or V = v. ...(i)
M
1
Initially, the energy of the system = kx 2
2
1 1
Finally, the energy of the system = mv 2 + MV 2
2 2
As there is no friction,
1 1 1
mv 2 + MV 2 = kx 2 ...(ii)
2 2 2
Using Eqs. (i) and (ii),
Ê mˆ
mv 2 Á 1 + ˜ = kx2
Ë M¯
kM
or, v = x
m( M + m)
km
and V = x
M ( M + m)
Problem 2.94 Two blocks of masses m1 and m2 are connected by a spring of force constant
k. Block of mass m1 is pulled by a constant force F1 and other block is pulled by a constant
force F2. Find the maximum elongation that the spring will suffer.
Solution Let us take two blocks plus the spring as the k
F2 F1
system. The centre of mass of system moves with an m2 m1
( F1 - F2 )
acceleration, ac = .
m1 + m2 Fig. 2.123
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ209
As the centre mass is at rest in this frame, the blocks move in opposite directions and
come to instantaneous rest at some instant. The spring will have maximum extension at this
instant. Suppose the right block displaces distance x1 and left displaces a distance x2 from
their initial positions.
Therefore, work done by external force = Increase in PE of the spring
1
i.e., F¢1 x1 + F¢2 x2 = k( x1 + x2 )2 F2
m2 m1 F1
2
1
or F¢1(x1 + x2) = k( x1 + x2 )2 Fig. 2.125
2
2 F1¢
fi (x1 + x2) =
k
2 Ê F1m2 + F2 m1 ˆ
or xmax =
k ÁË m1 + m2 ˜¯
Problem 2.95 Two masses m1 and m2 are connected by a spring of force constant k and are
placed on a frictionless horizontal surface. Initially, the spring is stretched through a distance
x0, when the system is released from rest. Find the distance moved by two masses before
they again come to rest.
Solution Blocks again come to rest when the spring is compressed by x0. Since no external
force is acting on the system, so there is no change in the position of CM of the system i.e.,
Dxcentre of mass = 0
Let mass m1 displaced by Dx and m2 displaced by Dx2, then
Dx1 + Dx2 = 2x0 ...(i)
m1Dx1 + m2 Dx2
and DxCM =
m1 + m2
210പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
As DxCM = 0
m1Dx1 + m2 Dx2
\ =0 ...(ii)
m1 + m2
k f0
m1 m2
l0 + x0
m1 m2
l0 – x0
m1 m2
Dx1 Dx2
Fig. 2.126
Column-I Column-II
(a) Minimum magnitude of velocity of A (vAmin) during motion (P) v
(b) Maximum magnitude of velocity of A (vAmax) during motion (Q) v
5
(d) Velocity of centre of mass (vCM) of the system comprises blocks (S) 7v
A, B and spring
5
(3mv) - 2mv v
Solution Step I: vCM = =
5m 5
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ211
NUMERICAL QUESTIONS
The spring shown has initial extension x0. The blocks are released.
m k 2m
Fig. 2.128
Q.1. Find the velocity of m at mean position (when spring attains natural length)
2k k
(a) x0 (b) x0
3m 3m
3k 3k
(c) x0 (d) x0
2m 4m
Ans. (a) Momentum of system will remain conserved as net force on system is zero. Initial
momentum of system is zero as masses are released.
0 = mV1 + 2mV2
1 k 1 3k
(a) x0 (b) x0
2 3m 2 2m
1 3k 1 2k
(c) x0 (d) x0
2 4m 2 3m
1 2k
Ans. (d) On solving the equations we get V2 = x0
2 3m
Q.3. The ratio of forces on m and 2m at the time of release is
(a) 1:1 (b) –1:1
(c) 1:2 (d) –1:2
Ans. (b) The forces are always equal and opposite.
\ Ratio is –1:1
Q.4. The ratio of acceleration of m and 2m at the time of release is
(a) 1:1 (b) –1:1
(c) – 2:1 (d) 1:2
Ans. (c)
In the Fig. 2.129 shown, collision between A and B is elastic.
2m V0 m m
A B C
Fig. 2.129
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 2.97 The masses are given initial velocity as shown in Fig. 2.130. What is the
velocity of each mass at maximum extension? Also find the extension.
2V0 k V0
m 2m
Fig. 2.130
9mV02
\ x =
2k
2V0
2mV0 = (m + 2m)V \ V=
3
For maximum extension (energy conservation is used).
2
2m 2 3m Ê 2V0 ˆ kx 2 2m
V0 = ÁË ˜¯ + fix= V0
2 2 3 2 3k
Problem 2.99 Two blocks with spring having initial velocity 3V0
V0
of 3v0 and v0 given, calculate VCM and SCM of the block. m 2m
Problem 2.101 Two blocks of equal mass m are connected by an unstretched spring and
the system is kept at rest on a frictionless horizontal surface. A constant force F is applied
on one of the blocks pulling it away from the other as shown Fig. 2.135.
(a) Find the position of CM at time t.
(b) If the extension of the spring is x0 at time t, find the displacement of the blocks at that
instant.
Solution
y
CM
m m F
Dx1 Dx2
CM
F
m1 m2
O
Dxc
Fig. 2.135
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ215
Ft 2 mDx1 + mDx2
or =
4m m+m
Ft 2
or Dx1 + Dx2 = ...(i)
2m
The extension of spring is,
\ Dx2 – Dx1 = x0 ...(ii)
After solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1 È Ft 2 ˘ 1 È Ft 2 ˘
Dx1 = Í - x0 ˙ and Dx2 = Í + x0 ˙ Ans.
2 Î 2m ˚ 2 Î 2m ˚
Problem 2.102 Figure 2.136 shown a small body of mass m placed over a larger mass M
whose surface is horizontal near the smaller mass and gradually curved to become vertical.
The smaller mass is pushed on the longer one at a speed v and the system is left to itself.
Assume that all the surfaces are frictionless.
vy
vx m
vx y
M M m
Fig. 2.136
(a) Find the speed on the larger block when smaller block is sliding on the vertical part.
(b) Find the speed of the smaller mass when it breaks off the larger mass at height h.
(c) Find the maximum height (from the ground) that smaller mass ascends.
216പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution
(a) Since there is no external force acting on the system in horizontal direction, its
momentum remains constant in this direction or we can also say that velocity of CM
remains constant. The velocity of CM initially was
mv + M ¥ 0 mv
vc = = = vx
m+ M m+ M
This will be the velocity of larger mass when smaller mass is sliding on vertical part.
(b) Since there acts only gravitational force on the system, therefore its mechanical energy
remains constant, i.e.,
1 1 1
mv 2 = m(vx2 + vy2 ) + Mvx2 + mgh
2 2 2
(vy is the vertical component of velocity of smaller block at height h)
Ê mv ˆ
We have vx = Á
Ë m + M ˜¯
2
1 1 1 Ê mv ˆ
\ mv 2 = m(vx2 + vy2 ) + M Á ˜ + mgh
2 2 2 Ë m + M¯
After solving, we get
È ( M 2 + Mm + m2 ) 2 ˘
vx2 + vy2 = Í 2
v - 2 gh ˙
Î ( M + m) ˚
1/2
È ( M 2 + Mm + m2 )v 2 ˘
and v¢ = vx2 + vy2 = Í 2
- 2 gh ˙
Î ( M + m) ˚
(c) Let hmax be the maximum height, vy = 0
1 1 1
\ mv 2 = mvx2 + Mvx2 + mghmax
2 2 2
mv
where vx =
m+ M
Mv 2
After solving, we get hmax =
2 g( m + M )
Problem 2.103 A small sphere of mass m = 1 kg moving with a velocity ( 4i - j) m/s. It hits
a fixed smooth floor and rebounds with velocity (i - 3j) m/s. The coefficient of restitution
9
between the sphere and the floor is e = . Find the value of x. (BITSAT, 2004)
x
Solution The impulse
J = m(v f - v i )
= [(i + 3j) - ( 4i - j)]
= – 3i + 4j
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ217
r
The component of ( 4i - j) along (- 3i + 4j) is J
r
= [( 4i - j) ◊ (- 3i + 4j)] (- 3i + 4j) ( 32 + 4 2 )2 vi
r
vf
-16
= (- 3j + 4j)
25
16 16
or speed, u1 = ¥ 5 = m/s Fig. 2.137
25 5
Component of (i + 3j) along (- 3i + 4j) is
(- 3i + 4j)
= [(i + 3j) ◊ (- 3i + 4j)]
( ( 3 2 + 4 2 )2
9
= (- 3i + 4j)
25
9¥5 9
or speed, v1 = = m/s.
25 5
If u2 and v2 are the speed of floor before and after collision, then
Èv -v ˘
e = – Í 2 1˙
Î u2 - u1 ˚
È 0 - (- 9/5) ˘
=–Í ˙
Î 0 - 16/5 ˚
9
= .
16
Thus, x = 16
Problem 2.104 A shell of mass (m1 + m2) is fined with a given velocity u2 u1
in a given direction. At the highest point of its path, the shell explodes
into two fragments of mass m1, and m2. The explosion produces an
additional kinetic energy E and the fragments separate in a horizontal x
x¢
direction. Find the horizontal distance on the ground at which they hit
the ground, if vertical component of velocity is v0. Fig. 2.138
v
Solution Time taken by the shell to reach the highest point, T = 0 .
g
The fragments m1 and m2 take the same time T to reach the ground. In this duration the
horizontal component of relative speed of the fragments is (v1 + v2), so
v
x¢ = (v1 + v2) T = (u1 + u2) 0 ...(i)
g
If u is the speed of shell before explosion, then
(m1 + m2)u = m1u1 – m2u2 ...(ii)
1 1 1
and (m1 + m2 )u2 + E = m1u12 + m2u22 ...(iii)
2 2 2
218പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
v0 Ê 1 1 ˆ
x¢ = 2E Á + .
g Ë m1 m2 ˜¯
Problem 2.105 The masses of five balls at rest in a straight line are in geometrical progression
with ratio 2 and their coefficients of restitution are each 2/3. If the first ball is started towards
the second with velocity u, then the velocity communicated to 5th ball is
(a) (5/9)u (b) (5/9)2u
(c) (5/9)3u (d) (5/9)4u
Solution Let the masses of five balls be m, 2m, 4m, 8m and 16m.
For collision between Ist and IInd ball:
m 2m m 2m
u v1 v2
mv1 + 2mv2 = mv + 0
v1 + 2v2 = u ...(i)
Fig. 2.139
v -v
Also, e = 2 1
u
2 v -v
= 2 1
3 u
2
v2 – v1 = u ...(ii)
3
Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii),
5 5
3v2 = u fi v2 = u
3 9
Proceeding in the same way, the velocity of the fifth ball after collision will be
4
Ê 5ˆ
v5 = Á ˜ u
Ë 9¯
Solution
(i)
q
fi
Fig. 2.141
Initially, no momentum along x-axis. So, final momentum will be zero also and relative
velocity is also zero. So, no velocity of any object.
By energy conservation,
Initial potential energy = final potential energy
Hence, q = 90°
DxCM = 0
m(2R – x) = Mx
m(2R) = (M + m)x
2mR 2( M/2)R
x = =
M + m M + ( M/2)
Fig. 2.142
(ii) Maximum velocity of the wedge will be when the ball is at the lowest point in the
wedge as till this point the horizontal component of normal on the wedge will be
speeding the wedge.
pi = 0
pf = – Mv + mu
pi = pf
Mv
u = = 2v
m
Ui + Ki = Uf + Kf
1 1
mgR + 0 = 0 + mu2 + Mv 2
2 2
2mgR = m(2v)2 + Mv2
M
2¥ ¥ gR = 4mv2 + Mv2
2
220പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
M
MgR = 4 ¥ ¥ v 2 + Mv 2
2
MgR = 2Mv2 + Mv2
MgR = 3Mv2
gR
v =
3
Since the ball falls through a height h, v1 = 2gh . It is given in the problem that the ball
loses 75 per cent of its total mechanical energy, i.e., final kinetic energy,
1 1 1
mv22 = mv12 ¥
2 2 4
v1 2 gh gh
Hence, v2 = = =
2 2 2
Substitution of the values of v1 and v2 in Eq. (i) yields
gh (9.8)(10)
FDt = 3m = 3 ¥ 0.10 = 2.10 N sec.
2 2
Problem 2.108 A flat car of mass M is at rest on a frictionless floor with a child of mass
m standing at its edge. If child jumps off from the car towards right with an initial velocity
urel, with respect to the car, find the velocity of the car after its jump.
Solution Velocity of man and trolley are assumed with respect to ground as v1 and v2
respectively.
Pi = 0 Pf = mv1 – Mv2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ221
m
vrel v1
v2
M M
(a) (b)
Fig. 2.144
v1 + v2 = urel
Applying momentum conservation
Pf = Pi
mv1 – Mv2 = 0
m(vrel – v2) – Mv2 = 0
murel
or v2 =
m+ M
Problem 2.109 A flat car of mass M with a child of mass m is moving with a velocity v1.
The child jumps in the direction of motion of car with a velocity u with respect to the car.
Find the final velocities of the child and that of the car after jump.
Solution This case is similar to the previous example, except now the car is moving before
jump. Here, also no external force is acting on the system in horizontal direction, hence the
momentum remains conserved in this direction. After the jump, car attains. a velocity v2 in
the same direction, which is less than v1, due to backward push of the child for jumping.
After the jumps, child attains a velocity u + v2 in the direction of motion of car with respect
to ground.
m
M v1
v2 u
M
Fig. 2.145
( M + m)v1 - mu
Velocity of car after jump is, v2 =
M+m
( M + m)v1 + Mu
Velocity of child after jump is u + v2 =
M+m
Problem 2.110 A man of mass m is standing on a platform of mass M kept on smooth ice.
If the man starts moving on the platform with a speed vrel relative to the platform, with what
velocity relative to the ice does the platform recoil?
Solution Consider the situation shown in Fig. 2.146. Suppose
v1
the man moves at a speed v1 towards right and the platform
recoil at a speed v2 towards left, both relative to the ice. Hence, v2
the speed of the man relative to the platform is v1 + v2. By the
question,
v1 + v2 = vrel, or v1 = vrel – v2 ...(i) Fig. 2.146
Taking the platform and the man to be the system, there is no external horizontal force
on the system. The linear momentum of the system remains constant. Initially, both the man
and the platform were at rest. Thus,
Pf = Pi fi mv1 – Mv2 = 0
fi m(vrel – v2) – Mv2 = 0
mvrel = Mv2 + mv2
mvrel
v2 =
m+ M
NUMERICAL QUESTIONS
Two persons, A of mass 60 kg and B of mass 40 kg, are standing on a horizontal platform of
mass 50 kg. The platform is supported on wheels on a horizontal frictionless surface and is
initially at rest. Consider the following situations:
A B
Fig. 2.147
(i) Both A and B jump from the platform simultaneously and in the same horizontal
direction.
(ii) A jumps first in a horizontal direction and after a few seconds B also jumps in the
same direction.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ223
In both the situations above, just after the jump, the person (A or B) moves away from the
platform with a speed of 3 m/s relative to the platform and along the horizontal.
Answer these questions.
Q.8. In situation (i), just after both A and B jump from the platform, velocity of centre of
mass of the system (A, B and the platform) is
(a) 2 m/s (b) 6 m/s
(c) 5 m/s (d) none of these
Ans. (d) Centre of mass will remain at rest because there is no external force on the system
of A, B and platform.
Q.9. Final speed of the platform in situation (i), i.e., just after both A and B have jumped
will be
(a) 2 m/s (b) 6 m/s
(c) 5 m/s (d) 3 m/s
Ans. (a) When both jump simultaneously.
A B
(3 – v)
v 50 kg 60 kg 40 kg
Fig. 2.148
Let speed of the platform be v, then speed of A and B will be 3 – v as shown because
relative velocity is 3 m/s. Conserving momentum is
50v = (60 + 40) (3 – v) fi v = 2 m/s
Q.10. Final speed of the platform in situation (ii), i.e., just after B has jumped, will be nearly
(a) 7.5 m/s (b) 5.5 m/s
(c) 4.5 m/s (d) 2.5 m/s
Ans. (d) After A jumps:
B A
3 – v1
40 kg
v1 50 kg
60 kg
Fig. 2.149
After B jumps:
B
3 – v2
v2 50 kg
40 kg
Fig. 2.150
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 2.111 vrel
(a) A rail road flat car of mass M can roll without friction along v0
a straight horizontal track (Fig. 2.151). Initially, a man of M
mass m is standing on the car which is moving to the right
with speed v0. What is the change in velocity of the car if
the man runs to the left so that his speed relative to the car Fig. 2.151
is vrel just before he jumps off at the left end?
(b) If there are n men each of mass m on the car, should they all run and jump off together
or should they run and jump one by one in order to give a greater velocity to the car?
Solution
(a) Let v be the velocity of the car relative to the earth, when the man runs to the left, then
conservation of linear momentum gives
(M + m)v0 = Mv + m(v – vrel)
m
\ v = v0 + vrel …(i)
M+m
mvrel
Change in velocity, Dv = v – v0 =
M+m
(b) When there are n men on the car and they jump off together, then velocity of the car
after jumping off, from Eq. (i) will be
mn
v1 = v0 + vrel …(i)
M + mn
If the men jump one by one, the mass of the system will go on changing till the last
man jumps.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ225
Let v¢ be the velocity when one men jumps off the car, then from Eq. (i)
m
v¢ = v0 + vrel
M + (n)m
When the second man also jumps off, then
m
v≤ = v ¢ + vrel
M + (n - 1)m
mvrel mvrel
= v0 + +
M + (n)m M + (n - 1)m
Solution
m1 m2 m1
v¢1
v v¢2
vrel
Fig. 2.153
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ227
Solution
(a) Considering the car and boy as system, as there is no external force in the horizontal
direction, linear momentum along the horizontal is conserved. Initially, the horizontal
velocity of boy is zero while that of car is u so, pi = m ¥ 0 + Mu. Finally, when boy
lands on the car, both moving with same common velocity (say V) so, that pf = (m +
M)V. Hence, from conservation of linear momentum along the horizontal
Mu = (m + M)V
Ê M ˆ
i.e., V = Á u
Ë m + M ˜¯
i.e., the velocity of the car decreases as [M/(m + M)] < 1
(b) Here initial momentum of the (car + boy) system will be
pi = (m + M)V ...(i)
If the velocity of car when boy starts running on the car is V1, the velocity of boy
relative to ground will be V1 – vrel. So, the final momentum of the system (car + boy)
relative to ground will be
Pf = MV1 + m(V1 – vrel) = (M + m)V1 = mvrel
Now as force of running is internal so linear momentum of the system must be
conserved
i.e., (m + M)V1 – mvrel = (m + M)V
mvrel
or V1 = V +
(m + M )
i.e., the velocity of car will increase and will be > V.
Note:
(i) The velocity of mass relative to ground will be
Mvrel
VM = V1 – vrel = V - (< V)
m+ M
(ii) If the boy runs in the direction of train then vrel will be replaced by – vrel in all the
above results
mvrel mvrel
V1 = V - ; (< V ) and VM = V + (> V )
(m + M ) m+ M
Problem 2.114 Two men, each of mass m, stand on the edge of a stationary buggy of mass
M. Assuming the friction to be negligible, find the velocity of the buggy after both men jump
off with the same horizontal velocity u relative to the buggy:
1. simultaneously, and
2. one after the other.
In what case will the velocity of the buggy be greater and how many times?
228പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution
1. Let v be the velocity of the buggy just after both the men jump off
0 = 2m(u + v) + Mv
2mu
fi v =–
M + 2m
2. Let v1 be the velocity of the buggy just after the first man jumps off and v2 be the
velocity the when the second man jumps off
0 = m(u + v1) + (M + m)v1 and
(M + m) v1 = m(u + v2) + Mv2
Solving the above equations, we get
mu(2 M + 3m)
v2 = –
( M + m)( M + 2m)
Problem 2.115 Radiations of wavelength 200 nm. Propagating in the form of parallel beam,
fall normally on a plane metallic surface. The intensity of the beam is 5 mW and its cross-
sectional area is 1.0 mm2. Find the pressure exerted by the radiation on the metallic surface
if the radiation is completely reflected.
hc
Solution Energy of each photon, E =
l
If P is the power of source, the number of photons per second incident on the metallic
surface
P lP
= =
E hc
h
Momentum of each photon =
l
2h
\ Change in momentum due to reflection =
l
Total momentum imparted to the surface per second
2 h l P 2P
= ◊ =
l hc c
Force 2P
\ Pressure = =
Area cA
2 ¥ 5 ¥ 10 - 3
=
3 ¥ 108 ¥ 10 - 6
= 3.33 ¥ 10– 5 N/m2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ229
Problem 2.116 A boy of mass m climbs a rope of length L suspended below a balloon of
mass M. The balloon is stationary with respect to the ground (a) If the boy begins to climb up
the rope at a speed vrel (relative to the rope) in what direction and with what speed (relative
to the ground) will the balloon move? (b) How much has the balloon descended when the
boy reached the balloon by climbing the rope? (c) What is the state of motion after the boy
stops climbing?
Solution
(a) Given that initially the system is at rest, i.e., v CM = 0
Now as force of climbing is an internal force
So, v CM constant = 0
M
mv + MV
i.e., =0 v
m+ M
or mv + MV = 0 [as (m + M) = finite] vrel
L
i.e., MV = – mv ...(i)
m
Furthermore, here it is given that
v rel = v - V ...(ii) v
Substituting the value of v from Eq. (ii) in Eq. (i), we get
Fig. 2.154
MV = – m(v rel + V )
mv rel
or V = ...(iii)
(m + M )
This is the desired result and from this it is clear that the direction of motion of the
balloon is opposite to that of climbing (v rel ) , i.e., vertically down.
(b) From Eq. (i), we have
mv + M V =0
Dr1 Dr2 È Dr ˘
m +M =0 ÍÎas v = Dt ˙˚
Dt Dt
or mDr1 + M Dr2 =0 [as Dt π •]
or md1 + Md 2 =0 [Dr = d]
or md1 – Md2 = 0 [as d 2 is opposite to d1 ]
or md1 = Md2 ...(iv)
Now as the man climbs up L towards the balloon (relative to the balloon), the
balloon will descend a distance d2 downwards relative to the ground, so that upward
displacement of man relative to the ground will be
d1 = L – d 2 (i.e., d1 + d2 = L) ...(v)
230പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
i.e., the balloon will descend by mL/(m + M) relative to the ground when the man
climbs up a distance L (relative to balloon).
(c) When man stops climbing v rel = 0
So that from Eq. (iii) V = 0, i.e., balloon will also stop descending and will become
stationary relative to the ground.
Problem 2.117 A tank and a supply of tank bomb are inside a sealed rail road car. The
tank fires to the right, the tank recoils to the left. The bomb remains in the car after hitting
the far wall. Show that no matter how the bomb balls are fired, the tank cannot travel more
than L, assuming it starts from rest.
Solution Given that initially the system is at rest so, v CM = 0
Now as in firing the balls no external force is applied to the system
So, v CM = constant = 0
mv1 + Mv 2
i.e., =0
m+ M
or mv1 + Mv 2 = 0 [as m + M = finite]
Dr Dr È Dr ˘
or m 1 +M 2 = 0 ÍÎ as v =
Dt Dt Dt ˙˚
or mDr1 + M Dr2 = 0 [as Dt π •]
or md1 + Md 2 ª 0 [as Dr ª d ª displacement]
or md1 ~ Md2 ª 0 ...(i) [as d 2 is opposite to d1 ]
Now as tank balls cannot leave the car, so the maximum
L
displacement of balls relative to the car is L. And as in doing
so the car will shift a distance d2 relative to the ground M
opposite to the displacement of balls, the displacement of m
balls relative to the ground will be
d1 = L – d 2 [i.e., d1 + d2 = drel = L] ...(ii)
Substituting the value of d1 from Eqs. (ii) in (i), we get Fig. 2.155
m(L – d2) = Md2
Ê mL ˆ L
i.e., d2 = Á =
Ë m + M ˜¯ (1 + M/m)
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ231
u(0.02 + 2.98) 3u
= = v1 v1
(0.02 + 1 + 2.98) 4
Fig. 2.157
Èu - v˘
Percentage loss in velocity = Í ¥ 100
Î u ˙˚
È 3u ˘
Íu - 4 ˙
= Í ˙ ¥ 100 = 25%
Í u ˙
Î ˚
Problem 2.119 Suppose a moving oxygen atom makes a head on inelastic collision with a
stationary H2 atom. Before collision both atoms are in the ground state and after collision
they move together. What is the minimum velocity of the moving H2 atom if one of the
atoms is to be given the minimum excitation energy after the collision? (m0 = 1.0078u,
lu = 1.66 ¥ 10–27 kg and ionisation energy of hydrogen is 13.6 eV).
1
Now as KI = mu2
2
2
1 1 Ê1 ˆ 1
and KF = (2m)V 2 = (2m) Á u˜ = mu2
2 2 Ë2 ¯ 4
So, in this collision there is loss of KE.
1 1 1
DKE = KI – KF = mu2 - mu2 = mu2 ...(ii)
2 4 4
Now according to Bohr’s theory, energy of an electron in a hydrogen atom in nth state
is given by
13.6
En = – eV
n2
As atom will be excited from ground state which for hydrogen atom is n = 1 so,
EG + Eext = En, i.e., Eext = En – E1
È 1˘
i.e., Eext = 13.6 Í1 - 2 ˙ eV (with n > 1)
Î n ˚
And it will be minimum when
n =2
È 1˘
i.e., (Eext)min = 13.6 Í1 - 2 ˙ eV = 10.2 eV ...(iii)
Î 2 ˚
According to given problem
DKE = (Eext)min for one H-atom
Substituting the values of DKE and (Eext)min from Eqs. (ii) and (iii) in the above
1
mu2 = 10.2 eV
4
4 ¥ 10.2 ¥ 1.6 ¥ 10 - 19
or u2 = = 39.02 ¥ 108
1.0078 ¥ 1.66 ¥ 10 - 27
Problem 2.120 A particle of mass 2 m is projected at an angle of 45° with horizontal with
a velocity of 20 2 m/s. After 1 s explosion takes place and the particle is broken into two
equal pieces. As a result of explosion one part comes to rest. Find the maximum height
attained by the other part. Take g = 10 m/s2.
Solution At 1 second particle is at point P as shown in Fig. 2.158.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ233
y
Let velocity of the second part be v . Then applying 10 m/s
momentum conservation, just before and just after
explosion we have, 1s
2m (20i + 10j) = m(0) + m v P 20 m
20 m/s
15 m
\ v = ( 40i + 20j)
20 m/s x
Its vertical component of velocity is still 20 m/s. So
the total height, 20 m
u2 (20)2
h = hi + = 15 + = 35 Fig. 2.158
m 2g 2 ¥ 10
v
A B
First collision
v
A B
Second collision
v
A B
Third collision
Fig. 2.160
Problem 2.122 A boy of mass 60 kg is standing over a platform of mass 40 kg placed over
a smooth horizontal surface. He throws a stone of mass 1 kg with velocity v = 10 m/s at an
angle of 45° with respect to the ground. Find the displacement of the platform (with boy)
on the horizontal surface when the stone lands on the ground. Take g = 10 m/s2.
Solution Let v be the horizontal velocity of platform in opposite direction. Then from
momentum conservation in opposite direction we have,
(60 + 40)v = (1) (10 cos 45°)
10
\ v = cos 45° m/s
100
10
= cm/s
2
234പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
\ Displacement of platform = vt
1
2 ¥ 10 ¥
(v)(2u sin 45∞) Ê 10 ˆ 2 = 10 cm
= = Á =
g Ë 2 ˜¯ 10
Ê m - 4m ˆ v
v B¢ = Á v
Ë m + 4 m ˜¯ B C
3 3 2
v
=– v v B C
5
5 5
Problem 2.124 In one-dimensional elastic collision of equal masses, the velocities are
interchanged. Can velocities in a one-dimensional collision be interchanged if the masses
are not equal.
Ê m - m2 ˆ Ê 2m2 ˆ
Solution v¢1 = Á 1 v1 + Á v2
Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯ Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯
We can see that v¢1 = v2 only if m1 = m2
Similarly, v¢2 = v1 if m1 = m2.
Problem 2.125 A particle of mass 0.1 kg moving at an initial speed v collides with another
particle of same mass kept initially at rest. If the total energy becomes 0.2 J after the collision,
what would be the minimum and maximum values of v?
Solution In elastic collision, velocities are interchanged. So, v is minimum
1
\ ¥ 0.1 ¥ v 2 = 0.2
2
\ v = 2 m/s = minimum value
In perfectly inelastic collision, speed of combined mass will remain half.
2
1 Ê vˆ
\ ¥ 0.1 ¥ Á ˜ = 0.2
2 Ë 2¯
\ v = 2 2 m/s = maximum value
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ235
Solution Just after collision x-component of velocity remain unchanged but y-component
of velocity becomes e times.
2uy uy2 2ux uy
Now, T= ,H= and R = euy
g 2g g
or T μ u y, H μ u2y and R μ uy
ux fi ux
T1 uy 1
\ =a= =
T2 euy e
uy
R1 uy 1
=b= = Just before Just after
R2 euy e collision collision
H1 ( u y )2 1 Fig. 2.165
and =c= =
H2 (euy )2 e 2
a 1 90°
mg 90°
2 co
°
s3
60
0°
sin
60° 30°
mg
r
a1
Fig. 2.167
236പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
mg sin 60∞ - mg sin 30∞
=
2m
Ê 3 - 1ˆ |a + a 2|
a =Á ˜g \ |a CM| = 1
Ë 4 ¯ 2
|a1| = |a 2| = a
2a
\ |a1 + a 2| = 2 a at 90 =
2
m1a1 + m2a 2 a Ê 3 - 1ˆ
a CM = = = g
m1 + m2 2 ÁË 4 2 ˜¯
Problem 2.128 A projectile is fired from a gun at an angle of 45° with the horizontal and
with a speed of 20 m/s relative to ground. At the highest point in its flight the projectile
explodes into two fragments of equal mass. One fragment, whose initial speed is zero falls
vertically. How far from the gun does the other fragment land, assuming a level terrain?
Take g = 10 m/s2 ? (VITEEE, 2010)
Solution Path of CM will remain unchanged
R R R 3R y-axis
+ + =
2 2 2 2
3R 3 Ê u2 sin 2q ˆ
X2 = = Á ˜
2 2Ë g ¯
R/2
3 (20)2 sin 90∞ R/2 R/2 x-axis
= 1 CM 2
2 10
Fig. 2.168
= 60 m
Problem 2.129 A ball B is suspended from a string of length l attached to
Cart A mA
a cart A, which may roll on a frictionless surface. Initially, the cart is at rest
and the ball is given a horizontal velocity v0 [see Fig. 2.169]. Determine:
(a) the velocity of B as it reaches the maximum height; and l
(b) the maximum height reached by the ball.
B
Solution We choose ball and cart as our system. No external force acts on mB v0
the system in x-direction; therefore momentum along x-axis is conserved.
Fig. 2.169
The ball will continue to move upwards until its velocity relative to the
cart is zero.
i.e., v BA = v B - v A = 0
or v B = v A,
When the ball reaches maximum height, the cart and ball move horizontally with same
velocity at the extreme position.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ237
(vA)i = 0 (vA)f = u
A A
(vBA)i = 0
Fig. 2.170
P i = m Bv B = m Bv 0
Pf = mB(vB)f + mA(vA)f
= (mB + mA)v
From conservation of momentum,
Pi = Pf
mBv0 = (mA + mB)v
mBv0
or v =
mA + mB
In order to find maximum height reached by the ball we will apply law of conservation
of energy.
1
Ei = mA gl + mBv02
2
1
Ef = mA gl + mB gh + (mA + mB )v 2
2
Ei = Ef
1 1
mAgl + mBv02 = mAgl + mBgh + (mA + mB)2
2 2
2
1 1 Ê mBv0 ˆ
or mBv02 = mB gh + (mA + mB ) ¥ Á
2 2 Ë mA + mB ˜¯
which on solving for h yields
È mBv0 ˘ v02
h =Í ˙
Î (mA + mB ) ˚ 2 g
%QPEGRV Solve problem in CM frame
1 Ê mA mB ˆ 2
v0 = mAgh
2 ÁË mA + mB ˜¯
Wgravity = – mAgh
1 mA mB 2
DKE = 0 - v0
2 mA + mB
238പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution Given velocity of boy is his absolute velocity. When man jumps
upwards lift is jerked downwards. Consider (man + lift + counterpoise) as
system. For this system momentum is conserved
m 2 gh = (m + 2M)V
M
m 2 gh m
V =
(m + 2 M )
Vman, lift = Vlift = Vman + Vlift
M+ m
m 2 gh
= 2 gh +
(m + 2 M ) Fig. 2.171
2( M + m)
or Vrel = 2 gh
2M + m
After man jumps in air, the acceleration of lift and counterpoise
[( M + m) - M]g mg Net force
a= = =
( M + m) + M ( 2 M + m) Net mass
Downward distance moved by lift
V 2 m2 ◊ 2 gh(2 M + m) mh
h2 = = =
2 a (m + 2 M )2 ¥ 2mg (m + 2 M )
( 2 gh )2
Upward distance moved by man = =h
2g
2( M + m)
hrel = h1 + h2 = h
2M + m
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ239
Problem 2.131 A simple pendulum is suspended from a point on a vertical wall. The
pendulum is pulled away from the wall to a horizontal position and released. The ball
hits the wall, the coefficient of restitution, being (2/ 5 ). What is the minimum number of
collisions after which the amplitude of oscillation becomes less than 60°? (IIT-JEE, 1987)
Solution When simple pendulum released from position A strikes L
the wall with velocity v then by conservation of mechanical energy P A
1
mgL + 0 = mv 2 + 0 q
2
i.e., v = 2gL L
Now as coefficient of restitution is e, so speed of pendulum after
first collision will be
h
v1 = ev = e 2 gL
B
Now after completing oscillation in accordance with conservation
Fig. 2.172
of mechanical energy it will strike the wall with same velocity and
so its velocity after second collision will be
v2 = ev1 = e(e 2 gL ) = e 2 2 gL
So the velocity of the pendulum after n collisions will be
v n = e nv = e n 2gL
Now if it rises to a height h, by conservation of mechanical energy
1 1 2n
m(vn )2 = mgh, i.e., e 2gL ª gh
2 2
h L(1 - cos q )
or e2n ª ª
L L
2n
Ê 2 ˆ È 2 ˘
or ÁË ˜ ª 1 – cos q Ías e ª 5 ˙
5¯ Î ˚
n
Ê 4ˆ
or ÁË ˜¯ ª 1 – cos q
5
1
Now for q to be lesser than 60°, cos q > (1/2), i.e., 1 ~ cos q <
2
n n
Ê 4ˆ 1 Ê 5ˆ
So, ÁË ˜¯ < or ÁË ˜¯ > 2
5 2 4
or n(log 10 ~ 3 log2) > log2
0.301
or n> [as log 10 ª 1 and log 2 ª 0.3010]
0.097
or n > 3.1
As n (no. of collisions) must be integer so for q < 60°, n = 4.
240പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 2.132 A bullet of mass m is fired into a large block of mass M suspend by a wire
of length L. The bullet gets embedded in the block. What is the maximum angle made by
the string after impact. (IIT Roorkee, 1988)
Solution If V is the velocity of the block-bullet system just after collision, then by
conservation of linear momentum.
(i) Collision between bullet and block
mv = (M + m)V
È M + m˘
or v = Í V ...(i)
Î m ˙˚
1
(m + M )V 2 (which is less than
So the KE of the block-bullet system just after collision is
2
1
mv 2 as collision is inelastic). Now due to this remaining KE if the system rises up to a
2
height h, conservation of ME for this part of problem yields,
1
(m + M)V2 = m(m + M)gh, i.e., V= 2gh ...(ii)
2
Substituting this value of V from Eq. (ii) in Eq. (i), we get
q
Ê M + mˆ
v = Á 2 gh ...(iii)
Ë m ˜¯ L
L– h
2
v2 Ê m ˆ
or h = Á ˜ ...(iv)
2g Ë M + m¯
Now from Fig. 2.173,
h
m
L-h Ê hˆ v
cos q* = = Á1- ˜ ...(v)
L Ë L¯
M
Substituting the value of h from Eq. (iv) in Eq. (v)
Fig. 2.173
2
1 Ê mv ˆ
cos q = 1 - Á ˜
2 gL Ë m + M ¯
È 1 Ê mv ˆ ˘
2
or q = cos - 1 Í1 - Á ˜ ˙
ÍÎ 2gL Ë m + M ¯ ˙˚
Problem 2.133 A ball falls vertically for 2s and hits a plane inclined at 30° to the horizontal.
If the coefficient of restitution be 5'8, prove that the time that elapses before it again hits the
plane is 2.5 sec. Find also the distance along the plane between the first and second impact
(g 10 m/s2).
Solution Let the ball strike the plane at A. We assign a co-ordinate system with the origin
at A. The velocity of the ball while striking the 30° plane = gt = 2g. The components of u
along and perpendicular to the plane are u sin 30° and u cos 30° respectively. After impact,
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ241
the velocity component u sin 30° along the plane remains unaffected while the component
u cos 30° perpendicular to the plane becomes e(u cos 30°) on rebound.
as v = u – gt
0 = u – gt
u = gt
3
Thus, velocity of the rebound = e ◊ 2 g ◊ = 3 eg
2
y
e
+v
A +v
e x
B –g cos q +g sin q
g
30°
Fig. 2.174
Problem 2.135 A cat weighing 5 kg is standing on a flat boat that he is 10 m from the shore.
He walks 4 m on the boat toward shore and then halts the boat weighs 20 kg and one can
assume that there is no friction between it and the water. How far is the cat from the shore
at the end of this time.
Solution Given that initially the system is at rest so
v CM = 0.
Now as in motion of cat no external force is applied to the system
So, v CM = constant = 0
mv1 + Mv 2
i.e., =0
m+ M
or mv1 + Mv 2 = 0 [as (m + M) = Finite]
Dr Dr È dr ˘
or m 1 +M 2 = 0 ÍÎ as v =
dt dt dt ˙˚
or mDr1 + M Dr2 = 0 [as Dr = d = displacement]
or md1 – Md2 = 0 [as d 2 is opposite to d1]
i.e., md1 = Md2 ...(i)
Now when cat moves 4 m towards shore relative Shore
to boat, the boat will shift a distance d2 relative to Boat
Cat
the shore opposite to the displacement of cat so, the
displacement of cat relative to shore (towards shore)
will be 10 m
1 2 1 1
By conservation of energy kx = mu2 + Mv 2
2 2 2
[M = mass of the plank, m = mass of the block]
\ 100 = u2 + 5v2 ...(i)
By conservation of momentum
mu + Mv = 0
fi u = – 5v ...(ii)
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii)
30v2 = 100
10
\ v = m/s
3
From this moment until the block falls, both plank and block keep their velocity constant.
Thus, when the block falls velocity of plank
10
= m/s
3
Problem 2.138 Two particles A and B of equal masses lie close together on a horizontal table
and are connected by a light inextensible string of length l. A is projected vertically upwards
with a velocity 10gl . Find the velocity with which it reaches the table again.
Solution String becomes tight when A moves upwards by a distance l. Let v1 be the velocity
of A at this moment, then
A v1 A v2
l l
v2
B B
A v2
B v2
Fig. 2.180
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ245
v12 = ( 10 gl )2 - 2 gl = 8 gl
or v1 = 8gl
Let v2 be the common velocities of both A and B just after string becomes tight. Then from
conservation of linear momentum.
v 8 gl
v2 = 1 =
2 2
Both particles return to their original height with same speed v2. String becomes lose after
B strikes the ground and the speed v with which A strikes the ground is,
8 gl
v2 = v22 + 2gl = + 2 gl
4
or v2 = 4gl
or v = 2 gl
Fig. 2.182
246പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 1
mgR = mv12 + Mv22 ...(ii)
2 2
2(R/2) R
t = = ...(iii)
g g
The desired distance is
S = (v1 + v2)t …(iv)
Solving Eqs. (i) and(ii) for v1 and v2 and substitut- v1
ing in Eq. (iv), we get v2
S = R 2( M + m)
M Fig. 2.183
vr2
or gr(1 – cos q) = v 2 + - vvr cos q ...(ii)
2
Equation of law of motion gives, vr cos q – v
mvr2
mg cos q =
r
vr sin q
vr2
or gr = ...(iii)
cos q Absolute components of
velocity of block
Solving Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
Fig. 2.188
cos3 q = 6 cos q – 4 = 0
Note: We have not considered pseudo force while writing the equation of motion. Think
why?
M
Problem 2.145 Two blocks of mass 2 kg and M are at rest
on an inclined plane and are separated by a distance of 6.0 m
m as shown. The coefficient of friction between each block 2 kg 6.0
and the inclined plane is 0.25. The 2 kg block is given a
velocity of 10.0 m/s up the inclined plane. It collides with
M, comes back and has a velocity of 1.0 m/s when it reaches q
its initial position. The other block M after the collision
moves 0.5 m up and comes to rest. Calculate the coefficient Fig. 2.189
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ249
of restitution between the blocks and the mass of the block M. [Take sin q ª tan q = 0.05 and
g = 10 m/s2] (JEE, 1999)
Solution Let v1 = velocity of block 2 kg just before collision
v2 = velocity of block 2 kg just after collision
and v3 = velocity of block M just after collision.
Applying work energy theorem
(change in kinetic energy = work done by all the forces) at different stages as shown in
Fig. 2.190.
v1
2kg
/s
m
10 m h1
6
q
2 kg
Fig. 2.190
2 kg
v2
/s
m
1
2 kg
Fig. 2.191
250പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
5
0.
h2
v3
q
M
q
Fig. 2.192
v3
J
v1
m v2 J sin 30°
M m
J sin 30°
30° J 30°
J cos 30°
Fig. 2.194
Let, J be the impulse between the ball and the wedge during collision and v1, v2 and v3 be
the components of velocity of the wedge and the ball in horizontal and vertical directions
respectively.
Applying impulse = change in momentum
we get J sin 30° = Mv1 = mv2
J
or = 2v1 = v2 ...(i)
2
J cos 30° = m(v3 + v0)
3
or J = (v3 + 2) ...(ii)
2
Applying, relative speed of separation = e (relative
speed of approach) in common normal direction,
Common normal
we get direction
1
(v1 + v2) sin 30° + v3 cos 30° = (v0 cos 30∞)
2
30°
or v1 + v2 + 3 v3 = 3 ...(iii)
Fig. 2.195
252പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 ÊÏ3¸ ˆ 27
2
1 1 1
(b) The loss in KE = mv 2 - mu2 = m(32 + 12 ) - m Á Ì ˝ + 11 ˜ = m
2 2 2 2 ËÓ2˛ ¯ 8
Ê 3 ˆ 9
(c) J = DP = P f - Pi = m(v ) - m(u) = m Á - i + j˜ - m(3i + j) = - mi
Ë 2 ¯ 2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ253
Problem 2.148 A space shuttle, while travelling at a speed of 4000 km/h with respect to the
earth, disconnects and ejects a module backward, weighing one-fifth of the residual part. If
the shuttle ejects the disconnected module at a speed 100 km/h with respect to the state of
the shuttle before the ejection, find the final velocity of the shuttle.
Solution Suppose the mass of the shuttle including the module is M. The mass of the
module will be M/6. The total linear momentum before disconnection
= M (4000 km/h)
The velocity of the ejected module with respect to the earth = its velocity with respect to
the shuttle + the velocity of the shuttle with respect to the earth
= – 100 km/h + 4000 km/h = 3900 km/h.
If the final velocity of the shuttle is V then the total final linear momentum
5M M
= V+ ¥ 3900 km/h.
6 6
By the principle of conservation of linear momentum,
5M M
M(4000 km/h) = V+ ¥ 3900 km/h
6 6
or, V = 4020 km/h.
Problem 2.149 The hero of a stunt film fires 50 g bullets from a machine gun, each at a speed
of 1.0 km/s. If he fires 20 bullets in 4 seconds, what average force does he exert against the
machine gun during this period?
Solution The momentum of each bullet
= (0.050 kg) (1000 m/s) = 50 kg – m/s
The gun is imparted this much of momentum by each bullet fired. Thus, the rate of change
of momentum of the gun
(50 kg - m/s) ¥ 20
= = 250 N.
4s
In order to hold the gun, the hero must exert a force of 250 N against the gun.
Problem 2.150 A block moving horizontally on a smooth surface with a speed of 20 m/s
bursts into two equal parts continuing in the same direction. If one of the parts moves at 30
m/s with what speed does the second part move and what is the fractional change in the
kinetic energy?
Solution There in no external force on the block. Internal forces break the block in two
parts. The linear momentum of the block before the break should therefore be equal to the
linear momentum of the two parts after the break. As all the velocities are in same direction,
we get,
M M
M(20 m/s) = (30 m/s)+ v
2 2
254പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
where v is the speed of the other part. From this equation v = 10 m/s. The change in kinetic
energy is
1M 1M 1
(30 m/s)2 + (10 m/s)2 - M(20 m/s)2
2 2 2 2 2
M m2 Ê m2 ˆ
= ( 450 + 50 - 400) 2 = Á 50 2 ˜ M
2 s Ë s ¯
Hence, the fractional change in the kinetic energy
Ê m2 ˆ
Á 50 s2 ˜
Ë ¯ 1
= = .
1 4
M(20 m/s)2
2
Problem 2.151 A car of mass M is moving with a uniform velocity v on a horizontal road
when the hero of a Hindi film drops himself on it from above. Taking the mass of the hero
to be m, what will be the velocity of the car after the event?
Solution Consider the car plus the hero as the system in the horizontal direction, there is
no external force. Since the hero has fallen vertically, so his initial horizontal momentum = 0
Initial horizontal momentum of the system = Mv towards right.
Finally, the hero sticks to the roof of the car, so they move with equal horizontal velocity
say V. Final horizontal momentum of the system
= (M + m)V
Hence, Mv = (M + m)V
Mv
or V = .
M+m
Problem 2.152 Two blocks A and B of masses m and 2m, respectively are connected by
a spring of force constant k. The masses are moving to the right with uniform velocity v
each, the heavier mass leading the lighter one. m
The spring is in the natural length during this m 2m
motion. Block B collides head on with a third k
B
v C
A
block C of mass m, at rest, the collision being
completely inelastic. Calculate the maximum
compression of the spring. Fig. 2.198
1 3mv 2 mv 2
(a) (b)
2 k 12k
3mv 2 mv 2
(c) (d)
4k 4k
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ255
Solution
A B C
k
v
m 2m m
Fig. 2.199
Fig. 2.200
When both the blocks get equal velocity the spring will have maximum compression. Let
the velocity be v0.
Using principle of conservation of momentum, we have
2v
mv + 3m ¥ = mv0 + 3mv0
3
3v
After solving, we get v0 =
4
Using conservation of energy just after collision and at the time of maximum compression.
1 1 1 1
mvA2 + 3mv(2B + C ) = 4 mvCM
2
+ kx 2
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
mv 2 + mv ¢ 2 = mv02 + kx 2
2 3 4 2
1 4v 2 1 9v 2 1 2
mv 2 + 3m = 4m + kx
2 9 2 16 2
Ê 1 2 9ˆ 2 1 2
ÁË + - ˜¯ mv = 4 x
2 3 8 2
1 1
mv 2 = 4 x 2
24 2
mv 2
x =
12k
256പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Fig. 2.202
Let x be the maximum compression of the spring. Then the KE of A–B system at maximum
compression,
2 2
1 Ê vˆ 1 Ê vˆ mv 2
K = mÁ ˜ + mÁ ˜ =
2 Ë 2¯ 2 Ë 2¯ 4
Again by conservation of mechanical energy,
1 1 1
mv 2 = mv 4 + kx 2
2 4 2
1 2 1
or kx = mv 2
2 4
m
or x = v
2k
Solution Initially, the blocks A and B are at rest and C is moving with velocity v0 to the
right.
As masses of C and A are same and the collision is elastic the body C transfers its whole
momentum mv0 to body A and as a result the body C stops and A starts moving with velocity
v0 to the right. At this instant the spring is uncompressed and the body B is still at rest.
The momentum of the system at this instant = mv0
Now, the spring is compressed and the body B comes in motion. After time t0, the
compression of the spring is x0 and common velocity of A and B is v (say).
As external force on the system is zero, the law of conservation of linear momentum gives
mv0 = mv + (2m)v
v0
or v = …(i)
3
The law of conservation of energy gives
1 1 1 1
mv02 = mv 2 + (2m)v 2 + kx02
2 2 2 2
1 3 1
or mv02 = mv 2 + kx02 ...(ii)
2 2 2
1 3 Êv ˆ 1
mv02 = m Á 0 ˜ + kx02
2 2 Ë 3¯ 2
1 2 1 1
\ kx0 = mv02 - mv02
2 2 6
1 2 1
or kx0 = mv02
2 3
2 mv02
\ k = .
3 x02
2m
(a) (b) will never be attained
k
m m
(c) v (d) v
12k 6k
If at an instant the rod makes angle q with the vertical, then point y
P and the system will be as shown in Fig. 2.208. l
Co-ordinates of the point P are 4
m
l
l
x = sin q 2
2 c l
q P 4
l
y = cos q
4 x
O
2x
\ sin q = Fig. 2.208
l
4y
cos q =
l
Using sin2 q + cos2 q = 1, we have
4x2 + 16y2 = l2
Problem 2.158 A point mass of 1 kg collides with a stationary point mass of 5 kg. After
their collision, the 1 kg mass reverses its direction and moves with a speed of 2 ms–1. Which
of the following statement(s) is/are correct for the system of these two masses.
(IIT-JEE, 2010)
(a) Total momentum of the system is 3 kg ms–1
(b) Momentum of 5 kg mass after collision is 4 kg ms–1
(c) Kinetic energy of the centre of mass is 0.75 J
(d) Total kinetic energy of the system is 4 J
Solution
u
1 5
Before collision
2 m/s v
1 5
After collision
Fig. 2.209
Problem 2.159 A rifle bullet loses 1/20th of its velocity in passing through a plank. The
least number of such planks required just to stop the bullet is (BITSAT, 2009)
(a) 5 (b) 10
(c) 11 (d) 20
Solution Let the thickness of one plank be s if bullet enters with velocity u then it leaves
with velocity
Ê u ˆ 19 19
v = ÁË u - ˜¯ = u u
v=
20
u
20 20
From v2 = u2 – 2as
s
2
Ê 19 ˆ 2 400 u2
fi ÁË u˜ = u - 2 as fi =
20 ¯ 39 2 as Fig. 2.210
Now if the n planks are arranged just to stop the bullet then again
from v2 = u2 – 2as
u v =0
0 = u2 – 2ans
u2 400
fi n = =
2 as 39 ns
fi n = 10.25 Fig. 2.211
As the planks are more than 10 so we can consider n = 11.
Hence, (c) is the correct answer.
Problem 2.160 A stationary light, smooth pulley can rotate without friction
about a fixed horizontal axis. A light rope passes over the pulley. One end of the
rope supports a ladder with man and the other end supports a counterweight of
mass M. Mass of the man is m. Initially, the centre of mass of the counterweight
is at a height h from that of man as shown in Fig. 2.212.
If the man starts to climb up the ladder slowly, calculate the work done by
him to reach his centre of mass in level with that of the counterweight. M
Problem 2.161 A ball is projected from the ground with speed u at an angle a with the
horizontal. It collides with a wall at a distance a from the point of projection and returns to
its original position. Find the coefficient of restitution between the ball and the wall.
(BITSAT, 2007)
Solution As we have discussed in the theory, the horizontal
component of the velocity of the ball during the path OAB is u cos C
a while in its return journey BCO it is eu cos a. The time of flight
T also remains unchanged. Hence, B
T = tOAB + tBCO A
2u sin a a a
or = + O
g u cos a eu cos a
a
a 2u sin a a
or = -
eu cos a g u cos a Fig. 2.214
Ê 10 ˆ
6(10 - x) + 2 Á - x˜
5 Ë 2 ¯ 60 - 6 x + 10 - 2 x
or = =
4 8 8
or 5 = 30 – 3x + 5 – x
or 4x = 30
30
or x = m
4
or x = 7.5 m
Note: The centre of mass of the plank lies at its centre.
Problem 2.164 A child of mass 4 kg jumps from cart B to cart
A and then immediately back to cart B. The mass of each cart
A B
is 20 kg and they are initially at rest. In both the cases the child
jumps at 6 m/s relative to the cart. If the cart moves along the
same line with negligible friction with the final velocities of VB
and VA, respectively, find the ratio of 6vB and 5vA. Fig. 2.218
Solution All the velocities shown in diagrams are w.r.t. the ground. After first jump:
v2
4 kg
v1
A 20 kg B 20 kg
Fig. 2.219
v3 A B v1
Fig. 2.220
5
(20 + 4) v3 = 4v2 fi v3 = m/s
After the second jump: 6
v4
vA A B v1
Fig. 2.221
vA A B vB
Fig. 2.222
6vB 6 ¥ 55 ¥ 6
Now, = = 1.
5vA 36 ¥ 5 ¥ 11
2 gH 4 2 gH 5
= + = 2 gH
3 3 3
2 1 +ve
Ê 2m - m ˆ Ê 2m ˆ
and v 2¢ = Á ( 2 gH ) + Á (- 2 gH )
Ë m + 2m ˜¯ Ë m + 2m ˜¯
v2 v1
2 gH 2 2 gH 2 gH Fig. 2.226
= - =-
3 3 3
i.e., the velocities of the balls after the collision are as shown Fig. 2.227.
Therefore, the heights to which the balls rise after the collision are:
(v1¢ )2
h1 = (using v2 = u2 – 2gh)
2g
2
Ê5 ˆ
ÁË 2 gH ˜
3 ¯ 25
or h1 = or h1 = H
2g 9
2
Ê 2 gH ˆ
Á 3 ˜ 2gH v 1¢ =
5
( v ¢ )2 Ë ¯ v 2¢ = 3
2gH
and h2 = 2 or h2 = 3
2g 2g
Fig. 2.227
H
or h2 =
9
266പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Note: Since the collision is elastic, mechanical energy of both the balls will remain conserved,
or
Ei = Ef
fi (m + 2m)gH = mgh1 + 2mgh2
Ê 25 ˆ Ê Hˆ
fi 3mgH = (mg ) Á H ˜ + (2mg ) Á ˜
Ë 9 ¯ Ë 9¯
fi 3mgH = 3mgH.
Problem 2.169 Figure 2.228 shows a smooth spherical ball of
mass m striking two identical equilateral triangular wedges of
mass M. At the instant of impact velocity of the ball is v0. Taking m
coefficient of restitution e, determine the velocities of the sphere
and the wedges just after collision. v0
M M
Solution (by impulse method) Let J be the impulse between
the ball and wedges and v1 and v2 be the velocities of the ball 60° 60°
and the wedge.
From impulse-momentum equation on the ball, Fig. 2.228
or ev0 = v1 + 3 v2 ...(4) J J
v2 J v2
On solving Eqs. (3) and (4) for v1 and v2, we get
M
J
(2eM - 3m)v0 60° 60°
v1 =
2 M + 3m
Fig. 2.229
3 (1 + e )mv0
v2 = .
2 M + 3m
Problem 2.170 Two spheres are moving towards each other. Both have same radius but
their masses are 2 kg and 4 kg. If the velocities are 4 m/s and 2 m/s respectively and
coefficient of restitution is e = 1/3, find:
(a) The common velocity along the line of impact.
(b) Find velocities along line of impact.
(c) Impulse of deformation.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ267
2 kg
4 m/s
A
R R
2 m/s
B
4 kg
Fig. 2.230
BC R 1
Solution In DABC sin q = = =
AB 2R 2
or q = 30°
(a) By conservation of momentum along the line of impact.
Line of impact
4 sin 30°
2 kg 4 m/s
30°
4 cos 30° 4 sin 30°
2 cos 30°
30°
B 4 kg
v
2 sin 30° 2 sin 30°
Just before collision along the line of impact Maximum deformed state
Fig. 2.231
(b) Let v1 and v2 be the final velocity of A and B respectively then, by conservation of
momentum along the line of impact.
4 sin 30°
A v
2 kg 1
4 kg B
v2
2 sin 30°
Fig. 2.232
or v2 – v1 = 3 ...(2)
From the above two equations,
2
v1 = - m/s
3
1
and v2 = m/s
3
(c) JD = m1(v – v1)
= 2 (0 – 4 cos 30°) = - 4 3 N-s
1 4
(d) JR = e JD = (- 4 3 ) = - N-s
3 3
(e) Maximum potential energy of deformation is equal to loss in kinetic energy during
deformation up to maximum deformed state.
1 1 1
U = m1 (u1 cos q )2 + m2 (u2 cos q )2 - (m1 + m2 )v 2
2 2 2
1 1 1
= 2( 4 cos 30∞)2 + 4(- 2 cos 30∞)2 - (2 + 4)(0)2
2 2 2
or U = 18 joules.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ269
1 1 Ê 1 Ê 2 ˆ 2 1 Ê 1 ˆ 2ˆ
= 2( 4 cos 30∞)2 + 4(- 2 cos 30∞)2 – Á 2 Á ˜ + 2 4 ÁË ˜ ˜
2 2 Ë 2 Ë 3¯ 3¯ ¯
DKE = 16 joules
Problem 2.171 Two equal discs initially at rest are in contact on a
table. A third disc of same mass but of double radius strikes them
symmetrically and itself comes to rest after the impact. What is the
coefficient of restitution?
J 3R
a
a 2R
2J cos a
2 2R
J
3R
J
J
Fig. 2.234
2J cos a = mv ...(1)
2 2p 2 2
cos a = = m
3R 3
v¢
mv 3mv
J = =
2 cos a 4 2
3mv
J = mv ¢ = m
4 2
v
Ê 3v ˆ
v¢ = Á
Ë 4 2 ˜¯ v¢
m
Èv -v ˘
e = -Í 2 1 ˙ Fig. 2.235
Î u2 - u1 ˚
2 2v
u1 = v cos a =
3
v1 = 0, u2 = 0
270പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
3v
v2 =
4 2
È 3v ˘
Í 4 2 -0 ˙ 9
e =– Í ˙=
Í 2 2v ˙ 16
ÍÎ 0 -
3 ˙˚
#NVGTPCVKXG
2 2
cos q =
3 v
Assume initial velocity of big block = u R
and final velocity of small ball is v
2R R
Conserving momentum u q
fi mu = 2mv cos q ...(1)
v2 - v1 v
fi –e =
u2 - u1
Solution
1. vA = 4 sin 30° [cos 60i + sin 60j]
vA = i + 3 j m/s
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ271
A
4 m/s
30°
R
R
Before collision
4 sin 30°
60°
30°
B 4 cos 30°
After collision
Fig. 2.238
2. JA on B = mv Bf - v Br
= m[4 cos 30∞(cos 30∞i - sin 30∞j) - 0]
= (3mi - 3mj) kg-m/s
3.
4 sin 30°
A
60°
0
30°
4sin 30°
B
0
Before collision
4 sin 30°
v1 30°
v2
After collision
Fig. 2.239
272പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 - (v2 - v1 )
1. =
2 (0 - 4 cos 30∞)
v2 – v 1 = 3
4 3
2. m = mv1 + mv2
2
v2 + v1 = 2 3
3 3
v2 = m/s
2
3 3
v2 = m/s[cos 30 i + sin 30∞(- j)]
2
Ê9 3 3 ˆ
= Á i - j .
Ë4 4 ˜¯
Problem 2.173 A cart of mass M rests on a frictionless
horizontal surface and a pendulum bob of mass m hangs
from the roof of the cart (see Fig. 2.240). The string breaks,
L
the bob falls on the floor, makes several collisions on the
floor and finally lands up in a small slot made in the floor.
The horizontal distance between the string and the slot is
L. Find the displacement of the cart during this process. Fig. 2.240
(BITSAT, 2007)
Solution As no external force is acting in horizontal direction, so
there is no shift in position of CM in this direction. If Dx1 and Dx2 are Dx 2
the displacements of bob and cart respectively, then
mDx1 + M Dx 2 = 0
Dx1
Here, Dx1 = (L – Dx2) = L - Dx 2
\ m(L – Dx2) + M(– Dx2) = 0
mL
or Dx2 = Fig. 2.241
m+ M
Problem 2.174 A car P is moving with a uniform speed of 5 3 m/s towards a carriage of
mass 9 kg at rest on the rails at a point B are shown in Fig. 2.242. The height AC is 120 m.
Cannon balls of 1 kg are fired from the car with an initial velocity of 100 m/s at an angle
30° with the horizontal. The first cannon ball hits the stationary carriage after a line to and
sticks to it. Determine t0. (IIT-JEE, 2001)
At t0 the second cannon ball is fired.
Assume that the resistive force between P C
the rails and the carriage is constant and
ignore the vertical motion of the carriage
throughout. If the second ball also hits
and sticks to the carriage, what will be the A
B
horizontal velocity of the carriage just after
Fig. 2.242
the second impact?
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ273
11 3 1
v¢ = v – at0 = - ¥ 12
2 4 3
9
3 m/s=
2
Now again by conservation of momentum
9
1 ¥ 55 3 + 10 ¥ 3 = (10 + 1)v2
2
\ v2 = 15.7 m/s
274പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 2.175 A particle of mass m having collided with a stationary particle of mass M
p
deviated by an angle whereas the particle M recoiled at an angle q = 30° to the direction
2
of the initial motion of the particle m. How much (percent) and in what way has the kinetic
M
energy of this system changed after the collision, if = 5.0?
m
Solution The situation is shown is Fig. 2.244.
By conservation of momentum, we have v1
m
mv = Mv2 cos q ...(i)
m v
mv1 = Mv2 sin q ...(ii) 90°
M
q = 30°
Percentage change in KE
M
v2
Ê1 2 1 2ˆ 1 2
DK ÁË mv1 + Mv2 ˜¯ - mv
2 2 2 Fig. 2.244
¥ 100 = ¥ 100
K 1
mv 2
2
After solving the above equations, we get
DK
¥ 100 = – 40%
K
mv = (M + m)V
È mv ˘
\ V = Í ...(i)
Î M + m ˙˚
h
1
Now, ( M + m)V 2 = (M + m)gh v
v
2 m
where h = (l – l cos q) Fig. 2.246
1
\ ( M + m)V 2 = (M + m)g (l – l cos q) ...(ii)
2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ275
M+m q
= ¥ 2 gl ¥ 2 sin 2
m 2
As m << M, \ M + m = M
2M q
and v gl sin
m 2
Ê1 1 ˆ
DK ( M + m)V 2 - mv 2
Á2 2 ˜
(b) = Á ˜
K 1 2
ÁË mv ˜¯
2
m
1-
M
Problem 2.177 A particle of mass m1 experienced a perfectly elastic collision with a stationary
particle of mass m2. What fraction of the kinetic energy does the striking particle lose, if:
(a) it recoils at right angles to its original motion direction; and
(b) the collision is a head-on one?
Solution
v1
(a) The situation is shown in Fig. 2.247. m1
By conservation of momentum, we have
m1 u
m1u = m2v2 cos q ...(i) m2
q
and m1v1 = m2v2 sin q ...(ii) m2
v2
Fractional loss in KE of the striking particle
Fig. 2.247
1 2 1 2
Ki - K f 2 m1u - 2 m1v1
h = =
Ki 1
m1u2
2
u2 - v12
= ...(iii)
u2
After solving the above equations, we get
È 2m1 ˘
h = Í ˙
Î m1 + m2 ˚
(b) m 1u = m 1v 1 + m 2v 2
1 1 1
and m1u2 = m1v12 + m2v22
2 2 2
276പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ki - K f u2 - v12
h = =
Ki u2
4 m1m2
After solving, we get h =
(m1 + m2 )2
Problem 2.178 From a point in a smooth horizontal plane a plane a particle is projected
with velocity u at an angle q to the horizon; if the coefficient of restitution between the
particle and the plane be e, then that the distance described along the plane before the particle
u2 sin 2q
ceases to rebound is .
g (1 - e )
Solution The initial velocity in vertical direction is u sin q. The velocities after first, second,
... rebounds are eu sin q, e2u sin q, ... . Hence, the time between the first and second rebounds
2eu sin q 2e 2u sin q
are, , ,… .
g g
The total time that elapses the particle ceases to rebound
2u sin q 2eu sin q 2e 2u sin q
T = + + +….
g g g
2u sin q
= [1 + e + e 2 + … .]
g
2u sin q
=
g(1 - e )
During this time the horizontal velocity remains constant which is u cos q. Hence, the
horizontal distance described.
2u sin q
R = ¥ u cos q
g(1 - e )
u2 sin 2q
= .
g(1 - e )
P ¥ v0 cos a = (P + Q)v
Pv0 cos a P 2 gh cos a Fig. 2.249
\ v = =
( P + Q) ( P + Q)
Ê 2(2 M ) ˆ 4
Ball 1: v1 = Á u = u
Ë 2 M + M ˜¯ o 3 o
Initial Final
Fig. 2.553
Êu ˆ Ê 4u ˆ Ê 4u ˆ Ê 4u ˆ
Pi = 2Muo Pf = 2M Á o ˜ + M Á o ˜ + M Á o ˜ + M Á o ˜
Ë 27 ¯ Ë 27 ¯ Ë 9 ¯ Ë 3 ¯
È1 2 2 2˘
Pf = 2Muo Í + + +
Î 27 27 9 3 ˙˚
Pf = 2Muo
Note: The collision does not occur actually in the sequence described in the illustration. In
fact, all the balls attain their final velocities simultaneously.
Problem 2.181 A ball is released from rest relative to
the elevator at a distance h1 above the floor. The speed
of the elevator at the time of ball release is v0. Determine
the bounce height h2 relative to elevator of the ball (a) if
v0 is constant, and (b) if an upward elevator acceleration
a = g/4 begins at the instant the ball is released. The
coefficient of restitution for the impact is e. a=
g
h1 4
Solution h2
(a) ur = 0, ar = g v0
\ vr = 2 gh1
After collision relative velocity vr¢ = e 2 gh1 and Fig. 2.254
relative retardation is still g (downwards). Hence,
(vr¢ )2
h2 = = e 2 h1
2g
g 5g
(b) ur = 0, ar = g + =
4 4
Ê 5g ˆ
\ Just before collision vr = 2 Á ˜ h1
Ë 4¯
Just after collision ur¢ = evr
5g
Relative retardation is still .
4
(vr¢ )2
Hence, h2 = = e 2 h1
Ê 5g ˆ
2Á ˜
Ë 4¯
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ279
Problem 2.182 A gun of mass M (including the carriage) fires a shot of mass m. The gun
along with the carriage is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. The muzzle speed of the
bullet vr is constant. Find:
(a) The elevation of the gun with the horizontal at which maximum range of bullet with
respect to the ground is obtained. vr sin q
(b) The maximum range of the bullet. vr
mvr cos q
or v = ...(i)
M+m
Components of velocity
Further, range of bullet on horizontal ground of bullet with respect
to gun
2vr sin q
R = (vr cos q - v) vr sin q
g
2vr sin q Ê mvr cos q ˆ
= ÁË vr cos q - ˜ vr cos q – v
g M+m ¯
(a) From Eq. (ii) we see that maximum range is at Fig. 2.255
q = 45°
(b) At q = 45°,
2
Ê M ˆ vr
Rmax = Á ˜
Ë M + m¯ g
Problem 2.183 A small elastic ball is dropped from a height of 5 m onto a rigid cylindrical
body (see Fig. 2.256) having a radius of 1.5 m. At what position on the x-axis does the ball land?
y
0.6 m
5m
Fig. 2.256
280പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(i) the speed of combined mass immediately after the collision with respect to an observer
on the ground.
(ii) the length L of the string such that the tension in the string becomes zero when the
string becomes horizontal during the subsequent motion of the combined mass.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ281
kx 2 (m + M )v 2
1 = + …(iv)
v m mu2 mu2
From Eq. (i) =
u M+m
Substituting this value in Eq. (iv)
kx 2 m+ M m2 kx 2 m
1 = + ◊ = +
mu2 m (m + M ) 2
mu 2
m+ M
kx 2 m M
fi =1- =
mu 2
m + M m +M
kx 2
Here, represent the fraction of initial energy.
mu2
Problem 2.186 The magnitude and direction of the two iden- Line of impact
30°
tical smooth balls before central oblique collision are as shown 60°
9 m/s
in Fig. 2.261. Assuming coefficient of restitution e = 0.9, deter- 12 m/s
mine the magnitude and direction of the velocity of each ball
Fig. 2.261
after the collision.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 2.262.
u x1 = 9 cos 30∞ u x 2 = 12 cos 60∞
Fig. 2.262
vA uy2
vB
uy2
qA
qB
v x1
v x2
Fig. 2.263
Ê 10.40 ˆ
and qB = tan - 1 Á = 56°
Ë 7.1 ˜¯
Problem 2.187 Central impact takes place between a 4 kg ball and a 8 m/s
stationary cart of mass 6 kg as shown in Fig. 2.264. The cart rests on rollers 60°
and can move freely on horizontal surface. Find the velocity of the cart
and the ball after impact. Take e = 0.8.
Fig. 2.264
Solution The component of velocity of the ball along the axes y
shown are: x
ux = – 8 cos 30° = - 4 3 m/s
30° 8 m/s
and uy = 8 sin 30° = 4 m/s
60°
The impact will take place along the line of x-axis.
Thus, by conservation of momentum
Fig. 2.265
4 ¥ ux = 4v1x + 6v2x
Rn–1 Rn
After collision, h = hn, v1 = - 2ghn
Fig. 2.268
Èv -v ˘
Thus, e = -Í 1 2 ˙
Î u1 - u2 ˚
È - 2 gh - 0 ˘ hn
=–Í n
˙=
ÍÎ 2 ghn - 1 - 0 ˙˚ hn - 1
2ux uy
(b) We have R =
g
Rg
\ uy = [ux constant]
2u x
Rn -1 g
Before collision, u1 =
2ux
- Rn g
After collision, v1 =
2ux
È v -v ˘
e = -Í 1 2 ˙
Î (u1 - u2 ) ˚
È - Rn g/2ux - 0 ˘
= -Í ˙
ÍÎ - Rn - 1 g/2ux - 0 ˙˚
Rn
=
Rn -1
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ285
Problem 2.189 Two small beads A and B of masses 0.003 kg and 0.006 kg respectively are
threaded on a smooth circular wire of radius 0.5 m which is maintained in a horizontal
plane. Initially, the beads A and B are at rest at points P and Q where P and Q are opposite
ends of the diameter of a wire. The coefficient of restitution between beads is 1/4. Bead A
is projected towards B with a speed u m/s. (IIT Roorkee, 1974)
(a) Find the speeds of the beads immediately after collision. Given u = 6 m/s, the time
that elapsed between the first and the second collision.
(b) If the wire is rough and A is projected from P with the same speed 6 m/s so as to
collide with B, which is at rest, the velocity of B after collision is 1.25 m/s. Find the
work done by friction as A goes from P to collide with B and the magnitude of the
impulse acting on A during collision.
Solution
(a) By conservation of momentum, we have
m1u + 0 = m1v1 + m2v2 u
or 0.003 u = 0.003v1 + 0.006v2 R
\ u = v1 + 2v2 ...(i) A B
Èv -v ˘ Èv - v ˘
Also, e = -Í 1 2 ˙ = -Í 1 2 ˙
Î u1 - u2 ˚ Î u-0 ˚
Fig. 2.269
1 Èv - v ˘
or = -Í 1 2 ˙
4 Î u ˚
u
\ = – v1 + v2 ...(ii)
4
After solving the above equations, we get
u 6
v1 = = = 1 m/s
6 6
5u 5
and v2 = = m/s
12 2
Time taken between the first and the second collision
2p R 2p ¥ 0.5 2p
t = = = s
v2 - v1 5
-1 3
2
286പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Now sphere 2 will collide with sphere 3 and after collision velocity of 3 can be formed as
2
v3 = Ê 1 + e ˆ u
Á Ë 2 ¯˜
Problem 2.192 A ball of mass 100 g is projected vertically upwards from the ground with a
velocity of 49 m/s. At the same time, another identical ball is dropped from a height of 98
m to fall freely along the same path as that followed by the first ball. After some time, the
two balls collide and stick together and finally fall to the ground. Find the time of flight of
the masses. (IIT-JEE, 1985)
Solution Let the balls collide at a height h after time t1, then for ball 100g
1: u2 = 0
1 2 98–h
v
h = 49t1 - gt1 …(i) v1
2 v2
t1
1 2
For ball 2: 98 – h = gt1 …(ii) h
2
100g u1 = 49 m/s
98 = 49 t1 fi t1 = 2 s
Put the value of t1 in Eq. (i) to get h = 78.4 m Fig. 2.272
Velocity of ball 1 after time t1: v1 = 49 – 9.8 ¥ 2 = 29.4 m/s
Velocity of ball 2 after time t1: v2 = gt1 = 9.8 ¥ 2 = 19.6 m/s
After collision, balls collide and stick together. Now onwards balls will move together.
Let v be their common velocity just after collision, then apply conservation of momentum,
288പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution
5 kg 4 kg
u cos 60° 1 kg
u = 20 m/s = 10 m/s v2 v1 t
H H
60° A P Q
s
Before explosion After explosion
Fig. 2.273
4v1 + 1 ¥ v2 = 5 ¥ 10 …(i)
It is given that KE of the system doubles due to explosion, so
1 2 1 2 È1 ˘
4v1 + 1v2 = 2 Í ¥ 5 ¥ 10 2 ˙
2 2 Î2 ˚
fi 4v12 + v22 = 1000 …(ii)
Put the value of v2 from Eq. (i) into Eq. (ii), 4v12 + (50 – 4v1)2 = 1000
fi v12 – 20v1 + 75 = 0 fi (v1 – 15)(v1 – 5) = 0
First solution: v1 = 15 m/s, v2 = – 10 m/s
Second solution: v1 = 5 m/s, v2 = 30 m/s
The first solution is possible if 4 kg is ahead of 1 kg and second solution is possible if 1 kg
is ahead of 4 kg. Since initial velocities of masses after explosion are in horizontal direction,
so they will take same time to return to the ground:
2H 2 ¥ 15
t= = = 3s
g 10
Now AQ = v1t, AP = v2t
Separation between them on reaching the ground:
S = AQ – AP = (v1 – v2)t = [15 – (– 10)] 3 = 25 3 m
For the second solution:
S = (5 - 30) 3 = - 25 3 m
–ve sign indicates that 1 kg will be ahead of 4 kg.
J
Problem 2.194 Three particles A, B and C respective masses m1
m1, m2 and m3 lie on a smooth horizontal surface, and are A
fastened to two light inextensible strings as shown in Fig.
2.274. The particle A is imparted an impulse J along BA . Find
45° m2 m3
the initial speed of each particle.
B C
Solution (Impulsed method) J – J 1 = m 1v 1 …(i)
Fig. 2.274
J1 – J2 (cos 45°) = m2v2y …(ii)
J
J2 sin 45° = m2v2x …(iii) v1
m1
J2 = m 3v 3 …(iv) J1
v 2x
Now, v2y = v1 and v2y cos 45° – v2x cos 45° = v3 J1
v3
v 2y
45° J2 J2
2m2 J m2 m2
Solve to get: v3 =
m1m3 + 2m2 (m1 + m2 + m3 )
Fig. 2.275
290പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(m3 + 2m2 ) J
v1 =
m1m3 + 2m2 (m1 + m2 + m3 )
n-axis
v sin q
ĵ
v
q
q
v cos q î
u cos q u u sin q
q
t-a
xis
Fig. 2.277
Solution (a) Normal axis and tangential axis are shown in the Fig. 2.277. Reaction of the
incline is along n-axis and in the absence of friction there is no force along t-axis; therefore
velocity along t-axis remains unchanged,
i.e., v cos q = u sin q ...(1)
From the definition of coefficient of restitution,
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ291
v sin q
e =– ...(2)
- u cos q
or v = eu cot q ...(3)
From Eqs. (1) and (3),
(eu cot q) cos q = u sin q
or e = tan2 q
(b) When the collision is elastic, the component of velocity along n-axis is reversed in
direction. Therefore, the change in velocity
Dv = 2v cos q n-axis
There is no change in velocity along the t-axis, therefore no q
impulse along t-axis
q
Change in momentum of the ball
v
= m Dv
= 2mv cos q
u q
Velocity of the ball when it strikes the plane = 2gh
Thus, impulse = 2m 2 gh cos q. Fig. 2.278
d a ev0 cos a = vx
the impact =
ev0 cos a O d Velocity after impact
d È1 + e ˘
=
gh cos a ÍÎ e ˙˚
There is no change in the vertical component of the velocity after impact, therefore total
time of flight remains unchanged.
292പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
d Ê 1+ eˆ 2 gh sin a
ÁË ˜¯ =
gh cos a e g
Ê 1+ eˆ h sin 2a
or ÁË ˜¯ =
e d
d
or e =
( h sin 2a - d)
Problem 2.197 A tennis ball with (small) mass m2 rests on the top of a basketball of mass
m1 which is at a height h above the ground, and the bottom of the tennis ball is at the height
h + d above the ground. The balls are dropped. To what height does the tennis ball bounce
with respect to ground? (Assume all collisions to be elastic and m1 >> m2).
Tennis ball
Basket ball
Fig. 2.280
9v 2 dv 2
fi h¢ = fi H = d+ = d + 9h
2g 2g
È M cos 2 a + m sin 2 a ˘
Also, v0 cos a + V = Í ˙u
ÍÎ M + m sin 2 a ˙˚
To find maximum height:
From energy conservation:
1 1 1
mgh + (m + M )v ¢ 2 = MV 2 + m(v0 cos a + V )2 + m(v0 sin a )2
2 2 2
m2u2
2mgh + = MV2 + m(v0 cos a + V)2 + m(v0 sin a)2
M+m
m2u2 Mm2u2 sin 4 a + m( M cos 2 a + m sin 2 a )2 u2 + mM 2u2 cos 2 a sin 2 a
2mgh + =
M+m ( M + m sin 2 a )2
u2 È M 2 cos 2 a ˘
Solve to get: h = Í 2 ˙.
2 g Î ( M + m)( M + m sin a ) ˚
m
Problem 2.200 A ball of mass m collides with a stationary wedge
of mass M, perpendicular to its inclined face, inclined at an angle
as shown in Fig. 2.286. If the coefficient of restitution between the M
wedge and ball is e, calculate the ratio of modulus of velocity of a
the ball immediately after and before collision. Also calculate the
velocity of the wedge just after collision. Fig. 2.285
1 È ( Me - m sin 2 a )u ˘ mu sin a (e + 1)
v2 = Íeu - ˙=
sin a Î M + m sin 2 a ˚ M + m sin 2 a
Problem 2.201 A ball of mass m hits a wedge of mass M vertically with speed u, which is
placed, on a smooth horizontal surface. Find the maximum compression in the spring, if the
collision is perfectly elastic and no friction anywhere. Spring constant of spring is K.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ295
u
M
45°
Fig. 2.287
Solution Let after collision, the ball has velocity v1 and wedge
m
v2 as shown in Fig. 2.288. u
Apply conservation of momentum in horizontal direction: 45° M
q v2
mv1 cos q = Mv2 ...(i) v1 common
45° normal
1 1 M Ê 2mu ˆ M
Mv22 = Kx 2 fi x= v2 fi x = Á .
2 2 K Ë m + 2 M ˜¯ K
v1
q
B J
q v2
B
J A
u A u sin q
Fig. 2.290
Ê u 3ˆ
fi 10 3m = m Á v1 +
Ë 2 ˜¯
fi 20 3 = 2v1 + u 3 ...(i)
By Newton’s experimental law:
v2 sin q + v1 u 3 v2
e =1= fi = + v1
u cos q 2 2
fi u 3 = 5 3 + 2v1 ...(ii)
From Eq. (i) and (ii), u = 12.5 m/s = 1250 cm/s.
Problem 2.203 A particle of mass 1 kg is attached to a string 3m
O M
of length 5 m. The string is attached to a fixed point O. It is
released from the position as shown in Fig. 2.291. Calculate: P
2m m
5l
A B
v1
26v
12l
13l
q
m C
q v1
26v sin q
Fig. 2.294
Problem 2.206 After a totally inelastic collision, two objects of the same mass and same
initial speeds are found to move together at half of their initial speeds. The angle between
the initial velocities of the objects is (BITSAT, 2009)
(a) 120° (b) 60°
(c) 150° (d) 45°
Solution Let angle between initial velocities be p – q v/2
Y
and the situation is as shown in Fig. 2.297. Calculate
the momentum along X- and Y-directions. a
X
v m v 2m q v
mv – mv cos q = 2m cos a, for x-axis
2 q m
v
mc sin q = 2m sin a , for y-axis
2 Fig. 2.297
Solving above equations, q = 60°
Required angle = p – 60° = 120°
\ (a) is correct.
Problem 2.207 A ball of mass m is distributed from the top of a fixed smooth circular tube
in a vertical plane and falls impinging on a ball of mass 2 m at the bottom. The coefficient
of restitution is 1/2. Find the heights to which the balls rise after the second impact.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 2.298. If u is the velocity of ball A just before the
impact. Then m
u = 2 g ( 2 a)
Consider the first impact between A and B. If velocities of the balls
become v1 and v2, respectively according to linear momentum conservation
mu + 0 = mv1 + 2mv2 ...(i) m 2m
B
Coefficient of restitution is given as A v2
v1
v2 - v1 1
e = = ...(ii)
u 2 Fig. 2.298
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
u
v1 = 0 and v2 =
2
Ball A comes to rest, so the second impact between A and B occurs, when ball B returns
to its initial position with the same speed u/2. If after the second impact, the velocities of
the two balls become v3 and v4, again from linear momentum conservation and coefficient
of restitution.
Ê uˆ
2m Á ˜ + 0 = mv3 + 2mv4 …(iii)
Ë 2¯
v - v4 1
and e = 3 = …(iv)
u 2
2
On solving Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get
u u
v3 = and v4 =
2 4
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ299
Both the velocities are positive, it implies that both masses will move in the same direction
after the second impact. If h1 and h2 are the heights to which the masses m and 2m will rise
after the second impact, according to energy conservation, we have
For ball of mass m, 2
1 Ê uˆ u2 a
m Á ˜ = mgh1 or h1 = =
2 Ë 2¯ 8g 2
For ball of mass 2m,
2
1 Ê uˆ u2 a
(2m) Á ˜ = 2mgh2 or h2 = =
2 Ë 4¯ 8g 8
Problem 2.208 A cylindrical solid of mass 10–2 kg and cross-sectional area 10–4 m2 is moving
parallel to its axis (x-axis) with a uniform speed of 103 m/s in the positive direction. At t
= 0 its front face passes the plane x = 0. The region to the right of this plane is filled with
stationary dust particles of uniform density 10–3 kg/m3. When a dust particle collides with
the face of the cylinder, it sticks to its surface. Assuming that the dimensions of the cylinder
remain practically unchanged and that the dust sticks only to the front face of the cylinder,
find the x-co-ordinate of the front of the cylinder at t = 150 s.
Solution Considering cylinder and dust particles as
the system let AB be the front face of cylinder at t = 0 C C¢ A A¢
(and x = 0). So, the initial momentum of the system Pi
= MV0 + 0 (as dust particles are at rest). Now in time
x-axis
t the front face has shifted a distance x so that its new
D D¢ B B¢
position is A¢ B¢ and so, the mass of the particles stick
x=0
to the cylinder will be Axr and if v is the velocity of t=0
cylinder at this instant
Fig. 2.299
Pf = (M + Arx)v + 0
Now as in this process no external force is acting on the system, the linear momentum of
the system must be conserved, i.e.,
MV0 = (M + Arx)v
Ê dx ˆ È dx ˘
i.e., MV0 = ( M + r Ax )v Á ˜ ÍÎas v = dt ˙˚
Ë dt ¯
150 x
or MV0 Ú dt = Ú0 ( M + r Ax)dx
0
(c)
m1
d (d)
m1
d Ê R Rˆ Ê Rˆ
(c) Á , ˜ (d) Á R, ˜
m1 + m2 m2 Ë 2 2¯ Ë 3¯
304പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 kg 1 m/s
(a) the bottom piece will have the
2 m/s same mass
(b) the bottom piece will have larger
2 kg
mass
(c) the handle piece will have larger
(a) 3 m/s (b) 1.67 m/s mass
(c) 1.5 m/s (d) 1.37 m/s (d) mass of handle piece is double the
33. Two particles A and B initially at mass of bottom piece
rest. Move towards each other under 37. Two astronauts each of mass 150 kg are
a mutual force of attraction. At the travelling in a closed skylab moving at
instant, when the speed of A is v and a speed of 5 km/s in the outer space
the speed of B is 2 v, the velocity of far removed from all other material
centre of the system is objects. The total mass of the skylab is
(a) 0 (b) v 800 kg. If the astronauts do slimming
(c) 1.5 v (d) 3 v exercise and thereby reduce their
34. Body A is released from a condition of masses to 100 kg each, the velocity
rest on a frictionless circular surface. It now with which the skylab is moving.
then moves on a horizontal surface BD (a) 5.5 km/s (b) 11 km/s
whose coefficient of friction with the (c) 5 km/s (d) 3 km/s
body is 0.1. A spring having a spring 38. Three thin rods, each of length L, are
constant k = 2 ¥ 104 N/m is positioned arranged in an inverted U, as shown
at D as shown in the diagram. The mass in figure. The two rods on the arms of
of the body is 10 kg. The compression the U each have mass M; the third rod
of the spring approximately is (Take g has mass 3M. The centre of mass of the
= 10 m/s2) system from upper rod is
A 3M
10 m L
D B
10 m L L
M M
l
(a) 0.15 m (b) 0.26 m
(c) 0.30 m (d) 0.40 m
x 7. Two equal balls, in contact on a
table, are in equilibrium. A third ball
l l collides with them simultaneously
(a) (b)
4 2 symmetrically
3l 11l
(c) (d)
4 12
4. A car having a mass of 200 kg is rolling
at a speed of 1 m/s towards a spring- and remains at rest after impact. The
coefficient of restitution is
308പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 1 mu 2mu
(a) (b) (a) (b)
3 3 T T
1 3 4 mu 3mu
(c) (d) (c) (d)
4 5 3T 4T
8. A military tank whose mass together
with an artillery gun is M moves at a 11. Two small particles of equal masses
speed of v. The gun barrel makes an start moving in opposite directions
angle a with the horizontal. A shell of from a point A in a horizontal circular
mass m leaves the barrel at a speed v orbit. Their tangential velocities are v
relative to the barrel in the direction and 2v respectively, as shown in the
of the tank’s motion. The speed of the figure. Between collisions, the particles
tank in order that it may stop after the move with constant speeds. After
firing is making how many elastic collisions,
other than that at 4, these two particles
mv cos a mv
(a) (b) will again reach the point A?
M+m M+m (IIT-JEE, 2009)
mu cos a
(c) (M + m) v cos a (d) v A
M+m 2v
9. In a gamma decay process, the inter-
nal energy of a nucleus of mass M de-
creases, a gamma photon of energy E
and linear momentum E/c is emitted
(a) 4 (b) 3
and the nucleus recoils. The decrease
in internal energy is (VITEEE, 2011) (c) 2 (d) 1
E2 12. Three objects A, B and C are kept
(a) E (b) E + in a straight line on a frictionless
2 Mc 2
E2 horizontal surface. These have masses
(c) (d) zero
2 Mc 2 m, 2m and m, respectively. The object A
moves towards B with a speed 9 m/s
10. A particle of mass m moving with a
and makes an elastic collision with
velocity u makes an elastic one-di-
it. Thereafter, B makes completely
mensional collision with a stationary
inelastic collision with C. All motions
particle of mass m establishing a con-
occur on the same straight line. Find
tact with it for extremely small time T.
the final speed (in m/s) of the object C.
Their force of contact increases from
zero to F0 linearly in time T/4, remains
m 2m m
constant for a further time T/2 and
decreases linearly from F0 to zero in
(a) 3 m/s (b) 4 m/s
further time T/4 as shown. The mag-
nitude possessed by F0 is (c) 5 m/s (d) 1 m/s
13. A ball of mass 1 kg bounces against
F
the ground as shown in the figure. The
F¢ approaching velocity is 25 m/s and the
velocity after hitting the ground is 20
m/s. The impulse exerted on the ball
t
O T/4 3T/4 T is
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ309
y
3L 4L
(a) (b)
1 kg
20 m/s
4 5
25 m/s
L L
45° 30° x (c) (d)
4 3
(a) 7.8 N-s (b) 27.68 N-s 18. A ball of mass M and radius R is
(c) 31 N-s (d) 62 N-s placed inside a spherical shell of same
mass M and the inner radius 2R. The
14. An intense stream of water of cross-
combination is at rest on a table top
sectional area A strikes a wall at an
in the position shown in figure. The
angle q with the normal to the wall and
ball is released, rolls back and forth
returns back elastically. If the density
inside and finally comes to rest at the
of water is r and its velocity is v, then
bottom of the shell. The maximum
the force exerted in the wall will be
displacement of the shell during this
(a) 2Av2r cos q (b) 2Av2r cos q process is
2
(c) 2Av r (d) 2Avr R
15. After a totally inelastic collision, two (a)
2
objects of the same mass and initial
(b) R 2R
speed are found to move away to-
gether at half of their initial speed. The 3
(c) R
angle between the initial velocities of 2
the object is (d) 2R
(a) 30° (b) 60° 19. A ball of mass 1 kg is attached to an
(c) 120° (d) 45° inextensible string. The ball x released
16. Two balls collide and bounce off each from the position shown in figure. The
other as shown in the figure. A 1 kg ball impulse imparted by the string to the
has a speed of 10 cm/s after collision. ball just after string becomes taut is
The velocity of the 0.5 kg ball will be (g = 10 m/s2).
30 cm/s
1 kg q 0.5 kg
20 cm/s 30°
1m
(a) 36 cm/s (b) 24 cm/s
(c) 12 cm/s (d) 18 cm/s
17. A man of mass M stands at one end of (a) 20 N-s (b) 40 N-s
a plank of length L which lies at rest on (c) 10 N-s (d) none of
a frictionless surface. The man walks these
to the other end of plank. If the mass 20. A block of mass m and a pan of equal
M mass are connected by a string going
of the plank is , the distance that the
3 over a smooth light pulley. Initially,
man moves relative to the ground is the system is at rest. A particle of mass
m falls on the pan and sticks to it. If
310പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
6m 8m
(a) g (b) g
k k
(a) 10.4 m/s (b) 12.4 m/s
24m 12m (c) 16 m/s (d) none of
(c) g (d) g
k k these
22. A body of mass m1 + m2 is split into 25. Two particles, each of mass 2 kg are
two parts of masses m1 and m2 by an put at (2 m, 0) and (0, 2 m), as shown
internal explosion which generates a in figure. Now 1 kg mass of particle A
kinetic energy E. If after explosion the is put on to the particle B. The change
parts move in the same line as before, in x-coordinate of centre of mass of the
then their relative speed is system is
y
E(m1 + m2 )
(a)
m1 + m2 B (0, 2)
2E(m1 + m2 )
(b) A
m1m2 O
x
(2, 0)
E(m1 + m2 )
(c)
m1 + m2 (a) 0.5 m (b) 1 m
(c) 1.5 m (d) none of
E(m1 + m2 ) these
(d)
2m1 ¥ m2 26. From what minimum height h must the
system be released with unstretched
23. A shot of mass m penetrates a thickness sring of force contant k so that after
s of a fixed uniform wooden block of perfectly inelastic collision with the
mass M. If the block is free to move, ground, the sphere B my be lifted off
then the thickness penetrated will be the ground? (IIT-JEE, 2013)
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ311
l0
m1 m1
k (a) d (b) d
m1 + m2 m2
m2
2m
B
(c) d (d) d
m1
h
31. Two spheres of masses 2M and M are
initially at rest at a distance R apart.
(a) mg/k (b) mg/2k Due to mutual force of attraction, they
(c) 3mg/k (d) 4mg/k approach each other. When they are at
27. Centre of mass of 3 particles 10 kg, separation R/2, the acceleration of the
20 kg and 30 kg is at (0, 0, 0). Where centre of mass of spheres would be
should a particle of mass 40 kg be (a) 0 m/s2 (b) g m/s2
placed so that the combination centre (c) 3g m/s2 (d) 12g m/s2
of mass will be at (3, 3, 3)
32. Look at the drawing given in the
(a) (0, 0, 0)
figure which has been drawn with ink
(b) (7.5, 7.5, 7.5)
of uniform line-thickness. The mass
(c) (1, 2, 3)
of ink used to draw each of the two
(d) (4, 4, 4)
inner circles, and each of the two line
28. An isolated particle of mass m is segments is m. The mass of the ink
moving in a horizontal plane xy along used to draw the outer circle is 6 m.
the x-axis at a certain height above The coordinates of the centres of the
the ground. It suddenly explodes into different parts are: outer circle (0, 0) left
m 3m inner circle (– a, a), right inner circle (a,
two fragments of masses and .
4 4 a) vertical line (0, 0) and horizontal line
An instant later, the smaller fragment (0, – a). They co-ordinate of the centre
is at y = 15 cm. The larger fragment at of mass of the ink in this drawing is
this instant is at (IIT-JEE, 2009)
y
(a) y = – 5 cm (b) y = + 20 cm
(c) y = + 5 cm (d) y = – 20 cm
x
29. If linear density of a rod of length 3 m
varies as l = 2 + x, then the position of
the centre of gravity of the rod is a a
(a) (b)
7 12 10 8
(a) m (b) m a a
3 7 (c) (d)
12 3
10 9
(c) m (d) m 33. Two spherical bodies of mass M and
7 7
5M and radi R and 2R respectively
30. Consider a particle of two particles
are released in free space with initial
having masses m1 and m2. If the
separation between their centres equal
particle of mass m1 is pushed towards
to 12R. If they attract each other due
the centre of mass of particles through
to gravitational force only, then the
a distance d by what distance would
distance covered by the smaller body
be particle of mass m2 move so as keep
just before collision is
312പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1m
60°
v0 A
m m 1 kg
B
5 kg
3 5
(a) (1 + e)v0 (b) (1 + e)v0 (a) 30° (b) cos–1 (0.45)
5 3 –1
(c) cos (0.9995) (d) none
ev0
(c) 3 (1 + e)v0 (d) 38. Two identical spheres A and B, lie on a
3
smooth, horizontal groove at opposite
35. A ball is projected from a point on a ends of a diameter. A is projected
smooth horizontal plane with a veloc- along the groove and after time t it
ity u at an angle q with the horizontal impinges upon B. If e is the coefficient
and continuous to rebound. If the coef- of restitution, then the second impact
ficient of restitution is e, then range af- will occur after a time
ter the first rebound is (WBJEE, 2016)
(a) 3 t/2 (b) 2 t/e
u2 sin 2q eu2 sin 2q (c) e t/2 (d) none of
(a) (b)
g g these
39. A ball is suspended from the top of a
eu2 sin 2q cart by a string of length 1.0 m. The
(c) (d) none of
2g these cart and the ball are initially moving
to the right at constant speed v, as
36. Two particles P and Q of equal mass
shown in the following figure (a).
m are attached by a string of length
The cart comes to rest after colliding
2 l and initially placed on a smooth
and sticking to a fixed bumper, as in
horizontal table in the position shown
figure (b). The suspended ball swings
in figure. Particle Q is projected across
through a maximum angle 60°. The
the table with speed u perpendicular
initial speed v is (Take g = 10 m/s2)
to the line joining them. The velocities
of particle Q after the string becomes v
taut is L
l
n Bumper
Q (a)
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ313
(a) g sin q
60°
g sin q - m g cos q
(b)
3
g sin q
(c)
Bumper 3
(b) 2 g sin q - m g cos q
(d)
3
(a) 2 5 m/s (b) 5 2 m/s
42. Two particles of equal mass have ve-
(c) 10 m/s (d) 4 m/s
locities v1 = 2i m/s and v 2 = 2j m/s.
40. Two small bodies of masses m and 2m First particle has an acceleration
are placed in a fixed smooth horizontal
circular hollow tube of mean radius r a = (3i + 3j) m/s2, while the accelera-
1
as shown. The mass m is moving with tion of the other particle is zero. The
speed u and the mass 2m is stationary. centre of mass of the two particles
After their first collision, the time moves in a
elapsed for next collision is [coefficient (a) circle (b) parabola
of restitution e = 1/2] (VITEEE, 2009) (c) straight line (d) ellipse
43. A particle of mass 2m is projected at
an angle of 45° with horizontal with a
r velocity of 20 2 m/s. After 1 second
2m explosion takes place and the particle
u is broken into two equal pieces. As a
u
result of explosion one part comes to
m rest. The maximum height from the
ground attained by the other part is
2p r 4p r
(a) (b) (g = 10 m/s2)
u u (a) 50 m (b) 25 m
3p r 12p r (c) 40 m (d) 35 m
(c) (d)
u u 44. Particles of masses m, 2m, 3m, ..., nm
41. A block A slides over an another grams are placed on the same line at
block B which is placed over a smooth distances l, 2l, 3l, ..., nl cm from a fixed
inclined plane as shown in figure. The point. The distance of centre of mass
coefficient of friction between the two of the particles from the fixed point in
blocks A and B is m. Mass of block B centimeters is
is two times the mass of block A. The (2n + 1)l 1
acceleration of the centre of mass of (a) (b)
3 n+1
two blocks is
n(n2 + 1)l 2l
(c) (d)
n(n2 + 1)
A
2
B
(b) the momentum of all the fragments (d) When the spring is in the state
increases of maximum compression the
(c) the KE of all the fragment remains kinetic energy in the centre of
zero mass frame is zero.
(d) the KE of all the fragment is more 11. A ball of mass 1 kg strikes a wedge of
than zero mass 4 kg horizontally with a velocity
8. In head-on elastic collision of two of 10 m/s. Just after collision velocity
bodies of equal masses of wedge becomes 4 m/s. Friction is
(a) the velocities are interchanged absent everywhere and collision is
(b) the speeds are interchanged elastic. Select the correct alternative(s)
(c) the momenta are interchanged
(d) the faster body slows down and 10 m/s
the slower body speeds up
9. A ball hits the floor and rebounds
after an inelastic collision. In this case, 30°
choose the correct alternative
(a) the momentum of the ball just (a) Speed of ball after collision is 6
after the collision is same as that m/s
just before the collision (b) Speed of ball after collision is 8
(b) the total energy of the ball and the m/s
earth is conserved (c) Impulse between ball and wedge
(c) the mechanical energy of the ball during collision is 16 N-s
remains the same in the collision (d) Impulse between ball and wedge
(d) the total momentum of the ball during collision is 32 N-s
and the earth is conserved 12. A horizontal block A is at rest on a
10. A block of mass m moving with a smooth horizontal surface. A small
velocity v0 collides with a stationary block B, whose mass is half of A, is
block of mass M at the back of which a placed on A at one end and project
spring of spring constant k is attached, along other end with some velocity
as shown in the figure. Select the u. The coefficient of friction between
correct alternative(s) blocks is m. Then
v0 k
Smooth m M B u
A
(a) The velocity of centre of mass is
Ê m ˆ
ÁË ˜ v0
m + M¯ (a) the blocks will reach a final
(b) The initial kinetic energy of the common velocity u/3
system in the centre of mass frame (b) the work done against friction is
two-thirds of the initial kinetic
1 Ê mM ˆ 2 energy of B
is Á ˜ v0
4 Ë M + m¯ (c) before the block reach a common
(c) The maximum compression in the velocity, the acceleration of A
relative to B is (2/3) mg
mM 1
spring is v0
( M + m) k
316പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
v
x
u 0
B v
q
3. The force exerted by the jet, Fx on the 8. The inclination q is
blade is
(a) r A (v – vB) (b) rA (v – vB)2 (a) 45° (b) tan–1 e
(c) r A vB (v – vB) (d) rAv2 e
4. The power delivered on the blade (c) tan–1 e (d) tan–1
2
(a) r A (v – vB)2
9. The velocity of ball after impact is
(b) r A vB2 (v – vB)
(a) v = u/2 (b) v = eu
(c) r A vB (v – vB)2
(d) r A v2 vB (c) v = u e (d) v = e2 u
A M 15
v (a) 8 m/s (b) m/s
3
60° B 25 25
(c) m/s (d) m/s
3 7
30° C
14. Impulse produced by string on block B
3m 3 3m (a) 50 N-s (b) 25 N-s
Passage for Q: 19–21 22. The minimum value of V (say V0) such
A rectangular block 0.25 m high is dragged that block A will topple over block B
to the right along level surface at constant
speed by a horizon- k
0.25 (a) v0 = 3d
tal force P, as shown 8m
in the adjacent figure. c.g.
0.5 m P k
The coefficient of slid- (b) v0 = d
ing friction is 0.40, the
h 8m
block weighs 25 N, and d k
its centre of gravity is at its centre (c) v0 =
2 8m
19. The magnitude of the force P is
(a) 5 N (b) 10 N d k
(d) v0 =
(c) 15 N (d) 20 N 3 m
20. The position of line of action of the 23. If V0 = V/2, find the period of oscil-
normal force N exerted on the block by lation of the block spring system and
the surface, if the height h = 0.125 m. amplitude is
(a) 0.5 m (b) 0.25 m
(c) 0.20 m (d) 0.05 m m 2m
(a) 2p (b) 2p
21. The value of h at which the block just k k
starts to tip is
(a) 0.31 m (b) 0.62 m k m
(c) 2p (d) p
(c) 0.93 m (d) none of 2m k
these
24. The energy stored in the spring when
Passage for Q: 22–24 the block B return to its initial position
A and B are two identical blocks of same as before collision is
mass 2 m and same physical dimensions. A
1 2
is placed over the block B which is attached (a) kd (b) 2 kd2
to one end of the spring of natural length l 2
and spring constant k. The other end of the 3 2
spring is attached to a wall. The system is (c) kd (d) zero
2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ321
Passage for Q: 25–27 26. The speed of the smaller mass when it
Figure shows a small body of mass m placed breaks off the larger mass at height h is
over a larger mass M whose surface is hori- Ê mv ˆ Ê Mv ˆ
(a) Á (b) Á
zontal near the smaller mass and gradually Ë m + M ˜¯ Ë m + M ˜¯
curved to become vertical. The smaller mass
is pushed on the longer one at a speed v and 1/2
È ( M 2 + Mm + m2 )v 2 ˘
the system is left to itself. Assume that all the (c) Í 2
- 2 gh ˙
surfaces are frictionless. Î ( M + m) ˚
vy (d) none of these
vx m
27. The maximum height (from the
h ground) that smaller mass ascends is
vx v
M M m v2
(a) h =
2g
25. The speed of the larger block when È Mv 2 ˘
smaller block is sliding on the vertical (b) Í ˙
part is Î 2 g ( M + m) ˚
Ê mv ˆ Ê Mv ˆ mv 2
(a) Á (b) Á (c)
Ë m + M ˜¯ Ë m + M ˜¯ 2 gM
v (d) none of these
(c) (d) v
2
Matrix Matching
28. A particle of mass m, kinetic energy K and momentum p collides head-on elastically
with another particle of mass 2 m at rest. Match the following (after collision):
Column I Column II
4
(a) Momentum of the first particle (p) p
3
(b) Momentum of the second particle (q) K/9
(c) Kinetic energy of the first particle (r) –p/3
(d) Kinetic energy of the second particle (s) 8K/9
29. A body initially moving towards the right explodes into two pieces 1 and 2. The
magnitudes of v1 and v2 (the final velocities) are completely arbitrary. Directions of
motion of the pieces are shown in Column I and possible mass ratios are shown in
Column II.
Column I Column II
v1
1
(a) (p) m1 > m2
2
v2
322പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 v1
(b) 2 (q) m1 = m2
v2
v1
1
(c) (r) m1 < m2
2
v2
v1
1
(d) (s) impossible for any masses
2
v2
Answers Key
.GXGN
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (b)
9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (d)
17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (b) 21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (c)
25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (a) 31. (d) 32. (d)
33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (c)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (d) 46. (a) 47. (a) 48. (a)
49. (c) 50. (c) 51. (a) 52. (b)
.GXGN
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (a)
9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (c)
17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (c) 21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (a)
25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (b) 31. (a) 32. (a)
33. (d) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (a)
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ323
/WNVKRNG%QTTGEV1RVKQPU
1. (b, d) 2. (a, c) 3. (a, b) 4. (a, c)
5. (a, b, c) 6. (a, b, d) 7. (a, d) 8. (a, c, d)
9. (b, d) 10. (a, c, d) 11. (a, d) 12. (a, b, d)
13. (a, d) 14. (a, b, d) 15. (a, b, d) 16. (a, b, d)
17. (a, b, c) 18. (a, b, c) 19. (a, b, c) 20. (b, d)
21. (a, c)
2CUUCIGUCPF/CVTKZ/CVEJKPI
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (c)
9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (b)
17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (d) 21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (d)
25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. AÆr; BÆp; CÆq; DÆs
29. AÆs; BÆs; CÆp, q, r; DÆp, q, r 30. AÆq, s; BÆq; CÆr; DÆp, r, s
Level 1
1. (a) 0 £ e £ 1 and total energy of the system remains constant.
2. (c) Collision between ball 1 and the first two balls is oblique collision, while between
these and the next two is head-on collision, so option (iii) is right.
3. (c) In an inelastic collision, some part of KE will convert into heat energy.
4. (c) F Dt = mDv
mDv
\ F = , as Dt becomes longer so F becomes smaller.
Dt
5. (c) Charge can be negative and so, centre of charge can lie out of charges.
6. (c) All the three particles of the system cannot be in equilibrium.
7. (d) If linear momentum of the system is zero, then KE of the system need not be zero.
But if KE of the system is zero, then momentum of the system must be zero.
8. (b) As Q. 35.
9. (a) In inelastic collision, non-conservative forces evolve and so only momentum
remains constant.
10. (a) In perfectly inelastic collision, the striking bodies will stick together.
11. (d) For collision,
r1 + v1t = r2 + v 2t
or (3i + 5j) + ( 4i + 3j) ¥ 2 = (- 5i - 3j) + ( ai + 7j) ¥ 2
\ a =8
1 1 3
12. (a) Mass of pieces are: kg , kg , kg
5 5 5
m3v3 = (m1v1)2 + (m2v2)2
324പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 2
3 Ê1 ˆ Ê1 ˆ
or v3 = ÁË ¥ 15˜¯ + ÁË ¥ 15˜¯
5 5 5
\ v3 = 3 2 m/s
13. (a) F ¥ 0.2 = mg (2 + 0.2)
F ¥ 0.2 = 0.2 ¥ 10 ¥ 2.2
\ F = 22 N.
DP 0.15 ¥ 20
14. (d) F = = = 30 N
Dt 0.1
15. (c) P = P1 + P2
\ P2 = P - P1
or P2 = P 2 + P12 = 122 + 52
= 13 kgm/s.
16. (d) h1 = e2h = 0.62 ¥ 1 = 0.36 m
17. (c) P1 + P2 + P3 = 0, and so P3 = -(P1 + P2 )
1 1 1
Mv2 + 0 = Mv12 + mv22
2 2 2
Simplifying for m << M, we get vz = 2v.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ325
1
21. (c) Collision occurs, when r £ 2R, and U μ , and so option (c) is the correct.
r
1
22. (d) K0 =mu2
2
mu + 0 = mv1 + mv2
1 1
and k0 + 0 = mv12 + Mv22
2 2
After simplifying the above equations, we get
1 4 mMk0
Mv22 =
2 ( M + m )2
23. (a) The net of the forces is zero, and so momentum of the particle will not change.
24. (c) Mu + 0 = Mv + mv
1 1 1
and Mu2 + 0 = Mv 2 + mv 2
2 2 2
After solving the above equations, we get
2u
v =
Ê mˆ
ÁË 1 + ˜¯
M
25. (a) 0 = 4v + (234) v2
- 4v
\ v2 =
234
26. (a) W = Dk
0 1
or Úa F dx =
2
m(v 2f - 0)
0 -k 1
Úa x 2 dx =
2
mv 2f
0
k 1
= mv 2f
xa 2
2k Ê a - x ˆ
\ vf = Á ˜
m Ë ax ¯
10 ¥ 14 + 4 ¥ 0
28. (c) vCM = = 10 m/s
10 + 4
29. (d) As body breaks into pieces due to internal forces and so there will no shift in centre
of mass of the body.
L
L (dm)x Ú0 (l xdx)x = 2L
30. (a) XCM = Ú0 L
= L
Ú0 (dm) Ú0 (l xdx) 3
31. (d) Coordinates of spheres are: (0, 0), (2R, 0) and (R, 3 R)
m ¥ 0 + m ¥ 2R + m ¥ R
XCM = =R
m+m+m
m ¥ 0 + m ¥ 0 + m 3R R
and YCM = =
m+m+m 3
m r + m2 r2
35. (b) r cm = 1 1
m1 + m2
) + 3(- 3i - 2j + k
1 ¥ (i + 2j + k )
=
1+ 3
= – 2i - j + k
m1r1 - m2 r2
36. (b) 0 =
m1 + m2
m1r1
or m2 = , as r2 < r1, so m2 > m1.
r2
37. (c) In isolated system, its total mass remains constant and so its velocity remains
constant ( P = const).
L L
M¥ + 3M ¥ 0 + M ¥
38. (c) yCM = 2 2 =L
M + 3M + M 5
39. (c) 2 ¥ 3 – 1 ¥ 4 = (2 + 1) v
2
\ v =
m/s
3
40. (c) Loss in KE in inelastic collision is given by
1 Ê m1m2 ˆ
DK = (u1 – u2)2
2 ÁË m1 + m2 ˜¯
1 Ê MM ˆ 2
= Á ˜ (u2 – u1)
2 Ë M + M¯
M
= (u2 – u1)2
4
= 250 3 N
328പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
43. (a) h = 10 m,
\ u1 = 2 g ¥ 10
h1 = 0.8 h = 8 m,
\ v1 = 2g ¥ 8
Èv -v ˘
Now, e = – Í 2 1˙
Î u2 - u1 ˚
È 0 - (- 2 g ¥ 8 ) ˘
=–Í ˙ = 0.89
ÍÎ 0 - 2 g ¥ 10 ˙˚
Dv 2 ¥ 10
44. (c) a = =
Dt Dt
45. (d) hn = e4 h
46. (a) m ¥ 6 + M ¥ 4 = mv1 + Mv2
1 1 1 1
and m ¥ 6 2 + M ¥ 4 2 = mv12 + Mv22
2 2 2 2
After simplifying for, m << M, we get
v1 = 2 m/s
47. (a) Their velocities get exchanged.
48. (a) P1 + P2 = P1¢ + P2¢
v
mv i + 0 = m j + mv 2
3
2
Ê v ˆ 2v
\ v2 = v2 + Á =
Ë 3 ˜¯ 3
49. (c) 0 = mv 1 + mv 2 + mv 3
or 0 = m(vi + vj) + mv 3
\ v 3 = - v(i + j)
( 3 m - m) g g
50. (c) a = =
3m + m 2
3m ¥ g/2 + m(- g/2) g
aCM = = m/s2
3m + m 4
51. (a) (500 + 50) ¥ 20 = 500 v + 50 ¥ 20
\ v = 20 m/s.
52. (b) 3 ¥ 2 – 2 ¥ 3 = 3v1 + 2v2
2 [v - v ]
and = 2 1
3 [3 - (-2)]
After simplifying, we get
v1 = – 4/3, v2 = 2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ329
Level 2
1. (d) mu = (mu + m) v
È u ˘
or v = Í ...(i)
Î n + 1 ˙˚
h
u
1 1
Now, mu2 = (nm + m)v2 + mgh ...(ii)
2 2
After solving the above equations, we get
u = 2 gh(1 + 1/n)
2. (c) 5M (– Dx1) + M(4L – Dx1) = 0
2L
\ Dx1 =
3
5M
Dx1
Dx2
5M
Êl ˆ
3. (c) Wy = W Á - 2˜
Ë2 ¯
l l/2
\ y= y
4
w w
l l 3l 2w
Now, x= + =
2 4 4
4. (b) For the deflection of spring by x, the energy stored in the spring,
x
U= Ú Fdx
0
x
x3
Ú 300 x dx = 300
2
= = 100x3
0
3
330പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê 0-v ˆ
and e =– Á ˜¯
Ë u cos 30∞ - 0
8. (a) Suppose velocity of the tank is v¢ after the shell is fired. The velocity of shell in the
horizontal direction relative to ground is, u = v cos a + v¢.
a
v
mv cos a
or v =
M+m
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ331
9. (b) 0 = Pgamma + Pnucleus
\ Pnucleus = Pgamma
or Pnucleus = E/c
2
Pnucleus
\ Energy released = +E
2M
E2
= +E
2 Mc 2
Ê Tˆ
F0 Á T + ˜
Ë 2¯
10. (c) = m(0 – u)
2
4 mu
\ F0 =
3T
11. (c) The time taken in the first collision
III
120°
I II
2p r 120∞
= =
3v w
240∞ 360∞
The second collision will be at and the third . So there are two collisions,
excluding at A. w w
Q
q
q u/2
2m
1
\ cos q/2 =
2
or q/2 = 60° and q = 120°
16. (c) 1 ¥ 20 – 0.5 ¥ 30 = 1 ¥ 10 cos 30° – 0.5 v cos q ...(i)
1 ¥ 10 sin 30° = 0.5 v sin q ...(ii)
After solving the above equations, we get
v = 12 cm/s
M
17. (c) M(L + Dx1) + (-Dx1 ) = 0
3
3L
\ Dx1 =
4
L
Thus, L – Dx1 =
4
18. (b) Solution is given in the example.
19. (b) J = (mv – 0)
= 1 ¥ 2 gh = 1 ¥ 2 ¥ 10 ¥ 2
= 40 N-s
20. (c) From conservation of momentum, we have
mv = (2m + m) v¢
\ v¢ = v/3
21. (a) The initial extension of the spring
mg
y0 = ...(i)
k
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ333
2E(m1 + m2 )
v1 + v2 =
m1m2
23. (d) If F is the resistance of the block, then by work energy theorem, we have
Ê 1 ˆ
–Fs = Á 0 - mu2 ˜ (m + M)
Ë 2 ¯
v
mu2 s
\ F = ...(i)
2s
In the second case, by conservation of momentum, we have mu = (m + M)v
È mu ˘
\ v = Í
Î m + M ˙˚
1 1
Now, –Fs¢ = 2
(m + M )v 2 - mu2 ...(ii)
2mu 2
After simplifying the above equations, we get
È Ms ˘
s¢ = Í
Î m + M ˙˚
24. (a) The speed of the child u = – 4 + 10 = 6 m/s.
Now, 220 ¥ 10 = 20 ¥ 6 + 200 v
\ v = 10.4 m/s.
334പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2¥2+2¥0
25. (a) xi = =1m
2+2
1¥ 2 + 3 ¥ 0
and xf = = 0.5 m
1+ 3
\ Dx = 0.5 m
2mg
26. (d) For the sphere B to be lifted of N = 0 and so x = m
x
k
From conservation of energy, we have
2 (l0 + x)
1 2mg 1 Ê 2mg ˆ
mx 2 + 0 = mg + + kÁ ˜ kx
2 k 2 Ë k ¯ N
4mg 2m
\ h =
k
2mg
(10 + 20 + 30) ¥ 0 + 40 ¥ r2
27. (b) 3i + 3j + 3k =
(10 + 20 + 30 + 40)
\ r2 = 7.5i + 7.5j + 7.5k
m 3m
28. (a) y1 + y2 = 0
4 4
y - 15
\ y2 = – 1 = = – 5 cm
3 3
3 3
29. (b)
Ú (l dx)x = Ú0 (2 + x)xdx
xCM = 0 3 3
Ú0 l dx Ú0 (2 + x)dx
3
2x 2 x 3
+
2 3 12
= 0
= m
2 3 7
x
2x +
2 0
30. (b) m 1d – m 2x 2 = 0
md
\ x2 = 1
m2
6 m ¥ 0 + m ¥ a + m ¥ a + m ¥ 0 + m(- a)
32. (a) yCM =
6m + m + m + m + m
a
=
10
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ335
J 60° 60° J
v2 v2
60° 60°
v1 + 3v2
= ...(ii)
v0
After simplifying the above equations, we get
3
v2 = (1 + e )v0
5
2ux uy 2(u cos q )(eu sin q )
35. (b) Range, R = =
g 2
eu2 sin 2q
=
g
36. (c) The taut string is shown in figure. If vx and vy are the velocities along PQ and
perpendicular to it, then
P
J
J
l 2l vy
q u
Q vx
336പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1
for system as a whole sin q
2
mu cos q + 0 = 2mvx
37. (c) The velocity of body A, before collision
u= 2 gy = 2 g(1 - 1 cos 60∞) = 3.13 m/s
Now, 1 ¥ 3.13 + 5 ¥ 0 = v1 + 5v2 ...(i)
È v -v ˘
and 0.8 = – Í 2 1 ˙ ...(ii)
Î 0 - 3.13 ˚
After solving, we get h = 0.0005 m
h
v2
h Ê 1 - 0.0005 ˆ
Now, cos q = =Á ˜¯ = 0.995 m
L Ë 1
38. (b) Let the velocity of projection of A be u, then A has to travel a u A
distance equal to half the perimeter to hit B, so
ut = pa
If vA and vB are the velocities of A and B after first impact, then pa
vA – vB = – e (u – 0) = – eu
For the second impact, the relative distance is to be travelled
= 2 pa. Thus, time taken
B
2p a 2ut 2t
t¢ = = =
vA - vB eu e
39. (c) As string does no work on the ball, energy conservation can be applied.
1
mv 2 = mg (L – L cos q)
2
fi v = 2mgL(1 - cos q )
On putting values, v = 10 m/s
40. (b) If just after collision, relative velocity v, then
v 1 v u
= \ wrel = =
u 2 r 2r
2p 4p r
\ time between 1st and 2nd collision, t = =
w rel u
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ337
Fexert Mg sin q
41. (a) aCM = = = g sin q
M M
1
42. (b) r1 = (2i)t + (3i + 3j)t 2
2
and r2 = 2j t
m r + m2 r2 r1 + r2
Thus, rcm = 1 1 =
m1 + m2 2
3
= (i + j)t + (i + j)t 2
4
It represents a parabola.
43. (b) After 1 second,
vy = uy – gt = 20 2 45° – 10 ¥ 1 = 10 m/s
Now, 2m ¥ 10 = m ¥ 0 + mv
\ v = 20 m/s
Height attained in addition to previous height
10 2
h = =5m
2g
Previous height,
U y2 (20 2 sin 45∞)2
h0 = =
2g 2g
= 20 m.
Thus, h0 + h = 20 + 5 = 25 m.
(1 + 4 + 9 + … + n2 )l
=
1 + 2 +… + n
= (2n + 1)l
3
Multiple Correct Options
1. (b, d)
v
v v/2 v/3 n -1 v/n
m l 2m l 3m (n – 1)m
338പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
l l 2l
t1 = , t2 = =
v v/2 v
3l (n - 1)l
t3 = , … , tn - 1 =
v v
l 2l 3 l (n - 1)l
So T = + + +… +
v v v v
l
= [1 + 2 + 3 + … +(n – 1)]
v
n(n - 1)l
=
2v
mv + 0 + 0 + … + 0 v
vCM = =
nm n
2. (a, c)
Explanation in the theory.
3. (a, b)
If the man walks along the rails, some velocity say V is imparted to the car also. Let
M be the mass of car. Then from conservation of linear momentum.
M ◊ V = m (v = V)
mv
\ V =
m+ M
\ Work done by man
1 1
= m(v - V )2 + mV 2
2 2
1 Ê mM ˆ 2 1 2
= Á ˜ v < mv
2 Ë m + M¯ 2
Hence, option (a) is correct. If the man moves normal to the rails then the car will
1
not move. Hence, work done by him in this case will be mv2 and option (b) is also
correct. 2
4. (a, c)
Linear momentum of A will transfer to B, but not angular momentum.
5. (a, b, c)
6. (a, b, d)
System has non-zero initial momentum, so it must be after collision. Therefore, both
the bodies cannot be at rest after collision.
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ339
7. (a, d)
The initial momentum of the bomb is zero, and so after explosion, it must be zero.
Some internal energy will convert into external KE.
8. (a, c, d)
In head-on elastic collision, momentum of bodies gets exchanged. If m1 = m2, then
speed gets exchanged.
9. (b, d)
The total momentum and total energy of (earth + ball) system remains conserved.
10. (a, c, d)
Ê m ˆ
Clearly, the velocity of centre of mass = Á v
Ë m + M ˜¯ 0
Initial KE in the centre of mass frame (KCM)
1
= (m + M)v2CM
2
2
1 ÈÊ m ˆ ˘
= (m + M ) ÍÁ ˜ v0 ˙
2 ÎË m + M ¯ ˚
1 m2v02
=
2 m+ M
The maximum compression (xm) in the spring is given by
1 2
kxm = E – KCM
2
1 2 1 1 m2v02
or kxm = mv02 -
2 2 2 m+ M
Ê m ˆ
or kx2m = mv02 Á 1 - ˜
Ë m + M¯
Ê M ˆ
= mv02 Á
Ë m + M ˜¯
Ê mM ˆ 2
= Á v
Ë m + M ˜¯ 0
Ê mM ˆ 1
fi xm = v0 Á
Ë m + M ˜¯ k
11. (a, d)
Collision is elastic. Therefore, kinetic energy will be conserved. Let v be the speed of
the ball after collision.
340പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Then,
j sin 30°
j
j cos 30°
30°
1 1 1
(1)(10)2 = ( 4)( 4)2 + (1)v 2
2 2 2
or v = 6 m/s
Let J be the impulse between the two during collision.
Applying impulse = Change in linear momentum
J sin 30° = (4) (4)
or J = 32 N-S
12. (a, b, d)
From conservation of momentum,
Ê mˆ Ê mˆ
ÁË ˜¯ u = ÁË m + ˜¯ ◊ v
2 2
u
\ v =
3
Work done against friction = Ei – Ef
2
1 Ê m ˆ 2 1 Ê 3m ˆ Ê u ˆ
= Á ˜ u - ÁË ˜Á ˜
2Ë 2 ¯ 2 2 ¯ Ë 3¯
1 2Ê 1 ˆ
= mu2 = Á mu2 ˜
6 Ë
3 4 ¯
Force of friction on the two blocks before the blocks reach a common velocity is as
shown below,
a1
m/2 m
f =m g
2
m m
f = mg a2
2
m 3
a1 = mg and a2 = g \ ar = mg
2 2
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ341
13. (a, d)
Momentum before collision,
P = P1 + P2 = Pi - Pi = 0
Option (a) and (b), added together cannot give zero momentum.
14. (a, b, d)
velocity of separation 2
e = =
velocity of approach 4 - 0
= 0.5.
Now, 3 ¥ 4 – 2 ¥ 0 = 3v1 + 2v2
Èv - v ˘
and 0.5 = – Í 2 1 ˙
Î 0-4 ˚
After simplifying the above equations, we get
v1 = 1.5 m/s.
Thus, J = m1(v1 – v1) = 3 (4 – 1.6)
= 7.2 N-s
15. (a, b, d)
m ¥ 21 – 2m ¥ 4 = m ¥ 1 + 2m ¥ v2
\ v2 = 6 m/s
Èv -v ˘ È 6-1 ˘
e = Í 2 1 ˙ = -Í ˙ = 0.2
Î u2 - u1 ˚ Î - 4 - 21 ˚
J = m(v1 – u1) = m [21 – 1]
= 20 m N-s
16. (a, b, d)
See examples.
17. (a, b, c)
According to conservation of momentum (a, b) are obviously correct.
By the definition
Èv -v ˘
e = – Í 2 1˙
Î u2 - u1 ˚
If v is the velocity during collision, then
m È (v1 - v) - (v - v2 ) ˘
=– Í ˙
mÎ u2 - u1 ˚
m(v1 - v) - m(v - v2 )
=–
m(u2 - 0)
(P - J ) - J
=–
P
2J - P
=
P
342പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
18. (a, b, c)
The system must have no momentum in positive x-axis and so (a, b, c) are correct only,
and also target cannot be move in negative x-axis.
19. (a, b, c)
If we resolve the initial velocity along x- and y-axis, then it is clear that uy will
remain constant after collision but ux will change. Also, m2 >> m1, therefore m1 can be
neglected. Hence,
uy
Ê - em2 ˆ 1 3 r
v
(vx) 1 = Á (ux )1 = - e(ux )1 = - ¥ 3 = -
Ë m2 ˜¯ 2 2
N sin q
N cos q
q
a
N sin q = ma ...(2)
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ343
ma (pseudo force)
q
mg
q
ay = ar sin q
2 g sin 2 q ar
ay =
1 + sin 2 q y
\ Acceleration of CM is
ay g sin 2 q
acom = =
2 (1 + sin 2 q )
21. (a, c)
From conservation of linear momentum we can see that velocity of 1 kg block just
after collision is 2 m/s leftwards.
6 m/s
Before collision
2 m/s 4 m/s
After collision
m1v1 + m2v2 1 ¥ 6 + 2 ¥ 0
Initially, vCM = = = 2 m/s
m1 + m2 1+ 2
45 45
= - =0
2 2
v0
30°
60° 15
v cos 30°
v sin 30° 15
30° C
3m 3 3m
gd 2
d tan q = d tan a - ...(iii)
2u2 cos 2 a
From Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get
tan a
tan q =
(1 + e )
Passage (Q. 19–21)
19. (b) Force required to move the block with constant speed
= frictional force = mN = 0.40 ¥ 25 = 10 N.
20. (d) Let the line of action of N be at a distance d from the centre of the block. Forces
acting on the block are shown in the figure.
The value of N = Weight of the block = 25 N
Taking moment of the forces about point O, we have
10 ¥ 0.125 + 25 ¥ (0.125 – d) = 25 ¥ 0.125
Solving the above equation, we get d = 0.05 m.
0.25 0.25
cg cg
0.5 m P 0.5 m P = 10 N P = 10 N
h 25 N h = 0.125 m 25 N h
N
10 N d O O
(a) (b) (c)
21. (a) See figure (c). To just tip the block the deflecting torque must be equal to the
resisting torque
ŽůůŝƐŝŽŶƐപ347
or A = (V0/3) (8m/k )
2m
The time period of motion = 2p
k
24. (d) When block B returns to its initial position, the spring will be in its normal state.
Hence, energy stored in it is zero.
348പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Rotation
PARTICLE
A particle can be defined as an object whose mass is finite but the size is negligible small.
Translatory Motion: When different particles of a body undergo same displacement, the
motion of the body is called translatory motion.
A A¢
B B¢
C C¢
Rotatory Motion: When different particles of a body undergo same angular displacement,
the motion of the body is called rotatory motion. But different particles have different linear
displacements.
If angular displacement traversed by the particles A, B and C on the body in time t is q,
then
350പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
q
wA = wB = wC = A
t
while linear velocity q
AA¢ 0
vA = = =0
t t B’
B
BB¢ q rB C’
vB = = = w rB
t t
C
CC ¢ q rC
and vC = = = w rC
t t
It is clear that, rA < rB < rC Fig. 3.2 Rotatory motion
so vA < vB < vC
Combined Translation and Rotation: The combination of the above two motions results
in combined translation and rotation.
A
A
q
B’
B
C’
Fig. 3.3
Ú dw = Ú a dt
w0 0
w t
w w0
=a t 0
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ351
or w – w0 = a(t – 0)
or w = w0 + at ...(1)
Ú dq = Ú w dt= Ú (w 0 + a t) dt
0 0 0
t
q 1
or q 0
= w0t + a t2
2 0
1
or q = w0t + a t2 ...(2)
2
Ú w dw = Ú a dq
w0 0
w
w2 q
or =a q 0
2 w0
or 2
w – w02 = 2aq
or w2 = w02 + 2aq ...(3)
For uniformly retarded motion, these equations become
w = w0 – at
1
q = w0t – at 2
2
2 2
and w = w0 – 2aq.
352പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.1 The angular speed of a truck wheel is increased from 1200 rpm to 3120 rpm
in 16 seconds.
(i) What is its angular acceleration, assuming the acceleration to be uniform?
(ii) How many revolutions does the wheel make during this time?
1200
Solution Given, w0 = 2pn0 = 2p ¥
60
= 40p rad/s
3120
w = 2pn = 2p ¥
60
= 104 p rad/s
(i) Angular acceleration
w - w 0 104p - 40p
a = =
t 16
= 4p rad/s2 Ans.
(ii) Angular displacement can be obtained as
1 2
q = w 0t + at
2
1
= 40p ¥ 16 + ¥ 4p ¥ (16)2
2
= 1152 p rad
Number of revolutions in 16 s
q 1152p
= =
2p 2p
= 576 Ans.
Problem 3.2 The angular acceleration of a heavy wheel is given by a = 12 – t where a is
in rad/s2 and t in second. If the angular velocity of the wheel is 60 rad/s at the end of 4
seconds, determine the angular velocity at the end of 6 seconds. How many revolutions take
place in these 6 seconds?
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ353
Ú dw = Ú (12 – t)dt
t2
or w = 12t – +C
2
At t = 4 s, w = 60 rad/s
42
\ 60 = 12 ¥ 4 – +C
2
or C = 20
t2
\ w = 12t – + 20 ...(i)
2
62
At t = 6 s, w = 12 ¥ 6 - + 20
2
= 74 rad/s Ans.
Now we can write 2
dq t
= 12t - + 20
dt 2
Integrating the above equation, we get
t2
Ú dq = Ú (12t - 2
+ 20)dt
12t 2 t 3
or q = - + 20t + C ¢
2 6
Let t = 0, q = q0, \ C¢ = q0
Thus, we have
t3
q = 6t2 – + 20t + q 0
6
t3
or q – q0 = 6t2 – + 20t ...(ii)
6
Angular displacement during 6 s
63
q6 – q 0 = 6 ¥ 6 2 – + 20 ¥ 6
6
= 300 rad
300
\ Number of revolutions = = 47.8 Ans.
2p
354പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.3 The pulley block system shown in Fig. 3.5 starts from rest and accelerates at
2 rad/s2. What time is required for block A to move 20 m? Find also the velocity of A and
B at that time.
Solution When A moves 20 m, its angular displacement q is given 1m
by 0.75 m
l = rq
l 20
or q == = 20 rad
r 1
Given, a = 2 rad/s2 and w0 = 0.
By the second equation of motion, we have
1
Earlier proved q = w0t + = at 2
2 A
1
20 = 0 + ¥ 2 ¥ t 2
2
or t = 4.47 s Ans. B
Angular velocity of pulley at this time
w = w0 + at Fig. 3.5
= 0 + 2 ¥ 4.47 = 8.94 rad/s Ans.
Now velocity of A, vA = wrA = 8.94 ¥ 1
= 8.94 m/s
and vB = wrB = 8.94 ¥ 0.75
= 6.70 m/s Ans.
Problem 3.4 The angular rotation in radians of an accelerated flywheel is given by equation
q = 9t3/32. Find the linear velocity and acceleration of a point at a distance of 0.75 m from
the axis of rotation at the instant when its tangential acceleration and normal acceleration
are equal.
Solution We have q = 9t3/32
dq Ê 9 ˆ 2
Formula of angular velocity w = = Á ˜ 3t
dt Ë 32 ¯
= 27t2/32
dw
and angular acceleration a =
dt
= 27t/16
Tangential acceleration of a point at a radius r is given by
at = ar
and the normal acceleration is given by an = w2r
Since the tangential and normal accelerations at a distance r = 0.75 m are equal, so
ar = w2r
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ355
or a = w2
2
27 t Ê 27 t 2 ˆ
or =
16 ÁË 32 ˜¯
which gives t = 4/3 s
Ê 27 t 2 ˆ 2
Ê 27 ˆ Ê 4 ˆ
Linear velocity = w r = Á ˜ r = Á ˜ Á ˜ ¥ 0.75
Ë 32 ¯ Ë 32 ¯ Ë 3 ¯
or = 9/8 m/s Ans.
2 2 ˘2
È 27 Ê 4 ˆ
Ê 27 t 2 ˆ
Tangential acceleration = w2r = Á ˜ r = Í Á ˜ ˙ ¥ 0.75
Ë 32 ¯ ÍÎ 32 Ë 3 ¯ ˙˚
= 7/16 m/s2 Ans.
Problem 3.5 In a mechanism of gears load A rotates a pulley of radius r and a gear wheel
of radius r1. This gear wheel is geared with a second gear wheel of radius r2. If the load
starts from rest and moves down with a constant acceleration, find the equation of the
second gear wheel.
Solution Since load A starts moving with constant
acceleration a, its velocity at time t, r1
v = at as u=0 r2
w1
Let w1 be the angular velocity of the pulley and the w2
r
first gear wheel.
\ Peripheral velocity of the pulley = w1r = at
w1 = at/r
Peripheral speed of the first gear wheel w1r1.
Since the two gear wheels have the same peripheral
velocities, so
w 2r 2 = w 1r 1 A
at r1 atr1
or w2 = w1r1/r2 fi ◊ = Fig. 3.6
r r2 rr2
= at r1/(rr2)
Let q be the angular displacement of the second gear at time t.
\ w2 = dq/dt = at r1/(rr2)
or dq = at r1/(rr2) dt
Integrating the above equation, we get
q = at2 r1/(2rr2) Ans.
Problem 3.6 The composite pulley shown in Fig. 3.7 weighs 800 N and has a radius of
gyration of 0.6 m. The 2000 N and 4000 N blocks are attached to the pulley by inextensible
strings as shown in figure. Determine the angular acceleration of the pulley and the tension
in the strings. Neglect the weight of the string.
356പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution
0.75 m
0.5 m
TA TB
2000 N
TA B
4000 N A 2000 N
4000 N
(a) (b) FBD
Fig. 3.7
Since the moment of 4000 N is more than that of 2000 N block about the axis of rotation
of pulley, therefore the pulley rotates in anticlockwise direction. Let aA be the acceleration
of block A, aB that of B and a is the angular acceleration of the pulley, then
aA = a ¥ 0.5, aB = a ¥ 0.75
Equations of motion are
4000 – TA = (4000/9.81)aA ...(i)
TB – 2000 = (2000/9.81 )aB ...(ii)
and for pulley
4000 ¥ 0.5 – 2000 ¥ 0.75 = la ...(iii)
where I = mpulley ¥ k = (800/9.81) ¥ 0.6
2 2
= 29.36 kg-m2
Solving the above equations, we get
a = 2.03 rad/s2, TA = 3585.58 N, TB = 2310.82 N Ans.
Problem 3.7 In Fig. 3.8 the mirror of weight W is initially at the same
level as a monkey of equal weight. The fixed pulley is massless and has
a radius R. If the cat starts running up the rope, can he get away from
the mirror?
Solution Both sides of the pulley, the weight suspended are equal, so
net torque acting on the centre of the pulley will be zero.
Hence, the angular momentum about this point is constant. Since W
the initial angular momentum of the system in equilibrium is zero, so it W
must remain same throughout. When the monkey starts running up the
rope, let its velocity at any instant be v. This gives an angular momentum
(W/g) vR about O. Thus, for the total angular momentum to be zero, the Mirror
mirror must also have the same instantaneous velocity. In other words, Fig. 3.8
the monkey cannot get away from his mirror image.
Problem 3.8 A man of mass m stands on a horizontal platform in the shape of a disk of
mass M and radius R, pivoted on a vertical axis through its centre about which it can freely
rotate (Fig. 3.9). The man starts to move around the centre of the disk in a circle of radius r
with a velocity v relative to the disk. Calculate the angular velocity of the disk.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ357
MR2
0 = m(v + wr)r + w
2
After solving, we get
mvr
w =– Ans.
Ê 2 MR2 ˆ
Á mr + 2 ˜
Ë ¯
Measuring the diagram to some scale, we find that OA = 2.6 cm and OC = 5.4 cm
vC OC 5.4
We know that = = = 2.08
vA OA 2.6
\ Velocity of C,
vC = vA ¥ 2.08 = 5 ¥ 2.08 = 10.4 m/s Ans.
Problem 3.10 Wheel A has radius 10 cm is coupled by
a belt B to wheel C of radius 30 cm as shown in Fig. 3.12.
Wheel A increases its angular speed from rest at a uniform A C
rate of 1.57 rad/s2. Determine the time for wheel C to reach
a rotational speed of 100 rev/min assuming that the belt
does not slip.
B
Solution As the belt does not slip vA = vC
Fig. 3.12
i.e., r Aw A = r Cw C [as v = rw]
Here, rA = 10 cm, rC = 30 cm
and wC = (2p ¥ 100/60) rad/s
2p ¥ 100
So, 10wA = 30 ¥
60
i.e., wA = 10p rad/s
Now, from the 1st equation of rotational motion, i.e.,
w = w0 + at
w
t = [as w0 = 0]
a
10 ¥ p
i.e., t = = 20 sec.
1.57
q r F^ = F sin q
Rotation
axis F
F F
(a) (b)
r r r
t = r ¥F
r
F
q Dimension of torque is = ML2 T–2
r
r
(c)
Fig. 3.13
Here anticlock-
WORKED PROBLEMS wise torque is F3^ F3
taken +ve f
Problem 3.11 Figure 3.14 shows three forces F1, F2 and F3 acting F2^
F2
on a rod pivoted at its end. Find the torque of each force about
pivot.
+
Solution In order to determine the sign of each torque, imagine
which way the rod would rotate if the given force were the only q
force acting. Generally, anticlockwise direction is considered to be r1^
F1
positive, but this choice is arbitrary.
t = rF sin q = F ¥ r^ = r ¥ F^ Fig. 3.14
In order to determine magnitude of torque we may choose the expression F ¥ r^ or r ¥
F^ according to convenience, where r^ is component of moment arm perpendicular to force
and F^ is component of force perpendicular to moment arm.
t1 = – r1F1 sin (90° + q) = – r1 F1 cos q
t2 = + r2F2 sin (180° – a) = + r2 F2 sin a
t3 = + r3F3 sin (90° – f) = + r3 F3 cos f
Important:
Torque can be taken clockwise or anticlockwise as + ve depends upon you.
Concept
1. Figures, 3.15 (a), (b) and (c) show a pivoted rigid body. Tangential component Ft
produces torque, normal component Fn produces zero torque as it passes through the
pivot.
360പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
y
F
Ft = F sin f
f
r Fn
Pivot
(a)
x
Rigid body
Pivot point
(b)
F2
F5 exerts zero torque
exerts maximum
F3
torque in exerts a clockwise
anticlockwise torque
sense
F4
exerts maximum torque
in clockwise sense
F1 Rigid body
A force applied at pivot
exerts zero torque
(c)
Fig. 3.15
axis of rotation
A
2. The quantity r ¥ F is torque of F about O. When we say torque about
axis of rotation, it means axial component of vector r ¥ F along OA.
Torque of a force about axis OA is independent of the choice of origin
r P r
O, but it must lie on the axis. F
O1
r1
Torque of F about O1 is r
r2
r
O1P ¥ F = (r2 + r ) ¥ F O r
= r2 ¥ F + r ¥ F
Vector r2 ¥ F^ + r2 ; therefore it will not have any component along B
AB. Thus, component of O1P ¥ F and O1P ¥ F along axis is same. Fig. 3.16
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ361
3. If force F is parallel to axis of rotation, then r ¥ F is perpendicular to axis. Component
of r ¥ F along the axis is zero.
axis of rotation axis of rotation
A A
r
F
r r P
r t t
r r
r r
r r
F r
F O
B B
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.17
4. If line of action of F intersects the axis, the point of intersection is our origin. Torque
about O is r ¥ F = 0, therefore its component along the axis will be zero.
axis of rotation
A
r
r^
P
r
O rr F
Fig. 3.18
5. If force F is skew with the axis (line
of action of F is perpendicular but non-intersecting
with the axis), then torque of F has magnitude
|t |=|F|.(r^)
where r^ is moment arm.
Moment Arm
It is the perpendicular distance from axis of rotation to the line of action of the force. This
is r sin q.
We know that t = |t |=|r ¥ F|
362പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Fr sinq
Moment arm, r sin q =
F
|r ¥ F|
or Moment arm =
|F|
COUPLE
F
Two equal and opposite forces whose lines of action are different
constitutes a couple. The moment of couple can be found by A
taking moments of both the forces about any axis perpendicular O
B
to plane of forces and adding them algebraically.
Thus, moment of couple F
t = F ¥ AO + F ¥ OB d
NUMERICAL QUESTIONS
Q.1. Evaluate torque about pivot A provided by the forces shown in Fig. 3.20.
Ans. Torque of 90 N and 50 N force is zero, because their lines of action pass through the
point about which torque is required.
90 N 70 N
80 N
30°
60° 37°
50 N
A L/2 L/2
60 N
Fig. 3.20
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ363
2N 20 N
Fig. 3.21
Ans. For equilibrium w and resultant R of forces 600 N and 400 N must have same magnitude,
opposite directions and should pass through the same point.
R = 600 + 400 = 1000 N = w
Now, let R be at distance x from 600 N force.
Then, 600 ¥ x = 400(2 – x) or x = 0.8 m
Q.8. A uniform rod acted upon by various forces is in equilibrium. Evaluate the unknown
forces.
Ans. For equilibrium, Â t = 0 about any arbitrary point.
20 N F2
4d 2d d d
10 N F1 30 N
Fig. 3.24
T1 T2
50 cm 20 cm 30 cm
200 g 20 g
Fig. 3.25
For equilibrium, Ât = 0.
Calculating torque about the left end,
200 ¥ 50 + 20 ¥ 70 + T2 ¥ 100 – 10000 – 1400 + 100 T2 = 0
or T2 = 114 g.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ365
Also,
ÂF ≠ = Â F Ø
T1 + T2 = 200 + 20
T1 = 200 + 20 – T2 = 200 + 20 – 114 = 106 g
Q.10. A 60 kg person is walking along a level bridge and stops three-fourths of the way from
the end. The bridge is uniform and weighs 600 kg. What are the values of vertical
forces exerted on each end of the bridge by its supports?
Ans. Taking moment about A
2d d d
A B
n1 n2
600 kg 60 kg
Fig. 3.26
600 ¥ 2d + 60 ¥ 3d + n2 ¥ 4d = 0
or – 1200 – 180 + 4n2 = 0
or n2 = 345 kg
Again,
n1 + n2 = 600 + 60
n1 + 345 = 660
\ n1 = 315 kg
Q.11. A diver of weight 600 N stands at the end of a uniform 6 m diving board of weight 150
N. The board is attached to two pedestals 1.5 m apart. Find tension (or compression)
in each pedestals.
Ans. Calculating moment about A.
T2 ¥ 1.5 + 150 ¥ 3 + 600 ¥ 6 = 0
or T2 = 2700 N
T1 T2
1.5 m 1.5 m 3m
A B
150 N 600 N
Fig. 3.27
Now,
T1 + T2 = 150 + 600
or T1 = 150 + 600 – T2 = 150 + 600 – 2700 = – 1950 N
The (– ve) sign shows that this force is tension.
366പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Q.12. A uniform plank 15 m long, weighing 400 N rests symmetrically on two supports 8 m
apart. A boy weighing 640 N starts at point A and walks towards the right. Calculate
the upward forces FA and FB acting on the plank at points A and B, when boy is at
distance x from the support A.
Ans. Taking moment about A.
400 ¥ 4 + 640 ¥ x + FB ¥ 8 = 0
fi FB = 200 + 80x
FA FB
x
640 N
400 N
A
3.5 m 4m 4m 3.5 m
Fig. 3.28
Again,
FB + FA = 400 + 640
FA = 400 + 640 – (200 + 8x) = 840 – 80x
Q.13. In the above question plot the graph of FA vs x and FB vs x.
Ans.
840 840
200 200
O 8 10.5 x O 8 x
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.29
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.12 Find the tension in the two threads as shown in Fig. 3.30. Rod of mass M.
L/4
L/8
Rod of mass M M
Fig. 3.30
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ367
L Ê 7Lˆ Ê 3L ˆ
Mg + Mg Á ˜ = T2 Á ˜ ...(2) T1 T2 L/4
2 Ë 8¯ Ë 4¯
P T L/8
11 Mg
fi T2 = Mg T = Mg
6 M
And from Eq. (1)
11
T1 = 2Mg – Mg Fig. 3.31
6
Problem 3.13 A rod of mass M and length l is supported by two threads. Find the tension
in each thread as shown in Fig. 3.32. (BITSAT, 2011)
M; l
l
4
Fig. 3.32
l Ê 3l ˆ 2 Mg
\ Mg = T2 Á ˜ Mg fi T2 =
2 Ë 4¯ 3
Mg
From the above Eq. (1) T1 =
3
Problem 3.14 A system of masses is shown in Fig. 3.34. Find tensions T1 and T2.
T1 l l T
2
4 4
Mg
2Mg M
Fig. 3.34
368പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
l1 l2
+
Here clockwise torque
is taken +ve
m m
Fig. 3.35
Problem 3.16 Find moment of force about the axis passing through the origin and
perpendicular to the plane of F and r.
10 N
60°
30°
10 N
1m 1m
30° 30°
x
z–axis z–axis
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.36
Solution Method I:
(a) t = Fr sin q k̂
= 10 ¥ 1 ¥ sin 60° k̂ N-m
= 5 3 k̂ N-m
(b) t = Fr sin q (– k̂)
= 10 ¥ 1 ¥ sin 30°(– k̂) N-m
= – 5 k̂ N-m
Method II:
Ê 3 ˆ 1 ˆˆ
r = 1cos 30° î + 1sin 30° ĵ = Á i + j˜ m
Ë 2 2 ¯
F = 10 j N
Ê 3 ˆ 1 ˆˆ
t = r¥F ¥ Á i + j˜ ¥ 10 ˆj = 5 3kˆ N-m
Ë 2 2 ¯
Hint: Always use vector method for solving these type of problems.
Problem 3.17 Figure 3.37 shows a compound wheel A
vA
which rolls without slipping. If the velocity of the centre
O is 1.25 m/s. Find the velocities of the points A, B and C. 0.3 m
Velocity of C = vC = w ◊ DC
370പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
WORKED PROBLEM
Problem 3.18
(a) A wheel of radius 1 m is acted upon by the forces as shown in Fig. 3.40. Find the
resultant moment of force about an axis passing through the centre of the wheel.
y 10 2 N y 10 2 cos 45∞
45°
10 2 sin 45∞
10 N
1m 10 N
1m 1m
O O
20 N 20 N
x x
z–axis z–axis
Fig. 3.40
(b) Calculate moment of system of forces about an axis passing through B and perpen-
dicular to the plane of the forces.
Solution 10 2 N
40 N
(a) Moment of force of 20 N and 10 cos 45° N is zero about 1m
O because their moment arm is zero. D C
The net moment of force
t = 10 ¥ 1 ¥ k̂ + (10 2 sin 45°) ¥ 1 ¥ (– k̂) 50 N
1m
= 10 k̂ – 10 k̂ = 0 Ans.
0.4 m
(b) Moment of forces about B, 20 N
tB = 20 ¥ 0 + 40 ¥ 0 + 10 2 ¥ 0 + 50 ¥ 0 + 10 ¥ 1 B
10 N
= 10 N-m clockwise.
Fig. 3.41
Hint: Always use vector method to solve these types of
problems.
372പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
z
Moment of Inertia of a Rigid Body
Consider a body rotating about an axis as shown
in Fig. 3.44. Choose a small element of mass
dm at a distance r from the axis, its moment of y
inertia about the axis of rotation (here z-axis)
r dm
dI = dm r2
The moment of inertia of the whole body can
be obtained by
x
I = Ú dmr 2 Fig. 3.44
Limits of integration depends on the shape of the body.
The moment of inertia of a body depends on the following factors:
(i) Mass of the body.
(ii) Size and shape of the body.
(iii) Position and orientation of axis of rotation.
Important:
m
(a) Moment of inertia of a particle about an axis passing through the particle
itself will be zero.
(b) Any body can have infinite numbers of moment of inertia. Fig. 3.45
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ373
Choose an axis A parallel to the CM axis, and the separation between the axes is d. The
moment of inertia of the body about axis A,
IA = Â m(d + x)2
=Â m(d2 + x2 + 2xd)
= Â md2 + Â mx2 + 2 Â mxd ...(ii)
Here  md2 = Md2,  mx2 = ICM and  mx is the moment of total mass about the CM
z
ʹǤ౧
Consider a body lying in the xy-plane. It can be
assumed to be made of a large number of particles.
Consider one such particle of mass m at a distance y
r from the origin of axis. In terms of Cartesian r
coordinate, y x
r2 = x2 + y 2 ...(i)
The moment of inertia of the particle about x-axis is x
Ix = my2 Fig. 3.48
The moment of inertia of the body about x-axis is
Ix = Â my2 ...(ii)
Moment of inertia of the body about y-axis is
Iy = Â mx2 ...(iii)
Moment of inertia of the body about z-axis is
Iz =Â mr2
= Â m(x2 + y2)
= Â mx2 + Â my2
From Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get
Iz = Ix + Iy ...(2)
Thus, the moment of inertia of a body lying in a plane about an axis perpendicular
to its plane is equal to the sum of the moment of inertia of the body about any two
mutually perpendicular axes in its plane and intersecting each other at the point where the
perpendicular axis passes through the body.
Important:
Intersection of axes need not be the centre of mass of the body. Perpendicular axis theorem
can be used for planar body but not for cone, etc.
M
dm = dx
L
Moment of inertia of the element dI = dm x2
Moment of inertia of whole rod
L/ 2
I = 2 Ú dm x 2
I cm =
ML2
0
12
L/ 2
ÊM ˆ 2
= 2 Ú ÁË dx˜¯ x
L L/2 L/2
0
L/ 2 Fig. 3.50
2M x3 ML2
= =
L 3 0
12
I ML2 L
k = = =
M 12 M 12
Moment of inertia about any other axis can be obtained by using parallel axis theorem.
Moment of inertia about the end of the rod can be obtained as
Iend = ICM + Md2
2 M
ML2 Ê Lˆ
= + MÁ ˜ k
12 Ë 2¯
ML2
= Fig. 3.51
3
Radius of gyration about the end of the rod,
I ML2/3 L
k = = =
M M 3
Some Important Cases
(i) M.I. of thin rod about an axis passing through the end of
the rod, and it is inclined at an angle q with the axis.
r
The mass of the element
dx
M
dm = dx
L q x
The distance of the element from the axis
r = x sin q.
The M.I. of the element about the axis
Fig. 3.52
dI = (dm)r2
376പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
L
ÊM ˆ
Ú ÁË L dx˜¯ (x sin q )
2
=
0
L
M ML2
= sin 2 q Ú x 2 dx = sin 2 q
L 0
3
(ii) The rod of mass M and length L is bent L-shape. Its moment of inertia
about the end L/2
2
( M/2)(L/2) M
Iend = + (L/ 2)2
3 2 L/2
ML2
=
6
ML2 Fig. 3.53
(iii) Iz = + Md 2
12
z
y
d
Fig. 3.54
ML2
(iv) I = 0 + + ML2
3 M, L A
4
= ML2
3
I = IA + I B + I C
B
IA = Â m ¥ 02 = 0 M, L
ML2
IB = C
3
IC = Â m L2 = ML2 M, L
WORKED PROBLEM
Problem 3.19 There is a system of two particles of masses m1 and m2. The separation
between them is r. Find M.I. of the system about an axis passing through their CM and
perpendicular to the line joining them.
m1 ¥ 0 + m2 r m2 r m1 r
Solution Here, r1 = = and r2 = r - r1
m1 + m2 m1 + m2 m1 + m2
CM
m1 m2 m
r
r1 r2 fi
r
(a) (b) Equivalent single particle
system of mass m
Fig. 3.56
Ê m m ˆ
= Á 1 2 ˜ r2
Ë m1 + m2 ¯
= mr2
m1 m2
where = m, is called reduced or effective mass of the system.
m1 + m2
I CM
k =
M m1 m2 k
r
(m1 + m2)
Ê m1 m2 ˆ 2
ÁË m + m ˜¯ r (a) (b) Equivalent single particle
1 2 system for MI
=
(m1 + m2 )
Fig. 3.57
m1 m2
= r
(m1 + m2 )
378പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
a/ 2
ÊM ˆ 2
= 2 Ú ÁË dy˜¯ y
a
0
a/ 2
M y3 Ma 2
= 2 =
a 3 12
0
2
Ma
or Ix =
12
(ii) Similarly, moment of inertia of lamina about y-axis
Mb 2
Iy =
12
(iii) Moment of inertia of the lamina about z-axis: By using perpendicular axis theorem
Iz = Ix + Iy
M 2
or Iz = (a + b2)
12
Some Special Cases
I2
(a) For square lamina, a = b I3
Ma 2 Ma 2
Ix = , Iy =
12 12 90° 90°
a I1
M 2 Ma 2
\ Iz = Ix + I y = ( a + a2 ) = O
12 6
(b) From Fig. 3.59, I4
a
I0 = I1 + I2 ...(i)
Fig. 3.59
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ379
here I1 = I2 I2
I5
Also, I 0 = I3 + I4 ...(ii)
90°
here I3 = I4 q
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get O
I1 + I2 = I3 + I4
or 2I1 = 2I3 a
I6
Ma 2
Thus, we have I1 = I2 = I3 = I4 = Fig. 3.60
12
(c) Now consider two perpendicular axes as shown in Fig. 3.60. a I
I0 = I5 + I 6 ...(iii)
As I5 = I6
Ma 2 a M
\ I1 = I2 = I3 = I4 = I5 = I6 =
12
(d) If we take isosceles triangle lamina of mass M, its M.I. about its
diagonal
Ma 2 Fig. 3.61
I=
12
(e) M.I. of a rectangular lamina about its diagonal S R
Let the rectangular lamina PQRS have a mass
M and dimensions L ¥ B.
h
By symmetry, the M.I. of the rectangular lamina B
about the diagonal QS = 2 (M.I. of the triangular
lamina about base QS). M
Q
Let h be the altitude of the triangle QRS. Then P L
from area of rectangle PQRS = 2(area of DQRS),
Fig. 3.62
È1 ˘
L ¥ B = 2 Í ¥ L2 + B2 ¥ h ˙
Î2 ˚
LB
or h =
L + B2
2
È 2 ˘
Í M Ê LB ˆ 1˙
Required M.I., IQS = 2Í ¥Á ˜ ¥
2 ÁË L2 + B2 ˜¯ 6˙
ÍÎ ˙˚
M L2 B2
IQS =
6 (L2 + B2 )
380പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
M
The mass of element dm = dl
2p R Fig. 3.63
Moment of inertia of this element about the axis (called
geometrical axis) shown in Fig. 3.63.
dI = (dm)R2
Moment of inertia of the whole ring
2p R
By using integration method I = Ú (dm)R2
0
2p R
MR2
=
2p R Ú dl
0
MR2 2p R MR2
= l0 =
|| (2p R - 0)
2p R 2p R
= MR2 MR2
IT
Important Cases for Ring or Hoop Ê MR 2 2
ˆ
R Á 2 + MR ˜
Ë ¯
(i) M.I. about the tangent parallel to the
ID
geometrical axis: By parallel axis theorem ID
IT = I + Md2
Fig. 3.64
= MR2 + MR2
= 2MR2
I
(ii) M.I. about diameter: By perpendicular axis theorem
ID + ID = MR2 R
2 M
MR
\ ID =
2
(iii) M.I. about tangent parallel to the diameter. By parallel axis theorem, Fig. 3.65
MR2 3
I = + MR2 = MR2
2 2
(iv) A part of ring of mass M and radius R a
I = MR2 b
M 2
(v) M.I. of elliptical hoop: I = (a + b2 )
2 Fig. 3.66
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ381
Ú (dm)r
2
I=
0
R
M
Ú p R2 (2p rdr)r
2
=
0
R
2M r 4
= 2
R 4 0
2
MR
=
2
(d) M.I. of a small part of disc of mass M about the axis shown in Fig. 3.69. I
2 R
MR
I= M
2
(e) M.I. of annular disc (Important) Fig. 3.69
Choose an elemental ring of radius r and thickness dr,
mass of element
M M
dm = ¥ (2p rdr ) R1 dr
p (R22 - R12 ) R2 r
Ú (dm)r
2
I =
R1
R2
M
Ú p (R2 - R2 ) (2p rdr )r
2
=
R1 2 1
R2
2M
Úr
3
= dr
(R22 - R12 ) R
1
R2
2M r4
=
(R22 - R12 ) 4 R1
M
= [R24 - R14 ]
2(R22 - R12 )
M
= (R22 + R12 )(R22 - R12 )
2(R22 - R12 )
M(R22 - R12 )
or I =
2
2M R 4 MR2
= = ¥
R2 4 2
(ii) M.I. of the cylinder about equitorial axis:
Choose an element disc of thickness dx at a distance
x from axis of rotation.
The mass of the element
M
dm = dx
L
The M.I. of the elemental disc about the axis of rotation
x dx
dI = MI of disc about diameter + (dm)x2
L/2 L/2
È (dm)R2 ˘
= Í + (dm)x 2 ˙ Fig. 3.72
Î 4 ˚
M.I. of the cylinder by using the integration method
L/ 2
È (dm)R2 ˘
I = 2 Ú Í + (dm)x 2 ˙
0 Î 4 ˚
L/ 2 È Ê Mdx ˆ 2 ˘
Í ÁË L ˜¯ R Ê M ˆ 2˙
= 2 Ú Í + Á dx˜ x ˙
0 ÍÎ 4 Ë L ¯ ˙˚
L/ 2 L/ 2
MR2 2M
= 2¥
4L Ú dx +
L Ú x 2 dx
0 0
3 L/ 2
MR2 L/ 2 2M x
= |x|0 +
2L L 3 0
Ê MR ML 2 2ˆ
= Á +
Ë 4 12 ˜¯
384പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
MR2
= + MR2 Fig. 3.73
2
3 I2
= MR2
2
I1 R
M.I. of thin circular pipe M
2
I1 = MR
Fig. 3.74
Moment of Inertia of a Solid Sphere
Consider a sphere of mass M and radius R rotating about
any of its diameter. Choose an element in the form of a r 2 = R2 - x2
R r
disc of radius r and thickness dx. The mass of the element
M 3M 2
dm = ¥ p r 2 dx = 3
r dx
4 3 4 R
pR
3
Here r2 = (R2 – x2) x
(dm)r 2 dx
M.I. of the element about the axis shown dI =
2 Fig. 3.75
Ê 3M 2 ˆ 2
R RÁ r dx˜ r
(dm)r 2 Ë 4R3 ¯
M.I. of the whole sphere I = 2Ú = 2Ú
2
2 0
2
R
3M
Úr
4
I = 3
dx
4R 0
R
3M
Ú (R
2
= - x 2 )2 dx
4R3 0
R
3M
Ú (R
4
= + x 4 - 2R2 x 2 )dx
4R3 0
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ385
R
3M x 5 2R 2 x 3
= R4 x + -
4R3 5 3 0
3M Ê 5 R 2R5 5ˆ
=
3 Á
R x+ -
4R Ë 5 3 ˜¯
2
= MR2
5
It is also called M.I. of a solid sphere about a diameter.
(i) M.I. about any tangent of the sphere. By parallel axis theorem IT
2
IT = ICM + Md
2 R
= MR2 + MR2
5
7
= MR2
5
Fig. 3.76
(ii) Radius of gyration of the sphere about any tangent
7
Mk2 = MR2
5
7
fi k = R
5
p
M 3
2R Ú0
= r dq
p
M
2R Ú0
= (R sin q)3 dq r = R sin q
p
MR2
=
2 0Ú sin 3 q dq
p
MR2
2 Ú0
= sin 2 q (sin q dq )
p
MR2
2 Ú0
= sin 2 q ( - d cos q )
p
MR2
2 Ú0
= 1 - cos 2 q )(d cos q ) sin2 q = 1 – cos2 q.
p
MR2 cos 3 q
=– cos q -
2 3
0
h
2 M ÈÊ hy 3 ˆ Ê y 4 ˆ ˘
= ÍÁ ˜ - Á ˜˙
h 2 ÍÎË 3 ¯ Ë 4 ¯ ˙˚
0
2M È h 3 1 ˘
= ( h - 0 3 ) - ( h 4 - 0 4 )˙
h 2 ÍÎ 3 4 ˚
2M È h4 h4 ˘ 2M h4 Mh 2
= Í - ˙ = =
h2 Î 3 4 ˚ h 2 (12) 6
Mh 2
\ IBC =
6
2 R
8
= pr Ú r 4 dr
3 R
1
388പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
R
8 È r5 ˘
2
= pr Í ˙
3 Î 5 ˚R
1
8
= pr (R25 - R15 )
15
Mass of the hollow sphere M = r ¥ volume
4
= r ¥ p (R23 - R13 )
3
4 2 (R25 - R15 )
\ I = p (R23 - R13 )r ¥
3 5 (R23 - R13 )
5 5
2 (R2 - R1 )
or I = M
5 (R23 - R13 )
L 2 MR2
Iyy¢ = Ú0 L4
x 3 dx
MR2
=
2
Note: M.I. of a hollow cone is independent of the altitude or slant height or vertex angle.
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.20 Four particles of masses 1, 2, 3 and 4 kg are placed at the vertices A, B, C and
D of a rectangle ABCD whose sides AB and CD are 3 m and 4 m respectively. What is the
moment of inertia of these particles about AB, BC and AC?
Solution
1 kg 4 kg D
A
F
3m
E
B C
2 kg 4m 3 kg
Fig. 3.82
390പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
4
(i) IAB = Â mi ri2
i= 1
= 1 ¥ 02 + 2 ¥ 02 + 3 ¥ 42 + 4 (4)2
= 36 + 64 = 100 kgm2 Ans.
(ii) IBC = 1 ¥ (3)2 + 2 ¥ (0)2 + 3 ¥ (0)2 + 4 ¥ (3)2
= 9 + 36 = 45 kgm2 Ans.
(iii) IAC = 1 ¥ (0)2 + 2 ¥ (BF)2 + 3 ¥ (0)2 + 4 ¥ (ED)2
= 2 (BF)2 + 4 (ED)2
Now, by symmetry BF = ED
\ IAC = 6 (BF)2 ...(i)
Now, to find out the value of BF:
Area of rectangle ABCD = 2 ¥ Area of DABC
È1 ˘
AB ¥ BC = 2 ¥ Í base ¥ perpendicular ˙
Î2 ˚
È1 ˘
3 ¥ 4 = 2 ¥ Í ¥ AC ¥ BF ˙
Î2 ˚
È1 ˘
12 = 2 ¥ Í ¥ AB2 + BC 2 ¥ BF ˙
Î2 ˚
= 32 + 4 2 ¥ BF = 5 BF
12
\ BF = m
5
Putting it in Eq. (i), we get
2
Ê 12 ˆ
IAC = 6 ¥ Á ˜ = 34.56 kg m 2 Ans.
Ë 5¯
Problem 3.21 A circular hole of radius r/2 is cut from a circular disc of radius r. The disc
lies in the xy-plane. Determine the moment of inertia about an axis passing through the
centre and perpendicular to the plane of the disc.
O O O
r
r
r/2 = – r/2
O¢ O¢ O¢
Fig. 3.83
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ391
Solution
Concept: Subtract the contribution of M.I. of a disc of size that of hole from the M.I. of
complete disc.
Let m be the mass of remaining disc.
Area of original disc = pr2,
Area of removed part = p(r/2)2,
Therefore, area of the remaining disc = pr2 – p(r/2)2 = (3/4)pr2
m 4 m
Mass per unit area, r = = ◊ 2,
(3/4)p r 2 3 pr
4
Mass of the original disc, pr2r = m,
3
1 1
Mass of the removed part, p r 2 r = m ,
4 3
1 4 2 2 2
Moment of inertia of the complete disc, Icom = ¥ mr = mr
2 3 3
2 2
1 m Ê rˆ mÊ rˆ
Moment of inertia of the removed part, Iremoved = ÁË ˜¯ + = ÁË ˜¯
2 3 2 3 2
1 2
= mr
8
Therefore, the moment of inertia of the remaining disc
Ê 2ˆ Ê 1ˆ
Iremaining = Á ˜ mr 2 - Á ˜ mr 2
Ë 3¯ Ë 8¯
Ê 13 ˆ
Iremaining = Á ˜ mr 2
Ë 24 ¯
Problem 3.22 Three identical thin rods, each of mass m and length l are jointed to form an
equilateral triangle. Find moment of inertia of the triangle about one of its sides.
60°
l l
fi l sin 60° l sin 60°
60° 60°
l l
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.84
392പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution The given system of rods for its moment of inertia is equivalent to the system
shown in Fig. 3.84. Thus, the moment of inertia about the axis given
m (l sin 60∞)2 m (l sin 60∞)2
I =0+ +
3 3
ml 2
=2 ¥ sin 2 60∞
3
2 2 3 ml 2
= ml ¥ = Ans.
3 4 2 A
Problem 3.23 Three rods each of mass m and length L are joined
together to form an equilateral triangle as shown in Fig. 3.85. Find
the moment of inertia of the system about an axis passing through its
centre of mass and perpendicular to the plane of the triangle. CM
M = p (28)2 m
Mass of the circular portion removed,
m1 = p (21)2 m
Fig. 3.87
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ393
Problem 3.26 A T-shaped object, with dimensions shown in Fig. 3.89, is lying on a smooth
floor. A force F is applied at the point P parallel to AB, such that the object has only the
translational motion without rotation. Find the location of P with respect to C.
(IIT-JEE, 2005)
Option: (a) 4/3l (b) 5/3l (c) 3/4l (d) l/3
Solution Point P must be the centre of mass of the system. Let l be the mass per unit length,
then mass of AB, m1 = l l and mass of CD, m2 = 2ll
CM of AB
l
A B
D
r
F
P
CM of CD, l from C
2l
C
Fig. 3.89
Suppose y is the distance of CM from C,
m1 y1 + m2 y2
y =
m1 + m2
( l l ) ¥ 2l + ( 2 l l ) ¥ l 4
= = l Ans.
( l l) + ( 2l l) 3 Axis
Problem 3.27 Two thin wires of length L are touching each other at
an angle of 30°. Find the moment of inertia of this system about the line
passing through the point where the wires meet and the perpendicular 30°
to the bisector of the 30° angle.
The M.I. of the wire about an axis perpendicular to the wire (ZZ) is
2
1 ÈL˘ 1
IZZ = mL2 + m Í ˙ = mL2 parallel axis theorem. Fig. 3.90
12 Î4˚ 3
X
Solution If the distance of an element of the wire from (ZZ) is D then its
distance from the axis XX which makes and angle q with ZZ is d cos q. 15°
The M.I. is directly proportional to the square of the mass from the
axis. M.I. about XX is
2
Ê d cos q ˆ 1 X
IXX = IZZ Á = mL2 cos2 q. Here, q = 15°.
Ë d ˜¯ 3 Fig. 3.91
And there are two wires. Multiply the result by two.
È2˘
I = Í ˙ mL2 cos 2 (15∞)
Î3˚
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ395
Problem 3.28 Two thin discs each of mass 4.0 kg and radius 0.4 m are attached as shown
in Fig. 3.92 to form a rigid body. What is the rotational inertia of this body about an axis
perpendicular to the plane of disc B and passing through its centre?
Option: (a) 3.4 kg-m2 (b) 3.2 kg-m2 (c) 3.6 kg-m2 (d) 3.0 kg-m2
Solution Moment of inertia of each disc A and B about the
axis through their centre of mass and perpendicular to the
plane will be
r r A
B
IAA = IBB = (1/2) Mr2
Now moment of inertia of disc A about an axis through B
by ‘theorem of parallel axes’ will be
IAB = IAA + M (2r)2 = (9/2) Mr2
Fig. 3.92
1 9
So, I = IBB + IAB = MR2 + MR2
2 2
i.e, I = 5Mr2 = 5 ¥ 4 ¥ (0.4)2 = 3.2 kg-m2
IMPORTANT FORMULAE
ͳǤ౧
ȋȌ౯ 3 2
I1 = 0 5 4
ml 2 q q 1
I2 =
12
ml 2 x
I3 =
3 6
ml 2
I4 = sin 2 q Fig. 3.93
12
ml 2
I5 = sin 2 q
3
I6 = mx2
4 2
ȋȌ౯
mR2
I1 = I2 =
4
I3 = I1 + I 2
1
mR2 5
3
=
2
5
I4 = I2 + mR2 = mR2
4
3
I5 = I3 + mR2 = mR2
2 Fig. 3.94
396പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
ȋȌ౯ 4 2
mR2
I1 = I2 =
2
Ie = I1 + I2 = mR2
1
3
I4 = I2 + mR = mR2 2
5
3
2
I5 = I3 + mR2 = 2mR2
ȋȌ౯
mb 2 Fig. 3.95
I1 =
12
2
ma 2
I2 =
12
1
I3 = I1 + I 2 3
b
m 2
= (a + b2 ) a
12
ȋȌ౯
Fig. 3.96
3
2
a q
1
4
Fig. 3.97
ma 2
I1 = I2 = I 3 =
12
ma 2
I4 = I1 + I 3 = 2 1
6
ȋȌ౯
2
I1 = mR2
5
7
I2 = I1 + mR2 = mR2
5
m = mass of sphere
Fig. 3.98
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ397
ȋȌ౯
2 1
Fig. 3.99
2 5
I1 = mR2, I2 = I1 + mR2 = mR2
3 3
R
+ 1
+ mR 2
l 2
1 2 1 1
ml ml 2 mR 2
3 12 2
2 1
mR 2 mR 2 mR 2
5 2
MR 2
Contd.
398പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1
m(R12 + R 2 2 )
2
3
R mR 2
2 L 10
mR 2 R R1
3
1 1
MR 2 + ML2
4 12
Cone R2
A solid cylinder about
Spherical shell a perpendicular (j)
axis through its centre
(h) Hoop
(I) (k)
L
L W
R2 R1
1
m(a 2 + b 2 )
12 1
1 2 M (L2 + W 2 )
ML 12
3 2 R 2 5 - R15
M
Rectangular 5 R 2 3 - R13
parallelepiped A rectangle about a
A rectangle perpendicular axis A thick-walled hollow sphere
(l) about one edge through its centre about a diameter
(m) (o)
(n)
NUMERICAL QUESTIONS
Q.14. Two particles of masses 1 kg and 2 kg are separated by a distance 3 m. Evaluate
moment of inertia of the system about:
(a) a line joining the particles;
(b) a line passing through particle of mass 1 kg and perpendicular to the line joining
the particles; and
(c) a line passing through the mid-point of the 2 3
line joining the particles and making an angle
of 30° with it. r2
30°
1
Ans. M.I. about 1 kg 3m 2 kg
axis 1: I1 = 0 r1
M2
ma 2 ma 2 ma 2 D2 D1
Ans. Iz = + =
12 12 6
Also, Iz = ID1 + ID2 = 2ID M1
O
2
1 ma
\ ID = Iz = a
2 12
By symmetry, Fig. 3.101
1 ma 2
Iz = IM1 + IM2 = 2IM \ IM = I z = I D =
2 12
Q.16. A non-uniform rod has its linear density varying according the expression l = ax +
bx2, where x is the distance of the point from the end of the rod. Find the moment of
inertia of the rod about an axis passing through this end and perpendicular to the rod.
Ans. We know,
L L aL4 bL5
I = Ú dm r2 = Ú ldx x2 = Ú (ax + bx2) ◊ x2 dx = +
0 0 4 5
Q.17. The M.I. of a thin uniform rod of mass M and length L about an axis passing through
its centre is I1. This rod is bent in the form of a ring, and if I2 is the M.I. of the ring
formed about its centre then compare I1 and I2.
ML2
Ans. I1 =
12
L
Radius of ring r =
2p
ML2 I1 p 2
\ I2 = , so, =
4p 2 I2 3
WORKED PROBLEM
Problem 3.29 Calculate the moment of inertia of a system of (2N + 1) particles, separated
by a lying along a straight line about an axis passing through the centre.
L
Solution The total length, L = 2Na fi a=
2N
If m is the mass of each particle and M is the total mass of the system, then
M
M = (2N + 1)m fi m=
(2N + 1)
The moment of inertia of the system,
N N
I= Â 2 ma2 n2 = 2 ma2 Â n2
n =1 n =1
N
N (N + 1)(2N + 1)
 n2 = 6
n =1
400പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
N (N + 1)(2N + 1)
\ I = 2ma2
6
After substituting values of a and m, we get
ML2 È 1˘
I =
12 ÍÎ1 + N ˙˚ Ans.
ML2
For N Æ •, I =
12
NUMERICAL QUESTIONS
Q.18. Four sphere each of mass M and radius r are kept with their M A
L B M
centres on the corners of a square of side L. Calculate M.I. of the
system about an axis passing through one side of the square. L L
(IIT-JEE, 2006)
2 M C D M
Ans. I of sphere A = Mr 2 L
5
Fig. 3.102
2
I of sphere B = Mr 2
5 A B
2
I of sphere C = Mr 2 + ML2 [Parallel axis theorem]
5
2 2
I of sphere D = Mr + ML2 C D
5
8 Fig. 3.103
\ I = ÂI = Mr2 + 2 ML2
5
Q.19. A uniform thin rod has mass M and length L. Find the moment of inertia of the rod
about an axis passing through the centre of the rod and making an angle q with the
rod.
Ans. Consider an elementary particle
M
dm = ldx = dx
L
at distance x from centre, r for this particle
r = x sin q
r
q
L/ 2
Ú- L/2 dm r
2
\ I = x
dx
ANGULAR MOMENTUM
The angular momentum of a particle about an axis is defined as the moment of the linear
momentum of the particle about that axis. It is a vector quantity. Its SI unit is kg-m2/s.
(i) Angular momentum of a particle due to translational motion
Consider a particle D of mass m, moving with z
a velocity v. Its line of motion is at a distance r
from the z-axis. Its linear momentum p = m v . L
Angular momentum of the particle about z-axis
is given by
O y
L = (mv sin q) ¥ r
r q
mv sin
v
and direction can be given by right-hand screw
rule. D, m q
In the case given, the direction of L is along x mv cos q
positive z-axis. Fig. 3.105
Thus, z
L = mvr sin q k
or L = m( r ¥ v ) = r ¥ p
Here we have resolved momentum perpendic-
O
ular to r . The same thing can also be obtained y
r
r r
by resolving r perpendicular to momentum p. v
r sin q
Thus, we can write 90° q
L = r sin q ¥ mv
x
= mvr sin q
Fig. 3.106
(ii) Angular momentum due to rotation of the particle
Consider a particle of mass m is rotating about z
an axis with constant angular velocity w. Its r
linear velocity L
r
w
v = wr
The angular momentum of the particle about
z-axis; y
L = mv ¥ r sin 90° r
v
= m (wr)r
= (mr2)w x
= Iw Fig. 3.107
The direction of L is along the direction of w,
so we can write
L = Iw
402പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.30 Find the value of IP – IQ, where IP and IQ are the M.I. of the uniform disc of
mass m and radius R about the z-axis.
m
P
y
2R/3
C
R x
R/2
Q
Fig. 3.108
ÔÏÊ 2R ˆ
2 2¸
Ê Rˆ Ô
= m ÌÁ ˜ - Á ˜ ˝
Ë
ÔÓ 3 ¯ Ë 2¯ Ô˛
Q
7 mR2
=+ Ans. Fig. 3.109
36
If you write IP = IQ + mQP2, it will be wrong because IP = IC + mr2, where r = CP.
Problem 3.31 Find the M.I. of a uniform disc of mass m
and radius R about the line x1x1¢.
Solution According to perpendicular axis theorem,
(IO)z = IQx + I Oy ...(i)
1 R/2
where IOz = mR2 ...(ii) x1 x¢1
2
Since the disc is uniform,
Fig. 3.110
Ix = Iy ...(iii) y
Using Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii),
mR2
IOx = Ans.
4
x
Applying parallel axis theorem, O
R/2
2
mR2 Ê Rˆ mR2 O¢
Ix¢1 = IOx 2
+ m(OO¢) = + mÁ ˜ = Ans. x1 x¢1
4 Ë 2¯ 2
Fig. 3.111
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ403
(iv) Angular momentum of a rigid body due to translation and rotation both
Consider a body of mass m is rotating with angular y
velocity w about CM axis and translating with a
linear velocity v as shown in Fig. 3.113.
w r
The angular momentum of the body v0
O¢
L = L translation + L rotation y
or L = mv0y (– k̂ ) + Iw (– k̂ ) x
O
= – (mv0y + Iw) k̂ kg-m2/s
where I is the moment of inertia of the body about z
the perpendicular axis through O¢.
Fig. 3.113
WORKED PROBLEM
Problem 3.32 Find angular momentum of a disc about the axis shown in the following
situations.
z z
w w
M R R
M
(a) (b)
y y
M w M w
v v
R R
d d
O x O x
z (c) z (d)
Fig. 3.114
404പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution
Ê mR2 ˆ ˆ 2
(a) L = I w = Á ˜ w k kg-m /s
Ë 2 ¯
2
(b) L = Iw = (I CM + Md )w k̂
Ê mR2 ˆ
= Á + Md 2 ˜ w kˆ kg-m 2/s
Ë 2 ¯
(c) L = mvd (– k̂) + Iw (– k̂)
Ê mR2 ˆ ˆ
= Á mvd + w ˜ (- k ) kg - m 2/s
Ë 2 ¯
(d) L = mvd (– k̂) + Iw( k̂)
Ê mR2 ˆ ˆ 2
= Á mvd - w ˜ (- k) kg - m /s
Ë 2 ¯
Hint: Always use the vector method for this type of problem.
Earth
w1
Sun
Fig. 3.115
[Assuming the earth as point mass in comparison to the distance between the earth
and the sun]
Here M = 5.98 ¥ 1024 kg, r = mean earth-sun distance
= 1.50 ¥ 1011 m
and T = 1 year = 365 ¥ 24 ¥ 60 ¥ 60 s
2p
\ Lorbital = (5.98 ¥ 1024) (1.50 ¥ 1011)2 ¥
365 ¥ 24 ¥ 60 ¥ 60
= 2.7 ¥ 1040 kg-m2/s
The directions of Lrotation and Lorbit are shown in Fig. 3.115. The resultant angular
momentum of the earth will be the vector sum of these two angular momenta.
Thus, we can write |L net|= L2rotation + L2orbital + 2Lrotation Lorbit cos 23.5
LO = mv cos 45° ¥ 5
5
= mv unit
2
Its direction is along negative z-axis. Thus,
5
LO = – mvk̂ unit Ans.
2
Problem 3.34 Two particles, each of mass m and speed v, travel in opposite directions
along parallel lines separated by distance d. Show that the vector angular momentum of the
two-particle system is the same whatever be the point about which the angular momentum
is taken.
Solution Suppose the two particles are moving parallel to y
the y-axis as shown in Fig. 3.118. r
m1 v
Total angular momentum of the system
L = L1 + L 2
= r1 ¥ p1 + r2 ¥ p2 O x
r
v m2
= (x î) ¥ (–mv ĵ) + (x + d) î ¥ (mv ĵ ) x
x+d
= mvx( î ¥ ĵ) + (mvx + mvd)( î ¥ ĵ)
= – mvxk̂ + mvxk̂ + mvd k̂ Fig. 3.118
= mvdk̂
It is clear from the result that angular momentum does not depend on x and hence on
the origin. Thus, the angular momentum of the two-particle system is same whatever be the
point about which the angular momentum is taken.
Problem 3.35 A particle of mass m is released from point O x0
x
P at x = x0 on the x-axis from origin O and falls vertically
along the y-axis, as shown in Fig. 3.119. q
r
r
(i) Find the torque t acting on the particle at a time t
when it is at point Q with respect
to O.
(ii) Find the angular momentum L of the particle about Q
O at this time t.
y F = mg
dL
(iii) Show that t = in this example.
dt Fig. 3.119
Solution
(i) The gravitational force F = mg produces the torque t. If r is the position vector of Q,
then the magnitude of the torque about an axis about O is given by
t = Fr sin q
= mgx0 (r sin q = x0) Ans.
The directionof the torque will be along the negative z-axis which is perpendicular to
the plane of F and r .
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ407
L2 Ê M ˆ
= ÁË + m1 + m2 ˜
4 3 ¯
Therefore, the angular momentum is
L2 ÊM ˆ
L = Iw = ÁË + m1 + m2 ˜ w
4 3 ¯
(b) Weight of the particles exerts torque about centre, taking anticlockwise torque as
positive.
408പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
L
Torque due to m1g, t1 = m 1g cos q
2
L
Torque due to m2 g, t2 = – m2g sin q
2
1
Net torque, Âtext = t1 + t2 = (m1 – m2)gL cos q
2
Âtext = Ia
St ext 2(m1 - m2 ) g cos q
a = =
I L( M/3 + m1 + m2 )
If the masses of particles are equal, m1 = m2, a = 0, the system has no angular
acceleration.
Angular acceleration a is zero when q = p/2 or –p/2, i.e., vertical position.
Angular acceleration a is maximum when q = 0 or p, i.e., horizontal position.
(c) Angular acceleration continues to be positive unit q = – p/2; the system gains angular
velocity at this angle. Therefore angular velocity is maximum when q = – p/2.
This equation is the rotational analogue of Newton’s second law for linear motion,
dp
i.e., F ext =
dt
Also, we have L = Iw
dL d dw
\ t ext = = (I w ) = I
dt dt dt
or t ext = Ia
ANGULAR IMPULSE
y Hinge
Consider a rod hinged at its one end. It is acted upon by an
external force F for time Dt as shown in Fig. 3.124. The rod
starts rotating about the hinge due to the torque t = Fr.
The product of torque t with the duration of its exertion is
r
called angular impulse. Thus, angular impulse
J = tDt
Its direction is along the direction of t. Here in the case F
discussed the direction of J is along positive z-axis. Its SI unit
is kg-m2/s. By Newton’s second law, we have
x
dL O
t ext =
dt Fig. 3.124
or t ext dt = dL
The product t ext (dt) is angular impulse and d L is the change in angular momentum.
Thus, we can write
Angular impulse = Change in angular momentum
r
Examples based on Conservation of Angular L
Momentum
1. Planetary motion around sun: v1
In planetary motion, the gravitational force
(centripetal force) always passes through the r1
F
axis of rotation, so its moment of force zero. And
therefore angular momentum of the orbiting r2
Sun
planet remains constant. If v1 and v2 are the F
speeds of the planet when it is at distances r1 v2
and r2 respectively, then
mv1r1 = mv2r2 Fig. 3.125
or v1r 1 = v 2r 2 r r
L = Iiw i L = If w f
2. Figure 3.126 shows a girl sitting on a stool that
can rotate freely about a vertical axis.
The girl, who is rotating initially with angular
speed w1, holds his outstretched hands. His
angular momentum vector L lies along the
vertical axis as shown in Fig. 3.126(a). The girl
now pulls his arms; this decreases his moment
of inertia from its initial value Ii to If (If < Ii). His
angular speed increases from wi, to wf. As no net
external torque acts on the system along the axis
of rotation, so the angular momentum of the
(a) (b)
system about axis remains constant. Thus, we
have Fig. 3.126
r
Iiwi = Ifwf. As If < Ii, \ wf < wi L
4. Consider another similar device in which the radius of path decreases by wrapping
the string over the pipe as shown in Fig. 1.128. Here the tension in the string T which
is acting upon at a distance R (radius
of pipe), constitutes a torque t = TR along the
axis of rotation (along the line of L), so the angular momentum of the rotating body
will change. Kinetic energy of the body remains constant.
412പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
r
L
T
T
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.128
NUMERICAL QUESTIONS
Q.20. A grindstone 1.0 m in diameter, of mass 50 kg, is rotating at 900 rev/min–1. A tool is
pressed normally against the rim with a force of 200 N, and the grindstone comes to
rest in 10 s. Find the coefficient of friction between the tool and the grindstone. Neglect
friction in the bearings.
Diameter 1
Ans. Radius R = = = 0.5 m; Mass m = 50 kg
2 2
mR2 50 (0.5)2
\ I = = = 6.25
2 2
Also,
p
wi = 900 rpm = 900 ¥ = 30 p rad s -1
30
wf = 0; t = 10 s
w f - wi 0 - 30 p
a = = = - 3p
t 10
Torque = I a = (6.25) (–3 p)
Now,
Torque = r Ft = (0.5)f
\ (0.5)f = – 3 (6.25 p)
Friction, f = – 37.5 p
But f = mn and n = 200
37.5 p = m (200) or m = 0.1875 p = 0.58
Q.21. A block of mass 0.05 kg is attached to a cord passing through a hole in a horizontal
frictionless surface as in Fig. 3.129. The block is originally revolving at a distance of
0.2 m from the hole, with an angular velocity of 3 rad s–1. The cord is then pulled from
below, shortening the radius of the circle in which the block revolves to 0.1 m. The
block may be considered a point mass.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ413
Fig. 3.129
Ans.
(a) I1w 1 = I 2w 2
MR12 w1 = MR22w2
2 2
ÊR ˆ Ê 0.2 ˆ
or w2 = Á 1 ˜ w 1 = Á 3 = 12 rad s -2
Ë R2 ¯ Ë 0.1 ˜¯
1 1
(b) Change in KE = MR22w 22 - MR12 w 12
2 2
1
= M (R22w22 – R12w12)
2
0.05
= [(0.1)2 (12)2 - (0.2)2 (3)2 ] = 0.027
2
Q.22. Determine the constant torque that must be applied to a 50 kg flywheel, of radius of
gyration 40 cm, to give it an angular speed of 300 rpm in 10 s. (OJEE, 2013)
Ans. m = 50, d = 0.4, \ I = md2 = 50(0.4)2 = 8
p
wi = 0, wf = 300 ¥ = 10p , t = 10 s
30
w f - w i 10p
a = = =p
t 10
t = Ia = 8p Nm
Q.23. A 500 g wheel that has a moment of inertia of 0.015 kg m2 is initially turning at 30
rev/s. It comes to rest after 180 rev. How large is the torque that slowed it?
(EAMCET, 2010)
Ans. wi = 30 ¥ 2p rad s–1 = 60p rad s–1, wf = 0
q = 180 ¥ 2p = 360p rad
w 2f - w i2 0 2 - (60p )2
a = = = - 10 p
2q 360 p
414പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
I = 0.015 kgm2
\ t = I a = – (0.015) (10p) = – 0.15 p Nm
Q.24. A certain 8 kg wheel has a radius of gyration 25 cm. What is its moment of inertia?
How large a torque is required to give it an angular acceleration of 3 rad/s2?
Ans. M = 8 kg, d = 0.25, I = md2 = 8(0.25)2 = 0.5 kgm2
a =3
t = I a = (0.5) (3) = 1.5 Nm
Q.25. A rod of mass m and length L, lying horizontally, is free to rotate about a vertical
axis through its centre. A horizontal force of constant magnitude F acts on the rod at
a distance of L/4 from the centre. The force is always perpendicular to the rod. Find
the angle rotated by the rod during the time t after the motion starts.
FL
Ans. t =
4
ML2
I =
12
t FL/4 3F
a = = =
I ML2 /12 ML
1 2 1 3 F 2 3 Ft 2
q = at = t =
2 2 ML 2 ML
Q.26. A large wooden turntable of radius 2 m and total mass 120 kg is rotating about a
vertical axis through its centre, with angular velocity 3 rad s–1. A bag of sand of mass
100 kg is dropped vertically onto it, at a point near the outer edge.
(a) Find the angular velocity of the turntable after the sand bag is dropped.
(b) Compute the kinetic energies before and after the sand bag is dropped. Why are
they not equal?
MR2 120 ¥ 22
Ans. I of Disc = = = 240
2 2
w of disc = 3 rad s–1
L = Angular momentum of disc = 240 ¥ 3 = 720 kgm2 s–1
Now,
I¢ of Disc + Bag = Idisc + Ibag = 240 + 100 ¥ 22 = 640
If w¢ be final speed; Iw = I¢w¢
Iw 720
(a) w¢ = ; w= = 1.125 rad s -2
I¢ 640
1 1
(b) Ki = Iw 2 = ¥ 240 ¥ 32 = 1080 J
2 2
1 1
Kf = I¢w ¢ 2 = ¥ 640 ¥ (1.125)2 = 405 J
2 2
Some energy is lost during collision.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ415
Q.27. A rope of negligible mass is wound round a hollow cylinder of mass 3 kg and radius
40 cm. What is the angular acceleration of the cylinder if the rope is pulled with a force
of 30 N? What is the linear acceleration of the rope? Assume that there is no slipping.
Ans. Torque on cylinder
F = 30 N
t = 30 ¥ (0.4) = 12 Nm
Moment of inertia M = 3 kg
Mr 2 3(0.4)2
I = = = 0.24 R = 0.4 km
2 2
t 12
Now, a = = = 50 rad s -2
I 0.24 Fig. 3.130
2
Thus, tangential acceleration, at = 50(0.4) = 20 ms .
Q.28. A wheel of radius 0.20 m is mounted on a frictionless horizontal P
axis. The rotational inertia of the wheel about the axis is 0.05
kgm2. A massless cord wrapped around the wheel is attached to
a 2.0 kg block that slides on a horizontal frictionless surface. If a
Fig. 3.131
horizontal force of magnitude P = 3.0 N is applied to the block as
shown in Fig. 3.131, what is the magnitude of the angular acceleration of the wheel?
Assume the string does not slip on the wheel.
Ans. FBD of pulley and block are shown in Fig. 3.132:
a
T
T P
a
Fig. 3.132
Q.30. A standing disc with rotational inertia 1.2 ¥ 10–3 kgm2 is attached to an electric drill
whose motor delivers a torque of 16 Nm. Find the angular momentum of the disc
about its central axis (a) initially and, (b) at t = 10 s
Ans. ∵ Li = 0; Lf = J = t t = 16 ¥ 10 = 160
1
Q.31. The rotational inertia of a collapsing spinning star changes to its initial value. What
3
is the ratio of the new rotational kinetic energy to the initial rotational kinetic energy?
Ans. I1w2 = I2w2 = constant
L2 1
K= ; i.e., K μ
2I I
1
Since I reduces to rd of initial value, the energy will increase 3 times.
3
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.37 Figure 3.133 shows a person, sitting on a stool that can rotate freely about
a vertical axis. The person, initially at rest, is holding a fly wheel whose rim is loaded with
land and whose moment of inertia is I about its central axis. The wheel is rotating at an
angular speed wi from an overhead perspective, the rotation is counterclockwise. The axis
of the wheel points vertical, and the angular momentum Li of the flywheel points vertically
upwards. The person now inverts the wheel; as a result, the person and stool rotate about
the stool axis. With what angular speed and direction does the student then rotate? (The
moment of inertia of the person + stool + wheel system about the stool axis is I0.)
Solution There is no torque acting on the system (person + stool + wheel), so the angular
momentum of the system about vertical axis remains constant. Let D L 1 and D L 2 be the
change in angular momentum of (person + stool) and wheel respectively, then we have
DL1 + DL2 = 0
\ DL 1 = – D L 2
–Li
Li
wi
w wi
(a) A person holds a flywheel (b) The person inverts the flywheel,
rotating around the vertical. setting himself into rotation
Fig. 3.133
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ417
As D L 2 = – L i – Li
= – 2Li
\ D L 1 = 2L i
As initial angular momentum of (person + stool) is zero, so
2 L i = I0w
2Li
or w=
I0
The positive result tells that the angular velocity of rotation is counterclockwise.
Problem 3.38 Consider a disc of mass M and radius R is rotating with angular velocity w
about its geometrical axis as shown in Fig. 3.134. A small object of mass m falls gently on
the edge of the disc and sticks to it. Find the angular velocity of the disc.
Solution Weight of the object constitutes a torque which is perpendicular to the axis of
rotation (or angular momentum), so angular momentum of the system remains constant
along its initial direction. Thus, we have
r r
L L
wi = w wf
R M m R
fi
mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.134
Li = L f
or Ii w i = If wf
Ê MR2 ˆ Ê MR2 2ˆ
or Á 2 ˜ w = Á 2 + mR ˜ w f
Ë ¯ Ë ¯
È M ˘
\ wf = Í ˙w Ans.
Î M + 2m ˚
Equations of Motion
v = u + at w = w0 + at
1 2 1 2
s = ut + at q = w 0t + at
2 2
v2 = u2 + 2as w2 = w02 + 2aq
Mass m Moment of inertia I
Force F = m a Torque t = I a
Linear momentum P = m v Angular momentum L = Iw
dP dL
Newton's law F ext = Newton's law t ext =
dt dt
Linear impulse J = F Dt Angular impulse J = tDt
1 2 1
Translation KE = mv Rotational KE = Iw2
2 2
Work done = Ú F ◊ ds Work done = Ú t ◊ dq
Power = F ◊ v Power = t ◊w
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.39 A mass point is wound over a solid cylinder of mass M and radius R which
rotates having zero friction A mass m is tied from the free end and released. Calculate the
speed angular velocity, tension when mass m reaches the floor.
Solution Dynamical Method:
a RM
T
m
h mg
Floor
Fig. 3.135
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ419
È g ˘
= 2Í h
M˙
Í1 + ˙
Î 2m ˚
2 gh
or v= Ans.
M
1+
2m
Angular velocity of cylinder
v 1 2 gh
w= =
R R 1+ M
2m
420പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
MR2 20 ¥ (0.20)2
I = = = 0.4 kg m2
2 2
As t = Ia
\ Angular acceleration,
t 5.0 Nm
a = = = 12.5 rad s -2 .
I 0.4 kg m 2
(b) Work done by the pull unwinding 2 m of the cord,
= 25 N ¥ 2 m = 50 J.
(c) Angular displacement of the wheel,
Lenght of unwound string
q =
Radius of the wheel
2m
= = 10 rad
0.20 m
As the wheel starts from rest, w0 = 0
Final angular velocity w is given by
w2 = w02 + 2 aq = 0 + 2 ¥ 12.5 ¥ 10
= 250 (rad s–1)2
1 2 1
\ KE gained = Iw = ¥ 0.4 ¥ 250 = 50 J.
2 2
(d) The answers are the same, i.e., the kinetic energy gained by the wheel = work done
by the force. There is no loss of energy due to friction.
Problem 3.41 A uniform bar AB is pivoted at one end A. The bar is kept in the horizontal
position by a massless string tied to point B as shown in Fig. 3.137. Find the reaction of the
hinge on the end A of the bar at the instant when string is cut. (IIT Roorkee, 1998)
String
A B
A B RA mg
l/2
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.137
422പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution When string is cut, the weight of the bar constitutes torque about the hinge, so
l
tA = mg ...(i)
2
According to Newton’s second law
tA = Ia ...(ii)
where a is the angular acceleration of the rod about the end A. From Eq. (i) and (ii)
l
Ia = mg
2
l
mg
or a = 2
I
ml 2
Here I =
3
mgl/2 3g
\ a = 2
=
ml 2 l
3
Acceleration of CM of the rod
3g l
acm = ar = ¥
2 l 2
3g
=
4
Again by Newton’s second law
mg – RA = macm
3g
or mg – RA = m ¥
4
mg
\ RA = Ans.
4
Problem 3.42 Two small blocks of masses m1 and m2 are attached to the ends of a string
which passes over the pulley of mass M and radius R. Calculate the acceleration of the blocks
and tensions in the string. (IIT-JEE, 2004)
Solution Due to inertia of the pulley, the tension in two sides of the cord are T1 and T2. Let
acceleration magnitude of each block be a.
For the blocks, by Newton’s second law
m1g – T 1 = m 1a ...(i)
and T 2 – m 2g = m 2a ...(ii)
For the rotation of pulley:
T1R – T2R = Ia
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ423
È Unbalanced load ˘
= Í
n ˙˚
Î Inertia of translation + Inertia of rotation
For tension T = mdown(g – a)
or T = mup(g + a)
Problem 3.43 In the system shown in Fig. 3.139,
blocks A and B have masses m1 = 2 kg and m2 = (26/7)
kg respectively. Pulley having moment of inertia I =
0.11 kg-m2 can rotate without friction about a fixed
axis. Inner and outer radii of pulley are a = 10 cm and
b = 15 cm respectively. B is hanging with the thread A
wrapped around the pulley, while A lies on a rough m1
B
inclined plane. Coefficient of friction being m = 3 /10. 30°
m2
Calculate
Fig. 3.139
424പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
N
T1 )
°
A (aa
0 m1
i n3 a
gs O
m1 T1 b
m2(ba)
B
m2g
Fig. 3.140
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.44 A cord is wrapped around a solid cylinder and then the end of the string is
held stationary while the cylinder is released from rest. Find the acceleration of the cylinder
and tension in the string.
Solution Let M and R be the mass and radius of the cylinder. a is the
acceleration of CM of the cylinder. T
For translation motion,
Mg – T = Ma ...(i) T
For rotation motion, R
TR = Ia
a Mg
As a =
R Fig. 3.141
a
\ TR = I
R
Ia
or T = ...(ii)
R2
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
Mg
a =
Ê I ˆ
ÁË M + 2 ˜¯
R
Mg È MR2 ˘
= 2 ÍI = ˙
MR Î 2 ˚
M+
2R 2
2g
= Ans.
3
Ê MR 2ˆ 2g
Ia ÁË ˜¯ ¥ 3
and T = = 2
R2 R2
Mg
= Ans.
3
Problem 3.45 Find the acceleration of the device given in the figure.
Solution Acceleration magnitude of the block
426പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
È Unbalanced load ˘
a= Í
n ˙˚
Î Inertia of translation + Inertia of rotation
T3 T3
Here inertia of translation = (m1 + m2).
T2 T1
Ê I I ˆ I2, R2 I 1, R 1
and inertia of rotation = Á 12 + 12 ˜
Ë R1 R2 ¯ T2
m2 T1
(m1 - m2 ) g
\ a = m1
Ê I I ˆ m2g
(m1 + m2 ) + Á 12 + 22 ˜
Ë R1 R2 ¯ m1g
T1 = m1(g – a) Fig. 3.142
and T2 = m2 (g + a)
Ê aˆ
To get T1R1 – T3R1 = I1 Á ˜ Ans.
Ë R1 ¯
Problem 3.46 In Fig. 3.143 mass m1 slides without friction on the horizontal surface, the
frictionless pulley is in the form of a cylinder of mass M and radius R, and string turns the
pulley without slipping. Find the acceleration of each mass, and tension in each part of the
string.
a
N1
m1 M T1 T1 a
m1g T2
N2 +
T2 Torque
m2 a
m2
(a) (b)
m2g
Fig. 3.143
a
As there is no slipping of string over pulley, so a = .
R
a
\ T 2R – T 1R = I
R
Ia
or T2 – T1 = 2 …(iii)
R
Solving the above equations, we get
m2 g MR2
a = , here I=
Ê I ˆ 2
ÁË m1 + m2 + 2 ˜¯
R
m1m2 g
and T1 =
Ê I ˆ
ÁË m1 + m2 + 2 ˜¯
R
Ê Mˆ
ÁË m1 + ˜¯ m2 g
2
T2 = Ans.
Ê I ˆ
ÁË m1 + m2 + 2 ˜¯
R
Problem 3.47 A cord is wound around two discs on either side. The pulley
and the two discs have the same mass and radius. There is no slipping at
the pulley and no friction at the hinge. Find out the accelerations of the two
discs and the angular acceleration of the pulley.
Solution Let R be the radius of the discs and T1 and T2 be the tensions in
the left and right segments of the rope.
T1 1 2
T2
Fig. 3.144
a1 a2
a1 mg mg a2
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.145
Acceleration of disc 1,
mg - T1
a1 = ...(i)
m
428പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Acceleration of disc 2, a
mg - T2
a2 = ...(ii)
m +
t TR 2T Torque
Angular acceleration of disc 1, = 1
a1 = = 1 ...(iii)
I 1
mR2 mR
2
T1 T2
2T2
Similarly, angular acceleration of disc 2, a2 = ...(iv)
mR Fig. 3.146
Both a1 and a2 are clockwise.
Angular acceleration of pulley,
(T - T )R 2(T2 - T1 )
a = 2 1 = ...(v)
1 mR
mR2
2
For no slipping, Ra1 – a1 = a2 – Ra2 = Ra ...(vi)
Solving these equations, we get
2g
a =0 and a 1 = a2 =
3
Problem 3.48 A uniform cylinder of radius R and mass M can rotate freely
about a stationary horizontal axis O shown in Fig. 3.147. A thin cord of length
l and mass m is wound on the cylinder in a single layer. Find the angular
acceleration of the cylinder as function of the length x of the hanging part of
O R
the cord. The wound part of the cord is supposed to have its centre of gravity M
of the cylinder axis.
Solution The mass of the hanging part of the cord x
mx
m¢ =
R
Thus, m¢g – T = m¢a ...(i) Fig. 3.147
and TR = Ia
la
or T = ...(ii)
R2
On solving Eq. (i) and (ii) we get
m¢ g R
a=
I T
m¢ +
R2
T
2
MR m
Here, I= + (l - x )R2
2 l
After simplifying, we get m¢g
2mgx
a = Ans. Fig. 3.148
R/( M + 2m)
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ429
1 2 1
So, Mgh = /w + Mv 2
2 2
1
Here, I =MR2 and v = Rw
2
˘Èv ˘
2
1 1 È1
So, Mgh = Mv 2 + Í MR2 ˙ Í 2 ˙
2 2 Î2 ˚ ÎR ˚
4
or v2 = gh
3
Now differentiating both sides with respect to time
dv 4 dh
2v = g
dt 3 dt
2 È dv dh ˘
or a = g as = a and = v˙
3 ÍÎ dt dt ˚
Now as the cylinder is accelerated down [W = M (g – a)]
1 È 2˘ 1
2T = M(g – a), i.e., T= Mg Í1 - ˙ = Mg
2 Î 3˚ 6
Alternative Solution: The equations of translational and rotational motion of the cylinder
will be
Mg – 2T = Ma (Translational motion) ...(i)
and 2TR = Ia (Rotational motion) ...(ii)
1 2
Now as I = MR and a = a/R, the equation of rotational motion, i.e., Eq. (ii) reduces to
2
1
2T = Ma ...(iii)
2
430പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
a1 T T
T T
a1
mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.150
Problem 3.51 In the arrangement shown in Fig. 3.151, a weight A possesses mass m, a
pulley B possesses mass M. Also known are the moment of inertia l of the pulley relative to
its axis and the radii of the pulley R and 2R. The mass of the threads is negligible. Find the
acceleration of the weight A after the system is set free.
2R T1
T2 T2
R Mg
a2 A a2
A a1
A
mg
Fig. 3.151
ÊIˆ
or 2T1 + 2T2 = ÁË ˜¯ a ...(3)
R
Adding Eqs. (2) and (3), we get
I
Mg + 3T2 = a + MaR ...(4)
R
From Eq. (1) T2 = mg – 3aRm
Substituting this value in Eq. (4), we get
I
Mg + 3[mg – 3 a Rm] = a + MaR
R
I
Mg + 3 mg = a + MaR + 9a Rm
R
(M + 3 m) g = a È + MR + 9Rm˘
I
ÍÎ R ˙˚
432പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
( M + 3 m) g
\ a=
[ MR + 9Rm + (I/R)]
3( M + m) g
a2 =
[ M + 9m + (I/R2 )]
Problem 3.52 The cylinder of mass M and radius R is connected to a small block of
mass m with the help of inextensible cord. The cylinder is in pure rolling motion. Find the
acceleration of the block.
Solution
(a)
N
R a T T Massless pulley
f
T
Mg
T
m
mg
Fig. 3.152
The magnitude of accelerations of the block and the centre of mass of the cylinder are
equal. Let it be a.
For the motion of the cylinder:
T – f = Ma ...(i)
and fR = Ia ...(ii)
a
For pure rolling, a = ...(iii)
R
For the motion of the block:
mg – T = ma ...(iv)
Also solving above equations, we get
mg
a =
I
m+ M+
R2
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ433
(b)
N
T T
Massless pulley
a a
f
T
Mg
T
2a
m
mg
Fig. 3.153
If a is the acceleration of CM of the cylinder, then the acceleration of the topmost point
of the cylinder is 2a, and hence acceleration of the hanging block is 2a.
For the motion of the cylinder:
T + f = Ma ...(i)
and TR – fR = Ia ...(ii)
a
For pure rolling, a = ...(iii)
R
For the motion of the block
mg – T = m(2a) ...(iv)
After solving the above equations, we get
2mg
a =
I
4m + M +
R2
Important: The situation is shown in Fig. 3.153. As force F rotates the sphere, the point of
contact has a tendency to slip towards left so that the static friction on the sphere will act
towards right or the friction value will come +ve so assumed direction is correct.
Problem 3.53 A thin massless cord is wound on a reel of mass 3 kg and moment of inertia
0.6 kg-m2. The hub radius is R = 10 cm and peripheral radius is 2R = 20 cm. The reel is placed
on a rough table and the friction is enough to prevent slipping. Find the acceleration of the
centre of reel and of hanging mass of 1 kg.
2R
R
Fig. 3.154
434പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.54 Figure 3.157 shows a composite cylinder with forces F1 and F2 applied on it.
Determine the net torque on the cylinder, about the rotation axis, which is z-axis.
Solution We consider outward torque y
(that tends to rotate a body anticlock-
F1
wise) as positive.
y R1
t1 = – R1 F1
t2 = + R 2 F2 x
R2
Âtext = t1 + t2 = – R1 F1 + R2 F2
x
Note that if F1 = F2, net torque is z
O
negative because R1 > R2, i.e., the system
will rotate clockwise.
Net torque is positive, which implies F2
that the system will commence anti-
clockwise rotation with increasing ve- Fig. 3.157
locity.
Problem 3.55 A cylinder of mass 10 kg and radius 10 cm has a cord wrapped round it.
The pulley weighs 100 N and has a radius 5 cm. When the system is released, the 5 kg mass
comes down and the cylinder rolls without slipping. Calculate the acceleration and velocity
of the mass as a function of time.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ435
10 cm
20 cm
Rough
5 kg
Fig. 3.158
(T1 - f )R1
= a1 ...(iv)
1
M1R12
2
a1 = R 1a 1 ...(v)
a1 + R 1a 1 = R 2a 2 ...(vi)
R2a 2 = a2 ...(vii)
a1 T2
T1 T1 a2
a1 R2
M2 a2
R1
f
M1 T2
5g
Fig. 3.159
We have seven unknowns, T1, T2, a1, a2, a1, a2 and f . Solving above equations, we get
4
a2 = g = 3.6 m/s2 Ans.
11
4 gt
v = a 2t = Ans.
11
Problem 3.56 An extensible cord is wound over a rough pulley of mass M1 and radius R
and a cylinder of mass M2 and radius R such that as the cylinder rolls down, [Fig. 3.160(a)]
the string unwounds over the pulley as well as the cylinder. Find the acceleration of cylinder
M 2.
436പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
P
R C
M1 P
M1 C a2
a1 = d1R
R T a2
a2
M2
C¢
T
C¢ a2
Q
M2g
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.160
Solution Through this illustration we will learn the application of torque equation and
constraint relation in more complex case here. We have changed the block with cylinder M2.
Pulley M1 will have only pure rotation while cylinder M2 will have rotation and translation
combined. Let us analyse step by step in the same way as the previous illustration.
Step I: Analyse the motions of the pulley and the cylinder. Pulley: One rotational acceleration
a1 (clockwise); cylinder: One rotational acceleration a2 (clockwise) and a linear acceleration
a2 (downwards).
Step II: Equation of motion for M2:
M 2g – T = M 2a 2 …(i)
Step III: Torque equation for pulley: tc = Ica
Ê M R2 ˆ 2T
TR = Á 1 ˜ a 1 fi a 1 = …(ii)
Ë 2 ¯ M1R
Torque equation for the cylinder (about centre of mass of cylinder): tc = Ica
Ê M R2 ˆ
fi TR = Á 2 ˜ a 2
Ë 2 ¯
2T
a2 = …(iii)
M2 R
Step IV: The acceleration of P and Q should be equal as both are connected with the same
inextensible string.
Acceleration of P, aM = a1R (downwards) …(iv)
Acceleration of Q: aN = a2 – a2R (downwards) …(v)
Hence, constraint relation: a1R = a2 – a2R …(vi)
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ437
È 2(M1 + M2 ˘
a2 = Í ˙g
Î 3 M1 + 2 M2 ˚
Problem 3.57 A block X of mass 0.5 kg is held by a long massless string on a frictionless
inclined plane of inclination 30° to the horizontal. The cord is wound on a uniform solid
cylindrical drum Y of mass 2 kg and of radius 0.2 m as shown in Fig. 3.161. The drum is
given an initial angular velocity such that block X starts moving up the plane.
(a) Find the tension in the string during the motion.
(b) At a certain instant of time, the magnitude of the angular velocity of Y is 10 rad/s.
Calculate the distance travelled by X from that instant of time until it comes to rest.
[g = 10 m/s2] (IIT-JEE, 1994)
a
w
Y
v0
a X
Smooth
30°
Fig. 3.161
Solution
(i) Suppose a is the acceleration of the block, then the tangential acceleration of the pulley
will be a. Thus, angular acceleration of the pulley
a
a = M
R T
Thus, mg sin 30° – T = ma ...(i)
T
and TR = I a
MR2 a
or TR = ¥ 30
°
2 R in
mgs
Ma 30°
\ T = ...(ii)
2 Fig. 3.162
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
mg sin 30∞
a =
M
m+
2
mg
=
2m + M
438പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
0.5 ¥ 9.8
=
2 ¥ 0.5 + 2
= 1.63 m/s2
2 ¥ 1.63
and T =
2
= 1.63 N Ans.
(ii) In the process the KE of the system will convert into potential energy of the block and so
1 1
mv 2 + Iw 2 = mgh
2 2
1 1 Ê MR2 ˆ 2
or m(w R)2 + Á w = mg(s sin 30°)
2 2 Ë 2 ˜¯
After simplifying, we get
s = 1.224 m Ans.
Problem 3.58 Two steel balls 1 and 2 have a mass of 500 g each, and are rotating about the
vertical axis with an angular velocity of 4 rad/s at a distance of 15 cm from the axis. Collar
L is now forced down until the balls are at a distance of 5 cm from the axis. How much work
must be done to move the collar down?
Solution In this process angular momentum remains constant
I 1w 1 = I 2w 2 1 2
2
where I1 = 2 m (0.05) , w1 = 4 rad/s
I2 = 2 m (0.05)2
L
Substituting these values in the above equation, we get
I1w 1
w2 = = 36 rad/s
I2
Work done on the collar
Fig. 3.163
1 1
W = I 2w 22 - I1w 12
2 2
1 1
or W = 2 m (0.05)2 ¥ 36 2 - 2 m (0.15)2 ¥ 4 2
2 2
where m = 500/1000 = 0.5 kg
= 1.44 J Ans.
Problem 3.59 A small block of mass 4 kg is attached to a string passing through a hole in
a horizontal frictionless surface. The block is originally revolving in a circle of radius 0.5
m about the hole, with a tangential velocity of 4 m/s. The cord is then pulled slowly from
below, shortening the radius of the circle in which the block revolves. The breaking strength
of the cord is 600 N. What will be the radius of the circle when the cord breaks?
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ439
Solution Cord will break when centrifugal force exceeds break- T mv 2/r
ing strength. Let r2 be the radius of the circle at the instant
of breaking, then
mv22
600 = ...(i)
r
In the process of shorting of the string, angular momen- F
tum remains constant. L1 = L2 Fig. 3.164
mv1r1 = mv2r2 ...(ii)
or m ¥ 4 ¥ 0.5 = m ¥ v2 ¥ r
2
or v2 =
r
Substituting the value of v2 in Eq. (i), we get
r = 0.2988 m Ans.
Problem 3.60 A cord is passing through a hole at the centre of a frictionless table. At the
upper end a block of mass 0.5 kg is tied and a block of mass 8.0 kg is tied at the lower end
which is freely hanging. The smaller mass is rotated on the table with a constant angular
velocity about the axis passing through the hole so as to balance the heavier mass. If the
mass of the hanging block is changed from 8.0 kg to 1.0 kg, what is the frictional change
in the radius and the angular velocity of the smaller mass so that it balances the hanging
mass again?
Solution For circular motion of a body tied to a string on a horizontal plane
(mv2/r) = T
Here as tension is provided by the hanging mass M, i.e., O T
m
T = Mg r
v
So, (mv2/r) = Mg
According to the given problem T
(mv12/r1 ) M1 g 8
= =
(mv22/r2 ) M2 g 1 M
v12 r2 8
or 2
= ...(i) Fig. 3.165
v2 r1 1
Now as the force (T is central) so angular momentum is also conserved, i.e.,
mv1r1 = mv2r2 ...(ii)
So, substituting the value of (v1/v2) from Eqn. (ii) in (i)
2
È r2 ˘ r2 8 r2
Í ˙ ¥ = , i.e., =2 ...(iii)
r
Î 1˚ r1 1 r1
Dr r -r r
So that = 2 1= 2 –1=2–1=1
r r1 r1
440പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.61 Suppose a person of mass m stands at the edge of a circular platform of radius
R and moment of inertia I. The platform is at rest initially, but the platform begins to rotate
when the person begins to move with velocity v.
Axis
Determine the angular velocity of the platform.
Solution Problem Solving Strategy: If the per-
m
son starts to walk along the edge of the platform,
the platform starts rotating in the opposite direc-
tion. The person exerts a force (torque) on the plat-
CM v
form, the platform exerts an equal and opposite R
torque on the person. Therefore, the net torque on
the system of person plus platform is zero and the
total angular momentum is conserved. (a)
r
Ê vˆ L person + ve
L person = (mR2 ) Á ˜ ; L platform = – Iw
Ë R¯
When the person starts walking anticlockwise,
the person’s angular momentum points upwards r
(from right hand thumb rule). Initial angular L platform - ve
momentum is zero initially, so the platform must
(b)
rotate clockwise so that final angular momentum
is zero. Fig. 3.166
Li = L f
Ê vˆ
0 = mR2 Á ˜ - Iw
Ë R¯
mRv
w =
I
Problem 3.62 Consider the situation of the previous problem. If the platform is rotating
initially with angular velocity w and the person starts to move towards the centre. What is
the angular speed when he reaches a point at a distance r from the centre?
Solution Moment of inertia of system has decreased as there is redistribution of mass
without external torque. Therefore, angular momentum of the system is conserved.
Li = L f
(I + mR2)w = (I + mR2)w
(I + mR2 )
w = w0
I + mr 2
Problem 3.63 If a person runs at a speed v along a line tangent to the circumference of a
stationary platform, what is the rotational speed of the system of platform plus person when
the person lands on to the platform?
Solution Problem Solving Strategy: This situation is equivalent to an inelastic collision
(person sticks to the platform). In such cases energy is not conserved. Linear momentum
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ441
mvR + 0 = (I + mR2)w
mvR Fig. 3.167
w =
(I + mR2 )
Problem 3.64 An unknown rotating star has a period of 30 days about an axis passing
through its centre. The star undergoes an internal explosion and converts to a cyrus star.
Initial radius of the core is 1.0 ¥ 104 km, whereas final radius is 3.0 km. Determine the period
of rotation of the neutron star.
Solution During collapse of the star no external torque acts on it; it undergoes redistribution
of mass, resulting in change of moment of inertia. From conservation of angular momentum,
Li = L f
2 Ê 2p ˆ 2 Ê 2p ˆ
MRi2 Á ˜ = MR2f Á ˜
5 Ë Ti ¯ 5 Ë Tf ¯
2
Ê Rf ˆ
or Tf = Ti Á ˜ = 2.7 ¥ 10–6 days
Ë Ri ¯
Problem 3.65 A clutch consists of two discs A and B of moment of inertia 2I and I
respectively, one being the engine flywheel, the other one is the clutch plate. The discs are
initially rotating with angular velocities wA = w and wB = 2w as shown in Fig 3.168. When
the two discs are brought into contact, the discs rub against
each other and eventually reach a common angular velocity w.
wB
(a) Derive an expression for w. (b) What is the angular impulse
of friction on any one of the discs?
Solution There is no external torque on the system. The IB
frictional forces do exert torque on each disc but they are
internal forces for the system of two discs. Therefore, angular
momentum of the system is conserved.
wA
(a) From conservation of angular momentum, IA
Li = L f
IAwA + IBwB = (IA + IB)w
I Aw A + I Bw B 2Iw + I (2w ) 4
w = = = w Fig. 3.168
I A + IB 3I 3
442പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
*Note that we have taken angular velocity of the discs in the same direction; if they
have opposite rotational sense, the expression for w will be
I Aw A - I Bw B
w= =0
I A + IB
(b) Angular impulse is changed in angular momentum.
Ê4 ˆ 2
|t A Dt| = |DL A|= (2I ) Á w ˜ - 2Iw = Iw
Ë3 ¯ 3
4ma2w0 = 4m(2a)2w
w0
from which we have w =
4
Problem 3.67 A man of mass 100 kg stands at the rim of a turntable of radius 2 m, moment
of inertia 4000 kg-m2 mounted on a vertical frictionless shaft at its centre. The whole system
is initially at rest. The man now walks along the outer edge of the turntable with a velocity
of 1 m/s relative to the earth.
(a) With what angular velocity and in what direction does the turntable rotate?
(b) Through what angle will it rotate when the man reaches his initial position on the
turntable?
(c) Through what angle will it rotate when the man reaches his initial position relative to
wt
the earth? w m
Solution Let the man move anticlockwise.
(a) By conservation of angular momentum on the man-table
system,
Li = L f or 0 + 0 = Imwm + Itwt
I mw m v 1
wt = - where wm = = rad/s
It r 2 Fig. 3.170
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ443
1/2
= – 100(2)2 ¥
4000
1
=– rad/s
20
Thus, the table rotates clockwise (opposite to man) with angular velocity 0.05 rad/s.
(b) If the man completes one revolution relative to the table, then
qmt = 2p; 2p = qm – qt
2p = wmt – wtt (where t is the time taken)
2p 2p
t = =
(w m - w t ) 0.5 + 0.05
Angular displacement of the table is
2p
qt = wtt = – 0.05 ¥
0.55
2p
=– radian
11
The table rotates through 2p/11 radians clockwise.
(c) If the man completes one revolution relative to the earth,
then qm = 2p
2p 2p
Time = =
w m 0.5
During this time, angular displacement of the table,
2p
qt = wt (time) = – 0.05 ¥
0.5
p
qt = – radian
5
qt = 36° in clockwise direction.
Problem 3.68 A block of mass M rests on a rotating table that is rotating at constant angular
velocity w. A string runs from the block through a hole in the centre of the table down to a
hanging block of mass m. The coefficient of friction between the first block and the turntable
is m. (see Fig. 3.171). Find the largest and the smallest values of the radius r for which the
first block will remain at rest relative to the turntable.
N
N
T Mw 2r1
mN T
mN
Mw 2r2
T Mg T Mg
mg mg
(a) FBD in rotating frame (b) FBD in rotating frame
Fig. 3.171
444പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution For minimum value of r = r1, the tendency of motion of the block M is towards
the centre, and therefore frictional force will act away from the centre.
For the equilibrium of M, we have
T = M w2r1 + mN ...(i)
where N = Mg
For the equilibrium of block m we have
T = mg ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get
mg = Mw2r1 + mMg
or r1 = (mg – mMg)/(M w2)
For maximum value of r = r2, the tendency of motion of block M will be away from the
centre, therefore frictional force acts towards the centre.
Doing similar treatment for this case,
T + mMg = Mw2r2
and T = mg
After solving for r2, we get
r2 = (mg + mMg)/(Mw2) Ans.
Problem 3.69 Disks A and B are mounted on a shaft A B
MM and may be connected or disconnected by a clutch
L, as shown in Fig. 3.172. The moment of inertia of disk A
C
is one half that of disk B. With the clutch is disconnected, M MM
A is brought up to an angular velocity w0. The accelerat-
ing torque is then removed from A and it is coupled to
disk B by the clutch (bearing friction may be neglected).
It is found that 2000 J of heat are developed in the clutch
when the connection is made. What is the original kinetic Fig. 3.172
energy of disk A?
Solution Let IA = I and IB = 2I
In the connection of disk A with disk B, the angular momentum remains constant
or Iw0 + 0 = (I + 2I)w
w0
which gives w =
3
The change in KE evolved as heat, i.e.,
1 2 1
Iw 0 - (3I )w 2 = 2000
3 2
Substituting the value of w in the above equation, we get
2
1 2 1 Ê w0 ˆ
Iw 0 - 3I Á ˜ = 2000
3 2 Ë 3¯
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ445
1
or I0w2 = 2000
3
1
\ Iw02 = 3000 J
2
1
where Iw02 in the initial energy of the disk A.
2
ROLLING MOTION
Consider a wheel moving along a straight track, the centre of the wheel moves forward in
pure translation. A point on the rim of the wheel, however traces out a complex curve called
cycloid. We can analyse the motion of a rolling wheel as a combination of translation and
pure rotation.
Cycloid
P
vCM vCM
O O O O O
w P P
P P
s = 2pR
Fig. 3.173
In one complete rotation of the wheel, the CM of the wheel moves a distance s = 2pR. In
this motion there is no relative motion between the point of contact of the moving body and
the surface. If T is the time to complete a rotation, then we have
s 2p R
=
T T
or vCM = wR
Thus, in pure rolling, the velocity of the point of contact is zero and the velocity of centre
of mass is vCM = wR. If the wheel moves through a distance greater than 2pR in one full
rotation, then vCM > wR and the wheel slips forward. This type of motion occurs when you
apply sudden brakes to the car. The car stops after a long distance but the wheels rotate
only a little during the period.
When the wheel moves a distance shorter than 2pR in full rotation, vCM < wR and the
wheel slips backward. It happens when you drive the car on muddy rod, then wheels rotate
more than the forward motion of the car.
Equation of Cycloid
Suppose the motion of the wheel is along the positive x-direction in xy-plane with ox along
the horizontal and oy along the vertical, the origin O is at the centre of the wheel. Let R be
the radius of the wheel, – w, its angular velocity (being clockwise) and – q, the angle that a
446പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 2
or vP = vCM + vCM + 2vCM vCM cos q
q
or vP = 2vCM cos . Fig. 3.175
2
vCM
–vCM
P
(a) Translation (b) Rotation (c) Rolling
Fig. 3.176
It is clear from Fig. 3.176(c) that the point of contact of the wheel (point P) is stationary,
i.e., there is no relative motion between the point of contact of the body and the surface.
And the topmost point is moving at speed 2vCM, faster than any other point on the wheel.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ447
Note: w
vCM
wR
1. If the point of contact of the surface is moving with velocity u vCM
with respect to the ground, then u
Fig. 3.177
vCM – wR = u
2. For accelerated surface a
aCM
aCM – aR = a
a
Fig. 3.178
Kinetic Energy of Rolling Wheel
Let us calculate the kinetic energy of the rolling wheel as measured by the stationary
observer.
KE of rolling wheel = KE associated with translational motion + KE associated with the
rotation motion
1 2 1
or Krolling = MvCM + I CMw 2
2 2
For pure rolling, vCM = wR
1 1
\ Krolling = M(w R)2 + I CMw 2
2 2
1
= (MR2 + ICM)w2
2
MR2 3
Disc MR2w 2
2 4
2 7
Sphere MR2 MR2w 2
5 10
As we know(ICM + MR2) is the moment of inertia of the wheel about the point of contact
P, say it is IP. Thus,
1
Krolling = I pw 2
2
IMPORTANT POINTS
Case I. If the body rolls on a stationary horizontal surface.
For pure rolling, point of contact P should be at rest; therefore,
vCM – wr = 0
i.e., vCM = wr [see Fig. 3.179(a)]
448പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
r
w w
w vCM vCM vCM
r r
wr vCM
wr vCM wr vCM
P P P
u u
Fig. 3.179
Notes:
I: Similarly, for pure rolling motion on a stationary horizontal surface, the linear
acceleration a of the centre of mass should be related to the angular acceleration a as
a = a r.
II.
(i) vCM > wr, then the motion will be rolling with sliding.
(ii) If vCM < w r, then the motion will be rolling with slipping.
(a)
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ449
Case III. If vCM > w r then frictional force (FK) acts in positive w vCM
direction.
+ve
If vCM < wr then frictional force (FK) acts in negative r
direction.
If vCM = w r then FS acts in negative direction.
or L = mwR2 + ICMw
P
or L = (ICM + mR2)w = IP w
Fig. 3.182
Rolling as Pure Rotation
Q
1
For a rolling wheel, KE = I pw2. Thus, rolling can be viewed as
2
vCM
pure rotation with angular velocity w, about an axis that always S
O
extends through point of contact P. It is clear from the figure that,
velocity of point P, vP = 0
vO = wR P w
vQ = w(2 R) = 2wR = 2vCM Rotational axis through P
w 2R w 2R
2 w 2
vCM w R w R w
O + O fi O
w 2R w 2R
2 2
w R w R
Fig. 3.184
450പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.70 Consider a wheel rolls without slipping and its centre moves with constant
acceleration a. Find the acceleration of points O, P, Q and S when linear velocity of the
centre of wheel is v.
Solution
Q a 2a
a
Q Q
a 2
w R a 2
w R
y w v a w a 2
a w R a
R O S S + O a S + O
a a a 2
w R
2
w R a
a w 2R w 2R
x P a
a a a a
P (a) Acceleration due (b) Acceleration due (c) Centripetal (d) Acceleration in
to translation to rotation acceleration rolling motion
Fig. 3.185
aR = a
wR = v
From Fig. 3.185(d),
Resultant acceleration of point O,
aO = ai
aP = ai - ai + w 2 Rj
= w2Rj
aQ = ai + ai - w 2 Rj
= 2 ai - w 2 Rj
aS = ai - w 2 Ri - aj
= (a – w2R)i - aj
ar = (a + w2R)i + aj
Problem 3.71 Point on the periphery of the rolling body which has velocity equal to the
velocity of the centre of mass of body.
q
Solution We have vP = 2vCM cos
2
for vP = vCM;
120° 120°
q
vCM = 2vCM cos
2
q 1
or cos =
2 2
Fig. 3.186
or q = 120°
Problem 3.72 A disc of radius R spins with an angular speed w. Find the velocity of its CM
so that it rolls over the surface in each case as shown in Fig. 3.187.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ451
w
w
v v
(a) (b)
R R
S vs = 0 S vs = 0
v
(c)
R
S v¢
Fig. 3.187
Solution
w
(a) vP = vQ
v
or v PC + v CM = 0
or – Rw + v = 0 P
or v = Rw (to right) Ans.
Q
(b) vP = vQ
Fig. 3.188
or v PC + v CM =0
or Rw + v =0
or v = – Rw (from left) Ans.
(c) vP = vQ
or v PC + v CM = vQ
v CM = vQ - v PC
or vCM = v¢ – (– Rw)
or vCM = (v¢ + Rw) Ans.
Problem 3.73 A wheel is rolling without slipping on a horizontal surface
w
with angular speed w. What is the velocity of point of contact and the centre
of wheel. vc
Solution
P
(a) vP = 0
Fig. 3.189
(b) vP = vC – wR = 0
\ vC = wR
452പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.74 In the above question calculate the velocity at the topmost point and a point
on horizontal diameter.
vt = v
Solution At topmost point vr = v
velocity of translation vt = v
velocity of rotation vr = v
vt = v
Both vt and vr are in same direction.
So, vP = 2v
On horizontal diameter vr = v
Fig. 3.190
vP = v 2 + v 2 = 2 v [∵ vt ^ vr ]
Problem 3.75 An object is rolling without slipping on a horizontal
surface with speed v. Calculate velocity of a point on its circumference
v
at angular position q from lower vertical radius.
vr =
q
–
Solution
0
In this case the angle between vr and vt is 180 – q.
18
q
(180 - q ) P
So, vP = 2v cos vt = v
2
q Fig. 3.191
= 2v sin
2
Problem 3.76 Locate a point on the circumference of a rolling object which has the same
velocity as the velocity of centre.
Solution vP = vC
q q 1
2v sin = v or sin =
2 2 2
p
\ q = or 60°
3
Problem 3.77 Determine distance travelled by any point P on a rolling body in one
revolution.
vP P
w dl w
vCM
O O O
vCM P
P P
Fig. 3.192
Solution The speed of the point P at any angular position a, as shown in Fig. 3.192.
q
vP = 2vCM cos
2
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ453
Ê 180∞ - a ˆ P
= 2vCM cos Á ˜¯
Ë 2 q vP
O a
= 2vCM cos (90° – a/2)
a
= 2vCM sin
2
The distance travelled by point P in small time dt Fig. 3.193
dl = vp dt
a
= 2vCM sin (dt)
2
da da
We have w = fi dt =
dt w
a Ê da ˆ
\ dl = 2vCM sin Á ˜
2Ë w ¯
The distance travelled in one complete revolution
2p
a da
l = Ú 2vCM sin 2 w
0
2p
2vCM a
=
w Ú sin 2 da
0
2p
2w R È - cos a/2 ˘
= Í ˙
w Î 1/2 ˚ 0
Case 2. Consider a wheel acted upon by a force F at its centre chang- Rough surface
ing the velocity of the centre of the wheel or the angular speed about
Fig. 3.194
the centre, then there is a tendency for the wheel to slide at P, and a
static frictional force acts on the wheel, at the point of contact to oppose this tendency. At
subsequent motion the linear speed decreases due to force f and angular speed increases
due to its torque (fR).
454പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
flim R
cannot be greater than a certain limit, i.e., a = amax = . In case, if F is large, then aCM
I
becomes larger than amax R. The wheel will have linear speed greater than the angular speed
and therefore the wheel will not have pure rolling motion.
The minimum value of coefficient of friction required for rolling of a body on horizontal
surface for given value of F
È ˘
Í 1 ˙
We have f =F Í 2
˙
Í mR ˙
ÍÎ 1 +
I ˙˚
The coefficient of friction (static)
È ˘
f F Í 1 ˙
mmin = = Í 2
˙
N Mg Í mR ˙
ÍÎ 1 + I ˙˚
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ455
Body MI mmin
F
Ring or hoop I = mR2
2mg
mR2 F
Disc or cylinder I=
2 3mg
2 2F
Sphere I= mR2
5 7 mg
Case 3. Let a wheel is thrown on a rough surface with initial velocity v0. The tendency of point
of contact P is to slide forward, so frictional force acts in backward direction of motion of
wheel. Due to the frictional force, the linear speed of centre of wheel decreases and angular speed
increases due to the torque exerted by frictional force. A condition is reached when v = wR, and then
the wheel will start in pure rolling motion. Thereafter friction stops acting.
f m N m mg
Retardation for translation motion, a = = = = mg ...(i)
m m m
t fR
Acceleration for rotational motion, a = = ...(ii)
I I
v0 v
w
f P v P
Rough surface
t=0 t=t
Translation Pure rolling
u = v0,w0 = 0
Fig. 3.196
Important:
Why v = v0 – at? Because due to frictional force the linear speed of the centre of the wheel
decreases. Why w = w0 + a t as angular speed increases?
= Ki – Kf
1 Ê1 1 ˆ
= mv02 - Á mv 2 + Iw 2 ˜ ...(vi)
2 Ë2 2 ¯
we can solve the above equations to get unknowns.
Case 4. Let a rotating wheel, w = w0 is placed on a rough surface. The tendency of the point of contact
P is to slide backward, so the frictional force will act in forward direction. Because of this frictional
force, the centre of wheel starts accelerating, while torque of frictional force decreases the angular
speed. After some time the wheel starts rolling. Thereafter, friction stops acting.
w0 w v
wR P f P
Rough surface
t=0 t=t
Rotation Rolling
Fig. 3.197
f r m N m mg
Acceleration for translation motion, a = = = ...(i)
m m m
= mg
t fR
Retardation for rotational motion, a = = ...(ii)
I I
Let the wheel start pure rolling after time t, then we have
v = 0 + at ...(iii)
*w = w0 – at ...(iv)
When wheel starts rolling, we have
v = wR ...(v)
Work done by friction = – DKE
= Ki – Kf
1 2 Ê1 1 ˆ
Iw 0 - Á mv 2 + Iw 2 ˜
= ...(vi)
2 Ë2 2 ¯
We can solve the above equations to get unknowns.
Important:
Why v = u + at. The tendency of point of contact P is to slide backward so the frictional force
acts forward so the centre of wheel starts accelerating.
Why w = w0 – at as torque of frictional force decreases the angular speed?
By seeing these cases and analyzing the question you can make all types of problems.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ457
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.78 A cylinder of mass M and radius R is resting on a horizontal platform (which
is parallel to the x–y plane) with its axis fixed along the y-axis and free to rotate about its
axis. The platform is given a motion in the x-direction given by x = A cos w t. If there is no
slipping, what is the maximum torque acting on the cylinder during its motion?
(IIT-JEE, 1988)
Solution We know that in rotational motion
t = Ia
1
But as tangential acceleration aT = Ra and Icylinder = MR2
2
Ê1 ˆÊa ˆ 1
So, t = Á MR2 ˜ Á T ˜ = MRaT ...(i)
Ë2 ¯Ë R ¯ 2
Now as the cylinder is moving without slipping with the platform, so, for it also
x = A cos wt
dx
or v = = - Aw sin w t y
y
dt x
dv x
or aT = = - Aw 2 cos w t ...(ii)
dt
Substituting aT from Eqs. (ii) in (i), we get Fig. 3.198
1
t = MRAw2 cos wt ...(iii)
2
As [cos w t]max = 1
1
So, |t|max = MRAw2
2
Problem 3.79 A tangential force F acts at top a thin spherical shell of mass m and radius
R. Find the acceleration of the shell if it rolls without slipping.
F
Fig. 3.199
Solution Let f be the force of friction between the shell and the horizontal surface.
For translational motion
F + f = ma ...(i)
458പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
5 È 2 ˘ Fig. 3.200
or F = ma Í\ I shell = mR2 ˙
6 Î 3 ˚
6F
fi a =
5m
Important Note:
So we assume that rolling occurs and that a friction f acts in the same direction as the applied force.
The choice of the direction of the assumed friction is arbitrary.
If the value of f obtained is + ve. Hence, the actual direction of the friction is the same as
the assumed direction if – ve then change the direction of friction.
Problem 3.80 A disc has mass M. A constant force acts at the top of disc. There is sufficient
friction for pure rolling. Find aC, a and friction force.
Solution In case of pure rolling motion, direction of friction can be assumed.
Let’s assume friction to be backward. F
For linear motion:
F – f = MaC ...(1)
For rotational motion: f
(Torque due to F and f are in the same direction, i.e., inwards)
Fig. 3.201
FR + fR = Ia
Ia
(F + f)R = C (pure rolling) ...(2)
R
From (1) and (2)
2F 2F 4F
aC = = =
I
M+ 2 MR2 3 M
M+
R 2R 2
aC 4F
a= =
R 3 MR
Friction force f:
Ê 4F ˆ
F–f=M Á
Ë 3 M ˜¯
F
\ f=–
3
Important: Since friction comes negative, it acts opposite to the assumed direction.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ459
Problem 3.81 A horizontal force P is applied at a height h above the centre of a solid
cylinder of mass M, and radius R. Determine the force of friction in terms of h and show that
friction force is zero for h = R/2. Assume that the cylinder rolls without slipping.
Solution As you have learnt during rolling motion, friction
Y
force is static; its magnitude as well as direction are unknown.
Therefore, we assume friction to act towards left. If its value is
found to be positive, our assumption is correct, otherwise we P
h
rewrite the equations.
R x
The equations of motion are Mg
ÂFx = P – f = Ma ...(1) f
N
ÂFy = N – Mg = – 0 ...(2)
1
Ât = P ¥ h + f ¥ R = MR2a ...(3) Fig. 3.202
2
Here we have assumed clockwise torque to be positive. If the cylinder rolls without
slipping, a = Ra.
1
Now Eq. (3) becomes P ¥ h + f ¥ R = MRa ...(4)
2
From Eqs. (4) and (1), we eliminate a to obtain
Ê 2h ˆ
3f = P Á 1 - ˜
Ë R¯
Not that force of friction f is zero when (1 – 2h/R) = 0
i.e., h = R/2
Thus, rolling motion of the cylinder may take place even without friction.
*If P is applied at h = R, f = – P/3 which shows that friction force has reversed its direction; it
acts to the right.
For f – P/3, Eq. (3) yields
1 1
P ¥ R – P ¥ R = MR2a
3 2
4 P
a =
3 MR
a is positive, which indicates that cylinder rolls to the right.
*If force P is applied at the centre of mass, h = 0.
3f = P[1 – (2 ¥ 0)/R] = P
f = P/3
Friction force is positive, that means, assumed direction of friction force is correct. As P
is increased, the force of friction also increases; for large P it may exceed maximum possible
value of friction msN, which is not possible. Therefore, we will have to take a new assumption
that the cylinder slips. The equations of motion are now
460പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
ÂFx = P – mkNA = Ma
ÂFy = NA – Mg = 0
1
Ât = P ¥ h + (mkNA)R = MR2a
2
Problem 3.82 In the given Fig. 3.203 F = 10 N, R = 1 m, mass of F
the body is 2 kg and moment of inertia of the body about an axis F
passing through O and perpendicular to plane of body is 4 kg-m2. R O
O is the centre of mass of the body.
2R
1. If the ground is smooth, what is the total kinetic energy of
f IC
the body after 2 seconds?
(a) 100 J (b) 75 J Fig. 3.203
(c) 50 J (d) 25 J
2. If the ground is sufficiently rough to ensure rolling, what is kinetic energy of the body
now in the given time interval?
(a) 18.75 J (b) 25.67 J
(c) 16.67 J (d) None of these
Solution
1. When frictional force is absent, rigid body does not translate,
 Fexternal = 0. Therefore a CM = 0.
Taking torque about CM
F ¥ 2R – F ¥ R = ICMa
10 ¥ 1 = 4a
5
a = rad/sec2
2
w = at = 5 rad/sec
1 1
KEtotal = I CMw 2 = ¥ 4 ¥ 5 ¥ 5 = 50 J
2 2
2. Taking torque about IC
F ¥ 4R – F ¥ 3R = [ICM + M(2R)2]a
10 ¥ 1 = [4 + 2 ¥ (2 ¥ 1)2]a
10
a = rad/sec2
12
10 5
w = at = ¥ 2 = rad/sec
12 3
1
KEtotal = [I CM + M(2R)2 ]w 2
2
2
1 Ê 5ˆ
= [4 + 2 ¥ (2 ¥ 1)2 ] ¥ Á ˜
2 Ë 3¯
= 16.67 J
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ461
v0
Angular velocity about the centre = Fig. 3.204
2r
Here initial velocity of rotation w0 < v0/r, the sphere slips in forward direction. Frictional
force decelerates it to decrease its translational velocity v0 to a value v, which corresponds to
pure rolling. Frictional force increases angular velocity w 0 to a value w, which corresponds
to pure rolling and satisfies the relation v = w r.
fr
Deceleration of the centre of mass of the sphere a =
M
\ v = v0 – at
Ê f ˆ
or v = v0 – Á r ˜ t ...(i)
Ë M¯
t
and angular acceleration about centre a =
I
fr ◊ r 5 fr
or a = 2
=
(2 Mr /5) 2 Mr
w = w0 + at
5 fr
or w = w0 + t
(2 Mr )
v0 5 fr
or w = + t ...(ii)
2r (2 Mr )
fr
From Eq. (i) t = v0 – v
M
v
Put this value in Eq. (ii) also use w =
r
6 v0
We get v =
7
Alternative solution using conservation of angular momentum Let us consider the torque
about the initial point of contact A. The force of friction passes through this point and hence
its torque is zero. The normal force and the weight balance each other. The net torque about
A is zero. Hence, the angular momentum about A is conserved.
462പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê2 ˆÊv ˆ 6
= Á Mr 2 ˜ Á 0 ˜ + Mrv0 = Mrv0
Ë5 ¯ Ë 2r ¯ 5
Suppose the translational velocity of the sphere, after it starts rolling is v0. The angular
velocity is v/r. The angular momentum about A is,
L = LCM + Mrv
Ê2 ˆ Ê vˆ 7
= Á Mr 2 ˜ Á ˜ + Mrv = Mrv
Ë5 ¯Ë r¯ 5
6 7
Thus, Mrv0 = Mrv
5 5
6
or, v = v0
7
Problem 3.84 A solid sphere of radius r is gently placed on a
rough horizontal ground with an initial angular speed w 0 and
no linear velocity. If the coefficient of friction is m, find the time
t when the slipping stops. In addition, state the linear velocity v w0
and angular velocity w at the end of slipping.
Solution Let m be the mass of the sphere. Since it is a case of
Fig. 3.205
backward slipping, force of friction is in forward direction. Limiting
friction will act in this case.
f m mg
Linear acceleration, a = = = mg
m m v
t f ◊r 5 mg w0 fmax w
Angular retardation, a = = =
I 2 mr 2 2 r
5
Fig. 3.206
Slipping is ceased when v = rw
or (at) = r (w0 – at)
Ê 5 m gt ˆ
or mgt = r Á w 0 - ˜
Ë 2 r ¯
7
or mgt = rw0
2
2 rw 0
\ t =
7 mg
2
v = at = mgt = rw 0
7
v 2
and w = = w0
r 7
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ463
Solution Here friction provides retarding torque and therefore its angular velocity decreases with
time. Let it become zero after time t.
t f R m MgR
(a) a= = r =
I I 2
MR2
5
5 mg
=
2 R
Now using w = w0 – at
v Ê 5m g ˆ
or 0= -Á ˜t
R Ë 2R ¯
2v
\ t=
5m g
Let linear speed of the sphere become v in this time,
f r m mg
a= = = mg
m m
\ v¢ = v – at
2v
= v – (mg) ¥
5m g
3v
= Ans.
5
(b) Let the sphere have velocity v1 and angular 3v
w1
velocity w1 when it starts pure rolling 5
v1
w1 = 0 + at
fr fr
5 mg
w1 = 0 + t ...(i) t=0 t=t
2R
and v1 = v0 – at Fig. 3.208
464പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
3v
= - ( m g )t ...(ii)
5
After getting pure rolling
v1 = w 1R ...(iii)
3v Ê 5 mgt ˆ
\ - m gt = Á R
5 Ë 2R ˜¯
6v
or t =
35
Now from Eq. (i), we have
3v 6v
v1 = - mg ¥
5 35 m g
3v
= Ans.
7
Ê rˆ Fig. 3.210
FÁ1- ˜
Ë R¯
aCM =
I
m+ 2
R
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ465
w
2. Let a wheel vCM = wR land on a smooth inclined
vCM
plane. The centre of the wheel will accelerate due
to a force mg sin q, but the angular speed of wheel w
will remain constant as no torque is acting on the v¢CM mg
wheel about the axis of rotation. So, the motion
mg
of wheel will no remain pure rolling. Thus, the
body can have pure rolling only on rough inclined
Fig. 3.211
surface.
3. Let a wheel be placed on a rough inclined plane. The tendency of contact point P is to
slide down the inclined due to a net force down the plane. The friction will act up the
plane at the point of contact of the wheel. This frictional force constitutes a torque fR.
Due to which the wheel starts rotating in addition to translation. Here role of friction
is to transfer some part of translational KE into rotational KE. The mechanical energy
of pure rolling wheel remains constant.
Dynamical Method N
For translational motion of wheel
q f
mg sin q – f = maCM ...(i) sin R
mg
For rotational motion of wheel q
mg cos q
fR = Ia ...(ii) mg
q
aCM
For pure rolling motion, a =
R Fig. 3.212
IaCM
\ fR = ...(iii)
R
IaCM
or f = …(iv)
R2
Unbalanced load
Short-cut method: aCM =
{Inertia of translation + Inertia of rotation}
mg sin q
=
(m + I/R2 )
466പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 gh
or v =
I
1+
mR2
The minimum frictional force and coefficient of friction required to cause pure rolling of
IaCM
a body can be obtained from, fmin = .
R2
g mg sinq tan q
Ring MR2 sinq
2 2 2
2 5 2 2 tan q
Sphere MR2 g sin q mg sin q
5 7 7 7
Problem 3.86 A uniform disc of mass m and radius R is projected horizontally with velocity
v0 on a rough horizontal floor so that is starts off with a purely sliding motion at t = 0. After
t0 second, it acquires a purely rolling motion as shown in Fig. 3.213. (IIT-JEE, 1997)
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ467
(ii) Work done by friction: For t £ t0, linear velocity of disc at any time t is v = v0 – mgt and
2mgt
angular velocity is w = at = . From work-energy theorem, work done by friction
R
up to time t is equal to kinetic energy of the disc at time t minus kinetic energy of the
disc at time t = 0.
1 1 1
\ W = k F – KI = W = mv 2 + Iw 2 - mv02
2 2 2
2
1 1Ê 1 ˆ Ê 2 m gt ˆ 1
= m[v0 - m gt]2 + Á mR2 ˜ Á - mv02
2 2Ë 2 ¯ Ë R ˜¯ 2
1
= [mv02 + mm 2 g 2t 2 - 2mv0 m gt + 2mm 2 g 2t 2 - mv02 ]
2
mm gt
or W = [3 m gt - 2v0 ]
2
For t > t0, frictional force is zero, i.e., work done by friction is zero. Hence, the energy
will be conserved.
Therefore, total work done by friction over a time t much longer than t0 is total work
done up to time t0 (because beyond that work done by friction is zero), which is equal
to
mm gt0
W = [3 m gt0 - 2v0 ]
2
Substituting, t0 = v0/3mg, we get
mv0
W = [v0 - 2v0 ]
6
mv02
=–
6
Total work done by friction can be evaluated by this Method also
1 1 1
W = mv 2 + Iw 2 - mv02
2 2 2
2
1 1Ê 1 ˆv 1
= mv 2 + Á mr 2 ˜ 2 - mv02
2 2Ë 2 ¯r 2
1 1 1
= mv 2 + mv 2 - mv02
2 4 2
3 1
= mv 2 - mv02
4 2
2
3 Ê2 ˆ 1
= m Á v0 ˜ - mv02
4 Ë3 ¯ 2
1 2
=– mv02 ∵ V= v0
6 3
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ469
Problem 3.87 A ball (solid sphere) is thrown down an alley in such a way that it slides with
a speed v0 initially without rolling. Prove that it will roll without any sliding when its speed
falls to (5/7)v0. The transition from pure sliding to pure rolling is gradual, so that both sliding
and rolling take place during this interval also find distance S and number of revolution.
Solution Here the force of friction not only causes v to decrease but also produces a torque
which gives an angular acceleration a causing w to increase.
As the force of friction f = mR = m mg (as R = mg), the deceleration of the ball a = f/m =
mg and as for rotational motion of the ball t = Ia, i.e., fr = Ia [as t = fr]
fr 5 m g 2 2
or a = = [as f = mmg and I = mr ]
I 2 r 5
So, from equation of translatory motion v = u + at, we have R
v = v0 – mgt
[as u = v0 and a = – mg] ...(i)
and from equation of rotatory motion v
w = w0 + at, we have
f
w = 0 + (5mg/2r)t
[as w0 = 0 and a = 5mg/2r] ...(ii)
mg
Now as in the case of rolling without sliding v = rw, so
Fig. 3.215
(v0 – mgt) = r(5mg/2r)t, i.e., t = (2v0/7mg) ...(iii)
Substituting the value of (t) from Eq. (iii) in Eq. (i), we get
2v0 È 2˘ 5
v = v0 – mg ¥ = v0 Í1 - ˙ = v0
7mg Î 7˚ 7
Note: If during the period of transition from sliding to rolling the ball travels a distance S
then from the equation of motion
v2 = u2 + 2as we get
2
Ê5 ˆ
ÁË v0 ˜¯ = v02 - 2 m gs
7
12v02
S =
49 m g
If n is the number of revolutions made during the period of transition then from the
equation of motion.
q = w0t + 1/2 μ t2
q 5 mg 2v0
n = , w0 = 0, μ= , t=
2p 2 r 7mg
5v02
n =
98 m gr
470പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.88 A uniform solid cylinder of mass m and radius R is set in rotation about its
axis with an angular velocity w 0, then lowered with its lateral surface onto a horizontal plane
and released. The coefficient of friction between the cylinder and the plane is equal to m. Find:
(a) how long the cylinder will move with sliding; and
(b) the total work performed by the sliding friction force acting on the cylinder.
f N
Solution Acceleration for translation, a =
m
w0
mmg
=
m f
= mg mg
Fig. 3.216
t
Retardation for rotation a =
I
fR
=
I
mmgR
=
mR2
2
= 2mg/R
If t is the required time and v and w are linear and angular velocities after pure rolling,
then
w = w0 – at
and v = 0 + at
After getting pure rolling, v = wR
After solving equations, we get
w R
(a) t = 0
3m g
(b) Work done by friction W = Ki – Kf
1 2 È1 1 ˘
= Iw 0 - Í mv 2 + Iw 2 ˙
2 Î2 2 ˚
mw 02 R2
=– Ans.
6
Problem 3.89 A uniform disc of radius R is spinned to the angular velocity w and then
carefully placed on a horizontal surface. How long will the disc be rotating on the surface
if the friction coefficient is equal to m? The pressure exerted by the disc on the surface can
be regarded as uniform.
Solution To get frictional torque on the disc, take an element of width dr, and a distance r
from the centre of the disc. The frictional torque
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ471
dt = dFr
= m (dN)r dr
È mg ˘ r
= m Í 2 ¥ 2p rdr ˙ r
Îp R ˚
2 mmgr 2 dr dF
=
R2
R
2 mmg 2
R2 Ú0
\ t = r dr Fig. 3.217
2
= mmgR
3
t
The angular retardation, a =
I
2
mmgR
= 3
mR2
2
4 mg
=
3R
Now from w = w0 – a t, we have
w
t = 0
a
w
4m g
=
3R
3w R
= Ans.
4m g
Problem 3.90 A solid disc and a ring, both of radius 10 cm are placed on a horizontal table
simultaneously, with initial angular speed equal to 10p rad/s. Which of the two will start to
roll earlier? The coefficient of kinetic friction is mk = 0.2.
Solution Given, w0 = 10p rad/s.
f m mg
The acceleration for translation a = = = mg
m m
= 0.2 ¥ 9.8 w0
= 1.96 m/s2.
f
t fR m mg ¥ R
Angular retardation, a = = =
I I I Fig. 3.218
472പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
mR2
For disc I =
2
mmgR
\ a =
mR2
2
2mg
=
R
2 ¥ 0.2 ¥ 9.8
= = 39.2 rad/s2
0.1
For ring I = mR2,
m mgR m g
\ a = = = 1.96 rad/s2
mR2 R
If t is the time taken to start pure rolling, then
w = w0 – at, ...(i)
v = 0 + at ...(ii)
and v = wR ...(iii)
After solving the above equations, we get
w0
t =
Ê aˆ
ÁË a + ˜¯
R
10p
Thus, tdisc = = 0.53 s
Ê 1.96 ˆ
ÁË 39.2 + ˜
0.1 ¯
Similarly, tring = 0.80 s Ans.
Obviously disc begins to roll earlier than the ring.
Problem 3.91 A hollow sphere of radius 5.9 m is rotating about a horizontal axis at 10
rad/s. It is gently lowered on the ground (m = 0.34). How far does the sphere move before
it starts pure rolling?
Solution Acceleration for translation
f
a = w0
m
mmg f
=
m Fig. 3.219
= mg
t
Angular retardation a =
I
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ473
fR
=
I
mmgR
=
2
mR2
3
3 mg
=
2 R
For translational motion v2 = 0 + 2as
For rotational motion w2 = w02 + 2aq
where q = s/R
After getting pure rolling v = wR
After solving the above equations and substituting the values, we get
s = 0.69 m Ans.
Problem 3.92 If a solid sphere is projected along a rough horizontal floor with velocity v0
and having reverse spin with angular velocity w0, discuss all the possible situations.
N
w
w0
v0 v
r
r
mg = FK
P P¢
mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.220
LP¢ = LP
ICw – mvr = ICw0 – mv0r
2 2 2
mr w - mvr = mr 2w 0 - mv0 r
5 5
2 2
wr - v = w 0 r - v0
5 5
Condition (i): If v = 0 and w = 0, then body stops dead.
2 2
0= w 0 r - v0 , v0 = w0r
5 5
474പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
v = v02 + 2 gh
Problem 3.95 A thin spherical shell of radius R lying on a rough horizontal surface is hit
sharply and horizontally by a cue. Where should it be hit so that the shell does not slip on
the surface?
Solution Let v be the velocity attained by its centre of mass and w be the angular velocity
about the centre of mass by the impact of the cue.
476പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Suppose F is the force exerted by cue for small duration Dt, then
FDt = m(v – 0) ...(i)
and FhDt = I(w – 0) ...(ii)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
mv ¥ h = Iw
v h w
For pure rolling w = v
R R
2 v m
\ mv ¥ h = mR2 ¥
3 R Fig. 3.222
2R
fi h =
3
a = (R/2) a mg
= Ihoop + Iparticle
= 2mR2 + m ( 2R)2 f = mN
mg
2
= 4mR
Fig. 3.223
The centre of mass of the system is at a distance R/2 from O.
R
Due to angular acceleration it has a downward acceleration a .
Equations of motion are: 2
Problem 3.97 A cue stick hits a cue ball horizontally at a distance x above the centre of the
ball. Find the value of x for which the cue ball will instantaneously roll without slipping.
Calculate the answer in terms of the radius R of the ball.
Solution Problem solving strategy: What would happen if the stick hits at the level of
the ball’s centre? Will the ball rotate? The answer is that the ball initially translates with
no rotation. If the stick hits below the centre, the ball initially has reverse spin. At a certain
value of x, the ball has just the right forward spin and forward acceleration to satisfy the
rolling constraint, nonslip condition. The torque (and hence its angular acceleration) exerted
on the ball depend on h. The linear r
acceleration a is F/m independent of F
x. For the ball to roll without slipping
from the start, set a = Ra (nonslip
x
condition) to find x. The weight and
normal force act through the centre of
mass and thus exert no torque about
it. The frictional force is much smaller
than the collision force of the stick Fig. 3.224
and can be neglected.
The torque about the centre of the ball,
t = Fx
Applying Newton’s second law for rotation and translation, we have
 F = ma and  t = Ia
F = ma and t = Fx = Ia ...(1)
a = Ra ...(2)
Expressing a and a in terms of the force F from step 2,
F Fx
= R
m I
I
Solving for h, x =
mR
2
For a sphere, I = mR2
5
2
mR2
5 2
x = = R
mR 5
Mark the correct choices:
(a) If the ball is struck at a height greater than 2R/5 it shows top spin.
(b) If the ball is struck at a height less than 2R/5 it shows back spin.
(c) Frictional force is much smaller than the impulse of the ball, therefore it is neglected.
(d) A ring will show pure rolling only if impulse acts tangentially at the topmost point.
478പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.98 A billiards ball, initially at rest, is given a sharp impulse by a cue. The cue
is held horizontally a distance h above the centreline as shown in Fig. 3.225. The ball leaves
the cue with a speed v0 and because of its forward energy
Ê 9v ˆ
eventually acquires a final speed of Á 0 ˜ , show that h = (4/5) R h
Ë 7 ¯
R where R is the radius of the ball.
Using Angular Momentum Method
fr
Solution The angular momentum acquired by the ball due
to the impulse given by a cue,
Fig. 3.225
(2mR2 )
L = mv0h = Iw0 = w0 ...(i)
5
v
Suppose initial angular velocity w0 < 0 , then the equations of motions are
R
v = v0 – at ...(ii)
f r m mg
where a = = = mg
m m
and w = w0 + at ...(iii)
t fr R 5m g
where a = = 2
=
I (2mR /5) 2R
When the ball starts pure rolling v = wR ...(iv)
from Eq. (ii)
v = v0 – at = v0 – mgt a = mg
from Eq. (iii)
w = w0 + at
5 mg 5 mg
w = w0 + t a=
2R 2R
5 mg
w – w0 = t
2R
2R(w - w 0 )
=t
5m g
Now from Eq. (i)
m g 2R(w - w 0 )
v = v0 –
5m g
2R(w - w 0 )
v = v0 –
5
(2Rw - 2Rw 0 )
v = v0 –
5
2Rw 2Rw 0
v = v0 – +
5 5
2Rw 2Rw 0
v+ = v0 +
5 5
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ479
F
h
9
v= v0
w0 7
R w
fmax
Fig. 3.227
480പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
9
Given, v = v0 ...(i)
7
9 v0
\ w = …(ii)
7 R
Applying, Linear impulse = change in linear momentum
\ F dt = mv0 ...(iii)
Angular impulse = change in angular momentum
\ t dt = Iw0
2
or mR2w 0
Fh dt = ...(iv)
5
Angular momentum about the bottommost point will remain conserved.
i.e., Li = Lf
or Iw0 + mRv0 = Iw + mRv
2 2 Ê9v ˆ 9
\ mR2w 0 + mRv0 = mR2 Á 0 ˜ + mRv0
5 5 Ë7 R¯ 7
Solving Eqs. (iii), (iv) and (v), we get
4
h = R
5
For translational motion of the cylinder with respect to the plank, we have
ma1 – f = ma2 …(ii)
For rotational motion of the cylinder with respect to the plank, we have
fR = Ia
Ê1 ˆÊa ˆ
fR = Á mR2 ˜ Á 2 ˜
Ë2 ¯Ë R¯
1
or f = ma2 …(iii)
2
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1
ma1 – ma2 = ma2
2
3
a1 = a2 …(iv)
2
Using Eqs. (i), (iii) and (iv), we get
1 3
F– ma2 = Ma2
2 2
2F
a2 = = 10 m/s2
3M + m
3F
From Eq. (iv), a1 = = 15 m/s2
3M + m
As we have already discussed that the value of a2 is relative to the plank, the net
acceleration of the cylinder will be given as a1 – a2.
Hence, the acceleration of the cylinder is
acylinder = a1 – a2 = 15 – 10 = 5 m/s2
The angular acceleration of the cylinder is
a = a2/R = 10 rad/s2
Problem 3.101 A rolling body is given a spin w0 and pushed
with a velocity v0 simultaneously on a horizontal surface (a v0
w0
plank, say). The horizontal surface is moved with a constant
R
velocity u. If the radius of gyration of the rolling body is k and
the coefficient of kinetic friction between the rolling body and u
horizontal surface is m, find the time after which the body starts
pure rolling on the horizontal surface. Assume the ground as Fig. 3.230
smooth.
Solution If we assume forward friction on the rolling body, we can use all equations of the
pervious example for the rolling body.
482പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
s &IND THE FORCE REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE VELOCITY OF THE PLANK NEGLECTING THE FRICTION
between the plank and ground.
u + Rw 0 - v0
Ans. mmg for 0 £ t £ t0 and zero for, t > t0 where t0 =
Ê R2 ˆ
mg Á1+ 2 ˜
Ë k ¯
mmg
Substituting f = mmg in Eq. (v), we have a2 =
M
Then substituting a2 in Eq. (vi), we have
mmg
u = u0 – t ...(b)
M
mgR
Substituting f = mmg in Eq. (vii), we have a =
k2
mgR
Now substituting a = 2 in Eq. (viii), we have
k
mgR
w = w0 – t ...(c)
k2
Finally, substituting v from Eq. (a), u¢ from Eq. (b) and w from Eq. (c), in Eq. (ix), we have
m Ê m gR ˆ
u0 – m gt = (v0 + m gt) - R Á w 0 - 2 t˜
M Ë k ¯
u0 + Rw 0 - v0
This gives t = Ans.
Ê m R2 ˆ
mg Á1+ +
Ë M k 2 ˜¯
Mg
mMg
mMg N
Fig. 3.235
484പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê F + m mg ˆ
vp = v0 – Á t N1
Ë M ˜¯
For no slipping v =v s p
Fig. 3.239
2
m mgr Ê F + m mg ˆ
fi mgt + t = v0 - Á t
I Ë M ˜¯
v0
fi t =
È7 Ê F + m mg ˆ ˘
Í 2 m g + ÁË M ˜¯ ˙
Î ˚
Problem 3.105 Find the acceleration of a system consisting m
of a cylinder of mass m and radius R and a plank of mass M
placed an a smooth surface if it is pulled with a force F as M F
shown in Fig. 3.240. Given that sufficient friction is present
between the cylinder and the plank surface to prevent sliding Fig. 3.240
of the cylinder.
Solution F – T – f = Ma ...(i)
T – f = Ma ...(ii)
fR 2f
a = = ...(iii)
1/2mR2 mR
Constraint relation aplank = ap
Ra – a = a
Ra = 2a ...(iv)
a
P
f
T F
T
a
P f
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.241
Solving these equations, we get
F
a=
3m + M
486പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
mg Mg
N
mmg
O
mmg N
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.244
ÈÊ 1 1 ˆ Ê1 ˆ Ê1 ˆ˘
= ÍÁ mv 2 - mv02 ˜ + Á MV 2 - 0˜ + Á Iw 2 - 0˜ ˙
ÎË 2 2 ¯ Ë2 ¯ Ë2 ¯˚
Substituting the values of v, V and w, we get the work done by friction, i.e.,
13
Wfriction = – Mv02
200
V0 Vc
f
V0 V
f
Fig. 3.247
ft
For plank V = V0 +
m
ft
For sheet V c = V0 –
m
fRt
w = – w0 +
mR2/2
When slipping stops
V = Vc – wR
3V0
From the above equations we can get Vc =
4
R
Problem 3.109 The ring and plank both given velocity V0 in
opposite directions. Find velocity of the centre of mass when pure
m V0
rolling motion starts.
Solution In this case we can easily decide the direction of friction. V0
m
Inward direction is taken positive.
Fig. 3.248
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ489
m; R
V0 Vc
(+)
f
V0 f
m V
Fig. 3.249
For ring
ft
Vc = V0 – ...(1)
m
fRt
w =0+ ...(2)
mR2
For plank
ft
V = – V0 + ...(3)
m
when slipping stops V = Vc – wR
V0
From the above equations we get Vc =
3
Problem 3.110 A plank of length 20 m and mass 1 kg is kept on a horizontal smooth surface.
A cylinder of mass 1 kg is kept near one end of the plank. The coefficient of friction between
the two surfaces is 0.5. Plank is suddenly given a velocity 20 m/s towards left.
1. Mark correct option(s)
(a) Initial acceleration of cylinder is 5 m/s2 towards left m
m
(b) Initial acceleration of cylinder is 5 m/s2 towards right
(c) Initial acceleration of plank is 5 m/s2 towards right l = 20 m
(d) Initial acceleration of plank is 5 m/s2 towards left
Fig. 3.250
2. Mark correct option(s)
(a) Pure rolling of cylinder takes place immediately
(b) Initially, cylinder slips and then pure rolling begins
(c) Pure rolling never begins
(d) Time of slipping is 1 sec
3. Velocity of plank when pure rolling begins is
(a) 10 m/s (b) 15 m/s (c) 20 m/s (d) 25 m/s
4. Time in which plank and cylinder separate
(a) 1 sec (b) 1.5 sec (c) 2.5 sec (d) 2 sec
MR2
Solution fR = a; f = 5 N; M = 1 kg a
2 a1
Ra = 10 m/s2
f a2 f
a1 = = 5 m/s2 f
M
Fig. 3.251
a2 = 5 m/s2
490പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
For cylinder
acontact = a1 + Ra
vcontact = (a1 + Ra) t = 15t ...(1)
For plank
vcontact = 20 – 5t ...(2)
From Eqs. (1) and (2), we get
t = 1 sec
Till the cylinder slips on the plank
1
Srel = urelt + arelt 2
2
1
= 20 ¥ 1 – ¥ 10 ¥ 12
2
= 15 m
Velocity of the plank when pure rolling begins
v = 20 – 5t = 15 m/s
Velocity of cylinder = a1t = 5 m/s
When pure rolling begins, friction force vanishes, velocity of the plank and the cylinder
is constant. After pure rolling begins
5 5 1
t = = = sec
vrel 10 2
Problem 3.111 A sphere of radius r and mass m has a linear velocity v0 directed to the
left and no angular velocity as it is placed on a belt moving to the right with a constant
velocity v1. If after sliding on the belt the
sphere is to have no linear velocity relative v0
to the ground as it starts rolling on the
belt without sliding, in terms of v1 and the v1
coefficient of kinetic friction mk between
the sphere and the belt, determine:
Fig. 3.252
(a) the required value of v0
(b) the time t1 at which the sphere will start rolling on the belt; and
(c) the distance the sphere will have moved relative to the ground at time t1.
Solution
(a) In ground reference frame the sphere has no relative velocity, but relative to belt it
performs pure rulling motion, i.e., it has only angular velocity w when pure rolling
starts. No slipping condition yields
v
wr = v1 or w = 1
r
Now we apply angular momentum conservation about the bottommost point.
Li = Lf (L = angular momentum)
2 v
or mrv0 = Iw = (mr 2 ) 1
5 r
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ491
2
fi v0 = v1
5
(b) Retardation of the sphere is due to friction force, till sliding occurs
m k mg
a = = mk g
m
Final linear velocity of the sphere has reduced to zero from the initial value v0. Hence,
0 = v0 – at1
v0 2v1
or t1 = =
a 5mk g
(c) Distance travelled relative to ground can be obtained from v2 = u2 – 2as.
We have 0 = v02 – 2(mkg)s
v02 2v12
or s = =
2 m k g 25 m k g
Problem 3.113 Two thin circular discs of mass 2 kg and radius 10 cm each are joined by
a rigid massless rod of length 20 cm. The axis of the rod is along the perpendicular to the
planes of the disc through their centres. An object is kept on a truck in such a way that the
axis of the object is horizontal and perpendicular to the direction of motion of the truck. Its
friction with the floor of the truck is large enough so that the object can roll on the truck
without slipping. Take X-axis as the direction of motion of the truck and Z-axis as the
vertically upwards direction. If the truck has an acceleration 9 m/s2. Calculate:
(i) the force of friction on each disc; and (IIT-JEE, 1997)
(ii) the magnitude and direction of the frictional torque acting on each disc about the
centre of mass O of the object express the torque in the vector form in terms of unit
vectors î, ĵ and k̂ in X, Y and Z directions.
Solution
(i) FBD of any one disc is shown in Fig. 3.256. a
Frictional force on the disc should be in
forward direction.
Let a0 be the linear acceleration of CM of
disc and a the angular acceleration about
Fig. 3.256
its CM. Then:
f f
a0 = = ...(1)
m 2
t fR
a = =
I 1
mR2
2
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ493
2f 2f
= = = 10 f …(2)
mR 2 ¥ 0.1
Since there is no slipping between the disc and truck, therefore a
a0 + Ra = a a0
Ê ˆ
f
or ÁË ˜¯ + (0.1)(10f) = a P
2 f
2 a 2 ¥ 9.0
or f = = N Q
3 3 f
\ f =6N Fig. 3.257
Since this force is acting in positive x-direction,
z
f = (6i) N
y
(ii) t = r¥f (0, 0)
rP = r1 = - 0.1j - 0.1k
r
x
r
rQ = r2 = 0.1j - 0.1k f f
r1 r2
r1 = r1 ¥ f Fig. 3.258
= (- 0.1j - 0.1k
) ¥ (6i) N-m
- 0.6j
= 0.6 k
t 2 = r2 ¥ f
= (0.1j - 0.1k
) ¥ (6j) N-m
) N-m
= 0.6(- j - k
|t1| = |t 2|
f2
2F f2
2M
a3
Fig. 3.260
\ a = ar2 + at2
= ( 4 - 2t 4 )2 + (10t 2 )2
At t = 1s
a = ( 4 - 2 ¥ 14 )2 + (10 ¥ 12 )2
= 10.2 m/s2 Ans.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ495
Problem 3.116 Two solid bodies rotate about stationary mutually perpendicular intersect-
ing axes with constant angular velocities w1 = 3.0 rad/s and w2 = 4.0 rad/s. Find the angular
velocity and angular acceleration of one body relative to the other.
r
w2
Solution We know that
r
w 12 = w 1 - w 2 w
\ w12 = w 12 + w 22
r
w1
2 2
= 3.0 + 4.0
= 5.0 rad/s
Fig. 3.261
In rotating frame S¢ with angular velocity w the quantity A
can be written as
dA dA
= +w¥A
dt S dt S¢
dA dw 12
For the body 1 relative to 2, and for A = w 1 , we have w = w 1 and =
dt S¢ dt
dw 1 dw 12
\ = + w1 ¥ w1
dt dt
dw 1
According to the problem w 1 is constant and so =0
dt
dw 12
Hence, = - w 2 ¥ w1
dt
= w1 ¥ w 2
Ê dw 12 ˆ
and ÁË ˜ = w1w2 sin 90°
dt ¯
= w 1w 2
= 3.0 ¥ 4.0 = 12.0 rad/s2 Ans.
Problem 3.117 A particle A moves along a circle of radius R = 50 cm so that its radius
vector r relative to the point O rotates with the constant angular velocity w = 0.40 rad/s.
Find the modulus of the velocity of the particle, and the modulus and direction of its total
acceleration.
Solution In DOAB, by sine rule, we can write
y
A
R r
= q
sinq sin(180∞ - 2q ) r
r R
or r = 2R cos q ...(i) 2q x
q
r can be written as; B
O
r = r cosq i + r sinq j
= (2R cosq) cos q i + (2R cos q) sin q j
= 2R cos2q i + R sin 2q j ...(ii)
Fig. 3.262
496പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.119 A disc of mass M has a radius R can rotate freely about a horizontal shaft O
which is located at a distance r from the centre of mass of the disc C. Assume that the disc
is released from the position shown in Fig. 3.264. Find minimum value of r for which the
angular acceleration of the disc is maximum.
Solution The moment of inertia of the disc about the axis of rotation which passes through O;
I0 = Icm + Mr2
Ê MR2 ˆ R
= Á + Mr 2 ˜ r
Ë 2 ¯ O
C
t Mg ¥ r
a = =
I Ê MR2 2ˆ
Á 2 + Mr ˜ Fig. 3.264
Ë ¯
È 2 gr ˘
= Í 2 2˙
Î R + 2r ˚
da
The angular acceleration a to be maximum, =0
dr
d È 2 gr ˘
or =0
dr ÍÎ R2 + 2r 2 ˙˚
(R2 + 2r2) ¥ 2g – 2gr ¥ (0 + 2 ¥ 2r) = 0
R
fi r = Ans.
2
Problem 3.120 A bullet of mass m moving with velocity u just grazes the top of a solid
cylinder of mass M and radius R resting on a rough horizontal surface as shown. Assuming
that the cylinder rolls without slipping, find the angular velocity of the cylinder and the
final velocity of bullet.
Solution We can assume the rolling of cylinder as pure m
u v
rotation about an axis passing through O. M
Using conservation of angular momentum about O R
(mu) ¥ 2Ro = (mv) ¥ 2Ro + Iow
MRo2 w
here v = w ¥ 2Ro and Io = + MRo2
2 O
After substituting these values in the above equation, we get Fig. 3.265
4 mu Ê 8 mu ˆ
w = and v = Á Ans.
(8 m + 3 M )Ro Ë 8 m + 3 M ˜¯
498പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution Let the velocity of the CM of the system after strike is vc. By conservation of
linear momentum
mv = 2m ¥ vc Ro
v y w
fi vc = v
vc
2 m
m ¥ 0 + m ¥ Ro Ro
Position of CM y = = Fig. 3.267
m+m 2
Using conservation of angular momentum about CM of the system (hoop + bullet)
Ro
mv ¥ = ICw
2
mvRo = (I
or bullet + Ihoop)c w
2
mvRo = ÈÍ m Ê Ro ˆ + ÏÔmR2 + m Ê Ro ˆ Ô ˘
2 2¸
or Á ˜ Ì o ÁË ˜¯ ˝w ˙
2 ÍÎ Ë 2 ¯ ÓÔ 2 ˛Ô ˙˚
After solving, we get
v
w = Ans.
3Ro
Problem 3.122 A rigid body is made of three identical thin rods, each of length L fastened
together in the form of the letter H. The body is free to rotate about a horizontal axis that
runs along the length of one of the legs of the H. The body is allowed to fall from rest from
a position in which the plane of H is horizontal. What is the angular speed of the body when
the plane of H is vertical?
Solution Moment of inertia of the system about the
given axis A
I = I A + IB + IC
Now as rod is thin B C
IA = Âm ¥ 0 = 0 2
So, if w is the desired angular speed, gain in kinetic energy due to rotation of H from
horizontal to vertical position
1 2 1 È4 ˘
KR = Iw = Í ML2 ˙ w 2
2 2 Î3 ˚
And loss in potential energy of the system in doing so
L 3
= 0 + Mg + MgL = MgL
2 2
So, by conservation of mechanical energy
(2/3)ML2w2 = (3/2) MgL
3 g
or w =
2 L
mgh
v2 = Ans.
Êm I Mˆ
Á2+ 2+ 3˜
Ë 2ro ¯
Solution
(a) The direction of the frictional force will be in backward
direction of motion of the wheel. Equation of motion for
translation of wheel 20 N
20 – fr = ma
fr
Substituting m = 10 kg and a = 0.60 m/s2 in the above
equation, we get
fr = 4 N Ans. Fig. 3.270
Solution Let a be the acceleration of the blocks. Equation of motion of the blocks are
T1 – mN = m1a ...(i)
m 2g – T 2 = m 2a ...(ii)
and for the rotation of the pulley
T2R – T1R = I a = I(a/R) ...(iii)
2
mR
where I =
2
Solving the above equations, we get
(m2 - m m1 ) g
a =
Ê mˆ
ÁË m1 + m2 + ˜¯
2
The distance travelled by the block in t second
1 2
s = at
2
1 2
Work done by the friction W = fr ¥ s = mN ¥ at
2
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ501
1
( m m1 g ) ¥ (m2 - m m1 ) g
= 2 t2
Ê mˆ
ÁË (m1 + m2 + ˜¯
2
m m1 g 2t 2 (m2 - m m1 )
= Ans.
(2m1 + 2m2 + m)
Fig. 3.272
(c) 3R (d) none of these
Solution Apply conservation of energy
A OM
R 1
2mgR – mg = mu2 v
2 2
2R 45° P
D
fi u = 4 gR - 2 gR 45°
45°
u2 sin 2 45∞ R 4 gR - 2 gR E B R R
Hmax = R + = R+ +
2g 2 2g ¥ 2
C
R R È 1 ˘
= 2R + - = R Í2 +
2 2 2 Î 2 2 ˙˚ Fig. 3.273
\ (a)
Problem 3.127 A uniform solid cylinder of mass M and radius R rolls on a rough inclined
plane with its axis perpendicular to the line of the greatest slope. As the cylinder rolls it
winds up a light cord which passes over a small mass m, the part of the string between the
pulley and the cylinder being parallel to the line of the greatest slope. If q is the inclination
of the plane with the horizontal, calculate the tension in the string.
Solution Method 1: Dynamic method
Let the acceleration of CM of the cylinder be T
a. The acceleration of a point on its tangent N
will be 2a, so the acceleration of the mass m T
will be 2a. T
Equation of motion for the translation of q
the cylinder sin fr
Mg
mg
Mg cos q
Mg sin q – T – fr = Ma ...(i) Mg
q
and for its rotation about the axis passing
through its CM. Fig. 3.274
502പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
fr R – TR = Ia
MR2
or fr R – TR = a ...(ii)
2
Equation of motion for mass m
T – mg = m(2a) ...(iii)
Solving the above equations, we get
2 Mg sin q - 4 mg
a =
8m + 3 M
(3 + 4 sin q )mMg
and T = Ans.
8m + 3 M
ǣ
Let v be the velocity of the CM of the cylinder when it travelled a distance y along the
plane. The velocity and the distance travelled by the mass m in this interval will be 2v and
2y respectively.
Decrease in PE of cylinder = Increase in (rolling KE of the cylinder + translational KE of
the mass m + PE of the mass)
1 1 1
Mg (y sin q) = Mv 2 + Iw 2 + m(2v)2 + mg(2 y )
2 2 2
v MR2
where w= and I =
R 2
Substituting these values in the above equation and solving for v, we get
4 g ¥ ( M sin q - 2m)
v2 =
8m + 3 M
Using the third equation of motion v2 = u2 + 2ay, where u = 0
v 2 (2 Mg sin q - 4 mg )
\ a= =
2y (8 m + 3 M )
Substituting this value in Eq. (iii), we can get T.
Problem 3.128 A uniform cylinder of radius R is spun about its
N1
axis to the angular velocity w 0 and then placed into a corner (Fig.
mN2
3.275). The coefficient of friction between the corner walls and the
cylinder is equal to m. How many turns the cylinder accomplish w
before it stops? N2
ͳǣ
The net retarding torque on the cylinder = (mN1 + mN2) ¥ R
therefore we have, (mN1 + mN2) ¥ R = Ia
mR2
Substituting the values of N1, N2 and I = , we get
2
2 m g( m + 1)
a =
R( m 2 + 1)
The time taken by the cylinder to come to rest can be obtained as
0 = w0 – at,
w 0 w 0 R( m 2 + 1)
\ t = =
a 2 m g( m + 1)
Now using the second equation of motion
1 2
q = w 0t – at
2
After substituting the values of a and t in the above equation, we get
w 02 R( m 2 + 1)
q =
[4 m g( m + 1)]
q (1 + m 2 )w 02 R
Number of turns n = = Ans.
2p [8p g m ( m + 1)]
Method II: Energy Method
Using work-energy theorem,
DK = Wf
1 2
or Iw0 = (mN1 + mN2) ¥ (2pRn)
2
Substituting all the known values in the above equation, we get
(1 + m 2 )w 02 R
n = Ans.
[8p g m ( m + 1)]
Problem 3.129 A uniform solid cylinder of radius Ro = 15 cm rolls over a horizontal plane
passing into an inclined plane forming an angle a = 30° with the horizontal shown in Fig.
3.276. Find the maximum value of the v0 which still permits the cylinder to roll onto the
inclined plane section without a jump. The sliding is assumed to be absent.
504പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution
N
v0
h
a
h = R0(1 – cos a)
P a
mg
Fig. 3.276
3 3 2
mv02 + mgRo (1 - cos a ) = mv ...(ii)
4 4
mv 2
At point P, mg cos a = N +
Ro
Cylinder passes the point P without jump, if N ≥ 0. For maximum value of v0, N should
have minimum + ve value i.e., N = 0
mv 2
\ mg cos a =
Ro
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), and substituting a = 30°, Ro = 0.15 m and g = 9.81 m/s2,
gRo
We get v0 = (7 cos a - 4) = 1.0 m/s Ans.
3
Problem 3.130 A uniform ball of radius ro rolls without slipping down from the top of a
sphere of radius Ro. Find the angular velocity of the ball at the moment it breaks off the
sphere. The initial velocity of the ball is negligible.
Solution Let v be the velocity and q the angle made by the radius vector with the vertical
at the instant when the ball break-off the sphere.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ505
7m 2 È 2r 2 ˘
KE = v Í1 + o2 ˙ Ans.
10 Î 7 Ro ˚
506പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.132 Two bodies with masses m1 = 3 kg and m2 = 2 kg which slide as a unit with a
common velocity of 2 m/s on a level frictionless surface, having between them a compressed
massless spring with k = 50 N/m. The spring originally compressed by 25 cm, is suddenly
released, sending the two masses, which are not connected with the spring, fly apart from
each other. (IIT Roorkee, 1973)
v¢2
m2 v2 = 2 m/s m2 v2 = 2 m/s
m1 a a = 30° m1 a a = 30°
v1 = 2 m/s v1 = 2 m/s
v¢1
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.279
The orientation of the spring with respect to the initial velocity is shown in Fig. 3.278.
(a) What is the relative velocity of separation after the particles lose contact?
(b) What is the velocity of CM after separation?
(c) What are the speeds of m1 and m2 with respect to the frictionless surface after separation?
Solution
(a) Since there is no force acting on the system, its momentum remains constant. Applying
conservation of momentum along the line of the spring, we have
0 = 3v¢1 + 2v¢2 ...(i)
Potential energy stored in the spring imparts KE to both masses.
1 1 1
Therefore, (50)(0.25)2 = ◊ 3 ◊ v1¢ 2 + ◊ 2 ◊ v2¢ 2 ...(ii)
2 2 2
Solving the above equations, we get
v¢1 = 0.65 m/s
and v¢2 = 0.97 m/s
Relative velocity of separation, which will be along the line of the spring
v¢1 + v¢2 = 0.65 + 0.97 = 1.62 m/s Ans.
( 3 ¥ 2 + 2 ¥ 2)
(b) Initial velocity of the centre of mass = = 2 m/s
( 3 + 2)
Since there is no external force acting on the system, its velocity of centre of mass
remains constant. Therefore, v = 2 m/s. Ans.
(c) The speeds of masses with respect to the surface
v1 = [22 + 0.6452 + 2(2)(0.645) cos 150°]1/2 = 1.48 m/s Ans.
and 2 2
v2 = [2 + 0.97 + 2(2)(0.97) cos 30°] 1/2
= 2.9 m/s Ans.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ507
Problem 3.133 Two large bodies, with masses m1 = 0.5 kg and m2 = 1.0 kg are free to slide
on a horizontal frictionless surface. They are connected by an ideal inertia less spring with
a relaxed length I0 = 0.5 m and a spring constant k = 10 N/m. An initial observation at
t = 0 places the puck 2 m apart with puck 2 having a velocity with respect to the surface of
6 m/s directly away from the puck, which is momentarily at rest on the surface.
(a) What is the velocity of the cm?
(b) What is the relative velocity at t = 0?
(c) To what maximum length does the spring stretch?
Solution
m1v1 + m2v2
(a) The velocity of CM =
(m1 + m2 )
0.5 ¥ 0 + 1.0 ¥ 6
= = 4.0 m/s
(0.5 + 1.0)
(b) At t = 0, v1 = 0 and v2 = 6.0 m/s
The relative velocity vr = v1 – v2 = 0 – 6
or vr = 6 m/s
(c) The given system can be converted into a system, having a reduced mass
(0.5 ¥ 1.0) 1
m= = kg connected at one end of the spring and the other end of the spring
(0.5 + 1.0) 3
is fixed as shown in Fig. 3.279.
1.0 kg
0.5 kg k = 10 N/m k = 10 N/m
= 6 m/s
Fig. 3.280
The kinetic energy imparted to the larger puck is stored in elastic potential energy of
the spring. Let the maximum extension in the spring be x.
Initial energy stored in the spring + KE imparted to the large puck = final energy stored
in the spring
1 1 1
or k( x0 - l0 )2 + m v 2 = k( x - l0 )2
2 2 2
where x0= 2.0 m, l0 = 0.5 m, k = 10 N/m and m = 1/3 kg
Substituting these values in the above equation, we get
x = 2.357 m Ans.
Problem 3.134 A rectangular rigid fixed block has a long horizontal edge. A solid
homogeneous cylinder of radius r is placed horizontally at rest with its length parallel to
the edge such that the axis of the cylinder and the edge of the block are in the same vertical
plane. There is sufficient friction present at the edge so that a very small displacement causes
508പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
the cylinder to roll off the edge without slipping. Determine: (a) the angle q through which
the cylinder rotates before it leaves contact with the edge, (b) the speed of the centre of
mass of the cylinder before leaving contact with the edge and (c) the ratio of translational to
rotational kinetic energies of the cylinder when its centre of mass is in horizontal line with
the edge. (IIT-JEE, 1995)
Solution When the cylinder rolls by an angle q about
the edge its centre of mass will go down by h = r (1 –
cos q). So by conservation of ME, O
O¢
1 1
mgr[1 – cos q] = mv 2 + Iw 2 r R mg
2 2 q
1 2
But here I = mr E
2
and v = rw
1 1 1 Fig. 3.281
So, mgr[1 – cos q] = mv 2 + ¥ mr 2 (v 2/r 2 )
2 2 2
i.e., gr[1 – cos q] = (3/4)v2 ...(i)
Now for circular motion of the cylinder about the edge,
mg cos q – R = (mv2/r)
The cylinder will leave contact when R Æ 0
i.e., g cos q = (v2/r) ...(ii)
2
(a) Eliminating v between Eqs. (i) and (ii)
gr[1 – cos q] = (3/4)gr cos q
i.e., q = cos–1 (4/7)
(b) Now substituting this value of cos q in Eq. (ii),
v = ( 4/7 ) gr
(c) At the time the cylinder leaves contact with the edge,
1 2 1 1
KR = Iw = mv 2 = mgr
2 4 7
1
and then as t = 0, a = 0 and so w = constant., i.e., after leaving the edge KR = mgr
= constant. 7
So when the centre of mass comes in horizontal line with the edge, by conservation
of ME,
1 6
mgr = KR + KT, i.e., KT = mgr – mgr = mgr
7 7
KT (6/7 )mgr
So, =
KR (1/7 )mgr
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ509
1Ê 1 2ˆ
Solution As the moment of inertia of a disc about a diameter is Á mR ˜¯ , the moment of
2Ë 2
inertia of the disc about the cord PQ by ‘theorem of parallel axes’ will be
2
1 Ê1 ˆ 5
(ID)PQ = mR2 + m Á R˜ = mR2
4 Ë4 ¯ 16
and as particle of mass m is at a distance [R + (R/4) = (5 /4)R] from PQ, the moment of
inertia of the system about PQ
2
5 Ê5 ˆ 5
I = (ID)PQ + (IP)PQ = mR2 + m Á R˜ = mR2
16 Ë4 ¯ 8
Now if w is the angular speed of the system when A reaches the lowest point A¢ on rotation
about the axis PQ, by ‘conservation of mechanical energy’,
1 2
Iw = mg(AA¢) + mgCC¢ = mg[2AD + 2CD]
2
Finally
m A
D
R P Q
R/4 C¢
C R/4
P Q R
D
A¢ m
Initially
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.283
1 15 ÈÊ 1 ˆ 1 ˘
i.e., ¥ mR2w 2 = 2mg ÍÁ R + R˜ + R˙ .
2 8 ÎË 4 ¯ 4 ˚
g
i.e., w =4
5R
Ê 1 ˆ g
So, (v)A¢ = rw = Á R + R˜ ¥ 4 = 5 gR
Ë 4 ¯ 5R
510പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
N1 mN1
N2 N
y a = a/R
mN f
x
mN
y
N
x
mg 2 mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.285
As ablock < acylinder, both the bodies will move in contact with each other with common
acceleration a.
From the force diagram block we have
mg
ÂFx = + N – mN1 = ma ...(1)
2
mg
ÂFy = N1 – mN – =0 ...(2)
2
From Eqs. (1) and (2), we eliminate N1.
mg m mg
+ N - m 2N - = ma ...(3)
2 2
The equations of cylinder are
2mg
ÂFx = – N – f = 2ma ...(4)
2
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ511
1 Ê aˆ
and Ât = (f – mN)R = (2m)R2 Á ˜
2 Ë R¯
or f – mN = ma ...(5)
On solving Eqs. (2) and (5), we have
m( 2 g - 3 a)
N = ...(6)
1+ m
On substituting N in Eq. (3) and solving for a, we get
3(1 - m ) g 3g
a = =
2 ( 4 - 3m ) 5 2
2mg
From Eq. (7), we get N =
15
From Eq. (5), on substituting for a and N, we get
2mg
f =
3
From force diagram of the cylinder, we have
2mg Ê mˆ
N2 = - m N = 2mg Á 1 - ˜
2 Ë 15 ¯
2 g 2mg
=
30
As f < mN2 we can say that pure rolling of the cylinder takes place. Both the block and
3g
cylinder move with common acceleration .
5 2
Problem 3.137 Figure 3.286(a) shows a light ring with three rods each of mass M welded
on its rim. The rods form an equilateral triangle. The rigid assembly is released on a rough
inclined plane. Determine the minimum value of the coefficient of static friction that will
allow pure rolling of the assembly.
y
N
x
f
CM
Fig. 3.286
512പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.138 A solid cylinder rolls up an inclined plane of angle of inclination 30°. At
the bottom of the inclined plane the centre of mass of the cylinder has a speed of 5 m/s.
(a) How far will the cylinder go up the plane?
(b) How long will it take to return to the bottom?
Solution
(a) If h is the height reached by the cylinder, then
1 1
mv 2 + Iw 2 = mgh s
2 2 h
1 Ê mR2 ˆ Ê v ˆ
2
1 30°
or mv 2 + Á Á ˜ = mgh
2 2 Ë 2 ˜¯ Ë R ¯
Fig. 3.287
3
or mv 2 = mgh
4
3v 2 3 ¥ 5 2
\ h = = = 1.9 m
4 g 4 ¥ 9.8
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ513
h 1.9
The distance s = = = 3.8 m
sin 30∞ 1/2
2
(b) Acceleration of the cylinder = g sin 30°
3
2 1
or a = ¥ 9.8 ¥ = 3.27 m/s 2
3 2
Time taken to move the distance of 3.8 m
1 2
3.8 = at
2
\ t 1.5 s
Total time taken T = 2t = 3 s Ans.
Problem 3.139 A spinning cylinder of mass m and radius R is lowered w0
on a rough inclined plane of angle 30° with the horizontal and m = 1/
3 . The cylinder is released at a height of 3R from the horizontal. Find
the total time taken by the cylinder to reach the bottom of the incline. 3R
Solution We will check whether the cylinder slips down the incline 30°
or not. Fig. 3.288
As mg sin 30° = mmg cos 30°, initially the cylinder slips at its place till
the angular velocity becomes zero.
mR2 N
Ât = (mmg cos q)R = a t
2
2m cos q
a = g
R
0 = w0 – at1
mg sin q mg cos q
w0
or t1 = Fig. 3.289
a
Next the sphere will come down with the initial angular and linear velocity both zero.
mR2 mRa
fR = a, f =
2 2
and mg sin q – f = ma
If pure rolling takes place,
a = Ra
f – mg sin q = – 2f
1 mg
or, f = mg sin q =
3 6
1 3 mg
As fmax = mmg cos q = mg ¥ =
3 2 2
and fmax < f, so pure rolling is possible.
514പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 f 2(- mg/6) g
= a= =
m m 3
Let t2 be the time taken to reach the foot of the incline.
3R 1g 2
= t2
sin 30∞ 23
or, t2 = 6 R/g
Êw R Rˆ
Hence total time, t = t 1 + t2 = Á 0 + 6
Ë g g ˜¯
Problem 3.140 A sphere of mass m is released on the rough inclined surface of a wedge
having mass M. If the sphere rolls on the wedge [Fig. 3.290], calculate the acceleration of the
wedge and sphere. Neglect friction between the wedge and the ground.
y
N
x
m f
Rough
M
Smooth mg cos q mg sin q
q
mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.290
A sin q
Mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.291
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ515
a = Ra ...(4)
Equation of the wedge is, ÂFx = N sin q – f cos q = MA ...(5)
From Eqs. (1), (3) and (4), we get
7
mg sin g q = ma – mA cos q ...(6)
5
On multiplying Eq. (4) by sin q and adding to Eq. (5), we get
2
mg sin q cos q – ma cos q = (M + m sin2 q)A ...(7)
5
2
On multiplying Eq. (6) by cos q and subtracting it from Eq. (7), we get
7
5 Ï 7 M + (2 + 5 sin 2q )m ¸
mg sin q cos q = Ì ˝A
7 Ó 7 ˛
5m sin q cos q
or A = g
7 M + (2 + 5 sin 2q )m
Problem 3.141 A uniform circular cylinder of mass m and radius r is given an initial angular
velocity w0 and no initial translational velocity. It is placed in contact with a plane inclined
at an angle a to the horizontal. If there is a coefficient of friction m for sliding between the
cylinder and the plane. Find the distance the cylinder moves up before sliding stops. Also,
calculate the maximum distance it travels up the plane. Assume m > tan a.
Solution Given m > tan a fi mmg cos a > mg sin a
a = (mg cos a – g sin a)
( m mg cos a )r 2 m g cos a
a = =
1 2 r
mr
2
Slipping will stop when,
v = rw
or at = r (w0 – at)
rw 0 Ê rw 0 ˆ
\ t = =Á
a + ra Ë 3 m g cos a - g sin a ˜¯
1 2
d1 = at
2
2
1 Ê rw 0 ˆ
= ( m g cos a - g sin a ) Á
2 Ë 3 m g cos a - g sin a ˜¯
r 2w 02 ( m cos a - sin a )
= Ans.
2 g(3 m cos a - sin a )2
Ê rw 0 ˆ
v = at = (mg cos a – g sin a) Á
Ë 3 m g cos a - g sin a ) ˜¯
rw 0 ( m cos a - sin a )
=
(3 m cos a - sin a )
516പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution We can choose any arbitrary directions of frictional forces at different contacts. In the
final answer the negative values will show the opposite directions.
f1
a1
m1
F
f2
f1
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.294
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ517
Problem 3.143 Two balls of equal density and radii r and R = 2r, are placed with the centre
of the larger one at the middle of a cart of mass M = 6 kg and length L = 2m. The mass of the
smaller ball is m = 1 kg. The balls are made to roll, without slipping, in such a way that the
larger ball rests on the cart and a straight line connecting their centres remains at a constant
518പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.144 A semicircular ring of mass m and radius r is released from rest in the
position shown with its lower edge resting on a horizontal surface. Find the minimum
coefficient of static friction ms which is necessary to prevent any initial slipping of the ring.
Solution Centre of mass of semicircular ring lies at a dis-
2r
tance of from the centre.
p
2r
OC = , OP = r
p
Hence, CP = (OC )2 + (OP)2
r
or CP = 1.185r
If there is no slipping, then the instantaneous axis of
rotation passes through P.
Angular acceleration of the ring about P is
Fig. 3.298(a)
tp (mg )(CO)
a = =
Ip (2mr 2 )
Ê 2r ˆ
(mg ) Á ˜
Ëp¯ g
= 2
= ...(1) C
(2mr ) pr O IP = 2 mI2
Acceleration of the centre of mass,
mg N
a = (CP)(a) q
Ê g ˆ Ê 1.185 ˆ
= (1.185r) Á ˜ = Á g ...(2)
Ë p r ¯ Ë p ˜¯
f = ms N P
From Newton’s law,
ÂFy = may Fig. 3.298(b)
or mg – N = may
or mg – N = ma sin q
Ê 1.185 ˆ Ê 2r ˆ Ê 1 ˆ
or mg – N = m Á g
Ë p ˜¯ ÁË p ˜¯ ÁË 1.185r ˜¯
ax C
2 O x
= 2 mg = 0.2 mg q
p
y
or N = mg – 0.2 mg a
q
N = 0.8 mg ...(3) ay
ÂFx = max
or ms N = (m) (a cos q) P
Fig. 3.299
Ê 1.185 g ˆ Ê r ˆ
or ms(0.8 mg) = (m) Á
Ë p ˜¯ ÁË 1.185r ˜¯
or ms = 0.398
520പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
r r/4 3r/4
where AC = M Y
4 B N = normal
C q
A r reaction
3r ac 45°
and CB =
4 3mg r
tp mgr aB
(a) a = = N q
mg
I p 6 mr 2 + 2mr 2
g
or a = (Ip = Ihoop + Iblock) P f = frictional force
8r a
2g g
sin 45° or Ø
8 8
AC r/4 1
(c) tan q = = =
AP r 4
or q = 14°
r2
and PC = r2 + = 1.03r
16
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ521
3 v0
or w =
2 5R
3
Velocity of m2 = 2Rw = v0
5
3
Velocity of m3 = Rw = v0
10
In order to determine maximum extension in the spring, we apply law of conservation
of energy.
2 2 2
1 Ê3 ˆ 1 Ê 3 v0 ˆ 1 Ê 3 v0 ˆ 1
m Á v0 ˜ = mR2 Á + m(2R)2 Á 2
+ k Dxmax
2 Ë4 ¯ 2 Ë 2 5R ˜¯ 2 Ë 2 5R ˜¯ 2
3 m
On solving for Dx, we get Dxmax = v0 .
4 5R
I
Show that if M = , no frictional
r( R - r ) Fig. 3.302
force will act on the spool. Now suppose M
2I
= , find in which direction will the frictional force act? Also find in this case the rate of
r( R - r )
increase of length ab of the thread at time t after the application of force (no slipping occurs).
Solution For translational motion
F – T – f = maCM ...(1) FBD of the spool
Since string ab remains tangent, hence acceleration of point a and that of FBD of M
point b is same. a¢
aCM
fi a¢ = (R - r )
R
aCM M
fi T =M (R - r ) ...(4) a T
R
From Eqs. (3) and (4), we get
aCM a R
M (R - r ) = I CM - f ◊ ...(5)
R R◊r r Fig. 3.304
F È 2I ˘
=
Ê 2I I ˆ ÍÎ R - r - mr ˙˚
RÁ m + - 2˜
Ë Rr R ¯
Ft È 2I ˘
\ Rate of increase in length ab (= vab) =
Ê 2I I ˆ ÍÎ R - r - mr ˙˚ .
RÁ m + - 2˜
Ë Rr R ¯
524പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.148 A sphere of radius R is projected with a reverse spin wo down a rough
inclined plane with a speed vo for which coefficient of friction is m > tan q, where q is the
5vo m
angle of the inclination. Show that it will turn back if wo > .
2R( m - tan q )
m mg cos q
Further, wo – t>0 …(2)
I CM
5vo m
From Eqs. (1) and (2), we get wo > .
2R( m - tan q )
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.149 Draw the direction of friction force in the
following cases. If the rolling object is F R
R/2
(i) a ring (ii) a disc
(iii) a solid sphere (iv) a hollow sphere O
Solution
R P
Case I: K2 = R2 fi Rx = R (MK2 = MR2)
2 Fig. 3.307
As K2 > Rx,
The friction will act in the backward direction
R2 R R2 F R
Case II: K2 = fi Rx = R = (MK2 = MR2/2) R/2
2 2 2
O
fi 2
K = Rx
No friction will act.
P
2 2 R R2 2
Case III: K2 = R fi Rx = R = (MK2 = MR2)
5 2 2 5 Fig. 3.308
fi 2
K < Rx
The friction will act in the forward direction.
2 2 R R2
Case IV: K2 = R fi Rx = R =
3 2 2
fi 2
K > Rx
The friction will act in the forward direction.
526പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
n
F
2R – h
O
O
q
R n
R–h P w
P
d
h q
w F
Q
(a) (b) (c)
Fig. 3.309
Solution Problem solving strategy: At the instant the cylinder is about to be raised, the
reaction at Q vanishes. Hence, there are only three forces acting on the cylinder, as shown in
Fig. 3.309(b). We choose the point P as the point about which to take the torque. The torque
of the normal reaction, N is zero, since its line of action passes through the point about which
we take the torque.
The moment arm d of the weight relative to the point P is
d= R2 - (R - h)2 = 2Rh - h 2
The moment arm of F relative to P is 2R – h.
The net torque about P is
wd – F(2R – h) = 0
w 2Rh - h 2 - F(2R - h) = 0
w 2Rh - h 2
F = ...(1)
2R - h
The components of normal reaction N can be determined from the first condition of
equilibrium. Figure 3.309(c) shows that the vector sum of the three external forces is zero.
ÂFx = F – N cos q = 0 or N cos q = F ...(2)
ÂFy = N sin q – w = 0 or N sin q = w ...(3)
Dividing Eq. (3) by Eq. (2), we get
w
tan q =
F
On eliminating q from Eqs. (2) and (3), we get
N = w2 + F2
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ527
Problem 3.151 Find the tension in the tape and the linear
acceleration of the cylinder up the incline, assuming there is no
slipping. (Take M = 4m and g = 10 m/s2) B
Solution Since the cylinder does not slip, the displacement, M
A
velocity and acceleration of the hanging mass are, respectively, m
equal to the displacement, velocity and acceleration of the upper a
point B of the cylinder as the string leaves the upper point
Fig. 3.310
tangentially.
Now v (velocity of the upper point) = vm + w r = 2vCM (\ w r = vm)
From conservation of energy, when m lowers through h
1 Ê1 1 ˆ
mgh = mv 2 + Á mvCM
2
+ Iw 2 ˜
2 Ë 2 2 ¯
(\ loss in PE = gain in KE)
2
1 1 Mv 2 1 Ê 1 ˆv
= mv 2 + + Á Mr 2 ˜ CM
2 2 4 2Ë 2 ¯ r2
Ê 1 2ˆ
ÁË∵ I = Mr ˜¯
2
1 1 1 v2
= mv 2 + Mv 2 + M
2 8 4 4
1 3
= mv 2 + Mv 2
2 16
16 mgh = 8 mv2 + 3 Mv2
16 mgh
fi v2 =
8m + 3 M
From v2 = 2ah
8 mg g
fi a = = = 4 m/s 2
8 m + 3 M 1 + 3 M/8 m
Considering downward motion of m,
mg – T = ma
or T = mg – ma = 2(10 – 4)
= 12 N
Problem 3.152 Figure 3.311 shows a girl on a swing. Assume that the centre of mass of the
girl in crouched position is at 1.2 m from the ground. The weight of the girl is 400 N and
her centre of mass is 3.7 m from the pivot of the swing in her crouched position. The swing
is released from rest and at the bottom of the arc the girl stands up instantaneously, thus
raising her centre of mass 0.6 m. What is the height of her centre of mass at the top of the arc?
Solution When the swing reaches position B, the line of action of gravitational force passes
through the pivot of the swing. The torque of this only external force is zero. The angular
momentum is conserved at B, while the girl stands up.
528പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.153 An elastic spherical ball of mass M and radius a moving with velocity v
strikes a rigid surface at an angle q to the normal. Assuming it skids while in contact with
the surface, the tangential frictional force being a constant fraction m of the normal reaction
force, show that:
(a) the ball is reflected at an angle f to the normal where (tan q – tan f) = 2m; and
5mv
(b) the angular velocity of the rebounding ball changes by an amount cos q.
a
You may assume that the component of velocity perpendicular to the surface is reversed
in direction without change of magnitude.
Solution
(a) We cannot assume that the ball is not initially rotating because if the ball was not
rotating, it could not skid against the surface; so the angle q and f would be identical.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ529
1
w
w2
velocity is reversed by the impact; so (with the notation
of figure) v
q f
v cos q = u cos f ...(i)
The change in the perpendicular component of the mo-
Fig. 3.312
mentum is 2 Mv cos q, which is equal to the perpendicu-
lar component of the impulse delivered to the ball by the surface. Since the frictional
force is m times the perpendicular force, the component of the impulse parallel to the
surface must be 2 Mvm cos q.
If the ball is rotating clockwise as shown in Fig. 3.312, this impulse will be to the right,
but it would be to the left if the ball were rotating anticlockwise.
The parallel component of the ball’s momentum must thus change by 2 Mvm cos q; so
the parallel component of the velocity changes by 2vm cos q. Thus,
u sin f – v sin q = 2m v cos q ...(ii)
Equations (i) and (ii) give tan f – tan q = 2m but if the original angular velocity were
anticlockwise instead of clockwise, we could obtain
tan f – tan q = – 2m
so we may put |tan q – tan f| = 2m
(b) We have shown that the horizontal component of the impulse delivered to the ball is
2 Mvm cos q; and since the ball’s radius is a, the impulsive moment (angular impulse) is
2 Mv ma cos q. Since the impulsive moment is equal to the change in angular momentum
and the angular momentum is given by Iw, where I is the moment of inertia, we must
have
2 m Mva cos q 2 m Mva cos q 5 m v cos q
Dw = = =
I (2/5)Ma 2 a
Solution
(a) Let w be the angular velocity of the system (bead + cone), when the bead reaches the
base of the cone. From conservation of angular momentum,
L i = Lf
I0w0 = (I0 + mR2)w
I 0w 0
Hence, w = ...(1)
(I 0 + mR2 )
(b) We assign x- and y-axis normal to the groove and parallel to the groove respectively.
When the bead reaches the base of the cone, it has two components of velocity:
v|| due to translation along groove,
v ^ due to rotation with cone.
Hence, velocity of the bead
v = v^ i + v||j
with |v| = v||2 + v^2 = v||2 + (Rw )2
2
Ê I 0w 0 R ˆ I 0w 02 R2
Magnitude of v , |v| = Á I + mR2 ˜ + I + mR2 + 2 gh
Ë 0 ¯ 0
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ531
2 v v
1 Ê vˆ Ê 2ˆ
= mÁ ˜ Á1 + ˜ 2 2
2 Ë 2¯ Ë 3¯
l Ê ml 2 ˆ
Ât = Y sin 60° =Á a ...(1)
2 Ë 12 ˜¯
ÂFy = mg – T sin 60° = may ...(2)
ÂFx = T cos 60° = max ...(3)
We have three equations in four unknowns. We will search for a kinematic relation. The
point A on the rod will move on a circle in the subsequent motion. It can have radial and
tangential acceleration. The radial acceleration (= v2/r) is zero at the instant the string snaps,
so the total acceleration of point A along the string is zero initially.
a l/2 T sin 60°
T
a
60° O
ax A T cos 60° B
ax
mg
ay
ay
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.317
al
Thus, we have ay cos 30° – cos 30° – ax cos 60° = 0
2
Solving Eqs. (1), (2) and (3), we get
Ê T ˆ 3T T
ÁË g - sin 60∞˜¯ cos 30∞ - sin 60∞ cos 30∞ - cos 2 60∞ = 0
m m m
T È 3 3 3 3 3 1 ˘ T È 3 9 1 ˘ T È 13 ˘
g cos 30° = Í + + ˙= + + =
mÎ 2 2 2 2 4 ˚ m ÍÎ 4 4 4 ˙˚ m ÍÎ 4 ˙˚
Ê 4ˆ
T = mg Á ˜ cos 30∞
Ë 13 ¯
2 3
T = mg
13
The point A has tangential acceleration; therefore, the relation t = la is not applicable
about point A. This relation t = la is valid either about a fixed point or about the centre of
mass of the object even though it is accelerated.
Problem 3.157 A uniform disc of radius r0 lies on a smooth horizontal plane. A similar disc
spinning with the angular velocity w0 is carefully lowered onto the first disc. How soon do
both discs spin with the same angular velocity if the friction coefficient between them is
equal to m?
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ533
Solution When the disc spins with its plane on the table as shown w0
in Fig. 3.318, to calculate frictional torque consider the disc to be
made of large number of concentric rings. The mass of a ring of
radius r and thickness dr will be
dM = (M/pR2)(2prdr)
So that force of friction on the ring will be
m Mg
df = m (dM)g = (2p r dr )
p R2 Fig. 3.318
and so frictional torque on the ring
2 mMg 2
dt = r(df) = r dr
R2
So, the total frictional torque on the disc,
R 2 m Mg 2 2
t = Ú0 2
R
r dr =
3
m MgR
2
So, Ia = mMgR [as t = Ia]
3
1 Ê dw ˆ 2 È 1 dw ˘
or MR2 Á - = m MgR Ías I = MR2 and a = -
2 Ë dt ˜¯ 3 Î 2 dt ˙˚
t 3 R 0
or Ú0 dt = -
4 m g Úw 0
dw
3 Rw 0
or t =
4 mg
Solving problems involving variable forces.
In some situations force is not constant. In such situations acceleration may be function
of time, displacement and velocity.
Problem 3.158 A string is wrapped several times on
a cylinder of mass M and radius R. The cylinder is R
pivoted about its axis of block symmetry. A block of
mass m tied to the string rests on a support positioned
so that the string has no slack. The block is carefully
lifted vertically a distance h and the support is
removed as shown in Fig. 3.319 Just before the string m
becomes taut (a) evaluate the angular velocity w0 of m h
the cylinder, the speed v0 of the falling body m and
the kinetic energy K0 of the system. (b) Evaluate the
corresponding quantities w1, v1 and K1 for the instant
just after the string becomes taut. (c) Why is K1 less
than K0? Where does the energy go? (d) If M = m, Fig. 3.319
what fraction of the kinetic energy is lost when the
string becomes taut?
534പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution
(a) Just before the string becomes taut, the block falls freely, so v0 = 2gh. There is no
tension in the string, so nothing causes the cylinder to spin; so w0 = 0. The kinetic
energy of the system is
1 1
K0 = mv02 + Iw 02 = mgh
2 2
(b) When the string experiences a jerk, the large impulse developed is of very short
duration so that the contribution of weight mg can be neglected during this time
interval.
The angular momentum of the system is conserved, as the tension is internal force for
the system. Thus, we have
Li = L f
1
mv1R + MR2w1 = mv0R = m 2ghR
2
The string is inextensible, so v1 = Rw1. On solving for w1, we get
2 gh
w1 =
R[1 + ( M/2m)]
2 gh
v1 = Rw1 =
[1 + ( M/2m)]
The final kinetic energy K1 is given by
1 1
K1 = mv12 + Iw 12
2 2
ˆÊ v ˆ
2
1 1Ê 1
= mv12 + Á MR2 ˜ Á 12 ˜
2 2Ë 2 ¯ËR ¯
1Ê Mˆ 2
= Á m + ˜¯ v1
2Ë 2
1È mv02 ˘
= Í ˙
2 Î 1 + ( M/2m) ˚
K0
=
1 + ( M/2m)
(c) The situation in this case is analogous to the energy loss in completely inelastic two-
body collisions. The lost kinetic energy is converted to heat energy or elastic potential
energy of the string or in the two objects.
2K 0 Ê K - K1 ˆ 1
(d) For M = m, K1 = , so the fraction lost is Á 0 = .
3 Ë K 0 ˜¯ 3
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ535
11 3
(b) the point P has a linear velocity Rw i + Rw k Fig. 3.320
4 4
13 3
(c) the point P has a linear velocity Rw i -
Rw k
4 4
Ê 3ˆ 1
(d) the point P has a linear velocity Á 3 - ˜ Rw i + 4 Rw k
Ë 4 ¯
w
Solution VP = 3Rw i + (- j) ¥ (R cos 30∞i + R sin 30∞k
)
2
w w 11 3
= 3Rw i + 3 Rk - Ri = Rw i +
Rw k
4 4 4 4
Problem 3.160 A small sphere rolls down without slipping from the top of a track in a
vertical plane. The track has an elevated section and a horizontal part. The horizontal part
is 1.0 m above the ground level and the top of the track is 2.4 m above the ground. Find
the distance on the ground with respect to B (which is vertically below the end of the track)
where the sphere lands. During its flight as a projectile does the sphere continue to rotate
about its centre of mass. Explain. (IIT-JEE, 1987)
Solution Loss in PE when the sphere rolls from C to A
= Mg(2.4 – 1) = 1.4 Mg
This potential energy is converted into KE of rolling
1 1
K= Mv 2 + Iw 2
2 2
Now as for sphere I = (2/5) Mr2 and for rolling v = rw
1 2 7
So, K= Mv 2 + Mv 2 = Mv 2
2 5 10
So, by conservation of mechanical energy:
1.4 Mg = (7/10)Mv2 or v= 2g
536പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2.4 m
A
1m
Fig. 3.321
2h 2¥1 2
t= = =
g g g
So the horizontal distance moved by the sphere in this time
x = vt
= 2 g ¥ (2/g )
=2m
i.e., sphere falls at a distance of 2 m from B.
Now before leaving the point A the sphere has an angular momentum (= Iw) and as in
flight torque of mg will be zero (as mg will pass through the centre of mass of sphere), so
angular momentum will remain constant. This, in turn, implies that sphere will continue to
rotate about its centre of mass during flight.
Problem 3.161 A small solid marble of mass M and radius r rolls down along the loop
track, without slipping. Find the height h above the base, from where it has to start rolling
down the incline such that the sphere just completes the vertical circular loop of radius R.
Solution Here the centre of mass of marble will P
move in a circle of radius (R – r) so for just looping
the loop, at H H
v = g( R - r ) ...(i)
h O
Now as in rolling Q
R
K = KT + KR
L
1 1
= Mv 2 + Iw 2 Fig. 3.322
2 2
And here I = (2/5)Mr2 with v = rw
2
1 1 È2 ˘ Èv˘
So, K = Mv 2 + Í Mr 2 ˙ Í ˙
2 2 Î5 ˚Îr˚
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ537
1 1 7
i.e., K = Mv 2 + Mv 2 = Mv 2 ...(ii)
2 5 10
So in the light of Eqs. (i) and (ii) becomes
7
K = Mg(R - r ) ...(iii)
10
As this kinetic energy is provided by loss in PE, so applying conservation of mechanical
energy between P and H.
7
0 + Mgh = Mg(R – r) + Mg(2R – r)
10
1
or h = [27 R - 17 r ]
10
Note: In this problem due to rolling motion KE of sphere at any point is (7/10)mv2 and not
(1/2)mv2. So if we apply conservation of ME between P and L taking vL = 5gr the solution
1
will become wrong as in deriving it from vH = gr we have taken KE at L equal to mv2L.
2
Problem 3.162 State whether the statement given below is true of false giving reason in
brief.
“A ring of mass 0.3 kg and radius 0.1 m and a solid cylinder of mass 0.4 kg and of the same
radius are given the same kinetic energy and released simultaneously on a flat horizontal
surface such that they begin to roll as soon as released towards a wall which is at the same
distance from the ring and cylinder. The rolling friction in both the cases is negligible. The
cylinder will reach the wall first.”
Solution In case of rolling as
1 1
K = Mv 2 + Iw 2 with v = rw
2 2
1
So, K = Mv2 [1 + I/Mr2]
2
For ring I = Mr2
\ KR = Mv2R, i.e., vR = K R/0.3
For cylinder, I = (1/2) Mr2
KC = (3/4)MvC2 , i.e., VC = ( 4 KC/3 ¥ 0.4) = KC/0.3
Now according to the given problem KR = KC, so vR = vC and as the motion is uniform,
both will reach the wall simultaneously, i.e., given statement is wrong.
Problem 3.163 A body of mass M and radius r, rolling on a smooth horizontal floor with
velocity v, rolls up an irregular inclined plane up to a vertical height (3v2/4g). Compute the
moment of inertia of the body and comment on its shape. (IIT-JEE, 2007)
538പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
R
R
2
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.325
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ539
1 È M ˘ 2 1 È MR2 ˘ È 2v ˘
2
K = v + Í ˙
2 ÍÎ 4 ˙˚ 2 Î 32 ˚ ÍÎ R ˙˚
1 1 3
i.e., K = Mv 2 + Mv 2 = Mv 2 ...(ii)
8 16 16
So from Eqs. (i) and (ii),
(3/16)Mv2 = (7/8)MgR
Solution Since the cone rolls without slipping, the points Fig. 3.326
on the generatrix OA should be instantaneously at rest.
Point A is common to two rotations, one due to w and the other due to W. So for point A
we should have
Ê h ˆ
wÁ = W(h tan a)
Ë cos a ˜¯
w
or W =
sin a
The velocity of an arbitrary point D1 on diameter AB of the cone base is the sum of two
velocities:
rw
v1 = w (h cos a – r sin a) +
sin a
where r is the distance from the centre of the base C to the given point.
540പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
The velocity of the lowermost point is zero and of the uppermost point v = 2wh cos a.
Fig. 3.328
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ541
Since instantaneous axes of rotation of the bigger and smaller rollers are C and D,
respectively, therefore taking moments of forces acting on these rollers about their respective
instantaneous axes of rotation are as follows:
For bigger roller, F1 (2R) = I1 a1 ...(iii)
For smaller roller, F2 (2r) = I2 a2 ....(iv)
where F1 (3/2) (40) R2 – 0.6 kg m2 (moment of the inertia of the bigger roller about axis C)
3
Similarly, I2 = (20)r2 = 0.075 kg m2
2
Ê1 2ˆ È1 2 ˘
or ÁË mR ˜¯ w 0 = 2 Í mR w + mR(w R)˙
2 Î 2 ˚
542പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
w0
v
w w
fi
Fig. 3.330
1 2 1 2 Fig. 3.331
and Work = DK = Iw f - Iw i
2 2
(The last term is zero because the top starts from rest).
1
Thus, 4.46 J = (4.00 ¥ 10–4 kg ¥ m2)w2f
2
and from this, wf = 149 rad/s.
Solution
(a) As the initial linear momentum of the system (skater + pole) is zero; the centre of mass
will be at rest before and after the collision.
The skaters and the pole will rotate around the centre of mass (at the mid-point of the
pole). Free rotation of a system always takes place about CM.
Applying the conservation of angular momentum about an axis through C and
perpendicular to the plane of the figure,
mvl + mvl = Iw where I = 2m(l)2
2mvl v
w = =
2ml 2 l
w = 20/3 rad/s
(b) When the skaters reduce their separation, no external torque acts on the system; hence
we can apply conservation of angular momentum about CM. Due to redistribution of
mass about the axis of rotation, moment of inertia changes.
Since the separation reduces to 2l¢ = 1 m,
Iw = I¢w¢ (conservation of angular momentum)
Iw 2ml 2w
w¢ = = = 9w = 60 rad/s fi angular velocity increases
I¢ 2ml ¢ 2
1
KE f I ¢w ¢ 2 (I ¢w ¢ )w ¢ w ¢
(c) = 2 = = =9
KEi 1 2 (Iw )w w
Iw
2
The kinetic energy increases because the skaters do positive work in pulling themselves
towards the centre of the pole.
Solution We assume that the yo-yo is at rest before the application of the force F.
(a) As there is no friction acting on the yo-yo the direction of rolling is only determined
by the direction of the torque of the applied force F about its centre.
w w w
F
Moment O
arm F O O
Fig. 3.333(b)
(b) The friction force on the yo-yo is f = mN. The yo-yo will slide without rolling if torque
of external force is balanced by torque of friction.
St = F ¥ r – mN ¥ R = 0 ...(1)
Also, SF = F cos q – mN = Ma ...(2)
From Eqs. (1) and (2),
Ma r
cos q = +
F R
S f = F cos q – f = Ma ...(3)
1
St = f ¥ R – F ¥ r = MR2a ...(4)
2
For pure rolling of the yo-yo,
a = – Ra ...(5)
2F Ê 1 ˆ
Eliminating a and a gives f =Á r - R cos q ˜¯
RË 2
Since, f £ mN £ m(Mg – F sin q)
For the yo-yo to roll without slipping irrespective of the smoothness of the table, i.e.,
independent of M, we require
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ545
Mg 2r
sin q = , cos q =
F R
R Mg
or tan q =
2r F
N
Problem 3.171 A wheel of radius R, mass m and moment of
inertia I = mR2 is pulled along a horizontal surface by application
of force F to a rope unwinding from the axle of radius r as shown F
in Fig. 3.334. Friction is sufficient for pure rolling of the wheel. r
(a) What is the linear acceleration of the wheel? R q
(b) Calculate the frictional force that acts on the wheel. f
Solution The equations of motion of the wheel are
F – f = ma ...(1) Mg
F ¥ r + f ¥ R = Ia ...(2)
Fig. 3.334(a)
In case of pure rolling, a = Ra ...(3)
N
I
F ¥ r + (F – ma)R = a
R
F
F(r + R)R
or a = r
(I + mR2 )
R
and the frictional force is f = F – ma
È ˘ f
Í (r + R)R ˙
= F Í1 - ˙
Í Ê I + R2 ˆ ˙ Mg
ÍÎ ÁË m ˜¯ ˙
˚ Fig. 3.334(b)
F[(I/m) - Rr ]
=
[(I/m) + r 2 ]
For I/m = Rr, frictional force is zero.
For I/m > Rr, frictional force is positive, i.e., it acts in backward direction.
For I/m < Rr, frictional force is negative, i.e., it acts in forward direction.
y
Problem 3.172 Three particles A, B and C each of mass m are connected x
A
to each other by three massless rigid rods to form a rigid, equilateral
triangular body of side l. This body is placed on a horizontal frictionless
table (x–y plane) and is hinged at point A so that it can move without
F
friction about the vertical axis through A (see Fig. 3.335). The body is
set into rotational motion on the table about this axis with a constant B l C
angular velocity w. (a) Find the magnitude of the horizontal force exerted Fig. 3.335
by the hinge on the body. (b) At time T, when side BC is parallel to
x-axis, force F is applied on B along BC (as in the Fig. 3.335). Obtain the x-component
and the y-component of the force exerted by the hinge on the body, immediately after
time T. (IIT-JEE, 2002)
546പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution (a) The centre of mass of the system is at the centroid of a triangular assembly.
The CM moves along a circular path with constant angular velocity. Therefore, there must
be a horizontal centripetal force directed towards the axis at the hinge.
From Fig. 3.335, we find
l 3
AD = l sin 60° =
2
2 l
AO = AD = =r
3 3
Ê l ˆ
The centripetal acceleration ac = w2r = w 2 Á
Ë 3 ˜¯
Ê l ˆ
Tangential acceleration at = ar = a Á
Ë 3 ˜¯
Fy y
A
x
Fx w
r a
ac ac =w 2r
O at = r a
(CM) F O
B C
D
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.336
Let Fx and Fy be the forces applied by the hinges along x-axis and y-axis, respectively. The
system is in non-centroidal rotation. The three equations of motion are
Ê l ˆ
SFx = Fx + F = (3m)at = 3m Á a …(i)
Ë 3 ˜¯
Ê l ˆ 2
SFy = Fy = 3m Á w …(ii)
Ë 3 ˜¯
Ê 3 ˆ
St = F ¥ Á l˜ = 2ml 2a …(iii)
Ë 2 ¯
3F
From Eq. (iii), a =
4 ml
Ê l ˆ 3F 3F
From Eq. (i), Fx + F = 3m Á ˜ ¥ =
Ë 3 ¯ 4 ml 4
F
fi Fx =
4
From Eq. (ii), Fy = 3 mlw 2
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ547
Problem 3.173 Figure 3.337(a) shows two blocks m1 and m2, connected by light strings,
supported on two identical pulleys of moment of inertia I and radius R. Determine the ac-
celeration of each block and the tensions T1, T2 and T3 in the string. There is no slipping
between string and pulleys.
T2
T1 T3
+
T1 T3
m1 m2
+
m1 m2 m1g m2g
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.337
Solution Force diagrams for blocks and pulleys are shown in Fig. 3.337(a); we consider
downward direction for m2 as positive and clockwise angular acceleration of pulleys as
positive. Equations for blocks are:
m 2g – T 3 = m 2a ...(1)
T 1 – m 1g = m 1a ...(2)
Equations for pulleys are:
(T2 – T1)R = Ia ...(3)
(T3 – T2)R = Ia ...(4)
Adding Eqs. (3) and (4) gives
(T3 – T1)R = 2Ia ...(5)
Adding Eqs. (1) and (2) gives
(T3 – T1) = (m2 – m1)g – (m1 + m2)a ...(6)
From Eqs. (6) and (5), we obtain
[(m2 – m1)g – (m1 + m2)a]R = 2Ia where a = a/R.
(m2 - m1 ) g
Thus, a =
I
m1 + m2 + 2 2
R
n1 n2
T2 T2
T1 mpg mpg T3
Fig. 3.338
548പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Note that we may obtain T1 and T3 from Eqs. (1) and (2) and T2 from Eq. (3) by substituting
for a and a. If m1 = m2, a = 0 and if m1 > m2, a is negative; then motion is reversed in direction.
Problem 3.174 A ball of radius R and mass m is rolling without
slipping on a horizontal surface with velocity of its centre of mass vCM h
q
vCM. It then rolls without slipping up a hill to a height h before
momentarily coming to rest. Find h. Fig. 3.339
Solution Problem solving strategy: Mechanical energy is
conserved because static friction does not perform any work. The initial kinetic energy,
1
which is the translational kinetic energy of the centre of mass, mv2CM, plus the kinetic
2
1
energy of rotation about the centre of mass, ICMw2, is converted to potential energy mgh.
2
Since the sphere rolls without slipping. Rolling constraint equation is applicable, vCM = Rw.
Apply conservation of mechanical energy with Ui = 0 and Kf = 0.
Ef = Ei or Uf = Ki
The total initial kinetic energy Ki is vCM and angular speed w.
1 2 1
Ki = mvCM + I CMw 2
2 2
vCM 2
Substitute w = and I CM = mR2 and solve for Ki in terms of the mass and vCM.
R 5
2
1 2 1Ê2 ˆÊv ˆ
Ki = mvCM + Á mR2 ˜ Á CM ˜
2 2Ë5 ¯Ë R ¯
7 2
= mvCM
10
Set this initial kinetic energy equal to the final potential energy mgh.
7 2
mvCM = mgh
10
2
7 vCM
h =
10 g
WHAT IS PERCUSSION?
Centre of Percussion
Let us consider a bat which is stationary. The bat is struck by an impulse J at a distance y
from the centre of mass. From impulse-momentum equation,
J = mvCM
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ549
Torque exerted by this impulse causes the bat to rotate about the centre of mass. From
angular impulse-angular momentum theorem
tDt = DL = ICMw
Angular impulse is related to linear impulse through the relation
tDt = Jnet y
yJnet = ICMw
Any point on the bat has two velocities, the centre of mass velocity VCM and the tangential
velocity Vt caused due to rotation about the centre of mass. As shown in Fig. 3.340, these
two velocities are in opposite directions. If they are of equal magnitude, the point x acquires
no net velocity due to impulse.
CM x x CM x CM
y
J
Fig. 3.340 After being struck by an impulse the resulting motion can be thought of as the superposition
of translational and rotational motion about the centre of mass.
Fig. 3.341
Also, ax2 + ay2 = a ...(iii)
Now solve the equations and obtain the result the velocity y
and acceleration of any end can be calculated. I1
Motion of such an object may be looked as pure rotation
about a point has zero velocity to simplify the study. Such A I2
a point is called instantaneous centre and the axis passing
through this point and perpendicular to the plane of motion
is called Instantaneous Axis of Rotation (IAOR). B
x
In Fig. 3.342 shown I1 and I2 are the instantaneous centres
of rotation of rod at two different instants. Fig. 3.342
To understand instantaneous centre consider a rigid body
which has plane motion. Let A be a point having velocity vA at I
the instant considered. Now locate a point I on perpendicular to
the direction of vA at A at a distance rA. The motion of A can be
split into translation of I and rotation about I. Thus, we can write
rB
vA = vI + w rA, rA
v
If we take rA = A , then
w
vA
vA = vI + w ¥ B
w
vB
\ vI = 0 vA
v A
Thus, point I is selected at a distance A along the perpen-
w
dicular to the direction of A, the plane motion of point A can be Fig. 3.343
reduced to pure rotation about I. Hence, I is the instantaneous centre.
If B is any other point on the rigid body then its velocity will be given by
vB = vI + wrB
or vB = wrB (vI = 0)
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 3.175 A rod AB of length 3 m which remains in the same vertical plane has its
ends A and B constrained to remain in contact with a horizontal floor and a vertical wall
respectively as shown in Fig. 3.344. Determine the velocity and acceleration of the end B at
the position shown in figure, if the point A has a velocity of 2 m/s and an acceleration of
1.6 m/s2 rightward.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ551
Solution
vA
B
°
A
60
vB
vB
3m vA = 2 m/s
aA = 1.6 m/s2
60°
A vA
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.344
Velocity of End A:
Method I
The motion of B can be looked as: translation of end B with velocity vA and rotation of B
about A with tangential velocity vBA. If w is the angular velocity of B about A, then vBA = w
¥ 3 = 3w. Since the velocity vector of end B moves downwards, so resultant of v A and v BA
must be equal to v B (see figure).
From Fig. 3.345(b)
vA
= tan 60°
vB
vA 2
\ vB = =
tan 60∞ tan 60∞
= 1.16 m/s Ans.
vA 2
Also, vBA = = = 2.3 m/s
sin 60∞ sin 60∞
Method II
I
Velocity of end A, v A is horizontal, while velocity of the end B, B
w
v B is vertical downward. Drop perpendiculars to the directions
vB
of v A and v B at point A and B respectively. The intersection
point I be the instantaneous centre.
For the end A, vA = w (IA)
v 2 vA
\ w = A = = 0.77 rad/s 60°
I A 3 sin 60∞ A
at = arAB = a ¥ 3 = 3a m/s2
(iii) Radial acceleration (from B towards A)
2
vBA
an =
rAB
(2.3)2
= = 1.76 m/s 2
3
y
The component of the acceleration of the end B are shown
in Fig. 3.346. As the net acceleration of the end is vertically B aA
downward, so net horizontal component of the accelerations 30° 60°
must be zero. i.e., an
at aB
aA + an cos 60°– at cos 30°
ax = 0 = 1.6 + 1.76 cos 60° – 3a cos 30°
or a = 0.95 rad/s2 A aA
CG I0
CG
L/2 d = L/2
A I
Fig. 3.351
554പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ry Mg
Fig. 3.352
L
t = Mg ¥
2
By Newton’s second law
L
Mg = Ia
2
L Ê ML2 ˆ
or Mg =Á ˜a
2 Ë 3 ¯
3g
\ a =
2L
(c) ax = w2 r
3g L
= ¥
L 2
3g
=
2
and ay = a r
3g L
= ¥
2L 2
3g
=
4
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ555
Thus, Fx = Max
3 Mg
=
2
For the translation of the centre of mass along y-axis, we have
Mg – Ry = May
Ê 3g ˆ
Ry = M Á ˜
Ë 4¯
Mg
\ Ry = Ans.
4
Problem 3.178 Two small flat discs, one with mass of 3 kg and other with 3 m/s
mass of 2 kg, are connected by a massless stiff rod 1.5 m long and rest on a
frictionless horizontal surface. A third disc of mass 4 kg slides at a constant
velocity of 3 m/s in a direction perpendicular to the rod, strikes the 2 kg Top 1.5 m
view
mass, and sticks to it. (a) Determine the position and the velocity of CM of
the entire system following the impact. (b) What is the angular frequency of
rotation of the rod after impact? (c) Is energy conserved in this impact, if not
how much kinetic energy is lost? Fig. 3.353
Solution
(a) The position of CM 4 kg 2 kg
6 ¥ 0 + 3 ¥ 1.5
y=
6+3 y
= 0.5 m from top.
Velocity of combined mass (4 + 2) kg after collision: CM
4 ¥ 3 + 0 = (4 + 2) v
\ v = 2 m/s
The velocity of CM is given by
m1v1 + m2v2
vcm = m1 + m2
3 kg
Fig. 3.354
È6 ¥ 2 + 3 ¥ 0˘
= Í ˙˚
Î 6+3
4
= m/s Ans.
3
(b) Using conservation of angular momentum about CM we have
4 ¥ 3 ¥ y = Iw
or 4 ¥ 3 ¥ 0.5 = [6 ¥ 0.52 + 3 ¥ 12] ¥ w
4
\ w = m/s Ans.
3
556പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.179 A uniform rod of length 2a is held with one end resting on a smooth
horizontal table making an angle a with the vertical. Show that when the rod is released its
angular velocity when it makes an angle q with the vertical is given by
1/2
È 6 a(cos a - cos q ) ˘
w= Í 2 ˙
Î a(1 + 3 sin q ) ˚
Solution If w is the angular velocity about an axis through IAOR, then velocity of CM will
be w (a sin q). In the process, loss in PE will equal to gain in KE, therefore
1 2 1
mga (cos a – cos q) = Iw + m(w a sin q )2
2 2
Since there is no force acting in the horizontal direction, therefore no translation of CM
in that direction. 1/2
È 6 a(cos a - cos q ) ˘
After simplifying, we get w = Í -1 ˙
Î a(1 + 3 sin q ) ˚
CM a CM
q
a
a
q v = w a sin q
Smooth table Smooth table
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.355
Problem 3.180 A thin rod is held resting on the ground with its length inclined at an angle
a to the horizontal. The coefficient of friction between the rod and the ground is m. Show
that when the rod let go, it will start slipping on the ground, if
3 sin a cos a
m<
1 + 3 sin a
Solution By Newton’s second law
mg – R = ma cos a ...(i)
For not slipping, mR > ma sin a
a sin a
Solving the above equations, we get mR > ...(ii)
g - a cos a
a sin a
a sin a R a
and for slipping, m < ...(iii) a cos a
g - a cos a a mR
Smooth table
Fig. 3.356
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ557
a can be calculated as
a
Ia = mg ¥ L cos a where a= ...(iv)
L
3 sin a cos a
After solving equation, we get m <
1 + 3 sin a
Problem 3.182 A uniform thin rod of mass m and length l is standing on a smooth
horizontal surface. A slight disturbance causes the lower end to slip on the smooth surface
and the rod starts falling. Find the velocity of the centre of mass of the rod at the instant
when it makes an angle q with horizontal.
558പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution After collision, the rod will rotate about the peg, and a reaction force is developed
on the peg (which is not known). The torque of the reaction force about the peg is zero, so
angular momentum of (rod + m) about the peg remain constant.
(a) Suppose v¢ is the velocity of mass m after collision and w be the angular velocity of
the rod.
The angular momentum and kinetic energy conservation gives
mvl = mv¢l + Iw
Ê Ml 2 ˆ
or mvl = mv¢l + Á ˜w ...(i)
Ë 3 ¯
1 1 1
and mv 2 = mv ¢ 2 + Iw 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 Ê Ml 2 ˆ 2
or mv 2 = mv ¢ 2 + Á w ...(ii)
2 2 2 Ë 3 ˜¯
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
6 mv
w = (Proof on next page)
l( M + 3m)
( M - 3 m)
v¢ = – v Ans.
( M + 3 m)
(b) Let impulse of the force exerted by mass m be J, then
tDt = DL F1 F2
or (F1l)Dt = DL
or (F1Dt)l = DL l/2 l/2
or J1l = DL
Fig. 3.360
DL Iw - 0
\ J1 = =
l l
Ê Ml 2 ˆ
Á 3 w - 0˜
Ë ¯ Mlw
= =
l 3
Let the impulse of the force due to the peg reaction be J2. The change in the angular
momentum about an axis perpendicular to the rod passing through its centre of mass
is
tDt = DL
Ê l lˆ
or ÁË F1 - F2 ˜¯ Dt = DL
2 2
l l
or J1 - J 2 = ICM w
2 2
560പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ml 2
= w
12
Mlw
or J2 = J1 –
6
Mlw Mlw
= -
3 6
Mlw
= Ans.
6
2
Ml
mvl = mv¢l + w …(i)
3
Ml 2
mvl – w = mv¢l
3
Ê M ˆ
l Á mv - lw ˜ = mv ¢l
Ë 3 ¯
Ê M ˆ
mv¢ = Á mv - lw ˜
Ë 3 ¯
M
mv - lw
v¢ = 3
m
M
v¢ = v – lw
3m
From Eq. (ii)
1 1 1 Ê Ml 2 ˆ 2
mv 2 = mv ¢ 2 + Á w
2 2 2 Ë 3 ˜¯
2
1 1 Ê M ˆ 1
mv 2 = m Á v - lw ˜ + Ml 2w 2
2 2 Ë 3m ¯ 6
1
Divide by m on both sides.
2 1 2 2
2 Ml w
Ê M ˆ 6
v = Áv -
2
lw ˜ +
Ë 3m ¯ 1
m
2
2
Ê M ˆ 1M 2 2
v2 = Á v - lw ˜ + lw
Ë 3m ¯ 3m
2M M2 2 2 1 M 2 2
v2 = v2 - lw v + lw + lw
3m 9m 2 3m
2M M2 2 2 1 M 2 2
lw v = lw + lw
3m 9m 2 3m
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ561
1M 1 M Ê l 2w 2 M ˆ 1 M 2
(2lw v) = + lw
3m 3 m ÁË 3m ˜¯ 3 m
l 2w 2 M 2 2
2lwv = +l w
3m
Ê lw M ˆ
lw (2v) = lw Á + lw ˜
Ë 3m ¯
lw M
2v = + lw
3m
ÊM ˆ
2v = lw Á +1
Ë 3m ˜¯
Ê M + 3m ˆ
2v = lw Á
Ë 3m ˜¯
6mv = lw (M + 3m)
6 mv
lw =
( M + 3 m)
6 mv
w =
l( M + 3m)
Problem 3.185 A uniform rod of length L lies on a smooth horizontal table. The rod has a
mass M. A particle of mass m moving with speed v strikes the rod perpendicularly at one
of the ends of the rod and sticks to it after collision.
1. Find the velocity of the centre of mass C of the system constituting “the rod plus the
particle”.
2Mv 2mv
(a) (b)
M-m M+m
Mv mv
(c) (d)
M+m M+m
2. Find the velocity of the particle with respect to C before the collision.
Mv mv
(a) (b)
M+m M+m
2mv 2Mv
(c) (d)
M+m M+m
3. Find the velocity of the rod with respect to C before the collision.
Mv mv
(a) (b)
M+m M+m
2Mv 2mv
(c) (d)
m+ M m+ M
4. Find the angular momentum of the particle and of the rod about the centre of mass C
before the collision.
M 2 mv l m2 Mv l M 2 mv l Mm2vl
(a) , (b) ,
4(m + M )2 4(m + M )2 2( M + m)2 2( M + m)2
M 2 mvl m2 Mvl 2 M 2vml 2m2 Mvl
(c) , (d) ,
( m + M ) ( m + M )2
2
( m + M )2 ( M + m)2
5. Find the velocity of the centre of mass C and the angular velocity of the system about
the centre of mass after the collision.
2mv 3 Mv Mv 6 Mv
(a) , (b) ,
M + m ( M + 2m)L M + m ( M + 4 m)L
2 Mv 3mv mv 6 mv
(c) , (d) ,
M + m ( M + 4 m)L M + m ( M + 4 m)L
Solution Velocity of the centre of mass of the ‘rod + particle’ system.
mv
VCM =
( M + m)
v p,CM = v p - v c
mv
vc = and vp = v
M+m
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ563
Mv m V A
v p,CM =
M+m
r1
mv
v rod, CM = v rod - v CM = 0 - l/2
M+m C
mv
vrod, CM = –
M+m M O
M 2 mvl
=
2( M + m)2
Angular momentum of the rod about the centre of mass of system C,
Êl ˆ
Lrod, CM = Mvrod, CM Á - r1 ˜
Ë2 ¯
Ê mv ˆ Ê ml ˆ
= MÁ
Ë M + m ˜¯ ÁË 2(m + M ) ˜¯
Mm2vl
=
2( M + m)2
Moment of inertia about the vertical axis passing through C,
2
Êl ˆ
Ic, rod = I0 + M Á - r1 ˜
Ë2 ¯
2
Ml 2 Ê ml ˆ
Ic, rod = + MÁ
12 Ë 2( M + m) ˜¯
2
Ê Ml ˆ
Ic, particle = mr12 = mÁ
Ë 2( M + m) ˜¯
2 2
Ml 2 Ê Ml ˆ Ê Ml ˆ
Ic = + MÁ ˜ + mÁ
12 Ë 2( M + m) ¯ Ë 2( M + m) ˜¯
M ( M + 4 m) 2
Ic = L
12( M + m)
564പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
As no external forces are acting on the system ‘rod + particle’, hence the velocity of the
centre of mass of the system will remain constant.
mv
vCM =
M+m
For angular velocity about C,
mvr1 = Icw
Ê ml ˆ
mv Á
mvr1 Ë 2( M + m) ˜¯ 6 mv
w = = =
Ic Ê M( M + 4 m)L ˆ
2 ( M + 4 m)L
Á 12( M + m) ˜
Ë ¯
Problem 3.186 A boy of mass m runs on ice with velocity v0 and steps M
on the end of a plank of length l and mass M which is perpendicular
to his path.
(a) Describe quantitatively the motion of the system after the boy l
is on the plank. Neglect friction with the ice.
(b) One point on the plank is at rest immediately after the collision.
Where is it? m
v0
Solution C is the CM of (M + m)
Fig. 3.363
Ê M ˆÊ lˆ
BC = Á
Ë M + m ˜¯ ÁË 2 ˜¯ A
Ê m ˆÊ lˆ
and OC = Á
Ë M + m ˜¯ ÁË 2 ˜¯ O
Ê m ˆ B
or v = Á v …(i)
Ë M + m ˜¯ 0
Fig. 3.364
From conservation of angular momentum about point C we have,
mv0 (BC) = Iw
È 2 2 2 ˘
Ê M ˆ Êl ˆ Ê m ˆ Ê l ˆ˙
2 2
mMv0 l Ml 2
or Í
= mÁ ˜ + + M Á ˜ w
2( M + m) Í Ë M + m ¯ ÁË 4 ˜¯ 12 Ë M + m ¯ ÁË 4 ˜¯ ˙
Î ˚
mv0
Putting = v from Eq. (i) we have
M+m
v l È 4m + M ˘
= Í
w 6 Î M + m ˙˚
v
Now, a point (say P) at a distance x = , from C (towards O) will be at rest. Hence, distance
of point P from boy at B will be w
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ565
BP = BC + x
Ê M ˆ Ê l ˆ l È 4 m + M ˘ 2l
= Á + = Ans.
Ë M + m ˜¯ ÁË 2 ˜¯ 6 ÍÎ M + m ˙˚ 3
Problem 3.187 A stick of length L and mass M lies on a frictionless horizontal surface on
which it is free to move in anyway. A ball of mass m moving with speed v as shown in Fig.
3.365 collides elastically with the stick. What must be the mass of the ball so that it remains
at rest immediately after collision.
Solution
(a) (i) As external force is zero so linear momentum is conserved. (ii) As M
torque is zero so angular momentum is conserved. (iii) As collision is
elastic mechanical energy is also conserved. (KE after collision is equal
to KE before collision).
C
(b) By conservation of linear momentum
d
mv = m ¥ 0 + MV ...(i)
v
By conservation of angular momentum m
mvd = Iw ...(ii)
Fig. 3.365
By conservation of mechanical energy
1 1 1
mv 2 = MV 2 + Iw 2 ...(iii)
2 2 2
Substituting the value of V and w from Eqs. (i) and (ii) respectively in
(iii)
2 2 V
1 1 È mv ˘ 1 È mvd ˘ w
mv 2 = M Í + I
2 2 Î M ˙˚ 2 ÍÎ I ˙˚
m md 2 È ML2 ˘ m
or 1 = + Ías I = ˙
M ( ML2/12) Î 12 ˚
Fig. 3.366
ML2
or m = 2
(L + 12d 2 )
Problem 3.188 Discuss the quantity which remains conserved in the collision between a
bullet and a bar in the following situations. Find the axis of rotation and velocity of the bar
just after collision. In each case the rod is placed on a smooth horizontal surface. The mass
and length of the rod are m and L respectively. (IIT-JEE, 1972)
Solution
(a) Bar is hinged at its one end and the bullet sticks to it after collision.
Here rod will rotate about the hinged end. As soon as the bullet hits the rod, a force R
is exerted by the hinge on A. Its moment of force about an axis passing through hinge
is zero. So in this case:
(i) Linear momentum does not remain conserved.
566പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 1 Fig. 3.367
Loss in KE = mv02 - Iw 2
2 2
(b) Bar is free to move in any way and the bullet sticks to it after collision.
Here no external force in the direction of motion and no torque along axis of rotation
are acting on the system. So in this case:
(i) Linear momentum remains conserved. Thus, A
mv0 = (m + m)v
v
or v = 0 L/4
2
w
(ii) As collision is completely inelastic, so KE does v L/4
not remain conserved.
(iii) Angular momentum about an axis passing m v0
through CM of the system remains constant. B
CM of the system
The position of CM of system from the centre of (rod + bullet)
bar. (a) (b)
1 Ê ML2 ˆ Ê 6mv0 ˆ
2
1 1 Ê mv ˆ
or mv02 = M Á 0 ˜ vc2 + Á Á ˜
2 2 Ë M ¯ 2 Ë 12 ˜¯ Ë ML ¯
m 1 v
which gives = and vc = 0 Ans.
M 4 4
(b)
A
v0
m
vy
vC
vc vc
w w L/6 P L/6
y
wy vc
P P
B
(a) (b) (c)
Fig. 3.370
L L 2L
\ AP = + =
2 6 3
pL
(c) Angle rotated by rod in time
3v0
6 mv0 p L
q = wt = ¥
ML 3v0
p
= Ans.
2
p
The rod turns through , in this interval of time. The velocity of point P in y-direction
will be 2
6 mv0 L
vy = w y = ¥
ML 6
v
= 0
4
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ569
v = vc2 + vy2
2 2
Ê v0 ˆ Ê v0 ˆ
= ÁË ˜¯ + ÁË ˜¯
4 4
v0
= Ans.
2 2
Problem 3.190 A homogeneous bar AB of length l = 1.8 m and mass M is pivoted at the
centre O in such a way that it can rotate freely in the vertical plane. The bar is initially in
the horizontal position. An insect S of the same mass M falls vertically with speed v on the
point C, midway between the points O and B. Immediately after falling, the insect moves
towards the end B such that the bar rotates with a constant angular velocity w.
(a) Determine the angular velocity w in terms of v and L.
(b) If the insect reaches the end B when the bar has turned through an angle of 90°,
determine v. (IIT-JEE, 1992)
Solution
Insect
v
O
A C B A B
L/2 L/4 L/4 x
Mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.371
(a) In the process the angular momentum of the system remains constant.
L
Mv ¥ + 0 = Iw ...(i)
4
where I is the moment of inertia of the system which is
2
ML2 Ê Lˆ 7 ML2
+ MÁ ˜ =
12 Ë 4¯ 48
570പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2
1 2 1 Èv˘ 3
E= Iw = (30 ma 2 ) Í ˙ = mv 2
2 2 Î 5a ˚ 5
Note: As initial KE of the system was
1 1
Ei = (2m)v 2 + m(2v)2 + 0 = 3mv 2
2 2
But as Ef = (3/5) mv2, there is loss of KE (= 2.4 mv2)
So in this problem mechanical energy is not conserved.
Problem 3.193 A thin uniform scale of length L is initially at rest with respect to an inertial
frame of reference. The scale is tapped at one end perpendicular to its length. How far the
centre of mass translates while the scale completes one revolution about its centre of mass.
Neglect gravitational effect.
Solution The impulse delivered perpendicular to the rod at one end gives some linear
momentum to the CM (centre of mass) of the rod and also some angular momentum about
the CM. The rod will rotate about CM. Free rotation of any rigid body always takes place
about CM.
Let Dt be the duration of impact, then F
FDt = DP
or FDt = (Mvc – 0) ...(i)
w
Also angular impulse is equal to the change in angular mo- L vc
mentum
Ê Fl ˆ
or ÁË ˜¯ Dt = IDw
2
= I(w – 0) ...(ii)
Dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get Fig. 3.374
vc l
=
w 6
Let t be the time in which rod rotates an angle 2p, then
vc t l
¥ =
w t 6
xc l
or =
q 6
xc l lp
or = fi xc = Ans.
2p 6 3
Problem 3.194 Two 2 kg balls are attached to the ends of a thin rod of negligible mass, 50
cm long. The rod is free to rotate in vertical plane without friction about a horizontal axis
through its centre. While the rod is horizontal, a 50 g putty wad was dropped onto one of
the balls with a speed of 3.0 m/s and sticks to it.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ573
(a) What is the angular speed of the system just after the putty wad hits?
(b) What is the ratio of the kinetic energy of the entire system after the collision to that of
putty wad just before?
(c) Through what angle the system will rotate until momentarily stops?
Solution
(a) Let M be the mass of each ball and m be the mass of the putty wad given:
M = 2 kg m = 0.05 kg, Length of the rod, L = 0.05 m
Using the principle of conservation of angular momentum, we have
Ê Lˆ
mv Á ˜ + 0 = Iw ...(i) Putty wad
Ë 2¯
2 2 2
Ê Lˆ Ê Lˆ Ê Lˆ Rotational axis
where I = M Á ˜ + M Á ˜ + mÁ ˜
Ë 2¯ Ë 2¯ Ë 2¯
2
Ê Lˆ
= (2M + m) Á ˜
Ë 2¯ Fig. 3.375
Substituting this value in above equation, we get
Ê mvL ˆ 2mv
w = Á I=
Ë 2 ˜¯ (2 M + m)L
= 0.148 rad/s Ans.
1
(b) The initial KE = mv 2
2
1 2
Find KE = Iw
2
1 2 q 90°
Iw
Their ratio f = 2
1 L
mv 2 h= (1 - cos q )
2 2
A
After substituting the values of L and w, we get
Fig. 3.376
m
f = 0.0123 Ans.
( 2 M + m)
(c) As the rod rotates, its mechanical energy remains constant. If one on the balls is
lowered a distance d the other is raised the same distance, and the sum of the PE of the
balls does not change. Now using the principle of conservation of mechanical energy,
we have mechanical energy at A = mechanical energy at B
L 1 2 L
or mg + Iw = mg (1 - cos q )
2 2 2
2 2
L 1 Ê L ˆ È 2mv ˘ L
or mg + ( 2 M + m) Á ˜ Í = mg (1 - cos q )
2 2 Ë 2 ¯ Î 2 M + m ˙˚ 2
574പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution: As initially torque about P is zero, angular momentum of the system is conserved,
i.e.,
mv ¥ 2L = Iw ...(i)
But here I = I P + IA + IB
È L2 Ê L ˆ ˘
2
L2
i.e., I = mP (LA + LB)2 + MB Í B + Á B + LA ˜ ˙ + M A A
ÍÎ 12 Ë 2 ¯ ˙
˚ 3
È 0.6 2 ˘ (0.6)2
i.e., I = 0.05(1.2)2 + 0.02 Í + (0.3 + 0.6)2 ˙ + 0.01
Î 12 ˚ 3
Substituting the values of I and w from Eqs. (ii) and (iii) in the above, we have
2
1 È2 ˘
¥ 0.09 ¥ Í v ˙ = 0.081 ¥ 9.8
2 Î3 ˚
or v2 = 8.1 ¥ 4.9, i.e., v = 6.3 m/s
Problem 3.196 A scale is resting on a frictionless horizontal surface. The centre of the scale
is fixed. The mass of the scale is M and length is L. A small particle of mass m strikes the
end with a velocity v in the direction perpendicular to the scale. Calculate the final angular
velocity of the scale. (BITSAT, 2014)
Solution Step 1: Initial angular momentum:
v
mvL w
Of particle =
2
Of scale = 0 since it is at rest.
mvL
fi Li =
2
Step 2: Final angular momentum:
Ê wLˆ Ê Lˆ 1 2
Of particle = m Á = mL w
Ë 2 ˜¯ ÁË 2 ˜¯ 4
1
Of scale = ML2w
12
1 1 1
fi Lf = mL2w + ML2w = w L2 ( M + 3m)
4 12 12 Initial Final
situation situation
The principle of conservation of angular mo-
mentum gives us Fig. 3.378
mvL 1
Li = Lf fi = wL2 ( M + 3m)
2 12
v Ê 6m ˆ
fi 6mvL = wL2[M + 3m] fi w = Á ˜
L Ë M + 3m ¯
v
Problem 3.197 A scale is resting on a frictionless horizontal w
surface. The mass of the scale is M and length is L. A small
particle of mass m strikes the end with a velocity v in the
direction perpendicular to the scale and gets stuck to it.
Calculate the final angular velocity of the scale.
vf
Solution Step 1: Initial situation: The particle at a velocity
is about to strike the scale. The scale is at rest.
Final situation: The particle is embedded in the scale at the
end. The scale moving on the surface with its centre at a
velocity vf and an angular velocity w.
Initial Final
situation situation
Fig. 3.379
576പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
È m ˘ 1 È m ˘ Lw
fi vf = Í v - wL Í =
Î m + M ˙˚ 2 Î m + M ˙˚ 6
v È 6m ˘
(M + m) Lw = 6mv – 3mLw fi w=
L ÍÎ M + 4 m ˙˚
Problem 3.198 A uniform rod of length 2a is placed horizontally on the edge of a table.
Initially, the centre of mass of the rod is at a distance a/3 from the edge. The rod is released
from rest. If the rod slips after it has turned through an angle q, find the coefficient of friction
between the rod and the table.
Solution Initially, the rod rotates about the edge.
From the principle of conservation of energy
KEi + GPEi = KEf + GPEf
1 2 Ê a ˆ
0+0 = Iw + Á - Mg sin q ˜ ...(1)
2 Ë 3 ¯
2 2
M( 2 a) Ê aˆ
where I = + M Á ˜ from parallel axis theorem.
12 Ë 3¯
From Eq. (1),
3 g sin q
w2 = ...(2)
2a
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ577
mN
N
t-axis
2a q
CM
a
3 mg sin q
q
n-
mg cos q axis
mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 3.380
Mg sin q
=
2
3
Therefore, mN = Mg sin q
2
Ê 3 Mg ˆ 3
mÁ cos q ˜ = Mg sin q
Ë 4 ¯ 2
m = 2 tan q
578പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
l/4 3l/4
È 24 g sin q ˘
\ w = Í ˙ ...(i)
Î 7l ˚ C
t l/4
a: a = O
I
l
mg cos q
= 4
È ml 2 Ê lˆ ˘
2
Í + mÁ ˜ ˙
ÍÎ 12 Ë 4¯ ˙ (a)
˚
12 g cos q w,a
= ...(ii) q
7l
SFy = may or mg cos q – N = mat O
or N = mg cos q – mat
l
= mg cos q – m a
4 mg
(b)
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ579
4
N = mg cos q ...(iii)
7 x mN N
Rod begins to slip when
mN – mg sin q = man q
an
4 l O
or mmg cos q – mg sin q = m w 2
7 4
Substitution value of w from Eq. (i), we get at
mg
4m
tan q =
13 (c)
Ê 4m ˆ
\ q = tan–1 ÁË ˜¯ Ans. Fig. 3.382
13
Fig. 3.384
Problem 3.201 A conical pendulum, a thin uniform rod of length L and mass M, rotate
uniformly about a vertical axis with angular velocity w (the upper end of the rod is hinged).
Find the angle q between the rod and the vertical.
Solution Choose an element of the rod of width dx at a distance x from the hinge.
m
Mass of the element, dm = dx. The centrifugal force on this element
l
dF = (dm) w2 (x sin q).
580പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 3.202 Two skaters, each of mass 50 kg, approach each other along parallel paths
separated by 3 m. They have equal and opposite velocities of 10 m/s. The first skater carries
a long light pole, 3 m long, and the second skater grabs the end of it as he passes (assume
frictionless ice).
(a) Describe quantitatively the motion of the skaters after they are connected by the pole.
(b) By pulling on the pole the skaters reduce their distance to 1 m. What is their motion
then?
(c) Compare the KEs of the system in parts (a) and (b). Where does the change come from?
Solution
(a) As the net linear momentum of the sys- 2l w
m
tem (skater + pole) is zero, the centre Pole v
of mass will be at rest before and after v
C m
the collision.
m C
The skaters and the pole will rotate CM
v v
around the centre of mass (at the mid-
point of the pole). m
Applying the conservation of angular
momentum about an axis through C
and perpendicular to the plane of the
Fig. 3.386
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ581
Fig. 3.387,
mvl + mvl = Iw, where I = 2m(l)2
w = mvl/I = v/l
= 20/3 rad/s
(b) As the separation reduces to 2l¢ = 1 m
Iw = I¢w¢
Again applying conservation of angular momentum, we get
Iw 2ml ¢ 2w
w¢ = = = 9w = 60 rad/s
I¢ 2ml ¢ 2
Therefore, angular velocity increases.
1
KEi I ¢w ¢ 2 l ¢w ¢ 2
(c) = 2 = 2 2 =9
KE f 1 2 lw
Iw
2
The kinetic energy increases because the skaters do positive work in pulling themselves
towards the centre of the pole.
Problem 3.203 A force F = Ai + Bj is applied to a point whole radius vector relative to the
origin of co-ordinates O is equal to r = ai + bj , where a, b, A, B are constants, and i, j are
the unit vectors of the x- and y-axis. Find the moment N and the arm l of the force F relative
to the point O.
Solution Moment of force N = r ¥ F
= ( ai + bj) ¥ ( Ai + Bj)
= - bAk + aBk
= (aB – bA) k
|r ¥ F|
Moment arm l =
|F|
( aB - bA)
= Ans.
A2 + B2
B F
Resultant of these, R = Fx2 + Fy2
F 2F
= 2F
A C
Suppose the resultant force R passes from a point, a distance y x x
from A, then
Fx – 2Fy = 0 D F
x
fi y = F
2
Fig. 3.388
Thus, the resultant is applied at the mid-point of side BC.
Problem 3.205 The body of mass m as shown in Fig. O
3.389 slides down the frictionless surface and collides m
with the uniform vertical bar sticking to it. The bar q
pivots about O, through the angle q before momentarily M, l
coming to rest. Find q in terms of the other parameters
given in the Fig. 3.390.
Solution Velocity of the body just before striking the
bar v = (2gh) . In the process of collision the angular
momentum of the system remains constant Fig. 3.389
mvl + 0 = Iw ...(i)
O
Ml 2
where I = + ml 2
3 q
m
Substituting value of I in Eq. (i), we get y/2
M, l
mvl
w =
( Ml / 3 + ml 2 )
2 h
y
Let the bar deflect through an angle q before it
momentarily stops. The rotational KE of the bar + body is
Fig. 3.390
used to raise the body as well as to raise the c.g. of the bar.
1 2 Mgy
\ Iw = mgy + ...(ii)
2 2
where y = l(1 – cos q).
Solve the above equations to get the value of q.
Problem 3.206 A uniform solid cylinder of mass m rests on two horizontal planks. A thread
is wound on the cylinder. The hanging end of the thread is pulled vertically down with a
constant force F as shown in Fig. 3.391. Find the maximum magnitude of the force F which
still does not bring about any sliding of the cylinder, if the coefficient of friction between the
cylinder and the planks is equal to m. What is the acceleration amax of the axis of the cylinder
rolling down the inclined plane.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ583
N2
(F2 = mN2)
N1
F2
mg
F2
(F1 = mN1)
F
(a) F (b)
Fig. 3.391
Solution The different forces are shown in Fig. 3.391. Here, we have
N1 + N2 = mg + F ...(1)
1 a
F ◊ R – (F1 + F2) R = Ia = mR2 ¥ ...(2)
2 R
and F1 + F2 = ma ...(3)
From Eq. (2),
m
F – (F1 + F2) = a
2
1
or F – (F1 + F2) =[F1 + F2]
2
2
or (F1 + F2) = F
3
Further F1 = mN1 and F2 = mN2
The condition for not sliding is
F1 + F2 £ (mN1 + m N2)
2
\ F £ m(N1 + N2) £ m (mg + F)
3
2
or F – mF £ mmg
3
( 2 - 3 m )F 3 m mg
or £ mmg or F £
3 (2 - 3m )
3 m mg
\ Fmax =
(2 - 3m )
m ( N1 + N 2 ) m
From Eq. (3), a = = [mg + F]
m m
m
amax = [mg + Fmax]
m
mÈ 3m m g ˘
= Ímg + ˙
mÎ (2 - 3 m ) ˚
584പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
È (2 - 3m ) + 3m ˘
= mg Í ˙
Î (2 - 3 m ) ˚
È 2m g ˘
= Í ˙
Î2 - 3 m ˚
1 2
s =
ax t
2
Thus, work done W = Fs cos a
F 2t 2 (cos a - r/R)2
= Ans.
2m(1 + g )
Problem 3.210 At the bottom edge of a smooth wall, an inclined plane
is kept at an angle of 45°. A uniform ladder of length l and mass M rests A
on the inclined plane against the wall such that it is perpendicular to the l
incline.
(a) If the plane is also smooth, which way will the ladder slide? B
(b) What is the minimum coefficient of friction necessary so that the
ladder does not slip on the incline. 45°
O
Solution
Fig. 3.396
(i) The ladder has a tendency to slip by rotating clockwise about the
point A.
586പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Mg 3 Mg 1
or = m or m=
2 2 2 2 3
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 1 and 3 a b c d
t
3. Figure shows the overhead view of a
disk rotating counterclockwise. The (a) ab (b) ac
angular speed of the disk is decreasing. (c) bc (d) cd
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ587
13. A bola, which consists of three heavy (a) The hollow sphere reaches the
balls connected to a common point by bottom first
identical lengths of a sturdy string, is (b) The solid sphere reaches the
readied for launch by holding one of bottom with greater speed
the balls overhead and rotating the (c) The solid sphere reaches the bot-
wrist, causing the other two balls to tom with greater kinetic energy
rotate in a horizontal circle about the (d) The two spheres will reach the
hand. The bola is then released, and bottom with same linear momen-
its configuration rapidly changes from tum
that of figure (a) to the figure (b). Thus, 16. A solid sphere, a hollow sphere and a
the rotation is initially around axis 1 disc, all having same mass and radius,
through the ball that was held, then are placed at the top of a smooth incline
it is around axis 2 through the centre and released. The friction coefficients
of mass. If w1 and w2 are the angular between the objects and the incline
speeds in two cases of figure (a) and are same and not sufficient to allow
(b) respectively, then pure rolling. Least time will be taken
in reaching the bottom by
(a) the solid sphere (BITSAT, 2009)
(b) the hollow sphere
2 w2 (c) the disc
1
w1
(d) all will take same time
17. A body is rotating nonuniformly about
(a) a vertical axis fixed in an inertial frame.
(b)
The resultant force on a particle of the
(a) w1 = w2 (b) w1 < w2 body not on the axis is
(c) w1 > w2 (d) none of (a) vertical
the above (b) horizontal and skew with the axis
14. The density of a rod gradually (c) horizontal and intersecting the
decreases from one end to the other. It axis
is pivoted at an end so that it can move (d) none of these
about a vertical axis through the pivot. 18. Four forces of the same magnitude act
A horizontal force F is applied on the on a square as shown in the figure. The
free end in a direction perpendicular square can rotate about point O; mid-
to the rod. The quantities, that do not point of one of the edges. The force
depend on which end of the rod is which can produce greatest torque is
pivoted are
(a) angular acceleration
F3 F2
(b) angular velocity when the rod
completes one rotation
(c) angular momentum, when the
rod completes one rotation F1
O
(d) torque of the applied force F4
15. A hollow sphere and a solid sphere
having same mass and same radii are (a) F1 (b) F2
rolled down a rough inclined plane (c) F3 (d) F4
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ589
19. Figure below shows an overhead view moment of inertia of the system about
of a horizontal bar that can pivot about an axis passing through the centre of
the point indicated. Two horizontal mass and perpendicular to the string is
forces act on the bar, but the bar is (a) (m1 + m2)r2
stationary. If the angle between the bar
and force F2 is now decreased from the m1m2 r 2
initial 90° and the bar still do not turn, (b)
m1 + m2
then: (BITSAT, 2003)
m1r 2
F1 F2 (c)
Pivot m2 (m1 + m2 )
m2 r 2
(d)
(a) F2 to be made smaller m1 (m1 + m2 )
(b) F2 to be made larger
(c) F2 to be remain as such 23. The moment of the force about the
(d) none of the above origin, from the data as shown in the
20. A rod of mass m and length l is bent figure is
into shape of L. Its moment of inertia y
F = 10 N
about the axis shown in figure
60°
m/2 1m
30°
O x
(c) Maximum when the origin lies 41. A uniform solid sphere of radius R
anywhere on the middle line having moment of inertia I about its
between the two. diameter is melted to form a uniform
(d) Same to matter where point is disc of thickness t and radius r. The
taken as the origin moment of inertia of the disc about
39. A sphere of mass M and radius R an axis passing through its edge and
moves on a horizontal surface with perpendicular to its plane is I, then the
a velocity v and then climbs up an radius of the disc is
inclined plane up to a height h where
2 2
it stops. The height up to which it rises (a) R (b) R
will be 15 5
2 2
(c) R (d) R
5 15
v h 42. The moment of inertia of a uniform
q
semicircular disc of mass M and radius
R about a line perpendicular to the
(a) directly proportional to the square
plane of disc through the centre is
of the velocity and inversely
proportional to the angle of the 2 1
(a) MR2 (b) MR2
inclination 5 4
(b) directly proportional to the veloc-
ity and inversely proportional to 1
(c) MR2 (d) MR2
its mass. 2
(c) directly proportional to the square 43. Two identical rods each of mass M and
of the velocity and independent length L are joined to form a symmetrical
of mass and the angle of the X. The smaller angle between the rods
inclination is q. The moment of inertia of the
(d) directly proportional to its velocity system about an axis passing through
and inversely proportional to the the point of intersection of the rods
angle of the inclination. and perpendicular to this plane is
40. Four point masses each of value m are
placed at the corners of a square ABCD ML2
(a)
of side l. The moment of inertia of this 12
system about an axis passing through ML2
A and parallel to BD is (b)
6
D C ML2
(c) sin2 q
6
G l
ML2
(d) cos2 q
l 2 6
A B 44. A disc of mass M and radius R is
rolling with angular velocity w on a
horizontal plane as shown in figure.
(a) 2ml2 (b) 3 ml2 The magnitude of angular momentum
(c) 3ml2 (d) ml2 of disc about the origin O is
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ593
g
48. A child is standing with folded hands at
the centre of a platform rotating about
its central axis. The kinetic energy
of the system is K. The child now
B C stretches his arms so that the moment
O
of inertia of the system doubles. The
(a) Angular velocity and total energy kinetic energy of the system now is
(kinetic and potential) (IIT-JEE, 2009)
(b) Total angular momentum and
K
total energy (a) 2K (b)
(c) Angular velocity and moment of 2
inertia about the axis of rotation K
(c) (d) 4 K
(d) Total angular momentum and 4
moment of inertia about the axis 49. A horizontal force F is applied at the
of rotation top of an equilateral triangular block
46. A cylinder rolls up an inclined plane, having mass m and side a as shown
reaches some height and then rolls in figure. The minimum value of the
down (without slipping throughout coefficient of friction required to topple
these motions). The directions of the the block before translation will be
frictional force acting on the cylinder (VITEEE, 2011)
are
594പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(a) 3 (b) 5 L L
(c) w 2 , mw 2
2 2
1
(c) 2 (d) (d) zero, mw2L
2
63. Linear acceleration of a cylinder of
61. A hemispherical shell of mass m and
mass m2 is a2. Then angular acceleration
radius R is hinged at point O and
a2 is (given that there is no slipping).
placed on a horizontal surface. A ball
of mass m moving with a velocity u
inclined at an angle q = tan–1 (1/2)
strikes the shell at point A (as shown m1 , R
in the figure) and stops. What is the
minimum speed u if the given shell is
to reach the horizontal surface OP? m2, R
O P
a2 ( a2 + g )
A (a) (b)
R R
m q
u
2( a2 + g )
(c) (d) None of
(a) Zero R
these
2 gR
(b) ʹ౨(Only one option is correct)
3
gR 1. Minimum coefficient of friction re-
(c) quired to cause pure rolling of a cyl-
5
inder down on an inclined plane of
(d) it cannot come on the surface for inclination q is
any value of u.
sin q
62. A particle of mass m is attached to a (a) sin q (b)
rod of length L and it rotates in a circle 3
with a constant angular velocity w. An tan q tan q
observer P is rigidly fixed on the rod (c) (d)
3 2
at a distance L/2 from the centre. The
acceleration of m and the pseudo force 2. End of the bar AB in figure rests on
on m from the frame of reference of P a horizontal surface, while end B is
must be respectively. hinged. A horizontal force P of 60 N is
exerted on end A. Neglect the weight
w
of the bar. The vertical component of
P the force exerted by the bar on the
m
hinge at B is
L
O
B
L
(b) zero, mw2 P = 60 N
2 A
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ597
mgh (a) 2 v
(c) v2 = (b) 2 vt
m I M
+ +
2 2r 2 3 Ê vt ˆ
(c) 2v cos Á ˜
Ë 2r ¯
mgh
(d) v2 =
m I
+ +M Ê vt ˆ
2 r2 (d) 2v sin Á ˜
Ë 2r ¯
15. A block of mass M rests on a turntable 17. A rod of mass m and length is hinged
that is rotating at constant angular to its one end and held vertical. A point
velocity w. A smooth cord runs from mass m is attached to the other end, is
the block through a hole in the centre allowed to rotate about the hinge. The
of the table down to hanging block velocity of the rod when it becomes
of mass m. The coefficient of friction horizontal is (VITEEE, 2013)
between the first block and the
turntable is m (see figure). The smallest 3
(a) 3gl (b) gl
value of the radius r for which the first 2
block will remain at rest relative to the 3
turntable (c) gl (d) None
4
18. A uniform rod AB of length L is hinged
M
at one end A. The rod is kept in the
horizontal position by a massless
string tied to point B as shown in
figure. If the string is cut, the initial
m
angular acceleration of the rod will be
(VITEEE, 2007)
mg - m Mg
(a) r = g
Mw 2 (a)
L
mg + m Mg String
(b) r = 2g
Mw 2 (b)
L
mg A
(c) r = 2g B
Mw 2 (c) L
3L
(d) None of the above
3g
16. A hoop of radius r rolls on a horizontal (d)
2L
plane with constant velocity v without
slipping. The velocity of any point, t 19. A circular wooden hoop of mass m
second after it passes the top position and radius R rests flat on a horizontal
is frictionless surface. A bullet, also of
mass m, and moving with a velocity v,
w
strikes the hoop and gets embedded in
q it. The thickness of the hoop is much
v
smaller than R. The angular velocity
with which the system rotates after the
bullet strikes the hoop is
600പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
v 3v
(a) (c) counterclockwise
4R 4L
m
v v
(b) R (d) counterclockwise
3R L
2v v 22. A uniform cylindrical disc of radius R
(c) and mass M is pulled over a horizontal
3R m
frictionless surface by a constant
3v force. The force is applied by means
(d)
4R of a string wound around the disc as
shown in the figure. If it starts from
20. A straight bar of mass 15 kg and length
rest at t = 0, the linear and angular
2 m, at rest on a frictionless horizontal
displacements respectively at time t
surface, receives an instantaneous
are (IIT-JEE, 1999)
impulse of 7.5 N-s perpendicular to
the bar. If the impulse is applied at the y
centre of mass of the bar, the energy
transferred is (BITSAT, 2011)
(a) 3.2 J M
R
x
(b) 1.9 J
J F
(c) 3.8 J
(d) 2.5 J
Ê Fˆ Ê Fˆ
21. A bar of mass M and length L is in (a) Á ˜ t 2 , Á ˜ t 2
pure translatory motion with its centre Ë M¯ Ë M¯
of mass velocity v. It collides with and
sticks to another identical bar which Ê F ˆ Ê F ˆ 2
(b) Á t, t
is initially at rest. (Assume that it be- Ë 2 M ˜¯ ÁË 2 MR ˜¯
comes one composite bar of length 2L.)
The angular velocity of the composite Ê F ˆ 2 Ê F ˆ 2
(c) Á t , t
bar will be Ë 2 M ˜¯ ÁË MR ˜¯
M
Ê 2F ˆ Ê 2F ˆ 2
(d) Á ˜ t 2 , Á t
L Ë M ¯ Ë MR ˜¯
34. A cylinder rolls without slipping on a (a) mk2 + m(a + b)2 – ma2
plank is device shown in figure. The
( a + b )2
acceleration of the plank to keep the (b) mk2 + m
cylinder in a fixed position during the 2
2
motion is b
(c) mk2 + m
g 2
(a) sin q
2 a (d) mk2 + mb2
(b) g sin q 38. A small particle of mass m is given an
q initial high velocity in the horizontal
(c) 2 g sin q
plane and winds its cord around the
(d) 2g sin q fixed vertical shaft of radius a. All
35. A plank P is placed on a hollow cyl- motion occurs essentially in horizontal
inder C, which rolls on a horizontal plane. If the angular velocity of the
surface as shown. No slippage is there cord is w0 when the distance from the
at any of the surfaces in contact. Both particle to the tangency point is r0,
have equal mass say M (each) and if v then the angular velocity of the cord
is the velocity of the centre of mass of w after it has turned through an angle
the cylinder C, then the ratio of the ki- q is
netic energy of plank P to the cylinder
C is
P
C
m
(c) w = Ê
centre, and gently placed on a plank w0 ˆ
(d) w = w0q
with coefficient of friction m. The plank Á a ˜
rests on a smooth horizontal surface. Á1- q ˜
Ë r0 ¯
The initial acceleration of the sphere
relative to the plank is: (mass of sphere 39. A rectangular piece of dimension l
= mass of plank) ¥ b is cut out of central portion of a
uniform circular disc of mass m and
(a) mg
radius r. The moment of inertia of
7 the remaining piece about an axis
(b) mg
5 perpendicular to the plane of the disc
(c) 2 mg and passing through its centre is
(d) zero È lb 2 ˘
37. Moment of inertia of a uniform disc (a) m Ír 2 - ( l + b 2 )˙
Î 6p r 2 ˚
of mass m about an axis x = a is mk2,
where k is the radius of gyration. What mÈ 2 lb 2 ˘
is its moment of inertia about an axis x (b) Í r - ( l + b 2 )˙
2Î 6p r 2 ˚
=a+b
604പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
w F
v0 30°
m
(a) v0 = w0R (b) 2v0 = 5w0R
(c) 5v0 = 2w0R (d) 2v0 w0R (a) 3 ¥ 0.16 (b) 3 ¥ 0.08
42. A uniform rod of mass M is hinged at its (c) 3 ¥ 0.1 (d) none of
upper end. A particle of mass m moving these
horizontally strikes the rod at its mid- 46. The spool shown in figure is placed on
point elastically. If the particle comes to a rough horizontal surface has inner
rest after collision, then M/m is radius r and outer radius R. The angle
2 3 q between the applied force and the
(a) (b)
3 4 horizontal can be varied. The critical
4 angle (q) for which the spool does not
(c) (d) none roll and remains stationary is given by
3
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ605
r 1
(a) sin q = (c) v0 = v1
R 5
r (d) v0 = 3v1
(b) cos q =
R 50. A cubical block of side a moving with
r F
R q velocity v on a horizontal smooth
r
(c) cos q = plane as shown in figure. It hits a ridge
R
at point O. The angular speed of the
2r block after it hits O is (IIT-JEE, 1999)
(d) cos q =
R 3v
(a)
47. A particle of mass 1 kg located at 4a a
the position (i + j)m has a velocity 2 3v
(b)
(i - j + k
) m/s. Its angular momentum
2a v
O
about z-axis is
3v
(a) zero kg-m2/s (c)
2a
(b) + 4 kg-m2/s
(d) zero
(c) – 4 kg-m2/s
51. A straight uniform metal rod of
(d) + 8 kg-m2/s
length 3l is bent through angle as
48. An impulse J is applied on a ring of shown. The bent rod is then placed
mass m along a line passing through on a rough horizontal table. A light
its centre O. The ring is placed on a string is attached to the vertex of the
rough horizontal surface. The linear right angle. The string is then pulled
velocity of centre of ring once it starts horizontally so that the rod translates
rolling without slipping is at constant velocity. Then the angle a
(WBJEE, 2013) which the side 2l makes with string is
r
J O
2l
a
(a) J/m (b) J/2m
(c) J/3m (d) J/4m
49. A sphere of radius r and mass m has a l
velocity v0 directed to the left and no
angular velocity as it is placed on a belt Top view
moving to the right with a constant
velocity v1. If after sliding on the belt
1
the sphere is to have no linear velocity (a) p – tan–1
relative to the ground as it starts rolling 2
on the belt without sliding. In terms of 1
(b) p – tan–1
v1, the velocity v0 is 4
v0 1
2 (c) r – sin–1
(a) v0 = v1 2
5
1
3 v1 (d) p – sin–1
(b) v0 = v1 4
5
606പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
52. Two particles A and B of mass m each (d) through the point at a distance 5
and moving with velocity v, hit the cm from A
ends of a rigid bar of the same mass 54. Two thin rods; each of mass m and
m and length l simultaneously and length l are joined to form L shape as
stick to the bar as shown in the figure. shown. The moment of inertia of rods
The bar is kept on a smooth horizontal about an axis passing through the free
plane. The linear and angular speed end (O) of a rod end and perpendicular
of the system (bar + particle) after the to both the ends is
collision are
Av
l
l l
v B
2 2 ml 2
12 v (a) ml (b)
(a) vcm = 0, w = 7 6
7 l 5 2
4v (c) ml (d) ml2
(b) vcm = 0, w = 3
l 55. A uniform rod AB of length l and mass
5v m is laying on a smooth table. A small
(c) vcm 0, w =
l particle of mass m strike the rod with
v a velocity is at C a distance x from the
(d) vcm 0, w = centre O. The particle comes to rest
5l
after collision. The value of x, so that
3 point A of the rod remains stationary
53. A block of mass kg is placed on
10 just after collision is
a rough horizontal surface as shown B
in the figure. A force of 1 N is applied
v0 C
at one end of the block and the block m x
remains stationary. The normal force O
exerted by the surface on the block acts
(g = 10 m/s2)
A
F=1N
30° (a) l/3 (b) l/6
(c) l/4 (d) l/12
20 cm
F F
Ê 1 ˆ
(a) tan–1 Á
(a) (b) Ë 3 ˜¯
(b) tan–1 ÊÁ ˆ˜
f f
3
Ë 4¯
F
(c) tan–1 (1)
(c) (d) none Ê 4ˆ
(d) tan–1 Á ˜
Ë 3¯
f=0
59. A particle of mass m is attached to
57. A weight W rests on the bar AB as a disc of equal mass m by means
shown in figure. The cable connecting of a slack string as shown. The disc
W and B passes over frictionless pulleys. is hinged about its centre C, on a
If bar AB has negligible weight, the horizontal smooth table. The particle
vertical component of reaction at A is is projected with initial velocity v. Its
velocity when the string becomes taut
is
•C
a
m v
W m
B A
(a) v (b) v/3
L
3v
(c) 2v/3 (d)
4
L-a L+a
(a) W (b) W 60. A ring of mass m and radius R has four
L+a L-a
particles each of mass m attached to the
L - 2a L-a ring as shown in figure. The centre of
(c) W (d) W
L+a L + 2a ring has a speed v0. The kinetic energy
of the rolling ring at an instant shown
58. Three identical rods are hinged at
is
point A as shown. The angle made by
rod AB with vertical is m
A
m va m
B 90° m
D
90°
(a) mv02 (b) 3mv02
(c) 5mv02 (d) 6mv02
C
608പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
8. A ring of mass M and radius R can about that point. From this it follows
have moment of inertia that (IIT-JEE, 1998)
(a) MR2 (b) 2MR2 dL
2 (a) is perpendicular to L at all
(c) 3 MR (d) 4 MR2 dt
9. Let F be a force acting on a particle instants of time.
having vector r . Let be the torque of (b) the component of L in the direction
this force about the origin, then of A does not change with time.
(a) r ◊ t = 0 (b) F ◊ t = 0 (c) the magnitude of L does not
(c) r ¥ t = 0 (d) r ¥ t π 0 change with time.
10. A man stands at the centre of a turn- (d) L does not change with time
table and the turntable is rotating 15. A small ball is connected to a block
about its centre. If the man walk away by a light string of length l. Both
from the axis of rotation, then are initially on the ground. There is
(a) moment of inertia of the system sufficient friction on the ground to
increases prevent the block from slipping. The
(b) angular momentum of the system ball is projected vertically up with a
increases velocity u, where 2g l < u2 < 3gl. The
(c) angular velocity of the system de- centre of mass of the block + ball
creases system is C.
(d) kinetic energy of the system
increases l
11. In which of the following cases the
angular momentum is constant
(a) a particle moving on a circular (a) C will move along a circle
path with constant speed (b) C will move along a parabola
(b) a satellite revolving in elliptical (c) C will move along a straight line
orbit (d) The horizontal component of
(c) earth revolving around the sun the velocity of the ball will be
(d) during opening of a door by maximum when the string makes
applying force on the handle an angle q = sin–1 (u2/3gl) with the
12. The moment of inertia of a body de- horizontal
pends on 16. The moment of inertia of a thin square
(a) mass of body plate ABCD of uniform thickness about
(b) distribution of mass an axis passing through the centre O
(c) location of axis of rotation and perpendicular to the plane of the
(d) angular velocity of the body plate is (IIT-JEE, 1992)
I2
13. A body can have (a) I1 + I3 A B I3
(a) three moments of inertia
(b) I1 + 2I2
(b) infinite number of moments of
inertia (c) I1 + I2 I1
O
(c) infinite moments of inertia I1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4
(d) None of the above (d) D C I4
2
14. The torque t on a body about a given
point is found to be equal to A ¥ L 17. In the figure shown, the plank is being
where A is a constant vector, and L is pulled to the right with a constant
the angular momentum of the body
610പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(c) 2 (d) 2
R
B A 5. When disc B is brought in contact with
disc A they acquire a common angular
velocity in time t. The average frictional
torque on one disc by the other during
this period is
1. Initial angular acceleration of the
cylinder is 2Iw 9Iw
(a) (b)
g 3t 2t
(a) g/R (b)
3R
9Iw 3Iw
g g (c) (d)
(c) (d) 4t 2t
5R 6R
6. The loss of kinetic energy in the above
2. Frictional force acting on the cylinder
process is
just after its release is
Mg 1 2 1 2
(a) Mg (b) (a) Iw (b) Iw
3 2 3
2 Mg 4 Mg
(c) (d) 1 2 1 2
3 7 (c) Iw (d) Iw
4 5
3. Angular speed of the cylinder as the
line AB becomes vertical is Passage for Q: 7–9
A disc of radius R is spun to an angular
g g
(a) (b) speed w0 about its axis and then imparted a
R 3R
w R
horizontal velocity v0 = 0 (at t = 0) with
g g 4
(c) (d) its plane remaining vertical. The coefficient
5R 6R
of friction between the disc and plane is m.
The direction of v0 and w0 are shown in the
Passage for Q: 4–6
figure.
Two disc A and B are mounted coaxially
on a vertical axle. The discs have moment
612പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
15. Determine the ratio of the translational of mass m travelling along the surface hits
to rotational kinetic energies of the the end A of the rod with a velocity v0 in a
cylinder when its centre of mass is in direction perpendicular to AB. The collision
horizontal line with its edge. is completely elastic. After the collision the
(a) 3 (b) 6 particle comes to rest.
(c) 4 (d) 2 19. Find the ratio m/M.
Passage for Q: 16–18 (a) 1/4 (b) 1/3
(c) 1/2 (d) 3/4
A uniform rod AB of length 2l falls without
20. A point P on the rod is at rest
rotation on a smooth horizontal surface at an
immediately after the collision. Find
angle q to the horizontal. The speed of rod
the distance AP.
just before collision is v0 and the collision
(a) 3L/4 (b) (2/3) L
is elastic. The magnitude of the angular
(c) L/2 (d) 3L/8
velocity and magnitude of the velocity of
21. Find the linear speed of the point P at
centre of mass after collision are w and v¢
a time p/3v0 after the collision.
respectively.
(a) v0/2 (b) 3v0/2
B
(c) (v0/4) 2 (d) v0/2 2
Passage for Q: 22–24
A q
A uniform flat disc of mass M and radius R
rotates about a horizontal axis through its
16. The direction of force of impact on the centre with angular speed w0
rod is
(a) along the surface m
(b) vertically upwards
(c) along the rod
(d) any direction is possible
17. The relation between v0, w and v¢ is
(a) v0 = v¢ 22. What is its angular momentum?
(b) v0 = v¢ + lw
1
(c) v0 = v¢ – lw (a) MR2w0 (b) MR2w0
2
(d) v0 = v¢ + lw cos q 2
18. The angular momentum before collision (c) 2 MR2w0 (d) MR2w0
3
about the point on the ground at which
the rod strikes has the magnitude (m: 23. A chip of mass m breaks off the edge
mass of rod) of the disc at an instant such that the
chip rises vertically about the point at
mv0 l
(a) (b) mv0 l cos q which it broke off. How high above the
2 point does it rise before starting to fall?
(d) ÊÁ ˆ˜ 0
mv0 l ml v
(c) R2w 02 2R2w 02
2cos q Ë 3¯ l (a) h = (b) h =
g g
Passage for Q: 19–21
R2w 02 R2w 02
A rod AB of mass M and length L is lying on (c) h = (d) h =
2g 3g
a horizontal frictionless surface. A particle
614പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 ÈÊ M ˘ v 2v
ÊM ˆ ˆ (c) (d)
(d) Á - m˜ R2w 0 , ÍÁ - m˜ R2w 02 ˙ 2R R
Ë 2 ¯ Ë
2Î 2 ¯ ˚
29. The kinetic energy of ring is
Passage for Q: 25–27
A cylinder of mass 6 kg is suspended 1
(a) mv2 (b) mv2
through two ideal strings wrapped around 2
it symmetrically as shown in the figure. The
3
strings are taut and the cylinder is initially at (c) mv2 (d) 2mv2
rest. Take g = 10 m/s2. 2
30. The work done by friction on the ring
in a displacement pR is
(a) mmg ¥ R (b) mmg ¥ 2pR
(c) zero (d) none of
these
25. The acceleration of the cm of the
cylinder is Passage for Q: 31–33
A disc rolls over a horizontal surface with
20 velocity and acceleration as shown in the
(a) m/s2 (b) 10 m/s2
3 figure P1 and P2 are two points on the disc
10 (OP1 = OP2 = R/2)
(c) m/s2 (d) 12 m/s2
3 a
39. In each, there is sufficient friction for regular rigid uniform body to undergo pure
rolling on a rigid horizontal surface. Now match the column I and II.
Column I Column II
F
h
A. R (p) The direction of static friction may
be backward or static friction may
disc be forward or friction may be zero
F
B. R (q) The direction of static friction is
towards backward
disc
R
C. h (r) The angular acceleration will be
F
clockwise
disc
h R
40. Match Column I with Column II and select the correct answer:
Column I Column II
A. Moment of inertia of a solid uniform (p) MR2
sphere about the diameter
1
B. Moment of inertia of a thin uniform (q) MR2
spherical shell about the tangent 2
5
C. Moment of inertia of a uniform disc (r) MR2
through centre of a mass and 3
perpendicular to plane of the disc
2
D. Moment of inertia of disc about (s) MR2
tangent in the plane of disc. 5
5
(t) MR2
4
41. The following figures show different bodies which are either free to rotate or translate
on smooth horizontal surface. An impulse J is given to the bodies in the direction
shown in figure. Match the columns:
618പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Column I Column II
M
A. l (p) Translation
J M
l
B. (q) Rotation occurs
M
J
42. A rigid body of mass M and radius R rolls without slipping on an inclined plane of
inclination q, under gravity. Match the type of body with magnitude of the force of
friction.
Column I Column II
Mg sin q
A. For ring (p)
2.5
Mg sin q
B. For solid sphere (q)
3
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ619
Mg sin q
C. For solid cylinder (r)
3
Mg sin q
D. For hollow spherical shell (s)
2
43. A uniform solid cylinder of mass m and radius R is placed on a rough horizontal
surface where friction is sufficient to provide pure rolling. A horizontal force of
magnitude F is applied on cylinder at different positions with respect to its centre O in
each of four situations of column-I, due to which magnitude of acceleration of centre
of mass of cylinder is a. Match the appropriate results in column-II for conditions of
column-I.
Column I Column II
F
R
A. (p) Friction force on cylinder will not
be zero
F
R/2 F
B. O (q) a =
m
F O F
C. (r) a π
m
O
D. R/2 (s) The direction of friction force acting
F
on cylinder is towards left.
Answers Key
Level 1
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (c)
9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (d)
17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a) 21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (d)
25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (a) 31. (a) 32. (a)
33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (b) 46. (a) 47. (a) 48. (b)
49. (c) 50. (a) 51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (c, d) 55. (d) 56. (c)
57. (b) 58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (c) 61. (d) 62. (d) 63. (c)
Level 2
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (a)
9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (c)
620പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (b) 21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (d)
25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (c) 31. (a) 32. (d)
33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (b) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (b)
49. (a) 50. (a) 51. (d) 52. (a) 53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (b) 56. (a)
57. (a) 58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (c)
Multiple Correct Options
1. (a, b, c, d) 2. (a, d) 3. (a, b, d) 4. (a, b, c)
5. (c, d) 6. (b, c) 7. (b, c) 8. (a, b, c, d)
9. (a, b, d) 10. (a, c) 11. (a, b, c) 12. (a, b, c)
13. (b, c) 14. (a, b, c) 15. (a, d) 16. (a, c, d)
17. (b, c) 18. (a, c) 19. (b, c) 20. (b, d)
21. (a, b) 22. (c, d)
Passages and Matrix Matching
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (b)
9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (b)
17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (b) 21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (d)
25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (c) 31. (c) 32. (b)
33. (d)
34. AÆ(p); BÆ(s); CÆ(r); DÆ(q)
35. AÆ(q, r, s); BÆ(q, r, s); CÆ(p, q, r, s); DÆ(p, q, r, s)
36. AÆ(q); BÆ(s); CÆ(t); DÆ(r)
37. AÆ(p, r); BÆ(p, s); CÆ(p, s); DÆ(q, r)
38. AÆ(s); BÆ(p); CÆ(p); DÆ(q, r)
39. AÆ(p, s, r); BÆ(q, r, s); CÆ(q, r, s); DÆ(p, r, s)
40. AÆ(s); BÆ(r); CÆ(q); DÆt
41. AÆ(p, q, r, s); BÆ(p, s); CÆ(p, q, r, s); DÆ(q, r, s)
42. AÆ(s); BÆ(r); CÆ(q); DÆ(p)
43. AÆ(p, r); BÆ(p, s, r); CÆ(p, r, s); DÆ(p, r, s)
Level 1
1. (c) For a body with constant angular velocity, there is only centripetal force, which
passes through the axis of rotation.
2. (c) I1 = 0 + md2 + m(3d)2 = 10md2
I3 = 0 + m(2d)2 + m(3d)2 = 13md2
3. (c) For the decreasing speed of the disk, there are two accelerations an and (–at) as
shown.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ621
at
an
Ê mm ˆ
= Á 1 2 ˜ r2
Ë m1 + m2 ¯
622പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 gh v
v¢ = = gh =
I 2
1+
mR2
28. (c) I = 0 + 0 + mr2
3 r
= ml2
4
M, r
È2 ˘ È2 ˘
29. (b) I = 2 Í Mr 2 ˙ + 2 Í Mr 2 + Ml 2 ˙
Î5 ˚ Î5 ˚
l
È8 ˘
= M Í r 2 + 2l 2 ˙
Î5 ˚
30. (a) If y is the distance from x-axis, then
L = mvy. As y is constant, so L is constant.
31. (a) In accelerated car the net force along the inclined becomes zero.
Also no torque is acting on the sphere, so it will continue pure rolling.
mg sin q
mg tan q
q mg sin q
1 1 mv
39. (c) mv 2 + Iw 2 = mgh
2 2
1 Ê 2mR2 ˆ Ê v ˆ
2
1
or mv 2 + Á Á ˜ = mgh
2 2 Ë 5 ˜¯ Ë R ¯
Clearly h becomes free from mass of the sphere.
2
Ê l ˆ
40. (c) I = 0 + 2 m Á + m( 2 l)2
Ë 2 ˜¯
= 3 ml2
2 3
41. (a) MR2 = mr 2
5 2
2R
fi r =
15
MR2
42. (c) I = M
2
R
Ml 2 ml 2
43. (b) I = 2 =
12 6
45. (b) As no torque acts about the axis of rotation, so its angular momentum remains
constant.
46. (a) The sliding tendency of point of contact of cylinder in both the cases is downward,
so friction will act in upward direction.
47. (a) Its moment of inertia will be equal to the moment of inertia of the disc. So,
MR2
I=
2
48. (b) In the process L remains constant, so
Iw = (2I)w2
w
fi w2 =
2
1 2 1 2
K1 Iw Iw
= 2 = 2
K2 1 1
I 2w 22 (2I )(w/2)2
2 2
K
\ K2 =
2
49. (c) For topple F
F ¥ l sin 60° ≥ mg ¥ l/2
fi F ≥ mg/ 3 l
N
For translation
F = mmg 60°
mmg
mg
or = mmg mg
3
1
\ m =
3
50. (a) The sliding tendency of bottommost point of the spool is backward, so friction acts
rightwards. Therefore, centre of mass of spool moves rightwards.
51. (d) mg sin 60° – (T + f) = ma ...(i)
T
and fR – TR = Ia °
f
60
sin
Ia mg
or f–T = …(ii)
R2 60°
54. (c, d)
For velocity to be vertical,
v cos a = v
y = wR q
or wR cos a = v
Ê v ˆ a
v
\ cos a = Á ˜
Ë wR¯
55. (d) The velocity of point of contact
vp = v – wR = v – v = 0
centripetal acceleration, a = v2/R
56. (c) The force on the cylinder changes periodically, so frictional force also changes
periodically.
57. (b) For smooth surface,
1
mv 2 = mgh
2
\ v = 2gh
58. (b) As the fluid spreads out, the moment of inertia of the platform increases and so
angular velocity decreases (Iw = const). When fluid falls of the platform, its spread
again increases.
59. (c) The position vector of the centre of mass at the time t is
r = i(cos 30∞) + j(sin 30∞) + k
cm
(0.10)
= 0.866 i + 0.5 j + 0.10 k
and the total momentum of the hoop is
p = mv cm = (0.50)(0.50 j) = 0.25 j
Thus, Lorb = rcm ¥ p
= (0.866i + 0.5j + 0.10k ) ¥ 0.25 j
kg-m2/s
= – 0.025i + 0.216k
To find the spin angular momentum, note that every element of mass of the hoop is
at the same distance from the centre of mass r¢ = 0.10 m, and every element rotates
about the centre of mass with a velocity v ¢ (of magnitude 0.50 m/s) perpendicular
to r ¢ . Thus,
L = r ¢ ¥ v ¢ dm = r ¢ v ¢( -i) dm
spin Ú Ú
= - mr ¢ v ¢ i = - 0.025 i kgm2/s
60. (c) Consider a situation when the bob A has fallen through an angle q.
Loss in PE = Gain in KE
l
626പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 2
fi Iw = mgl sin q
2
2mgl sin q 2mgl sin q
fi wA = =
I ml 2
2g sinq
wA =
l
In the similar position
4 g sinq w t 1 t
wB = fi A = B = fi A = 2
l w B tA 2 tB
61. (d) The angular momentum of the system about O = 0
fi w = 0.
62. (d) In the shown frame the particle appears to be at rest.
\ Net force on it must be zero. Therefore, pseudo force must be equal and opposite
to the tension.
w
P
m
L
O
Ê mR2 ˆ
and TR = Á ˜ a1 ...(iv)
Ë 2 ¯ mg
Level 2
Iam
1. (c) On the inclined plane, the minimum friction needed for pure rolling, f =
R2
2 mR2
For cylinder a = g sin q, I =
3 2
mg sin q
\ f =
3
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ627
Also, N = mg cos q
f tan q
\ m = =
N 3
2. (b) Taking moment of forces about O, and put St = 0
Fv
O FH
4m
60 N
A 3m
or 60 ¥ 4 – Fv ¥ 3 = 0
\ Fv = 80 N
3. (d) In case (a) and (b), the sphere will move in pure rolling motion, while in (c), the
sphere will not be in pure rolling. So some part of mechanical energy will convert
into heat by friction.
2 gh 2 gh 10
4. (d) v = = 2
= gh
I 2 mR 7
1+ 1+
mR2 5mR2
Clearly velocity of CM does not depend on the radius of the sphere.
v v
w1 = and w2 =
R 2R
5. (c) K1 + 0 = mgh fi K1 = mgh
and K2 + Krotational = mgh fi K2 = mgh – Krotational
Clearly, K1 > K2
6. (a) E1 = E2 = mgh
2 gh
7. (c) v1 = 2 gh and v2 =
I
1+
Clearly, v1 > v2 mR2
10. (d) For the equilibrium,  F = 0 and  t = 0 which is possible in A and C.
628പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
vA
w = x O
x w
vA
q
vA l y
=
l sin q
x
dJ d
12. (c) t = = ( ai + bt 2 j) = 2btj
dt dt
t◊J
cos 45° =
tJ
1 (2b + j) ◊ ( ai + bt 2 j)
or =
2 2bt ¥ a 2 + b 2t 4
a
or t =
b
a
and t = 2b ¥ j
b
MR2
13. (c) Given I =
4
MR2 3
Itangent = + MR2 = MR2
2 2
3
= [4I ] = 6I
2
14. (c) By conservation of energy, we have
1 1 1
mgh = mv 2 + I pulleyw 12 + Ishellw 22
2 2 2
2 2
1 1 Èv˘ 1 Ê 2 ˆÊ vˆ
= mv 2 + I Í ˙ + Á MR2 ˜ Á ˜
2 2 Îr˚ 2 3Ë ¯ Ë R¯
È ˘
Í mgh ˙
\ v2 = Í ˙
Ím + I + M˙
ÍÎ 2 2r 2 3 ˙˚
15. (a) For m to be stationary
T = mg N
T mN
For M: T – mN = Mw2r
or mg – mMg = Mw2r Mg
T
mg - m Mg
\ r =
Mw 2 mg
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ629
v vt
16. (c) w = and q = wt =
r r
The velocity of any point of the periphery is given by
q
v = 2v cos
2
vt
or v = 2v cos
2r
17. (c) In the process,
l 1
mgl + mg = Iw 2 m
2 2
3 1 Ê ml 2 ˆ
or mgl = Á + ml 2 ˜ w 2
2 2Ë 3 ¯
3
w = g/l
2
3
\ v = wl/2 = gl
4
t mgL/2 3 g
18. (d) a = = =
I mL2 2L
3
19. (b) By conservation of angular momentum about CM
R
mv = Iw
2
È Ê Rˆ ˘
2 2
Ê Rˆ O
= ÍmR2 + m Á ˜ + m Á ˜ ˙ w
ÍÎ Ë 2¯ Ë 2¯ ˙
˚ c.m. w
v mv
or w =
3R
20. (b) We know that, J = m(v f - v i )
or 7.5 = 15(vf – 0)
\ vf = 0.5 m/s
1 1
Energy transferred, E = mvt2 = ¥ 15 ¥ (0.5)2
2 2
= 1.9 J
21. (c) By conservation of angular momentum about CM, we have
L
Mv = Iw
2
630പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 M ( 2 L )2
= w
12
3v
or w = , counterclockwise
4L
F 1 1 F 2
22. (c) a = ; s = at 2 = t
M 2 2M
t FR 2F
a = = =
I MR2 MR
2
1 2 1 2F Ft 2
\ q = at = ¥ ¥ t2 =
2 2 MR MR
t 5R 5R 2
23. (b) (A) a = = ; and at = aR =
I I I
t ¢ TR TR2
(B) a = = ; and at¢ = aR =
I I I
As T < 5 N, so at¢ < at
2
Ê Rˆ 3
24. (d) Area of the remaining disc = p R2 - p Á ˜ = p R2
Ë 2¯ 4
M ¥ p R2 4 M
Mass of whole disc M¢ = =
3 3
p R2
4
\ Mass of the removed disc,
M
m = .
3
Moment of interia
I = I whole disc – Iround disc
Ê 4M ˆ R
2 È M (R / 2)2 M Ê R ˆ 2 ˘
=Á ˜ -Í + Á ˜ ˙
Ë 3 ¯ 2 Î3 2 3 Ë 2¯ ˚
13
= MR2
24
25. (c) vblock = vtangent = vcm + wR
= w ¥ 2R + wR = 3wR
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ631
L
26. (d) L = 2pR Æ R =
2p x x¢
Ê mR2 ˆ
I = Á + mR2 ˜
Ë 2 ¯ O
2
3 3 Ê Lˆ
= mR2 = ( rL) Á ˜
2 2 Ë 2L ¯
3
3 rL
=
8 p2
p (R/3)2
27. (b) The mass of the hole removed = 9m ¥ =m
p R2
I = Iwhole disc – Iremoved disc
(9m)R2 È m(R/3)2 Ê 2R ˆ ˘
2
= -Í + mÁ ˜ ˙
2 2 Ë 3 ¯ ˙
ÎÍ ˚
2
= 4 mR
Ix m1R2/2 r(p R2 )tR2
28. (d) = =
Iy m2 ( 4 R)2/2 rp ( 4 R)2 t ¥ ( 4 R)2
1 4
=
64
29. (d) IAB = Ic.m. + Md2
1.6 Ma 2
= + M ( 2 a )2
2
= 4.8 Ma2
30. (c) Iw = L (constant)
L
or w = x
I
L
=
Ê MR 2
2ˆ
Á 2 + mx ˜
Ë ¯
When tortoise moves along a cord, x decreases and then increases. So w first
increases and then decreases.
L/2
31. (a)
Mv
J = Iw
È Ê Lˆ ˘
2
L
or Mv = Í2 M Á ˜ ˙ w
2 Ë 2¯ ˙
ÎÍ ˚
v
\ w =
L
632പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
mÈ 2 lb 2 ˘
= r - ( l + b 2 )˙
2 ÍÎ 6p r 2 ˚
f
41. (c) a = = mg
m w0
t fR m mg ¥ R v0
and a = = =
I I 2
mR2 f
5
5 mg
=
2R
Using equation of motion, we have
0 = v0 – at ...(i)
and 0 = w0 – at ...(ii)
From the above equations, we get
v0 a
=
w0 a
mg 2R
= =
5 m g/2R 5
or 5v0 = 2w0R.
l
42. (b) mv ¥ = Iw
2
Ml 2 È v ˘
= Í ˙ v
3 Î l/2 ˚ m l
M 3
\ =
m 4
43. (a) Angular impulse, J = I (w f - w i )
ml 2
or 10 ¥ 1 = (w f – 0)
3
2 ¥ 12
= ¥w f
3
or wf = 15 rad/s
1 2
\ K = Iw
2
1 Ê ml 2 ˆ 2
= w
2 ÁË 3 ˜¯
1 È 2 ¥ 12 ˘ 2
= Í ˙ ¥ 15
2Î 3 ˚
= 75 J.
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ635
or F cos q – f = 0 ...(i)
F
Also, St = 0, r
q
or Fr – f R = 0 ...(ii)
From the above equations, f
r
cos q = mg
R
47. (c) Velocity of the particle perpendicular to z-axis is v = 2(i - j) . Angular momentum
about z-axis,
L = m( r ¥ v )
= 1[(i + j) ¥ (2i - 2j)]
or L = - 2k - 2k = - 4k kg-m2/s
48. (b) Using conservation of angular momentum about a fixed point at the level of
contact point of the ring, we have
J ¥ r = Iw
= (2mr2)w
J
J
or w = r
2mr f
J
\ v = wr =
2m
636പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
a È ma 2 Ê a ˆ ˘
2
or mv = Í + mÁ ˙w
2 ÍÎ 6 Ë 2 ˜¯ ˙
˚
3v
\ w =
4a
51. (d) For rotational equilibrium,
l
St0 = 0
2
2 1 1 m mg l
or m mg ¥ (l sin q ) - m mg ¥ cos q = 0 3
q a
3 3 2
1 1 O
or tan q = m mg l/2
4 3
l/2
52. (a) By conservation of linear momentum, we have
mv – mv = (m + m + m)vc.m.
or vc.m. = 0
Now using conservation of angular momentum, we get
mvl = Iw
È ml 2 ˘
= Í + 2m(l/2)2 ˙ w
Î 12 ˚
12v
\ w =
7l
53. (b) For equilibrium of the block N 1/2
1 3
ÂF =0 or N= 3-
2 2
ml 2 È ml 2 ˘ l
I = +Í + md 2 ˙
3 12 l
Î ˚
5
= ml2
3
55. (b) mv0 + 0 = m ¥ 0 + mv
v = v0 B
ml 2 w
Also, mv0x = Iw = w v
12
12v0 x A
or w =
l2
For end A to be stationary
l
vA = v0 - w
2
v0 x l
or 0 = v0 - 12 ¥
l2 2
l
or x =
6
56. (a) The tendency of sliding of contact point is rightwards, so frictional force acts
leftwards.
57. (a) FBD of rod will be as shown below
TB
TB
a RAH
B A
C W
L
RAV
Ê Wa - WL - Wa ˆ
RAV ¥ L = – Á ˜¯ ¥ (L - a)
Ë ( L + a)
WL(L - a) ( L - a)
\ RAV = =W
( L + a) ¥ L ( L + a)
58. (b) Vertical line from hinge A must pass through cm of rod A
system. 2l/3
q
OP l/2
tan q = = P
AP 2l/3
B l/2
O D
3 Ê 3ˆ
tan q = fi q = tan - 1 Á ˜
4 Ë 4¯
mvR = Iw + mv¢R
mR2 Ê v ¢ ˆ
or mvR = Á ˜ + mv¢R
2 Ë R¯
\ v¢ = 2v/3
60. (c) K = Kring + Kparticles
È1 1 ˘ È1 1 1 ˘
= Í mv02 + Iw 2 ˙ + Í m( 2v0 )2 + m(2v0 )2 + m( 2v0 )2 + 0 ˙
Î2 2 ˚ Î2 2 2 ˚
v0
Also, w = , I = mR2
R
2. (a, d)
v2
Normal acceleration is an = . As r increases, v also increases to keep an constant.
r
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ639
3. (a, b, d)
w
v
f
Frictional force opposes the linear velocity, while its torque increases angular velocity
(see figure)
4. (a, b, c)
The frictional force acts opposite to the sliding tendency of point of contact.
5. (c, d)
v0
In this case friction acts in backward direction of v0. So v0 decreases to v. The angular
Êv v ˆ
velocity will be w = Á < 0 ˜
ËR R¯
6. (b, c)
In this case IA = ICM + md2 and I A + IB = I
fi IA < IB or IA £ IB
7. (b, c)
t0 = F1r1 sin q1 – F2r2 sin q2 out of plane of the page or t0 = F2r2 sin q2 – F1r1 sin q, into
the plane of the page.
8. (a, b, c, d)
The moment of inertia of the ring can have any value greater than MR2/2.
9. (a, b, d)
t is perpendicular to r and F .
10. (a, c)
In the process, angular momentum
Iw = constant
As man moves away from axis of rotation, moment of inertia increase, and so w
decreases.
11. (a, b, c)
In these cases, the torque about axis of rotation is zero and so angular momentum is
constant.
12. (a, b, c)
Mass and its distribution and axis of rotation
13. (b, c)
A body can be rotated about infinite axes.
14. (a, b, c)
Given t = A ¥ L. Clearly t is perpendicular to L . As t is perpendicular to L and A,
so it will cause no change in L or A
640പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
15. (a, d)
1
m (2gl) = mgh fi h = l
2
16. (a, c, d)
I 0 = I1 + I2 = I3 + I4
Also, I1 = I2 and I3 + I4
17. (b, c)
If vCM is the velocity of c.m. then w
v = vCM + wR v
For no slipping, v = wR, \ vCM = 0
18. (a, c)
If sufficient length of a rough inclined plane is available, then the cylinder will start
rolling.
19. (b, c)
Given, v c.m. = v B
v C = v B + wR
v A = v B - wR
From the above equations, we get
vB = v A + vC
2
20. (b, d)
Velocity of the particle at the highest point v = 2gh
v v
h
45°
Angular momentum
L = mv ¥ h
= m 2 gh ¥ h = m 2 gh 3
v 2 sin 2 45∞ mv 3
Also, h = ; then L =
2g 4 2g
21. (a, b)
at = ar = k sin q ¥ l = kl sin q
dv
Also, = kl sin q
dt
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ641
dv
or v = kl sin q
ds
dv
or v = kl sin q
Rdq
v q
vdv
or Ú R = kl Ú sin q dq
0 0
v2
or = 2kl(1 – cos q)
R
22. (c, d)
f t fR m mgR 2 m g
a = = m g , and a = = = =
m I I mR2/2 R
v = 0 + at and w = w0 – at
From the above equations, we get
a
v = (w 0 - w )
a
a
Here becomes free from m.
a
Ê1 1 ˆ Ê1 ˆ
W = DK = Á mv 2 + Iw 2 ˜ - Á Iw 02 ˜ = constant
Ë2 2 ¯ Ë 2 ¯
1 2 1
and kx2 = (2I)w2
2 2
x1
\ = 2
x2
5. (a) If w¢ is the final angular velocity, then
I(2w) + 2I(w) = (I + 2I)w¢
4w
or w¢ =
3
Thus, JB = (Lf – Li)/t
= [(2I)w¢ – 2Iw]/t
È 4w ˘
= Í 2I ¥ - 2Iw ˙/t
Î 3 ˚
2Iw
=
3t
6. (b) Loss = ki – kf
È1 1 ˘ È1 ˘
= Í I (2w )2 + (2I )w 2 ˙ - Í (I + 2I )w ¢ 2 ˙
Î2 2 ˚ Î2 ˚
1 2
= Iw
3
Rw 0
v0 =
4
w
At time t1,
Rw 0
0 = – mg t1
4
È Rw ˘
t1 = Í 0 ˙ ...(i)
Î 4m g ˚
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ643
At time t2,
v = mg t2
mg t2 = Rw
È Rw ˘
t2 = Í ˙ ...(ii)
Î mg ˚
2mg
w = w0 – (t1 + t2)
R
2 m g È Rw 0 Rw ˘
w = w0 – Í + ˙
R Î 4m g m g ˚
w
w = w0 – 0 – 2w
2
w0 Èw ˘
3w = or, w = Í 0 ˙
2 Î 6 ˚
Rw 0
Now from (ii), t2 =
6m g
Maximum displacement of the disc in forward direction,
2
Rw 0 Rw 0 1 Ê Rw 0 ˆ
S = ¥ - mg
4 4 m g 2 ÁË 4 m g ˜¯
R2w 02 È 1 1 ˘ R2w 02
= - =
m g ÍÎ 16 32 ˙˚ 32 m g
The displacement of the disc when it starts pure rolling
2
1 R2w 02 1 Ê Rw 0 ˆ 5 (Rw 0 )2
= - mgÁ =
32 m g 2 Ë 6 m g ˜¯ 32 ¥ 9 m g
w0R 5 (w 0 R)2
\ ¥ t3 =
6 32 ¥ 9 m g
5 Ê w0R ˆ
48 ÁË m g ˜¯
or, t3 =
25 w 0 R
Total time t1 + t2 + t3 =
48 m g
8. (b) Time after which disc starts pure rolling.
Rw 0 Rw 0 5Rw 0
t = t1 + t2 = + =
4 m g 6 m g 12 m g
644പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
È 1 1 ˘ Ê MR w 0 ˆ
2
= MR2w 0 Í + ˙ = Á
Î 6 12 ˚ Ë 4 ˜¯
F cos q
f1
mg
f1
N1
Mg
N2
f2
q R cos q
mg
1 1
mgh = Mv 2 + Iw 2
2 2
1 Ê MR2 ˆ Ê v ˆ
2
1
mgR (1 – cos q) = Mv 2 + Á ˜ ÁË ˜¯
2 2Ë 2 ¯ R
3
= Mv2
4
4
\ v = gR(1 - cos q ) ...(i)
3
For the motion of the cylinder, we have
mv 2
mg cos q – N =
R
To leave the contact, N = 0,
mv 2
\ mg cos q =
R
v2
or cos q = ...(ii)
gR
13. (b) After solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
4
cos q = .
7
14. (c) From Eq. (i), we get
4 gR
v =
7
Ê 4ˆ 1 1
15. (b) We have mgR Á 1 - ˜ = mv 2 + mv 2
Ë 7¯ 2 4
1 mgR
\ mv 2 =
4 7
mgR
or Krot =
7
646പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
v¢
A w
A
v0 l
vA = v¢ + lw cos q
∵ collision is elastic
\ v0 = v¢ + lw cos q
18. (b) Angular momentum L = r ¥ mv
|L| = mv0 l cos q.
1 Ê ML2 ˆ Ê 6 mv0 ˆ
2
1 1 Ê mv ˆ
or mv02 = M Á 0 ˜ vc2 + Á Á ˜
2 2 Ë M ¯ 2 Ë 12 ˜¯ Ë ML ¯
m 1 v
which gives = and vc = 0
M 4 4
20. (b)
A
v0
m
vy
vC
VC VC
w w L/6 P L/6
y
P wy VC
P
6 mv0 p L
q = wt = ¥
ML 3v0
p
=
2
p
The rod turns through , in this interval of time. The velocity of point P in y
direction will be 2
6 mv0 L
vy = wy = ¥
ML 6
v
= 0
4
The resultant velocity of point P
v = vc2 + vy2
648പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 2
Ê v0 ˆ Ê v0 ˆ
= ÁË ˜¯ + ÁË ˜¯
4 4
v0
=
2 2
Passage (Q. 22–24)
22. (a) Kinetic energy of the disc
1 2
k = Iw 0
2
1 Ê MR2 ˆ 2 1
= w 0 = MR2w 02
2 ÁË 2 ˜¯ 4
Angular momentum
L = Iw0
MR2
= w0
2
23. (c) In the process, mechanical energy remains constant and so
1
mv 2 = mgh
2
v2
\ h =
2g
(w 0 R)2 w 02 R2
= =
2g 2g
24. (d) Final angular momentum of the broken disc
L¢ = I¢w0
Ê MR2 ˆ
= Á - mR2 ˜ w 0
Ë 2 ¯
ÊM ˆ
= Á - m˜ R2w 0
Ë 2 ¯
1
Kinetic energy K¢ = I ¢w 02
2
1Ê M ˆ 2 2
= Á - m˜¯ R w 0
2Ë 2
ZŽƚĂƟŽŶപ649
mg
1 Ê mR2 ˆ Ê v ˆ
2
1
27. (b) mg ¥ 7.5 = mv 2 + Á Á ˜
2 2 Ë 2 ˜¯ Ë R ¯
fi v = 10 m/s
Passage (Q. 28–30)
28. (c) If 2 vCM = v
v
\ vCM =
2
vc.m. v
Angular velocity, w = =
R 2R
1 1
29. (a) K = mv 2CM + Iw 2 = mvCM
2
2 2
2
Ê v ˆ mv 2
= m ÁË ˜ =
2¯ 2
30. (c) In pure rolling, W = f ¥ s = 0
Passage (Q. 31–33)
31. (c) vP1 = v – wR/2 and vP2 = v + wR/2
Ê mR2 ˆ
32. (b) t = Ia = Á ˜a
2 Ë 2 ¯
v
33. (d) a =
R
650പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Matrix Matching
34. A Æ (p); B Æ (s); C Æ (r); D Æ (q)
Impulse, J = DP = mDv
35. A Æ (q, r, s); B Æ (q, r, s); C Æ p, q, r, s); D Æ (p, q, r, s)
MR2
(A) Moment of inertia of ring ≥
2
2
(B) Moment of inertia of sphere ≥ MR2
5
MR2
(C) Moment of inertia of disc of cylinder ≥
4
36. Solution is given in the theory.
37. A Æ (p, r); B Æ (p, s) C Æ (p, s); D Æ (q, r)
(A) A planet revolves around the sun in circular orbit; its angular momentum remains
constant (t = 0). As its distance from the sun is same, so speed is also same.
(B) A planet in elliptical orbit, t = 0, so angular momentum is zero. But its distance
from sun changes, so speed changes.
(C) t = F ¥ r = F ¥ 0 = 0
In the process L is constant. F
(D) In this case t = Fr,
so angular momentum does not remain constant.
F r
MR2
(C) MI of disc =
2
MR2 5
(D) MI of disc about tangent in its plane = + MR2 = MR2
4 4
41. A Æ p, q, r, s; B Æ p, s; C Æ p, q, r, s; D Æ q, r, s
(A), (C) Dumbell experiences a force and net torque, so it has translation and rotation.
Also J = D P , so linear momentum increase.
Jl = DL , so angular momentum also increases.
(B) t = 0, so it experiences translation and linear momentum increases
(D) Due to the hinge strip will not move.
42. Solution is given in the theory.
43. A Æ p, r; B Æ p, s, r; C Æ p, r, s; D Æ p, r, s
Assume friction to be absent and horizontal force F is applied at a distance x above
the centre
F
\ a = ...(1)
m
mR2
and Fx = a
2
2Fx
or Ra = ...(2)
mR
R
If a = Ra then from Eqs. (1) and (2) x =
2
F
The friction force will be zero and a =
m
R F
If a > Ra or x < , friction force is towards left and a π
2 m
R F
If a < Ra or x > , friction force is towards right and a π
2 m
4 CHAPTER
Gravitation
KEPLER’S LAWS
On the basis of observations Johannes Kepler (1571–1630) presented three famous laws about
planetary motion.
.CYQHQTDKVU -GRNGTŏUſTUVNCY
Each planet revolves around the sun in an elliptical orbit with the sun at one of the
foci.
B
Planet
P A 2b KE = min
KE = max Perihelion S¢
S Aphelion PE = max
PE = min
C
2a
Fig. 4.1
ϐ
Aphelion : A planet point fartherest from the sun.
Perihelion : A planet point nearest to the sun.
Apogee : The point in the orbit of a planet fartherest from the earth.
Perigee : The point in the orbit of a planet nearest to the earth.
Mass of the earth = 6 ¥ 1024 kg
Value of G = 6.67 ¥ 10–11 N-m2/kg2
Elliptical orbit of a planet, PA = 2a = major axis
BC = 2b = minor axis
The distance of planet closest to the sun is called perihelion and farthest to the sun is
called aphelion.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ653
2. .CYQHCTGCU -GRNGTŏUUGEQPFNCY
The radius vector drawn from the sun to C
B
planet sweeps out equal areas in equal
intervals of time, i.e., the areal velocity of a
A
planet around the sun is constant. The linear S
speed of a planet is greater when it is closer
to the sun than its linear speed when away D
from the sun.
.CYQHRGTKQFU -GRNGTŏUVJKTFNCY Fig. 4.2
The square to the time period of revolution of a planet around the sun is proportional
to the cube of the semimajor axis of its elliptical orbit.
If T is the time period of revolution of a planet and R is the length of the semimajor
axis of it, then
T 2 R3
T2 a R3 for two different planet 12 = 13
T2 R2
On seeing a falling apple, Newton was inspired
to think about the law of gravitation. He realised
that for the falling apple on his head and the
overhead the moon, the same gravitational force R ac
Moon
was responsible for both phenomena. Newton
assumed that the moon revolved around the earth
Earth
in a circular orbit of radius r (= 3.84 ¥ 108 m). v
The moon completes a revolution around the
r
earth in 27.3 days, so
T = 27.3 ¥ 24 ¥ 60 ¥ 60 = 27.3 ¥ 86400 s. Fig. 4.3
2p r 2p ¥ (3.84 ¥ 108 )
Speed of the moon around the earth v = =
T 27.3 ¥ 86400
= 1.02 ¥ 103 m/s
Centripetal acceleration of the moon towards the centre of orbit
v 2 (1.02 ¥ 10 3 )2
ac or acentripetal = =
r 3.84 ¥ 108
= 2.72 ¥ 10–3 m/s2.
Acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the earth is g = 9.8 m/s2
Newton proposed that the gravitational force should be inversely proportional to the
square of the distance. If R is the radius of the earth, then
Acceleration of the moon a 1/r 2 R2
= c = =
Acceleration of body near the earth g 1/R2 r 2
R 1
Newton knew that =
r 60
654പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2
R2 Ê 1ˆ
\ ac = g = Á ˜ ¥ 9.8
r 2 Ë 60 ¯
= 2.72 ¥ 10–3 m/s2
This value is in close argument with the value obtained otherwise. Thus, verify the inverse
square law it is called Newton moon test.
Gm1m2
F=
r2
where G is called universal gravitational constant. In SI system, its value is = 6.67 ¥ 10–11
N-m2/kg2. The value of G does not depend on the nature and size of the bodies. It also
does not depend on the nature of the medium between the bodies. That is why G is called
universal gravitational constant.
2. The gravitational force between two point masses is the central force. This force has
no angular dependence. Its magnitude depends on r. We can say that gravitational
force possesses spherical symmetry.
3. For a spherically symmetric body the force on an object outside the body acts as if the
entire mass of the body is concentrated at the centre. Newton proved this important
assertion, called shell theorem in his book Principia.
4. The gravitational force is a conservative force.
5. The law of gravitation holds for point masses.
6. For bodies of finite sizes if the distance between them is much greater than their sizes,
one may take r to be the distance between their centres of mass.
7. The resultant force acting on a particle m due toa number
of masses M1, M2, ..... Mn;
we can use the principle of superposition. Let F1 , F2 , , Fn be the individual forces
due to M1, M2, ..., Mn, each given by the law of gravitation. The resultant force on the
particle m is given by;
n
F = F1 + F2 + + Fn = Â Fi
i =1
This shows that each force acts independently and is uninfluenced by the other bodies.
This is called the principle of superposition.
M
GMm
R F= ,r ≥R
r2
O P
m
r
GMr m GMm È Mr r 3 ˘
F= = r Í∵ = ˙
r2 R3 Î M R3 ˚
Fig. 4.9 A net force acts towards the centre on a particle inside (r < R) a solid sphere
È - GMs mp ˘
=Í ˙ (r ¥ r ) = 0 (As r ¥ r = 0)
Î r3 ˚
Here MS and mp are the masses of the sun and the planet respectively.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ657
The angular momentum L of planet about the sun is given by
L = r ¥P
= r ¥ mp v
dL
Since t = is zero, so momentum L is constant.
dt
This shows that the angular momentum of the planet about the sun remains constant
both in magnitude and direction. Since the direction of L(= r ¥ p) is fixed, r and v lie in
a plane normal to L . Moreover, it can be shown that the central force under the action of
which the planet moves varies as the square of the distance between the planet and the sun
and this orbit is an ellipse.
Note: Conservation of angular momentum will hold for any central force.
Kepler’s Third Law: Assuming that the orbit of planet is a circle of radius r with the sun
at the centre. The sun’s gravitational attraction is responsible for the planet’s centripetal
acceleration, i.e.,
GMs mp mp v 2
=
r2 r
GMs
which gives v = .
r
658പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
\ T 2 μ r 3. Fig. 4.12
Problem 4.1 In Fig. 4.13 a sphere of a L
mass M is a distance a from one end of
a uniform rod of length L and mass m.
What is the force between them. M
Solution Take an element of width
dx of the rod at a distance x from the
centre of the spherical body. The mass
of the element, x dx
Êm ˆ
dm = Á dx˜ . Fig. 4.13
ËL ¯
The force between the spherical body and the element of mass dm
GM(dm)
dF =
x2
Êm ˆ
GM Á dx˜
ËL ¯
=
x2
The force between the body and the whole rod
Êm ˆ ( a + L)
( a + L ) GM Á dx
Ë L ˜¯ GMm x - 1
F = Ú x2
=
L (-1)
a a
( a + L)
- GMm 1
=
L xa
- GMm È 1 1˘
= -
L ÍÎ a + L a ˙˚
- GMm È a - ( a + L) ˘
=
L ÍÎ ( a + L)( a) ˙˚
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ659
- GMm È - L ˘
=
L ÍÎ ( a + L)( a) ˙˚
GMm
=
( a + L) a
GMm
= Ans.
a( a + L)
GMm
If L << a, F .
a2
Problem 4.2 A thin rod of mass M is bent in an arc of circle of radius R, which sustains an
angle 2 q at the centre. What is its gravitational force on a particle of mass m at the centre
of curvature.
Solution Take two identical elements are as shown in Fig. dm
4.14.
ÊM ˆ M
Mass of each element, dm = Á da ˜
Ë 2q ¯
R dm
The resultant force on the particle m due to the elements
= 2dF cos a dF
G(dm)m da a
where dF = q a dF
R2 da
m q
The resultant force on the particle due to whole arc.
q
Fig. 4.14
F = Ú (2dF cos a )
0
q
G(dM )m
= Ú2 R2
cos a
0
q q
2Gm Ê M ˆ 2Gm M
2 ÚÁ
R 2q Ú0
= ◊ da ˜ cos a = 2 cos a da
Ë
R 0 2q ¯
q
GMm sin a
=
R2 q 0
GMm Ê sin q ˆ
= Á ˜ Ans.
R2 Ë q ¯
sin q
For, q Æ 0°, =1
q
GMm
\ F =
R2
660പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 4.3 Consider a homogeneous ring of mass M and radius R. What gravitational
attraction does it exert on a particle of mass m located at a distance x from the centre of the
ring along its axis?
r = R2 + x2
R
dF
x q m
M
q
dF
Fig. 4.15
GMmx
=
r3
GMmx
= Ans.
[R2 + x 2 ]3/2
If x = 0, F = 0, i.e., when a particle is placed at the centre of a ring, it experiences zero
force. Find the gravitational force between the two. What will the force be if x >> R and x <
< R? For what value of x is the force maximum?
Now if x >> R, F (GmM/x2), then for a distant point ring behaves as a point mass
(which is expected) and for x << R, F (GmM/R3)x, i.e., force varies linearly with distance
x. Furthermore, F will be maximum when (dF/dx) = 0 i.e.,
d È GmMx ˘ d
Í ˙ =0 or [x(R2 + x 2 )-3/2 ] = 0
dx Î (R2 + x 2 )3/2 ˚ dx
[as GmM π 0]
2 2 –3/2 2 2 2 –5/2
i.e., [(R + x ) –3x (R + x ) ] =0
[as (R2 + x2)–5/2 π 0]
1 3x 2
- =0
(R2 + x 2 )3/2 (R2 + x 2 )5/2
R2 + x 2 - 3x 2
=0
(R2 + x 2 )5/2
R2 – 2x2 = 0
R2 = 2x2
R2
x2 =
2
R
x =
2
[Substituting this value of x in the expression for force F, Fmax = (2GMm/3 3R2 )].
Problem 4.4 A spherical hollow is made d – R/2
in a lead sphere of radius R. Such that its
surface touches the outside surface of the
lead sphere and passes through its centre.
The mass of the sphere before hollowing
R
was M. With what gravitational force will m
the hollowed-out lead sphere attract a small
sphere of mass m, which lies at a distance d
d from the centre of the lead sphere on the
straight line connecting the centres of the Fig. 4.16
sphere and of the hollow?
662പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
GMm È 1 ˘
= 2 Í
1- 2˙
. Ans.
d ÍÎ 8(1 - R/2d) ˙˚
g
1. The earth is not uniform
The density of the earth varies radially. The density is nearly 13.6 ¥ 103 kg/m3 at the
inner core of the earth and 2.3 ¥ 103 kg/m3 at the outer crust. This variation in density
affects the value of g when we go inside the earth.
2. Effect to shape of the earth
The earth is not spherical. It is approximately an ellipsoid Rp
flattened at the poles and bulging at the equator. Its equatorial Re
radius is nearly 21 km greater than its polar radius. If Re and
Rp are the radii at the equator and poles, then we have
Re (Rp + 21) km. Fig. 4.19
664പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
ǣ
1. At poles l = 90° ; g¢ = g.
The highest value of g will occur at poles. It is nearly 9.83 m/s2
2. At the equator l = 0°; g¢ = g – w2R
or g – g¢ = w2R
2
Ê 2p ˆ
= Á ˜ R
Ë T¯
0.034 m/s2.
Thus, the free-fall acceleration g¢(9.78 m/s2 9.8 m/s2) measured on the equator of
the rotatory the earth is slightly less than the gravitation acceleration g.
3. The effective value of g at the equator to be zero: Let w¢ be the angular velocity of
rotation of the earth, then
g – w¢2 R = 0
g
or w¢ =
R
This value is nearly 17 times the present value of rotation.
T 24
As w¢ = 17w, \ T¢ = = 1.41 h. Thus, if time period of rotation of the earth
17 17
becomes 1.41 h, the body of the equator will fly off.
B gh
g ȍ Ȏ
Effect of Altitude on g. Consider the earth to be a sphere of mass M, h
radius R and centre O. Then the acceleration due to gravity at a point
A on the surface of the earth will be
A g
GM
g = ...(i)
R2 R
If gh is the acceleration due to gravity at a point B at a height h from
the earth’s surface, then O M
GM
gh = ...(ii)
( R + h )2 Earth
Fig. 4.22
666പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
R2
or gh = g ◊ ...(iii)
( R + h )2
-2
gh R2Ê hˆ
or = = Á1+ ˜
g Ê h ˆ
2 Ë R ¯
R2 Á 1 + ˜
Ë R¯
g 2h
Expanding RHS by using binomial theorem, we get h = 1 - + terms containing higher
g R
h
powers of
R
h h
If h << R, then << 1, so that higher powers of can be neglected, we get
R R
gh 2h
=1–
g R
Ê 2h ˆ
or gh = g Á 1 - ˜ ...(iv)
Ë R¯
Both Eqs. (iii) and (iv) show that the value of acceleration due to gravity decreases with
the increase in height h, that is why the value of g is less at mountains than at plains. While
solving numerical problems, Eq. (iii) should be used when h is comparable to R and Eq. (iv)
should be used when h << R.
Value of g
(i) At a height of geostationary satellite gh = 0.225 m/s2.
(ii) At a distance as the moon from the earth’s centre gh = 0.0027 m/s2.
For Your Knowledge
s 4HE DECREASE IN THE VALUE OF g at height h is
2gh
g – gh =
R
Clearly g – gh μ h
s 4HE PERCENTAGE DECREASE IN THE VALUE OF g at height h is
g - gh 2h
¥ 100 = ¥ 100%
g R
s 4HE LOSS IN WEIGHT OF A BODY AT A HEIGHT h
2mgh
= mg – mgh =
R
s !T AN ALTITUDE h = 320 km, gh = 0.9 g, i.e., the value of g decreases by 10%
s ! TYPICAL SPACE SHUTTLE ALTITUDE IS h = 400 km.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ667
GM O
g=
R2
Assuming the earth to be a homogeneous sphere of average
density r, then its total mass will be
4
M = Volume ¥ Density = p R3 r Fig. 4.23 Effect to depth
3 on g
4 3
G ¥ pR r
\ g = 3
R2
4
or g = p GRr
3
Let gd be the acceleration due to gravity at a point B at depth d below the surface of the
earth. A body at B is situated at the surface of inner solid sphere and lies inside the spherical
shell of thickness d. The gravitational force of attraction on a body inside a spherical shell
is always zero. Therefore, a body at B experiences gravitational force due to inner shaded
sphere of radius (R – d) and mass M¢, where
4
M¢ = p ( R - d )3 r
3
GM ¢ G 4
\ gd = 2
= 2
¥ p ( R - d )3 r
( R - d) ( R - d) 3
4
or gd = p G(R - d)r
3
4
p G(R - d)r
gd R-d d
= 3 = = 1-
g 4 R R
p GRr
3
Ê d ˆ g(R - d) gr
or gd = g Á 1 - ˜ = = R–d=r
Ë R¯ R R
Clearly, the acceleration due to gravity decreases with the increase in depth d. That is why the
acceleration due to gravity is less in mines than that on the earth’s surface.
ǣ
1. At the centre of the earth, d = R; \ gd = 0
2. At the surface of the earth, d = 0; gd = g.
668പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Variation in value of g:
M
GM
gh = 2 , r > R R
r
GM
g = ,r=R
R2
GM g
gd = r, r < R
R3
r
*Note: Intensity of gravitational field is towards R
the centre of the earth, i.e., g μ (- r ) . Therefore, it
is plotted on negative slide.
Fig. 4.24
For Your Knowledge
s 4HE ACCELERATION DUE TO GRAVITY DECREASES BOTH WITH THE INCREASE IN HEIGHT AND INCREASE
in depth. So it is maximum at the surface of the earth and zero at the centre of the earth.
s $ECREASE IN THE VALUE OF g at depth d is
d
g – gd = g
R
s 0ERCENTAGE DECREASE IN THE VALUE OF g at depth d is
g - gd d
¥ 100 = ¥ 100%
g R
Problem 4.5 What is the relation between height h and depth d for the same change in g?
Solution Relation between height h and depth d for the same change in g. Acceleration
due to gravity at a height h above the earth’s surface, ++6,''
Ê 2h ˆ
gh = g Á 1 - ˜
Ë R¯
Acceleration due to gravity at a depth d below the earth’s surface,
Ê dˆ
gd = g Á 1 - ˜
Ë R¯
For the same change in g, we have
gh = gd
2h d 2h d
\ 1- = 1- or = or d = 2 h
R R R R
Hence, the acceleration due to gravity at a height h above the earth's surface will be same as that
at depth d = 2h, below the earth’s surface. But this fact holds only when h << R.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ669
Change in value of g due to change in radius of the earth, keeping mass of the
earth constant
(i) g at the surface of the earth
GM
g =
R2
= (GM)R – 2
Dg DR
\ = -2
g R
Dg DR
or ¥ 100 = - 2 ÊÁ ˆ
¥ 100˜
g Ë R ¯
Thus, 1% decrease in radius of the earth will increase the value of g by 2%.
(ii) For, r > R
GM
We have, g = 2
r
As r is not changing, so value of g remains constant at that point. Therefore, no effect
of change in radius of the earth will occur at that position.
As we have already defined, potential energy is the capacity of a body or system to do work
by virtue of its position or configuration. In other words, it is the amount of work which a
body (or a system) will do if it is left to itself without any constraints on it.
ȋ Ȍ
Conventional Approach
GPE of a body at its present position is the work to be done against gravitational force by
an external agency to bring it from infinity to its present position without imparting any
acceleration to it.
670പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Let F = Gravitational force on the body of mass m
when it is coming extremely slowly (i.e.,
quasistatically) from • and is at present at |dr | •
the position under consideration. r
O Q P
GME m Earth
= (See Fig. 4.25)
r2
Suppose it is brought to a nearby point Q at a distance
dr from P.
Fig. 4.25
\ dW = work done by an external agency to carry it
from P to Q.
dW = Wagent = – Wgravitation at force = U
GME m
= ¥ dr
r2
\ GPE at a point distant r from the earth’s centre
r r
GM m -2
= Ú r 2E dr = GME m Ú r dr
• •
r
È r -1 ˘ È 1˘
r
= GME m Í ˙ = GME m Í- ˙
Î -1 ˚ • Î r ˚•
È 1 Ê 1ˆ˘ GME m
= GME m Í- - Á - ˜ ˙ = -
Î r Ë ¯
• ˚ r
GME m
U = GPE = -
r
GMm
U =–
r
\ GPE of two point masses m1 and m2 kept r distance apart will be
Gm1m2
GPE = -
r
The minus sign indicates that the external force to be applied to do the displacement will
not be in the direction of the displacement (from • to the final position) but will be in an
opposite direction. This is so because if the body is just shifted from • to a point towards the
earth, the rest of the job will be automatically done by the earth’s gravitational force which
will attract the body towards its centre.
Hence, the external force must be applied in the opposite direction (just slightly less than
the earth’s gravitational force at all positions) so as the body does not gather any velocity in
the process. If it gathers some velocity too then the work done will be used up in increasing
the KE of the body also and, thus, will not be equal exactly to the change in its PE.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ671
With respect to infinity as reference level the potential energy of the h
particle at the earth’s surface, r = R
-GMm
U =
R
R
The potential energy of particle at height h
- GMm M
Uh =
R+h
The change in potential energy
DU = Uh – U Fig. 4.26
GMm È - GMm ˘
=– -
R + h ÍÎ R ˙˚
È1 1 ˘
= GMm Í -
Î R R + h ˙˚
ÈR + h - R˘
or DU = GMm Í ˙
Î R(R + h) ˚
GMmh
=
Ê hˆ
R2 Á 1 + ˜
Ë R¯
mgh Ê GM ˆ
DU = g= 2 ˜
h ÁË R ¯
1+
R
h
For h << R, Æ0
R
\ DU mgh.
GMm
Note: The potential energy given by equation U = – is a property of the system of two
r
particles rather than of either particle alone. For particle-earth system, M >> m we often
speak of “the potential energy of the particle”.
2GM
v2 (R + h) – (R + h) = – 2GM
R Fig. 4.27
672പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 4.6 A particle is fired vertically upwards with a speed of 9.8 km/s. Find the
maximum height attained by the particle. Radius of the earth = 6400 km and g at the surface
= 9.8 m/s2. Consider only the earth’s gravitation.
Solution Initial energy of particle on the earth’s surface is
1 GMm
Ei = mv 2 -
2 R
If the particle reaches up to a height h above the surface of the earth then its final energy
will only be the gravitational potential energy.
GMm
Ef = –
R+h
According to energy conservation, we have
Ei = Ef
1 GMm GMm 1 2 gR2
or mv 2 - =– or v - gR = –
2 R R+h 2 R+h
2 gR2 2 ¥ 9.8 ¥ (6400 ¥ 10 3 )2
or h = 2
-R= – 6400 ¥ 103 = (27300 – 6400) ¥ 103 = 20900 km
2 gR - v 2 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 6400 ¥ 10 3 - (9.8)2
Suppose at any height y, the speed of the particle is vy, so by conservation of mechanical
energy, we have
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ673
Ê1 1 ˆ mgy vy
– Á mvy2 - mv 2 ˜ =
Ë2 2 ¯ y
1+
R
1 1 mgy
or mv 2 - mvy2 =
2 2 y y
1+ v
R
1/2
È ˘
Í 2 2 gy ˙
vy = Í v -
y˙
or
Í 1+ ˙
Î R˚ Earth
1/2
È ˘
dy Í 2 2 gy ˙
= Ív -
y˙
or
dt Í 1+ ˙ Fig. 4.28
Î R˚
h t
dy
or ÚÈ ˘
1/2
= Ú dt
0 0
Í 2 2 gy ˙
Ív - y˙
Í 1+ ˙
Î R˚
After solving the above equation, we can get t.
Ȁ Ȁ
The energy possessed due to interactions between particles of the M
dr
body is called self energy. R
Consider an element of thickness dr at a radial distance r. Let m1
r
and m2 be the masses of sphere of radius r and element respectively.
If M and R are the mass and radius of the earth, then
Ê ˆ
3
Á M ˜ 4 3 Mr
Mass of whole sphere, m1 = Á ¥
˜ 3 p r =
4 3
ÁË p R ˜¯ R3
3 Fig. 4.29
Ê ˆ 4 3
3 Mr 2 dr Volume = pr
Á M ˜ 2 3
Mass of the strip, m2 = Á ˜ ¥ 4p r dr =
4 3
ÁË p R ˜¯ R3 Surface area = 4p r2
3
The potential energy of system of masses m1 and m2 is given by
-Gm1m2
dU =
r
674പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
R
3GM 2 r 5
=–
R6 5 0
2
3 GM
or Uself = –
5 R
m
x = R2 + r 2
Problem 4.7 Find the potential energy of the system shown
in Fig. 4.30. R
r
Solution The mass of the ring can be assumed concentrated M
2 2
at a point on the ring. Its distance from M, will be x = R +r
\ Potential energy of the system
GMm
U =-
x Fig. 4.30
GMm
=- Ans.
R2 + r 2
m3
If our system contains more than two particles, we consider
each pair of particles in turn, calculate the gravitational
potential energy of that pair as if the other particles were not
there and then sum the result. The potential energy of the r13 r23
system of three particles shown in Fig. 4.31.
Ê Gm1m2 Gm1m3 Gm2 m3 ˆ
U = -Á + +
Ë r12 r13 r23 ˜¯
m1 r12 m2
Note: If there are n particles in the system, then number of
Fig. 4.31
n(n - 1) 3¥2
pairs formed are . For three-particle system, it is
= 3. 2 2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ675
Ǧ
In case the system has n-particles, the total gravitational potential energy of the system is
given by
ÏÔ mi m j ¸Ô ÏÔ mi m j ¸Ô
U=
 Ì- G
rij ˛Ô
˝ = - G ÌÂ
rij ˛Ô
˝
ÓÔ ÓÔ
all pairs, i π j
where the summation extends to all pairs of i and j excluding the case i = j, which contributes
nothing to the potential energy of the system. We have to count all possible pairs, which
obviously means counting each pair twice, first as i, j and then j, i (i.e., 1, 2, and 2, 1) excluding
the case i = j, thus the total number counted is twice the actual number of pairs. Therefore,
to get correct pairs, we divide the expression of U by 2. Thus, we have
1 n n mi m j
U = – GÂ Â
2 i = 1 j = 1 rij
jπ1
Potential energy of a galaxy consisting of n stars, each equal to mass m and with an
average distance r.
The gravitational potential energy of n particle system is given by
1 n n mi m j
U=– GÂ Â
2 i = 1 j = 1 rij
jπi
n n
Here, mi = mj = m and there are n equal terms in  and (n – 1) terms in Â
i =1 j =1
Therefore, we get jπi
1 m2
U = - G n(n - 1) .
2 r
The work done in bringing a body of mass m from infinity to a point at a distance r from
-GMm
the centre of the earth is W = for r > R.
r
676പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
W
Hence, gravitational potential, V =
m
-GMm/r M
R
=
m
-GM
or V = ,r>R
r
V
-GM
(i) V = ,r>R
r
-GM O r
(ii) V = ,r=R R
R – Gm/R
h. bolic
È 3R - r 2 2˘
-3 GM
(iii) V = - GM Í 3 ˙, r < R 2 R
p. bolic
Î 2R ˚
3 Ê - GM ˆ
(iv) V = Á ˜,r=0
2Ë R ¯ Fig. 4.32
3
or Vcentre = Vsurface
2
ǡr < R
Potential at point P R uur
- dr
[W•P ]agent uur
VP = = - [W•P ]gravitational force O P Q F ds r=•
m r
È W•Q + WQP ˘
= –Í ˙
ÍÎ m ˙˚
Fig. 4.33
ÈR
1 ˘ ÈR ˘
r r
1
= - Í Ú F ◊ ds + Ú F ◊ ds ˙ = - Í Ú Fds + Ú F ¢ds˙ [F
F ◊ ds = Fds cos 0∞ = Fds]
m ÍΕ R ˙˚ m ÍΕ R ˙˚
1 È GMm ˘
R r
GMmr
= - ÍÚ 2 ( - dr ) + Ú 3
(- dr )˙
m ÍΕ r R R ˙˚
1 È GMm( - dr ) GMmr( - dr ) ˘
R r
m ÍÎ •Ú Ú
= - Í + ˙ …(1)
r2 R R3 ˙˚
for solving for solving
we take we take
it as I1 it as I2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ677
R
I1 = – Ú GMmr - 2 dr
•
R
È GMmr - 2 + 1 ˘
I1 = – Í ˙
ÍÎ -1 ˙˚ •
R
È GMm ˘ GMm GMm GMm
= Í ˙ = - =
Î r ˚• R • R
r r
GMmr(- dr ) GMm rdr È GMm r 2 ˘
I2 =
R 3
= - Ú R 3
= -Í 3
Î R
˙
2 ˚R
R
È GMm 2 ˘
=– Í ( r - R 2 )˙
Î 2R 3 ˚
GMm 2 GMmR2
= - r +
2R 3 2R 3
In Eq. (1) put the value of I1 and I2
1 È 2R 2 + R 2 - r 2 ˘
= - GMm Í ˙
m Î 2R 3 ˚
È 3R 2 - r 2 ˘
= - GM Í 3 ˙
Î 2R ˚
È 3R 2 - r 2 ˘
VP = - GM Í 3 ˙
Î 2R ˚
MR
1. Intensity of gravitational field
GM
(i) E = – ,r>R
r2
678പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
GM
(ii) E = – ,r=R
R2
R
(iii) E = 0, r < R.
2. Gravitational potential
GM
(i) V = – ,r>R E
r
GM O r
(ii) V = – ,r=R
R
GM V
(iii) V = – ,r<R
R O r
Consider a differential element dm on the ring. The Fig. 4.34
potential at P due to mass dm is
Gdm
dV = – x2 + R2
( x + R2 )1/2
2
R
The total potential is
x P
Gdm
V = -Ú
( x + R2 )1/2
2
◊G Fig. 4.35
= -
( x 2 + R2 )1/2
Ú dm
GM
= -
( x 2 + R2 )1/2
The gravitational field intensity at P can be determined from
d
E = – (V )
dx
d È GM ˘
=– Í- 2 2 1/2 ˙
dx Î ( x + R ) ˚
GMx
=-
( x + R2 )3/2
2
Surface mass density of disc is
M
s=
p R2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ679
2GM R r dr
R2 Ú0 x 2 + r 2
V=–
r dr
The integral I = Ú x 2 + R2
can be solved by substitution.
2GM È 2 2 ˘ R
V =– x +r ˙
R2 ÍÎ ˚0
2GM
= [x - R2 + x 2 ]
R2
The field intensity at P can be calculated from
dV
E =–
dx
d È 2GM ˘
=– [ x - R 2 - x 2 )˙
dx ÍÎ R2 ˚
2GM È x ˘
= 2 Í
1- ˙
R ÍÎ R2 + x 2 ˙˚
=–
Ú F ◊ dr
m
Ê Fˆ
= – Ú Á ˜ ◊ dr
Ë m¯
V = - Ú E ◊ dr
Differentiating both sides of the above expression, we get
dv
E =–
dr
For three-dimensional field, we have
- ∂V ∂V ∂V
Ex = , Ey = - and Ez = -
∂x ∂y ∂z
Thus, resultant field can be written as
È ∂V ∂V ∂V ˘
E =– Í i+ j+ k˙
Î ∂x ∂y ∂z ˚
Problem 4.8 A non-homogeneous sphere of radius R has the following density variation:
r = r 0, r £ R/3
1 R 3R
= r 0, <r£
2 3 4
1 3R
= r 0, <r£R
8 4
Find the gravitational field intensity due to the sphere at r = R/4, R/2, 5R/6, and 2R?
(Gravitational field at a point is the force experienced by a unit mass at that point.)
Solution Gravitational field at a point due to a spherical body at distance r from the centre
GM
of the body is given by E = ,
r2
where M is the mass of the sphere under consideration and is given by Ú r 4pr2 dr.
R
%CUG K At r = R/4, point lies inside the sphere. As< R/3, hence, density is r0 (given).
4
Here, M corresponds to the mass of the sphere having radius R/4. Let this mass be M1.
R/4
\ M1 = Ú r0 4p r 2 dr
0
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ681
R/4
È r3 ˘
= 4pr0 ◊ Í ˙
Î 3 ˚0
4 ÈÊ R ˆ 3 ˘ 4 Ê Rˆ
3
= pr0 ◊ ÍÁ ˜ - 0 ˙ = pr0 Á ˜
3 ÍÎË 4 ¯ ˙˚ 3 Ë 4¯
R/3 R/2
È r3 ˘ 4pr0 È r3 ˘
= 4pr0 Í ˙ + Í ˙ p0 p0/2 p0/8
Î 3 ˚0 2 Î 3 ˚ R/3
4 ÈÊ R ˆ 3 ˘ 2pr0 ÈÊ R ˆ 3 Ê R ˆ 3 ˘
= pr0 ÍÁ ˜ - 0 ˙ + ÍÁ ˜ - Á ˜ ˙
3 ÍÎË 3 ¯ ˙˚ 3 ÍÎË 2 ¯ Ë 3 ¯ ˙˚
3 3 3
4 Ê Rˆ 2pr0 Ê R ˆ 2pr0 Ê R ˆ R/3
= pr0 Á ˜ + -Á ˜ - Á ˜
3 Ë 3¯ 3 Ë 3¯ 3 Ë 3¯ 3R/4
R
4 È1 1 1˘
= pr0 R3 Í + - ˙
3 Î 27 16 54 ˚ Fig. 4.37
4
= pr0 R3 [0.037 + 0.063 - 0.019]
3
4
= pr0 R3 [0.081] = 0.108pr0 R3
3
682പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
4 ÈÊ R ˆ 3 ˘ 4 r ÈÊ 3R ˆ 3 Ê R ˆ 3 ˘
= pr0 ÍÁ ˜ - 0 ˙ + p 0 ÍÁ ˜ - Á ˜ ˙
3 ÍÎË 3 ¯ ˙˚ 3 2 ÍÎË 4 ¯ Ë 3 ¯ ˙˚
4 r0 ÈÊ 5R ˆ Ê 3R ˆ ˘
3 3
+ p ÍÁ ˜ - Á ˜ ˙
3 8 ÍÎË 6 ¯ Ë 4 ¯ ˙˚
4 È1 27 1 125 27 ˘
= p R 3 r0 Í + - + - ˙˚
3 Î 27 128 54 1728 512
= 0.332 p R3r0
5R
\ Gravitational field (I3) at r = will be
6
G(0.332p R3 r0 )
E3 = 2
= 0.48 Gp Rr0
Ê 5R ˆ
ÁË ˜¯
6
%CUG KX At r = 2R, the point lies outside the sphere, hence mass (M) corresponds to the
whole mass of the sphere, which is
3R
R/3 4 R
r r
Ú r0 4p r 2 dr + Ú 20 ◊ 4p r dr + 3ÚR 80 4p r dr
2 2
M =
0 R/3
4
R/3 3 R/4 R
È r3 ˘ 4p ◊ r0 È r3 ˘ 4p ◊ r0 È r3 ˘
= 4pr0 Í ˙ + Í ˙ + Í ˙
Î 3 ˚0 2 3
Î ˚ R/3 8 Î 3 ˚ 3 R/4
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ683
3 3 3
4 Ê Rˆ 4 r Ê 3R ˆ 4 r Ê Rˆ
= pr0 Á ˜ + p 0 Á ˜ - p 0 Á ˜
3 Ë 3¯ 3 2 Ë 4 ¯ 3 2 Ë 3¯
3
4 r0 4 r Ê 3R ˆ
+ p ( R )3 - p 0 Á ˜
3 8 3 8 Ë 4 ¯
4 È1 27 1 1 27 ˘
= p R 3 r0 Í + - + - ˙ = 0.402p R3 r0
3 Î 27 128 54 8 512 ˚
\ Gravitational field (I4) at r = 2R is
G(0.402p R3 r0 )
E4 = = 0.1p GRr0
( 2 R )2
3 &GſPGGUECRGXGNQEKV[ Obtain an expression for the escape velocity of a body from the surface
of the earth?
Solution Escape Velocity. If we throw a ball into air, it rises to a certain height and falls
back. If we throw it with a greater velocity, it rises to a greater height. If we throw it with a
sufficient velocity, it will never come back. It will escape from the gravitational pull of the
earth. This minimum velocity is called escape velocity.
Escape velocity is the minimum velocity with which a body must be projected vertically upwards
in order that it may just escape the gravitational field of the earth.
Expression for Escape Velocity. Consider the earth to be a sphere of mass •
M and radius R with centre O. Suppose a body of mass m lies at point P at
distance x from its centre, as shown in Fig. 4.38. The gravitational force of Q
dx
attraction on the body at P is P
GMm
F=
x2
The small work done in moving the body through small distance PQ = dx
x
against the gravitational force is given by
A
GMm
dW = Fdx = dx R
x2
The total work done in moving the body from the surface of the earth O
(x = R) to a region beyond the gravitational field of the earth (x = •) will be Earth
•
GMm
W = Ú dW = Ú dx Fig. 4.38
R
x2
• •
È 1˘
= GMm Ú x - 2 dx = GMm Í- ˙
R Î x ˚R
È 1 1 ˘ GMm
= GMm Í- + ˙ =
Î • R˚ R
684പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1
mv2e imparted to the body
If ve is the escape velocity of the body, then the kinetic energy
2
at the surface of the earth will be just sufficient to perform work W.
1 GMm 2GM
\ mve2 = or ve2 =
2 R R
2GM
Escape velocity ve = ...(i)
R
GM
As g = or GM = gR2
R2
2 gR2
\ ve = or ve = 2gR ...(ii)
R
If r is the mean density of the earth, then
4
M = p R3 r
3
2G 4 8pr G R2
\ ve = ¥ p R3 r = ...(iii)
R 3 3
Equations (i), (ii) and (iii) give different expressions for the escape velocity of a body.
Clearly, the escape velocity does not depend on the mass of the body projected.
2. In deriving the escape velocity, from the earth we have ignored the air resistance on
the body. So in actual practice, the value of escape velocity will be greater than 11.2
km/s.
3. The escape velocity does not depend on the angle of projection from the surface of
the earth. But it depends on the rotation of the earth about its axis. It becomes easier
to attain escape velocity if the body is projected in the direction in which the launch
site is moving.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ685
ǣ
(i) For k = 1, v = 0
(ii) For k = 2, v = 3ve
Problem 4.9 Two uniform solid spheres of equal
radii R, but mass M and 4M have a centre-to- M m v 4M
R R
centre separation 6R, as shown in Fig. 4.40. The
O N C
two spheres are held fixed. A projectile of mass
m is projected from the surface of the sphere of
mass M directly towards the centre of the second r
sphere. Obtain an expression for the minimum 6R
speed v of the projectile so that it reaches the Fig. 4.40
surface of the second sphere.
686പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution The two spheres exert gravitational forces on the projectile in mutually opposite
directions. At the neutral point N, these two forces cancel each other. If ON = r, then
GMm G( 4 M )m
2
=
r ( 6 R - r )2
or (6R – r)2 = 4r2 or 6R – r = ± 2r
or r = 2R or – 6R
The neutral point r = – 6 R is inadmissible.
\ ON = r = 2R
It will be sufficient to project the particle m with a minimum speed v which enables it to
reach the point N. Thereafter, the particle m gets attracted by the gravitational pull of 4M.
The total mechanical energy of m at the surface of the left sphere is:
Ei = KE of m + PE due to left sphere + PE due to right sphere
1 GMm 4GMm
= mv 2 - -
2 R 5R
At the neutral point, speed of the particle becomes zero. The energy is purely potential.
\ EN = PE due to left sphere + PE due to right sphere
GMm 4GMm
=– -
2R 4R
By conservation of mechanical energy,
Ei = EN
1 GMm 4GMm - GMm 4GMm
mu2 - - = -
2 R 5R 2R 4R
u2 GM 4GM - GM 4GM
or - - = -
2 R 5R 2R 4R
u2 GM GM 4GM 4GM
or = - - +
2 R 2R 4R 5R
GM GM GM 4GM 2GM È 2 1 ˘
= - - + = -
R 2R R 5R R ÍÎ 5 4 ˙˚
u2 2GM È 8 - 5 ˘
=
2 R ÍÎ 20 ˙˚
4GM È 3 ˘ 3 GM
or u2 = =
R ÍÎ 20 ˙˚ 5 R
1/2
È 3 GM ˘
\ u = Í
Î 5 R ˙˚
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ687
Problem 4.10 The distance between the centres of two stars is 10a. The masses of these
stars are M and 16 M and their radii a and 2a respectively. A body of mass m is fired straight
from the surface of the larger star towards the smaller star. What should be its minimum
initial speed to reach the surface of the smaller star? Obtain the expression in terms of G, M
and a. ++6,''
Solution Let the gravitational field 10a
due to the two stars be zero at some
point O lying at a distance x from the 8a
centre of smaller star.
Then m
M 16M
Mm (16 M )m a O P 2a
G 2 =G
x (10 a - x )2 x
Threshold
1 16
or 2
=
x (10 a - x )2 Fig. 4.41
2 2
or 16x = (10a – x)
or 4x = ± (10a – x)
The negative sign is inadmissible, so x = 2a
The body of mass m when fired from point P lying on the surface of heavier star must
cross the threshold (the point O), otherwise it would return.
The gravitational potential energies when the body of mass m lies at positions P and O
are given by
GMm G ¥ 16 M ¥ m 65 GMm
Up = - - =-
8a 2a 8a
GMm G ¥ 16 M ¥ m 5 GMm
UO = - - =-
2a 8a 2a
\ Increase in potential energy,
5GMm 65 GMm 45 GMm
Du = Up – UO = - + =
2a 8a 8a
If v is the minimum speed with which the body is fired from P so as to reach O, then
1 45 GMm
mv 2 = DU =
2 8a
45 GM 3 5GM
or v = =
4 a 2 a
Problem 4.11 A simple pendulum has a time period T1 when on the earth’s surface, and
T2 when taken to a height R above the earth’s surface where R is the radius of the earth.
What is the value of T2/T1?
Solution Let g and g¢ be the accelerations due to gravity on the earth’s surface and at a
height R above the earth’s surface respectively. Then
688പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
g g g
g¢ = 2
= 2
=
Ê hˆ Ê Rˆ 4
ÁË 1 + ˜¯ ÁË 1 + ˜¯
R R
Time period of simple pendulum,
l
T = 2p
g
T2 g g
\ = = =2
T1 g¢ g/4
Problem 4.12 Find the period of oscillation of a simple pendulum of length L suspended
from the roof of a vehicle which moves without friction down an inclined plane of
inclination a.
Solution The effective value of acceleration due to gravity,
g¢ = g cos a
l l
\ T = 2p = 2p
g¢ cos a
Problem 4.13 A spherical cavity is made inside a sphere of density r. If its centre lies at
a distance l from the centre of the sphere, show that the gravitational field strength of the
field inside the cavity is
4p
E = Glr
3
Solution In Fig. 4.42, the gravitational field strength at the
centre C of the cavity will be due to the mass of the shaded solid
sphere of radius OC = l.
Mass of the shaded sphere,
l
Cavity
4 O
M = p l3 r C
3
Gravitational field strength at the centre C of the cavity is
GM G 4 3
E = = 2 ¥ pl r
l2 l 3 Fig. 4.42
4
= p Gl r
3
Fig. 4.43
v0
GM
or v0 = .
r Fig. 4.45
690പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
If g is the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth, then GM = gR2.
gR2 gR2
\ v0 = =
r ( R + h)
When satellite revolves close to the earth’s surface, then h << R and R + h R.
\ v0 = gR
As g = 9.8 m/s2 and R = 6.4 ¥ 106 m
= 7.92 km/s
v0 = 8 km/s (say).
GM
It is clear from the formula v0 = that
r
(i) orbital velocity is independent of the mass of the satellite
(ii) it decreases with the increase in radius of the orbit
(iii) it depends on the mass and radius of the planet about which the satellite revolves
(iv) the escape velocity of a body from the earth’s surface is ve = 2gR . The orbital velocity
of a satellite revolving close to the earth’s surface is v0 = gR. Therefore, ve = 2v0
r3 GM
or T = 2p or Angular speed w =
GM r3
2
We have, GM = gR and r = R + h
( R + h )3
\ T = 2p
gR2
When a satellite revolves close to the earth’s surface, then h << R and R + h R
R
\ T = 2p
g
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ691
6.4 ¥ 106
T = 2p
9.8
= 5078 s
= 84.6 min = 1.41 hours
Angular momentum of satellite is given by L = m GMr
The energy required by a satellite to leave it from the bondage of K
the earth and escape it to infinity is called binding energy. The total
Energy
r
GMm
energy of a satellite is - . In order to escape to infinity, it must E
2r U
GMm
be supplied an extra energy equal to + so that its total energy
2r
becomes zero. Hence, binding energy of a satellite Fig. 4.46
692പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
GMm
BE =
2r
GMm(R + 2 h)
=
2R(R + h)
1. The orbital plane of the geostationary satellite must lie in the equatorial plane of the
earth.
2. Its sense of rotation should be same as that of the earth, i.e., from west to east.
3. Its period of revolution around the earth is equal to that of the period of rotation of
the earth about its axis, i.e., 24 hours.
Note: For the stability of satellite into circular orbit, there should not be any torque produced
by the force acting on it about the centre of the orbit, when the centre of orbit of satellite does
not pass through the centre of the planet, the gravitational pull will cause a torque about the
centre and the satellite falls on the planet.
The time period of revolution of the satellite is given by
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ693
( R + h )3
T = 2p
gR2
1/3
È T 2 gR2 ˘
or h = Í 2 ˙
-R
ÍÎ 4p ˙˚
Here T = 24 h = 86400 s, R = 6.4 ¥ 106 m, g = 9.8 m/s2
\ h = 35920 ¥ 103m
= 36000 km (say)
Orbital radius r = R + h = 6800 + 35923 42000 km.
ÁË 1 + ˜
R¯
694പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê
2
hˆ Ê hˆ Ê h2 ˆ Ê hˆ
or ÁË 1 + ˜¯ ÁË 1 - ˜¯ = 1 or Á 1 - 2˜Á
1+ ˜ = 1
R R Ë R ¯Ë R¯
h2 h h3 h2 h
or 1- + - =1 or + -1 = 0
R2 R R3 R2 R
h Ê 5 - 1ˆ Ê 5 - 1ˆ
or = Á ˜ or h= Á ˜R
R Ë 2 ¯ Ë 2 ¯
Q.6. Calculate the gravitational potential and field due to a point mass of 100 kg at a
distance of 1 m.
GM G(100) GM G(100)
Ans. g = 2
= 2
= 100 G; V = - =- = -100 G
R 1 R 1
Q.7. You move a ball of mass m away from a sphere of mass M.
(a) Does the gravitational potential energy of the ball–sphere increase or decrease?
(b) Is positive or negative work done by the gravitational force between the ball and
the sphere?
Ans. (a) Increase (b) Negative.
Q.8. A body stretches a spring by a particular length at the earth’s surface at the equator. At
what height above the south pole will it stretch the same spring by the same length?
Assume the earth to be spherical. '#/%'6
Ans. (gpole)h = gequator
Ê 2h ˆ
g Á 1 - ˜ = g – w 2R
Ë R¯
2gh w 2 R2
= w2 R or h = ª 10 km
R 2g
Q.9. Find the minimum colatitude which can directly receive a signal l
R l
from a geostationary satellite. ,%'%'
7R
Ans. From geometry
1
sin l = ª 0.15
7 Fig. 4.47
Q.10. The escape speed of a projectile on the earth’s surface is 11.2 km/s–1. A body is
projected out with thrice this speed. What is the speed of the body far away from the
earth? Ignore the presence of the sun and other planets. $+65#6
Q.11. Calculate the velocity of a satellite which is revolving around the earth in a circular
orbit at a distance of 6400 km above the surface of the earth.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ695
mv 2 GMm
Ans. =
r r2
v2 GM R2 gR2
= 2 2 = 2
r R r r
A black hole is a body from the surface of which nothing can escape, even light. From
Einstein’s theory of relativity, speed of any object cannot exceed the speed of light, c = 3 ¥
108 m/s. Thus, c is the upper limit to the projectile’s escape velocity. Hence, for a body to
be a black hole,
ve ≥ c
2GM
or ≥c
R
2GM
or R £
c2
Problem 4.14 A mass 6 ¥ 1024 kg (= mass of the earth) is to be compressed in a sphere in
such a way that the escape velocity from its surface is 3 ¥ 108 m/s (equal to that of light).
What should be the radius of the sphere?
Solution As ve = (2GM/R , R = (2GM/ve2 )
2 ¥ 6.67 ¥ 10 - 11 ¥ 6 ¥ 10 24
\ R =
(3 ¥ 108 )2
= 9 ¥ 10–3 m = 9 mm
Note: If v < vc (= c) the particle cannot escape and as according to theory of relativity it is not
possible to accelerate a material particle to v ≥ c, so nothing can escape from such a dense
material. Such objects are known as black holes. A number of black holes exist in space and
even light cannot escape from these.
Problem 4.15 A spaceship goes into a circular orbit close to the earth’s surface. What
additional velocity must be imparted to the ship so that it is able to escape the gravitational
pull of the earth? (R = 6400 km, g = 9.8 m/s–2)
Solution The orbital velocity in a circular orbit close to the earth is v = gR .
The velocity required to escape ve = 2gR
Hence, additional velocity required is ve – v = ( 2 - 1) gR. Therefore,
Problem 4.16 Find the minimum colatitude which can directly receive a signal from a
geostationary satellite.
Solution The farthest point on
the earth, which can receive signals P
from the parking orbit is the point
l
where a length is drawn on the
h l
earth’s surface from the satellite as
shown in Fig. 4.48.
Parking orbit
The colatitude l of point P can
be obtained from figure as
Re 1
sin l =
Re + h 7 AOR
During revolution, satellite leaves two spherical patches 1 and 2 on the earth’s surface at
north and south poles where no signals can be transmitted due to curvature. The areas of
these patches can be obtained by solid angles.
The solid angle subtended by a patch on the earth’s centre is
W = 2p (1 – cos q) = p (2 – 3 ) st.
Area of patch 1 and 2 is
Ap = WR2e = p(2 – 3 )R2e
Thus, total area on the earth’s surface to which communication can be made is
Ac = 4pR2e – 2Ap = 4pR2e – 2p(2 – 3 )R2e
= 2pR2e(2 – 2 + 3) = 2 3 p Re2
Problem 4.19 To what latitude does the syncoms coverage extend?
Solution The latitude of the coverage extends up to the S
tangent SP. From right D OPS, 1,'' l
h
OP
sin l =
OS
R R P
= R
R+h
l
O
6.4 ¥ 106
=
4.2 ¥ 107
or l = sin–1 (0.15) Ans.
S2 S1
A satellite cannot make link over the entire the earth. This Earth
is because of the curvature of the earth keeps a large part
of the earth out of sight. However, three equally spaced
satellites placed in a geostationary orbit can be used
to establish link over the entire the earth. It can easily
be understood by Fig. 4.52. Such satellites are called
synchronous communication satellites (SYNCOMS). S3
Three equally spaced satellites are used for global
communication. Fig. 4.52
698പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Now as we know from the height of a geostationary satellite we can easily find the area
of the earth exposed to the satellite or area of the region in which the comunication can be
made using this satellite.
Figure 4.54 shows the earth and its exposed area Axis of rotation
to a geostationary satellite. Here the angle q can be of earth
given as Re
Ê R ˆ
q = cos–1 Á e
Ë Re + h ˜¯
q
h
Re
Now we can find the solid angle W which the
exposed area subtends on the earth’s centre as
W = 2p (1 – cos q) Earth
Ê Re ˆ 2p h Fig. 4.54
= 2p Á 1 - =
Ë Re + h ˜¯ Re + h
Thus, the area of the earth’s surface to geostationary satellite is
2p hRe2
S = WR2e =
Re + h
Let’s take some examples to understand the concept in detail.
Problem 4.20 A satellite is revolving around the earth in an orbit of radius double that of
the parking orbit and revolving in the same sense. Find the periodic time duration between
two instants when this satellite is closest to a geostationary satellite.
Solution We know that the time period of revolution of a satellite is given as
4p 2 3
T2 = r [Kepler’s III law]
GMe
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ699
la
bo
er
v > 2gr = Hyperbolic trajectory
yp
H
v = 2gr = Parabolic trajectory v > (2gr ), v > v e
Circular
2gr > v > gr = Ellipse
v = (gr ) = 8 km s -1 = v 0
v = gr = Circle la
Parabo
È1 1˘
or vp2 – va2 = 2GM Í - ˙
ÍÎ rp ra ˚˙
vr
We have from Eq. (i), vp = a a
rp
2
Ê va ra ˆ 2
È1 1˘
\ Á ˜ - va = 2GM Í - ˙
Ë rp ¯ ÍÎ rp ra ˙˚
Ê ra2 - rp2 ˆ È ra - rp ˘
or va2 Á 2 ˜ = 2GM Í ˙
Ë rp ¯ ÍÎ rp ra ˙˚
2GMrp
or va2 =
ra (ra + rp )
We have ra = a + c and rp = a – c, therefore,
2GM È ( a - c) ˘
v a2 =
( a + c) + ( a - c) Î ( a + c) ˙˚
Í
GM È ( a - c) ˘
=
a ÍÎ ( a + c) ˙˚
GM È (1 - e ) ˘
=
a ÍÎ (1 + e ) ˙˚
GM Ê 1 - e ˆ
va = Á ˜
a Ë 1+ e¯
GM Ê 1 + e ˆ
vp = Á ˜
a Ë 1- e¯
va È1 - e ˘
= Í
vp Î 1 + e ˙˚
Problem 4.21 The largest and the shortest distance of the earth from the sun are r1 and r2
respectively. Calculate the distance from the sun when it is at perpendicular distance to the
major axis of the orbit drawn from the sun.
c
Solution Since e = fi c = ea
a
\ r1 = a + c = a + ea = a(1 + e)
r2 = a – c = a – ea = a(1 – e)
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ701
r2 r1
2b 2
Formula of Latus rectum =
a
1 b2
Required distance = of Latus rectum =
2 a
b2 2b 2 L Sun
b
\ L= Latus rectum
a a
We have r1 + r2 = 2a c a
and r1 – r2 = a(1 + e) – a(1 – e) = 2ae
Fig. 4.57
Êr -r ˆ
fi e = Á 1 2˜
Ë r1 + r2 ¯
b2
Also, e = 1 - b 2/a 2 fi b 2 = a 2 (1 - e 2 ) e= 1- Formula of ellipse
a2
b 2 a2
\ L = = (1 - e 2 )
a a
= a(1 – e2)
Êr +r ˆÈ Êr -r ˆ ˘
2
= Á 1 2 ˜ Í1 - Á 1 2 ˜ ˙
Ë 2 ¯ Í Ë r1 + r2 ¯ ˙
Î ˚
Ê 2r r ˆ
= Á 12 ˜ Ans.
Ë r1 + r2 ¯
The weight of a body is the force with which it is attracted towards the centre of the earth.
When a body is stationary with respect to the earth, its weight equals the gravity. This weight
of the body is known as its static or true weight.
We become conscious of our weight, only when our weight (which is gravity) is opposed
by some other object. Actually, the secret of measuring the weight of a body with a weighing
machine lies in the fact that as we place the body on the machine, the weighing machine
opposes the weight of the body. The reaction of the weighing machine to the body gives the
measure of the weight of the body.
The sate of weightlessness can be observed in the following situations.
1. When objects fall freely under gravity: For example, a lift falling freely, or an airship
showing a feat in which it falls freely for a few seconds during its flight, are in state
of weightlessness.
2. When a satellite revolves in its orbit around the earth: Weightlessness poses many
serious problems to the astronauts. It becomes quite difficult for them to control their
movements. Everything in the satellite has to be kept tied down. Creation of artificial
gravity is the answer to this problem.
702പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
3. When bodies are at null points in outer space: On a body projected up, the pull of
the earth goes on decreasing, but at the same time the gravitational pull of the moon
on the body goes on increasing. At one particular position, the two gravitational pulls
may be equal and opposite and the net pull on the body becomes zero. This is zero
gravity region or the null point and the body in question is said to appear weightless.
When a satellite is transferred to a higher orbit (r2 > r1) then variation in different quantities
can be shown by the following table.
Ê GMm ˆ Ê GMm ˆ
W = Á- - - r2
Ë 2r2 ˜¯ ÁË 2r1 ˜¯ M
r1 Earth
GMm È 1 1 ˘
W = Í - ˙
2 Î r1 r2 ˚
Fig. 4.58
A satellite, which does not produce its own gravity moves around the earth in a circular
GM
orbit under the action of gravity. The acceleration of satellite is 2 towards the centre of
the earth. r
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ703
GmM
By Newton’s law – N = ma
r2
GmM Ê GM ˆ
- N = mÁ 2 ˜
r2 Ë r ¯
Fig. 4.59
\ N=0
Thus, the surface does not exert any force on the body and hence its apparent weight is
zero.
A body needs no support to stay at rest in the satellite and hence all positions are equally
comfortable. Such a state is called weightlessness.
Examples under condition of weightlessness:
(i) One will find it difficult to control his movement, without weight he will tend to float
freely. To get from one spot to the other he will have to push himself away from the
walls or some other fixed objects.
(ii) As everything is in free fall, so objects are at rest relative to each other, i.e., if a table
is withdrawn from below an object, the object will remain where it was without any
support.
(iii) If a glass of water is tilted and glass is pulled out, the liquid in the shape of container
will float and will not flow because of surface tension.
(iv) If one tries to strike a match, the head will light but the stick will not burn. This is
because in this situation convection currents will not be set up which supply oxygen
for combustion.
(v) If one tries to perform simple pendulum experiment, the pendulum will not oscillate.
Problem 4.22 Two satellites S1 and S2 revolve around a planet in coplanar circular orbits
in the same sense. Their periods of revolution are 1 h and 8 h respectively. The radius of the
orbits of S1 is 104 km. When S2 is closest to S1 find: ++6,''
(a) the speed of S2 relative to S1, and
(b) the angular speed of S2 as observed by an astronaut in S1.
704പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution We have T2 μ r3
2 3
Ê T1 ˆ Ê R1 ˆ R2 v1
\ ÁË T ˜¯ = ÁË R ˜¯
2 2 v2
2 3
Ê 1ˆ Ê R1 ˆ S2
ÁË ˜¯ = Á ˜ fi R2 = 4R1 = 4 ¥ 10 km
4
or R1 S1
8 Ë R2 ¯
Let v1 and v2 be the linear speeds of S1 and S2 with
respect to the planet. Then
2p R1
v1 = = 2p ¥ 10 4 km/h
T1
Fig. 4.60
2p R2
and v2 = = p ¥ 10 4 km/h
T2
(a) At the closest separation, they are moving in the same direction. Therefore, the speed
of S2 with respect to S1 is
|v2 – v1| = p ¥ 104 km/s. Ans.
(b) As seen from S1 the satellite S2 is at a distance r = R2 – R1 = 3 ¥ 10 km. At the closest
4
separation
|v - v | p ¥ 10 4
w = 2 1 =
R2 - R1 3 ¥ 10 4
p
rad/h = Ans.
3
Problem 4.23 Three particles of mass m each are placed at the three corners of an equilateral
triangle of side a. Find the work which should be done on this system to increase the side
of the triangle to 2a. ,%'%'
Solution The work done, m
W = Uf – Ui
Gmm 3Gm2
where Ui = – 3 ¥ =- a a
a a
Gmm 3 Gm2
and Uf = – 3 ¥ =- m m
2a 2 a a
This equation will be seen as the equation of motion of a particle of mass m at a vector
distance r from one of the particles relative to other. In other words, take m2 as a fixed
706പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
particle which exerts a force F on m1 at vector distance r from it, we can get the relative
motion of m1 by using m in place of m1.
y y
Bo Fixed
m2 th m2
in par
mo tic r
r tio les r
r n
r r
r2 r2
m1 m1
r r
r1 r1
x x
O O
Fig. 4.63
The gravitational force between two particles of masses m1 and m2 is given by
mm
F = -G 1 2 2 r̂
r
where r̂ is the unit vector along r, the distance of particle m1 from m2. Thus, we have
Ê d2 r ˆ mm
m Á 2 ˜ = -G 1 2 2 r̂
Ë dt ¯ r
d2 r Gm1m2
or 2
=- r̂
dt mr 2
m1m2
as m =
m1 + m2
d2 r Ê m + m2 ˆ Gm1m2
\ = -Á 1 r̂
dt 2
Ë m1m2 ˜¯ r 2
d2 r m +m
or = - G 1 2 2 r̂
dt 2 r
Here the motion of particle m1 with respect to particle m2 would be the same as that of
the particle of mass m under the force of a fixed mass m2 at a vector distance r from it.
Problem 4.24 Two masses m1 and m2 at an infinite distance from each other are initially
at rest, start interacting gravitationally. Find their velocity of approach when they are at a
distance r apart.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ707
Let v be the orbital velocity of m, then
GMm mv 2
2
=
r r1
GMm mv 2
or =
r2 Ê Mr ˆ
ÁË ˜
M + m¯
GM 2
\ v =
( M + m)r
Similarly, orbital velocity of M will be
GM 2
V = .
( M + m)r
Method I:
Let T be the time period of revolution of m, then
Ê Mr ˆ
2p Á
2p r1 Ë M + m ˜¯
T = =
v GM 2
( M + m)r
Mr ( M + m)r
= 2p ¥
M+m GM 2
Mr ( M + m)1/2 ◊ r 1/2
= 2p
M + m G1/2 M 2 x1/2
M r 3/2 ◊ ( M + m)1/2
= 2p
M+m G1/2 M
r3
or T = 2p
G( M + m)
GM r3
For m << M, v = 0 and v and T 2p
r GM
These are the results which we have obtained earlier.
Method II:
We can assume the body of mass m orbiting in a circle of radius r about a fixed mass M.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ709
G( M + m)
\ w =
r3
2p r3
and T = = 2p .
w G( M + m)
1
Problem 4.25 If the radius of the earth contracts of its present value, what will be the
length of the day approximately? n $+65#6
2 2p
Solution Conservation of angular moment, L = Iw = MR2 ¥ = constant
5 T
fi T μ R2 [If M remains same]
2 2
T2 ÊR ˆ Ê R/n ˆ 1
fi = Á 2˜ =Á ˜ = 2
T1 Ë R1 ¯ Ë R ¯ n
24
fi T2 = hr [as T1 = 24 hr] Ans.
n2
Problem 4.26 A body of mass m is situated at a distance 4 Re above the earth’s surface,
where Re is the radius of the earth. How much minimum energy should be given to the
body so that it may escape?
Solution Potential energy of the body at distance 4Re from the surface of the earth
mgRe mgRe mgR
U=– = =- [as h = 4Re (given)]
1 + h/Re 1+ 4 5
mgRe
So, minimum energy required to escape the body will be Ans.
5
Problem 4.27 At what height the acceleration due to gravity decreases by 36% of its value
on the surface of the earth?
2
È R ˘
Solution As gh = g Í
Î R + h ˙˚
and gh = g – 36% of g
36
= g- g
100
710പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
64
\ gh = g
100
2
64 È R ˘
\ g = gÍ
100 Î R + h ˙˚
8 R
\ =
10 R+h
\ 8R + 8h = 10R
\ 8h = 2R
2R
\ h =
8
R
\ h =
4
Problem 4.28 A planet moves around the sun along an ellipse so that its minimum distance
from the sun is equal to r and the maximum distance to R. Making use of Kepler’s laws,
find its period of revolution around the sun. $+65#6
Solution The motion of the planet can be approximated to be along a circle of radius
Ê R + rˆ
ÁË ˜.
2 ¯
The time period will be given by
3
ÈR + r ˘
Í 2 ˙˚ r S R
T = 2p Î
G( M + m)
Here m is the mass of the planet and M is the mass
of the sun. 2a = R + r
As m << M
( R + r )3 Fig. 4.66
\ T p
2GM
Problem 4.29 An artificial satellite of the moon revolves in a circular orbit of radius hR,
where R is the radius of the moon. During its orbit motion the satellite experiences resistance
due to cosmic dust. Assuming that this resistance is given by F = a v2, where a is a constant
and v is the velocity of satellite, determine how long the satellite will stay in the orbit until
it falls to the moon’s surface.
Solution Total energy in the circular orbit
GMm
=– ...(1)
2r
Rate of change of energy with radial distance r,
dE GMm
=
dr 2r 2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ711
GMm
dE = dr ...(2)
2r 2
Energy lost per second,
dE
= – Fv = – av3
dt
3/2
Ê GM ˆ
= -a Á
Ë r ˜¯
3/2
Ê GM ˆ
dE = - a Á dt ...(3)
Ë r ˜¯
From Eqs. (1) and (3)
3/2
GMm Ê GM ˆ
dr = - a Á dt
2r 2 Ë r ˜¯
mr -1/2
dr = -a(GM )1/2 dt
2
Integrating the above expression, we get
R t
m
r -1/2 dr = - a(GM )1/2 Ú dt
2 hÚR 0
m| r|hRR = -a GM t
m[ hR - R ] = -a GM t
m [ hR - R ]
\ t =
a GM
m
t = R1/2 [ h - 1]
a (GM )1/2
On the surface of the moon,
GMm
= mg
R2
or (GM)1/2 = gR
m
= [ h - 1]
a gR
712പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 4.30 The gravitational field in a region is given by Eg = (5i + 10j) N/kg. Calculate
the work done by an external agent in carrying a mass of 0.4 kg from point (0, 0) to point
(3, 4) metre.
Solution Given, gravitational field Eg = (5i + 10j) N/kg
The gravitational force F = mE g = 0.4 (5i + 10j)
= (2i + 4j) N
The displacement s = (3i + 4j) m
The work done by the gravitational force
W = F◊s
= (2i + 4j) ◊ (3i + 4j) = 22 J
Thus, the work done by external agent = – 22 J. Ans.
Problem 4.31 A planet of mass m moves along an ellipse around the sun of mass Ms, so
that its maximum and minimum distances from the sun are r1 and r2 respectively. Find the
angular momentum L of this planet relative to the centre of the sun.
Solution By conservation of angular momentum at given two positions, we have
mv1r1 = mv2r2
v1r1
or v2 = ...(i)
r2
Applying the principle of conservation of v1
mechanical energy at the given positions, we have
1 GMs m 1 GMs m
mv12 - = mv22 - ...(ii) r2 r1
2 r1 2 r2 Sun
Problem 4.32 Two particles of equal mass (m) go round a circle of radius R under the action
of their mutual gravitational attraction. Find the speed of each particle.
Solution If v is the speed of each particle, then by Newton’s second law,
we have v
Gmm mv 2 F F
F = = v R
( 2 R )2 R
Gm
\ v = Ans. Fig. 4.68
4R
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ713
Problem 4.33 The masses and the radii of the earth and the moon are M1, R1 and M2,
R2 respectively. Their centres are at a distance d apart. The minimum speed with which a
particle of mass m should be projected a point mid-way between the two centres so as to
escape to infinity is ....
Solution The potential energy of particle of mass m cated at P is
Problem 4.34 Binary stars of comparable masses m1 and m2 rotate under the influence of
each other’s gravity with a time period T. If they are stopped suddenly in their motions,
find their relative velocity when they collide with each other. The radii of the stars are R1
and R2 respectively. G is the universal constant of gravitation.
Solution Both the stars rotate about their centre of mass (CM).
m2
m1
R1 COM R2
r1 r2
r
Fig. 4.70
714പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
r1 r r +r r
For the position of CM = 2 = 1 2 = (r = r1 + r2)
m2 m1 m1 + m2 m1 + m2
Gm1m2 Gm2 Ê 2p ˆ
Also, m 1r 1w 2 = or w 2 = ÁË w = ˜
r 2
r1r 2 T¯
m2 r
But, r1 =
m1 + m2
G(m1 + m2 )
\ w2 =
r3
1/3
Ï G(m1 + m2 ) ¸
or r =Ì ˝ ...(i)
Ó w2 ˛
Applying conservation of mechanical energy we have
Gm1m2 Gm1m2 1 2
- =– + mv ...(ii)
r (R1 + R2 ) 2
m1m2
Here, m = reduced mass =
m1 + m2
and vr = relative velocity between the two stars.
From Eq. (ii), we find that
2Gm1m2 Ê 1 1ˆ
v2 = Á - ˜
m Ë R1 + R2 r ¯
2Gm1m2 Ê 1 1ˆ
= -
m1m2 ÁË R1 + R2 r ˜¯
m1 + m2
Ê 1 1ˆ
= 2G(m1 + m2) Á - ˜
Ë R1 + R2 r ¯
Substituting the value of r from Eq. (i), we get
È 1 Ô¸ ˘˙
1/3
Í ÔÏ 4p 2
v= 2G(m1 + m2 ) -Ì ˝
Í R1 + R2 ÔÓ G(m1 + m2 )T 2 ˛Ô ˙
Î ˚
Problem 4.35 Three particles each of mass m, are situated at the vertices of an equilateral
triangle of side length a. The only forces acting on the particles are their mutual gravitational
forces. It is desired that each particle moves in a circle while maintaining the original
separation a. Find the initial velocity that should be given to each particle and also the time
period of the circular motion. (IIT-JEE, 1988)
Solution Let the particles be located at vertices A, B and C of equilateral triangle. The centre
of their circular path is O. The radius of circular path
a/2 a
r = OA = OB = OC = =
cos 30∞ 3
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ715
Gmm
The force exerted by any particle on the other particle F = .
a2
Each particle experiences the force due to other two particles. The resultant force on any
of the particles
A
F¢ = F 2 + F 2 + 2 FF cos 60∞
Gmm F F
= 3F = 3 F¢
a2
This force provides the necessary centripetal force, i.e., r 0
2 30°
mv Gmm
= 3 B a C
r a2
Substituting the value of r and after solving, we get
Fig. 4.71
Gm
v =
a
2p r 2p ( a/ 3 ) 2p a 3/2
Time period = = = Ans.
v Gm (3Gm)1/2
a
Problem 4.36 The mass of a railroad car is 100 metric tonnes. What will be its weight when
it is (i) moving due east (ii) moving due west along the equator at 72 km/h? Radius of the
earth is 6400 km.
Solution Suppose W0 is the weight of the train when it is not moving; the earth is also not
rotating. Let W be the weight of the train when the earth is rotating with angular velocity
we; train is at rest with respect to the earth, we have
mve2
W = W0 –
R
mve2
or W0 = W + ...(i)
R
2p 2p
where v e= w eR and we = = = 7.27 ¥ 10–5 s
T 24 ¥ 60 ¥ 60
(i) Apparent weight of the train when it is moving along east, with velocity v w.r.t. the
earth
m(ve + v)2
W¢ = W0 -
R
Simplifying Eq. (ii) and noting that v << ve and W = mg, we get
Ê 2We v ˆ
W¢ = W Á 1 -
Ë g ˜¯
Ê 2 ¥ 7.27 ¥ 10 - 5 ¥ 20 ˆ
\ W¢ = 100 ¥ 1000g Á 1 - ˜
Ë 9.8 ¯
= 99.63 metric tonnes. Ans.
(ii) When the train is moving due west, its apparent weight will be
Ê 2We v ˆ
W¢ = W Á 1 +
Ë g ˜¯
Ê 2 ¥ 7.27 ¥ 10 - 5 ¥ 20 ˆ
= 100 ¥ 1000g Á 1 + ˜
Ë 9.8 ¯
= 100.31 metric tonnes. Ans.
Problem 4.37 A cord of length 64 m is used to connect a 100 kg astronaut spaceship
whose mass is much larger than that of the astronaut. Estimate the value of tension in the
cord assuming that the spaceship is orbiting near the earth’s surface. Also assume that the
spaceship and the astronaut fall in a straight line from the earth’s centre. The radius of the
earth R = 6400 km.
Astronaut
Solution If h is the length of the cord, then radius of path of GMm T
astronaut (neglecting height of spaceship) is (R + h). The gravi- (R + h )2 Spaceship
tational force on the astronaut due to the earth
R h
GMm
F=
( R + h )2
If T is the tension in the cord then by Newton’s second law Fig. 4.72
GMm
+ T = mw2 (R + h)
( R + h )2
GMm
or T = mw2 (R + h) – ...(i)
( R + h )2
For the astronaut,
GMm
= mw2 (R + h)
( R + h )2
GM gR2 g
or w2 = 3
= 3
= (As h << R).
( R + h) ( R + h) R
Ê ˆ
mgh Á 1 ˜
= mg + - mg Á 2
˜
R ÁÊ hˆ ˜
ÁË ÁË 1 + ˜¯ ˜¯
R
ÈÊ -2
mgh hˆ ˘
= mg + - mg ÍÁ 1 + ˜ ˙
R ÍÎË R ¯ ˙˚
mgh ÈÊ 2h ˆ ˘
= mg + - mg ÍÁ 1 - ˜ ˙
R ÎË R ¯˚
mgh 2mgh
= +
R R
3mgh
=
R
3 ¥ 100 ¥ 10 ¥ 64
= = 3 ¥ 10 – 2 N Ans.
6400 ¥ 10 3
(b) The radius of the given circle is 4 m. Obviously, the point will lie outside the sphere
in yz-plane
P
The distance AP = BP = 6 2 + 22
= 40 m.
The potential at P = Potential due to whole sphere 6m
= – 22 GM.
GM GM
The potential due to each cavity = + =+ Fig. 4.75
AP 2 2
GM
Thus, net potential at P = – 22GM + 2 ¥
2 2
= – 21.29 GM. Ans.
R
Problem 4.39 There is a crater of depth on the surface of the Mars of R = radius of
100
Mars. A projectile is fired vertically upwards from the centre, with a velocity, which is equal
to escape velocity on the moon. Find the maximum height obtained by the projectile.
(JEE, 2003)
H
ve
Solution If M is the mass of the moon, then escape velocity from the
moon’s surface R
100
A
2GM R
v= M
R O
1 1 Ê 2GM ˆ GMm
where Ki = mv 2 = m Á ˜=
2 2 Ë R ¯ R
Kf = 0.
È - GM ˘
Ui = m ¥ potential of point A = m Í 3
( 3 R 2 - r 2 )˙
Î 2R ˚
È - GM ÏÔ 2 Ê R ˆ ¸Ô˘
2
= mÍ Ì 3 R - ÁË R - ˜ ˝˙
3
ÍÎ 2R ÓÔ 100 ¯ ˛Ô˙˚
-1.01 GM
=
R
- GMm
If H is the height attained, then Uf =
R+H
On substituting these values in Eq. (i) and simplifying, we get
H = 99.5 R Ans.
Problem 4.40 A man made satellite is moving in a circular orbit around the earth with a
speed equal to half the magnitude of escape velocity from the earth:
(i) Determine the height of the satellite above the earth’s surface.
(ii) If the satellite is stopped suddenly in its orbit and allowed to fall freely into the earth,
find the speed with which it hits the surface of the earth.
Solution
(i) If M and R are the mass and radius of the earth, then orbital speed of the satellite
1 2GM
v0 =
2 R
If h is the height of satellite, then
GM
v0 =
R+h
GM 1 2GM
Thus, =
R+h 2 R
\ h = R. Ans.
(ii) By conservation of mechanical energy, we have
K i + Ui = Kf + Uf
GMm GMm 1
O- =- + mv 2
( R + h) R 2
GMm - GMm 1
or – = + mv 2
( R + R) R 2
After solving, we get
v = gR Ans.
720പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 4.41 A particle is fired vertically upwards from the earth’s surface and it goes
up to a maximum height equal to radius of the earth. Find the velocity of projection of the
particle.
Solution If v is the velocity of projection, then
1 GMm GMm
mv 2 - = 0-
2 R ( R + h)
Given, h = R,
1 GMm GMm
\ mv 2 - =-
2 R ( R + R)
GM
or v = = 7.9 km/s Ans.
R
Problem 4.42 Three point masses each of mass m are placed at the vertices of an equilateral
triangle of side l. What is the gravitational field and potential due to three masses at the
centroid of the triangle?
Solution The distance of each point mass from the centroid m
l/2 l
r= =
cos 30∞ 3
E l
The gravitational field produced by each point mass is equal, and
so their vector sum will be zero. Gravitational potential E E
30°
È Gm ˘
Vg = 3 ¥ Í - m l/2 m
Î r ˙˚
Fig. 4.77
È Gm ˘ Gm
= 3 Í- ˙ = -3 3 Ans.
Î l/ 3 ˚ l
Problem 4.43 A double star is a system of two stars moving around the centre of mass of
the system due to gravitation. Find the distance between the components of the double star,
if its total mass equals M and the period of revolution T.
Solution The time period is given by
r3
T = 2p
G( M + m)
1 GMm 1 GMm
and mv02 - = mv12 -
2 r0 2 r1
1 GMm
= mv22 -
2 r2
Solve the above equations for r1 and r2.
Problem 4.45 Two the earth’s satellites move in a common plane along circular orbits. The
orbital radius of one satellite r = 7000 km while that of the other satellite is Dr = 70 km less.
What time interval separates the periodic approaches of the satellite to each other over the
minimum distance?
GMe GMe
Solution w= 3
and w ¢ =
r (r - Dr )3/2
2p 2p
t1 = t1 = and t2 =
w¢ -w w¢ +w
Problem 4.46 If the radius of the earth contracts to half of its present value without change
in its mass, what will be the new duration of the day?
Solution Present angular momentum of the earth
2
L1 = Iw = MR2w
5
New angular momentum because of change in radius
2
2 Ê Rˆ
L2 = MÁ ˜ w¢
5 Ë 2¯
If external torque is zero then the angular momentum must be conserved
L1 = L2
2 1 2
MR2w = ¥ MR2w ¢, i.e., w¢ = 4 w
5 4 5
1
T¢ = T
4
1
= ¥ 24 = 6 h
4
Problem 4.47 The minimum and maximum distances of a satellite from the centre of the
earth are 2R and 4R respectively, where R is the radius and M is the mass of the earth. Find:
(a) its minimum and maximum speeds,
(b) radius of curvature at the point of minimum distance.
722പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution
(a) Applying conservation of angular momentum v2
mv1 (2R) = mv2(4R) R 3R
v1 = 2v2 ...(i) A B
R
From conservation of energy
v1
1 GMm 1 GMm
mv12 - = mv22 - ...(ii)
2 2R 2 4R Fig. 4.78
GM 2GM
v2 = , v1 =
6R 3R
(b) If r is the radius of curvature at point A
mv12 GMm
=
r ( 2 R )2
4v12 R2 8 R
r = = (Putting value of v1)
GM 3
Problem 4.48 An artificial satellite is put in the orbit just above the earth. Atmosphere
with a velocity 1.5 times the velocity for a circular orbit at that height. The initial velocity
imparted is horizontal what would be the maximum distance of the satellite from the earth
when it is in the orbit.
Solution If v1 and v2 are the velocities of satellite at closest S
point P and farthest point A respectively, then as force is central,
angular momentum will be conserved, i.e.,
R
v1 r2 P E A
mv1r1 = mv2r2 or = ...(i)
v2 r1
Also as gravitational force is conservative, mechanical energy is
also conserved, i.e., r1 r2
1 È Ê v ˆ2˘ È1 1˘
or mv1 Í1 - Á 2 ˜ ˙ = GMm Í - ˙
2
2 ÍÎ Ë v1 ¯ ˙˚ Î r1 r2 ˚
È Ê r ˆ2˘ Èr - r ˘
v12 Í1 - Á 1 ˜ ˙ = 2GM Í 2 1 ˙ ...(ii)
ÍÎ Ë r2 ¯ ˙˚ Î r1r2 ˚
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ723
2GM
The escape velocity ves =
Re
ves > v1 > v0
\ the body will move in an elliptical orbit around the earth and reach the highest point at B.
v1
30°
th
Ear
Elliptical path
v
Fig. 4.80
724പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 G Ms v02 t 2
or v20 + - 2 =0
rmin rmin
or v20 r2min + 2 GMs rmin – v02 l2 = 0
Solving the quadratic equation,
È 2 ˘
G Ms Í Ê lv02 ˆ ˙
rmin = 1 + ÁGM ˜ - 1
v02 Í Ë s ¯ ˙
ÍÎ ˙˚
Problem 4.51 A space vehicle is in circular orbit about the earth. The mass of the vehicle
is 300 kg, and the radius of the orbit is 2 Re. It is desired to transfer the vehicle to a circular
orbit of radius 4 Re :
(a) What is the minimum energy required for the transfer?
(b) If the transfer accomplished through an elliptical orbit, what initial and final velocity
changes are required.
Take g = 10 m/s2 at the earth’s surfaces and Re = 6400 km (radius of the earth).
Solution See Fig. 4.83.
Ê GM ˆ
For the first orbit, v1 = ÁË 2R ˜¯ 4Re
e
va
Ê gRe ˆ
\ v1 = ÁË ˜ = 5656 m/s
2 ¯ 3Re
E
For the second orbit a
Ê gRe ˆ
v2 = ÁË ˜ = 4000 m/s
4 ¯ c
T2 = K Er 3
For a satellite around the earth,
GME ms ms v 2
=
r2 r
As orbital speed of planet is 2pr/T, where T is time period of revolution,
GME (2p r/T )2
=
r2 r
Ê 4p 2 ˆ 3
T2 = Á ˜r
Thus, constant Ë GME ¯
4p 2
KE =
GME
= 9.89 ¥ 10–14 s2/m3
T2 (86400)2
r =3 =3
KE (9.89 ¥ 10 - 14 )
= 4.23 ¥ 107 m
Which is the radius of the final orbit from the centre of the earth.
Radius of initial orbit, Ri = RE + 280 ¥ 103 m
= 6.65 ¥ 106 m
Total energies in initial and final orbits are
GME ms
Ei = –
2Ri
GME ms
Ef = –
2R f
Thus, the energy supplied by the booster to change the orbit is
DE = Ef – Ei
GME ms È 1 1˘
=– Í - ˙
2 ÍÎ R f Ri ˙˚
GME ms È 1 1˘
DK = Í - ˙
2 ÍÎ R f Ri ˙˚
= – 1.19 ¥ 1010 J
The change in potential energy of the satellite
Ê 1 1ˆ
DU = – GMEmS Á - ˜
Ë R f Ri ¯
= 2.38 ¥ 1010 J
Thus, the firing of engine results in increase of potential energy and decrease of kinetic
energy, but total mechanical energy is increased.
Problem 4.53 All masses are released. What is initial acceleration of A with respect to C?
m l m
A B
D C
m m
Fig. 4.84
m F m
Solution We need resultant force on A. A
F1
2Gm2 Gm2 F
The resultant force = 2 F + F1 = + 2
l2 2l
2Gm Gm
Acceleration of m at A = + 2 m m
l2 2l
2Gm Gm
Acceleration value of mass at C is also = + 2 Fig. 4.85
l2 2l
The direction of acceleration of masses at A and C are in opposite a
direction.
The relative acceleration (initial) will be a
2 2Gm 2Gm
2a = + 2
l2 2l Fig. 4.86
Problem 4.54 The masses are released. What is the initial acceleration
m 3m
of mass m with respect to 3m?
a
3Gm2
Solution Gravitational force, F =
a2 Fig. 4.87
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ729
3Gm
Acceleration of m, a1 = (Æ)
a2
Gm
Acceleration of 3m, a2 = 2 (¨)
a
We need a1 - a 2 .
Vector subtraction for finding relative acceleration of m w.r.t. 3m.
4Gm
a1 - a 2 =
a2
Problem 4.55 What angular speed should be given to each mass
2m m
such that they perform circular motion?
3r0
Solution The masses will rotate about the centre of mass with same
angular speed. Fig. 4.88
3r m
Distance of centre of mass from 2m = 0 = r0
3m
The gravitational force will provide the radial force
G(2m)(m) 2Gm2
2
=
(3r0 ) 9r02
2Gm2
For mass 2m, 2
= 2mw 2 (r0 )
9r0
Gm
\ w = Speed = wx (radius)
9r03
Gm
i.e., to perform circular motion each mass is given angular speed
9r03
Linear speed for mass m = w (2r0) and linear speed for mass 2m = w (r0).
Problem 4.56 Two satellites of mass m and 2m are doing circular
motion in same orbit but in opposite direction. At some point they
collide completely inelastic. Find the speed of combined mass when it Me r = 2Re
falls back on surface of the earth. Re m
Solution We should know the orbit speed at which they rotate in the r = 2Re
orbit before collision,
GMe gRe2 gRe 2m
V0 = = =
2Re 2Re 2
Fig. 4.89
Momentum will be conserved just before and after collision,
Problem 4.58 Initial velocities of two masses are shown in Fig. 4.91.
V0 2V0
What is the maximum separation between them during motion. a
m m
Solution At maximum separation velocity of each would become
same. Based on energy and momentum conservation concept, Fig. 4.91
mV0 + 2mV0 = 2mV
3V0
\ V =
2
Energy conservation,
2
Gm2 mV02 m(2V0 )2 Gm2 2m Ê 3V0 ˆ
– + + =– + Á ˜
a 2 2 r 2 Ë 2 ¯
Gm V02 Gm
- =
a 4 r
4Gma
\ r =
4Gm - V02 a
Problem 4.59 There are two cavities in the solid ball as shown in Fig.
4.92. Find (a) the potential at point P due to remaining part (b) the field M; R
intensity at point Q (OQ = R/2).
Solution Q¢ Q P
GM
(a) The potential due to complete ball = – on the surface. O
R
M
The mass of cavity portion will be .
8
GM/8 Fig. 4.92
Potential due to cavity part(right) =
R/2
GM/8
Potential due to cavity part(left) =
3R/2
The actual potential of ball after cavities are made
GM GM GM 2GM
fi Vremaining = - + + =-
R 4 R 12R 3R
GM(R/2)
(b) Field due to complete solid ball (¨)
R3
Field due to cavity ball of right portion = 0.
It is zero as the point is at the centre of the cut ball.
GM/8
Field due to cavity ball of left portion = (¨)
R2
The point is outside with distance R.
The net field due to ball after the cuts are made
GM GM 3GM
Eremaining = - =
2R 2 8 R 2 8R2
C
Problem 4.60 A satellite is to be launched from the surface of the
earth to a circular orbit, height h above the surface of the earth. A
What is the extra energy required for launching a satellite and to
bring it to orbital altitude?
R
Solution In order to place a satellite in a stable orbit at an insertion
point C, first it is necessary to bring the satellite to the altitude and h
then the satellite must be given the required orbital velocity. The
orbital velocity at r = R + h can be found by equating the centripetal
force and gravitational force.
Fig. 4.93
732പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
GMm mv 2
=
r2 r
1/2
Ê GM ˆ Ê GM ˆ
1/2
v =Á ÁË ˜
Ë r ˜¯ R + h¯
1/2 - 1/2
Ê GM ˆ Ê hˆ
=Á
Ë R ˜¯ ÁË 1 + ˜¯
R
1/2
Ê GM ˆ Ê 2h ˆ
=Á
Ë R ˜¯ ÁË 1 - ˜¯ for h << R
R
The minimum initial velocity that a satellite must have at launch so that it has proper
orbital velocity at insertion point C after fuel of rocket has exhausted is called characteristic
velocity.
The energy at launch point A must be equal to the total energy of a circular orbit at
height h.
1 GMm GMm
mvc2 - =
2 R 2(R + h)
GM Ê 1 ˆ
v2c = Á 2-
R Ë (1 + h/R) ˜¯
GM(1 + 2 h/R)
=
R(1 + h/R)
GM Ê hˆ
ª ÁË 1 + ˜¯ if h << R
R R
1/2
Ê GM ˆ Ê h ˆ
or vc ª Á ÁË 1 + ˜ for h << R
Ë R ˜¯ 2R ¯
The kinetic energy at the launch point
1
KEc = mv 2
2
GMm (1 + 2 h/R)
=
2R (1 + h/R)
The kinetic energy for orbiting at height h,
1 2
KEorbit = mvins. .
2
GMm Ê 1 ˆ
=
2R Ë 1 + h/R) ˜¯
Á
Problem 4.61 Use the conservation of mechanical energy and show that if an object is in
an elliptical orbit about a planet, then its distance r from the planet and speed v are related
Ê 2 1ˆ
by v2 = GM Á - ˜ ; where a is the semi-major axis.
Ë r a¯
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 4.94. If vA is the velocity of the object at A, then at A
GMm mvA2 v
q
2
=
a a
v¢
1 GMm r a
A
\ mvA2 =
2 2a
Potential energy at Fig. 4.94
GMm
A = -
a
Thus, total mechanical energy at A
GMm GMm GMm
=K+U= - =-
2a a 2a
By conservation of mechanical energy, we can write
Mechanical energy at any position = Mechanical energy at A
- GMm 1 -GMm
\ + mv 2 =
r 2 2a
After simplifying, we get
Ê 2 1ˆ
v2 = GM Á - ˜ .
Ë r a¯
Problem 4.62 A satellite revolving in a circular equatorial orbit of radius r = 2.00 ¥ 104 km
from west to east appear over a certain point at the equator every t = 11.6 hours. Using this
data, calculate the mass of the earth. The gravitational constant is supposed to be known.
Solution Here the absolute angular velocity of satellite is given by
w = ws + wE
where wE is the angular velocity of the earth, which is from west to east.
2p 2p
or w = + [where t = 11.6 hr and T = 24 hr]
t T
GM
From Kepler’s third law, we have w = 3/2
r
GM 2p 2p
Thus, we have 3/2 = +
r t T
2 2
4p 2 r 3 È 1 1 ˘ 4p 2 (2 ¥ 107 )3 È 1 1 ˘
or M = + = + = 6.0 ¥ 10 24 kg
G ÍÎ t T ˙˚ (6.67 ¥ 10 - 11 ) ÍÎ 11.6 ¥ 3600 24 ¥ 3600 ˙˚
734പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 4.63 A satellite of mass m is moving in a circular orbit of radius r. Calculate its
angular momentum with respect to the centre of the orbit in terms of the mass of the earth.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 4.95. r
v
The angular momentum of the satellite with respect to the centre
of orbit is given by
L = r¥mv Satellite
m
where r is the position vector of satellite with respect to the centre r
r
of orbit and v is its velocity vector of satellite.
In case of circular orbit, the angle between r and v is 90°. Hence M
L = mvr sin 90° = mvr ...(1)
Earth
The direction is perpendicular to the plane of the orbit.
We know orbital speed of satellite is
GM Fig. 4.95
v = ...(2)
r
From Eq. (1) and (2), we get
GM
L = m fi L = (GMm2 r)1/2
r
Problem 4.64 An artificial satellite is moving in a circular orbit around the earth with a
speed equal to half the magnitude of escape velocity from the earth.
(i) Determine the height of the satellite above the earth’s surface.
(ii) If the satellite is stopped suddenly in its orbit and allowed to fall freely onto the earth,
find the speed with which it hits the surface of the earth.
Solution
(i) Let M and R be the mass and radius of the earth respectively. If m is the mass of
satellite, then escape velocity from the earth vc = 2gRe
gRe
velocity of satellite =
2
Further, we know orbital speed of satellite at a height h is
Ê GMe ˆ Ê Re2 g ˆ R2 g
vs = ÁË ˜ = Á R + h˜ or v2s =
r ¯ Ë e ¯ R+h
1 GMe m GMe m
or mv 2 = - [As h = R]
2 Re 2Re
Solving we get v = gRe
Problem 4.65 A sky lab of mass 2 ¥ 103 kg is first launched from the surface of the earth
in a circular orbit of radius 2R (from the centre of the earth) and then it is shifted from this
circular orbit to another circular orbit of radius 3 R. Calculate the minimum energy required
(a) to place the lab in the first orbit (b) to shift the lab from the first orbit to the second orbit.
Given, R = 6400 km and g = 10 m/s2. (IIT Roorkee, 1985)
Solution
(a) The energy of the sky lab on the surface of the earth
Ê GMm ˆ GMm
Es = KE + PE = 0 + Á - ˜ =-
Ë R ¯ R
And the total energy of the skylab in an orbit of radius 2R is
GMm
E1 = -
4R
So the energy required to place the lab from the surface of the earth to the orbit of
radius 2R is given as
GMm È GMm ˘ 3 GMm
E1 – E s = - - Í- =
4R Î R ˙˚ 4 R
3m 3 È GM ˘
or DE = ¥ gR2 = mgR ÍÎAs g = R2 ˙˚
4R 4
3 3
or DE = (2 ¥ 103 ¥ 10 ¥ 6.4 ¥ 106) = (12.8 ¥ 1010) = 9.6 ¥ 1010 J
4 4
(b) As for 2nd orbit of radius 3R the total energy of skylab is
GMm GMm
E2 = - =-
2(3R) 6R
GMm Ê GMm ˆ 1 GMm
or E2 – E 1 = - -Á- ˜=
6R Ë 4 R ¯ 12 R
1 1
or DE = mgR = (12.8 ¥ 1010) = 1.1 ¥ 1010 J
12 12
Problem 4.66 Calculate the mass and density of the earth. Given that gravitational constant
G = 6.67 ¥ 10–11 Nm2/kg2, the radius of the earth = 6.37 ¥ 106 m and g = 9.8 m/s2.
Solution The acceleration due to gravity on the earth’s surface is given as
GMe g R2 9.8 ¥ (6.37 ¥ 106 )2
ge = 2 or Me = s e = = 6 ¥ 1024 kg
Re G 6.67 ¥ 10 - 11
736പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 4.67 If the radius of the earth were to shrink by one per cent, its mass remaining
the same, what would happen to the acceleration due to gravity on the earth’s surface?
(IIT-JEE, 1981)
Solution Consider the case of body of mass m placed on the earth’s surface (mass of the
earth M and radius R).
If g is acceleration due to gravity, then we know that
GM
g = ...(1)
R2
Now, when the radius is reduced by 1%, i.e., radius becomes 0.99 R, let acceleration due
to gravity be g¢, then
GM
g¢ = ...(2)
(0.99R)2
From Eqs. (1) and (2), we get
2
g¢ R2 1 Ê 1 ˆ
= = or g¢ ª g ¥ Á or g¢ = 1.02 g
g (0.99R) (0.99)2 Ë 0.99 ˜¯
Thus, the value of g is increased by 2%.
Problem 4.68 At what rate should the earth rotate so that the apparent g at the equator
becomes zero? What will be the length of the day in this situation?
Solution At the earth’s equator effective value of gravity is
geq = gs – w2Re
If geff at equator is zero, we have
gs
gs = w 2R e or w=
Re
2p Re 6.4 ¥ 106
Thus, length of the day will be T = = 2p = 2 ¥ 3.14 = 5074.77 s 84.57 min
= 1.41 hr. w gs 9.8
Problem 4.69 Calculate the acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the Mars if its
diameter is 6760 km and mass is one-tenth that of the earth. The diameter of the earth is
12742 km and acceleration due to the gravity on the earth is 9.8 m/s2.
Ê GM ˆ
We know that g = Á 2 ˜
Ë R ¯
2 2
g M Ê M M ˆ Ê RE ˆ Ê 1 ˆ Ê 12742 ˆ gM
So = Á ˜ Á ˜ = ÁË ˜¯ ÁË ˜¯ fi = 0.35 or gM = 9.8 ¥ 0.35 = 3.48 m/s2
gE Ë ME ¯ Ë RM ¯ 10 6760 gE
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ737
È v2 2w e v ˘
or W = mg - m Íw e2 + 2 2
+ 2
˙ R cos l
ÍÎ R cos l R cos l ˙˚
mv 2
= mg – mw e2R cos2l – – 2mwe v cos l
R
Ê W 2 R cos 2 l 2w e v cos l ˆ mv 2
= mg Á 1 - e - ˜ [Neglecting as being very small]
Ë g g ¯ R
Problem 4.71 A satellite revolves around a planet in an elliptical orbit. Its maximum and
minimum distances from the planet are 1.5 ¥ 107 m and 0.5 ¥ 107 m respectively. If the speed
of the satellite at the farthest point is 5 ¥ 103 m/s, calculate the speed at the nearest point.
Solution In case of elliptical orbit, the r
speed of satellite varies constantly as v1
shown in Fig. 4.97. Thus, according to
the law of conservation of angular mo- r r
mentum, the satellite must move faster r2 r1
Appogee
Perigee
at a point of closest approach (perigee) m
than at a farthest point (appogee).
We know that L = r ¥ m v r
v2
Hence, at the two points, L = m v1r1
= m v2 r2 Fig. 4.97
738പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
v1 r
or = 2
v2 r1
Substituting the given values, we get
5 ¥ 10 3 0.5 ¥ 107
= fi v2 = 1.5 ¥ 104 m/s
v2 1.5 ¥ 107
Problem 4.72 Imagine a light planet revolving around a massive star in a circular orbit of
radius r with a period of revolution T. On what power of r, will the square of time period
depend if the gravitational force of attraction between the planet and the star is proportional
to r–5/2.
Solution As gravitation provides centripetal force
mv 2 K K
= 5/2 , i.e., v2 =
r r mr 3/2
2p r mr 3/2 4p 2 m 7/2
So that T= = 2p r or T2 = r ; so T2 μ r7/2
v K K
Problem 4.73 Estimate the mass of the sun, assuming the orbit of the earth around the sun
to be a circle. The distance between the sun and the earth is 1.49 ¥ 1011 m and G = 6.66 ¥
10–11 Nm2/kg2. (BITSAT, 2015)
Solution Here the revolving speed of the earth can be given as
GM
v= [Orbital speed]
r
where M is the mass of the sun and r is the orbit radius of the earth.
We known time period of the earth around the sun is T = 365 days, thus we have
2p r r 4p 2 r 3 4 ¥ (3.14)2 ¥ (1.49 ¥ 1011 )3
T= or T = 2p r or M = = = 1.972 ¥ 1022 kg
v GM GT 2
(365 ¥ 24 ¥ 3600)2 ¥ (6.66 ¥ 10 - 11 )
Problem 4.74 If the earth is one-half of its present distance from the sun, how many days
will be in one year?
Solution If orbit of the earth’s radius is R, in previous example we’ve discussed that time
period is given as
r 2p 3/2
T = 2p r = r
Gm GM
r
If radius changes or r¢ = , new time period becomes
2
2p
T¢ = r¢ 3/2
GM
From the above equations, we have
3/2 3/2 3/2
T Ê rˆ Ê r¢ ˆ Ê 1ˆ 365
= Á ˜ or T¢ = T Á ˜ = 365 Á ˜ = days
T¢ Ë r¢ ¯ Ë r¯ Ë 2¯ 2 2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ739
Problem 4.75 A satellite of mass Ms is orbiting the earth in a circular orbit of radius R.
It starts losing energy slowly at a constant rate C due to friction. If Me and Re denotes the
mass and radius of the earth respectively, show that the satellite falls on the earth in a time
GMs Me Ê 1 1 ˆ
t= - .
2C ÁË Re R ˜¯
È - GMe Ms ˘ -GMe Ms
- Ct + Í ˙ =
Î 2R ˚ 2Re
- GMs Me È 1 1˘
\ t = Í - ˙ – ve sign as losing energy.
2C Î Re R ˚
As the particle velocity is greater than the velocity required for circular orbit, hence the
particle path deviates from circular path to elliptical path. At position of minimum and
maximum distance velocity vectors are perpendicular to instantaneous radius vector. In this
elliptical path the minimum distance of the particle from the earth’s centre is a and maximum
speed in the path is vR and let the maximum distance and minimum speed in the path be
r and v1 respectively.
Now as angular momentum and total energy remain conserved. Applying the law of
conservation of angular momentum, we have
740പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(v0 + v)a a È Ê 5 GM ˆ ˘ 1 È Ê 5 ˆ˘
or v1 = = Í Á ˜ ˙ = Í Á ¥ GMa˜ ˙
r r ÍÎ Ë 4 a ¯ ˙˚ r ÍÎ Ë 4 ¯˙
˚
Applying the law of conservation of energy
1 GMm 1 GMm
mv12 - = m(v0 + v)2 -
2 r 2 a
5 a 1 5 1 1 3
¥ 2 - = ¥ - =-
8 r r 8 a a 8a
5a
or 3r2 – 8ar + 5a2 = 0 or r = a or
3
Thus, minimum distance of the particle = a
5a
And maximum distance of the particle =
3
Problem 4.77 A rocket is fired vertically from the surface of Mars with a speed of 2 km s–1.
If 20% of its initial energy is lost due to Martian atmospheric resistance, how far will the
rocket go from the surface of the Mars before returning to it? Mass of the Mars = 6.4 ¥ 1023
kg, radius of the Mars = 3395 km, G = 6.67 ¥ 10–11 Nm2 kg–2.
Solution Total energy of the rocket
1 GMm
E= mv 2 -
2 R
Since 20% energy is lost, hence energy remained
80 4 4 È1 GMm ˘
= 80% or E = E = E = Í mv 2 -
100 5 5 Î2 R ˙˚
At the highest point, distant h from the surface of the Mars, its total energy will be
potential. Hence,
4 È1 GMm ˘ GMm
mv 2 - =–
5 ÍÎ 2 R ˙˚ R+h
2 Ê 2 2GM ˆ GMm
or mÁ v - ˜ =–
5 Ë R ¯ R+h
2 v 2 R - 2GM GM
or ◊ =–
5 R R+h
5 RGM
or R+h =–
2(v 2 R - 2 GM )
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ741
Problem 4.80 An artificial satellite is moving in a circular orbit around the earth with a
speed equal to half the magnitude of escape velocity from the surface of the earth. (Radius
of the earth = 6400 km)
(a) Determine the height of the satellite above the earth’s surface.
(b) If the satellite is stopped suddenly in its orbit and allowed to fall freely on the earth,
find the speed with which it hits the surface of the earth.
Solution
ve
(a) vo =
2
2GM
GM R
\ =
r 2
\ r = 2R
or h = r – R = R or height = radius of the earth.
(b) Increase in kinetic energy = decrease in potential energy
1 mgh 2 hg
\ mv 2 = \ v=
2 h h
1+ 1+
R R
Substituting the values we have,
2 ¥ 9.81 ¥ 6400 ¥ 10 3
v =
R
1+
R
= 7924 m/s ª 7.92 km/s Ans.
Problem 4.81 A spaceship is launched into a circular orbit close to the earth’s surface. What
additional velocity has to be imparted to the spaceship to overcome the gravitational pull?
(JEE, 2016)
GM 2GM
Solution V0 = Ve =
R R
Required additional velocity is
Dv = Ve ~ V0
GM
= ( 2 - 1)
R
GMR R
= ( 2 - 1) multiply by
R2 R
GM
= ( 2 - 1) gR g =
R2
Here M = 6 ¥ 1024 kg
R = 6.4 ¥ 106 m
g = 9.8 m/82
Dv = 3.27 vm/s approx.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ743
Problem 4.82 The density of the core of a planet is r1 and that of the
outer shell is r2, the radii of the core and that of the planet are R and
2R respectively. The acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the
r r2 r1
planet is same as at a depth R. Find the ratio of 1 .
r2
Solution Let m1 be the mass of the core and m2 the mass of outer
shell.
gA = gB (given)
Fig. 4.100
Gm1 G(m1 + m2 ) B
Then 2
=
R ( 2 R )2
\ 4m1 = (m1 + m2) A
Ï4 ¸ 4 Ï4 4 ¸
or 4 Ì p R3 r1 ˝ = p R3 ◊ r1 + Ì p (2R)3 - p R3 ˝ r2 R
Ó 3 ˛ 3 Ó 3 3 ˛
\ 4r1 = r1 + 7r2
2R
r1 7
\ = Ans.
r2 3 Fig. 4.101
Problem 4.83 Three balls each of mass 0.5 kg are kept at the vertices of an isosceles right
triangle with its hypotenuse of 2 2 m. What will be the net gravitational force on the ball
kept at the vertex of right angle?
Solution Let BA = BC = r
A
0.5 kg
\ r 2 + r 2 = ( 2 2 )2
\ 2r2 = 4 ¥ 2
\ r =2m
2 2m
Fnet on B = FBA + FBC
G(0.5)(0.5) 6.67 ¥ 10 - 11 ¥ 0.25
|FBA| = = = 4.17 ¥ 10 - 12 N
22 4 0.5 kg 0.5 kg
B C
G(0.5)(0.5) 6.67 ¥ 10 ¥ 0.25- 11
and |FBC| = = = 4.17 ¥ 10 - 12 N Fig. 4.102
22 4
|Fnet|2 = |FBA|2 +|FBC|2 = 2|FBA|2
\ |Fnet| = 2 ( 4.17 ¥ 10 - 12 )N = 5.84 ¥ 10–12 N
Problem 4.84 A projectile is projected with velocity kve vertically upward direction from
the ground into the space (ve is escape velocity and k < 1). If air resistance is considered to
be negligible then find the maximum height from the centre of the earth, to which it can go?
(R = radius of the earth)
744പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution From the law of conservation of energy difference in potential energy between
the ground and maximum height = Kinetic energy at the point of projection.
mgh 1 1 1
= (kve )2 = mk 2ve2 = mk 2 ( 2 gR)2 ve = 2gR
1 + h/R m 2 2
Rk 2
By solving height from the surface of the earth, h =
1 - k2
Rk 2 R
So, height from the centre of the earth, r = R + h = R + = Ans.
1 - k2 1 - k2
Problem 4.85 Find the duration of the day if a body at the equator will be weightless.
(BITSAT, 2007)
Solution N = m(g – mRw2)
Since the body becomes weightless, we have N = 0
or 0 = m(g – Rw2)
g
or w =
R
R
or T = 2p = 84.4 min
g
T
Then, the duration of the day = = 42.2 min Ans.
2
Problem 4.86 Find the potential energy of a system of four particles each of mass 2 m kept
at the vertices of a square of side x. Also find the potential at the centre of the square.
2m x 2m
Solution Distance of diagonal pair is = x 2 + x 2 = 2 x
Now, potential energy of system = potential energy of pairs of mass
at the ends of the sides + Potential energy of masses at diagonal ends
È - G(2m)2 ˘ È - G(2m)2 ˘
= 4Í ˙ + 2 Í ˙
ÍÎ x ˙˚ ÍÎ 2 x ˙˚ 2m 2m
2 2
Gm 8Gm Fig. 4.103
= -16 -
x 2x
Gm2
= – 21.64
x È ˘
Í - G(2m) ˙ Gm
Now, the gravitational potential at the centre will be V(centre) = 4 Í ˙=-8 2
ÍÊ 2 ˆ ˙
x x
ÍÎ ÁË ˜
2 ¯ ˙˚
Problem 4.87 A satellite of mass 240 kg is in a circular orbit at a height of 1760 km above the
earth’s surface. The satellite loses energy at a uniform rate of 1.2 x 105 joule per revolution,
maintaining circular orbits of diminishing radii. Find (a) the distance from the earth and
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ745
speed of the satellite at the end of 1000 revolutions, (b) the average retarding force during
this period.
Solution Total energy of the satellite in the orbit of radius r = R + h = 6400 + 1760 = 8160 km
GMm
E = -
2r
dE = 1.2 ¥ 105 joule per revolution
GMm
dE = - dr
2r 2
dE dr
= -
E r
dE
|dr| = r
E
GMm
E = -
2r
6.67 ¥ 10 - 11 ¥ 6 ¥ 10 24 ¥ 240
= -
2 ¥ 8.16 ¥ 106
= 5.885 ¥ 109 J
1.2 ¥ 10 5 dE
Thus, dr = 8.16 ¥ 106 ¥ 9
as |dr| = Dr = r
5.885 ¥ 10 E
= 166.4 m
(a) After 1000 revolutions, change in radius
Dr = 166.4 km
The new radius,
r¢ = r – Dr
= (8160 – 166.4) km
= 7993.6 km
New velocity
GM
v =
r¢
= 7.076 ¥ 103 m/s
(b) Average radius
8160 + 7993.6
=
2
= 8076.8 km
Average distance travelled
= 2p ¥ 8.0768 ¥ 106
= 5.07 ¥ 107 m
Energy lost per revolution
= 1.2 ¥ 105 J
746പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
r3
T = 2p = 1.62 hr
GM
2p 3
dT = ¥ r 1/2 dr
GM 2
dT 3 dr
=
T 2 r
3 70
dT = ¥ ¥T
2 7000
= 0.015T.
Let the first satellite catch up with the second after n revolutions, then
nT = (n + 1)(T – dT)
n
= 0.985
n+1
fi n = 65.67
\ Periodic time of approach = nT = 106.38 hrs.
Problem 4.89 Two concentric shells of masses M1 and M2 are M1
situated as shown in Fig. 4.104. Find the force on a particle of mass M2
B
m when the particle is located at (a) r = a (b) r = b and (c) r = c. The b
O
distance r is measured from the centre of the shell. a
A
C
c
Solution We know that attraction at an external point due to a
spherical shell of mass M is (GM/r2) while at an internal point is
zero. So
Fig. 4.104
(a) For r = a, the point is external to both the shells; so
G( M1 + M2 )
EA =
a2
So, FA = mEA = Gm(M1 + M2)/a2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ747
(b) For r = b, the point is external to the shell of mass M2 and internal to the shell of mass
M1; so
GM2
EB = + 0 , i.e., FB = mEB = (GMm/b2)
b2
(c) For r = c, the point is internal to both the shells, so
EC = 0 + 0 = 0, i.e., FC = mEC = 0
Problem 4.90 Jupiter has a mass of 318 times that of the earth and its radius is 11.2 times
the earth’s radius. Estimate the escape velocity of a body from Jupiter’s surface. Given that
the escape velocity from the earth’s surface is 11.2 km/sec. Does your answer throw light on
why the atmosphere of Jupiter contains light gases, mostly hydrogen, whereas, the earth’s
atmosphere has little of hydrogen gas?
Solution If Me and Mj are masses of the earth and Jupiter and Re and Rj are their radii
respectively, then, If vej is the escape velocity on Jupiter and vee is escape velocity on the
earth, then
2GM j
Escape velocity on Jupiter vej = ...(i)
Rj
2GMe
and vee = ...(ii)
Re
Dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get
vej M j Re
= ◊ ...(iii)
vee Me R j
where M = 318 Me
Rj = 11.2 Re (all given)
and vee = 11.2 km/sec
Substituting these values in Eq. (iii), we get
318 Me Re
vej = 11.2 ◊ km s - 1
Me 11.2Re
1
or vej = 11.2 318 ¥ km s - 1
11.2
= 59.679 km s–1 = 59.68 km s–1
Since the escape velocity on the earth is less than 1/5 th of the escape velocity on the Jupiter,
hence lighter gases like hydrogen get escaped from the surface of the earth overcoming the
gravitational pull of the earth (ve = 11.2 km s–1). On the Jupiter, escape velocity is very high
(59.68 km s–1) hence, even the lighter gases which have greater molecular speeds at a given
temperature, cannot escape from the surface of the Jupiter. That is why hydrogen is held
back on the Jupiter and is major constituent of its atmosphere.
748പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 4.91 Light from a cirus star suffers gravitational red shift, i.e., its wavelength
changes towards the red end due to the gravitational attraction of the cirus star. Obtain
the formula for this gravitational red shift using the simple consideration that a photon of
hv
frequency v has energy hv (h is the Planck’s constant) and mass 2 . Estimate the magnitude
c
of the red shift for light of wavelength 5000 Å from a star of mass 1032 kg and radius 106 km.
Use the known values of G (G = 6.67 ¥ 10–11 Nm2kg–2 and c = 3.00 ¥ 108ms–1).
(IIT Roorkee, 1977)
Solution If hv is the energy of the photon neglecting the effect of gravitational attraction
and hv¢ is the energy after the red shift (i.e., when gravitational attraction is considered).
GM Ê hv ˆ
Then, hv¢ = hv - Á ˜
R Ë c2 ¯
hv
where is the mass of the photon
c2
GMv
or v¢ = v -
Rc 2
c c GM c
or = - 2◊
l¢ l Rc l
c c È GM ˘
or = Í1 - 2 ˙
l¢ l Î Rc ˚
-1
È GM ˘
or l¢ = l Í1 - 2 ˙
Î Rc ˚
If GM/Rc2 << 1, then
È GM ˘
l¢ = l Í1 - 2 ˙
Î Rc ˚
lGM
or |l¢ – l| =
Rc 2
5000 ¥ 10 - 10 ¥ 6.67 ¥ 10 - 11 ¥ 10 32
= Å
109 ¥ 9 ¥ 1016
= 0.3706 Å
Problem 4.92 An artificial satellite is moving in a circular orbit around the earth with a
speed equal to half the magnitude of escape velocity from the earth. (i) Determine the height
of the satellite above the earth’s surface. (ii) If the satellite is stopped suddenly in its orbit
and allowed to fall freely on to the earth, find the speed with which it hits the surface of the
earth. Take g = 98 ms–2, radius of the earth = 6400 km.
Solution
(i) Orbital velocity of a satellite at a height h above the earth’s surface is
GM
v0 =
R+h
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ749
GM
ve =
R
ve
Given, v0 =
2
GM 1 2GM
\ =
R+h 2 R
GM 1 2GM GM
or = ¥ =
R+h 4 R 2R
or h = R = 6.4 ¥ 106 m.
(ii) Let V be the speed with which the satellite hits the earth when suddenly stopped. If
m is the mass of the satellite, then by the conservation of energy,
Initial PE at height h (= R) = Final PE on the surface of the earth
= KE of the satellite.
GMn GMn 1
or - =- + mV 2
2R 2R 2
GM gR2
or V = = = gR
R R
Problem 4.94 A uniform ring of mass m and radius a is placed directly above a uniform
sphere of mass M and of equal radius. The centre of the ring is at a distance 3a from the
centre of the sphere. Find the gravitational force exerted by the sphere on the ring.
Solution dF = force on a small mass dm of the ring by the
sphere. dm q a q dm
Problem 4.95 Imagine a planet whose diameter and mass are both one half of those of the
earth. The day’s temperature of this planet surface reaches up to 800 K. Make calculation
and tell whether oxygen molecules are possible in the atmosphere of the planet. (Escape
velocity from the earth’s surface= 11.2 km/s, k = 1.38 ¥ 10–23 J/K, mass of oxygen molecule
= 5.3 ¥ 10–26 kg)
Option: (a) 0.79 km/s (b) 0.89 km/s (c) 0.5 km/s (d) 0.2 km/s
2GM
Solution As ve =
R
vP MP RE 1 2
So, = ¥ = ¥ =1
vE ME RP 2 1
i.e., vP = vE = 11.2 km/s ...(i)
Now according to kinetic theory of gases,
3RT 3(Nk )T
vrms = =
M Nm
[as R = Nk and M = Nm]
From Eqs. (i) and (ii) it is clear that velocity of oxygen molecule in the atmosphere of
planet (~ 0.8 km/s) is less than escape velocity from the planet (= 11.2 km/s); so oxygen
molecules cannot escape and so the planet’s atmosphere may contain oxygen.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ751
Potential at A
VA = potential due to complete sphere – potential due to cavity
1.5 GM È Gm ˘
= - - Í- ˙
R Î R/2 ˚
2Gm 1.5 GM
= - ...(ii)
R R
3
4 Ê Rˆ pr R3
Here, m = pÁ ˜ r= (cavity)
3 Ë 2¯ 6
4
and M = pR3r (complete sphere)
3
In Eq. (ii) substituting the values, we get
G È pr R3 ˘ 5
VA = Í - 2pr R3 ˙ = - p Gr R3
RÎ 3 ˚ 3
Potential at B
GM È Ê R ˆ ˘ 1.5Gm
2
2
VB = - Í1 .5 R - 0 .5 ÁË ˜¯ ˙ +
R3 Î 2 ˚ R/2
11 GM 3Gm
=- + ...(iii)
8 R R
G È pr R3 11 ˘
Again put values of m, M = Í - ◊ pr R3 ˙
RÎ 2 6 ˚
4
= - p GrR2
3
1
\ VB – VA = p GrR2
3
So, from Eq. (i)
2
v = p Gr R2 Ans.
3
752പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 4.98 A man can jump vertically to a height of 1.5 m on the earth. Calculate the
radius of a planet of the same mean density as that of the earth from whose gravitational
field he could escape by jumping. Radius of the earth is 6.41 ¥ 106 m.
u2
Solution h=
2 ge
\ u = 2g e h ...(i)
For the asked planet this u should be equal to the escape velocity from its surface.
\ 2g e h = 2g p Rp
or g eh = g pR p
GMe GM p
◊h = ◊ Rp
Re2 Rp2
Ê4 3ˆ Ê4 3ˆ
ÁË p Re ˜¯ r h ÁË p Rp ˜¯ r Rp
3 3
or =
Re2 Rp2
or RP = Re h
Problem 4.101 A satellite of mass 100 kg is placed initially in a temporary orbit 800 km
above the surface of the earth. The satellite is to be placed now in a permanent orbit at 2000
km above the surface of the earth. Find the amount of work done to move satellite from
temporary to permanent orbit. The radius of the earth is 6400 km.
Solution The energy of a satellite at a distance r is given by
GMm 1
Er = – + mv 2
r 2
where v = (GM / r )
GMm 1 Ê GMm ˆ GMm
\ Er = + Á ˜=-
r 2Ë r ¯ 2r
If R be the radius of the earth and h, the distance of the satellite from the earth’s surface,
then
r = (R + h)
GMm gR2 m
\ Er = - =-
2(R + h) 2(R + h)
Now, work done is given by
W = Eh = 2000 – Eh = 800
gR2 m È 1 1 ˘
= -
2 ÍÎ R + 2000 R + 800 ˙˚
gR2 m È 1 1 ˘
= -
2 Î 8400 km 7200 km ˙˚
Í
Problem 4.102 A satellite orbiting in a circle of radius r around the earth has a time period
T. If its radius slightly increases by Dr, determine the change in its time period DT.
Solution From Kepler’s law, we know that
T = kr3/2 where k is a constant
On differentiating, we get
dT 3 3 kr 3/2 3 Ê T ˆ
= kr 1/2 = = Á ˜
dr 2 2 e 2Ë r¯
Ê dT ˆ 3ÊTˆ
Thus, DT = Á ˜ Dr = Á ˜ Dr
Ë dr ¯ 2Ë r¯
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ755
-GM È 2 Ê R ˆ ˘
2
Vsphere = 2R 3 Í 3 R - ÁË ˜¯ ˙
ÍÎ 2 ˙˚
-GM Ê 11R 2 ˆ GM
= 3 Á ˜ = - 11
2R Ë 4 ¯ 8R
Due to cavity part potential at point P
GM
3 8 3GM
Vcavity = - =-
2 R 8R
2
So potential at the centre of cavity
11GM Ê 3 GM ˆ -GM
= Vsphere – Vcavity = - - Á- =
8R Ë 8 R ˜¯ R
Ans. (d)
Problem 4.104 In a double star, two stars (one of mass m and the other of 2m) distance
d apart rotate about their common centre of mass. Deduce an expression for the period of
revolution. Show that the ratio of their angular momenta about the centre of mass is the
same as the ratio of their kinetic energies.
d 2d
Solution The centre of mass C will be at a distance and from the masses 2m and
3 3
m respectively as shown in Fig. 4.111. Both the stars rotate with same angular velocity w
around C in their respective orbits. Here the gravitational force acting on each star due to
other supplies the necessary centripetal force.
Gravitational force on each star = G (2m) m/d2.
Centripetal force of star (mass m)
Ê 2d ˆ
= mrw2 = m Á ˜ w 2
Ë 3¯
G(2m)m Ê 2d ˆ
\ = mÁ ˜ w2
d 2 Ë 3¯
Ê 3 GM ˆ
w = ÁË 2 ˜¯
d
756പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2p Ê d2 ˆ
\ T = = 2p Á
w Ë 3 GM ˜¯
w
Ratio of angular momentum
2
Ê dˆ d 2d
2m Á ˜ w
(Iw )big Ë 3¯ 1 3 3
= = 2
= 2m m
(Iw )small Ê 2d ˆ 2 C
mÁ ˜ w
Ë 3¯
Ê 1 2ˆ w
ÁË Iw ˜¯
2 big
Ratio of kinetic energies =
Ê 1 2ˆ
ÁË Iw ˜¯
2 small
2 Fig. 4.111
Ê dˆ
2m Á ˜
(I )big Ë 3¯ 1
= = 2
=
(I )small Ê 2d ˆ 2
mÁ ˜
Ë 3¯
This is same as the ratio of their angular momenta.
Problem 4.105 Four particles of equal mass M move along A
a circle of radius R under the action of their mutual gravita- M
45°
tional attraction. Find the speed of each particle.
(IIT-JEE, 2014)
Solution Hint. See Fig. 4.112. D
O
B
GM M M
Gravitational force on A due to B =
( R 2 )2 R
The direction being along AB
2
GM
Gravitational force on A due to D = along AD M
( R 2 )2
C
GM 2
Similarly, force on A due to C = along AC Fig. 4.112
4 R2
GM 2 GM 2
Resultant = 2 cos 45∞ +
( R 2 )2 4 R2
The resultants is along AC.
GM 2 È 2 2 + 1 ˘
= Í ˙
R2 Î 4 ˚
Mv 2 GM 2 È 2 2 + 1˘
Now, = Í ˙
R R2 Î 4 ˚
1/2
È GM Ï 2 2 + 1 ¸ ˘
v =Í Ì ˝˙
Î R Ó 4 ˛˚
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ757
Problem 4.106 A sphere of uniform density r has within it a spherical cavity whose centre
is a distance a from the centre of the sphere. Show that the gravitational field within the
cavity is uniform and determine its magnitude and direction.
Solution The resultant gravitational field in the cavity is equal to the gravitational field of
the original sphere minus the gravitational field of the material which has been removed.
The gravitational field inside a solid sphere of density r is given by
4
g = – p Gr r
3 P
The field is directed inwards. Now we consider the sphere with a r
R r r r
spherical cavity as shown in Fig. 4.113. Consider a point P within the r+a
r
cavity such that the position vector of P relative to centre of cavity a
is r . The position vector of P relative to centre of original sphere is
a + r . The gravitational field due to original sphere at point P is
4
– p Gr ( a + r )
3 Fig. 4.113
The gravitational field due to a hypothetical negative mass occupying cavity is
4
p Gr r
3
The resultant field at P is
4 4
g = - p Gr ( a + r ) + p Gr r
3 3
4
= - p Gr a
3
4
Thus, the field within the cavity is uniform. The magnitude of field intensity is p Gra.
3
It depends only on the position, and not the size, of the cavity and its direction is parallel to
the line joining the centre of the cavity to the centre of the original sphere.
Problem 4.107 Find approximately the third cosmic velocity v3, i.e., the minimum velocity
that has to be imparted to a body relative to the earth’s surface to drive it out of the solar
system. The rotation of the earth about its own axis is to be neglected.
Solution The escape velocity in the field is
2GMs
ve =
rs
Ms = mass of the sun.
rs = The distance between the sun and the earth.
ve = 2vo
Here vo = orbital velocity around the sun.
GMs
=
rs
758പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
The relative velocity of escape of an object in the field of the sun with respect to the earth is
vrel = 2vo - vo
when v0 orbital velocity of the earth around the sun.
vrel = ( 2 - 1) vo
But the object is in the field of the earth.
The mechanical energy of the object in the field of the earth is
1 GmMe
E= mv32 -
2 Re
For escaping
The energy E provides required kinetic energy for escaping
1
E = mvrel2
2
1 GmMe 1 2
mv32 – = mvrel
2 Re 2
1 GmMe 1
mv32 – = m ( 2 - 1)2 vo2 ...(i)
2 Re 2
Mm Mm Fig. 4.114
Solution Then, W1 = G 2
and W = G 2
R ( R + h)
Mm GMm
\ W1 – W = G -
R ( R + h )2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ759
=G
Mm È
R ÍÎ
1- 1-
2h
R {˘
ºº˙
˚ }
2 GMnh
=
R3
2 G ( 4 / 3 ◊ p R3 d)mh 8
= 3
= p Gdmh
R 3
Problem 4.109 An the earth satellite is revolving in a circular orbit of radius a with velocity
v0. A gun is in the satellite and is aimed directly towards the earth. A bullet is fired from the
gun with muzzle velocity v0/2. Neglecting resistance offered by cosmic dust and recoil of
gun, calculate the maximum and minimum distance of bullet from the centre of the earth
during its subsequent motion.
v0 A
Solution The velocity of projection of bullet w.r.t. the earth, v0
v0
2 2
Êv ˆ
vA = v02 +Á 0˜ B a
Ë 2¯ r
vB
GM
Here, v0 =
a
By conservation of angular momentum between A and B, we have
mv0a = mvr ...(i)
Fig. 4.115
From conservation of mechanical energy, we have
1 GMm 1 GMm
mvA2 - = mv 2 - ...(ii)
2 a 2 r
Solving equations for r to get required result.
1 Ê 2 v02 ˆ GMm 1 GMm
m Á v0 + ˜ - = mv 2 -
2 Ë 4¯ a 2 r
5 2 GM v 2 GM
v0 - = - ...(iii)
8 a 2 r
GM
Here, v0 =
a
av0
v =
r
Put the value is Eq. (iii)
5 GM GM a 2 Ê GM ˆ GM
- = 2Á ˜-
8 a a r Ë 2a ¯ r
760പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
3 a 1
- = 2 -
8a 2r r
– 3r2 = 4a2 – 8ar
3r2 – 8ar + 4a2 = 0
8 a ± 64 a 2 - 48 a 2
r =
6
8a ± 4a
r =
6
2a
r = 2a and
3
Problem 4.110 If the radius of the earth were to shrink by one percent, its mass remaining
the same, the acceleration due to gravity on the earth’s surface would (i) decrease, (ii) remain
unchanged, (iii) increase. (IIT-JEE, 1981)
Solution Consider the case of a body of mass m placed on the earth’s surface (mass of the
earth M and radius R). If g is acceleration due to gravity, then
Mm GM
mg = G 2
or g= ...(1)
R R2
where G is universal constant of gravitation.
Now, when the radius is reduced by 1%, i.e., radius becomes 0.99 R, let acceleration due
to gravity be g¢, then
GM
g¢ = ...(2)
(0.99R)2
From Eq. (1) and (2), we get
g¢ R2 1
= 2
=
g (0.99R) (0.99)2
2
Ê 1 ˆ
\ g¢ = g ¥ Á
Ë 0.99 ˜¯
or g¢ > g
Thus, the value of g is increased.
Problem 4.111 Earth’s mass is 80 times that of the moon and their diameters are 12800
and 3200 km respectively. What is the value of g at the moon? g on the earth = 980 cm/sec2.
Solution Let the mass of the moon be m, then the mass of the earth M = 80 m.
If ge is the acceleration due to gravity on the earth then
GM G(80 m)
ge = =
R12 (6400)2
Similarly, if gm is the acceleration due to gravity on the moon then
Gm Gm
gm = =
R22 (1600)2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ761
gm Gm (6400)2 (6400)2 1
\ = 2
¥ = 2
=
ge (1600) G (80 m) (1600) ¥ 80 5
1 980
gm = ¥ ge = = 196 cm/sec2
5 5
Problem 4.112 Find the intensity of gravitational field when a force of 100 N acts on a body
of mass 10 kg in the gravitational field. (EAMCET, 2011)
Solution Here F = 100 N, m = 10 kg
Intensity of gravitational field,
F 100 N
E= = = 10 N kg–1.
m 10 kg
Problem 4.113 Two bodies of masses 10 kg and 1000 kg are at a distance 1 m apart. At
which point on the line joining them will the gravitational field intensity be zero?
Solution Let the resultant gravitational intensity be zero at distance x from the mass of 10
kg on the line joining the centres of the two bodies. At this point, the gravitational intensities
due to the two bodies must be equal and opposite.
G ¥ 10 G ¥ 1000
\ 2
=
x (1 - x )2
or 100x2 = (1 – x)2 or 10x = 1 – x
or 11x = 1 or x = 1/11 m.
Problem 4.114 Two masses, 800 kg and 600 kg, are P
at a distance 0.25 m apart. Compute the magnitude
of the intensity of the gravitational field at a point
EB
m
5m
0.
10 , 000
= 6.666 ¥ 10 -11 ¥ = 2.22 ¥ 10–6 N.
3
2G Ms v 2 r 2 sin 2 a 2G Ms
v 02 – = 0 0 2 -
r0 r1 r1
Ê 2 2G Ms ˆ 2
ÁË v0 - r ˜¯ r1 = v0 r0 sin a – 2G Ms r1
2 2 2
or
0
Ê 2 2G Ms ˆ 2
ÁË v0 - r ˜¯ r1 + 2G Ms r1 – v0 r0 sin a = 0
2 2 2
or
0
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ763
Ê 2G Ms ˆ 2 2
- 2G Ms ± 4G 2 Ms2 + 4 Á v02 - (v0 r0 sin 2 a )
Ë r0 ˜¯
\ r1 =
Ê 2G Ms ˆ
2 Á v02 -
Ë r0 ˜¯
Ê 2G Ms ˆ
GMs ± G 2 Ms2 - Á - v02 ˜ (v02 r02 sin 2 a )
Ë r0 ¯
=
Ê 2G Ms ˆ
ÁË r - v02 ˜
0 ¯
[ ± 1 - (2 - h) h sin 2 a ] r0 v02
= where h=
(2 - h) GMs
Problem 4.117 A geostationary satellite orbits around the earth in a circular orbit of radius
36,000 km. Then, what will be the time period of a spy satellite orbiting a few hundred km
above the earth’s surface (Rearth = 6,400 km)? (BITSAT, 2006)
Option: (a) 4 h (b) 2 h (c) 3 h (d) 1.7 h
Solution As T μ R and Re = 6400 km, therefore
2 3
3
T Ê 6400 ˆ
=Á ˜ or T = 1.7 h.
(24)2 Ë 36000 ¯
For the spy satellite, R is slightly greater than Re.
So Ts > T or Ts 2 h.
Problem 4.118 Two stars each of 1 solar mass (= 2 ¥ 1030 kg) are approaching each other
for a head-on collision. When they are at a distance 109 km, their speeds are negligible. What
is the speed with which they collide? The radius of each star is 104 km. Assume the stars to
remain undistorted until they collide. Use the known value of G.
Solution Mass of each star, M = 2 ¥ 1030 kg
Radius of each star, R = 107 m
Initial PE of the two stars when they are 1012 m apart,
GM ¥ M GM 2
Ei = = - 12 [r = 109 km = 1012 m]
r 10
When the stars are just to collide, distance between their centres
= twice the radius of each star = 2R = 2 ¥ 107 m
Final PE of the two stars when they just collide,
GM ¥ M GM 2
Ef = =-
2R 2 ¥ 107
Change in PE of the stars
GM 2 Ê GM 2 ˆ
= Ei – Ef = - 12
-Á- 7˜
10 Ë 2 ¥ 10 ¯
GM 2 GM 2 GM 2 È GM 2 GM 2 ˘
= - Í∵ << ˙
2 ¥ 107 1012 2 ¥ 107 Î 1012 2 ¥ 107 ˚
Let v be the velocity of each star just before collision. Then
Change in KE of the stars
= Final KE – Initial KE
1
= 2 ¥ Mv2 – 0 = Mv2
2
By conservation of energy,
GM 2
Mv2 =
2 ¥ 107
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ765
GM 2 6.67 ¥ 10 -11 ¥ 2 ¥ 10 30
or v = =
2 ¥ 107 2 ¥ 107
= 2.6 ¥ 106 ms–1.
Problem 4.119 At a point above the surface of the earth, the gravitational potential is – 5.12
¥ 107 J kg–1 and the acceleration due to gravity is 6.4 ms–2. Assuming the mean radius of the
earth to be 6400 km, calculate the height of this point above the earth’s surface.
(DCE, 2010)
Option: (a) 1600 km (b) 1400 km (c) 8000 km (d) 6000 km
Solution Let r be the distance of the given point from the centre of the earth. Then
Gravitational potential,
GM
V =- = – 5.12 ¥ 107 J kg–1 ...(i)
r
Acceleration due to gravity,
GM
g = = 6.4 ms–2 ...(ii)
r2
Dividing (i) by (ii),
5.12 ¥ 107
r = = 8 ¥ 106 m = 8000 km
6.4
Height of the point from the earth’s surface
= 8000 – 6400 = 1600 km.
Problem 4.120 The radius of the earth is 6.37 ¥ 106 m, its mean density is 5.5 ¥ 103 kg m–3 and
G = 6.66 ¥ 10–11 Nm2 kg–2. Determine the gravitational potential on the surface of the earth.
Solution Here R = 6.37 ¥ 106 m,
r = 5.5 ¥ 103 kgm–3, G = 6.66 ¥ 10–11 Nm2 kg–2
Mass of the earth,
4
M = Volume ¥ density = pR3r
3
Gravitational potential on the earth’s surface
GM G 4 4
V= = - ¥ p R3 r = - p GR2 r
R R 3 3
4
= – ¥ 3.14 ¥ 6.66 ¥ 10–11 ¥(6.37 ¥ 106)2 ¥ 5.5 ¥ 103
3
= – 6.22 ¥ 107 J kg–1.
Problem 4.121 Three mass points each of mass m are placed at the vertices of an equilateral
triangle of side l. What is the gravitational field and potential due to three masses at the
centroid of the triangle?
Solution In Fig. 4.119, three mass points, each of mass m, are placed at three vertices of
equilateral DABC of side l. If O is the centroid of the triangle, then OA = OB = OC.
766പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
3Gm Ê 1 ˆ 3Gm
= 1 + 1 + 2 ¥ Á - ˜ = 2 , along OF
l 2 Ë 2¯ l
Clearly, E is equal and opposite to E 3 , hence the resultant gravitational field at O is zero.
As gravitational potential is a scalar quantity, so the total gravitational potential at O is
Gm Gm Gm
V = V1 + V2 + V3 = – - -
OA OB OC
3Gm 3Gm l
=- =- ∵ OA = OB = OC =
OA l/ 3 3
Gm
or V = -3 3 .
l
m m
Problem 4.122 Find the potential energy of a system of four A B
particles, each of mass m, placed at the vertices of a square
of side l. Also obtain the potential at the centre of the square.
(IIT-JEE, 2013)
l
O
Solution In Fig. 4.120,
AB = BC = CD = DA = l
D C
\ AC = BD = l 2 + l 2 = 2l m l m
OA = OB = OC = OD = 2 l / 2 = l / 2 Fig. 4.120
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ767
Ê Gmm ˆ Ê Gmm ˆ
= 4Á- ˜¯ + 2 Á -
Ë l Ë l/ 2 ˜¯
2 Gm2 È 1 ˘ 2 Gm2
=- Í 2 + 2 ˙ = - l [2 + 0.707 ]
l Î ˚
5.41 Gm2
=-
l
Ê -GMe m ˆ
= 2¥Á
Ë 2r ˜¯
GMe m
=-
r
(b) For collision to occurs, mv – mv = (2m)v¢
\ v¢ = 0
Thus, the wreckage of mass 2m will fall vertically.
(c) The KE of the satellite will vanish, the potential energy
Ê - GMe m ˆ
= 2Á ˜¯
Ë r
768പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
- GMe m
=
r
- 2GMe m
Thus, total mechanical energy = Ans.
r
Problem 4.124 Given a thin homogeneous disc of radius a and mass m1. A particle of mass
m2 is placed at a distance l from the disc on its axis of symmetry. Initially, both are motionless
in free space but they ultimately collide because of gravitational attraction. Assuming a <<
l, show that the relative velocity at the time to collision is given by
1/2
È Ê 2 1ˆ ˘
Í 2G (m1 + m2 ) ÁË a - l ˜¯ ˙
Î ˚
G m1 m2
Further Vi = a << l
l
Change in potential energy = Vi – Vf
Ê 2 1ˆ
= G m 1 m2 Á - ˜
Ë a l¯
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ769
Ê m ˆ
\ v1 – v2 = Á 1 + 1 ˜ v1
Ë m2 ¯
1/2
È Ê 2 1ˆ ˘
= Í 2 G (m1 + m2 ) Á - ˜ ˙
Î Ë a l¯˚
Problem 4.125 Find the potential due to the system of five particles each of mass m placed
at the vertices of a regular hexagon at O.
m l m
l l
m O
l l
m l m
Solution V = V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 3l l
3 2l
Gm Gm Gm Gm Gm
=- - - - -
l 3l 2l 3l l 3l l
Gm Ê 1 2 ˆ 4 5
=- 2+ +
l ÁË 2 ˜
3¯ Fig. 4.123 (b)
m m
Problem 4.126 Eight identical particles each of mass m
are situated at the vertices of a cube of side l. Find the
gravitational potential energy of interaction of the system m m
of eight particles. 1
Fig. 4.124
770പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê1 ˆ
we have U = Á m1V1 ˜
Ë2 ¯
where m1 = m and V1 = potential at point 1.
This gives U = 4mV1
mÊ3 3 1 ˆ 12Gm2 Ê 1 1 ˆ
V1 = - G Á + + ˜ , we have U = - ÁË 1 + + ˜ Ans.
l Ë1 2 3 ¯ l 2 3 3¯
Problem 4.127 The density inside a solid sphere of radius a is given by r = r0a/r, where r0
is the density at the surface and r denotes the distance from the centre. Find the gravitational
field due to this sphere at a distance 2a from its centre.
Solution Volume of mass strip dV = (4pr2) dr mass of this
strip dm = (r) (dV)
Ê r aˆ
= Á 0 ˜ (4pr2)dr
Ë r ¯
= (4p ar0) (rdr) r
a
\ Mass of whole sphere = Ú0 (4p ar0)r dr dv
m = (2p a3r0)
Gm G(2p a 3 r0 ) Fig. 4.125
E = 2
= 2
( 2 a) 4a
p G r0 a
=
2
R C
Problem 4.128 Two concentric shells of mass M1 and M2 are M2
concentric as shown in Fig. 4.126. Calculate the gravitational force
M1
on m due to M1 and M2 at points P, Q and R. Q
a
Solution At P, F =0 b
P
GM1 m
at Q, F =
b2
G ( M1 + M2 )m
at R, F = Fig. 4.126
c2
Problem 4.129 A meteorite of mass m collides with a satellite of mass 10 m orbiting around
a planet in a circular path of radius R. Due to perfectly inelastic collision, the meteorite
sticks to the satellite and the satellite now follows an orbit whose minimum distance from
the planet is R/2. Determine the velocity v of the meteorite before collision. Mass of the
planet is M.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ771
v m
10 m 11 m
R R/2
Fig. 4.127
Let the velocity vector of the satellite be at an angle q as shown in Fig. 4.128.
From conservation of momentum, we get
mv = 11mv¢ sin q ...(1)
and 11mv0 = 11mv¢ cos q ...(2)
From conservation of angular momentum just after the collision and point of nearest
approach, we get
R
11mv¢ cos qR = 11mu ...(3)
2
From conservation of energy, we get
GM ◊ 11m 1 GM ◊ 11m 1
- + 11mv¢ 2 = - + ◊ 11mu¢ 2 ...(4)
R 2 R/2 2
From Eq. (1),
v
v¢ sin q =
11
58GM
\ v =
R
Problem 4.130 Two earth’s satellites move in a common plane along circular orbits. The
orbital radius of one satellite r = 7000 km while that of the other satellite is Dr = 70 km less.
What time interval separates the periodic approaches of the satellites to each other over the
minimum distance?
Solution We know that centripetal force = mv2/r
Now for the first satellite which is revolving about the earth (mass M and radius r)
Gm1 M m1v 2
2
=
r r
GM
\ v = ...(1)
r
Let T1 and T2 be the time periods for the first and the second satellites respectively. Then
2p r 2p 3/2
T1 = = r
v GM
2p
and T2 = (r - Dr )3/2
GM
{∵ second satellite is revolving in a radius (r – Dr)}
The period interval (T1 – T2) is given by
2p
T1 – T 2 = [r3/2 – (r – Dr)3/2]
GM
2p È 3/2 Dr ˆ ˘
3/2
3/2 Ê
= Í r - r ÁË 1 - ˜¯ ˙
GM Î r ˚
2p È Ê 3 Dr ˆ ˘
= r 3/2 Í1 - Á 1 - ˜
GM Î Ë 2 r ¯ ˙˚
2p Ê 3 Dr ˆ
r 3/2 Á
Ë 2 r ˜¯
= .
GM
Problem 4.131 A uniform hollow sphere has internal radius a and external radius b. Taking
the potential at infinity to be zero, show that the ratio of the gravitational potential at a point
on the outer surface to that on the inner surface is
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ773
2(b 3 - a 3 )
3b(b 2 - a 2 )
Solution Let the density of the hollow sphere be r. The mass M of the
hollow sphere is a
4 b
M = pr(b3 – a3)
3
GM
The gravitational potential on the outer surface is – ; so we have
b
4
G ◊ p r(b 3 - a 3 ) Fig. 4.128
V(b) = 3
b
Now we consider a point at a distance r from the centre of the sphere such that a < r <
b. The gravitational field at this point is due to the mass contained within the radius r, this
mass is
4
pr(r3 – a3)
3
The gravitational field strength is
4
G ◊ p r(r 3 - a 3 )
g= 3
r2
From the relation between the field intensity g and the gravitational potential, we have
a
V(a) – V(b) = – Úb g dr
4prG a r 3 - a 3
3 Úb r 2
= dr
a
4prG È r 2 a 3 ˘
= Í + ˙
3 Î2 r ˚b
4prG È a 2 b 2 a 3 a 3 ˘
= Í - + - ˙
3 Î2 2 a b˚
4prG È 3 a 2 b 2 a 3 ˘
= Í - - ˙
3 Î 2 2 b˚
After using the expression for V(b), we obtain
4prG Ê 2 a 3 3 a 2 b 2 a 3 ˆ
V(a) = Á-b + + - - ˜
3 Ë b 2 2 b¯
4prG Ê 3b 2 3 a 2 ˆ
= Á- + ˜
3 Ë 2 2 ¯
774പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
4prG Ê b 3 - a 3 ˆ
- Á ˜
V (b ) 3 Ë b ¯
So that =
V ( a) 4prG Ê 3b 3 3 a 2 ˆ
Á- + ˜
3 Ë 2 2 ¯
2(b 3 - a 3 )
=
3b(b 2 - a 2 )
Problem 4.132 A box is dumped from a rocket travelling outward from the earth at a speed
of 1800 m/s when 1600 km above the earth’s surface. Estimate the speed of the box when it
reaches the earth’s surface. Estimate the speed of the box when it reaches the earth’s surface,
ignoring air resistance.
Option: (a) 5320 m/s (b) 6000 m/s (c) 7000 m/s (d) 4000 m/s
Solution At the instant of projection speed of box relative to the earth is equal to the speed
of rocket.
Applying conservation of energy,
1 GME m 1 GME m
mv12 = = mv22 -
2 r1 2 r2
where v1 = 1.80 ¥ 103 m/s,
r1 = 1.60 ¥ 106 m + 6.38 ¥ 106 m
= 7.98 ¥ 106 m
and r2 = 6.38 ¥ 106 m (the radius of the earth).
On solving for v2, we have
Ê 1 1ˆ
v2 = v12 - 2GME Á - ˜
Ë r1 r2 ¯
Ê 1 1 ˆ
= (1.80 ¥ 10 3 )2 - 2(6.67 ¥ 10 -11 ) ¥ (5.98 ¥ 10 24 ) ¥ ÁË 7.98 ¥ 106 - 6.38 ¥ 106 ˜¯
= 5320 m/s
The direction of the velocity of rocket is not required to solve this problem. This is the
advantage of energy methods.
Problem 4.133 A projectile is fired straight up from the surface of the earth with an initial
speed v1 = 9 km/s. Neglecting air resistance, find the maximum height to which the projectile
will rise.
Solution We will determine the maximum height by applying the energy conservation law.
We take the earth’s surface as initial point and maximum height as final point.
Ui + KEi = Uf + KEf
GME m 1 GME m
- + mvi2 = +0
RE 2 r
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ775
1 2 GME Ê RE ˆ
vi = ÁË 1 - ˜
2 RE r ¯
Ê R ˆ
= gRE Á i - E ˜ ...(1)
Ë r ¯
GME
where =g
RE2
Eq. (1) becomes
RE vi2
1– =
r 2 gRE
RE
r = ...(2)
1 - vi2 / 2 gRE
vi2 (9000)2
=
2 gRE 2(9.81)(6.40 ¥ 106 )
= 0.645
RE
Thus, r =
1 - 0.645
= 2.81RE
h = r – RE = 1.81RE
Problem 4.134 Consider the motion of a planet in elliptical orbit about the sun. Assuming
the mass of the planet to be considerable in comparison to the sun, obtain expression for (a)
angular momentum of planet, (b) time period, and (c) binding energy.
Solution
(a) The magnitude of angular momentum about the centre of mass of the planet and the
sun,
dq
LP = mv^r = mr 2 …(1)
dt
where v^ is the component of planet’s velocity perpendicular to r.
dq
v^ = r
dt
Areal velocity,
dA 1 dq LP
= r2 = ...(2)
dt 2 dt 2m
where m is the reduced mass.
The period of orbit is
Ê dA ˆ
T = (area of ellipse) ∏ Á
Ë dt ˜¯
...(3)
= p a2 1 - e 2 ...(4)
2 pma2 1 - e 2
T = ...(5)
LP
The inward acceleration due to gravitational force is given by
L2P 1
a = ...(6)
m a (1 - e ) r 2
2 2
Thus, Newton’s second law of the internal motion of the sun and planet becomes
GMS MP L2P 1
2
= ...(7)
r ma (1 - e ) r 2
2
Ê MS MP ˆ
Since the reduced mass, m = Á
Ë MS + MP ˜¯
(b) Distance of planet at perihelion = a(1 – e)
Angular momentum,
Lp = mva(1 – e)
1 L2P
Kinetic energy = mv2 =
2 2ma 2 (1 - e 2 )
(c) The binding energy EB of the moving planet is the binding energy if it were stationary
at perihelion minus kinetic energy.
GMS MP L2P
EB = -
a(1 - e ) 2ma 2 (1 - e 2 )
Substituting expression for L2p, we obtain
GMS MP GMS MP (1 - e 2 )
EB = -
a(1 - e ) 2 a(1 - e 2 )
GMS MP Ê 1 (1 + e ) ˆ
= -Á -
a Ë1- e
2
2(1 + e ) ˜¯
GMS MP
E =
2a
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ777
Problem 4.135 Two identical spheres each of mass m and radius r are at rest with their
centre 4r apart on a smooth horizontal surface. When they are released they move towards
each other due to gravitational attraction. How long after will they collide?
Solution From conservation of energy, when the separation between centers is x < 4r, we
have
2
Ê1 ˆ Gm Gm2
2 Á mv 2 ˜ - = -
Ë2 ¯ x 4r
Ê 4r - x ˆ
v2 = Gm Á
Ë x ˜¯
or
1 dx ( 4r - x)
or - = v = Gm
2 dt 4 rx
4r x = 2r x
or Ú dt =
2
Ú
Gm x = 4 r ( 4r - x)
dx
r 4r x
or t = Ú
Gm 2 r ( 4r - x)
dx
r
= [r(p + 2)]
Gm
r3
= (p + 2)
Gm
Problem 4.136 The distance between the earth and the moon is about 3.8 ¥ 105 km. At what
point or points will the gravitational field strength of the earth-moon system be zero? Given
mass of the earth is 81 times the moon’s mass.
Solution In this problem, the earth and the moon will be treated as point masses as they
are far apart and as in case of a point mass E = GM/r2, the field due to both the masses will
be zero at r = •. In addition to it, the field will also be zero at a point in between the earth
and the moon where the pull of the earth balances the pull of the moon. If this point is at a
distance x from the earth,
GME GM M 81 1
2
= or =
x (3.8 ¥ 108 - x )2 x2 (3.8 ¥ 108 - x )2
[as ME = 81 MM]
or 9(3.8 ¥ 10 – x) = x
8
(ii) This problem also indicates that an astronaut in going from the earth to the moon will
face weightlessness when he is at a distance of 3.42 ¥ 105 km from the earth, between
the earth-moon system and the engines of his spaceship are inactive.
Problem 4.137 Find the speeds of a planet of mass m in its perihelion and aphelion
positions. The semimajor axis of its orbit is a, eccentricity is e and the mass of the sun is M.
Also find the total energy of the planet in terms of the given parameters.
Solution Let v1 and v2 be the speeds of the planet at v2
perihelion and aphelion positions.
r1 = a(1 – e) r1 r2
P A
S
and r2 = a(1 + e) ...(i)
Applying conservation of angular momentum of the
v1
planet at P (perihelion) and A (aphelion)
Fig. 4.129
mv1r1 sin 90° = mv2r2 sin 90°
or v1r 1 = v 2r 2 ...(ii)
Applying conservation of mechanical energy in these two positions, we have
1 2 GMm 1 GMm
mv1 – = mv22 - ...(iii)
2 r1 2 r2
Solving Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
GM Ê 1 + e ˆ
v1 =
a ÁË 1 - e ˜¯
GM Ê 1 - e ˆ
and v2 =
a ÁË 1 + e ˜¯
Further, total energy of the planet
1 GMm
E = mv12 -
2 r1
1 È GM Ê 1 + e ˆ ˘ GMm
= m -
2 ÍÎ a ÁË 1 - e ˜¯ ˙˚ a(1 - e )
GMm ÈÊ 1 + e ˆ ˘
= Í ÁË ˜¯ - 1˙
a(1 - e ) Î 2 ˚
GMm Ê e - 1ˆ
= Á ˜
a(1 - e ) Ë 2 ¯
GMm
or E =
2a
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ779
Problem 4.138 Find the work done in transferring a point mass m from the centre A of the
ring to the centre B of the thin spherical shell.
M
M
A 3R B
2R R
Fig. 4.130
Ê GM GM ˆ -4GM
or vA = - Á + ˜=
Ë R 3R ¯ 3R
-2GMm
or W = Ans.
15R
Problem 4.139 What is the fractional decrease in the value of free-fall acceleration g for a
particle when it is lifted from the surface to an elevation h? (h << R).
GM
Solution g= fi
R2
dg -2GM
=
dR R3
dg -2GM 1
fi = ◊
h R3 R
dg Ê hˆ
fi = - 2Á ˜
g Ë R¯
Problem 4.140 A body is projected vertically upwards from the surface of the earth with
a velocity sufficient to carry it to infinity. Calculate the time taken by it to reach height h.
Solution If at a distance r from the centre of the earth the body has velocity v, by conserva-
tion of mechanical energy
1 Ê GMm ˆ 1 Ê GMm ˆ
mv 2 + Á 2
˜¯ = mve + ÁË - ˜
2 Ë r 2 R ¯
2GMm Ê R ˆ
fi v2 = v2e + Á - 1˜¯
R Ër
780പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
GM
Now, ve = 2gR and g=
R2
fi v2 = 2gR + 2gR (R/r – 1)
2 gR2
v =
r
dr 2g
fi =R
dt r
t R+h
1
fi Ú dt = R 2g
Ú rdr
0 R
1 2R ÈÊ hˆ
3/2 ˘
fi t = ÍÁË 1 + ˜¯ - 1˙
3 g Î R ˚
Problem 4.141 An object weighs 10 N at the north pole of the earth. In a geostationary
sattellite distant 7R from the centre of the earth (of radius R) what will be its (a) true weight,
and (b) apparent weight.
Solution
(a) The true weight of a body is given by mg and with height g decrease. Let it be g¢
WS mg ¢ 1 È g ˘
So, = = as g ¢ =
WE mg [1 + ( h / R)]2 ÍÎ 2˙
[1 + ( h / R)] ˚
Problem 4.142 What should be the length of the day so that the weight of a body on the
equator of the earth becomes zero? Given that radius of the earth is 6400 km and acceleration
due to gravity on its surface is 9.8 m/s2.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ781
Solution The effective value of g at equator is zero let w¢ be the angular velocity of rotation
g – Rw¢ 2 = 0
g 9.8 1 rad
or w¢ = = =
R 6400 ¥ 10 3 808 s
2p R
So, T¢ = = 2p
w¢ g
i.e., T ¢ = 6.28 ¥ 808s 84.6 min 1.4 hr
Note: As the present length of the day is 24 hrs and T μ (1/w),
w¢ T 24
= = = 17
w T ¢ 1.4
i.e., if the earth starts spinning about 17 times of its present value, the weight of a body on
the equator will become zero.
Problem 4.143 A solid sphere of mass m and radius r is placed inside
a hollow thin spherical shell of mass M and radius R as shown in M
Fig. 4.131. A particle of mass m¢ is placed on the line joining the two
centres at a distance x from the point of contact of the sphere and the O
shell. Find the magnitude of the resultant gravitational force on this R x
particle due to the sphere and the shell if mO
r
1. r < x < 2r
Gmm¢(2r - x ) Gmm¢( x - r ) Fig. 4.131
(a) 3
(b) 3
2r 2r
Gmm¢( x - r ) Gmm¢(2 x - r )
(c) 3
(d)
r r3
2. 2r < x < 2R
Gmm¢ Gmm¢ Gmm¢ 2Gmm¢
(a) 2
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d)
4( x - x ) ( x - x) (x - r) ( x - r )2
3. x > 2R
2Gmm¢ Gmm¢ GMm¢ 2Gmm¢
(a) 2
+ 2
(b) 2
+
(x - r) (x + r) 2( x - R) ( x - r )2
GMm¢ Gmm¢ GMm¢ Gmm¢
(c) + (d) +
( x + R )2 ( x + r )2 ( x - R )2 ( x - r )2
782പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
gR2
=
2 gR - v02
So, we can see that the semi-major axis is independent of the angle of projection a.
Problem 4.147 The density of atmosphere at a certain altitude V
is approximately 1.6 ¥ 10–11kg/m3. Determine the aerodynamic
drag experienced by a satellite with a cross-sectional area of
0.5 m2 and mass 10 kg orbiting at this height. What will be the A
velocity and height of the satellite per revolution? Assume the
circular orbit close to the earth’s surface.
Solution When a solid body moves through air, the collision Fig. 4.138
between molecules and the body is mainly inelastic. If A is the
frontal area of the body, the volume swept per second is AV. Mass of the air particles striking
per second is rAV. Momentum gained per second is rAv2.
Therefore, the frictional force acting on the satellite is
F = rAv2
Assuming low circular orbit, the orbital velocity is 8 cm/sec.
F = 1.6 ¥ 10–11 ¥ (0.5)(8 ¥ 103)2
ª 5.12 ¥ 10–4 N
The total energy of the satellite on a circular orbit of radius R is
1
E = - mv 2
2
GME m
=-
2RE
dE GmME
=+
dR 2RE2
(dE)(2RE2 )
dR =
GmME
whereas change in velocity is
dE
dv = -
mv
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ785
The energy of the satellite will change due to drag by DE = – 2pREF per revolution.
Therefore, the orbit radius will be decreased by
4p RE3
dR = F
GmME
3F
ª–
Gmr
where r is the mean density of the earth.
r = 5500 kg/m3
dR ª 0.4 km
The increment in velocity,
2p RE F
dv =
mv
= 0.5 m/sec
Problem 4.148 A small satellite revolves around a heavy planet in a circular orbit. At a
point on its orbit an impulse acts suddenly and instantaneously increases its kinetic energy
k times without change in its direction of motion. Show that in its subsequent motion the
Ê k ˆ
ratio of its maximum and minimum distance from the planet is Á assuming the mass
Ë 2 - k ˜¯
of the satellite is negligibly small compared to that of the planet.
Solution Let v0 be the velocity of the satellite at A when it v0
is in a circular orbit. From Newton’s second law,
GMm mv02 A
M
A
2
= R P
r r r
GM
or v02 = ...(1)
r
Fig. 4.139
Due to impulse the velocity v0 is increased to v such that
v2 = kv02. Let the maximum distance at A¢ of the satellite from P be R.
From conservation of angular momentum, we have
mVR = mvr
vr
or V =
R
From the law of conservation of energy, we have
GMm 1 GMm 1
- + mV 2 = - + mv 2
R 2 R 2
On eliminating V, we get
Ê 2GM ˆ
ÁË - v 2 ˜ R2 – 2GMR + v2r2 = 0
r ¯
786പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
v2 r v2 r rk
Therefore, R = = 2 =
2
GM
- v 2 2v0 - v
2
2-k
r
R k
or =
r 2-k
Problem 4.149 A man made satellite moves in an elliptical orbit around the earth. It was
put in the orbit at a point with a speed 1.2v, where v is the speed for a circular orbit at that
point. Find the ratio of maximum to minimum distance of the satellite from the earth.
Solution The satellite moves in an elliptical orbit with r1 v1
and r2 the minimum and maximum distances, then
GME r1 r2 B
v =
r1
GME = v2r1 ...(1) v2
Solution Mass of the earth = M, radius of the earth = R, speed of both the satellites
GM
before collision = u = , velocity of the combined mass after collision = v.
2R
By conservation of momentum
2mu – mu = 3mv
u 1 GM
fi v = =
3 3 2R
Total mechanical energy just after collision
2
1 Ê uˆ GM(3m)
= ( 3 m) Á ˜ -
2 Ë 3¯ 2R
mu2 3 GMm 17 GMm
= - =-
6 2 R 12 R
When length of the minimum radius vector = r
Total angular momentum of the combined mass = L (conserved)
L
then velocity can be expressed as =
(3m)(r )
At this moment total energy
1 L2 GM(3m)
= ( 3 m) 2 2
-
2 ( 3 m) r r
Ê GM ˆ
Putting L = Á 2m R˜
Ë 2R ¯
2 Ê GM ˆ R2 3GMm 17 GMm
Total energy = mÁ ˜ - =-
3 Ë 2R ¯ r 2 r 12 R
fi 2
17r – 36Rr + 4R = 02
2R
fi r = 2R;
17
2R
Hence, as r = < R, the combined mass hits the earth.
17
Now when it hits the earth, let its linear momentum = p
Therefore, its kinetic energy
p2 p2
= =
2(3m) 6 m
p2 3m
Total energy = - GM
6m R
2
p 3GMm 17 GMm
Hence, - =-
6m R 12 R
P2 19 GMm
fi =
6 m 12 R
19 GM
fi P = m
12 R
788പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Hence, angular momentum = Rp cos q where q = angle at which the combined mass hits
the earth’s surface.
Angular momentum being conserved.
Ê GM ˆ
Rp cos q = 2m Á
Ë R ˜¯
R
Ê 19 GM ˆ Ê GM ˆ
fi RÁ m ˜¯ cos q = 2m ÁË ˜R
Ë 2 R R ¯
2 2 4 2 2
fi cos q = ¥ = =
2 19 19 2 19
Ê 2 2ˆ
fi q = cos–1 Á
Ë 19 ˜¯
.
Problem 4.151 If a planet was suddenly stopped in its orbit supposed to be circular show
that it would fall onto the sun in a time ( 2/8) times the period of the planet’s revolution.
Solution If the mass of the sun is M and radius of the planet’s orbit is r, then as v0 =
(GM / r ) ,
2p r r
T = = 2p r
v0 GM
4p 2 r 3
i.e., T2 = …(1)
GM
Now if the planet (when stopped in the orbit) has velocity v when it is at a distance x
from the sun, by conservation of mechanical energy,
1 Ê GMm ˆ GMm
mv 2 + Á - ˜¯ = 0 -
2 Ë x r
2
Ê dx ˆ 2GM È r - x ˘
or ÁË - ˜ =
dt ¯ r ÍÎ x ˙˚
dx 2GM (r - x )
i.e., - =
dt r x
t r 0È x ˘
or Ú0 dt = - Ú Í ˙ dx
2GM r Î (r - x ) ˚
Substituting x = r sin2 q and solving the RHS.
1/2
0 Ê r sin q ˆ
2
0 x
-Ú dx = - Ú Á
r (r - x) p /2 Ë r - r sin 2 q ˜
¯
0
= -rÚ (1 – cos 2q)dq
p /2
0
È 1 ˘ pr
= - r Íq - sin 2q ˙ =
Î 2 ˚ p /2 2
r Ê prˆ
t = ¥Á ˜
2GM Ë 2 ¯
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ789
Problem 4.152 Determine the height h above the surface where the value of g
(i) falls to 1% of the value at the surface; and
(ii) falls by 1% of the value of the surface.
Solution
R2 g h R2
(i) gh = g 2 fi = 2
r g r
It is given that gh = 0.01g
R2
So, = 0.01
r2
r = 100 R2 = 10R
r = R+h
10R = R+h
h = 10R – R = 9R
(ii) gh = g ÊÁ 1 -
2h ˆ
Ë ˜
R¯ gh
=1-
2h
g R
2h g - g h
=
R g
g - gh
Given, = 0.01
g
2h R
0.01 = ,h=
R 200
We know that R = 6400 km, so h = 32 km.
790പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 4.153 In a double star, two stars one of mass m1 and another of mass m2, with a
separation d, rotate about their common centre of mass. Find:
(a) an expression for their time period of revolution,
(b) the ratio of their kinetic energies,
(c) the ratio of their angular momenta about the centre of mass,
(d) the total angular momentum of the system, and
(e) the kinetic energy of the system
Solution COM
m1 m2
r1 r2
(a) r 1 + r2 = d ...(i)
m1r 1 = m 2r 2 ...(ii) d
Solving these two equations we get Fig. 4.143
Ê m2 ˆ Ê m2 ˆ
r1 = Á ˜ d or r2 = Á d
Ë 1
m + m2¯ Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯
The centripetal force is provided by gravitational force,
Gm1 m2 Gm1 m2
m 1r 1w 2 = m 2r 2w 2 = 2
fi
d d2
Gm1 m2 Ê m2 ˆ
= m1 Á dw 2
d2 Ë m1 + m2 ˜¯
Solving these equations, we get
G(m1 + m2 )
w =
d3
2p
\ T =
w
d3
= 2p Ans.
G(m1 + m2 )
1
I1w 2
K1 2 I m r2
(b) = = 1 = 1 12
K2 1 I 2 m2 r2
I 2w 2
2 2 2
Êm ˆÊr ˆ Êm ˆÊm ˆ m
= Á 1˜Á 1˜ = Á 1˜Á 2˜ = 2 Ans.
Ë m2 ¯ Ë r2 ¯ Ë m2 ¯ Ë m1 ¯ m1
L1 I1w I1 m2
(c) = = = Ans.
L2 I 2w I 2 m1
(d) L = L1 + L2 = (I1 + I2)w
= (m1r12 + m2r22)w
È m m2 d 2 m2 m12 d 2 ˘
= Í 1 2 2 + ˙w
ÍÎ (m1 + m2 ) (m1 + m2 )2 ˙˚
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ791
È m m2 d 2 + m2 m12 d 2 ˘
=Í 1 2 ˙w
ÍÎ (m1 + m2 )2 ˙˚
d 2 m1 m2w È m2 + m1 ˘
fi Ím + m ˙
m1 + m2 Î 1 2˚
= mwd2 Ans.
m1 m2
where, m = = reduced mass
m1 + m2
1 1
(e) K = (I1 + I2)w2 = mw2d2 Ans.
2 2
Problem 4.154 The distance between the earth and the moon is about 3.8 ¥ 105 km. At what
point will the gravitational field strength of the earth-moon system be zero? Given mass of
the earth is 81 times the moon’s mass.
Solution Let r1 be the distance of point from the earth
m1 r r r
r1 = = =
m1 + m2 m2 1
1+ 1+
m1 81
9r 9
= = ¥ 3.8 ¥ 105 km
10 10
Problem 4.157 Three uniform spheres each having a mass M and radius a are kept in such
a way that each touches the other two. Find the magnitude of the gravitational force on any
of the spheres due to the other two. (BITSAT, 2009)
Solution Let F be force between any two particles, then
GM 2
F =
( 2 a )2 F F
60
\ Fnet = 2F cos
2
Gm2 3 3 Gm2
=2 2
◊ = Fig. 4.145
4a 2 4 a2
Problem 4.158 A smooth tunnel is dug along the radius of the earth that ends at the centre.
A ball is released from the surface of the earth along tunnel. Coefficient of restitution for
collision between soil at centre and ball is 0.5. Calculate the distance travelled by ball just
before the second collision at centre. Given mass of the earth is M and radius of the earth is R.
Solution Let mass of the ball be m.
1 2 4=0
mv = m(VA – VB)
2 A
È GM Ê GM ˆ ˘
= m Í- - Á - 1.5 ˜
R ¯ ˙˚
B
Î R Ë v
GMm
=
2R
Fig. 4.146
GM
\ v =
R
Velocity of ball just after collision,
1 GM
v¢ = ev =
2 R
Let r be the distance from the centre up to where the ball reaches after collision. Then,
1
mv¢2 = m[V (r) – V(centre)]
2
1 GMm È 3GM GM Ê 3R2 r 2 ˆ ˘
or = mÍ - 3 Á - ˜˙
8 R Î 2R R Ë 2 2 ¯˚
2
1 3 3 r
or = - +
8 2 2 2R 2
r2 1
\ 2
=
R 4
R
or r =
2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ793
Problem 4.159 A smooth tunnel is dug along the radius of the earth that ends at the centre.
A ball is released from the surface of the earth along the tunnel if the coefficient of restitution
is 0.2 between the surface and ball then the distance travelled by the ball before the second
collision at the centre
6 7
(a) R (b) R
5 5
9 3
(c) R (d) R
5 2
GM A
Solution (b) a =- 3
x
R
a = – w 2x O
GM R
So, w = vC r
3
R C
GM
= wA = ¥R
R3
After collision velocity of ball towards A,
Fig. 4.147
GM 1 GM
vc = evc = 0.2 =
R3 5 R
Let now amplitude be A¢, then
1 GM
vC 5 R R
A¢ = = =
w GM 5
3
R
7R
Net distance = R + (R /5) + (R/5) =
5
Problem 4.160 The density of the core of a planet is r1 and that of the
outer shell is r2. The radii of the core and that of the planet are R and 2R
respectively. The acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the planet R
2R
is same as at a depth R. The ratio of density r1/r2 will be:
(a) 7/3 (b) 5/3 r1
(c) 8/3 (d) 1/3 r2
Solution (a) Let M, m be the mass of the planet and that of the core,
Fig. 4.148
then
GM Gm
=
( 2 R )2 R2
M
fi =m
4
794പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
4 3 4
pR r1 + p[8R3 – R3] r2 = 4(4/3pR3 r1)
3 3
r1 + 7r2 = 4r1
r1/r2 = 7/3
Problem 4.161 A certain triple-star system consists of two stars, each of mass m, revolving
about a central star of mass M in the same circular orbit of radius r. The two stars are always
at opposite of a diameter of the circular orbit (see Fig. 4.149). Derive
an expression for the period of revolution of the stars. m
r
Solution The centripetal force acting on each star of mass m
È GMm GMm ˘ M
F= Í 2 +
Î r (2r )2 ˙˚
By Newton’s second law, we have m
2
GMm Gm Fig. 4.149
mw2r = 2
+ 2
r ( 2r )
GM Gm
\ w = 3
+ Ans.
r 4r 3
Problem 4.162 Two equal masses of M are separated by a distance 2 d. A small body of
mass m is released from a point P, equidistance from the two masses and a distance d from
the line joining them. Calculate:
(a) the velocity of this body when it passes through Q; and P
(b) the acceleration of this body at P and Q. M d M
Solution
d Q d
(a) By conservation of mechanical energy, we have
(K + U)p = (K + U)Q Fig. 4.150
È Ê - Gm ˆ ˘ 1 È Ê -GMm ˆ ˘ m
or 0 + Í2 Á ˜ ˙ = mv 2 + Í 2 Á ˜˙ P
Î Ë 2d ¯ ˚ 2 Î Ë d ¯˚
2d q
GM Ê 1 ˆ
\ v =2 Á 1- ˜
d Ë 2¯ M M
d Q
(b) The force on the body
Fp = 2F cos q Fig. 4.151
Ê GMm ˆ d
= 2Á ˜ ¥
Ë 2d ¯
2
2d
\ acceleration at P,
FP GM
ap = =
m 2 d2
At Q the net force on the body becomes zero, and so
aQ = 0.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ795
ͳ౨(Only one option is correct) 6. The escape velocity from the earth is
1. A body of mass m is moved to a height about 11 km/sec. Assuming the mass
equal to the radius of the earth R. The and radius of the earth to be about 81
increase in its potential energy is and 4 times the mass and radius of the
moon. The escape velocity in(km/sec)
1 from the surface of the moon will be
(a) mgR (b) mgR
2 (BITSAT, 2010)
1 (a) 2.44 (b) 0.34
(c) 2 mgR (d) mgR
4 (c) 11 (d) 49.5
7. The escape velocity from the earth is
2. Two planets have radii r1 and r2 and about 11 km/sec. The escape velocity
densities d1 and d2 respectively. The from a planet having twice the radius
ratio of acceleration due to gravity on and same mean density as the earth is
them will be (WBJEE, 2001) (a) 22 km/sec
(a) r1 d2 : r2 d1 (b) r12 d1 : r22 d2 (b) 11 km/sec
(c) r1 d1 : r2 d2 (d) r1d12 : r2 d22 (c) 5.5 km/sec
(d) 15.5 km/sec
3. The value of g will be 1% of its value 8. The distance of two planets (Jupiter
at the surface of the earth at a height of and Saturn) from the sun are 1013 and
(Re = 6400 km) 1012 m respectively. The ratio of time
(a) 6400 km (b) 2560 km period is (VITEEE, 2009)
(c) 57600 km (d) 64000 km (a) 10 10 (b) 1/ 10
4. If the change in the value of g at a (c) 100 (d) 10
height h above the surface of the earth 9. The orbital velocity of an artificial
is same as at a depth x below it then satellite in a circular orbit just above
(both h and x being below the surface the earth’s surface is v. For a satellite
of the earth is) (DCE, 2004) orbiting at an altitude of half the
(a) x = 2h (b) x = h earth’s radius the orbital velocity is
(c) x = 1/2h (d) x = h (EAMCET, 2001)
5. The acceleration due to gravity varies (a) 3/2 v (b) 2/3 v
as one moves away from the earth’s
centre is given by (BITSAT, 2003) (c)
3
v (d) 2/3 v
2
g g
10. A satellite rotating in the same sense as
(a) (b) the earth in an equitorial orbit has a time
r r period of 6 hours. At a certain instant
there is an observer on the equator
g g of the earth (which is overhead). It is
(c) (d) directly overhead the observer again
after a time t the current value of t is
r r
(a) 8 hr (b) 4 hr
(c) 12 hr (d) 24 hr
796പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
ʹ౨(Only one option is correct) due to gravity at the latitude of 30° and
g at the equator. The value of g – g30 is
1. A particle is projected with a speed
v0 from the surface of the earth the 3 2 1 2
(a) wR (b) wR
maximum height reached by the 4 4
particle is equal to the radius R of the
1 2
earth if g is the acceleration due to (c) w2R (d) wR
gravity on the surface of the earth then 2
(a) v02 < 2gR (b) v02 > 2gR 7. Four particles of masses m are placed
2
(c) v0 = 2gR (d) v02 = gR at the four corners of a square of side
2. At what distance from the centre of the ‘a’. Forces exerted by this system on
moon is the point at which the strength other particles of mass m placed at the
of the resultant field of the earth’s and midpoint of a side of square is
the moon’s gravitational force is equal
to zero. The earth’s mass is 81 times 16GM 2 16GM 2
(a) (b)
that of the moon and the distance 5 3a2 5 5a2
between centre of the earth and the
16GM 2
moon is 60 R where R is the radius of (c) (d) zero
the earth. 5a2
(a) 4R (b) 6R 8. What should be the angular velocity of
(c) 3R (d) 5R the earth about its own axis so that a
3. The radius of the earth is 6400 km and person’s weight at the equator will be
g = 9.8 m/sec2. If the body placed at 3/5 of his weight at poles (OJEE, 2012)
the equator has to become weightless
2g 2g
the earth should make one complete (a) (b)
rotation in (WBJEE, 2004) 3R 5R
(a) 12 hours (b) 6 hours g 3g
(c) 1.4 hours (d) 24 hours (c) (d)
R 2R
4. The orbital period of a satellite in
a circular orbit of radius r about a 9. A satellite is moving in its orbit around
spherical planet of mass M and mean the earth. Its kinetic energy is K. The
density r for a low altitude orbit (r = satellite is given additional KE and
rr) will be when its kinetic energy becomes K¢
it escapes the gravitation pull of the
(a) 3p Gr (b) 3p/Gr earth then
(c) p/Gr (d) 2/Gr (a) K¢ = 4 K (b) K¢ = 2 K
(c) K¢ = 3 K (d) K¢ = 1.5 K
5. A body is projected vertically upward
10. Suppose the gravitational force varies
from the surface of a planet of radius R
inversely as the n power of distance
with a velocity equal to half the escape
then time period of a planet in circular
velocity for that planet. The max height
orbit of radius R around the sun will
attained is
be proportional to (IIT-JEE, 2016)
(a) R/2 (b) R/5 (a) Rn (b) Rn–1/2
R n+1
(c) R/3 (d)
4 (c) R 2 (d) R–n
6. If the earth is supposed to be a sphere of 11. A spherical symmetric gravitational
radius R. If g30 is value of acceleration system of particles has a mass density:
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ797
4R
(c) the gravitational potentials at P 6. The spherical planets have the same
and Q are equal mass but densities in the ratio 1:8. For
(d) the gravitational potentials at P these planets, the
and Q are unequal (a) acceleration due to gravity will be
4. A solid sphere of uniform density in the ratio 1:4
and radius 4 units is located with its (b) acceleration due to gravity will be
centre at the origin O of coordinates. in the ratio 4:1
Two spheres of equal radii 1 unit with (c) escape velocities from their sur-
their centres at A (–2, 0, 0) and B (2,
0, 0) respectively are taken out of the faces will be in the ratio 1 : 2
(d) escape velocities from their
solid leaving behind spherical cavities
as shown in figure. Then surfaces will be in the ratio 2 : 1
Y
7. A geostationary satellite is at a height
h above the surface of earth. If the
earth’s radius is R.
A B
O X
R
Z q
R h
Matrix Matching
13. Column I describes some situations in which a small object moves. Column II describes
some characteristics of these motions. Match the situations in column I with the
characteristics in column II.
Column I Column II
A. The object moves on the x-axis under (p) The object executes a simple
a conservative force in such a way harmonic motion.
that its ‘speed’ and ‘position’ satisfy
v = c1 c2 - x 2 , where c1 and c2 are
positive constants.
B. The object moves on the x-axis in (q) The object does not change in
such a way that its velocity and its direction.
displacement from the origin satisfy v
= – kx, where k is a positive constant.
C. The object is attached to one end of (r) The kinetic energy of the object
a massless spring of a given spring keeps on decreasing.
constant. The other end of the spring
is attached to the ceiling of an elevator.
Initially, everything is at rest. The
elevator starts moving upwards with a
constant acceleration a. The motion
of the object is observed from the
elevator during the period it maintains
this acceleration.
D. The object is projected from the earth’s (s) The object can change its direction
surface vertically upwards with a of motion only once.
speed 2 GM/R , where M is the mass
of the earth and R is the radius of
the earth. Neglect forces from objects
other than the earth.
14. On the surface of the earth acceleration due to gravity is g and gravitational potential
is V. Match the following:
Column I Column II
A. At height h = R, value of g (p) decreases by a factor 1/4
B. At depth h = R/2, value of g (q) decreases by a factor 1/2
C. At height h = R/2, value of g (r) decreases by a factor 3/4
D. At depth h = R/4, value of g (s) decreases by a factor 2/3
(t) None
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ803
15. Two concentric spherical shells are shown in figure. Match the following:
∑B
∑A
D
∑C
Column I Column II
A. Potential at A (p) greater than B
B. Gravitational field at A (q) less than B
C. As one moves from C to D (r) potential remains constant
D. As one moves from D to A (s) gravitational field decreases
(t) None
16. A satellite is revolving around the earth in a circular orbits of radius a with velocity v0.
A particle of mass m is projected from the satellite in forward direction with relative
È 5 ˘
velocity v = Í - 1˙ v0. During subsequent motion of particle, match the following
Î 4 ˚
Column I Column II
3GMe m
A. Total energy of particle (p) –
8a
5 GMe m
B. Minimum distance of particle from (q)
the earth 8 a
C. Maximum distance of particle from (r) 5a/3
the earth
D. Kinetic energy (s) a
17. Assume v0 is the velocity of projection of a body from the surface of the earth enables
it to become a satellite of the earth close to the earth’s surface. If R is the radius of
GM
the earth then v0 = gR where g = ; G – universal gravitational constant and M
R2
v 1
is the mass of the earth. If ve be the escape velocity on the earth then 0 = . If v is
ve 2
the velocity of projection of body on the surface of earth then, match the following
Column I Column II
A. v = v0 (b) Path of body is circular
B. v < v0 (q) Path of body is elliptical and returns
to the earth
C. v0 < v < ve (r) Path of body is elliptical but not
return to the earth
D. v = ve (s) Path of the body is parabolic
804പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Answers Key
Level 1
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a)
9. (b) 10. (a)
Level 2
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (b)
9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (c) 12. (a)
Multiple Correct Options
1. (a, c, d) 2. (b, d) 3. (b, d) 4. (a, c, d)
5. (a, b) 6. (a, c) 7. (a, c) 8. (a, d)
9. (a, b, c, d) 10. (a, d) 11. (b) 12. (a, d)
13. (b, c) 14. (a, d) 15. (a, d)
Passages and Matrix Matching
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (a)
9. (a) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (b)
13. AÆ(p); BÆ(q), (r); CÆ(p), (s); DÆ(r) 14. AÆ(q); BÆ(q); CÆ(s); DÆ(r)
15. AÆ(q); BÆ(t); CÆ(r); DÆ(s) 16. AÆ(p); BÆ(s); CÆ(r); DÆ(q)
17. AÆ(p); BÆ(q); CÆ(r); DÆ(s)
Level 1
mgh mgR 1
1. (b) DU = = = mgR
È h ˘ È R ˘ 2
ÍÎ1 + R ˙˚ ÍÎ1 + R ˙˚
fi h = 9R = 57600 km
4. (a) gh = gx
Ê 2h ˆ Ê xˆ
g Á1- ˜ = g Á1- ˜ (∵ x << R)
Ë R¯ Ë R¯
fi x = 2h
Ê GM ˆ
5. (b) Inside the earth: gin = Á 3 ˜ r
Ë R ¯
fi gin μ r
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ805
GM
Outside the earth: gout =
r2
1
gout μ
r2
Therefore, option (c) is correct.
vM 2GM M/RM ÊM ˆ Ê R ˆ
6. (a) = = Á M˜ ¥Á E ˜
vE 2GME/RE Ë ME ¯ Ë RM ¯
vM 1 2
= ¥4 =
11 81 9
2
vM = ¥ 11 = 2.44
9
GM G( 4/3)p R3 r 4
7. (a) g = = = p Gr R
R2 R2 3
4 Ê 8 ˆ
\ ve = 2 gR = 2 ¥ p Gr R ¥ R = Á p Gr ˜ R
3 Ë 3 ¯
\ ve μ R. As density r is same but radius becomes double, the escape velocity
will become double.
8. (a) According to Kepler’s 3rd law, T2 μ r3
3/2
T1 Ê r1 ˆ
\ =
T2 ÁË r2 ˜¯
9. (b) v0 = gR2/(R + h)
v0¢ R 2
\ = =
v0 (R + R/2) 3
Ê 2ˆ Ê 2ˆ
v¢0 = Á v = v
Ë 3 ˜¯ 0 ÁË 3 ˜¯
TSTE
10. (a) t = . if rotating in same sense.
TE - TS
Level 2
1. (d) Initial KE = Final PE
1 mgh
mv02 =
2 Ê hˆ
ÁË 1 + ˜¯
R
806പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 mgR
mv02 =
2 Ê Rˆ
ÁË 1 + ˜¯
R
v02 = gR
2. (b) Let the gravitational field strength be zero at point P having distance x from the
moon. Then,
Iearth = Imoon
GME GM M
2
=
(60 R - x ) x2
81 1
2
= 2
(60 R - x ) x
9 1
=
60R - x x
x = 6R
3. (c) The body placed at the equator will be weightless if weight of body is balanced
by centrifugal force, i.e.,
mRw2 = mg
w= g/R
R
T = 2p
g
22 6.4 ¥ 106
= 2¥ ¥
7 9.8
5080 second
1.4 hour
4. (b) For low altitude orbit, orbital velocity is
Ê4 ˆ
G Á p R3 ˜ r Ê ˆ
GM Ë3 ¯ 4
v0 = = =Á p Gr ˜ R
R R Ë 3 ¯
2p R 2p R 3p
\ T= = =
v0 Ê 4 ˆ Gr
ÁË p Gr ˜ R
3 ¯
1 Ê h ˆ
5. (c) mv 2 = mgh / Á 1 + ˜
2 Ë R¯
1 1
Here, v= ve = 2gR
2 2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ807
1 Ê1 ˆ mgh
\ m Á gR˜ =
2 Ë2 ¯ Ê hˆ
ÁË 1 + ˜¯
R
R
h =
3
6. (b) g¢ = g – Rw2 cos2 f
At equator, f = 0°. Therefore,
g = geq = g – Rw2
At latitude, f = 30°
3
g30° = g – Rw2 cos2 30° = g – Rw2
4
1 1
\ g – g30° = – Rw 2 = Rw2 (in magnitude)
4 4
7. (b) From the figure, the net force on mass m placed at P is given by
Gm2 a 16Gm2
= 2F cos q = 2 ◊ =
(5 a /4) a 5/2 5 5 a 2
2
m m
a 5/2
a F
2
q q 2F cos q
a q q
P
F
m m
8. (b) g¢ = g – Rw 2 cos2 f
At poles, f = 90°
\ Wpole = mg¢p = mg
At equator, f = 0°.
Weq = mg¢eq = mg – mRw2
3
or mg = mg – mRw2
5
2g
w=
5R
1 1 1
9. (b) K = mv02 = m( gR )2 = mgR
2 2 2
1 1 1
K¢= mve2 = m( 2 gR )2 = (2mgR)
2 2 2
\ K¢= 2K
808പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
GMm
10. (c) mRw2 = …(i)
Rn 4p 2 GMm
mR 2 =
T Rn
R 1
2
μ n
T R
T2 μ Rn+1
T μ R(n+1)/2
11. (c) For radius r £ R, the intensity will be due to mass within radius r.
È4 ˘
G Í p r 3 r0 ˙ m 2
Therefore, Iinside = Î 3 ˚ = mv
2
r r
\ v μr
For r > R, the intensity will be due to total mass.
È4 ˘
G Í p r 3 r0 ˙ m
mv 2
Therefore, Ioutside = Î 3 2 ˚ =
r r
1
\ v μ
r
Thus, the graph will be as shown in option (c).
4R
(G(s )(2p y dy )
12. (a) The potential at point P is given by V = – Ú y2 + x2
3R
= – 2p GsR [4 2 - 5]
x2 + y 2
x
dy 3R 4R
M M
But, s = =
p (16 R - 9R ) 7p R2
2 2
2GM
\ Work = mV = (1) V = ( 4 2 - 5)
7R
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ809
5. (a, b)
GM F r
For r1 < R, F = 2
,\ 1 = 1
r F2 r2
GM F1 r22
For r1 £ R, F = ,\ =
r2 F2 r12
6. (a, c)
1/3
4 Ê 3M ˆ
M= p R3 r or R = Á
3 Ë 4pr ˜¯
2/3
GM GM Ê 4pr ˆ
(i) g = = = GM Á
R 2
(3 M/4pr ) 3/2 Ë 3 M ˜¯
2/3 2/3
g Êr ˆ Ê 1ˆ 1
i.e., g μ r 2/3
\ 1 = Á 1˜ =Á ˜ =
g2 Ë r2 ¯ Ë 8¯ 4
B
810പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
R
Min. colatitude, sin q =
R+h
Curved area AB on the earth = 2pR2(1 – sin q)
Area on the earth escaped from satellite
= 4pR2 – 2pR2(1 – sin q) = 2pR2 (1 + sin q)
8. (a, d)
-1.5GM
At centre, V =
R
and E =0
9. (a, b, c, d)
Initially, potential and kinetic energies are zero and from conservation of mechanical
energy total energy of the two objects is zero.
Further, decrease in gravitational potential energy = increase in kinetic energy
G(m)( 4 m) 1
or = mvr2 ...(1)
r 2
(m)( 4 m) 4 m
Here, m = reduced mass = =
m + 4m 5
Substituting in Eq. (1), we get
vr = relative velocity of approach
10Gm
=
r
From Eq. (1) total kinetic energy
G(m)( 4 m)
=
r
4Gm2
=
r
Net torque of two equal and opposite forces acting on two objects is zero. Therefore,
angular momentum will remain conserved. Initially, both the objects were stationary
i.e., angular momentum about any point was zero. Hence, angular momentum of both
the particles about any point will be zero at all instants.
10. (a, d)
Time period in both the cases
R2
T1 = T2 = 2p = 84.6 min
GM
But v1 > v2. Because the difference in potential energy between the extreme position
and mean position will be more in the first case.
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ811
11. (b)
O m m m
x=0 x=1 x=2 x=4
È 1 ˘ 4Gm2
\ F0 = Gm2 Í ˙ fi F0 =
Î 1 - 1/4 ˚ 3
12. (a, d)
Same force acts on both masses.
1
Hence, a μ (F = ma)
m
In the absence of external force (remember mutual gravitational force is an internal
force for the system) total energy remains constant.
13. (b, c)
mgx
Net force towards centre of the earth = mg¢ =
R
Normal force N = mg¢ sin q
mgx R
Thus, pressing force N =
R 2x
mg
N= constant and independent of x.
2
Tangential force F = ma = mg¢ cos q
R2
- x2
gx 4 N
Q = g¢ cos q =
R x
mg q R/2
gx
a= R2 - 4 x 2 x
R
R
Curve is parabolic and at x = ,a=0
2
812പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
14. (a, d)
2mr 2r
r2 = =
m + 2m 3
4p 2 r23
T22 =
GM r2 r1
32p r2 3 m 2 1 2m
T22 = r c.m.
27GM
T2 μ r3/2; T2 μ m–1/2
15. (a, d)
GM GM
Outside the earth g = 2
, inside the earth g = r
r R3
Passages and Matrix Matching
Passage (Q. 1–2)
We have T2 μ r3 R2
v1
2 3 v2
Ê T1 ˆ Ê R1 ˆ
\ ÁË T ˜¯ = ÁË R ˜¯
2 2 R1 S2
S1
2 3
Ê 1ˆ Ê R1 ˆ
or ÁË ˜¯ = Á ˜
8 Ë R2 ¯
fi R2 = 4R1 = 4 ¥ 104 km.
Let v1 and v2 be the linear speeds of S1 and S2 with respect to the planet.
Then
2p R1
v1 = = 2p ¥ 104 km/h
T1
2p R2
and v2 = = p ¥ 104 km/h
T2
1. (b) At the closest separation, they are moving in the same direction. Therefore, the
speed of S2 with respect to S1 is |v2 – v1|= p ¥ 104 km/h.
2. (d) As seen from S1 the satellite S2 is at a distance r = R2 – R1 = 3 ¥ 104 km. At the
closest separation.
|v - v | p ¥ 10 4
w = 2 1 =
R2 - R1 3 ¥ 10 4
p
= rad/h
3
Passage (Q. 3–5)
3. (b) When A is given its first impulse at that moment B is ahead of A angularly.
-GMm GMm
4. (c) U = and KE =
r 2r
for same m, if r1 > r2, KE1 < KE2 and U1 > U2
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ813
6m
A 2 m O 2 mB
814പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
The distance AP = BP = 6 2 + 22
= 40 m
The potential at P = Potential due to whole sphere – 2 (potential due to cavity)
-GM0 È GM ˘
= + 2Í
OP Î AP ˙˚
-G(64 M ) 2 GM
= +
6 40
= – 10.98 GM
2 2
8. (a) The given circle, y + z = 4, has radius 2 m. Obviously the point will lie inside the
sphere.
y
2m
x
A 2 mO 2 m B
The distance AP = BP = 2 2 m.
The potential due to whole sphere is given by
GM0
=– ( 3R 2 - r 2 )
2R 3
G(64 M )(3 ¥ 4 2 - 22 )
=
2 ¥ 43
= – 22 GM.
GM GM
The potential due to each cavity = + =+
AP 2 2
GM
Thus, net potential at P = – 22 GM + 2 ¥
2 2
= – 21.29 GM
Passage (Q. 9–10)
GM
9. (a) v0 =
r
2GM
R GM
or =
2 ( R + h)
\ h =R
'ƌĂǀŝƚĂƟŽŶപ815
GMm 1 GMm
10. (b) 0– = mv 2 -
( R + h) 2 R
- GMm 1 GMm
or = mv 2 -
( R + R) 2 R
\ v = gR
1 GMm 1 GMm
11. (c) mv 2 - = mv ¢ 2 -
2 R 2 ( R + h)
2 gR2
\ v¢ =
( R + h)
dy
12. (b) In Eq. (i), put v¢ =
dt
and solving, we can get the required time
1 2R ÈÊ ˘
3/2
hˆ
t = ÍÁ 1 + ˜ - 1˙
3 g ÍÎË R¯ ˙˚
Matrix Matching
13. A Æ (p); B Æ (q), (r); C Æ (p), (s); D Æ (r)
14. A Æ (q); B Æ (q); C Æ (s); D Æ (r)
GM
g= ,
R2
g g
At height h = R: g¢ = =
h 2
1+
R
1
i.e, g¢ decreases by a factor
2
2
Similarly, at height h = R/2, g¢ = g
3
R Ê hˆ Ê 1ˆ g
At depth h = : g¢ = g Á 1 - ˜ = Á 1 - ˜ =
2 Ë R¯ Ë 2¯ 2
3
Similarly, at h = R/4, g¢ = g
4
816പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 5 GMe a GMe m
TE at any distance r = m -
2 4 r2 r
But through conservation of energy, total energy
1 5 GMe a GMe m 3GMe m
= m - =-
2 4 r2 r 8a
On solving 3r2 – 8ar + 5a2= 0 fi (r – a) (3r – 5a) = 0
fi r = a, r = 5a/3
Minimum distance = a, Maximum distance = 5a/3
17. A Æ (p); B Æ (q); C Æ (r); D Æ (s)
5 CHAPTER
INTRODUCTION
Matter
Everything that has mass and occupies space
Mixtures
Pure Substances
∑ Variable composition
∑ Fixed composition
∑ Components retain their ∑ Cannot be separated into simpler
characteristic properties substances by physical methods
Physical
∑ May be separated into pure change ∑ Properties do not vary
components by physical methods
∑ Mixtures of different composition,
may have widely different properties
Homogeneous Homogeneous
Mixtures Mixtures Compounds Elements
∑ Have same ∑ Do not have same can be Cannot be
composition composition decomposed decomposed
throughout throughout into simpler into
∑ Components are ∑ Components are substances by simpler
indistinguishable, indistinguishable, chemical Chemical substances by
for example, for example, changes, always change chemical
a gaseous mixture carbon and sulphur at constant changes
or a liquid solution mixture (gun powder) composition
electrically neutral how do they attract each other. The force acting between the atoms of
a molecule due to electrostatic interaction between the charges of the atoms is known as
interatomic force. It arises due to interaction between the nuclei of two atoms, their electron
clouds and between nucleus of one atom and the electron cloud of the other atom. Attractive
forces begin to act between the nucleus of one atom and the electrons of the other atom.
Repulsive forces begin to act between the two nuclei as well as between the electrons of
two atoms.
The potential energy U and interatomic force F vary with interatomic separation r as
follows:
A B
U = n- m ...(i)
r r
For most of the substances n = 12 and m = 6, A and B are constants
dU nA mB
and F =- = - ...(ii)
dr r n + 1 r m + 1
U
F
Repuls
r0 = Equilibrium distance
which corresponds to F = 0
i on
r0
r
O
r0 r
O
U0 tion
Interatomic ttrac
A
Fig. 5.2 Potential energy Fig. 5.3 Force F between two identical atom as a
function of interatomic separation r
INTERMOLECULAR FORCES
The force acting between the two molecules of a substance due to electrostatic interaction
between their oppositely charged ends is known as intermolecular. These forces are short
range forces. They operate over distances of molecular size (10–9 m).
+ – + –
Fig. 5.4
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ819
For the intermolecular separation r > r0, the intermolecular force varies as
A
F = - ...(i)
r7
For distance r < r0, the intermolecular forces become repulsive and given by
B
F = ...(ii)
r9
r0 r
ction
tra
At
Fig. 5.5
(i) When the body is subjected to two equal and opposite forces.
(ii) When one end of the body is connected to a fixed support and the other end is
subjected to a force. In this case there develops an equal amount of reaction force on
the fixed end.
F F F T T F
fi
R=F F F T T F
fi
Fig. 5.6
In both the cases, the force on any section of the body will be T – F = 0 or T = F. It is
not 2F, or zero.
(iii) When force is applied at one end of the body, the inertia plays a significant role to
stretch the body. Let a body of mass m is subjected to force F at its one end. The force
T at any section can be calculated as:
F
Acceleration a =
m
F T T F
m¢
l x l–x
Fig. 5.7
Stress
When an external force deforms a solid. The intermolecular distance gets increased because
of which attractive intermolecular force gets developed. Their resultant is called the restoring
force.
Restoring force per unit area is called stress.
Applied force F
Stress (f) = =
Area A
The SI unit of stress is N/m2. This is also called Pascal 1 N/m2 = 1 Pa. Dimensional
formula is ML–1 T–2.
Strain
Application of external deforming force results in some deformation so the body undergoes
a change in size and shape
Change in dimension
Strain (e) = Original dimension
F F F F
A
(a) Body subjected to tensile force Tensile stress
FBD
F F F F
Fig. 5.8
F
Direct stress f =
A
Dl
Longitudinal strain e =
l
where Dl is the change in length of the body and l is the original length of the body.
822പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(a) (b)
Fig. 5.12
(a) (b)
Examples of Shear Stress. Shear stress is produced
Fig. 5.11
whenever the applied loads cause (or tend) one section of
the body to slide past its adjacent section.
Examples of Normal Stress
(a) A river resists shear across its cross-sectional area.
(a) A load is suspended by a wire. (b) The fibres of a shaft resist shear stress when it is twisted
Tensile stress is produced in by an external torque.
the wire.
(b) A column is supporting a ver-
tical load. Compressive stress
is produced in the wire.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ823
HOOKE’S LAW
It states that within elastic limit, the stress is directly proportional to the strain. Thus,
Stress μ Strain
or Stress = E ¥ strain
Stress
or =E
Strain
where E is a constant called modulus of elasticity or coefficient of elasticity. It is a material
property which does not depend on size and shape of the body.
YA
F= Dl .
l
824പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
YA
or, if is replaced by a single constant k and elongation Dl is represented by x, then
l
È YA ˘
F = kx ÍÎk = l ˙˚
Hooke’s law was originally stated in this form, rather than in terms of stress and strain.
Stress (f )
0
Metal wire 1
2 Ultimate or
breaking S
3 Fracture point
strength Q
4 R
5 Scale P
A Æ Proportional limit
B Æ Elastic limit or yield point
C Æ Plastic behaviour
Permanent set
O <1% E Strain (e)
Fig. 5.14
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.1 The stress-strain graphs for materials P and Q are shown in Fig. 5.17.
Stress Stress
P Q
Strain Strain
(a) (b)
Fig. 5.17
826പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Rubber A Rubber B
Strain Strain
(a) (b)
Fig. 5.18
Solution It is clear from the figures that area enclosed in hysteresis loop is larger for B than
A. So rubber B will absorb more energy than A.
(a) In heavy machines, the energy of vibrations is quite large, so rubber B is suitable for
the purpose.
(b) In a car tyre small energy is to be absorbed by tyres (more by air inside it) so rubber
A is suitable for the purpose.
Problem 5.3
(a) It is possible to double the length of a metallic wire by applying a force over it?
(b) Is elastic limit a property of the material of the wire?
(c) Which is more elastic: water or air?
(d) Why does a wire get heated when it is bent back and forth?
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ827
(e) The ratio stress/strain remains constant for a small deformation. What happens to this
ratio if deformation is made very large?
(f) Why are electric/telephone poles given hollow structure?
Solution
(a) No, because elastic limit strain is about 10–3 and wire actually breaks much before it
is stretched to double its length.
(b) No. It also depends on the radius of the wire.
(c) Water is more elastic than air. More strain is produced in air compared to water for
some amount of stress, so ratio stress/strain is small for air.
(d) When a wire is bent back and forth, its deformations are beyond elastic limit, so the
work done against interatomic forces is no longer stored entirely in the elastic potential
energy and some part of it will convert into heat.
(e) When the deforming force exceeds the elastic limit, the strain increases more rapidly
than stress. Hence, the ratio stress/strain decreases.
(f) Hollow poles have greater moment of inertia in comparison to solid poles made from
the same amount of material and so less deformation.
Problem 5.4 Two wires of diameter 0.25 cm, one made of steel and other made
of brass are loaded as shown in Fig. 5.19. The unloaded length of the steel wire
is 1.5 m and that of brass is 1.0 m. Young’s modulus of steel is 2.0 ¥ 1011 Pa.
1.5 m
Compute the elongations of steel and brass wires. (IIT Roorkee, 1976) Steel
1.0 m
F = 6 ¥ 9.8 N, Y = 0.91 ¥ 1011 N/m2 Brass
Fl
We know Dl = 6 kg
AY
(6 ¥ 9.8) ¥ 1.0 Fig. 5.19
=
p (0.125 ¥ 10 -2 )2 ¥ (0.91 ¥ 1011 )
= 1.32 ¥ 10–4 m
For steel wire:
l = 1.5 m, r = 0.125 ¥ 10–2 m
F = (6 + 4) ¥ 9.8 N = 98 N, Y = 2.0 ¥ 1011 N/m2
Fl
We know Dl =
AY
98 ¥ 1.5
=
p (0.125 ¥ 10 -2 )2 ¥ (2.0 ¥ 1011 )
= 1.5 ¥ 104 m Ans.
Problem 5.5 Read each of the statements below carefully and state, with reasons, if it is
true or false.
828പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Fn
A A
F F
F
q
q Ft
B
Fig. 5.20
AB = A¢
AB cos q = A
A¢ cos q = A
A
A¢ =
cos q
A
The area of the given section A¢ =
cos q
The tensile force F can be resolved into two perpendicular components, Fn and Ft, where
Fn = F cos q and Ft = F sin q.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ829
Fn F cos q F
(a) Tensile stress = = = cos 2 q
A¢ ( A/cos q ) A
Ft F sin q F
(b) Shearing stress = = = sin q cos q
A¢ ( A/cos q ) A
F
= sin 2q
2A
(c) Tensile stress will be maximum when cos2 q is maximum, i.e., cos q = or q = 0°
(d) Shear stress will be maximum when sin 2q is maximum, i.e., sin 2q = 1 or 2q = 90° or
q = 45°.
Problem 5.7 Four identical hollow cylindrical columns of steel support a big structure of
mass 50,000 kg. The inner and other radii of each column are 30 cm and 40 cm respectively.
Assuming the load distribution to be uniform, calculate the compressional strain of each
column. The Young’s modulus of steel is 2.0 ¥ 1011 Pa.
50000 ¥ 9.8
Solution The load wear by each column = = 1.225 ¥ 10 5 N
4
Resisting area of each column = p (R2 – r2)
= p [(0.4)2 – (0.3)2] = 0.22 m2
Stress
Compressional strain =
Young’s modulus
F/A F
= =
Y YA
1.225 ¥ 10 5
=
(2.0 ¥ 1011 ) ¥ (0.22)
= 2.87 ¥ 10 – 6
l l
rg
The total extension Dl = Údl = Y Ú0
xdx
0
rgl 2
or Dl =
2Y
Substituting W = rAlg in the above equation, we get
Wl
Dl =
2 AY
Note: If the rod is subjected to an external force in addition to its weight, then its total
extension
Fl Wl
Dl = +
AY 2 AY
Thermal Stress
Consider a specimen which is clamped between two rigid supports
and subjected to change in temperature by DT. If the specimen is free
to expand, its length will increase by la DT. A
Dl laDT
The strain produced e = =
l l Dl
= a DT
A
This strain is prevented by the supports and therefore stress is
induced in each section of the specimen.
Fig. 5.22
Thus, thermal stress fth = eY = a DTY
or fth = YAa DT
The force exerted by the support F = fth A = YAa DT.
WORKED PROBLEM
Problem 5.8 A steel wire of uniform cross section 1 mm2 is heated to 70°C and stretched by
tying it two ends rigidly. Calculate the change in tension of the wire when the temperature
falls from 70° C to 35° C. Coefficient of linear expansion of steel is 1.1 ¥ 10–5/°C and the
Young’s modulus is 2.0 ¥ 1011 N/m2.
Solution We know that thermal stress
fth = YaDT
here Dt = 70 – 35 = 35°C
\ fth = 2.0 ¥ 1011 ¥ 1.1 ¥ 10–5 ¥ 35
= 7.7 ¥ 107 N/m2
The change in tension (decrease because temperature falls)
= fth A = (7.7 ¥ 107) ¥ (1 ¥ 10 –6)
= 77.0 N
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ831
Volumetric strain
Fig. 5.23
The SI unit of bulk modulus is Nm–2 or Pascal. Its dimensional formula is [ML–1 T – 2]. SI
unit of compressibility is N–1 m2.
Note: Sometimes B is written for bulk modulus and K for compressibility. If the value of
K is given, you can easily determine from the units whether K stands for bulk modulus or
compressibility.
Compressibility (k)
Reciprocal of bulk modulus is called compressibility (k).
1
\ k=
B
Shear Modulus
It is defined as:
Shear stress
h =
Shear strain
( F/A) F
= =
f Af
Dl
Here f is the shear strain, which is equal to .
l
F l
\ h = ◊
A Dl
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ833
Important Points
1. Solids possess all the three modulii of elasticity.
2. Liquids and gases possess only bulk modulus.
3. For a perfectly rigid body, strain produced will be zero and hence modulii of elasticity
will be •.
4. Shear occurs in case of twisting, cutting, and tearing.
5. Elasticity of the material gets affected by the following:
(i) Hammering and rolling – Increases.
(ii) Annealing (formation of large crystal) – Decreases.
(iii) Presence of impurities – May increase or decrease, depending on the mixing
material.
(iv) With increase in temperature, elasticity of most of the material decreases.
POISSON’S RATIO
2r
In the previous part of our study we have considered the change in
Dr
dimension of the body in the direction of applied force. We have ignored
l
the change in lateral direction of the body. When a force is applied along
Dl
the length of the specimen, the longitudinal strain e = . If radius r is
decreased by Dr, then l
- Dr
Lateral strain = Dl
r
Lateral strain
Poisson’s ratio, s =
Longitudinal strain F
We can write
DV 2Dr Dl
= + ...(ii)
V r l
- Dr/r
We know that s =
Dl/l
Dr Dl
\ = -s
r l
Substituting this value in Eq. (ii), we get
DV Ê Dl ˆ Dl
= 2Á -s ˜ +
V Ë l ¯ l
DV Dl
or = (1 - 2s )
V l
For no change in volume of the rod, DV = 0
Dl
\ (1 - 2s ) = 0
l
or s = 0.5
Thus, a material having Poisson’s ratio 0.5 suffers no change in volume when a force is
applied on it.
Change in Density
Consider a body of density r, is subjected to all round P
pressure P. Its initial density
M,
M
r = ...(i) M,V (V – DV)
V
M
and final density r¢ = ...(ii)
(V - DV )
P Fig. 5.25
We have B =
Ê DV ˆ
ÁË ˜
V ¯
PV
\ DV =
B
Substitute the value of DV in Eq. (ii), we have
M M
r¢ = =
Ê PV ˆ Ê Pˆ
ÁË V - ˜ V ÁË 1 - ˜¯
B ¯ B
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ835
M
From Eq. (i), r =
V
r
\ r¢ =
P
1-
B
r
If a body is inside water at a depth h, then P = rw gh and r¢ = .
Ê rw gh ˆ
ÁË 1 - ˜¯
B
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.9 Compute the bulk modulus of water from the following data: Initial volume =
100 litre, pressure increase = 100 atm, final volume = 100.5 litres (1 atm = 1.013 ¥ 105 N/m2).
Solution Given, increase in pressure P = 100 ¥ 1.013 ¥ 105 N/m2
Increase in volume DV = Vf – Vi
= (100.5 – 100) ¥ 10 – 3 m3
= 0.5 ¥ 10 – 3 m3
We know that bulk modulus
P 100 ¥ 1.013 ¥ 10 5
B = =
Ê DV ˆ Ê 0.5 ¥ 10 - 3 ˆ
ÁË ˜¯ Á -3 ˜
V Ë 100 ¥ 10 ¯
= 2.026 ¥ 109 N/m2
Problem 5.10 The edge of an aluminium cube are 10 cm long. One face of the cube is firmly
fixed to a vertical wall. A mass of 100 kg is then attached to the opposite face of the cube.
The shear modulus of aluminium is 25 GPa. What is the vertical deflection of this face?
Solution Shearing force F = mg F = 100 g
10 cm
= 100 ¥ 10 = 1000 N Dl
q
F 1000
Shear stress f = =
A 0.12
= 1 ¥ 105 N/m2 q
We know that, the shear modulus
f Longitudnal stress 1000 N
h = =
e Longitudnal strain Fig. 5.26
f 1 ¥ 10 5
\ e = = 9
= 4 ¥ 10 - 6
h 25 ¥ 10
If Dl is the vertical deflection of the face, then
Dl
e =
l
836പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
\ Dl = el = (4 ¥ 10– 6) ¥ (0.10)
= 4 ¥ 10 –7 m
Problem 5.11 A light rod of length 2.00 m is suspended from the ceiling horizontally by
means of two vertical wires of equal length tied to its ends. One of the wires is made of steel
and is of cross section 10–3 m2 and the other is of brass of cross section 2 ¥ 10–3 m3. Find out
the position along the rod at which a weight may be hung to produce:
(i) equal stresses in both wires, and
(ii) equal strains in both wires.
Young’s modulus of brass = 1011 N/m2
Young’s modulus of steel = 2 ¥ 1011 N/m2.
Solution Suppose a1 and a2 are the cross sectional areas, and
Y1 and Y2 are the Young’s modulii of steel and brass wires
Steel Brass
respectively. Let T1 and T2 be the tensions in the steel and brass wire wire
wires respectively.
Let x be the position of the hanging weight from the steel wire. T1 T2
(i) First case: For equal stresses in both wires, we have A
C
B
x 2–x
Applied force T1 T2
Stress = = W
Area a1 a2
Fig. 5.27
T1 T2
or -3
=
10 2 ¥ 10 - 3
or T2 = 2T1 ...(i)
As the whole system is in equilibrium, so  t = 0.
Taking moment of all the forces acting on the rod about C, we have
T1x – T2(2 – x) = 0 ... (ii)
Anticlockwise is taken + ve
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
4
x = m
3
(ii) Second case: For equal strains in both the wires
e1 = e 2
f1 f
= 2
Y1 Y2
T1/a1 T /a
or = 2 2
Y1 Y2
T1 T2
or -3 11
= -3
10 ¥ 2 ¥ 10 2 ¥ 10 ¥ 1011
or T1 = T2 ...(iii)
From Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get
x =1m Ans.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ837
Problem 5.12 Two rods of equal cross sections, one of copper and the other of steel are
joined to form a composite rod of length 2 m at 20°C, the length of the copper rod is 0.5 m.
When the temperature is raised to 120°C, the length of the composite rod increases to 2.002
m. If the composite rod is fixed between two rigid walls and thus not allowed to expand,
it is found that the length of the component rods also does not change with increase in
temperature. Calculate the Young’s modulus and the coefficient of linear expansion of steel.
Given Young’s modulus of copper = 1.3 ¥ 1011 N/m2 coefficient of linear expansion of copper
ac = 1.6 ¥ 10 – 5/°C.
Solution The change in the length of the copper rod due to change in temperature from
20°C to 120°C
Dl1 = lcac DT as Dl = la DT
= 0.5ac(120 – 20) = 50ac
For steel, Dl2 = ls as DT
= 1.5ac (120 – 20) = 150a s
Total change in length Dl = Dl1 + Dl2 = 50ac + 150a s
It is given that Dl = 0.002 m
\ 50ac + 150a s = 0.002
0.002 - 50a c
or as =
150
0.002 - 50 ¥ 1.6 ¥ 10 - 5
=
150
= 0.8 ¥ 10–5/°C
If there is no change in the length of individual rod, then stress in both the rods must be
equal.
So, fth = yaDT
fsteel = fcopper
or Ysas DT = Ycac DT
Yca c
or Ys =
as
1.3 ¥ 1013 ¥ 1.6 ¥ 10 - 5
=
0.8 ¥ 10 - 5
= 2.6 ¥ 1015 N/m2
Problem 5.13 A steel wire of diameter 0.8 mm and length 1 m is clamped firmly at two
points A and B which are 1 m apart and in the same plane. A body is hung from the middle
point of the wire such that the middle point sags 1 cm lower from the original position.
Calculate the mass of the body. Given that Young’s modulus of the material of wire is 2 ¥
1011 N/m2.
Solution As shown in Fig. 5.28, for equilibrium of mass M,
Mg = 2T sin q ...(i)
838പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 ¥ 1011 ¥ p( 4 ¥ 10 - 4 )2 ¥ (10 - 2 )3
So, M = kg = 82 kg
9.8 ¥ (1/2)3
1/3 1/3
Ê Mg ˆ x Ê Mg ˆ
Note: As from Eq. (iv) x = L Á so q =Á
Ë YA ˜¯ ˜
L Ë YA ¯
Problem 5.14 1 kg weight is suspended by a rubber cord 2.00 m long and of cross section
0.5 cm2. It is made to describe a horizontal circle of radius 50 cm in 4 times a second. Find
the extension of the cord. (Young’s modulus Y = 5 ¥ 108 N/m2)
Solution Given frequency of rotation, n = 4 per second
\ Angular frequency, w = 2p n
=2¥p¥4
= 8 p rad/s q
If T is the tension in the cord and it makes angle q with
the vertical, then by Newton’s second law l
(mw 2 r )2 + (mg )2
= ¥2
AY
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ839
AY
or F = x
l
Work done by external force in further extension dx, is
Ê AYx ˆ
dW = Fdx = Á dx
Ë l ˜¯
F
The total work done by the external force in an extension from 0 to Dl, is Fig. 5.30
Dl
Ê AY ˆ AY 2
W = Ú ÁË x˜ dx =
l ¯ 2l
Dl
0
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.15 A 80 kg boy whose legs are 4 cm2 in area and 50 cm long falls through a
height of 2 m without breaking his leg bones. If the bones can withstand a stress of 0.9 ¥ 108
N/m2. Calculate the Young’s modulus for the material of the bone.
Solution In the process of fall mechanical energy of the body remains constant. Thus,
Loss in PE = Gain in elastic potential energy by both the legs
Ê1 ˆ
or mgh = 2 ¥ Á ¥ Stress ¥ Strain ¥ Volume˜
Ë2 ¯
f2
or mgh = 2 ¥ ¥ ( Al)
2Y
(0.9 ¥ 108 )2
or 80 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 2 = ¥ ( 4 ¥ 10 - 4 ¥ 0.50)
Y
After solving, we get, Y = 1.025 ¥ 109 N/m2
Problem 5.16 A steel rod of cross-sectional area 1 m2 is acted upon by forces shown in
Fig. 5.31. Determine the total elongation of the bar. Take Y = 2.0 ¥ 1011 N/m2.
A B C D
60 kN 10 kN 20 kN 20 kN
1.5 m 1m 2m
Fig. 5.31
Solution The action of forces on each part of rod is shown in Fig. 5.32.
10 kN 20 kN
60 kN 50 kN
60 kN 50 kN 50 kN 50 kN
60 kN 60 kN 50 kN 50 kN
70 kN 70 kN
Fig. 5.32
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ841
F = 30 kN F = 30 kN
25 mm 35 mm Rod 30 mm
Tube
Fig. 5.33
Solution Let us use suffix 1 for copper rod and 2 for steel tube.
A1 = p(12.5)2 = 490.6 mm2
A2 = p[17.52 – 152] = 255.1 mm2
If f1 and f2 are the stresses in the rod and tube respectively, then
F
f=
A
f1A1 + f2A2 = F = 30000 N
or f1(490.6) + f2(255.1) = 30000 ...(i)
As both rod and tube are joined together, so
Dl1 = Dl2
f1l1 f l
= 22 (As l1 = l2)
Y1 Y2
Y
or f1 = 1 f 2
Y2
842പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 ¥ 10 5
or f1 = f 2 = 0.5 f2 ...(ii)
2 ¥ 10 5
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
f1 = 29.97 N/mm2
and f2 = 59.95 N/mm2
Bending of Beam
Beam is a structural member which can carry transverse load. A simple supported beam is
supported at its ends. A cantilever beam is fixed at one end.
W W
l/2 l/2
d
b
d d
Fig. 5.34
&GƀGEVKQPQH$GCO Deflection of beam at its centre due to load placed as shown in Fig. 5.34.
Wl 3
d = for simply supported beam
48YI
Wl 3
and d = for cantilever beam
3YI
d
where I is called geometric moment of area.
(i) For rectangular cross section
b
bd 3
I = Fig. 5.35
12
(ii) For circular cross section
p r4 r
I =
4
Torsion is a special case of shearing. In this case, instead of a shearing force, a torque is
applied to twist the specimen.
Torsion of Cylinder
If the upper end of a cylinder is clamped and a torque is applied at the lower end the cylinder
gets twisted by angle q.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ843
1 phr 4q 2
W= Cq 2 = .
2 4l
s = rq = lf
l
where q Æ angle of twist and
f Æ angle of shear Fig. 5.38
t phr 4
Torsional rigidity of shaft =
q 2l
where h Æ modulus of rigidity.
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.18 A uniform elastic plank moves over a smooth F0 M
horizontal plane due to a constant force F0 distributed m
uniformly over the end face. The surface of the end face is dx
x
equal to A and Young’s modulus of the material is Y. Find
Fig. 5.39
the compressive strain of the plank in the direction of the
acting force.
844പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution The force at any section is due to the inertia behind the section. The stress
therefore increases from zero to maximum at the end where force is applied.
Consider a small element of length dx at a distance x from the free end. The force
Fx = ma Fx Fx
ÊM ˆ F Fx
= Á x˜ ¥ 0 = 0 dx
Ë L ¯ M L Fig. 5.40
Elongation of the element
Ê F0 x ˆ
dx
Fx (dx ) ÁË L ˜¯
dl = =
AY AY
Total elongation
L
F
Dl = Ú ALY
0
xdx
0
F0
= L2
2 ALY
F0 L
or Dl =
2 AY
Problem 5.19 A slightly conical wire of length l and radii r1 and r2 is stretched by two forces
applied parallel to the length in opposite directions and normal to end forces. If Y denotes
the Young’s modulus, find the elongation of the wire.
Solution
r2
r1 r
F F
r
F F
x
dx
l dx
(a) (b)
Fig. 5.41
Consider an element of length dx at distance x as shown in Fig. 5.41. The radius of the
section
Êr -r ˆ
rx = r1 + Á 2 1 ˜ x
Ë l ¯
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ845
r
F ◊l È 1˘2
= Í- ˙
(r2 - r1 )p Y Î rx ˚ r
1
F ◊l È - 1 - 1˘
= Í - ˙
(r2 - r1 )p Y Î r2 r1 ˚
F ◊l È1 1˘
= Í - ˙
(r2 - r1 )p Y Î r1 r2 ˚
F◊l È r2 - r1 ˘
= Í ˙
(r2 - r1 ) p Y Î r1 r2 ˚
F ◊l
= .
p Yr1 r2
Problem 5.20 A horizontally oriented copper rod of length l is rotated about a vertical
axis passing through its middle. Calculate the rotated frequency at which the rod ruptures.
Breaking or rupture strength of copper takes as s and density of copper r.
Solution
A F F + dF
x
dx
Fig. 5.42
846പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
The stresses are zero at the free end and maximum at the axis. Therefore, the rod will
rupture at the middle.
Let us consider an element of rod at a distance x from the axis, the mass of element
dm = rAdx
m = Density ¥ Volume
w
Applying Newton’s second law
w 2x
F – (F + dF) = (dm)an F F + dF
2
or – dF = (rAdx)w x x
where w is the rotation speed. dx
Fig. 5.43
\ F = – Ú dF = - Ú ( r Adx )w 2 x
x2
= – r Aw 2 +C
2
at x = l/2, F = 0
r Aw 2l 2
\ C =
8
Aw 2 Ê l 2 ˆ
Now, F =r Á - x2 ˜
2 Ë4 ¯
Aw 2l 2 F rw 2l 2
at x = 0, F = r and f = =
8 A 8
rw 2l 2
\ =s
8
8s
fi w =
rl 2
1 8s
or n =
2p rl 2
Problem 5.21 A ring of radius R made of lead wire breaking strength s and density d, is
rotated about a stationary vertical axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to the
plane of the ring. Calculate the number of rotation at which the ring ruptures.
Solution Due to rotation, each part of the ring experiences an outward force (centrifugal
force). Because of this force, the ring will rupture.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ847
dmw 2R
R q/2 q/2
T q/2 q/2 T
(a) (b)
Fig. 5.44
Let us consider a small part of the ring, which subtends angle q at the centre.
Mass of the element (dm) = d dv = d(ARq)
\ 2T sin q/2 = (dm)w2R
A
When q is small sin q/2 q/2
f
\ 2T ¥ q/2 = (dARq)w2R f
SURFACE TENSION
Cohesive and Adhesive Forces: The force of attraction between molecules of same substance
is called cohesive force or cohesion.
The force of attraction between molecules of different substances is called adhesive force
or adhesion.
These forces are of electromagnetic nature. They vary with eight power of distance
between the molecules.
These forces are responsible for surface tension.
Surface Tension: The property of liquid by which a
liquid tends to acquire minimum surface area, is called
F Imaginary
surface tension. line
Mathematically, surface tension of liquid is the force
acting on a unit length of an imaginary line drawn on F
free surface of the liquid. Thus, if F is the total force
acting on l length of the line, then surface tension Surface film
F Fig. 5.48
T=
l
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ849
liquid surface. So the number of molecules in the upper half (attracting the molecules
upward) is less than the number of molecules in the lower half (attracting the molecule
downward). Thus, the molecule C experiences a net downward force.
4. Molecule D is just on the free surface of the liquid. The upper half of the sphere of
influence has no liquid molecule. Hence, the molecule D experiences a maximum
downward force.
Thus, all molecules lying on surface film experience a net downward force. Therefore,
free surface of the liquid behaves like a stretched membrane.
Fig. 5.53
If the surface of a liquid is concave (water meniscus in a capillary tube), the resultant
surface tension force on the surface molecule P will be upwards. Hence, the cohesion
pressure inside the liquid decreases as the surface is pushed up by the additional force F.
In the case of liquid drops and soap bubbles, the surface is convex. We can see that the net
surface tension force F acting on the surface molecule P (due to the other surface molecules)
is vertically downward, or radially inward. This increases the downward cohesion force
by F. Hence, the cohesion pressure increases. Let us now find the increase or decrease of
cohesion pressure because of the curvature of liquid surface.
Important:
For finding pressure difference use this technique.
PA – PB = 0 2T 2T
PA - PB = PB - PA =
R R
T A T A
T A T
T B T
B
B
(a) (b) (c)
Fig. 5.54
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ851
W =F¥x T
= 2 Tlx = T(2lx)
l F
or W = TDA
where DA is the effective increase in area of the film.
C B B¢
Work Done in Breaking a Liquid Drop Soap x
film
Let a liquid drop of radius R breaks into n-identical drops.
Fig. 5.55
If r is the radius of each small drop, then
4 4
p R3 = n ¥ p r 3
3 3
R
fi r = 1/3
n
The increase in surface area
DA = [n ¥ 4pr2 – 4pR2]
Work done W = TDA = T[n ¥ 4pr2 – 4pR2]
Note:
1. If breaking of drop takes place in self process the energy of resulting drops will
decrease and so the temperature of the drops decrease.
2. If number of small drops coalesce to form a big drop, the internal energy of the
resulting drop will increase and so its temperature increases.
Work done, W = T DA
= T ¥ 2(4pR2)
= 8 pTR2
PRESSURE DIFFERENCE
Liquid Drop: Consider a liquid drop of radius R. Let Pi be the pressure inside the drop and
Po be the pressure outside the drop. Consider the equilibrium of the half of the drop. The
force due to pressure difference (Pi – Po) acts on the projected area in upward direction. The
force due to surface tension acts all over the perimeter in downward direction.
Po
Po Pi
Pi
(Pi – Po) ¥ pR2
T ¥ 2pR
Note: When a drop or bubble tries to contract the internal pressure is increased that also
prevents collapse of the drop in equilibrium. Inside pressure is greater than outside pressure.
This pressure difference is called excess pressure.
This excess pressure is due to hydrostatic pressure within the drop or gauge pressure of
air in case of a bubble.
Let Pi and Po denote the inside and outside pressures.
Excess pressure DP = Pi – Po
Method II: Consider a spherical liquid drop of radius R. Let T be the surface tension of the
liquid. Suppose P is an excess pressure inside the drop over that on outside, i.e., P = Pi – Po.
Let the radius of the drop increase from R to (R + dR) due to the excess pressure P.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ853
= 4p(R2 + 2R dR + dR2)
P
On being small dR2 can be neglected
\ Final surface area = 4pR2 + 8pRdR
Increase in surface area = (4pR2 + 8pRdR) – 4pR2 = 8pRdR
Work done in increasing the surface area = Surface tension ¥ Fig. 5.58
Increase in surface area
or W = T ¥ 8pRdR
But work done W = Pressure ¥ Change in volume
= P ¥ 4pR2dR
Hence, (P ¥ 4pR2)dR = T ¥ 8pRdR
2T
\ P = .
R
Soap Bubble: Consider a soap bubble of radius R. Let Pi be the pressure inside the bubble
and Po be the pressure outside the bubble. Consider the equilibrium of the half of the bubble.
The force due to pressure difference (Pi – Po) acts on the projected area in upward direction.
The force due to surface tension acts all over the perimeter and in downward direction. The
force due to pressure difference = (Pi – Po)pR2.
The force due to surface tension force = 2T ¥ 2pR
Here the factor 2 is taken because soap film has two free surfaces.
Po
Po
2
(Pi – Po) pR
Pi
R Pi
2T ¥ 2pR
T T
Fig. 5.59
2T
Note: Pressure difference in a film having one free surface is Pi – Po = . For a film having
R
radii of curvatures R1 and R2 the pressure difference for one free surface.
Ê 1 1ˆ
Pi – P o = T Á + ˜
Ë R1 R2 ¯
O1 R1
R2
O2
Fig. 5.60
Note:
s Air bubble inside water: Let an air bubble of radius R be at a depth h below the free
surface of water. The pressure difference
Pa
2T
Pi – P o =
R h
Pi
2T 2T
fi + Po =
Pi = + ( r gh + Pa )
R R Fig. 5.61
s 7ORK DONE IN FORMING A DROP OR BUBBLE IN A LIQUID WILL BE
W = T ¥ 4pr2 [as D = 4pr2 – 0]
while for a bubble in air
Surface Surface
urfac urfac
S
S
e
e
Fig. 5.62
4T 2T
DP DP = DP DP =
R R
R
h 2T T
DP = + hr g DP =
DP R R
È1 1 ˘ È1 1 ˘
DP DP = T Í + ˙ DP DP = 2T Í + ˙
Î R1 R2 ˚ R
Î 1 R2˚
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.25 A light open rigid paper frame as shown in Fig. 5.63 floats on the surface
of water.
Fig. 5.63
F
What will happen to the frame if some soap solution is dropped inside
it? What force will act on the frame and in what direction will it act?
Solution If T1 and T2 are the surface tensions of the water and the soap
film, then the frame will be acted with a force
T1l
F = T 1l – T 2l
= (T1 – T2)l T2l
The frame will begin to move in the direction of the force F.
Fig. 5.64
856പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
F = 2prT
Fig. 5.66
3. Annular disc
ri = r
ro = R T
Fig. 5.67
F = 2prT + 2pRT
4. Ring
F = 2pRT + 2pRT T
= 4pRT Fig. 5.68
5. Rectangular plate (a ¥ b)
F = T(2a + 2b)
Fig. 5.69
6. Wire frame (a ¥ b)
F = T ¥ 2(2a + 2b)
Fig. 5.70
Shape of Meniscus: Shape of meniscus depends on the relative values of adhesive and
cohesive forces.
1. If Fc = 2Fa , the net force acts vertically downwards. The liquid meniscus is horizontal.
or plane. Example, pure water contained in silver capillary tube.
Fa Fc
45°
Fc = 2Fa
Fig. 5.71
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ857
2. If Fc < 2Fa , the net force is directed outside the liquid. The liquid meniscus is concave
upwards. This is possible in case of liquids which wet the walls of the capillary tube,
example, water in glass capillary tube.
Fa
Fc
Fig. 5.72
3. If Fc > 2Fa , the net force is directed inside the liquid. The meniscus is convex
upwards. This is possible in case of liquids which do not wet the walls of the capillary
tube, example, mercury in glass capillary tube.
Fa
Fig. 5.73
ANGLE OF CONTACT
It is defined as the angle between the tangent to the liquid surface at the point of contact to
the solid surface inside liquid.
(i) Angle of contact is the property of the materials in contact.
(ii) It decreases with the increase in temperature.
(iii) It decreases with the addition of soluble impurities, like soap, detergent, etc.
q q
q q > 90°
q < 90°
Fig. 5.74
858പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
CAPILLARY RISE
When one end of a narrow tube (capillary) dipped into a liquid, the liquid rises or falls in
the tube. This phenomenon is called capillarity.
Let us consider a tube of radius r whose one end is dipped into liquid of surface tension
T. Surface tension force acts all over the perimeter of the tube at the meniscus in upward
direction. Because of this force liquid will rise in the tube till the weight of the liquid in the
tube is equal to the surface tension force.
T R T T cos q ¥ 2pr
r
q q
h h
(pr 2h)rg
(a)
(b)
Fig. 5.75
2T
or h =
Rr g
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ859
2. In deriving the formula of capillary rise, we have ignored the volume of the liquid in
the shaded portion (see Fig. 5.78). If it is taken into account then:
Volume of shaded portion = Volume of cylinder of radius r and height r – volume of
the hemisphere
2 1 Ê 4 3 ˆ p r3
= (p r )r - Á p r ˜ = r
2Ë 3 ¯ 3 r
Thus, we write
Ê p r3 ˆ
T cos q ¥ 2pr = (p r 2 h)r g + Á ˜ rg h
Ë 3 ¯
2T cos q r
or h = -
rr g 3
Fig. 5.78
3. Capillary rise in tube of square cross section:
If a is the width of the tube, then
T cos q ¥ (4a) = (a2h)rg T cos q
h
4T cos q
\ h =
ar g
2T cos q ¢
l = ...(ii)
rr g
h h
(a)
(b)
Fig. 5.80
(ii) If length of the tube inside the liquid is greater to h, the length of the T T
liquid in the tube will be (h + l) = 2h. Pa
It can be explained as: The pressures at points A and B are:
A
2T 2T
PA = Pa - and PB = Pa +
R R
h¢
Clearly, PB = PA + rgh¢
Ê 2T ˆ Ê 2T ˆ T T
or ÁË Pa + ˜¯ = ÁË Pa - ˜ + r gh ¢ B
R R¯
Pa
4T
or h¢ = = 2h
r gR Fig. 5.81
CONCEPT OF CAPILLARITY
When a capillary tube opens at both ends is dipped into a liquid, then it is observed that:
(i) if the liquid wets the glass (like water, alcohol and benzene), the liquid rises in the
tube above its level outside the tube. Narrower is the tube, greater is the rise; and
(ii) if the liquid does not wet the glass (like mercury), the liquid is depressed below its
level outside the tube. Narrower is the tube, greater is the depression.
The phenomenon of rise or depression of liquids in capillary tube is called capillarity.
Explanation:
(i) For liquids which wet the glass (rise of the liquid).
In this case, the surface is concave upward. The pressure at a point A (Fig. 5.82a) just
above the meniscus is equal to the atmospheric pressure P. If we consider the pressure
Ê 2T ˆ h
P P P ÁË P - R ˜¯
A
P B B
P
Ê 2T ˆ
ÁË P - R ˜¯
(a) (b)
Fig. 5.82
other words, the liquid column of height h adds a pressure (2T/R) at B. The pressure
due to a liquid column of height h is hrg, where r is the density of the liquid and g
is acceleration due to gravity. Hence,
2T
= h rg
R
2T
or h = ...(1)
Rr g
(ii) For liquids, which do not wet the glass (depression of liquid)
Consider the liquid to be mercury. Since the meniscus of mercury in the tube will be
convex upwards, the excess of pressure (2T/R) will be directed inwards. Thus, if at
a point A just above the meniscus (Fig. 5.83) the pressure is atmospheric pressure P,
Ê 2T ˆ
then at point B¢ just below the meniscus will be Á P + ˜ . It should be remembered
Ë R¯
that the pressure at points outside the tube in the same level as that of B is atmospheric
pressure P. Therefore, the level of mercury will be depressed to a height h such that
the pressure at a point C outside the tube and at point B¢ (Fig. 5.83), both at the same
level, is same. Thus,
P
P A P
B
Ê 2T ˆ
ÁË P + R ˜¯ P h
A¢
C B¢
(a) Ê 2T ˆ (b)
ÁË P + R ˜¯
Fig. 5.83
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ863
Pressure at B¢ = Pressure at C
Ê 2T ˆ
ÁË P + ˜ = P + Pressure due to mercury column h
R¯
Ê 2T ˆ
or ÁË P + ˜ = P + hrg
R¯
2T
\ h = ...(2)
Rr g
r = density of mercury.
Formula
From Fig. 5.84 radius r of capillary tube is given by r
r = R cos q q
where q = angle of contact R R
r
\ R =
cos q q
From Eqs. (1) or (2)
2T cos q
h = ...(3)
rr g Fig. 5.84
Now we consider the following two cases:
(i) If capillary tube is of insufficient length l (i.e., l < h), then the liquid rises to a full height
l and spreads such that the meniscus occupies a radius R¢ such that
hR = lR¢ ...(4)
(ii) When the capillary is tilted from the vertical by an angle a, then the vertical height h
of the liquid column remains the same, of course, the length of the liquid in capillary
increases such that
h
cos a =
l
h
or l = ...(5)
cos a
Important Points:
1. For liquids where the adhesive forces prevail over cohesive forces capillary rise is
observed.
2. For liquids where the cohesive forces prevail over the adhesive forces capillary dip is
observed.
3. In capillary rise, the angle of contact is less than 90°.
4. The flow of ink through a nib is due to capillarity.
5. The walls get damped in rainy season due to the absorption of water by bricks through
capillary action.
6. The pores in blotting paper act as capillaries.
864പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
7. Due to capillary rise, the plants absorb sap from the ground.
8. In the kerosene lamp, kerosene is supplied through the wick by capillary rise.
9. The towel absorbs water due to capillary action.
10. When a candle burns, the molten wax rises up through the wick and there it burns.
Inclined Tube
If the tube is inclined with the vertical, the rise of liquid in
the tube will be same, but length of the liquid in the tube will
increase.
If h is the rise of liquid, then length of liquid in the tube l h a
h
= .
cos a
In the process of rise of liquid in the tube, the liquid pressure at the
wall of the tube increases from zero to rgh. So average pressure,
rgh
Pav =
2 h
The change in volume of air
DV = pr2h
2T cos q
Also, h =
rr g Fig. 5.86
Work done in increasing the glass-liquid surface (decreasing glass-air surface)
W = Pav DV = ÊÁ
r gh ˆ
(p r 2 h)
Ë 2 ˜¯
2
p pr gr 2 Ê 2T cos q ˆ
= r gr 2 h 2 =
2 2 ÁË r r g ˜¯
2T 2p cos 2 q
=
rg
Suppose radius of the tube varies from r1 and r2 in its total length
r
l. The radius at the position of meniscus
Êr -r ˆ
r = r1 - Á 1 2 ˜ h h
Ë l ¯
r1
The rise of the liquid in the tube can be obtained by the formula
2T cos q
h= , by placing the value of r in terms of r1 and r2.
rr g Fig. 5.87
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ865
d 1 1
Here, r1 = also r2 >> r1, so <<
2 r2 r1
T
\ Po – Pi =
r1
T 2T
= =
d/2 d
Force required F = (Po – Pi) ¥ Area of plate
2T 2TA
= ¥A=
d d
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.26 Two soap bubbles of radii r1 and r2 coalesce to form a single bubble under
isothermal condition. Find the radius of resulting bubble.
Solution As the process is isothermal, so by Boyle’s law, we have
P1V1 + P2V2 = PV
If r is the radius of the resulting bubble, then
Ê 4T ˆ 4 3 Ê 4T ˆ 4 3 Ê 4T ˆ 4 3
ÁË r ˜¯ ¥ 3 p r1 + ÁË r ˜¯ ¥ 3 p r2 = ÁË r ˜¯ ¥ 3 p r
1 2
or r12 + r22 = r2
Problem 5.27 Two soap bubbles come together to form a double bubble. Find the radius
of curvature at the contact point. (IIT Roorkee, 1989)
Solution Pressure inside smaller bubble is greater, so curvature on this side will be concave.
Suppose two soap bubbles of radii r1 and r2 come in contact and r is the radius of contact
point
Ê 4T ˆ Ê 4T ˆ
P1 = Á + Pa ˜ and P2 = Á + Pa ˜
Ë r1 ¯ Ë r2 ¯
866പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 1 1 r -r
or - = fi= 2 1 Ans. Resulting curvature
r1 r2 r r1 r2
Fig. 5.89
Concept
Excess pressure is inversely proportional to the radius of bubble (or drop), i.e., pressure
inside a smaller bubble (or drop) is higher than inside a larger bubble (or drop). This is
why when two bubbles of different sizes are put in communication with each other, the air
will rush from smaller to larger bubble, so that the smaller will shrink while the larger will
expand till the smaller bubble reduces to droplet. (IIT-JEE, Conceptual)
Fig. 5.90
Problem 5.28 Under isothermal condition two soap bubbles of radii r1 and r2 coalesce of
form a single bubble of radius r. The external pressure is Po. Find the surface tension of the
soap in terms of the given parameters.
Solution As mass of the air is conserved,
\ n1 + n 2 = n (as PV = nRT)
P1V1 P2V2 PV
\ + =
RT1 RT2 RT
As temperature is constant,
P2
P1
+ =
r1 r
P2
Fig. 5.91
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ867
T1 = T2 = T
\ P1V1 + P2V2 = PV
Ê 4S ˆ Ê 4 ˆ Ê 4S ˆ Ê 4 ˆ
\ = Á P0 + ˜ Á p r13 ˜ + Á P0 + ˜ Á p r23 ˜
Ë r1 ¯ Ë 3 ¯ Ë r2 ¯ Ë 3 ¯
Ê 4S ˆ Ê 4 ˆ
= Á P0 + ˜ Á p r 3 ˜
Ë r ¯Ë3 ¯
Solving this, we get
P0 (r 3 - r13 - r23 )
S =
4(r12 + r22 - r 2 )
Note: To avoid confusion with the temperature surface tension here is represented by S.
Problem 5.29 In a capillary rise, find the heat developed taking all standard notations as
described in the foregoing section.
Solution As the liquid rises, positive work is done by surface tension in pulling the liquid
up by a distance h which is given as
WST = Fy h, where Fy = (T cos q)2pr
This gives WST = (2prT cos q)h
2T cos q
Substituting h=
r gr CM
h
4p T 2 cos 2 q
We have WST = ...(i)
rg y
2p T 2 cos 2 q
This gives DU = ...(ii)
rg
Applying the first law of thermodynamics, the heat dissipated Q can be given as
WST = Q + DU ...(iii)
Using Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we have
2p T 2 cos 2 q
Q =
rg
868പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 5.30 A vertical U-tube contains a liquid of density r and surface tension T. If the
radii of the meniscus of liquid in the limbs of the U-tube are R1 and R2, find the difference
in the heights of liquid column in the limbs.
Solution Let the heights of liquid column P0
in the limbs be h1 and h2. Using the formula
2T
DP = for the meniscus in the limbs, we
R
P0
have the pressures at the points A and B h2
given as
h1 A C
2T
PA = P0 - ...(i)
R1
2T
and PB = P0 - ...(ii)
R2 Fig. 5.93
Using the formula DP = rgh, we have the pressures at A and C
PA (= PC) – PB = rg(h2 – h1) ...(iii)
Substituting PA from Eq. (i), from Eq. (ii) in Eq. (iii)
Ê 2T ˆ Ê 2T ˆ
We have ÁË P0 - R ˜¯ - ÁË P0 - R ˜¯ = rgDh
1 2
2T (R1 - R2 )
This gives Dh =
r gR1R2
Student Task
s 7HEN WE USE THE ABOVE U-tube as a manometer, find the pressure difference in the
limbs, if the difference in heights of the liquid columns in the limbs is h.
Problem 5.31 Two vertical parallel plates are
partially submerged in water. The distance between
the plates is d and their width is l. Assume that the
water between the plates does not reach the upper
edges of the mutual attraction.
P0 P0
Solution The plates seem to attract due to pressure A
difference between an inside point A and a point h
outside the plates.
F = (Po – Paverage) ¥ lh ...(i) B
PA + PB PA + PA + r gh d
Paverage = =
2 2
Fig. 5.94
rgh
= PA +
2
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ869
Ê 2T r gh ˆ
F = Á - ˜ lh ...(ii)
Ë d 2 ¯
2T
where is pressure due to surface tension.
d
In equilibrium the upward force on the liquid due to surface tension and the weight of
liquid column is balanced.
2T
2lT = rglhd or h = ...(iii)
r gd
On substituting h in Eq. (ii),
È 2T 1 Ê 2T ˆ ˘ 2Tl
F = Í - rÁ g ˜˙ ¥
ÍÎ d 2 Ë r gd ¯ ˙˚ rdg
2T 2l
F =
r gd 2
Problem 5.32 A bubble having surface tension T and radius R is formed on the ring of
radius b(b << R). Air is blown inside the tube with velocity v as shown. The air molecule
collides perpendicularly with the wall of the bubble and stops. Calculate the radius at which
the bubble separates from the ring. (IIT-JEE, 2003)
R
b
v A
v
Fig. 5.95
T sin q
Solution The bubble will separate from the tube when
thrust force exerted by the air is equal to the force due to R
excess pressure.
T b q
2pb ¥ 2T sin q = rAv2
b T
fi 4pbT ¥ = rpb2v2
R
4T
fi R = T sin q
rv 2
Fig. 5.96
870പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 5.33 A capillary tube of radius 0.50 mm is dipped vertically in a pot of water.
Find the difference between the pressure of the water in the tube 5.0 cm below the surface
and atmospheric pressure. Surface tension of water = 0.075 N/m. (VITEEE, 2011)
Solution PA = Pa
2T
PB = Pa -
r A
and PC = PB + hrg B
h
Ê 2T ˆ
= Á Pa - ˜ + hr g C
Ë r ¯
2T
\ PC – Pa = h r g -
r
2 ¥ 0.075
= 0.05 ¥ 103 ¥ 9.8 – Fig. 5.97
0.5 ¥ 10 - 3
= 190 N/m2
Problem 5.34 A wire forming a loop is dipped into a soap solution and taken out so that
a film of soap solution is formed. A loop of l long thread is gently put on the film and the
film is pricked with a needle inside the loop. The thread loop takes the shape of a circle.
Find the tension in the thread. Surface tension of soap solution is T.
Solution If r the radius of the loop formed, then
l = 2pr
l
fi r =
2p T
Surface tension force on the half loop
= T ¥ Projected length of the loop
= T ¥ 2r T
Now consider the equilibrium of the half loop, we have
2F = T ¥ 2r
r
fi F = Tr F F
Tl Fig. 5.98
or F =
2p
Problem 5.35 If a number of little droplets of water of surface tension T, all of the same
radius r combine to form a single drop of radius R and the energy released is converted into
kinetic energy. Find the velocity acquired by the bigger drop.
Solution By conservation of volume
4 4
p R3 = n p r 3
3 3
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ871
R3
or n =
r3
Mass of the bigger drop, m = Volume ¥ Density
4
= p R3 ¥ 1 [Density = 1 g/cm3]
3
4
= p R3
3
Energy released in the process = Surface tension ¥ Decrease in surface area
= T ¥ 4p (nr2 – R2)
È R3 ˘
= 4pT Í 3 r 2 - R2 ˙
Îr ˚
ÈR ˘
= 4pTR2 Í - 1˙
Îr ˚
ÈR - r ˘
= 4pTR2 Í
Î r ˙˚
Increase in KE = Decrease in energy of the system
1 ÈR - r ˘
or mv 2 = 4pTR2 Í
2 Î r ˙˚
1Ê 4 3ˆ 2 2 ÈR - r ˘
or Á p R ˜¯ v = 4pTR Í
2Ë 3 Î r ˙˚
6T (R - r )
\ v =
Rr
Here v will be in cm/s.
Problem 5.36 A glass plate of length 10 cm, breadth 4 cm and thickness 0.4 cm, weight 20
g in air is held vertically with long side horizontal and half the plate immersed in water.
What will be its apparent weight? Surface tension of water = 70 dyne/cm.
Solution The forces acting on the plate are:
(i) Weight of the plate vertically downwards,
W = mg = 20g-f
(ii) Buoyant force due to liquid, Fb = Vrlg
Ê lbt ˆ
= Á ˜ rl g
Ë 2¯
872പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê 10 ¥ 4 ¥ 0.4 ˆ
=Á
Ë ˜¯ ¥ 1g-f
2
= 8g-f
(iii) Force due to surface tension, vertically downwards
F = T ¥ Perimeter of plate in contact with water
70
= ¥ 2(10 + 0.4)g -f
980
= 1.5g-f
Apparent weight of the plate = (W + F) – Fb
= (20 + 1.5) – 8
= 13.5g-f
Problem 5.37 A glass U-tube is such that the diameter of one limb is 3.0 mm and that of
the other is 6.00 mm. The tube is inverted vertically with the open ends below the surface
of water in a beaker. What is the difference between the height to which water rises in the
two limbs? Surface tension of water is 0.07 N/m. Assume that the angle of contact between
water and glass is 0°.
Solution Let PA and PB are the pressures at points A and B respectively. The pressure at
point C,
2T
PC = PA -
R1 A
r1
where R1 = = r1 C h B R
cos 0∞
D
2T
The pressure at point D, PD = PB - Y
R2
r2
where R2 = = r2 Fig. 5.99
cos 0∞
If h is the difference between heights of rise in two limbs, then
PD – PC = hrg
Ê 2T ˆ Ê 2T ˆ
or ÁË PB - R ˜¯ - ÁË PA - R ˜¯ = hr g
2 1
As PA = PB and R1 = r1 = 1.5 mm, R2 = r2 = 3.0 mm, so
Ê 1 1ˆ
2T Á - ˜ = hrg
Ë r1 r2 ¯
Ê 1 1 ˆ
0.2 ¥ 0.07 Á - = h ¥ 1000 ¥ 9.8
Ë 1.5 ¥ 10 - 3 3 ¥ 10 - 3 ˜¯
After solving, we get
h = 4.76 ¥ 10 – 3 m
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ873
Problem 5.38 Two rods of different metals, having the same area of cross section A, are
placed end to end between two massive walls as shown in Fig. 5.101. The first rod has a
length l1, coefficient of linear expansion a1 and Young’s modulus Y1. The corresponding
quantities for the second rod are l2, a2 and Y2. The temperature of both the rods is now
raised by T degrees. (a) Find the force with which the rods act on each other at the higher
temperature in terms of the given quantities. (b) Also find the lengths of the rods at the
higher temperature. Assume that there is no change in the cross-sectional area of the rods
and the rods do not bend. There is no deformation of walls.
Solution
(a) Due to heating the increase in length of the composite rod will be,
(DL)I = (L1a1 + L2a2)T [as DL = Laq]
and due to compressive force F from the walls due to elasticity, decrease in length will
be
ÈL L ˘ F È FL ˘
(DL)D = Í 1 + 2 ˙ ÍÎas DL = AY ˙˚
Î Y1 Y2 ˚ A
As the length of the composite rod remains unchanged, the increase in length due to
heating must be equal to the decrease in length due to compression, i.e.,
F È L1 L2 ˘
Í + ˙ = [L1a1 + L2a2]T
A Î Y1 Y2 ˚
A(L1a 1 + L2a 2 )T
or F = ...(i)
[(L1/Y1 ) + (L2/Y2 )]
(DL1)C = (FL1/AY1)
So, its final length Fig. 5.101
Solution As shown in Fig. 5.102 here the vertical force due to sur- T T
face tension at the hole T cos q ¥ L = T cos q ¥ 2pr will balance the q q
weight mg, i.e., pr2 hrg, i.e.,
T cos q 2pr = pr2 hrg
or h = (2T cos q/rrg)
This h will be maximum when cos q = maximum = 1
2 ¥ 75 ¥ 10 - 3
So, (h)max = Fig. 5.102
10 3 ¥ 5 ¥ 10 - 4 ¥ 10
= 0.03 m = 3 cm
Note: Historically, this method was used by Quincke to determine the surface tension of
liquids and is called ‘drop weight method’.
Problem 5.40 A ring is cut from a platinum tube of 8.5 F
cm internal diameter. It is supported horizontally from
a pan of a balance so that it comes in contact with water F
in a glass vessel. What is the surface tension of water of
an extra 3.97 g weight is required to pull it away from
water? (g = 980 cm/s2) T T
W = llg
a a
If T is the surface tension, then surface tension force = Tl.
The weight of the wire is balanced by the vertical component of the q q
T T
surface tension force Tl, so
2Tl cos q = W W
W l lg lg Fig. 5.105
\ T = = =
2l cos q 2l cos q 2 cos q
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ875
(h0 + h1) II
h1 I
h0
h0
O tA tB tC tD t
O tA tB tC tD –h0
t
(a) (b)
Fig. 5.107
From this moment up to the moment of time tB the levels in the capillary and broader tube
will rise with the same velocities while the difference in the levels will remain constant and
equal to h0. At the moment of time tB the water level in the capillary tube will reach the end
of the capillary and will stop at a height h1. From the moment tB to the moment tD the water
level will continuously rise in the broader tube. The water level in the capillary will remain
constant but the meniscus will change its shape from concave to convex of same radius r at
the moment tD. The difference in the levels in the section BC will decrease to zero and in the
section CD it will change its sign and will increase to h0. At the moment tD the water will
begin to flow out of the capillary tube and from this moment onwards all the levels will be
constant. The maximum height to which the water rises in the broader tube is h0 + h1. The
maximum difference in the levels is h0.
876പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 5.43 Two spherical soap bubbles coalesce. If V is the consequence change in
volume of the contained air and S the change in total surface area, show that
3PV + 4ST = 0,
where T is the surface tension of soap bubble and p is atmospheric pressure.
Solution Suppose a and b are the radii of the two soap bubbles and Pa, Pb are the pressure
inside them. Let c be the radius and Pc the pressure inside the resulting bubble. Then
4T 4T 4T
Pa = P +
, Pb = P + and Pc = P +
a b c
If Va, Vb and Vc are the volumes of two soap bubbles and that of the resulting bubble,
then by Boyle’s law, we have
PaVa + PbVb = PcVc
Ê 4T ˆ 4 3 Ê 4T ˆ 4 3 Ê 4T ˆ 4 3
or ÁË P + ˜¯ ¥ p a + ÁË P + ˜¯ ¥ p b = ÁË P + ˜ ¥ pc
a 3 b 3 c ¯ 3
Ê4 4 4 ˆ 4T
or Á p a 3 + p b 3 - p c 3 ˜ + ( 4p a 2 + 4p b 2 - 4p c 2 ) = 0
Ë3 3 3 ¯ 3
Ê 4 3 4 3 4 3ˆ
But ÁË p a + p b - p c ˜¯ = V (change in volume)
3 3 3
and (4pa2 + 4pb2 – 4pc2) = S (change in surface)
On substituting these values in the above equation, we get
4T
PV + S =0
3
or 3PV + 4TS = 0
Problem 5.44 Soapy water drips from a capillary. When the drop
breaks away, the diameter of its neck is D. The mass of the drop is Capillary
F
m. Find the surface tension of soapy water.
Solution When the drop breaks away from the capillary, weight of
the drop = force of surface tension
Soapy water
or mg = pD ¥ T
mg
mg
or T =
pD Fig. 5.108
Problem 5.45 A mercury drop shaped as a round table of radius R and thickness h is
located between two horizontal glass plates. Assuming that h << R, find the mass m of a
weight which has to be placed on the copper plate to diminish the distance between the
plates n-times. The contact angle equals q. Calculate m if R = 2.0 cm, h = 0.38 mm, n = 2.0
and q = 135°.
Solution We know that pressure inside a film is greater than the outside pressure by an
Ê 1 1ˆ
amount T Á + ˜ .
Ë r1 r2 ¯
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ877
h
If q is the angle of contact then h = 2r1 cos q or r1 = . Since the table is between the
plates, so r2 = R. Thus, pressure difference 2 cos q
Ê 1 1ˆ È 1 1˘
P = TÁ + ˜ = T Í + ˙
Ë r1 r2 ¯ Î h/2 cos q R ˚
1 1 2T cos q
As h is small in comparison to R, so << , \ P =
R h h
The total force exerted by mercury drop on the upper glass plate is nearly
F = P ¥ Projected area of the drop
q
Ê 2T cos q ˆ 2 180° – q
= Á
Ë ˜¯ ¥ p R
h h
R
2p R2T cos q
= ...(i)
h Fig. 5.109
Let R¢ become the new radius of curvature when the distance between the plates is
decreased by n-times. Assuming mercury to be incompressible, we have
Ê hˆ
pR2h = p R¢ 2 Á ˜
Ë n¯
fi R¢ = nR
The force exerted by the mercury drop now becomes
2T (p nR)2 T cos q
F¢ =
( h/n)
= n 2F ...(ii)
If mg is the weight placed on the upper plate then
F¢ = F + mg
F ¢ - F F(n2 - 1) 2p R2T cos q 2
\ m = = = (n - 1)
g g gh
Problem 5.46 What is the pressure inside a drop of mercury of radius 3.00 mm at room
temperature?
Surface tension of mercury at that temperature (20°C) is 4.65 ¥ 10–1 N/m. The atmospheric
pressure is 1.01 ¥ 105 Pa. Also give the excess pressure inside the drop.
Solution If Pi and Po are the inside and outside pressures of the drop, then
2T
Pi – P o =
R
2T
\ Pi = Po +
R
878പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 ¥ 4.65 ¥ 10 - 1
= 1.01 ¥ 10 5 +
3.00 ¥ 10 - 3
= 1.013 ¥ 10 Pa
5
Problem 5.47 A water drop falls in air with a uniform velocity. Find the difference between
the curvature radii of the drop’s surface at the upper and lower points of the drop separated
by the distance h = 2.3 mm.
Solution Suppose R1 and R2 be the radii of curvatures at the upper point and lower point
of the drop respectively. The pressure inside the drop at the upper end,
2T P0
PA = Po +
R1 A
and pressure at the lower end R1
2T h = 2.3 mm
PB = Po +
R2 R2
B
where Po is the atmospheric pressure.
As the drop is falling with uniform velocity, so P0
2T 2T
or Po + = Po + + r gh
R2 R1
Ê 1 1ˆ
or 2T Á - ˜ = rgh
Ë R2 R1 ¯
(R1 - R2 )
or 2T = rgh
R1R2
It can be assumed that R1 – R2 and R1 + R2 = h
So, R1 = R2 = h/2. Therefore, we get
2T(R1 – R2) = (rgh)R1R2
Ê h hˆ
= rgh ¥ Á ¥ ˜
Ë 2 2¯
rgh 3
R1 – R2 =
8T
At point A the technique is
2T
PB – PA =
R
A
T B T
Fig. 5.111
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ879
T T
A
B
Fig. 5.112
T – 10 = 1 ¥ a
20 – T = 2 ¥ a m1g 2 kg
Solving we get, T = (40/3) newton
( 40/3)
\ Stress = m2g
p r2
Fig. 5.113
(∵ Stress = Tension/area of cross section)
( 40/3)
Now, 2 ¥ 109 =
p r2
r = 4.6 ¥ 10– 5 metre
VISCOSITY A
v + dv
Viscosity is the property of a fluid by virtue of F
which an internal force of friction comes into v
y + dy F
play in a moving fluid and which opposes the
relative motion between the adjacent layers. y
This opposing force is called viscous force or
viscous drag. Viscous force also acts between the Velocity profile
solid surface and liquid layers due to relative Fig. 5.114
motion between them. Viscosity is primarily due
to cohesion and molecular momentum exchange between fluid layers, and as flow occurs,
these defects appear as shearing stresses between the moving layers of the fluid.
Consider a liquid moving over a stationary horizontal surface. The liquid can be assumed
moving in the form of layers, one layer moves over the other. The layer in contact with the
surface is at rest and the velocity of every other layer increases upward. The velocity profile
will be parabolic (see Fig. 5.114).
880പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
A
v + dv
F
F v
y + dy
y
Velocity profile
Fig. 5.115
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.49 A metal plate of area 0.10 m2 is connected to a 0.01 kg mass via a string that
passes over an ideal pulley (considered massless and frictionless), as shown in Fig. 5.116.
A liquid with a film thickness of 0.3 mm is placed between the plate and the table. When
released the plate moves to the right with a constant speed of 0.085 m/s. Find the coefficient
of viscosity of the liquid.
T
Thin film
T
m = 0.01 kg
mg
Fig. 5.116
Pressure
(i) Viscosity of liquids increases with increase in pressure. The viscosity of water decreases
with increase in pressure.
(ii) The viscosity of the gases does not depend on the pressure.
POISEUILLE’S EQUATION
Consider a viscous liquid flowing in a horizontal pipe with constant velocity. Assuming a
cylinder of liquid of radius r and length l. It has outer surface 2prl.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ883
DP 2 2
or v = (R - r )
4hl
pDPR 4
or Q =
8hl
The above equation can be written as
DP Pi - Po
Q = =
RF RF
where RF is the resistance of the pipe and is equal to,
8hl
RF = .
p R4
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.50 A liquid is flowing in a horizontal pipe of length l under pressure difference
P1 – P2. Calculate the pressure at a distance x from one end.
884പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution Suppose P is the pressure at a distance x from left end. As the rate of flow is equal
in each part of the pipe, so
P
P1 - P P - P2 P1 P2
=
R1 R2
8hx 8h(l - x )
where R1 = , R2 =
p r4 p r4
x ( – x)
P1 - P P - P2
\ =
Ê 8hx ˆ 8h(l - x ) Fig. 5.119
ÁË 4 ˜¯
pr p r4
P1 - P P - P2
=
x (l - x )
È P (l - x ) + P2 x ˘
or P = Í 1 ˙˚
Î l
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.51 A sliding fit cylindrical of mass of 1 kg drops vertically down at a constant
velocity of 5 cm/s. Find the viscosity of the oil.
Solution As the body moves with constant velocity
\ mg = Fv
14.9 cm
dv
or 1g = hA
dy Oil 15 cm
1 kg
dv
or 1g = h(2p rl)
dy 15 cm
Ê 0.05 - 0 ˆ
or 1g = h(2p ¥ 7.5 ¥ 10 – 2 ¥ 15 ¥ 10 – 2) Á
Ë 0.05 ¥ 10 - 2 ˜¯
N-s
After solving, we get h = 1.4 Fig. 5.122
m2
Problem 5.52 A powder comprising particles of various sizes is stirred up in a vessel filled
to a height of 10 cm with water. Assuming the particles to be spherical, find the size of the
largest particle that will remain in suspension after 1 hour. (Density of powder = 4 g/cm3,
viscosity of water = 0.01 poise).
Solution Terminal velocity of the largest particle which is just about to settle at the bottom
of the vessel
10 ¥ 10 - 2
vt = m/s
3600
Let r be the radius of that particle, then
2 2 (s - r )
vt = r g
9 h
0.01 N - s
where s = 4 ¥ 103 kg/m3 and h=
10 m2
After solving, we get r = 2.0 ¥ 10– 6 m Ans.
Problem 5.53 Through a very narrow gap of height h, a thin plate of large extension is
pulled at a velocity v. On one side of the plate is oil of viscosity m1 and on the other side oil
of viscosity m2. Calculate the position of the plate so that (i) the shear force on the two sides
of the plate is equal, and (ii) the pull required to drag the plate is minimum.
Solution Let y be the distance of the plate from one of the surface.
(i) Force per unit area of the upper surface of the plate
dv v
f 1 = m1 = m1
dy ( h - y)
and force per unit area on the bottom surface of the plate
886പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
dv v
f2 = m 2 = m2
dy y
(h – y)
Equating the two, we get m1
v v v
m1 = = m2 y m2
( h - y) y
m2 h
fi y = Fig. 5.123
( m1 + m 2 )
(ii) Let F be the force required to pull the plate. Suppose A is the area of the plate, then
F = f 1A + f 2A
Ê v ˆ Ê vˆ
F = Am1 Á ˜ + Am 2 Á ˜
Ë h - y¯ Ë y¯
For F to be minimum,
dF
=0
dy
Am1v m v
or - 2 =0
( h - y )2 y 2
h
fi y =
m1
1+
m2
Problem 5.54 A large bottle is filled with a siphon made of capillary glass tubing. Compare
the time taken to empty the bottle when it is filled (i) with water (ii) with petrol of density
0.8 cgs unit. The viscosity of water and petrol are 0.01 and 0.02 cgs units respectively.
Solution The volume of liquid flowing in time t is through a tube is given by
p Pr 4
V = Qt = t
8hl
If t1 and t2 be the times taken by water and petrol respectively, then
p ( r1 gh)r 4
For water, V1 = t1
8h1l
p ( r2 gh)r 4
For petrol, V2 = t2
8h2 l
But V1 = V2
p ( r1 gh)r 4 p ( r2 gh)r 4
or t1 = t2
8h1l 8h2 l
t1 h r
\ = 1¥ 2
t2 h2 r1
0.01 0.8
= ¥ = 0.4
0.02 1.0
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ887
Problem 5.55 The level of liquid in a cylindrical vessel is kept constant at 30 cm. It has
three identical horizontal tubes of length 39 cm, each coming out at heights 0, 4 and 8 cm
respectively. Calculate the length of a single overflow tube of the same radius as that of
identical tubes which can replace the three when placed horizontally at the bottom of the
cylinder.
Solution
30 cm 30 cm
8 cm
4 cm
39 cm
(a) (b)
Fig. 5.124
p ( r g ¥ 26) ¥ r 4
Similarly, Q2 =
8hl
p ( r g ¥ 22) ¥ r 4
and Q3 =
8hl
The total rate of flow
Q = Q1 + Q2 + Q3
pr gr 4
= (30 + 26 + 22)
8hl
pr gr 4 pr gr 4
= ¥ 78 = ...(i)
8h ¥ 39 4h
888പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
p ( r g ¥ 30)r 4
Q = ...(ii)
8hl ¢
From Eqs. (i) and (ii)
p ( r g ¥ 30)r 4 pr gr 4
=
8hl ¢ 4h
or l¢ = 15 cm
C D
Problem 5.56 In Fig. 5.125 there is a pipe net- Q2
work of uniform cross-sectional area. Pressures
at inlet and outlet are 2P0 and P0 respectively. /2
Find ratio of volume of flow in two branches of A B
the pipes. The length of the each pipe is shown 2P0 Q1 P0
in Fig. 5.125. Also find pressure at points C
and D.
Fig. 5.125
Pressure difference:
r
PA – PC = Q2 ¥
2
P0 r P0
= ¥ =
2r 2 4
Given, PA = 2P0
7 P0
\ PC =
4
r
Similarly, PD – PB = Q2 ¥
2
P r P
= 0¥ = 0
2r 2 4
Given, PB = P0
5P0
\ PD =
4
Problem 5.57 A thin ring of radius R is made of a material of density r and Young’s
modulus Y. If the ring is rotated about its centre in its own plane with angular velocity w,
find the small increase in its radius. (IIT Roorkee, 1985)
Solution Consider an element PQ of length dl. Let T be the tension and A the area of cross
section of the wire.
Mass of element dm = Volume ¥ Density
= A(dl)r
The component of T, towards the centre provides the necessary centripetal force
Êqˆ
\ 2T sin Á ˜ = (dm)Rw2 …(i)
Ë 2¯
q q (dl/R)
For small angles sin ª =
2 2 2
Substituting in Eq. (i), we have T cos (q/2) T cos (q/2)
dl
T◊ = A(dl)rRw2 q/2 q/2
R F
P Q
or T = Arw2R2 q
TR
\ DR =
AY
( Arw 2 R2 )R
=
AY
rw 2 R3
or DR =
Y
Problem 5.58 A vertical capillary is brought in contact with the water surface. What
amount of heat is liberated while the water rises along the capillary? The wetting is assumed
to be complete. The surface tension equals T.
Solution If h is the capillary rise, then
2T
h =
rr g
Pressure P = r gh
2T
=
r
0+P T
Average pressure Pav = =
2 r
The volume of water rise = p r2h
Heat liberated = Work done by surface tension force
= Pav ¥ DV
T
= ¥ p r 2 h = p Tr h
r
Ê 2T ˆ
= p Tr ¥ Á
Ë r r g ˜¯
2p T 2
=
rg
Problem 5.59 The lower end of a capillary tube of diameter 2.00 mm is dipped 8 cm below
the surface of water in a beaker. What is the pressure required in the tube in order to blow a
hemispherical bubble at its end in water? The surface tension in water at the temperature of
the experiment is 7.30 ¥ 10–2 N/m. 1 atmospheric pressure = 1.01 ¥ 105 Pa, density of water
= 1000 kg/m3, g = 90 m/s2. Also calculate the excess pressure.
Solution The pressure difference in air bubble
2T
Pi – P o =
R
2 ¥ 7.30 ¥ 10 - 2
= = 146 Pa
1 ¥ 10 - 3
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ891
2T
= (Pa + hr g ) +
r
Problem 5.60 What is the excess pressure inside a bubble of soap solution of radius 5.00
mm? Given that the surface tension of soap solution at the temperature 20°C is 2.50 ¥ 10–2
N/m. If an air bubble of the same dimension is formed at a depth of 40 cm inside a container
containing the soap solution (of relative density 1.20), what would be the pressure inside
the bubble? (1 atm = 1.01 ¥ 105 Pa).
4T
Solution Excess pressure P =
R
4 ¥ 2.50 ¥ 10 - 2
=
5 ¥ 10 - 3
= 20 N/m2
4T
At a depth h Pi – Po =
R
4T
\ Pi = P0 +
R
4T
= (Pa + r gh) +
R
4 ¥ 2.50 ¥ 10 - 2
= 1.01 ¥ 105 + 12000 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 0.4 +
5 ¥ 10 - 3
= 105724 N/m2
Problem 5.61 A sphere is dropped under gravity through a fluid of viscosity h. Taking the
average acceleration as half of the initial acceleration, show that the time taken to attain the
terminal velocity is independent of the fluid density.
Solution The initial acceleration of the drop
mg - Fb
=
m
È V r g - Vs g ˘
= Í ˙
Î Vr ˚
(r - s )g
=
r
892പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(r - s )g
The average acceleration, a =
2r
2 2 (r - s )g
The terminal velocity, v = r
9 h
Now using v = u + at, we have
v 4 r2r
t = =
a 9 h
Problem 5.62 Two tubes A and B of length 1 m and 0.5 m have radii 0.1 mm and 0.2 mm
respectively. If a liquid is passing through the two tubes, entering A at a pressure of 0.8 m of
mercury and leaving B at a pressure of 0.76 m. Find the pressure at the junction of A and B.
\ P = 0.7612 m of Hg
Problem 5.63 In Millikan’s oil drop experiment, what is the terminal speed of a drop of
radius 2.0 ¥ 10– 5 m and density 1.2 ¥ 103 kg/m3? Take the viscosity of air at the temperature
of the experiment to be 1.8 ¥ 10– 5 Ns/m2. How much is the viscous force on the drop at that
speed? Neglect buoyancy of the drop due to air.
Solution Terminal speed is given by
2 2 (s - r )
v = r g
9 h
= 5.8 cm/s
Viscous force, Fb = 6 phr v
= 3.9 ¥ 10–10 N.
Problem 5.64 Two capillary tubes AB and BC are joined end to end at B, AB is 16 cm long
and of diameter 4 mm whereas BC is 4 cm long and of diameter 2 mm. The composite tube
is held horizontally with A connected to a vessel of water giving a constant head of 3 cm
and C is open to the air. Calculate the pressure difference between B and C.
Solution
PA = 3 cm PB
PC = 0
16 cm 4 cm
Fig. 5.129
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ893
8hl1
The resistance of two tubes are R1 =
p r14
8hl2
and R2 =
p r24
As tubes are connected in series, and so,
Q1 = Q2
PA - PB P -0
or = B
R1 R2
(3 - PB ) PB
or =
Ê 8hl1 ˆ Ê 8hl2 ˆ
ÁË p r 4 ˜¯ ÁË p r 4 ˜¯
1 2
r14 P r4
or (3 - PB ) = B2
l1 l2
After substituting the value and simplifying, we get
PB = 2.4 cm
Problem 5.65 A capillary tube of radius 0.50 mm is dipped vertically in a pot of water.
Find the difference between the pressure of the water in the tube 5.0 cm below the surface
and the atmospheric pressure. Surface tension of water = 0.075 N/m.
Solution The pressure just below the free surface of water
Ê 2T ˆ
PA = Á Pa - ˜
Ë R¯
The pressure difference A
h = 5 cm
PB – PA = rgh
B
Ê 2T ˆ
or PB - Á Pa - ˜ = rgh
Ë R¯
2T
\ PB – Pa = rgh -
R
2 ¥ 0.075
= 1000 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 0.05 – Fig. 5.130
0.5 ¥ 10 - 3
2
= 190 N/m
Problem 5.66 A glass rod of diameter d1 = 1.5 mm is inserted symmetrically into a glass
capillary with inside diameter d2 = 2 mm. Then the whole arrangement is vertically oriented
and brought in contact with the surface of water. To what height will the water rise in the
capillary?
894പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 5.67 Consider the situation shown in Fig. 5.131. The force F is equal to m2g/2.
If the area of the cross section of the string is A and its Young’s modulus Y, find the strain
developed in it. The string is light and there is no friction anywhere.
F m1
m2
Fig. 5.131
Stress
Strain = m2g
Y
m2 g(2m1 + m2 )
= Fig. 5.132
2 AY(m1 + m2 )
Problem 5.68 Each of the three blocks P, Q and R shown in Fig. 5.133 has a mass of 3 kg.
Each of the wires A and B has cross-sectional area 0.005 cm2 and Young’s modulus 2 ¥ 1011 N/
m2. Neglect friction. Find the longitudinal strain developed in each wire. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
A B
P Q
Fig. 5.133
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ895
3g – T1 = 3a
T1 – T2 = 3a T1
and T2 = 3a
After simplifying, we get 3g
g 10
a = m/s2 = m/s2
3 3 Fig. 5.134
T1 = 2g
= 20 N
and T2 = 10 N
T1/A
Strain developed, e1 =
Y
20
=
0.005 ¥ 10 - 4 ¥ 2 ¥ 1011
= 2 ¥ 10 – 4
T2/A
e2 =
Y
10
=
0.005 ¥ 10 - 4 ¥ 2 ¥ 1011
= 1 ¥ 10 – 4
Problem 5.69 A body of mass 3.14 kg is suspended from one end of a wire of length 10 m.
The radius of the wire is changing uniformly from 9.8 ¥ 10 – 4 m at one end to 5.0 ¥ 10 – 4 m at
the other end. Find the change in the length of the wire. What will be the change in length
if the ends are interchanged? Young’s modulus of the material of the wire is 2 ¥ 1011 N/m2.
(IIT Roorkee, 1989)
Solution The change in length of the wire is given by
FL
DL =
p r1r2Y
(3.14 ¥ 9.8) ¥ 10
=
p (9.8 ¥ 10 ) ¥ (5 ¥ 10 - 4 ) ¥ (2 ¥ 1011 )
-4
= 10 – 3
Problem 5.70 Find the attraction force between two parallel glass plates separated by a
distance h = 0 .10 mm, after a water drop of mass m = 70 mg was introduced between them.
The wetting is assumed to be complete.
Solution Force needed to pull the plate, each of area A
2TA
F=
d
896പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Here d = h,
Ahr = m
m
\ A =
hr
Ê mˆ
2T Á ˜
Ë hr ¯ 2Tm
\ F = =
h rh2
Problem 5.71 Eight rain drops of radius 1 mm each falling down with terminal velocity of
5 cm/s coalesce to form a bigger drop. Find the terminal velocity of the bigger drop.
Solution If R is the radius of bigger drop, then
4 4
8 ¥ p r 3 = p R3
3 3
\ R = 2r = 2 ¥ 1 = 2 mm.
We know that, v1 a r2
v2 R2
\ = 2
v1 r
R2 22
or v2 = v1 = ¥ 5 = 20 cm/s
r2 12
Problem 5.72 Two large glass plates are placed vertically and parallel to each other inside
a tank of water with separation between the plates equal to 1 mm. Find the rise of water in
the space between the plates. Surface tension of water = 0.075 N/m.
Solution If h is the rise in the tube, then
Surface tension force = Weight of liquid rise
2Tl = r(lbh)g
2T 2 ¥ 0.075
\ h = =
rbg 1000 ¥ 10 - 3 ¥ 9.8
= 1.5 ¥ 10 – 2 m
Problem 5.73 In the bottom of a vessel with mercury there is a round hole of diameter d
= 70 mm. At what maximum thickness of the mercury layer will the liquid still not flow out
through this hole?
Solution The height above the hole is given by
2T 2T 4T
h= = = = 21 cm
r r g d r g dr g
2
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ897
Problem 5.74
(i) Two wires PQ and QR, one of aluminium and the other P
of steel, each 1 m long are joined end to end to form a
composite wire of length 2 m. The radius of each wire is
1 mm. Calculate the total length of the composite wire
if a mass of 10 kg is attached at end C. YAl = 7 ¥ 1010 Q
N/m2, Ysteel = 2.1 ¥ 1011 N/m2.
(ii) What is the elastic energy per unit volume produced in
each wire? R
(iii) What load at end C would produce an expansion 0.32 10 kg
mm in both wires combined?
Fig. 5.135
Solution
(i) The change in the length of the wire
FL
DL1 = [L = 1 m]
AY1
FL
and DL2 =
AY2
\ DL = DL1 + DL2
FL È 1 1˘
= Í + ˙
A Î Y1 y2 ˚
(10 ¥ 10) ¥ 1 È 1 1 ˘
= -3 2 Í
+
p (10 ) Î 7 ¥ 10 10
2.1 ¥ 1011 ˙˚
= 0.000606 m
Thus, total length of the wire
= 2 + 0.000606 = 2.000606 m.
mg 10 ¥ 10
(ii) Stress in each wire f = =
pr 2
p (10 - 3 )2
= 3.18 ¥ 107 N/m2
Elastic energy per unit volume is given by
f 2 (3.18 ¥ 107 )2
u1 = =
2Y1 2 ¥ 7 ¥ 1010
= 7.22 ¥ 103 J
f 2 (3.18 ¥ 107 )2
and u2 = =
2Y2 2 ¥ 2.1 ¥ 1011
= 2.41 ¥ 103 J
898പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1 Èl l + l l + l l ˘
= Í 12 13 2 3˙
l Î l1l2l3 ˚
È l1l2l3 ˘
\ l = Í ˙
Î l1l2 + l1l3 + l2l3 ˚
Problem 5.77 A solid copper cylinder of length L = 65 cm is placed on a horizontal surface
and subjected to a vertical compressive force F = 1000 N directed downwards and distributed
uniformly over the end face. What will be the resulting change of the volume of the cylinder
in cubic millimetres?
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ899
r
l
Fig. 5.137
Solution When the force is applied, let DD be the increase in diameter and Dl be the
decrease in length. Then from the definition of Poisson’s ratio, we have
Lateral strain
v =-
Longitudinal strain
( DD/D) - ( Dr/r )
=- =
( Dl/l) ( Dl/l)
Dr Dl
or = –v
r l
Volume of cylinder is
V = pr2l
dV dr dl
= 2 +
V r l
dl dl
= - 2v +
l l
dl
= (1 – 2v)
l
From definition of Young’s modulus, we have
Stress ( - F/p r 2 )
Y = =
Strain ( DV/V )
DV F
or Y = - 2
V pr
Fl(1 - 2v)
or DV = -
Y
On substituting numerical values, we get
DV = 1.6 mm3
900പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 5.78 A sphere of 0.25 g is attached to one end of a steel wire, having cross-sectional
area of 2.5 mm2 and one metre long. In order to form a conical pendulum, the other end
is attached to a vertical shaft which is set rotating about its axis. Calculate the number of
revolutions necessary to extend the wire by 2 mm. (IIT Roorkee, 1978)
Young’s modulus of elasticity of steel = 2 ¥ 1011 N/m2 and g = 9.8 m/sec2.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 5.138.
Let T be the tension in the wire when extension is 2 mm. Hence,
T/A
Y =
l/L
Y ◊ Al
\ T = q
L
Here l = 2 mm = 2 ¥ 10 – 3 m, L = 1.0 m,
L=1m
A = 2.5 mm2 = 2.5 ¥ 10 – 6 m2
Substituting these values, we get
T cos q
(2 ¥ 1011 )(2.5 ¥ 10 - 6 ) ¥ (2 ¥ 10 - 3 ) T
T =
1
= 1.0 ¥ 103 N r = L sin 0
T sin q
From Fig. 5.138, T cos q = mg
mg 0.25 ¥ 9.8
\ cos q = = 3
= 2.45 ¥ 10 - 3 mg
T 1 ¥ 10
Fig. 5.138
2 -3 2
sin q = (1 - cos q ) = [1 - (2.45 ¥ 10 ) ]
ª 1.0
Further, from figure T sin q = mv2/r
2p r 2p
Period of revolution = = = 0.0993 s
v 63.25
1 1
Frequency = =
Time period 0.0993
= 10.07 rev/sec.
Hence, the sphere must take about 10 revolutions per second to extend the wire by 2 mm.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ901
Problem 5.79 A steel wire 1 m long and of radius 1 mm has a sphere of mass 2.5 kg attached
to one of its ends. It is whirled in a vertical circle and has an angular velocity of 2 rev/s at
the bottom of the circle. Calculate the elongation of the wire when the weight is at the lowest
point of its path. Young’s modulus of steel is 20 ¥ 1010 N/m2 and g = 9.8 m/s2.
Solution The centripetal force at the lowest point is given by
mw2 = T – mg ...(i)
Here T = Tension in the wire when the sphere is at the bottom w = Angular speed and
r = Radius of the circle.
Let Dl be the elongation of the wire due to tension T, then
Stress F/A T/A
Y = = =
Strain Dl/l Dl/l
Tl
\ Dl =
AY
Given that, r = 1 mm = (1 ¥ 10 – 3 m).
\ A = p (1 ¥ 10 – 3)2 = p ¥ 10 – 6 m2
From Eq. (1).
T = mg + m(2 p n)2 r
= 2.5 [9.8 + 4p2 ¥ 4 ¥ 1] = 419.3 N
Substituting these values in Eq. (2), we get
419.3 ¥ 1.0
Dl =
(p ¥ 10 - 6 )(20 ¥ 1010 )
= 6.67 ¥ 10 – 4 m = 0.067 cm.
Problem 5.80 One end of a wire 100 cm long (without load) is fixed and to the other end is
attached a mass of 2 kg. The mass is kept moving with uniform speed in a horizontal circle
of radius 60 cm. Find the strain and w of the wire, if the radius of the wire is 0.032 cm and
Young’s modulus 2 ¥ 1011 dynes/cm2.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 5.139. A
24.5
Stress in wire = B C
p (0.032 ¥ 10 - 2 )2 O
Stress mg
Strain =
Y Fig. 5.139
902പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
24.5
=
p (0.032 ¥ 10 - 2 )2 ¥ (2 ¥ 1010 )
\ Y = 2 ¥ 1011 dynes/cm2
= 2 ¥ 1010 N-m2
Strain = 0.32 ¥ 10 – 2 m
If w be the angular velocity, then
Ê g ˆ Ê gˆ Ê 9.8 ˆ
w = ÁË L cos q ˜¯ = ÁË r ˜¯ = ÁË 0.6 ˜¯
= 4 rad/sec.
Problem 5.81 A mass 2 kg is attached to one end an elastic string of natural length 1.5 m,
whose other end is fixed at a point A. The elastic modulus of the string is such that the 2 kg
mass hanging vertically would stretch the string by 3 cm. The mass is held at A and allowed
to fall vertically. How far below A will it come to rest? (IIT Roorkee, 1976)
0.03
Solution Here Strain =
1.5
If A be the area of cross section of the wire, then
2 ¥ 9.8
Stress = n/m2
A
Stress
\ Young’s modulus Y =
Strain
2 ¥ 9.8 1.5
= ¥
A 0.03
980
= n/m2
A
After falling the mass through a distance 1.5 m, the velocity is given by
v2 = 2 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 1.5
1
\ Kinetic energy = ¥ 2 (2 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 1.5)
2
= 29.4 J
Now the wire will be stretched. Let l be the increase in length, then the strain is given
by (l/1.5)
\ Tension in the string = Y ¥ A ¥ Strain
980 l
= ¥ A¥
A 1.5
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ903
980 l
=
1.5
1
Now, Work done = ◊F ◊l
2
1 980 l 2 980 l 2
= ◊ = joule
2 1.5 3
Loss of potential energy = 2 ¥ 9.8 ¥ l joule
= 19.6 l joule
Loss of kinetic energy = 29.4 joule
980 l 2
\ = 29.4 + 19.6 l
3
Solving it for l and taking positive value, we get l = 0.33 so the mass comes to rest at 1.5
+ 0.33 = ODGNQYA.
Problem 5.82 A copper wire 2 metre long is stretched by 1 mm. If the energy stored in the
stretched wire is converted into heat, calculate the rise in temperature of the wire. Given
Y = 12 ¥ 1011 dynes/cm2, density of copper = 9, specific heat of copper = 0.1 and T = 4.2 ¥
107 ergs/cal.
Solution The energy stored per unit volume is given by
1 1
= Stress ¥ Strain = ◊ Y ◊ (strain)2
2 2
1
= ¥ 12 ¥ 1011 (0.1/200)2 = 1.5 ¥ 105 ergs
2
If V be the volume of the wire, then energy E stored is given by
1.5 ¥ 105 ¥ V ergs
When this energy is converted into heat, then heat produced
E 1.5 ¥ 10 5 V
= cal
J 4.2 ¥ 107
If m is the mass of the wire, c specific heat and DT, rise in temperature then
1.5 ¥ 10 5 V
m cDT =
4.2 ¥ 107
1.5 ¥ 10 5 V
or Vr c DT = (∵ m = Vr)
4.2 ¥ 107
1.5 ¥ 10 5 1
\ DT = 7
= °C
( 4.2 ¥ 10 ) ¥ 9 ¥ 0.1 252
904പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
400
(i) Suspended mass m = = 40 kg
10
1
(ii) Energy stored in rod = ¥ F ¥ Dl
2
1
= ¥ 400 ¥ (0.5 ¥ 10 –3)
2
= 0.1 J
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ905
Problem 5.85 The Young’s modulus for steel is 2.0 ¥ 1011 newtons/m2. If the inter-atomic
spacing for the metal be 2.8 Å, compute (i) inter-atomic force constant in newtons per Å,
and (ii) increase in the inter-atomic spacing for a force of 109 newton/m2.
Solution
(i) The inter-atomic force constant k is given by
k = Y r0 = (2.0 ¥ 1011) (2.8 ¥ 10 – 10)
(∵ 2.8 Å = 2.8 ¥ 10–10 m)
– 10
= 56 newton/metre = 56 ¥ 10 PGYVQP
(ii) As the distance between two atoms is r0, hence the area of one chain at atoms is r02.
If F is the inter-atomic force, then
F = Stress ¥ r02 = 109 ¥ (2.9 ¥ 10–10)2
= 7.84 ¥ 10 –11 newton.
Let Dr be the increase in the inter-atomic spacing, then
F = k ¥ Dr
F 7.84 ¥ 10 - 11
or Dr = = -9
= 1.4 ¥ 10 - 2
k 5.6 ¥ 10
Problem 5.86 A lift is tied with thick iron wires and its mass is 1000 kg. What should be
the minimum diameter of the wire if the maximum acceleration of lift is 1.2 m/sec2 and the
maximum safe stress of the wire is 1.4 ¥ 108 nt/m2. (Given g = 9.8 m/sec2).
Solution The tension T in the rope of the lift when it goes upwards is given by
T = m(g + a) = 1000 (9.8 + 1.2)
= 11000 newtons.
Let r be the radius of the wire, then maximum stress will be T/pr2.
Hence, T/pr2 = 1.4 ¥ 108
T
or r2 =
p ¥ 1.4 ¥ 108
11000 1
= =
3.14 ¥ (1.4 ¥ 108 ) 4 ¥ 10 4
1 1
Now, r = 2
= = 0.005 metre.
2 ¥ 10 200
\ Diameter of the wire = 2r = 0.01 metre.
906പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
F Mw 2 L2 Ê x2 ˆ
dl = dx = 1 - dx
YA 2YA ÁË L2 ˜¯
The total elongation of the rod is
Mw 2 L2 È ˘
L L 2
x
dl = Í Ú dx - Ú 2 dx ˙
2YA ÍÎ 0 0
L ˙˚
Mw 2 L2 È L˘
or l =
2YA ÍÎL - 3 ˙˚
Mw 2 L3
or l =
3YA
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ907
Problem 5.88 A ring of radius 0.1 m is made out of a thin metallic wire of area of cross
section 10–6 m2. The ring has a uniform charge of p coulomb. Find the change in the radius of
the ring when a charge of 10– 8 coulomb is placed at the centre of the ring. Young’s modulus
of the metal is 2 ¥ 1011 N/m2.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 5.143.
Consider an element of length Dl making an angle Dq Dl
at the centre. There will be a tangential tension T at each
end of this element. The horizontal components of tensions
are cancelled while the vertical components are added up. F
Hence, T Dq T
Dq Ê Dl ˆ
F 2T sin ª T Dq ª T Á ˜
2 Ë R¯
FR O
\ T = ...(1)
Dl
Charge per unit length of the ring
q p 1
s = = = = 5 C/m
2 p R 2 p R 2 ¥ 0.1
Charge on the element of length Dl = 5Dl C/m Fig. 5.143
TR ( 4.5 ¥ 10 3 )(0.1)
= = = 2.25 ¥ 10– 3 m.
A 10 - 6 ¥ (2 ¥ 1011 )
908പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 5.89 A simple pendulum is made by attaching a 1 kg bob to 5 m long copper wire
of diameter 0.08 cm and it has a certain period of oscillation. Next a 10 kg bob is substituted
for the 1 kg bob. Calculate the change in time period, if any. (Young’s modulus of copper =
12.4 ¥ 1010 N/m2). (IIT Roorkee, 1975)
Solution The time period of a simple pendulum is given by
T = 2p (l/g )
where l is the length of the simple pendulum.
In case of copper wire, the change in length when 1 kg bob is attached
Dl1 F 1 mg 1
= ◊ = ◊
l A Y p r2 Y
1 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 5 1
\ Dl1 = -2 2
¥
3.14 ¥ (0.04 ¥ 10 ) 12.4 ¥ 1010
= 7.86 ¥ 10 – 4 m
Similarly, the change in length when 10 kg is substituted for one kg bob
10 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 5 1
Dl2 = ¥
3.14 ¥ (0.04 ¥ 10 - 2 )2 12.4 ¥ 1010
= 7.86 ¥ 10– 3 m
Time period in the first case,
Ï l + Dl1 ¸
T1 = 2p Ì 1 ˝
Ó g ˛
ÏÔ (7.86 ¥ 10 - 4 ) ¸Ô
= 2 ¥ 3.14 Ì5 + ˝
ÔÓ 9.8 Ô˛
= 4.488 sec.
Time period in the second case,
Ï l + Dl2 ¸
T2 = 2p Ì 1 ˝
Ó g ˛
ÏÔ 5 + (7.86 ¥ 10 - 3 ) ¸Ô
= 2 ¥ 3.14 Ì ˝
ÓÔ 9.8 ˛Ô
= 4.4915 sec
\ Change in time period is given by
DT = T2 – T1
= 4.4915 – 4.488 = 0.0035 sec.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ909
p D2
(b) Initial volume of the rod = l=V
4
DD/D b
\ Poisson’s ratio, s = + =
Dl/l a
\ Final volume,
pD2l ÏÔÊ Dl ˆ ¸Ô
2
DD ˆ Ê
V¢ = ÌÁË 1 - ˜¯ ÁË 1 + ˜¯ ˝
4 ÓÔ D l ˛Ô
DV
\ – = Fractional change in volume
V
∫ Volume strain,
2
V¢ - V Ê DD ˆ Ê Dl ˆ
= = Á1 - ˜ Á 1+ ˜ -1
V Ë D¯ Ë l ¯
p D2
\ V = l
4
Ê 2 DD ˆ Ê Dl ˆ
= Á1- ˜¯ ÁË 1 + ˜¯ - 1
Ë D l
DD
as <<1
D
Dl
<<1
l
Dl 2 DD
∫ 1+ - -1
l D
Dl
= (l - 2s ) ...(ii)
l
r gl
= (l - 2 s ) ...(iii)
2Y
1
(c) Energy density at x = ¥ Stress ¥ Strain
2
1 (l - x )mg (l - x )mg
= ¥ ¥
2 p r 2Y p r2
where r = radius of the rod
1 ( l - x )2
= ¥ ¥ r 2 (r = density)
2 Y
Energy stored in the volume of length element dx
Ï 1 ( l - x )2 ¸Ô
= ÔÌ ¥ ¥ r 2 ˝ ¥ (p r 2 dx )
ÔÓ 2 Y Ô˛
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ911
1 p r 2 r 2 l3
=
6 Y
Problem 5.92 Show that work performed to make a hoop out of a steel band (Young’s
modulus Y) of length l, width b and thickness d is equal to
1 Ê p 2 Y b d3 ˆ
6 ÁË l ˜
¯
d
p Y b R+ 2
R2 ÚR - 2
2
= d ( x - R) x dx
912പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
p Y b È R+ 2 3 ˘
d
R2 ÍÎ ÚR - 2
= Í d ( x - 2 R x 2
+ R 2
x ) dx ˙
˙˚
p Y b d3
= (∵ d << R)
12 R
p Y b d3
= (∵ l = 2pR)
12(l/2p )
1 Ê p 2 Y b d3 ˆ
=
6 ÁË l ˜
¯
Problem 5.93 A sphere of radius 0.1 m and mass 8p kg is attached to the lower end of a
steel wire of length 5.0 m and diameter 10 – 3 m. The wire is suspended from 5.22 m high
ceiling of a room. When the sphere is made to swing as a simple pendulum, it just grazes the
floor at its lowest point. Calculate the velocity of the sphere at the lowest position. Young’s
modulus of the steel is 1.994 ¥ 1011 N/m2.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 5.147.
Ceiling
Let DL be the extension of wire at mean position when
oscillating, then
DL = 5.22 – (L + 2r)
5m
= 5.22 – (5 + 2 ¥ 0.1) = 0.02 m
If T is the tension in wire at mean position when
oscillating, then 5.22 cm
T
DL
T/A TL Y A DL
Y = = or T=
DL/L A DL L 2r
r
Y (p r 2 )DL
\ T = Floor
L
Mg
1.994 ¥ 1011 ¥ (p ¥ 5 ¥ 10 - 4 )2 ¥ 0.02
= Fig. 5.147
5
= 199.4 p newton ...(1)
2
Mv
At mean position, T – Mg = ...(2)
R
where R = Radius of circular path of oscillating sphere
= 5.22 – 0.1 = 5.12 m
Mg = 8p kg ¥ 9.8 N/kg = 78.4 p newton
From Eq. (2), we have
(8 p )v 2
(199.4 p – 78.4 p) =
5.12
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ913
121.0 ¥ 5.12
or v2 = = 72.44
8
or v = 8.8 m/s.
Problem 5.94 What internal pressure (in the absence of
an external pressure) can be subtained Ds
Fig. 5.149
914പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 5.95 A glass capillary sealed at the upper end is of length 0.11 m and internal
diameter 2 ¥ 10– 5 m. The tube is immersed vertically into a liquid of surface tension 5.06 ¥
10–2 N/m. To what length has the capillary to be immersed so that the liquid level inside
and outside the capillary becomes the same? What will happen to the water level inside the
capillary if the seal is now broken?
Solution If A is the cross-sectional area of the tube and L its length,
the initial volume of air inside it will be V1 = AL while pressure p1 =
p0 = atmospheric pressure. (L – x) P P
2 0
Now when the tube is immersed in water with its length x in water,
the level of water inside and outside is same; so the volume of air in the
tube will be V2 = A(L – x). Further, if p2 is the pressure of gas in the tube.
2T 2T p2 -
2T
p2 - = p 0, i.e., p2 = p0 + r
r r
Now if temperature is constant, Fig. 5.150
P 1V 1 = P 2V 2
È 2T ˘ È rp ˘
p0AL = Í p0 + A(L - x ) or x Í1 + 0 ˙ = L
Î r ˙˚ Î 2T ˚
È 1.012 ¥ 10 5 ¥ 1 ¥ 10 - 5 ˘
i.e., x Í1 + ˙ = 0.11
ÍÎ 2 ¥ 5.06 ¥ 10 - 2 ˙˚
0.11
or x = = 0.01 m
11
If the seal is broken the pressure inside the capillary will become atmospheric, i.e., p0
while capillarity will take place and the rise will be
2T 2 ¥ 5.06 ¥ 10 - 2
h= = -5 = 1.03 m
r r g 10 ¥ 10 3 ¥ 9.8
However, the length of the tube outside the water is 0.11 – 0.01 = 0.1 m; so the tube will
be of insufficient length and so the liquid will rise to the top of the tube and will stay there
with radius of meniscus,
hR 1.03 ¥ 10 5
r= = = 1.03 ¥ 10 – 4 m
L 0.1
Problem 5.96 A conical glass capillary tube of length 0.1 m has diameters 10 –3 and 5 ¥ 10 – 4
m at the ends. When it is just immersed in a liquid at 0°C with larger diameter in contact
with it, the liquid rises to 8 ¥ 10–2 m in the tube. If another cylindrical glass capillary tube
B is immersed in the same liquid at 0°C, the liquid rises to 6 ¥ 10–2 m height. The rise of
liquid in the tube B is only 5.5 ¥ 10–2 m when the liquid is at 50°C. Find the rate at which the
surface tension changes with temperature considering the change to be linear. The density
of the liquid is (1/14) ¥ 104 kg/m3 and angle of contact is zero. Effect of temperature on the
density of liquid and glass is negligible. (IIT Roorkee, 1994)
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ915
5.5 ¥ 10 - 2
So, T50 = -2
¥ 8.4 ¥ 10 - 2 = 7.7 ¥ 10– 2 N/m
6 ¥ 10
So, the rate of change of surface tension with temperature assuming linearity,
DT T - T0
= 50
Dq 50 - 0
(7.7 ¥ 8.4) ¥ 10 - 2
=
50
= –1.4 ¥ 10–2 N/m°C
Negative sign shows that with the rise in temperature surface tension decreases.
Problem 5.97 A body of mass 3.14 kg is suspended from one end of a wire of length 10.0
m. The radius of the wire is changing uniformly from 9.8 ¥ 10– 4 m at one end to 5.0 ¥ 10– 4
m at the other end. Find the change in the length of the wire. What will be the change in
the length if the ends are interchanged? Young’s modulus of the material of the wire is 2 ¥
1011 N/m2.
916പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
10 dy
= 4.9 ¥ 10 - 3 Ú
0 (5.0 + 0.48 y )2
10
4.9 ¥ 10 - 3
È 1 ˘
= - Í
–3
˙ = 10 m
0.48
Î ( 5 .0 + 0 .48 y ) ˚0
On interchanging the ends, the change in length remains the same.
Problem 5.98 A rod AD consisting of three segments AB, BC and CD joined together is
hanging vertically from a fixed support at A. The lengths of the segments are respectively
0.1 m, 0.2 m and 0.15 m. The cross section of the rod is uniformly 10– 4 m2. A weight of 10
kg is hung from D. Calculate the displacements of points B, C and D if YAB =2.5 ¥ 1010 N/
m2, YBC = 4 ¥ 1010 N/m2 and YCD = 1 ¥ 1010 N/m2. (Neglect the weight of the rod.)
Solution By definition of Young’s modulus,
FL MgL
DL = = [as F = Mg]
AY AY
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ917
10 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 0.1 A
So, for rod AB DL1 =
2.5 ¥ 1010 ¥ 10 - 4
0.1 m Y = 2.5 ¥ 1010
= 3.92 ¥ 10– 6 m B
10 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 0.2 Y = 4 ¥ 1010
and for rod BC DL2 = 0.2 m
4 ¥ 1010 ¥ 10 - 4
= 4.90 ¥ 10– 6 m C
Y = 1 ¥ 1010
10 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 0.15 0.15 m
and for rod CD DL3 =
1 ¥ 1010 ¥ 10 - 4 D
= 14.7 ¥ 10 m–6
9.8 ¥ 5
i.e., (DL)Cu = ¥ 10 - 3 = 0.2 ¥ 10 – 3 m
22 ¥ 11
(b) However, the tension in the aluminium wire will be
TAl = M2g + TCu = (M2 + M1)g
( 4 + 7 ) ¥ 9.8 ¥ 1
So, (DL)Al =
(22/7 )(0.5 ¥ 10 - 3 )2 ¥ 7 ¥ 1010
= 1.96 ¥ 10 – 3 m
Problem 5.100 A uniform pressure p is exerted on all sides of a solid cube at temperature
t°C. By what amount should the temperature of the cube be raised in order to bring its
volume back to the volume it had before the pressure was applied, if the bulk modulus and
coefficient of volume expansion of the material are B and g respectively.
918പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 5.102 Assuming that shear stress at the base of a mountain is equal to the force
per unit area due to its weight, calculate the maximum possible height of a mountain on the
earth if breaking shear stress for a typical rock is 30 ¥ 107 N/m2 and its density 3 ¥ 103 kg/m3.
Solution For a mountain of height h and base area A, weight W = Ahrg. So pressure at the
base due to its own weight will be
W
p= = hrg
A
The mountain will exist if,
hrg < Breaking shear stress
30 ¥ 107
i.e., h <
3 ¥ 10 3 ¥ 10
or (h)max = 10 km
which is nearly the height of Mount Everest!
Problem 5.103 Compute the bulk modulus of water if its volume changes from 100 litres
to 99.5 litres under a pressure of 100 atmosphere. Compare it with that of air.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ919
i.e., bulk modulus of water is very large as compared to air. This means that air is about
20,000 times more compressive than water, i.e., the average distance between air molecules
is much larger than between water molecules.
Problem 5.104 Find the depth of a lake at which the density of water is 1% greater than
at the surface, if compressibility of water is 50 ¥ 10 – 6/atm [take g = 10 m/s2 and 1 atm =
105 N/m2].
Solution The variation of density with pressure is given by r¢ = r[1 + (Dp/B)]. But as Dp
= hrg and (1/B) = k, so
r¢ = r(1 + khrg) or (r¢ – r)/r = khrg
Dr 1 1 1
So, h = ¥ = ¥
r k r g 100 (50 ¥ 10 - 6/10 5 ) ¥ 10 3 ¥ 10
i.e., h = 2 ¥ 103 m = 2 km
Problem 5.105 A solid sphere of radius R made of a material of bulk modulus B is
surrounded by a liquid in a cylindrical container. A massless piston of area A floats on the
surface of the liquid. Find the fractional change in the radius of the sphere (dR/R) when a
mass M is placed on the piston to compress the liquid. (IIT-JEE, 1988)
Solution As for a spherical body,
4 DR 1 DV
V = p R3 , = ...(i)
3 R 3 V
Now by definition of bulk modulus,
Dp DV Dp Mg È Mg ˘
B = -V i.e., = = Ías Dp = A ˙
DV V B AB Î ˚
dR Mg
So, =
R 3 AB
Problem 5.106 A 5 m long cylindrical steel wire with radius 2 ¥ 10–3 m is suspended
vertically from a rigid support and carries a bob of mass 100 kg at the other end. If the bob
gets snapped, calculate the change in temperature of the wire ignoring radiation losses.
920പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(For the steel wire: Young’s modulus = 2.1 ¥ 1011 Pa; density 7860 k/m3: Specific heat
capacity = 420 J/kg-K)
Solution Energy stored per unit volume is given by
1
= Stress ¥ Strain
2
When the bob gets snapped, this stored energy is released, thereby raising temperature
of the wire, i.e.,
1
Stress ¥ Strain ¥ Volume = mcDq
2
(mg )2 L
or = (rLA)cDq
2 AY
(mg )2
or Dq = = 0.00457 K
2r A2Yc
Problem 5.107 A load of 31.4 kg is suspended from a wire of radius 10–3 m and density
9 ¥ 103 kg/m3. Calculate the change in temperature of the wire if 75% of the work done is
converted into heat. The Young’s modulus and heat capacity of the material of the wire are
9.8 ¥ 1010 N/m2 and 490 J/kg K respectively.
Solution As work done in stretching an elastic body per unit volume is given by
W 1 1 Stress 2 È Stress ˘
= Stress ¥ Strain = ÍÎas Y = Strain ˙˚
V 2 2 Y
2
1 È Mg ˘ V È F Mg ˘
So, W =
2 ÍÎ A ˙˚ Y Ías stress = A = A ˙
Î ˚
2
3 1 È Mg ˘ V
or (rV)c Dq = ¥ Í 2 ˙ [as m = rV]
4 2 ÍÎ p r ˙˚ Y
2
3 È 31.4 ¥ 9.8 ˘ 1 1
\ Dq = Í -6 ˙ 10
¥ 3
8 ÍÎ p ¥ 10 ˙˚ 9.8 ¥ 10 9 ¥ 10 ¥ 490
1
i.e., Dq = K = 8.33 ¥ 10 – 3 K
120
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ921
Problem 5.108 A flat plate of area 0.1 m2 is placed on a flat surface and is separated from
it by a film of oil 10– 5 m thick whose coefficient of viscosity is 1.5 Nsm– 2. Calculate the force
required to cause the plate to slide on the surface at a constant speed of 1 mm s–1.
Solution Using formula, we get v = 1 mm s–1
dv d = 10–5 m
F = hA
dy
Rest
Here, h = 1.5 Nsm– 2; A = 0.1 m2
Fig. 5.156
-1
dv v 1 mms 10 - 3 ms - 1
= = -5
= = 10 2 s - 1
dy d 10 m 10 - 5 m
\ F = (1.5)(0.1)(102) = 15 N
Problem 5.109 An oil having a relative density of 0.75 and dynamic viscosity of 8 ¥ 10– 3
Nsm– 2 flows through a horizontal pipe of 2.0 cm diameter and 20 m length. Calculate the
pressure drop in order to maintain the flow of 0.15 litre per second.
Solution According to Poiseuille’s
8hQL 128hQL D
p1 – p2 = = (where R = )
p R4 p D4 2
(38.4 ¥ 10 3 )(3.14)(2.5 ¥ 10 - 2 )4
\ Q = = 1.0 ¥ 10– 4 m3/s.
128(0.12)(30)
(b) We know
dp r
t= -
dx 2
At the wall of the pipe, i.e., r = R
dp R Ê p1 - p2 ˆ D
tmax = - =Á ˜
dx 2 Ë L ¯ 4
Ê 38.4 ¥ 10 - 3 ˆ 2.5 ¥ 10 - 2
\ tmax = Á ˜
Ë 30 ¯ 4
= 8 ¥ 10– 6 Nm– 2
(c) We get
128hQ 2 L
P = (p1 – p2)Q
p D4
\ P = (38.4 ¥ 103) (1 ¥ 10–4)
or P = 3.84 W
Problem 5.111 Find the maximum possible mass of a greased needle floating on water
surface.
Solution Let the mass of the needle be m. As the liquid surface is distorted, the surface
tension forces acing on both sides of the needle make an angle q, say, with vertical. Since the
forces acting on the needle are F, F and mg, resolving the forces vertically for its equilibrium,
we have
SFy = F cos q + F cos q – mg = 0
F q F
q
2F cos q
This gives m = m
g
where F = Tl
2Tl cos q mg
Then, m =
g
Fig. 5.157
For m to be maximum, cos q = 1
2Tl
Hence, mmax =
g
Problem 5.112 A film of water is formed between two straight parallel wires each 10
cm long and at separation 0.5 cm. Calculate the work required to increase 1 mm distance
between the wires. Surface tension of water = 72 ¥ 10 –3 N/m.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ923
HÊ r g xˆ
Entire length = Ú0 ÁË 1 +
Y ¯
˜ dx
H
r g È x2 ˘ r g H2
= H+ Í ˙ =H+ ¥
Y Î 2 ˚0 Y 2
9 ¥ 10 3 ¥ 9.8 106
= 10 3 + ¥
1.2 ¥ 1011 2
[∵ H = 1 km = 103 m]
3
= 10 + 0.3675
\ Increase in length = 0.3675 m.
924പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
NUMERICAL QUESTIONS
Q.1. In a vessel equal mass of alcohol (sp. gravity 0.8) and water are mixed together. A
capillary tube of radius 1 mm is dipped vertically in it. If the mixture rises to a height
5 cm in the capillary tube, then calculate the ST of the mixture; (assuming angle of
contact is 0°).
rhr g
Ans. 2p rT cos q = pr2hr g \ T=
2 cos q
2 r1 r2 2 ¥ 0.8 ¥ 1 1.6 8
r = + = = gm/cm3
r1 + r2 1 + 0.8 1.8 9
8
0.1 ¥ 5 ¥ ¥ 980
\ T = 9 = 217.9 dyne/cm
2
Q.2. A capillary tube of radius r is dipped in water vertically. Calculate the work done by
the force of S.T. if water rises up to height h.
Ans. pr2r g h2.
Q.3. In the above question calculate the amount of heat evolved as water rises in the
capillary tube.
Ans. PE of the water column of height h
1 1
= mgh = p r 2 hr gh
2 2
p r 2 r gh 2
Hence, heat evolved =
2
Q.4. The excess pressure inside a soap bubble is found to be five times that inside another
bubble of the same liquid, compare their volumes.
ÈV Ê r ˆ 3 Ê p ˆ 3 ˘
Ans. 1:125; Í 1 = Á 1 ˜ = Á 2 ˜ ˙
Í V2 Ë r2 ¯ Ë p1 ¯ ˙
Î ˚
Q.5. Calculate the rise of water in a capillary tube of radius 2 mm, assuming the angle of
contact to be 0°; S. T. of water is 72 ¥ 10 –3 N/m. (VITEEE, 2013)
Ans. Here, 2p rT cos q = p r hr g; If q = 0°, cos q = 1
2
2T 2 ¥ 72 ¥ 10 - 3
then, h = = = 7.34 ¥ 10 – 3 metre.
r r g 2 ¥ 10 - 3 ¥ 10 3 ¥ 9.8
Q.6. A capillary tube of radius 2 mm is dipped in mercury kept in a vessel. Calculate the
depression of the mercury in the capillary tube with respect to the level in the vessel
[angle of contact of Hg with glass is 135°, and ST of Hg is 465 dyne/cm.]
2T cos q 2T cos 135∞ 2T cos (90∞ + 45∞)
Ans. Here, h = = =
rrg rrg rrg
2T cos 45∞ 2 ¥ 455 ¥ 1/ 2
= - =- = 24.67 cm.
rrg 0.2 ¥ 13.6 ¥ 9.8
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ925
WORKED PROBLEM
Problem 5.114 Two soap bubbles are stuck together with an intermediate film separating
them. Compute the radius of curvature of this film given that the radii of the bubbles in this
arrangement are r1 and r2 respectively. If r1 > r2 state clearly which way the intermediate
film will bulge. For the case when r1 = r2 = 2 cm, calculate the radius of the bubble formed
by bursting the intermediate film. The volume of a spherical dome of radius R and height
h is p b2 (3R-b)/3.
Solution Excess pressure inside a soap bubble is 4T/r.
If P is the atmospheric pressure
A
4T 4T
P1 = - P , P2 = -P r1 r2
r1 r2
Ê 1 1 ˆ 4T r12
\ P1 – P2 = 4T Á - ˜ =
Ë r1 r2 ¯ r12 P1
P2
B
1 1 1 rr
\ = - fi r12 = 1 2
r12 r1 r2 |r1 - r2| Fig. 5.159
If r1 > r2, P2 > P1 and the intermediate film bulges towards the centre of a circle of radius r1.
If r1 = r2 = 2 cm, the intermediate film is a plane symmetrically positioned. The 3 films
due to the two bubbles and the intermediate film meet at a common circle with diameter
AB. These 3 films produce 3 forces at every points of this circle.
Since the surface tension T is the same for all the films, F1 F2
|F1| = |F2| = |F12| A
Equilibrium at any point such as A is possible only if the r r
three forces are at 120° to one another. 30°
O1 O2
1 C
\ O 1C = r F12
2
1 3
b = r+ r= r Fig. 5.160
2 2
2 3
pÊ3 ˆ Ê 3 ˆ 9p r
Volume of each bubble before bursting = Á r ˜ Á 3r - r ˜¯ =
3Ë2 ¯ Ë 2 8
If R is the radius of the combined bubble after bursting the intermediate film,
4p R3 9p r 3 9p r 3
= 2¥ =
3 8 4
NUMERICAL QUESTIONS
Q.7. A substance breaks down by a stress of 109 Nm–2. If the density of the substance is 3
¥ 103 kg m–3, find the length of the wire made of the same substance, by which it will
break under its own weight when suspended?
Ans. 34 km.
926പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Q.8. The star Sirius of mass 7 ¥ 1030 kg is at a distance of 8 ¥ 1016 m from the earth of mass
6 ¥ 1024 kg. Calculate the cross section of a steel cable that can just withstand the
gravitational force between the star and the earth.
[G = 6.67 ¥ 10–11 Nm–2 kg–2, breaking stress = 1010 Nm–2].
F Gm1 m2/r 2 Gm1 m2
Ans. Breaking stress = = =
A A Ar 2
Gm1 m2
\ A = 2
= 44 m2
r (Breaking stress)
Q.9. A fractional change in the volume of oil is 1 per cent when a pressure of 2 ¥ 107 Nm–2
is applied. Calculate the bulk modulus and its compressibility.
Dp 2 ¥ 107
Ans. Bulk modulus B = = = 2 ¥ 109 Nm– 2
DV/V 1/100
1 1
Compressibility = = = 5 ¥ 10–10 m2 N– 1
B 2 ¥ 109
Q.10. A cube of gelatin 7 cm on an edge is resting in a dish. Pushing horizontally on the top
face with a force 0.21 N causes the top to undergo a displacement of 3 mm. Calculate
the rigidity modulus of gelatin.
F/A F F F
Ans. h = = = 2 =
q Aq x ◊ Dx/x x Dx
0.21
= -2 -3
= 1000 Nm– 2
7 ¥ 10 ¥ 3 ¥ 10
Q.11. A long wire hangs vertically with its upper end clamped. A torque of 8 Nm applied
to the free end twists it through 45°. Calculate the PE of the twisted wire.
1 1 p
Ans. PE = tq = ¥8¥ = joule
2 2 4
Q.12. Calculate Poisson’s ratio for silver from the following data: Young’s modulus = 7.25 ¥
1010 Nm– 2, bulk modulus = 11 ¥ 1010 Nm– 2. If a uniform pressure of 108 Nm– 2 acts on
the surface of a silver sphere, determine the fractional change in its volume.
(VITEEE, 2011)
1 Y
Ans. \ Y = 3B (1 – 2s) \ s= - = 0.39
2 6B
p DV p 109 1
Again ∵ B = \ = = =
Ê DV ˆ V B 11 ¥ 1010 110
ÁË ˜
V ¯
Q.13. The limiting stress of a typical human bone is 0.9 ¥ 108 Nm– 2, while Young’s modulus
is 1.4 ¥ 1010 Nm– 2. How much energy can be absorbed by two leg bones (without
breaking) If each has a typical length of 50 cm and an average cross-sectional area of
5 cm2?
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ927
F l l sl
Ans. \ Y = ◊ = s ; Dl =
A Dl Dl Y
1 1 sl 1 lAs2
PE = ¥ F ¥ Dl = ¥ sA ¥ =
2 2 Y 2 Y
1 1 ¥ 5 ¥ 10 - 4 ¥ (0.9 ¥ 108 )2
= ¥ = 145 J.
2 1.4 ¥ 1010
[∵ The leg bone is double \ l = 2 ¥ 50 cm = 1 m]
Two legs together will be able to absorb 290 J.
Q.14. A drop of radius 4 cm is broken into 125 equal small drops. Calculate the work done
if surface tension of water is 75 ¥ 10 –3 Nm.
Ans. Let us suppose that,
R = Radius of the big drop and r = radius of the small drop.
Since volume remains constant, V = nV1
1
4 4
p R3 = n p r 3 \ R = n3r
3 3
Hence, increase in surface area
1
R2 2 2
2 2
= 4p r n – 4pR = 4p 2
n - 4p R = 4p R (n 3 - 1)
Q.16. Calculate the work done in breaking a soap-bubble of radius 10 cm into 512 small
bubbles; ST of soap solution is 30 ¥ 10 –3 N/m.
1 1
Ans. W = 2 ¥ 4pR2 [n 3 - 1] T = 2 ¥ 4p R2 [(8 3 ) 3 - 1] T = 56pR2T
or, W = 56 ¥ p (0.1)2 ¥ 30 ¥ 10 –3 = 5.27 ¥ 10 – 2 J
Q.17. Calculate the surface energy released if eight small drops of water each of radius 6 cm
combine to form a big drop.
Ans. Let r and R be the radii of small drop and big drop respectively, then as the volume
remains constant
1
4 4
p R3 = n p r 3 \ R = n 3 r
3 2
Total surface area of n small drops = 4pr2n and surface area of big drop = 4pR2
Total release of surface energy
2
= [4pr2n – 4pR2] T = 4p [r 2 n - n 3 r 2 ] T
2 2
= 4pr2 [n - n 3 ] T = 4p r 2 [8 - (23 ) 3 ] T
È 2 ˘
Í Sf n3 1 ˙
Ans. 1 : 6 ÍHint: = = 1˙
Í S n
n 3 ˙˚
i
Î
Q.19. Suppose that 64 raindrops combine into a single drop. Calculate the ratio of the total
surface energy of the 64 drops to that of a single drop. For water, T = 0.072 nm–1 =
0.072 Jm– 2.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ929
4 4 4
Ans. p R3 = 64 ¥ p r 3 = p ( 4 r )3 \ R = 4r
3 3 3
\ S1 = 64 ¥ 4pr2 ¥ T, S2 = 4pR2 ¥ T
2
S1 64 ¥ 4p r 2 ¥ T Ê rˆ 64
\ = = 64 Á ˜ = =4
S2 2
4p R ¥ T Ë R¯ 16
Q.20. Calculate the energy required to double the radius of a soap bubble of radius r, the
surface tension of the soap solution is T (assume that temperature remains constant).
Ans. W = 2 ¥ 4p [2r)2 – (r)2]T = 8pr2 [4 – 1]T = 24p r2T
Note:
(a) W = 2 ¥ 4pr2 (n2 – 1)T for a bubble
(b) W = 4pr2 (n2 – 1) T for a drop
where n = no. of times radius is increased.
Q.21. Calculate the work done in order to triple the radius of a water drop of radius 2 cm.
The surface tension of water is 75 dyne/cm.
Ans. W = 4pr2 [n2 – 1]T = 4pr2 ¥ 8T = 32pr2T
= 32 ¥ p(2)2 ¥ 75 = 30159.2 ergs
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 5.115 A copper wire of negligible mass, 1 m length and cross-sectional area 10– 6
m2 is kept on a smooth horizontal table with one end fixed. A ball of mass 1 kg is attached
to the other end. The wire and the ball are rotating with an angular velocity of 20 rad/sec. If
the elongation in the wire is 10–3 m, obtain the Young’s modulus. If on increasing the angular
velocity to 100 rad/sec, the wire breaks down, obtain the breaking stress.
Solution According to the given problem, for vertical equilibrium of ball,
R = mg ...(i)
w
and for motion of mass m in a circle of radius r at angular
frequency w in a horizontal plane, the centripetal force
required
F = mrw2 ...(ii) R
O
Here this force is provided by the elasticity of the wire, T
YA mg
i.e., F =T= DL ...(iii)
L
So, equating F from Eqs. (ii) and (iii), Fig. 5.161
mrLw 2 mL2w 2
Y = = [as r = L + DL L]
A DL A DL
1 ¥ (1)2 ¥ (20)2
So, Y = = 4 ¥ 1011 N/m2
(10 - 6 ) ¥ (10 - 3 )
930പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
p pr 4
V = ...(ii)
8hl
dh pr ghr 4
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), -A = [∵ p = rgh]
dt 8hl
8hlA dh
\ dt = -
pr gr 4 h
Required time is obtained by integrating,
8hlA h2 dh
t = -
pr gr 4 Úh
1 h
8hlA h
= 4
log e 1
pr gr h2
Fig. 5.163
1
Using the equation, Dl = (F1l1 + F1l2 + F3l3) with usual notations
AY
1
Dl = [5 ¥ 60 + 2 ¥ 100 + 1 ¥ 120]
10 ¥ 8 ¥ 10 2
= 0.0775 cm Ans.
Problem 5.118 Water flows through a capillary tube of radius r and length l at a rate of 40
mL per second, when connected to a pressure difference of h cm of water. Another tube of
the same length but radius r/2 is connected in series with this tube and the combination is
connected to the same pressure head. Calculate the pressure difference across each tube and
the rate of flow of water through the combination.
Solution The volume (quantity) of liquid flowing through a capillary tube per second,
p Pr 4
Q = = 40 ...(i)
8hl
p ( r gh)r 4 1 p ( r gh)r 4 40
Q= = ¥ = mL/sec
17 ¥ 8hl 17 8hl 17
Problem 5.119 Two equal drops of water are falling through air with a steady velocity v.
If the drops coalesce, what will be the new velocity?
Solution Let r be the radius of each drop. The terminal velocity vT of a drop of radius r is
given by
2 r 2 (s - r ) g
vT = ...(i)
9 h
Now when two drops each of radius r coalesce to form a new drop, the volume of
coalesced drop will be given by
4 4 4
p R3 = p r 3 + p r 3
3 3 3
So, the radius of the coalesced drop will be
R = (2)1/3 r
Hence, the new terminal velocity of the coalesced drop
2 [(2)1/3 r ]2 (s - r ) g
v¢T = ...(ii)
9 h
So dividing Eqs. (ii) by (i)
vT¢
= (2)2/3 or v¢T = (2)2/3 v [as vT = v]
vT
Problem 5.120 A spherical ball of radius 1 ¥ 10 – 4 m and density 104 kg/m3 falls freely
under gravity through a distance h before entering a tank of water. If after entering the water
the velocity of the ball does not change, find h. (The viscosity of water is 9.8 ¥ 10– 6 Ns/m2).
Solution After falling a height h the velocity of the ball will become v = 2gh . As after
entering the water this velocity does not change, this velocity is equal to terminal velocity,
2 2 Ès - r ˘
i.e., 2gh = r g
9 ÍÎ h ˙˚
2
È2 (10 4 - 10 3 ) ¥ 9.8 ˘
or 2gh = Í ¥ (10 - 4 )2 ˙
Î9 9.8 ¥ 10 - 6 ˚
20 ¥ 20
or h =
2 ¥ 9.8
= 20.41 m
+ORQTVCPV
In this problem viscosity of water is given extremely low which is usually 10–3 Ns/m2.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ933
Problem 5.121 A long capillary tube of radius 0.2 mm is placed vertically inside a beaker
of water.
(a) If the surface tension of water 7.0 ¥ 10–2 Nm–1 and the angle of contact between glass
and water is zero, then determine the height of water column in the tube.
(b) If the tube is now pushed into water so that only 5.0 cm of its length is above the
surface, then determine the angle of contact between the liquid and the glass surface.
Take g = 10 ms–2 .
Solution
(a) Here T = 7.0 ¥ 10–2 Nm– 2; r = 0.2 ¥ 10–3 m; r = 103 kg m– 3
we know that the height of liquid rise in the tube is
2T cos q
h =
rRg
where R is the radius of the meniscus, and q is the angle of contact.
Since q = 0 (given), therefore, radius of the meniscus is equal to the radius of the
capillary tube, i.e., R = r
2(7.0 ¥ 10 - 2 )
\ h = = 0.07 m
(10 3 )(0.2 ¥ 10 - 3 )(10)
or h = 7.0 cm.
(b) When the length of the capillary tube above the free
surface of the liquid is less than the height of liquid p = p0
rise in the tube, then radius R of the free surface is not r
R
equal to the radius of the tube. It is greater than r as q
the surface tends to be flatter, as shown in Fig. 5.164. 5 cm
p0 p0
The pressure difference across the surface is given by p2
2T cos q
Dp =
R
If p1 and p2 are the pressures just above and below the Fig. 5.164
meniscus, then
p1 – p2 = rgh0
2T
\ rgh0 = …(i)
R
In part (a), we have seen that when h0 = h; q = 0 then R = r
2T
and rgh = …(ii)
r
Therefore, dividing Eqs. (i) by (ii), we have
r h
= 0
R h
934പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 5.122 Spherical particles of pollen are shaken up in water and allowed to settle.
The depth of the water is 2 ¥ 10– 2 m. What is the diameter of the largest particles remaining
in suspension after one hour?
Density of pollen = 1.8 ¥ 103 kg m– 3
Viscosity of water = 1 ¥ 10– 2 poise and
Density of water = 1 ¥ 103 kg/m3
Solution For pollen particles not reaching the bottom in 1 hour,
2 ¥ 10 - 2 10 - 4
v£ = m/s
60 ¥ 60 18
Due to viscosity effects, the particles will move with terminal velocity v given by
4 3 4
p r s g = p r 3 rg + 6 phrv
3 3
9hv
r2 =
2 g(s - r )
9 ¥ 10 - 3 10 - 4 1
r2 = ¥ ¥
2 18 10(1.8 - 1) ¥ 10 3
\ r = 1.77 ¥ 10– 6 m
and diameter = 2r = 3.54 ¥ 10– 6 m
Problem 5.123 An air bubble of radius 1 mm is allowed to rise through a long cylindrical
column of a viscous liquid of radius 5 cm and travels at a steady rate of 2.1 cm per sec.
If the density of the liquid is 1.47 g per cc, find its viscosity. Assume g = 980 cm/sec2 and
neglect the density of air.
Solution Here due to the force of buoyancy the bubble will move up and so viscous force
which opposes the motion will act downwards and as weight of bubble is zero, in dynamic
equilibrium, Th = F,
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ935
4
i.e., pr3rg = 6phrvT
3
2 rr 2 g 2 1.47 ¥ (0.1)2 ¥ 980
or h = = ¥
9 vT 9 2.1
Problem 5.126 Two strips of metal are riveted together at their ends by four rivets, each
of diameter 6.0 mm. What is the maximum tension that can be exerted by the riveted strip
if the shearing stress on the rivet does not exceed 2.3 ¥ 109 Pa? Assume that each rivet is to
carry one quarter of the load.
Solution Let the tension exerted by riveted strip be F.
This tension would provide shearing force on the four rivets, which share it equally.
F
\ Shearing force on each rivet =
4
F/4 F
and shearing stress on each rivet = =
A 4A
Fig. 5.168
As the maximum shearing stress on each rivet is given to be 2.3 ¥ 109 Pa, so we have
Fmax
= 2.3 ¥ 109
4A
or Fmax = 4A ¥ 2.3 ¥ 109 = 4 ¥ pr2 ¥ 2.3 ¥ 109
22
=4¥ ¥ (3.0 ¥ 10– 3)2 ¥ 2.3 ¥ 109
7
= 260.2 ¥ 103 N = 260 kN.
Problem 5.127 If a 5 cm long capillary tube with 0.1 mm internal diameter opens at both
ends is slightly dipped in water having surface tension 75 dyne cm– 1. State whether (i) water
will rise half way in the capillary, (ii) water will rise up to the upper end of capillary, and
(iii) water will overflow out of the upper end of capillary. Explain your answer.
0.1
Solution Radius, r = mm = 0.05 mm = 0.005 cm
2
Surface tension, T = 75 dyne cm– 1
density, r = 1 gcm– 3; angle of contact, q = 0°
Let h be the height to which water rises in the capillary tube. Then
2T cos q 2 ¥ 75 ¥ cos 0∞
h= = = 30.58 cm.
rrg 0.005 ¥ 1 ¥ 981
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ937
Stress
length is 1 mm. Energy stored in it will B
be (Y = 2 ¥ 1011 N/m2)
(a) 6250 J (b) 0.177 J Strain
(c) 0.075 J (d) 0.150 J
17. A rod fixed between two points at 20°C. (a) A is brittle but B is ductile
The coefficient of linear expansion of (b) A is ductile and B is brittle
material of rod is 1.1 ¥ 10–5/°C and (c) Both A and B are ductile
Young’s modulus is 1.2 ¥ 1011 N/m2. (d) Both A and B are brittle
Find the stress developed in the rod if 22. The potential energy U between two
temperature of rod becomes 10°C molecules as a function of the distance
(a) 1.32 ¥ 107 N/m2 x between them has been shown in the
(b) 1.10 ¥ 1015 N/m2 figure. The two molecules are
(c) 1.32 ¥ 108 N/m2 U
(d) 1.10 ¥ 106 N/m2
18. The breaking stress of a wire depends
0 x
upon
(a) length of the wire
A B C
(b) radius of the wire
(c) material of the wire (a) attracted when x lies between A
(d) shape of the cross section and B and are repelled when x lies
19. The temperature of a wire of length I between B and C
metre and area of cross section 1 cm2 is (b) attracted when x lies between B
increased from 0°C to 100°C. If the rod and C and are repelled when x lies
is not allowed to increase in length, the between A and B
force required will be (a = 10–5/°C and (c) attracted when they reach B
Y = 1011 N/m2) (d) repelled when they reach B
(a) 103 N (b) 104 N 23. The adjacent graph shows the extension
5 (D l) of a wire of length 1 m suspended
(c) 10 N (d) 109 N
from the top of a roof at one end with
20. An elevator cable is to have a
a load W connected to the other end.
maximum stress of 7 ¥ 107 N/m2 to
If the cross-sectional area of the wire is
940പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
10–6 m2, calculate the Young’s modulus (a) becomes concave towards A
of the material of the wire (JEE, 2003 S) (b) becomes convex towards A
Dl( ¥ 104) m
(c) remains in the initial position
(d) either (a) or (b) depending on the
4 size of A w.r.t. B
3
26. A thin metal disc of radius r floats on
2
water surface and bends the surface
1
downwards along the perimeter
20 40 60 80 W(N) making an angle q with vertical edge
of the disc. If the disc displaces a
(a) 2 ¥ 1011 N/m2 weight of water W and surface tension
(b) 2 ¥ 10–11 N/m2 of water is T, then the weight of metal
(c) 3 ¥ 10–12 N/m2 disc is
(d) 2 ¥ 10–13 N/m2 (a) 2 prT + W
24. The diagram shows a force-extension (b) 2 prT cos q – W
graph for a rubber band. Consider the (c) 2 prT cos q + W
following statements
(d) W – 2 prT cos q
I. It will be easier to compress this
27. The terminal speed of a sphere of gold
rubber than expand it
(density = 19.5 kg/m3) is 0.2 m/s in a
II. Rubber does not return to its
viscous liquid (density = 1.5 kg/m3),
original length after it is stretched.
find the terminal speed of sphere of
III. The rubber band will get heated if
a silver (density = 10.5 kg/m3) of the
it is stretched and released.
same size in the same liquid
Which of these can be deduced from
(WBJEE, 2006)
the graph?
(a) 0.4 m/s (b) 0.133 m/s
(c) 0.1 m/s (d) 0.2 m/s
Extension
(c) inversely proportional to both remain in the capillary then the surface
radius R and velocity v tension of the liquid will be
(d) inversely proportional to radius (a) 5 ¥ 10–3 N/m
R but inversely proportional to (b) 5 ¥ 10–2 N/m
velocity v (c) 5 N/m
30. An isolated and charged spherical (d) 50 N/m
soap bubble has a radius r and the 33. In a capillary tube experiment, a
pressure inside is atmospheric. If T is vertical 30 cm long capillary tube is
the surface tension of soap solution, dipped in water. The water rises up
then charge on drop is to a height of 10 cm due to capillary
action. If this experiment is conducted
2rT in a freely falling elevator. The length
(a) 2
e0 of the water column becomes
(a) 10 cm (b) 20 cm
(b) 8p r 2rTe 0 (c) 30 cm (d) zero
(c) 8p r rTe 0 34. Water rises in a vertical capillary tube
up to a height of 2.0 cm. If the tube
2rT is inclined at an angle of 60°with the
(d) 8p r vertical, then up to what length the
e0
water will rise in the tube
31. A cubical block of side a and density r (BITSAT, 2011)
slides over a fixed inclined plane with
(a) 2.0 cm (b) 4.0 cm
constant velocity v.
4
(c) cm (d) 2 2 cm
3
35. The liquid meniscus in capillary tube
will be convex, if the angle of contact
q is
(a) greater than 90°
There is a thin film of viscous fluid of (b) less than 90°
thickness t between the plane and the (c) equal to 90°
block. Then the coefficient of viscosity (d) equal to 0°
of the thin film will be 36. A liquid does not wet the sides of a
solid, if the angle of contact is
r agt sin q (a) zero
(a) h =
v (b) obtuse (more than 90°)
(c) acute (less than 90°)
r gt sin q
(b) (d) 90°
av 37. Two droplets merge with each other
v and forms a large droplet. In this
(c) r agt sin q process
(a) energy is liberated
(d) None of these (b) energy is absorbed
32. Radius of a capillary is 2 ¥ 10–3 m. A (c) neither liberated nor absorbed
liquid of weight 6.28 ¥ 10–4 N may (d) some mass is converted into
energy
942പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(c) Viscosity of liquid is about 100 16. When a capillary tube is dipped into a
times greater than that of gases. liquid, the liquid neither rises nor falls
(d) Viscosity of gases is independent in the capillary. The
of pressure. (a) surface tension may be zero.
12. When a capillary tube is dipped in a (b) surface tension of the liquid must
liquid, the liquid rises up to a height be zero
h in the tube. The free liquid surface (c) contact angle may be 90°
inside the tube is hemispherical in (d) none of these
shape. The tube is now pushed down 17. The contact angle between a solid and
so that the height of the tube outside a liquid is a property of the
the liquid is less than h. (a) material of the solid
(a) The liquid will ooze out of the (b) material of the liquid
tube slowly. (c) shape of the solid
(b) The liquid will come out of the (d) mass of the solid
tube like in a small fountain. 18. The capillary rise of water in a tube
(c) The free liquid surface inside the depends on the
tube will not be hemispherical. (a) outer radius of the tube
(d) The liquid will fill the tube but not (b) inner radius of the tube
come out of its upper end. (c) maternal of the tube
13. The rise of liquid in a capillary tube (d) length of the tube
depends on 19. An air bubble in a water tank rises
(a) the material of the tube and nature from the bottom to the top. Which of
of liquid the following statements are true?
(b) the length of tube (a) Bubble rises upwards because
(c) the outer radius pressure at the bottom is less than
(d) the inner radius of the tube that at the top.
14. When a drop splits up into a number (b) Bubble rises upwards because
of drops pressure at the bottom is greater
(a) area increases than that at the top.
(b) volume increases (c) As the bubble rises, its size
(c) energy is absorbed increases.
(d) energy is liberated (d) As the bubble rises, its size
15. A solid sphere moves at a terminal decreases.
velocity of 10 m/s in air at a place
where g = 10 m/s2. The sphere is taken Passages and Matrix Matching
in a gravity free hall having air at the
2CUUCIGHQT3Ō
same pressure and pushed down at a
speed of 10 m/s. When a viscous liquid flows, adjacent layers
(a) Its initial acceleration will be 10 oppose their relative motion by applying a
m/s2 downward. viscous force given by
dv
(b) Its initial acceleration will be 10 F = -hA
m/s2 upward. dy
(c) The magnitude of acceleration
will decreases as time passes.
(d) It will eventually stop.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ949
15. If the radius of the opening of the detaches from the dropper is approxi-
dropper is r, the vertical force due mately
to the surface tension on the drop of (a) 1.4 ¥ 10–3 m
radius R (assuming r << R) is (b) 3.3 ¥ 10–3 m
(a) 2p rT (b) 2pRT (c) 2.0 ¥ 10–3 m
(d) 4.1 ¥ 10–3 m
2p r 2T 2p R2T 17. After the drop detaches, its surface
(c) (d)
R r energy is
16. If r = 5 ¥ 10–4 m, r = 103 kgm–3, T = 0.11 (a) 1.4 ¥ 10–6 J (b) 2.7 ¥ 10–6 J
Nm–1, the radius of the drop when it (c) 5.4 ¥ 10 J
–6
(d) 8.1 ¥ 10–6 J
Matrix Matching
18. Match the columns correctly.
Column I Column II
A. Bernoulli’s theorem (p) Elasticity
B. Stokes’ law (q) Speed of efflux
C. Torricelli’s theorem (r) Venturimeter
D. Hooke’s law (s) Viscosity
(t) Conservation of energy
19. Column II depends on physical quantity/law given in column I. Match the columns
correctly.
Column I Column II
A. Stokes’ law (p) Radius
B. Terminal velocity (q) Density of the material of body
C. Excess pressure inside mercury drop (r) Coefficient of viscosity
D. Viscous force (s) Surface tension
(t) Velocity gradient
20. Match the columns correctly.
Column I Column II
A. With rise in temperature forces (p) Elastic force
that decreases
B. Forces involved in capillary action (q) Force due to surface tension
C. Water flows in a continuous stream (r) Friction force
down a vertical pipe whereas it breaks
into drops when falling freely because of
D. Terminal velocity of rain drop (s) Viscous force
(t) Gravitational force
21. A copper wire (Y = 1011 N/m2) of length 8 m and steel wire (Y = 2 ¥ 1011 N/m2) of
length 4 m each of 0.5 cm2 cross-section are fastened end to end and stretched with a
tension of 500 N.
Column I Column II
A. Elongation in copper wire in mm (p) 0.25
B. Elongation in steel wire in mm (q) 1.0
952പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Answers Key
Level 1
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (b)
9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (c)
17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a) 21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (a)
25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (b) 30. (b) 31. (a) 32. (b)
33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (b)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (b)
Level 2
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (d)
9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (a)
17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (c) 21. (b) 22. (d)
Multiple Correct Options
1. (b, c) 2. (a, b, d) 3. (a, c, d) 4. (a, b, c)
5. (a, b) 6. (b, c) 7. (a, c) 8. (b, c, d)
9. (b, c) 10. (b, c) 11. (a, b, c, d) 12. (c, d)
13. (a, b, d) 14. (a, c) 15. (b, c, d) 16. (a, c)
17. (a, b) 18. (b, d) 19. (b, c)
Passages and Matrix Matching
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b)
9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (c)
17. (b) 18. AÆ(q, r, t); BÆ(s); CÆ(q, t); DÆ(p)
19. AÆ(p, r); BÆ(p, q, r); CÆ(p, s); DÆ(r, t) 20. AÆ(p, q, r, s); BÆ(q, t); CÆ(q); DÆ(s, t)
21. AÆ(r); BÆ(s); CÆ(q); DÆ(p) 22. AÆ(r); BÆ(s); CÆ(p, q); DÆ(r)
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ953
Level 1
1. (a) In the second case, the deforming force is also W.
So, the elongation of the wire is l.
1 f 2 s2
2. (a) U = =
2 Y 2Y
DP 0.155 ¥ 10 5
3. (a) Bulk modulus, B = =
Ê DV ˆ 0.1
ÁË ˜
V ¯
= 1.55 ¥ 105 N/m2
Fx 200 ¥ 10 - 3
4. (d) U = = = 0.1 J
2 2
1 2 1 Ê YA ˆ 2
5. (a) W = kx = Á ˜x
2 2Ë L ¯
F W1 + 3W/4
6. (c) f = =
A s
3L
4
W1
1 2
7. (d) W1 = kx
2
1
and W2 = k ( x + y )2
2
1 1
\ W = W2 – W1 = k( x + y )2 - kx 2
2 2
1
= ky(2 x + y )
2
Ê Stress ˆ
8. (b) The ratio Á
Ë Strain ˜¯
decreases (see figure)
f
e
O
954പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
t phr 4
9. (c) As, =
q 2l
qA r4
\ = 24
qB r1
Dr R - r
10. (b) Strain e = =
r r
Ê R - rˆ
Stress f = eY = Á Y
Ë r ˜¯
Ê R - rˆ
Force needed F = fA = Á YA
Ë r ˜¯
11. (c) f 1 = f2
or Y1a1DT = Y2a2DT
Y1 a 3
\ = 2 =
Y2 a1 2
12. (d) YA = tan 60° = 3
1
and YB = tan 30° =
3
\ YA = 3YB.
13. (a) W = mg = (Al)rg
Thus, fA =W
or 106 A = Alrg
or 106 = l ¥ 3 ¥ 103 ¥ 10
or l 34 m.
1
14. (a) The theoretical value of Poisson’s ratio lies between –1 and
2
15. (c) The isothermal bulk modulus of a gas is equal to the pressure of the gas.
DY 1 ¥ 10 - 3
16. (c) e = =
l 4
2
e 2Y Ê 10 - 3 ˆ 2 ¥ 1011
u = =Á ˜ ¥
2 Ë 4 ¯ 2
= 0.075 J.
17. (a) f = YaDT
= 1.2 ¥ 1011 ¥ 1.1 ¥ 10–5 ¥ (20 – 10)
= 1.32 ¥ 107 N/m2.
18. (c) It is the material property, so does not depend on size and shape of the specimen.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ955
q
T T
W¢
4T
30. (b) The inside pressure must be greater than the outside pressure in the bubble.
r
This excess pressure is provided by charge in bubble. pa
pa
4T s2
= 2e
r 0
4T Q2 È Q ˘
r
= 2 2
16p r ¥ 2e 0 ÍÎs = 4p r 2 ˙˚
Ê vˆ
31. (a) mg sin q = hA Á ˜
Ë t¯
Ê vˆ
or ra3g sin q = ha 2 Á ˜
Ë t¯
r agt sin q
\ h =
v
32. (b) W = mg = r(pr2h)g
Ê 2T ˆ
or W r(p r 2 ) ¥ Á g
Ë rrg ˜¯
or W = 2prT
W 6.28 ¥ 10 4
\ T = =
2p r 2p ¥ 2 ¥ 10 - 3
= 5 ¥ 10–2 N/m
33. (c) In freely falling elevator, the effective value of gravity becomes zero, so the liquid
will rise up to full length of the tube.
h 2
34. (b) l = = = 4 cm
cos q cos 60∞
h q
l
35. (a) For the convex meniscus, the angle of contact should be greater than 90°.
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ957
36. (b) For the liquid does not wet the solid, the angle of contact should be greater than
90°.
37. (a) In this process, surface area of the drop decreases and so energy will liberate.
38. (c) F = 2T ¥ perimeter
= 2T ¥ 4 l = 8 Tl
2T cos q
39. (b) h = , or hr = constant (rectangular hyperbola).
rr g
40. (b) W = TDA
= T ¥ 2[4pR2 – 0]
= 8pR2T.
4T
41. (b) We know that P = . With increase in time r increases and so pressure decreases.
r
2T
42. (c) As h =
Rr g
2T
\ – h¢ = = 6h
Rr g/6
43. (d) In satellite there is weightlessness, so water will rise to full length of the tube.
44. (b) W = TDA
W
\ T =
DA
3 ¥ 10 - 4
=
2(10 ¥ 11 - 10 ¥ 6) ¥ 10 - 4
= 3 ¥ 10–2 N/m2
Level 2
1. (b) Fb + Fv = Mg
Ê F ˆ
or Fv = Mg – Fb = Mg Á 1 - b ˜
Ë Mg ¯
Ê d ˆ
= Mg Á 1 - 2 ˜
Ë d1 ¯
958പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
F 4F 2F 4F
2. (b) fA = = ; fB = =
0.25 A A 0.50 A A
4 F 2F 5F
fC = = ; fD =
2A A 3A
3. (d) We know that
FL
DL =
AY
FL
\ Y =
ADL
Clearly, it is greatest for case 4.
mg
4. (b) f =
A
Volumetric strain, m
DV DP
=
V K
DR mg/A
or 3 =
R K
DR
= ÊÁ
mg ˆ
\
R Ë 3KA ˜¯
5. (d) Longitudinal strain,
f 5 ¥ 107
e = = = 2.5 ¥ 10–4
Y 2 ¥ 1011
For cylindrical wire, V = pr2l
DV 2Dr Dl
\ = +
V r l
0.02 Dr
or = 2 + 2.5 ¥ 10 - 4
100 r
Dr
\ = – 0.25 ¥ 10–4
r
6. (c) One free surface raises the water by h, then two free surfaces raise the water by 2h.
7. (b) The surface tension of soap water is smaller, so it rises to a small height.
Dlsteel F l /p r 2Y
8. (d) = 1 1 12 1
Dlbrass F2l2/p r2 Y2
2
2 Ê 1ˆ 1
= ¥a¥Á ˜ ¥
4 Ë b¯ c
a
=
2b 2c
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ959
MgL
9. (b) Y =
p r 2l
1 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 2
=
p (0.2 ¥ 10 - 3 )2 ¥ 0.8 ¥ 10 - 3
= 2 ¥ 1011 N/m2
DY Dr Dl
Also = 2 +
Y r l
0.01 0.05
= 2 + = 0.2
4 0.8
Use 1 Æ steel, 2 Æ brass
10. (d) For stress to be equal,
T1 T
= 2
A1 A2
T1 A 1
\ = 1 =
T2 A2 2
11. (d)
q1
t
l/2
l
q1 + q2 = q0 ...(i)
We know that
t phr 4
=
q 2l
q1 l r4 l/2 ¥ r 4
\ = 1 ¥ 24 = =8 ...(ii)
q2 l2 r1 l ¥ (r/2)4
After solving the above equations, we get
8q
q1 =
9
12. (b) Using Hooke’s law, F = kx we can write
4 = k(a – l0) ...(i)
and 5 = k(b – l0) ...(ii)
If l is the length under tension 9 N, then
9 = k(l – l0)
After solving the above equations, we get
l = (5b – 4a)
960പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê 2T cos q ˆ
14. (b) M = (pr2h)r = p r 2 Á r
Ë rrg ˜¯
Ê 2T cos q ˆ
and M¢ = p (2r )2 Á r
Ë r ¥ 2r ¥ g ˜¯
= 2M.
2T 2 ¥ 0.07
15. (b) = = 103 N/m2
r 0.14 ¥ 10 - 3
2T
Pressure applied = Pa –
r
= 105 – 103 = 99 ¥ 103 N/m2
Ê 4T ˆ Ê 4T ˆ V
16. (a) Á P0 + ˜ V = ÁP +
Ë r ¯ Ë r/2 ˜¯ 8
Ê 3T ˆ
fi P = 8 Á P0 + ˜
Ë r ¯
È v v ˘
17. (a) F = Ín1 + n2 ˙A
Î h1 ( h - h1 ) ˚
dF
=0
dh1
h
h1 =
4
2T 2T
18. (a) h1 = and h2 =
r1r g r2 r g
2T Ê 1 1 ˆ
\ h = h 2 – h1 = -
r g ÁË r2 r1 ˜¯
4 4
19. (b) n p a 3 = pb 3
3 3
b3
\ n =
a3
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ961
1 È b3 ˘
or mv 2 = S Í 3 ¥ 4p a 2 - 4p b 2 ˙
2 Îa ˚
1 Ê4 ˆ
3
È b3 ˘
or r ¥ Á p b˜ v 2 = S Í 3 ¥ 4p a 2 - 4p b 2 ˙
2 Ë3 ¯ Îa ˚
6S Ê 1 1 ˆ
\ v = Á - ˜
r Ë a b¯
20. (c) T ¥ 2pr + mg = Fb
fb
T ¥ 2p r
mg
È4 3˘
4 3 Í pr ˙
or T ¥ 2pr + r p r g = Í 3 ˙s g
3 Í 2 ˙
Î ˚
21. (b) The radius at end 1 is smaller than at end 2, so pressure at end 1 is greater. Air
blows from this end.
22. (d) From PV = nRT, we have
PAVA n
= A
PBVB nB
Ê 4T ˆ 4 3
ÁË 8 + r ˜¯ ¥ 3 p rA n
A
fi = A
Ê 4T ˆ 4 3 nB
ÁË 8 + r ˜¯ ¥ 3 p rB
B
2. (a, b, d)
Dl l
Strain, e = = =1
l l
Stress, f = eY = 1 ¥ Y = Y
e 2Y (1)2 Y
Potential energy, U = = =Y
2 2
3. (a, c, d)
Mg
M l Dl
O
6. (b, c)
F = (YaDT) pr2
\ F 1 : F2 : F3 : F4 = 1 : 2 : 3 : 4
1 1 Fl F 2l F 2l
Energy stored = fx = F ¥ = =
2 2 AY 2 AY 2p r 2Y
F2
or U μ
r2
7. (a, c)
Fl
Dl =
p r 2Y
DlA r2
Clearly, = B2 = (2)2 = 4
DlB rA
8. (b, c, d)
The force at the middle of rod AB will be F. So stress right of middle will be greater
than F/A. The force at each section of rod CD is F. So stress at each section is F/A.
9. (b, c)
As vt μ r2
v1 ( r )2 v
\ = 2
fi v2 = 1
v2 (r/2) 4
10. (b, c)
Viscous force, Fv = 6phrv
Clearly, Fv μ v and Fv μ r
A
As A = pr2; r = , so Fv μ A
p
11. (a, b, c, d)
Solution in theory
12. (c, d)
The liquid will rise to the full height of the tube and will get meniscus of larger radius.
13. (a, b, d)
2T cosq
h=
rr g
h = Clearly, h = depends on T, r and length of the tube.
14. (a, c)
When a drop splits, surface area increases and energy is to be given in the process.
15. (b, c, d)
Initially, mg = 6phr ¥ 10
In gravity free space, mg = 0, so unbalanced force acts in upward direction. Therefore
mg
a = = g m/s2
m
Because of upward acceleration, the downward speed decreases and sphere will stop
momentarily.
964പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
16. (a, c)
2T cos q
h= . For h to be zero, either T = 0 or q = 90°
rr g
17. (a, b)
Angle of contact is the property of materials in contact.
18. (b, d)
2T cos q
h=
rr g
1
Clearly, h μ . Also in case of tube of insufficient length, h = l
r
19. (b, c)
PtopV = PbottomV¢
Pbottom = (Ptop + rgh)
As Pbottom > Ptop; \ V > V¢
dr dm = rdV
dm = r dV = rdAl; dm = r l 2pr dr
So momentum of mass dm
p R
dp = v dm; Ú dp = Ú v dm
0 0
R R
Ê r2 ˆ È r2 r4 ˘
p = 2prlv0 Ú r Á 1 - 2 ˜ dr ; 2prlv0 Í - 2˙
0 Ë
R ¯ Î 2 4R ˚0
È R2 R2 ˘ 2prlv0 R2 rp R2lv0
= 2prlv0 Í - ˙= ;p=
Î 2 4 ˚ 4 2
DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƟĞƐŽĨDĂƩĞƌപ965
1 2 2 F 2 ¥ 30
5. (c) Fx = kx \ x = =
2 k (YA/l) 10N 10N
2 ¥ 30 10N
= = 30 cm
2 ¥ 10 5 ¥ 10 - 3
6. (c) When the pulley moves down by 30 cm, the string will loosen from its both sides,
so the point A moves down by 60 cm.
Passage (Q. 7–9)
7. (a) Dlcopper = Dlsteel
F¥2 F¥L
or -4
=
11
(1.1 ¥ 10 ) ¥ 2 ¥ 10 2.0 ¥ 1011 ¥ 1 ¥ 10 - 4
or L = 1.8 m
4
F 3 ¥ 10
8. (b) fcopper = = = 1.50 ¥ 108 N/m2
A 2 ¥ 10 - 4
Ê 3 ¥ 10 4 ˆ 11
9. (a) esteel = fsteel/Ysteel = Á ˜ 2 ¥ 10
Ë 1 ¥ 10 - 4 ¯
= 1.5 ¥ 10–3
Passage (Q. 10–12)
10. (c) W = fA = 3.6 ¥ 108 ¥ 0.5 ¥ 10–4 = 1800 N
Wl 1800 ¥ 0.05
11. (a) Dl = =
AY 0.5 ¥ 10 - 4 ¥ 1.8 ¥ 1011
= 0.01 m
12. (d) Wmax = fuA = 7.2 ¥ 108 ¥ 0.5 ¥ 10–4 = 3600 N
Passage (Q. 13-14)
Suppose m is the load put on the hanger.
(20 + 10 + m) g
13. (c) The stress in the upper wire 8 ¥ 108 =
0.006 ¥ 10 - 4
\ m = 18 kg
(10 + 18) g
Stress in the lower wire f =
0.003 ¥ 10 - 4
= 9.3 ¥ 109 N/m2
Thus, the lower wire will break by 18 kg load, and so to prevent its breaking let,
m¢ be the required mass.
966പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(10 + m) g
\ 8 ¥ 108 =
0.003 ¥ 10 - 4
or m¢ = 14 kg
(10 + 36 + m)
14. (a) The stress in the upper wire 8 ¥ 104 =
0.006 ¥ 10 - 4
\ m¢ = 2 kg.
The stress in the lower wire corresponding to this load
(10 + 2)
f = = 4 ¥ 108 N/m2, (safe)
0.003 ¥ 10 - 4
È e 2Ycopper e 2Y ˘
(D) U = Í + steel
˙ ¥ Vol = 0.25 J
ÍÎ 2 2 ˙
˚
22. A Æ (r); B Æ (s); C Æ (p, q); D Æ (r)
rvD
(A) RN = , clearly less value of h indicates large value of RN.
h
(B) Time required for terminal velocity does not depend on the density of body or
liquid.
2 2 (r - s )g
(C) Radius is related to v = r
9 h
pr 2
(D) Velocity of flow, v =
8hl
6 CHAPTER
INTRODUCTION
Fluid is that which flows, i.e., liquids and gases.
Hydrostatics also called ƀWKFUVCVKEU is the study of fluids and objects-in-fluids, at rest.
The study of fluid flow or objects moving in fluids is called hydrodynamics or fluid dynamics.
Both combined are called fluid mechanics or mechanics of fluids.
Normal Forces
Fluids do withstand forces applied at right angles to their surfaces.
Orderliness of Atoms
As we have already discussed all solids (except amorphous and semi-crystalline solids) have
regular crystalline structures. Atoms of fluids are invariably disordered.
Compressibility
Within practical limits liquids are incompressible. They have free surfaces of their own.
Gases are compressible and occupy all the space which is made available to them.
Ideal Liquid
An ideal liquid has zero compressibility and zero viscosity. No liquid is an ideal liquid.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ969
Ideal Gas
For the purpose of thermodynamics, a gas is ideal if it obeys Boyle’s law as well as Joule’s
law of internal energy, i.e., its internal energy does not depend on the volume occupied by
the gas.
Relative Density
Relative density of a substance is defined as the ratio of the density of the substance to the
density of water at 4°C.
970പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Density of substance
Thus, RD =
Density of water at 4°C
Relative density is a dimensionless quantity. Clearly, density of a substance = R.D. ¥
Density of water at 4°C.
Density of Mixture
If m1, m2, ..., mn are the masses and V1, V2, ... Vn are the volumes of the different substances,
then density of their mixture is defined as
M m1 + m2 + ºº + mn
r= =
V V1 + V2 + ºº + Vn
(i) Case of two liquids, each of the same volume V but of different densities r1 and r2
mixed together.
Total mass = Vr1 = Vr2
Total volume = 2V
V r1 + V r2
Density of mixture, r =
2V
r1 + r2
or r=
2
(ii) Case of two liquids, each of same mass m but of different densities r1 and r2 mixed
together.
Total mass = 2m
m m
Total volume = +
r1 r2
2m
Density of mixture, r =
m m
+
r1 r2
2 r1 r2
or r=
r1 + r2
(iii) Case of two liquids of different masses m1 and m2 mixed together. Let r1 and r2 be
their respective densities.
Total mass = m1 + m2
m1 m2
Total volume = +
r1 r2
m1 + m2
Density of mixture, r =
m1 m2
+
r1 r2
(iv) Case of two liquids of different volumes V1 and V2 mixed together. Let r1 and r2 be
their respective densities.
Total mass = V1 r1 + V2 r2
Total volume = V1 + V2
V1r1 + V2 r2
Density of mixture, r =
V1 + V2
972പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Density of gases varies considerably with pressure but not of liquids, because while
gases are readily compressible, liquids are not.
PRESSURE
The pressure or intensity of pressure at any point may be DF
defined as the normal force exerted on a unit area around
that point. If force DF acts normally over a flat area DA,
then pressure
DF
P=
DA DA
Pressure at any point can be defined as
DF
P = lim
DAÆ0 DA
dF Fig. 6.2
or P=
dA
Units of Pressure
(i) SI unit of pressure = N/m2 or pascal (Pa), i.e., 1 Pa = 1 N/m2
(ii) In metrology the pressure is measured in bar and millibar.
1 bar = 105 N/m2
Also, 1 torr = 1 mm of Hg height
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ973
Blood Pressure: When the heart contracts to its smallest size, the pumping of blood is the
hardest and the pressure of blood flowing in major arteries is nearly 120 mm of Hg (120
torr). This is known as systolic pressure. When the heart is expanded to its largest size the
blood pressure is nearly 80 mm of Hg (80 torr). This is known as diastolic pressure. The
sphymomanometer is a device, which measures these extreme pressures.
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.1 The two thigh bones, each of cross-sectional area 10 cm2 support the upper
part of a human body of mass 80 kg. Estimate the average pressure sustained by the bones.
Take g = 10 m/s2.
5QNWVKQP Total cross-sectional area of the thigh bones
A = 2(10 ¥ 10– 4) = 2 ¥ 10– 3 m2
Force acting on the bones = mg = 80 ¥ 10
= 800 N
F 800
\ Pav = = = 4 ¥ 105 N/m2
A 2 ¥ 10 - 3
Fig. 6.3
974പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ú dP = Ú - rg dy
P1 y1
y
[P]PP12 = -rg[ y]y12
P2 – P1 = – rg(y2 – y1)
Pressure at a depth h below the free surface can be obtained as
y2 – y 1 = h
If P2 = Po (Pressure at free surface of liquid), then pressure P at a depth h,
P = Po + hrg (P1 = P)
Note:
1. If Po = 0, then P = hrg.
2. Pressure at any point inside the liquid depends on depth h.
hrg
3. Pressure does not depend on the area of cross section or the shape of the
vessel. Fig. 6.6
Now consider two points A and B in the same horizontal line inside the liquid. Imagine
a small vertical area DA containing the point A and a similar vertical area DA containing
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ975
PASCAL’S LAW
This law tells about the transmission of pressure in a liquid. It can be stated in the following
equivalent ways:
P
P1 = P2 = P3 = P4 P1 = P2
P3
P2 P1 P
P4 1 2
Fig. 6.8
(i) The pressure exerted at any point on an enclosed liquid is transmitted equally in all
directions.
(ii) A change in pressure applied to an enclosed incompressible liquid is transmitted
undiminished to every point of the liquid and the walls of the container.
(iii) The pressure in a liquid at rest is same at all points if we ignore gravity.
Face ADFC = AC ¥ t = bt
D E
Face BCFE = BC ¥ t = at
FC q
Let FC, FB and FA are the forces being acted upon these A t
B
three forces respectively. FA can be resolved into two
c
components FA cos q and FA sin q.
Fig. 6.9
976പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Applying Newton’s first law that as this prism is in equilibrium at rest, hence no net
external force would be acting on it.
\ FC = FA cos q ...(i)
FB = FA sin q ...(ii)
and PA = Pressure on face BCFE
FA
= ...(iii)
at
PB = Pressure on face ADFC
FB FA sin q
= =
bt bt
FA ¥ b/a FA
= = ...(iv)
bt at
PC = Pressure on face ADEB
FC FA cos q
= =
ct ct
FA ¥ c/a FA
= = ...(v)
ct at
Thus, from Eqs. (iii), (iv) and (v) we get
PA = PB = PC
This is what Pascal’s law states.
How will you experimentally verify the Pascal’s law of transmission of fluid pressure?
'ZRGTKOGPVCNXGTKſECVKQPQH2CUECNŏU.CY. As shown in
Area = A/2
Fig. 6.10, take a vessel having three openings A, B and C 2F F/2
and provided with frictionless and watertight pistons. Let
Area = 2A
A B C
their cross-sectional areas be A, 2A and respectively.
2
Fill the vessel with water and apply an additional force F
Water
on piston A. To keep the pistons B and C in their positions,
F
forces equal to 2F and respectively have to be applied
2 A
Area = A
on them. This shows that the pressure P is transmitted F
Hydraulic Brakes
The hydraulic brakes used in vehicles are also based on the same principle as that of the
hydraulic lift. When the driver of the vehicle puts pressure on the brake paddle, the lever
system moves the piston into the master cylinder containing brake fluid.
Spring
P2
Master
cylinder
To other
wheels
Brake fluid
Fig. 6.12
978പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
The brake fluid from the master cylinder is led through strong pipes to cylinders provided
with pistons (P1, P2) of larger cross-sectional areas. Thus, a small force applied over the
brake paddle is transmitted by the brake fluid as a large force to the piston for brake and as
a result, the brake shoes open tend to up. They press against the brake linings of the drums
of the wheels and bring them to rest.
When the paddle is released, 2-spring system brings the brake shoes back to their normal
positions and the brake fluid returns to the master cylinder.
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.3 Two pistons of a hydraulic machine have diameters of 30.0 cm and 2.5 cm.
What is the force exerted on the larger piston when 40 kg wt. is placed on the smaller piston?
If the smaller piston moves in through 6 cm, how much does the other piston move out?
5QNWVKQP For smaller piston, Area a1 = p ¥ (1.25)2 cm2
For larger piston, Area a2 = p ¥ (15)2 cm2
a2
Mechanical advantage at the larger piston is
a1
a2
\ F2 = ¥ F1
a1
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ979
p (15)2 225
= ¥ 40 kg wt = ¥ 40 ¥ 9.8 N
p (1.25) 2
1.25 ¥ 1.25
= 56,448 N
This is the force exerted on the larger piston.
The liquids are considered incompressible. Therefore, volume covered by the movement
of smaller piston inwards is equal to that moved outwards by larger piston.
fi l1a 1 = l 2a 2
a1 (1.25)2
fi l2 = l1 = ¥ 6 cm
a2 (15)2
So, the distance moved out by the larger piston is 0.042 cm.
Problem 6.4 In a hydraulic press, the two pistons are of diameters of 30.0 cm and 2.5 cm.
Estimate the force exerted by the larger piston when 50.0 kg wt. is placed on smaller piston.
When the stroke of the smaller piston is 4.0 cm, what is the distance through which the larger
piston would move after 10 strokes. (IIT Roorkee, 1978)
5QNWVKQP
A1 = p(2.5/2) cm2;
A2 = p(30/2)2 cm2; F1 = 50 kg wt.
F1 50 ¥ p ¥ (30/2)2
Now, F2 = ¥ A2 =
A1 p (2.5/2)2
50 ¥ 30 ¥ 30
= = 7200 kg wt.
2.5 ¥ 2.5
In one stroke
Input work done = Output work done
So, F 1l 1 = F 2l 2
F1l1 50 ¥ 4
or l2 = = = 0.028
F2 7200
\ Distance covered after 10 strokes
= 0.028 ¥ 10 = 0.28 cm.
Problem 6.5 In a car lift compressed air exerts a force F1 on a small piston having a radius
of 5 cm. This pressure is transmitted to a second piston of radius 15 cm. If the mass of the
car to be lifted is 1350 kg, what is F1? What is the pressure necessary to accomplish this
task? Take g = 9.81 m/s2.
5QNWVKQP As the pressure through air is transmitted equally on both the pistons, so
F1 F
= 2
A1 A2
980പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
52
= ¥ 1350 ¥ 9.81
152
= 1.47 ¥ 103
Required air pressure,
F1 1.47 ¥ 10 3
P = =
A1 p (0.05)2
= 1.87 ¥ 105 N/m2
Pressure Head: The vertical height of the free surface above any point in a liquid at rest is
P
known as pressure head, it is expressed as h = .
rg
Since the pressure at any point in a liquid depends on the height of the free surface above
the point, so it is convenient to express a liquid pressure in terms of pressure head.
Hydrostatic Paradox: It was experimentally demonstrated by Pascal that the pressure
exerted by a liquid depends only on the height of the liquid and not on the shape of the
containing vessel. Figure 6.13 shows three vessels of different shapes. When the vessels
are filled with the same liquid up to the same height, the pressure meters record the same
pressure in all the three vessels, even the amount of liquid is different in the vessels. This
apparent result is known as hydrostatic paradox.
A B C
Fig. 6.13
Explanation: In vessel A, the pressure exerted by a liquid is normal to the wall. The pressure
acts horizontally on the walls. The reaction R of the walls is also horizontal.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ981
V
R R
R R
Liquid H Liquid H
Liquid
R R
V
Fig. 6.14
In vessel B, the reaction R of the wall is inclined upwards. The vertical component V of
which decreases the downward thrust due to extra liquid.
In vessel C, the reaction R is involved in the downward direction. The vertical component
V of which increases the downwards thrust of the liquid.
Note: If W is the weight of liquid in vessel A and if base area of all the vessels are equal then
W
thrust at the bottom of vessel PA = .
A
If WB and WC are weights of liquid in vessels B and C respectively, then thrust at bottom
of vessel B,
W -V
PB = B
A
WC + V
and PC =
A
As PA = PB = PC
\ WB – V = W fi WB = W + V
Also, WC + V = W fi WC = W – V
Atmospheric Pressure
Earth is surrounded by different gases. The Vacuum
pressure exerted by atmospheric gases is called A
PA = 0
atmospheric pressure. The atmospheric pressure
at sea level is 1.013 ¥ 105 N/m2.
h
MEASURING PRESSURE Pa Pa
Mercury Barometer
Figure 6.15 shows a mercury barometer which was C B
first made by Torricelli. A long glass tube (may be
1 m long) is filled with mercury and inverted with Mercury
its open end in a dish of mercury. The mercury
level in the tube falls and comes to rest at a vertical
height of 76 cm above the mercury level in the dish. Fig. 6.15
982പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
The space above mercury in the tube is almost a vacuum, so PA = 0. At point C there is
only atmospheric pressure, so Pc = Pa which is equal to the pressure at B, because points B
and C are at the same level. Thus,
PC = PB
= PA + rgh
As PA = 0, \ PC = rgh
For mercury barometer, h = 76 cm = 0.76 m, r = 13.6 ¥ 103 kg/m3
Pc = Pa = 0.76 ¥ 13.6 ¥ 103 ¥ 9.81
= 1.013 ¥ 105 N/m2
s ! mUID EXERTS PRESSURE NOT ONLY ON A SOLID PIECE IMMERSED IN mUID OR ON THE WALLS
of container, fluid pressure exists at all points in a fluid. A volume element (of fluid)
inside a fluid is in a equilibrium because the pressure exerted on its various faces get
balanced.
s 0RESSURE AT A POINT IN A LIQUID ACTS EQUALLY IN ALL DIRECTIONS
s 0RESSURE IN A LIQUID IS THE SAME FOR ALL POINTS AT THE SAME HORIZONTAL LEVEL
s 0RESSURE IN A LIQUID INCREASES WITH DEPTH h according to the relation, P = Pa + h r g
This expression is valid only for incompressible fluids i.e., liquids.
s ,IQUID PRESSURE IS INDEPENDENT OF THE AREA AND THE SHAPE OF THE CONTAINING VESSEL
s 4HE MEAN PRESSURE ON THE WALLS OF A VESSEL CONTAINING LIQUID UP TO HEIGHT h is hr g/2.
s -OST OF THE PRESSURE MEASURING DEVICES MEASURE THE PRESSURE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE
true pressure and the atmospheric pressure. This difference is called gauge pressure and
the pressure is called absolute pressure.
Absolute pressure = Gauge pressure + Atmospheric pressure
i.e., P = P g + Pa
s 4HE GAUGE PRESSURE MAY BE POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE DEPENDING ON P > Pa or P < Pa. In
inflated tyres or the human circulatory system, the absolute pressure is greater than
atmospheric pressure, so gauge pressure is positive, called the overpressure. However,
when we suck a fluid through a straw, the absolute pressure in our lungs is less than
atmospheric pressure and so the gauge pressure is negative.
s ! DIVER IN WATER AT A DEPTH OF M IS UNDER TWICE THE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
s !T A DEPTH OF KM IN THE SEA THE INCREASE IN PRESSURE IS ATM 3UBMARINES ARE
designed to withstand such high pressures.
s 4HE PRESSURE AT THE CENTRE OF THE EARTH IS ESTIMATED TO BE MILLION ATMOSPHERES
Height of Atmosphere
In actual practice the value of g and density of air decrease with height, so the atmosphere
extends with decreasing pressure even beyond hundreds of kilometre. Making the following
assumptions:
(i) The density of air, assuming constant r = 1.3 kg/m3.
(ii) Temperature remains constant throughout the atmosphere.
(iii) The value of g does not change with height.
Atmospheric pressure Pa = rgh
Pa 1.013 ¥ 10 3
\ h = = = 7950 mm or 8 km
rg 1.3 ¥ 9.81
Ê Dm/DV ˆ
or P =Á RT
Ë M ˜¯
Ê RT ˆ
or P = rÁ
Ë M ˜¯
Ê RT ˆ
Also, P0 = r 0 Á
Ë M ˜¯
P r Ê Pˆ
\ = fi r = Á ˜ r0
P0 r0 Ë P0 ¯
where P0 and r0 are the values of the pressure and density of the air at reference level (at
ground level).
We know that dP = – rg dy
y=h P
Ê Pr ˆ
= - Á 0 ˜ gdy
Ë P ¯
0
dP r g
\ = 0 (- dy )
P P0
Integrating the above equation, we have
P
dP r g h
Ú P
= – 0 Ú dy
P0 0
P0
-r0 g h y=0 P0
|lnP|PP0 = |y|0
P0
Ground level
P -r0 gh
ln = Fig. 6.17
P0 P0
or P = P0e–r0gh/P0
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.6 A barometer tube is inclined at an angle
of 60° with the horizontal direction. What will be the
length of mercury column in a barometer tube, when the 60°
atmospheric pressure is 75 cm of mercury?
(BITSAT, 2016)
5QNWVKQP The barometric height h = 75 cm h
If l is the length of the mercury column in the tube,
h
then = sin 60°
l
h 75
or l = =
sin 60∞ ( 3/2) Fig. 6.18
= 86.6 cm
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ985
PA = PB
10 cm
or rw gh w = rs gh s Water
rs h
or = w A B
rw hs
10
= = 0.8
12.5 Mercury
Problem 6.8 What is the pressure on a swimmer 10 m below the surface of a swimming
pool? Take atmospheric pressure = 1 ¥ 105 N/m2. (EAMCET, 2014)
5QNWVKQP Pressure at any depth h from the free surface of the water is given by
P = rgh + Pa
= (1000) ¥ 9.8 ¥ 10 + 1.0 ¥ 105
= 1.98 N/m2
Problem 6.9 What is the gauge pressure and absolute pressure of the gas above the liquid
surface in the tank shown in Fig. 6.20. Density of oil = 820 kg/m3, density of mercury = 13.6
¥ 103 kg/m3. Given 1 atmospheric pressure = 1.01 ¥ 105 N/m2.
Pa
Gas
1m
0.75 m
1.5 m
Oil
A B
Mercury
Fig. 6.20
5QNWVKQP Suppose Pgas is the pressure of the gas on the oil. As the points A and B are at the
same level in the mercury columns, so
986പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
PA = PB
or Pgas + roil ghoil = Pa + rHg ghHg
or Pgas + 820 ¥ 9.8 ¥ (1 + 1.50) = Pa + 13.6 ¥ 103 ¥ 9.8 ¥ (1.5 + 0.75)
or Pgas + 20.0.9 ¥ 103 = Pa + 299.88 ¥ 103
\ Pgas – Pa = 299.88 ¥ 103 – 20.09 ¥ 103
or [Pgas]gauge = 279.8 ¥ 103 N/m2
= 2.8 ¥ 105 N/m2
Absolute pressure of gas
[Pgas]absolute = [Pgas]gauge + Pa
= 2.8 ¥ 105 + 1.01 ¥ 105
= 3.81 ¥ 105 N/m2
PA
&KHHGTGPVKCN /CPQOGVGT It is used to measure pressure
difference between two points. z
Pressure difference between the points A and B can be
obtained as: PB
By Pascal’s law
y
PM = PN
r3 r1
or PA = r3g(x + y + z) = PB + r2gx + r1gy
O Q
\ PA – PB = (r2 – r3)gx + (r1 – r3)gy – r3gz
x
Note: According to Pascal’s law the pressure at two points
M N
on the same level in a liquid at rest are equal. So it should r2
be remembered that the two points chosen must be on the
same level of the same liquid. In the above case PM = PN,
but PO π PQ .
Fig. 6.21
Problem 6.10 Find the value of h if the pressure difference between the vessels A and B
is 3 kN/m2.
h Kerosene
Water
20 cm
Water
Fig. 6.22
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ987
5QNWVKQP Let P = Pressure at Q and R and r1, r0 be the densities of kerosene and water
respectively.
Q R
h1
h2
h
A
h0
Water
20 cm
Water
Fig. 6.23
P B = P Q + r 1h 1 + r 0h 0 ...(i)
Ê 20 ˆ
PA = PR + r1h2 + r0 Á h0 - h - ˜ ...(ii)
Ë 100 ¯
PB – PA = 3 ¥ 103 N/m2 (given) ...(iii)
Using Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii),
h = 0.5 m
Problem 6.11 A manometer reads the pressure To Pump
of a gas in an enclosure as shown in Fig. 6.24(a).
When some of the gas is removed by the pump, 20 cm 18 cm
the manometer reads as shown in Fig. 6.24(b). The B B A
A
liquid used in manometers is mercury and the
atmospheric pressure is 76 cm of mercury. Hg
(i) Give the absolute and gauge pressure of the (a) (b)
gas in the cases (in units of cm of mercury).
Fig. 6.24
(ii) How would the levels change in case (b) if
13.6 cm of water is poured into the right limb of the manometer? (Ignore the change
in volume of the gas.) (NCERT)
5QNWVKQP Here, atmospheric pressure, P = 76 cm of mercury
(i) In Fig. 6.24(a) pressure head, h = + 20 cm
\ Absolute pressure = P + h = 76 + 20 = EOQHOGTEWT[
Gauge pressure = h = EOQHOGTEWT[
In Fig. 6.24(b) pressure head, h = – 18 cm
Absolute pressure = P + h = 76 + (– 18) = EOQHOGTEWT[
Gauge pressure = h = ŌEOQHOGTEWT[
988പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
13.6
(ii) Here 13.6 cm of water added in right limb is equivalent to = 1 cm of mercury
column. 13.6
i.e., h¢ = 1 cm of mercury column.
Now pressure at A, PA = P + h¢ = 76 + 1 = 77 cm
Let the difference in mercury levels in the two limbs be h1, then pressure at B, PB = 58
+ h1
As, PA = PB, \ 77 = 58 + h1 or h1 = 77 – 58 = EOQHOGTEWT[EQNWOP
Problem 6.12 A manometer tube contains a liquid of density 3 ¥ 103 kg m–3. When connected
to a vessel containing a gas, the liquid level in the other arm of the tube is higher by 10 cm.
When connected to another sample of enclosed gas, the liquid level in the other arm of the
manometer tube falls 7 cm below the liquid level in the first arm. Which of the two samples
exerts more pressure and by what amount? P a
Problem 6.13 At a depth of 500 m in an ocean, what is the absolute pressure? Given that
the density of seawater is 1.03 ¥ 103 kg/m3 and g = 10 ms–2.
5QNWVKQP Absolute pressure P = Pa + rgh
Here, Pa = 1.01 ¥ 105 Pa
r = 1.03 ¥ 103 kg m–3
\ P = 1.01 ¥ 105 Pa + 1.03 ¥ 103 ¥ 10 ¥ 500 Pa
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ989
Problem 6.14 A U-tube, in which both ends are open to the atmosphere, is partly filled with
water. Oil, which does not mix with water, is poured into one side until it stands a distance
d = 12.3 mm above the water level on the other side, which has meanwhile risen a distance
a = 67.5 mm from its original level (Fig. 6.27). Find the density of the oil.
5QNWVKQP In Fig. 6.27 points C are at the same pressure. (If
this were not true, then the U-shaped fluid element below
d
the CC level would experience a net unbalanced force
and would accelerate, violating the static assumption we
Oil a
make in this problem.) The pressure drop from C to the Initial
surface on the water side is rw g2a, where 2a is the height water
of the water column above C. The pressure drop on the level
a
other side from C to the surface is rg(2a + d), where r is
the unknown density of the oil. Equating the pressures C C
at point C on each side, we obtain Water
p0 + rw g2a = p0 + rg(2a + d),
and so
2a Fig. 6.27 A U-tube is filled partly
r = rw
( 2 a + d) with water and partly with
oil of unknown density.
2(67.5 mm)
= (1.000 ¥ 103 kg/m3)
2(67.5 mm) + 12.3 mm
= 916 kg/m3.
The ratio of the density of a substance to the density of water is called the relative density
(or the specific gravity) of that substance. In this case the specific gravity of the oil is 0.916.
Note that in solving this problem, we have assumed that the pressure is continuous
across the interface between the oil and the water at point C on the left side of the tube. If
this were not so and the pressures were different, then the force exerted by the fluid on one
side of the interface would differ from that of the fluid on the other side, and the interface
would accelerate under the influence of the unbalanced force. Since we are assuming a
static situation, there can be no motion and the pressures must therefore be the same. When
we first pour the oil into the tube, however, there may be a difference in pressure and an
unbalanced force that would cause the system to move until it reached the static situation
shown in Fig. 6.27.
Problem 6.15 A U-tube in which the cross-sectional area of the limb on the left is one third
limb on the right contains mercury (density 13.6 g/cm3). The level of mercury in the narrow
limb extends to a distance of 30 cm from the upper end of the tube. What will be the rise in
the level of mercury in the right limb. If the left limb is filled to the top with water (neglect
surface tension effects).
990പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
5QNWVKQP
a 3a
30 cm
30 cm
Hg x
B
A Hg
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.28
Suppose area of cross section of the narrow limb is a, then the area of cross-section of the
right limb will be 3a. Let the level of mercury in the left limb fall by x and the rise of level
in the right limb is y, then
ax = (3a)y
or x = 3y
According to Pascal’s law, PA = PB
or (30 + x)rwg = (x + y)rHgg
(30 + 3y) ¥ 1 ¥ g = (3y + y) ¥ 13.6 ¥ g
fi y = 0.58 cm
Problem 6.16 A glass full of water has a bottom of area 20 cm2, top of area 20 cm2, height
20 cm and volume half a litre.
(a) Find the force exerted by the water on the bottom.
(b) Considering the equilibrium of the water, find the resultant force exerted by the sides
of the glass on the water. Atmospheric pressure = 1.0 ¥ 105 N/m2. Density of water =
1000 kg/m3 and g = 10 m/s2.
5QNWVKQP
(a) The pressure intensity at the bottom of the container is
P = h r g = 0.20 ¥ 1000 ¥ 10 = 2 ¥ 103 N/m2
20 cm
Force at the bottom of the container
= P ¥ Base area
= 2 ¥ 103 ¥ (20 ¥ 10– 4) 20 cm2
= 4 N (Force exerted by water only) Ans. Fig. 6.29
(b) Weight of the water in the container
= Volume ¥ Density of water ¥ g
= 0.5 ¥ 103 ¥ 1000 ¥ 10 = 5 N
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ991
P2 > P1
P1 P1
P2 P2 5N
4N
Force exerted by Force exerted by
water on the container container on water
Fig. 6.30
From the diagram, the force exerted by the container is in upward direction (because
(P2 > P1). Let force exerted by sides of container be F, then
\ 4+F =5N
fi F =1N
Problem 6.17 A tube 1 cm2 in cross section is attached to the top of a vessel 1 cm high and
of cross section 100 cm2. Water is filled up to a height of 100 cm from the bottom of the vessel.
(a) What is the force exerted by the water against the bottom of the vessel?
(b) What is the weight of the water in the vessel? 1 cm2
(c) Explain why (a) and (b) are not equal.
5QNWVKQP
(a) Intensity of pressure at the bottom of the container is
P = hrg V2 99 cm
= 1 ¥ 1000 ¥ 10
= 1 ¥ 104 N/m2
Force exerted by water at the bottom
F =P¥A V1 1 cm
= (1 ¥ 10 ) ¥ (100 ¥ 10 )
4 –4
100 cm2
= 100 N
Fig. 6.31
(b) Weight of the water in the container
W = (V1 + V2)rg
fi (A1l1+ A2l2)rg = [100 ¥ 10– 4 ¥ 1 ¥ 10–2 + 1 ¥ 10– 4 ¥ 99 ¥ 10– 2] ¥ 1000 ¥ 10
= 1.99 N
(c) As we have seen in (a) and (b) the thrust of water at the bottom of the vessel is greater
than the weight of the water. It is because of the force exerted by the top face of the
vessel on the water. Water transfers this force to the bottom of the vessel.
K 6QVCNRTGUUWTGQPCRNCPGJQTK\QPVCNUWTHCEG
Consider a plane surface inside a liquid of density Free surface of liquid
r, such that it is held in a horizontal position at a
depth h below the free surface of the liquid as shown h F
in Fig. 6.32. Since every point on the surface is at the
same depth h, so the intensity of pressure is constant
over the entire surface, being equal to rgh. Thus, if
A is the area of the surface, then the total pressure Fig. 6.32
on the horizontal surface is
F = PA = rgh A.
KK 6QVCNRTGUUWTGKPKPENKPGFXGTVKECNRNCPGUWTHCEG
Consider a plane surface of length a and width
b which is inside a liquid of density r as shown O
in Fig. 6.33. q
y
Choose an element of length (dy) at a distance h
y from O.
The depth of the element h = y = cos q
dy
The intensity of pressure at the position of
element
dy
P = rgh = rg (y cos q)
The force on the element, dF = P (bdy)
a
b
= r g(y cos q) bdy
= r gb cos q y(dy) Fig. 6.33
(l + a)
The force on the entire surface, F = Úl dF
(l + a)
= r gb cos q Úl y dy
b cos q 2 (l + a)
= rg y l
2
cos q
or F = r gb [(l + a)2 - l 2 ]
2
r gb cos q 2
F = [a + 2 al]
2
Special cases
r gb cos q 2
(i) For l = 0, F = [a + 0]
2
1
= r gba2 cos q
2 F
1
(ii) For l = 0, and q = 0°, F = r gb cos 0° a2 Centre of pressure
2
Fig. 6.34
rgba 2
=
2
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ993
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.18 Suppose water stands at a depth of H behind the vertical face of a dam of
width L. Find force exerted by the water on the wall and centre of pressure.
5QNWVKQP Choose an element of thickness (dy) at a depth y. The pressure at the position of
the element
P = rgy
The force on the element dF = P(Ldy)
y
H dy Dam dy
O
L
Pressure diagram
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.35
rgLH 2
or F =
2
How to Find Centre of Pressure?
The moment of the force dF about an axis through O (see Fig. 6.35(a)).
or Torque dt = dF (H – y)
= rgL (ydy)(H – y)
= rgL(Hy – y2)dy
F Dam
H
Net torque t = rgL Ú ( Hy - y )dy (Hy – y )dy
2 2 H = H /3
0
H
Hy 2 y 3 O
= rgL -
2 3 Fig. 6.36
0
ÊH H 3 3ˆ
= rgL Á -
Ë 2 3 ˜¯
1
t = rgLH 3
6
994പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
If H is the height above O at which the total force F would have to act to produce this
torque, then (see Fig. 3.36)
FH = t 1
r gLH 3
t 6 H
or H = = 2
=
F r gLH 3
2
Pressure Diagram
Net force (total pressure) as well as point of application of force (centre of pressure) for a
plane surface wholly submerged in a static liquid, either vertically or inclined, may also be
determined by drawing a pressure diagram. A pressure diagram is a graphical representation
of the variation of the pressure intensity over a surface. Such a diagram may be prepared by
plotting to some convenient scale the pressure intensities at various points on the surface.
Free liquid surface
h1 rgh1
h1 h1
rgh1
rgh1
Horizontal plane h2 h2
surface
rgh2
rgh2
Vertical plane Inclined plane
surface surface
Fig. 6.37
Since force at any point acts in the direction normal to the surface, the pressure intensities
at various points on the surface are plotted normal to the surface. Figure 6.38 shows
typical pressure diagrams for horizontal, vertical and inclined plane surfaces. Consider a
rectangular plane surface of depth a and width b, held vertically in static liquid of density r
as shown in Fig. 6.37. Let top and bottom edges of the plane surface be at vertical depth of
h1 and h2 respectively below the free surface of the liquid. The pressure intensity at the top
edge, P1 = rgh1. The pressure intensity at the bottom edge, P2 = rgh2. As the pressure intensity
increases linearly from rgh1 to rgh2, so the average pressure intensity over the entire surface.
P1 + P2
Pav =
2
Êh +h ˆ
= rg Á 1 2 ˜
Ë 2 ¯
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ995
Êh +h ˆ
or F = rg Á 1 2 ˜ ¥ ab
Ë 2 ¯
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.19 To what height should a cylindrical vessel of radius R be filled with a
homogeneous liquid to make the force with which the liquid presses on the sides of the
vessel equal to the force exerted by the liquid on the bottom of the vessel?
5QNWVKQP Let h be the height of the liquid in the vessel.
The average pressure at the side of the vessel
(PTop + PBottom ) 0 + r gh r gh
Pav = = =
2 2 2
Force at the side of vessel, Fside = Pav (2pRh)
Ê r gh ˆ
= Á (2p Rh)
Ë 2 ˜¯
The pressure at the bottom of the vessel remains uniform,
P = rgh
Force at the bottom of the vessel,
Fbottom = P(pR2)
rgh
= rgh(pR2)
Given, Fside = Fbottom rgh
Pressure diagram
r gh
or (2p Rh) = rgh(pR2) Fig. 6.38
2
fi h =R
E F
Force on Curved Surface
Consider a curved surface inside a static liquid of density
r. Figure 6.39 shows the trace of the curved surface which
extends in the direction normal to the plane of the paper.
At any point on the curved surface the force acts normal h
to the surface. Choose a small element of area dA of the
D A
curved surface lying at a vertical depth of h below the free
dF dFy
surface of the liquid. The force on the element
q
dF = P(dA) = rgh(dA) ...(i) dA
dFH
The force dF acting on the element can be resolved into B
horizontal and vertical components C
Fig. 6.39
996പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
In Eq. (iv) (dA sin q) is the vertical projection of the area dA and in equation (v), (dA cos q)
is the horizontal projection of the elementary area dA. Thus, rg Ú h(dA) (dA) sin q represents
the total force on the vertical projection of the curved surface, i.e.,
Further rg Ú h(dA) cos q represents the total force on the horizontal projection of the curved
surface, and it is equal to the weight of the liquid contained in the portion extending above
the curved surface in the portion ABCDEFA, i.e.,
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.20 Compute the resultant force on the gate AB as a result of hydrostatic pressure
Fig. 6.40. The gate is 1.5 m wide. Determine the line of action of this force.
Pa
O
5m y
5m
3
Water, r = 1000 kg/m
60°
A dy
3m A
Pa
60° dy
B B
1.5
m
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.40
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ997
5
5QNWVKQP From Fig. 6.40(b) distance OA = = 5.77 m
sin 60∞
The distance OB = 3 + 5.77 = 8.77 m
Choose a small strip of the gate of length (dy) at a distance y from O. The pressure intensity
at the position of the strip, P = rg(y sin 60°) = 0.87 rgy
The force of this strip, dF = P(1.5dy)
= 0.87 rgy ¥ 1.5(dy) = 1.305 rgy (dy)
The resultant force on the gate
8.77
OB y2
F = 1.305 rg Ú ydy = 1.305 r g
OA 2
5.77
Ê 8.77 2 - 5.77 2 ˆ
= 1.305 ¥ 1000 ¥ 9.8 ¥ Á ˜
Ë 2 ¯
= 2.78 ¥ 10 N
5
The effect of air pressure gets cancelled out from both sides of the gate.
To find the line of action of this force, assume that resultant force acts at a distance y from
O, now equal the moment of this resultant about O with the moment of the distribution
about the same axis. Thus,
8.77
F
Fy = Ú (dF )y
O
5.77
8.77
= Ú 1.305 rgy(dy )y y = 7.4 m
5.77
8.77
Ú
A
= 1.305 rg y 2 dy F
5.77
Gate
8.77 Centre of
y3 pressure B
= 1.305 rg
3
5.77 Fig. 6.41
Ê h3 ˆ
= pr g tan 2 a Á b 2 h - bh 2 + ˜
Ë 3¯ W
Problem 6.22 Compute the horizontal and vertical components of the resultant of the
hydrostatic pressure distribution on the gate AB, which is a quarter of a cylinder (Fig. 6.44).
Assume the gate is 3 m wide.
10 m
y
13 m
B 13 m
B
3m
C dy
A
A A¢
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.44
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ999
5QNWVKQP
(a) Horizontal component: The horizontal component of the resultant force on the gate is
equal to the force on the vertical projection BA¢ of the gate. The pressure at a depth y
from free surface of the water, P = rgy. The force on the strip of area (3dy) of the gate,
dFH = P(3dy) = rgy(3dy)
= 3rgydy
13
13 y2
Total horizontal force, FH = 3 r g Ú ydy = 3 r g
10 2
10
Ê 132 - 10 2 ˆ
= 3 ¥ 1000 ¥ 9.8 ¥ Á ˜
Ë 2 ¯
= 1.014 ¥ 106 N
(b) Vertical component: It is equal to the weight of the water above the curved surface.
Dividing the volume above the curved surface into a rectangular parallelopiped and
a quarter cylinder, we thus have:
Fv = Weight of water in DEFB + Weight of water in ACBF
= r[V1 + V2]g D E
È p(3)2 ¥ 3 ˘
= 1000 Í10 ¥ 3 ¥ 3 + ˙ ¥ 9.8
Î 4 ˚ 10 m
= 1.09 ¥ 10 N 6
F
The resultant force on the gate B
3m
F = FH2 + FV2 C
= 1.49 ¥ 10 N 6 A
Fig. 6.45
BUOYANT FORCE AND BUOYANCY
Body inside a fluid experiences pressure on its all faces. As the fluid pressure increases with
depth, so the upward thrust at the bottom is more than the downward thrust on the top.
Hence, a net force acts in upward direction. This upward force acting on a body in fluid
is called upthrust orDWQ[CPVHQTEG and the phenomenon is called buoyancy. The point of
application of buoyant force is called centre of buoyancy. It is the centre of gravity of the
displaced fluid.
ARCHIMEDES’ PRINCIPLE
The principle was discovered by the Greek scientist, Archimedes around 225 BC. It states
that when a body is immersed in a fluid, partially or wholly, it experiences an upward force
equal to the weight of the volume of the fluid displaced by the body.
2TQQH To understand easily, take a body height h and area A, lying inside a liquid of density
r. The top face of the body is at a distance y from the free surface of the liquid.
1000പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
P2 = rg(y + h)
P2
Thrust on the top face of the body,
Fig. 6.46
F1 = P1A = rghA acting vertically downwards.
Thrust acting on the bottom face of the body
F2 = P2 A = r g (y + h) A acting vertically upwards.
The resultant force (F2 – F1) acts on the body in the upward direction and is called buoyant
force (Fb). Thus,
Fb = F2 – F1 = rg (y + h) A – r gyA
= (Ah)rg
But Ah = V, the volume of the body, which is equal to the volume of the liquid displaced.
\ Fb = Vrg
Thus, buoyant force is equal to the weight of the fluid displaced.
Ê rˆ
or Wapp = W Á 1 - ˜
Ë s¯
Here s is the density of the material of the body.
Note:
1. For a wholly immersed body of homogeneous composition the centre of buoyancy
will coincide with the centre of gravity.
Fb
Fb y/2 Centre of gravity
Centre of gravity
and centre of y/2 w
buoyancy Centre of buoyancy
w
Fig. 6.47
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1001
2. When a body lies inside two or more immiscible liquids, the buoyant force on the body
is given by
Fb = Fb1 + Fb2 + ……
For two liquids
F b = V 1r 1g + V 2r 2g
v1
r1
v2
r2
Fig. 6.48
RELATIVE DENSITY
We know that,
Loss in weight = Buoyant force on the immersed body
= Weight of the body in air – Weight of the body in water
or Fb = Wair – Wwater
or Wair = Fb + Wwater ...(1)
Ê W ˆ
or Wair = Fb Á 1 + water ˜ ...(2)
Ë Fb ¯
If s is the density of material of body and rw is the density of the water, then equation
(2) can be written as
Ê F + Wwater ˆ
Vsg = V rw g Á b ˜¯
Ë Fb
In view of Eqs. (1) and(2), we have
s Wair
or =
rw Wair - Wwater
Wair
or R.D. =
Wair - Wwater
PRINCIPLE OF FLOATATION
The principle of floatation states that:
(i) weight of a body floating in a fluid is equal to the buoyant force which in turn is equal
to the weight of the fluid displaced by the body.
1002പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(ii) The lines of action of weight of the body (CG) and the buoyant force (centre of
buoyancy) must lie on the same vertical line, so that their moment about any axis is
zero.
Fb
Fb
Fb
W
W
W
(i) W > Fb (ii) W > Fb (iii) W > Fb
Fig. 6.49
WORKED PROBLEM
Problem 6.23 The density of ice is 917 kg/m3. What fraction of ice lies below the water?
The density of seawater is 1024 kg/m3. What fraction of the iceberg do we assuming that it
has the same density as ordinary ice (917 kg/m3)?
5QNWVKQP According to law of floatation:
Weight of the ice = Weight of the water displaced
Vrice g = V¢rw g
rice 917
\ V¢ = V= V = 0.917 V
rw 1000
So, 91.7% of the ice is inside water,
Now if V1 is the volume of ice inside sea water, then
Vrice g = V1rw g
rice 917
\ V1 = V= V = 0.896 V = 0.896 V
rw 1024
The fraction of ice visible to us is
= V – V1 = V – 0.896 V
= 0.105 V = 0.104 V
So, 10.4% of the ice is visible to us.
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.24 A solid floats in water with 3/4 of its volume below the surface of water.
Calculate the density of the solid.
5QNWVKQP If V is the volume and s is the density of the solid, then
Ê3 ˆ
Vsg = Á V ˜ rw g
Ë4 ¯
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1005
3
or s = rw
4
3
= ¥ 1000 = 750 kg/m3
4
Problem 6.25 A solid weighs 10 N in air. Its weight decreases by 2N when weighed in
water. What is the density of the solid? (BITSAT, 2011)
Ê r -r ˆ
and V2 = V Á 1 apply V – V2 = V1
Ë r1 - r2 ˜¯
Problem 6.27 A block of wood is floating on water at 0°C with a certain volume V above
the water level. The temperature of water is slowly raised from 0°C to 20°C. How will the
volume V change with the rise in temperature?
5QNWVKQP Suppose V¢ be the volume of the block of wood and W be the weight of the block.
For the floating block:
Weight of the block = Weight of the water displaced.
W = (V¢ – V)rt g
where rt is the density of water at t°C which is
1006പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
ro
rt =
1+g t
ro
\ W = (V ¢ - V ) g
(1 + g t)
W (1 + g t)
or V = V¢ -
ro g
Hole
Bucket
5–y
lce block
Fig. 6.53
On the earth mg = Vw rw g + Va ra g
or m = Vw rw + Va ra ...(i)
Ê gˆ Ê gˆ
On the moon m Á ˜ = Vw¢ rw Á ˜ ...(ii)
Ë 6¯ Ë 6¯
or m = V¢w rw
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
Va ra
V¢w = Vw +
rw
Clearly, V¢w > Vw, that is, the volume of the ball immersed in water on the moon will be
greater than that on the earth. Hence, the ball will sink slightly more in water on the moon.
Important:
1. If we neglected the effect of density of air on the earth, then
V¢w = Vw.
2. Gravity has equal effect both on weight and buoyant force, so equilibrium of the
floating body is not affected.
Problem 6.30 A balloon filled with air weighed so that it barely floats in water, as shown in
Fig. 6.54. Explain why it sinks to the bottom when it is submerged more by a small distance.
Fig. 6.54
5QNWVKQP When the balloon is submerged slightly into water, the pressure exerted by water
increases and hence the air inside the balloon is slightly compressed (PV = constant). The
buoyant force on the balloon therefore decreases (Fb a V), and so it sinks to the bottom.
Problem 6.31 A beaker containing water of weight W is placed on a spring balance. A
stone weight W¢ is hung and lowered into the water without touching the sides and bottom
of the beaker. Explain how the reading of the balance and tension in the string will change.
5QNWVKQP When stone is submerged into water, water exerts buoyant force Fb on the stone
in upward direction. The stone also exerts an equal downward force on water. So tension
in the string becomes,
1008പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
T
Fb
W¢ Fb
Fig. 6.55
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.56
When bottom face of the body is rough, the water enters below it and Fb
exerts buoyant force (Fig. 6.57).
2. Weight of empty balloon and inflated balloon are equal: Suppose weight
of the empty balloon is Mg. Let m amount of air be in inflated the balloon.
On the inflated balloon buoyant force is also there, so net weight of the
balloon
= (M + m)g – Fb
= (M + m)g – Vair rair g
(M + m)g
m
= (M + m)g – rair g
rair Fig. 6.57
= Mg
Problem 6.32 Compute the depth that a 500 N force will submerge the body shown in Fig.
6.58. It is a right circular cone whose weight we shall neglect.
5QNWVKQP Let y be the depth of immersion. By similar triangles the radius of the cone cross
section at the free surface is
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1009
r 0.3 0.3 m
=
y 3
r
y
\ r =
10
Using the principle of buoyancy, we have 3m
y
Downward force exerted on the cone
= Buoyant force on the submerge portion of the cone
Ê1 ˆ
or 500 = Á p r 2 y˜ rw g
Ë3 ¯ 500 N
2 Fig. 6.58
1 Ê yˆ
= p Á ˜ y ¥ 100 ¥ 9.8
3 Ë 10 ¯
y = 1.69 m
Problem 6.33 A piece of wax weighs 18.03 g in air. A piece of metal weighs 17.03 g in
water. It is tied to the wax and both together weigh 15.23 g in water. What is the specific
gravity of wax?
5QNWVKQP Weight of the wax in air, W1 = 18.03 g-wt
Let Fb1 and Fb2 be the buoyant forces on wax and metal respectively.
Weight of the metal in air, W2 = 17.03g + Fb2
Combined weight of wax + Metel in water = 15.23 g-wt
or (W1 + W2) – (Fb1 + Fb2) = 15.23g
or (18.03g + 17.03g + Fb2) – (Vmaxrw g + Fb2) = 15.23g
or 35.06g – Vmax rw g = 15.23g
mwax
or rw g = 19.83g
rwax
18.03
or rw = 19.83
rwax
rwax
or = 0.909
rw
Thus, Specific gravity of wax = 0.909
Problem 6.34
(i) A piece of ice floats in water in a beaker. What happens to the level of the liquid in
the beaker when the ice melts completely?
(ii) A small metal piece is inside an ice block which is floating in water in a beaker. What
happens to the level in the beaker when ice melts completely?
(iii) Stones are unloaded from the boat into the lake. What happens to the level of water
in the lake?
(iv) A cork piece is inside an ice block which is floating in water in a beaker. What happens
to the level of water in the beaker when ice melts completely?
1010പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
5QNWVKQP
(i) Suppose M is the mass of the ice block and rw the density of water. For a floating ice
block, let V1 be the volume of water displaced, then
Mg = V1 rw g
M
fi V1 =
rw
After melting of ice, the volume of water forms
M
V2 =
rw
As, V1 = V2, so the level of water in the beaker will not change.
(ii) Suppose m and rmetal are the mass and density of metal, then for a floating ice block,
(M + m)g = V1rwg
M m
fi V1 = + M
rw rw
m Metal
When ice melts, the metal piece sink into the water.
So total volume of water forms + Displaced by metal piece
M m
V2 = + Fig. 6.59
rw rmetal
As rmetal > rw \ V2 < V1
So the level of water in the beaker will decrease.
(iii) As explained in (ii).
(iv) Suppose M is the mass of the cork.
For the floating in block
(M + m)g = V1 rw g
M+m M
fi V1 =
rw
m Cork
After melting of ice, cork piece will float such that,
m
mg = V¢rwg fi V¢ =
rw
M Fig. 6.60
The volume of water forms =
rw
M m
Total volume of water forms + Displaced by cork, V2 = +
rw rw
As V2 = V1, so the level of water in the beaker will not change.
W W
G G
B B1
FB FB
Normal Normal
axis axis
Fig. 6.61
Metacentric Height
It is the distance MG, i.e., the distance between the metacentre (M) of a floating body and
its centre of gravity (G).
If the balloon is given an angular displacement in the clockwise direction as shown in Fig.
6.62(a), then W and FB constitute a couple acting in the anticlockwise direction and brings
the balloon in the original position.
Thus, the balloon in the position, shown by Fig. 6.62(a) is in stable equilibrium.
FB FB
B B
G
G
W
W
W
G
G
W
B B
FB
FB
B G
Fig. 6.62
(a) Stable Equilibrium. When W = FB and point B is above G, the body is said to be in
stable equilibrium.
(b) Unstable Equilibrium. If W = FB but the centre of buoyancy (B) is below the centre
of gravity (G), the body is in unstable equilibrium as shown in Fig. 6.63(b). A slight
displacement to the body in the clockwise direction, gives the couple due to W and FB
also in the clockwise direction. Thus, the body does not return to its original position
and hence the body is in unstable equilibrium.
(c) Neutral Equilibrium. If FB = W and B and G are at the same point, as shown in Fig.
6.63(c), the body is said to be in neutral equilibrium.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1013
W W
G G
B B B1
FB FB
Normal Normal
axis axis
W W
G
G
M
B B B1
FB
FB
Normal Normal
axis axis
Fig. 6.63
1014പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(b) Unstable Equilibrium. If the point M is below G, the floating body will be in unstable
equilibrium as shown in Fig. 6.63(b).
The disturbing couple is acting in the clockwise direction. The couple due to buoyant
force FB and W is also acting in the clockwise direction and thus overturing the floating
body.
(c) Neutral Equilibrium. If the point M is at the centre of gravity of the body, the floating
body will be in neutral equilibrium.
Condition of equilibrium of a floating and submerged body are:
Thus, if G and B do not coincide, it may result in torques, rolling and pitching of ships and
resulting sea-sickness. Top-heavy floating bodies are unstable. The tumbling of the icebergs
as they melt is due to this reason.
5. (NQCVKPIQH/CPQP9CVGT The body of man is lighter than water except his head. Total
weight of the man happens to be greater than the weight of water displaced; therefore,
the man can sink in water. Hence, for floating in water, the man has to displace more
water by moving his arms and legs. By doings so, when the weight of water displaced
by man becomes equal to the weight of man, the man begins to float. The density of
seawater is 1.03 ¥ 103 kg/m3.
Accelerating Liquid
(i) 2TGUUWTGFKHHGTGPEGYJGPNKSWKFKUCEEGNGTCVKPIKPXGTVKECNFKTGEVKQP
Consider a cylindrical element of height h and area A. The force on
the top face of the element is P1 A and force on the bottom face is P1A
P2 A. If a is the acceleration of the liquid, then mg
P2 A – (mg + P1 A) = ma a
here m is the mass of the element of liquid which is equal hAr. P2A
Thus, we have
Fig. 6.64
P2 A – (hArg + P1 A) = (hAr)a
After simplification, we get
P2 – P1 = r(g + a)h
(ii) $WQ[CPVHQTEG
a
Suppose the body is submerged into a liquid of density r, which is Fb
accelerating upwards. If a is the acceleration of the liquid, then
Fb – mg = ma
mg
or Fb = m(g + a)
here m is the mass of the displaced liquid, which is equal to Vr.
Fig. 6.65
\ Fb = rV(g + a)
(iii) .KSWKFUWDLGEVGFVQJQTK\QPVCNCEEGNGTCVKQP
Consider a liquid in a tank which is mov-
q
ing on a horizontal surface with constant
acceleration a. The free surface of the liq- q
uid takes the shape as shown in Fig. 6.66. y1 y2
F1 F2
Suppose a cylinder of liquid of length l and
a
area of cross section A. The force on the
left face of the cylinder, F1 = P1A and force
on the right face of the cylinder, F2 = P2 A. Fig. 6.66
Here P1 = rgy1 and P2 = rgy2.
Mass of the liquid cylinder, m = (Alr)
Using Newton’s second law for the liquid cylinder,
F1 – F2 = ma
or P1A – P2 A = ma
or (rgy1 – rgy2)A = (Alr)a
1016പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
y1 - y2 a
or =
l g
y1 - y2
From Fig. 6.66, = tan q
l
a
\ tan q = .
g
ax
The above equation can be written as: tan q =
ay
a
Alternative Method
q
Surface of liquid stays perpendicular the resultant ma
force. q
ma a
tan q = =
mg g FR
mg
–1 Ê
aˆ
q = tan Á ˜ Fig. 6.67
Ë ¯
g
(iv) .KSWKFUWDLGEVGFVQEQODKPGFJQTK\QPVCNCPFXGTVKECNCEEGNGTCVKQPU
Resolve the acceleration a into two components, ax and ay.
ay a
ax ax
tan q =
g + ay
Fig. 6.68
(v) .KSWKFKPC8GUUGN4QVCVKPIYKVJ%QPUVCPV#PIWNCT8GNQEKV[
When the vessel is rotated there is no relative motion between fluid elements. The
liquid surface orients itself in permanent position relative to the vessel. We will analyse
a differential element dm in the reference frame of vessel. The forces acting on it are
shown in Fig. 6.69 and 6.70. R is the force exerted on the element due to neighbouring
elements of fluid.
Thus, R cos q = dmg ...(i)
2
R sin q = dmxrw ...(ii)
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1017
R R sin q
Tangent
YB q
dm xw2
B R
q R sin q (Pseudo-force)
N r P
ymax dmg
A
ymin
q
x
O
Fig. 6.69
At the position of the element, the slope of the tangent to curve is given by dy/dx.
dy w 2 x w 2x
tan q = = fi dy = dx
dx g g
w 2r 2
which on integration yields y = +c
2g
which represents a parabola. Thus, liquid surface is a paraboloid of revolution.
R2w 2
At x = R and y = ymax = +c
2g
At x = 0, y = ymin = C
R2w 2
Therefore, ymax = + ymin
2g
and the general equation can be written as
x 2w 2
y = + ymin …(i)
2g
Volume of a paraboloid of revolution is half that of the circumscribing cylinder.
( y max - y min )
ymax 2
y0
ymin
Fig. 6.70
1018പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
( ymax - ymin )
Hence, volume of a paraboloid = A
2
If originally liquid filled up to height y0, then
ymax - ymin ymax + ymin
y0 = ymin + =
2 2
2 2
w R
ymax = y0 +
4g
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.35 A U-tube rotates with angular velocity w about the vertical axis AB. What
is the difference in fluid level ‘h’ in terms of w, the radii r1 and r2 and the fluid density r?
5QNWVKQP Let ymin be the lowest point on the dotted parabola w
shown in Fig. 6.71. r1 r2
r 2w 2 r 2w 2
y1 = 1 + ymin and y2 = 2 + ymin
2g 2g
B
h
(r 2 - r 2 )w 2 w 2 2 2 y2
\ h = y2 – y1 = 2 1 = (r2 - r1 ) A
2g 2g
y1
ymin
Alternatively, we may apply Bernoulli’s equation between
points A and B. Fig. 6.71
1 1 Ê r22 - r12 ˆ 2
Patm + r(r1w)2 = Patm + r(r2w)2 + rgh fi h = Á w
2 2 Ë 2 g ˜¯
Problem 6.36 A cylindrical vessel of diameter 0.3 m and height 0.6 m is filled two-thirds
with a liquid of specific gravity 0.8. The vessel is rotated about its axis. (a) Determine the
speed of rotation when the liquid just starts spilling. (b) Find the speed of rotation when the
base is just visible. (c) What is the percentage of liquid left in the vessel?
2
5QNWVKQP Initial height of liquid in the vessel y = 0.6 ¥ = 0.4 m
3
Height of the container = 0.6 m
w
w 2 R2
ymax – ymin = …(i)
2g w2R2/4
w2R2/4
w 2 R2 ymax
ymax =y+ …(ii) Y
4g ymin
w 2 R2
ymin = y – …(iii)
4g Fig. 6.72
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1019
R2w 2
(b) ymax = 0.6 m, ymin = 0 fi ymax =
2g
(0.3)2 ¥ w 2
0.6 = fi w = 22.9 rad/s
8 ¥ 9.81
(c) The volume of paraboloid of revolution is half the volume of the enclosing cylinder.
Volume of the liquid left in the vessel = (1/2) ¥ 0.6 ¥ A, where A is cross-sectional area.
0.3 A
Initial volume was 0.4A m3. Percentage of the liquid left = ¥ 100 = 75%.
0.4 A
w 2 (20 ¥ 10 -2 )2
\ 50 ¥ 10–2 = 30 ¥ 10–2 +
4 ¥ 10
fi w2 ¥ 10–3 = 20 ¥ 10–2
w2 = 200 fi w = 10 2 rad s–1
w 5 2 –1
Hence, frequency of rotation is f = = s
2p p
1020പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
When the body moves up to the height h a volume of water V is displaced downwards
by the same distance. In this case the potential energy of this volume in the fluid of the force
of gravity will diminish by Vrwgh and the energy due to the buoyant force will increase by
Vrwgh. Therefore, the total potential energy of the water will remain constant.
DUwater = 0
Note:
w2 2
If a U-tube is rotated about an axis as shown in Fig. 6.74 then y = (r2 - r12 ) .
2g
w
r1 r2
Fig. 6.74
Problem 6.42 A tube of length h, which is wide enough to make surface tension effects
negligible, is closed at one end. It is then lowered into a tank of mercury to a depth h as
shown in Fig. 6.76, so that mercury rises a distance x into the tube. If mercury barometer
stands at h, then find relationship between h and x. ++6,''
Pa
Air
Air
5QNWVKQP Let area of cross-section of tube be A. When it is air the volume of air in it, V1 =
Ah, and pressure P1 = h of mercury
When the tube is lowered into mercury, then volume of air (Fig. 6.76).
V2 = A(h – x);
P2 + x = 2h
fi P2 = (2h – x) of mercury
1022പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
m
M
y
M
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.77
When the block just touches the spring, it floats freely on water. Let y be the portion of
block inside water, then
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1023
y = 2.4 cm.
\ Height of block out of water = 3 – 2.4 = 0.6 cm Fb
Let m be the mass, that can be placed on the m
block without wetting it. y
The additional weight is balanced by the
buoyant force on additional dipped portion +
spring force
i.e., mg = Vrwg + ky ky
= 0.354 N
Problem 6.45 A cube of ice of edge 4 cm is placed in an empty cylindrical glass of inner
diameter 6 cm. Assume that the ice melts uniformly from each side so that it always retains
its cubical shape. Remembering that ice is lighter than water, find the length of the edge of
the ice cube at the instant it just leaves the contact with the bottom of the glass.
5QNWVKQP
4 cm
x
Ice y
6 cm 6 cm
Let size of ice block remaining is x3 when it just about to float, then
\ x3 ¥ rice g = (x2 y)rw g wt. of block = Buoyant force ...(i)
fi x3 rice = x2 yrw
Also mass of ice melt = Mass of water forms
(43 – x3) ¥ rice = (p ¥ 32 ¥ y – x2y)rw ...(ii)
or 43 rice – x3 rice = p ¥ 32 yrw – x2yrw as x3 rice = x2 yrw
1024പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
or 43 rice = p ¥ 32 yrw
Ê 7.11rice ˆ
or y = Á
Ë prw ˜¯
Substituting the value of y in Eq. (i), we get
Ê 7.11rice ˆ
x3 ¥ rice g = x 2 ¥ Á rw g
Ë prw ˜¯
or x = 2.26 cm
Problem 6.46 A wooden plank of length 1 m and uniform cross section is hinged at one
end to the bottom of a tank as shown in Fig. 6.81. The tank is filled with water up to a height
of 0.5 m. The specific gravity of the plank is 0.5. Find the angle q that the plank makes with
the vertical in the equilibrium position (Exclude the case q = 0). ,''
5QNWVKQP Let y be the length of the plank inside water
0.5 Fb
\ y = l/2
cos q
Let A be the cross-sectional area of the plank, then
buoyant force on it 0.5 m
Fb = Vrwg q mg
= (Ay)rwg O
Since the plank is in rotational equilibrium, so Fig. 6.81
 to = 0
l y
or mg ¥ sin q - Fb ¥ sin q =0
2 2 Fb l/2
or mg l – Fb ¥ y =0
(A l ¥ 0.5)gl – (Ay)rwg ¥ y =0
or 0.5l2 = y2 F l/2 mg
2 q
Ê 0.5 ˆ
or 0.5 ¥ (1)2 = Á O
Ë cos q ˜¯
y/2
1
fi cos2 q =
2 Fig. 6.82
1
or cos q =
2
or q = 45° Ans.
Problem 6.47 A closed tank filled with water is mounted on a railroad car. The car moves
with an acceleration a on a plane road. Find the value of the pressure at any point which is
at a depth h and a distance l from the front wall.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1025
B
h
P l
C a
l
Fig. 6.83
5QNWVKQP Because of the acceleration of the tank, the pressure increases towards the
backward side of the tank. The equivalent profile is shown in Fig. 6.84. We know that
a
tan q =
g
y y
= q
R
h
al
\ y = l
a
g
The pressure at the point
= (h + y)dg Fig. 6.84
Ê al ˆ
= Á h + ˜ dg
Ë g¯
= (hg + al)d
Problem 6.48 A piece of pure gold (r = 19.3 g/cm3) is suspected to be hollow from inside.
It weighs 38.250 g in air and 33.865 g in water. Calculate the volume of the hollow portion
in gold, if any. (BITSAT, 2009)
38.25
5QNWVKQP The volume of metal V =
19.3
= 1.98 cm3
The loss of weight in water = 38.250 – 33.865
= 4.385 g.
If V¢ is the total volume of the piece of gold then
4.385g = V¢rwg
\ V¢ = 4.385 cm3
Thus, volume of cavity inside piece
= 2.405 cm3
Problem 6.49 A spring balance reads 10 kg when a bucket of water is suspended from it.
What is the reading on the spring balance when (i) an ice cube of mass 1.5 kg is put into the
bucket; and (ii) an iron piece of mass 7.8 kg suspended by another spring is immersed with
half its volume inside the water in the bucket? Relative density of iron = 7.8.
1026പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
5QNWVKQP
(i) The ice block becomes the part of the system, so reading of spring balance
= 10 + 1.5
= 11.5 kg-f
(ii) The buoyant force on the iron piece
V
= rw g
2
È 7.8/7.8 ˘
= Í ˙ ¥1¥ g
Î 2 ˚
= 0.5 kg-f
Thus, reading of the spring balance become
= 10 + 0.5
= 10.5 kg-f
Problem 6.50 A tank contains water and mercury as shown in
Fig. 6.85. An iron cube of edge 6 cm is in equilibrium as shown. Water
What is the fraction of cube inside the mercury? Given density
of iron = 7.7 ¥ 103 kg m3 and density of mercury = 13.6 ¥ 103
kg/m3. (VITEEE, 2016) Mercury
a
0.5 P 3m
Oil
H2O y
dy
Fig. 6.88
= 2 g ¥ 0.55
= 3.3 m/s
1028പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê Rr g + 3 Rr g ˆ
= Á
Ë ˜¯ ¥ 2Rl B
2
= 4rgR2l Fig. 6.91
Problem 6.56 A closed rectangular tank 1.2 m high, 2.4 m long and 1.5 m wide is two-thirds
full of gasoline of relative density 0.8. Calculate the acceleration which may be imparted
to the tank so that the bottom front end of the tank is just exposed. Also calculate the total
forces on each end of the tank. F
2
Solution The height of gasoline = ¥ 1.2 = 0.8 m
3 E
A D
x q
Since the tank is closed, therefore volume of
liquid inside it remains as such. Suppose free
A¢ D¢
surface makes q with the horizontal and x is the 1.2 m
distance of free surface from A, then 0.8 m
Volume of AECBA = Volume of A‘D’CB
B C
2.4 m
Fig. 6.92
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1029
1
\ (2.4 + x) ¥ 1.2 ¥ 1.5 = 2.4 ¥ 1.5 ¥ 0.8
2
fi x = 0.8 m
CD
From geometry tan q =
DE
Ê 1.2 ˆ
= Á = 0.75
Ë 2.4 - 0.8 ˜¯
ax
Also tan q =
g
= 0.75
or ax = 0.75 ¥ g
= 7.35 m/s2
At A the pressure head is equal to an imaginary column of gasoline of height equal to AE.
AF
= tan q = 0.75
AE
or AF = 0.75AE
= 0.75 ¥ 0.8 = 0.6 m
Therefore, effective height of liquid at end B
= 1.2 + 0.6 = 1.8 m
PA = 0.6rg
PB = 1.8rg
PA + PB (0.6 + 1.8)
\ Pav = = rg
2 2
= 1.2rg
Force acting on the back face
F1 = Pav ¥ Area of face
= (1.2rg) ¥ (1.2 ¥ 1.5)
= (1.2 ¥ 800 ¥ 9.8) ¥ (1.2 ¥ 1.5)
= 16934.4 N
Force on the front face
F2 = 0
Fig. 6.93
1030പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê ∂v ˆ Ê ∂P ˆ Ê ∂r ˆ
ÁË ˜¯ = 0; ÁË ˜¯ = 0; ÁË ˜¯ = 0
∂t ∂t ∂t
Fluid flow is said to be unsteady if at any point in the flowing fluid any one or all
the characteristics which describe the behaviour of the flow change with time. Thus, for
unsteady flow
Ê ∂v ˆ Ê ∂P ˆ
ÁË ˜¯ π 0 and ÁË ˜¯ π 0
∂t ∂t
Ê ∂v ˆ
for non-uniform flow, ÁË ˜¯ π 0
∂s
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.58 Discuss the flow characteristics in the pipes shown in Figs. 6.96 and 6.97, for
(i) constant flow and (ii) variable flow.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1031
v1 v2
v v
Solution
(i) For constant rate of flow, velocity at different points in the direction of flow do not
change with time, so flow in both the pipes is steady. But in pipe of varying cross
sections, the velocity of flow changes with distance, so the flow will be nonuniform.
Thus, in the first pipe flow is steady-uniform and in the second pipe it is steady-
nonuniform.
(ii) When flow rate changes, the velocity at any point will change with time. So in the first
pipe flow is unsteady-uniform but in the second pipe it is unsteady-nonuniform.
.COKPCT(NQY A flow is said to be laminar when different liquid particles move in layers
with one layer of fluid over an adjacent layer. In the laminar flow, the viscosity of fluid plays
an important role. The flow of viscous liquid may, in general, be treated as laminar.
6WTDWNGPV(NQY When liquid particles move on zig-zag path or in disorderly manner, the
flow of liquid leads to turbulent flow. The occurrence of turbulent flow is more frequent
than that of laminar flow. Flow in streams, channels, water supply pipes, sewers, etc., are a
few examples of turbulent flow.
8GNQEKV[ 2TQſNG The surface obtained by joining the heads of velocity vectors for the
particles in a section normal to the direction of flow is called velocity profile.
(a) 8GNQEKV[RTQſNGQHCPQPXKUEQWUNKSWKF In this case, the velocity of all the particles
at any section of pipe is same, so the velocity profile is plane as shown in Fig. 6.100.
Fig. 6.100
5VTGCONKPG(NQY Consider the flow of a liquid along the path ABC as shown in Fig. 6.101.
VB
VA
B
C VC
A
Streamlines
Fig. 6.101
Streamlines
Stream tube
Fig. 6.102
Critical Velocity
At low velocity, the flow of liquid is laminar. As the velocity of flow increases, the flow
becomes turbulent after a certain velocity of flow. Thus, the velocity at which flow changes
from laminar to turbulent, is called ETKVKECNXGNQEKV[. The critical velocity vc of a liquid flowing
through a pipe depends on
(i) density of liquid (r),
(ii) diameter of pipe (D), and
kh
(iii) coefficient of viscosity (h) = vc =
rD
Here k is a constant.
REYNOLDS NUMBER
It is a dimensionless parameter which describes the nature of flow of the fluid. It is defined
as:
Inertia per force unit area of fluid( F1 )
Re = ...(i)
Viscous force per unit area( Fv )
DP
Fi = F/A = Dt = Dm v
A Dt A
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1033
DV v Qv
= r =r = rv 2
Dt A A
Fv = h ¥ Velocity gradient
v
= h
D
Putting the value in Eq. (i)
rv 2
\ Re =
hv/D
rvD
or Re =
h
(QTƀQYQHNKSWKFKPCRKRG If Re is less than equal to 2000, the flow will be laminar. If Re >
3000, the flow is turbulent. If Re lies between 2000 and 3000, the flow is unstable.
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.59 (a) What is the largest average velocity of blood flow in an artery of radius
2 ¥ 10–3 m if the flow must remain laminar? (b) What is the corresponding flow rate? Take
viscosity of blood to be 2.084 ¥ 10–3 Pa-s and density of blood = 1.06 ¥ 103 kg/m3.
Solution
(a) The maximum value of Reynolds number for blow to be laminar is 2000. If vc is the
rvc D
average velocity of flow, then Re =
h
h Re h Re
\ vc = =
rD r 2r
2.084 ¥ 10 - 3 ¥ 2000
=
1.06 ¥ 10 3 ¥ 2 ¥ 2 ¥ 10 - 3
= 0.98 m/s
(b) The flow rate of blood
Q = vc ¥ Area of cross section of the artery
= 0.98 ¥ pr2
= 0.98 ¥ p (2 ¥ 10–3)2
= 1.23 ¥ 10–5 m3/s
Problem 6.60 The flow rate from a tap of diameter 1.25 cm is 3 litres/min the coefficient
of viscosity of water is 10– 3 Pa-s.
Solution Given, D = 1.25 ¥ 102 m
3 ¥ 10 - 3
Q = 3 litre/min = = 5 ¥ 10–5 m3/s
60
1034പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
p D2
As Q = vc A = vc ¥
4
Q 5 ¥ 10 - 5
vc = = = 4.08 m3/s
p 2 p
D (1.25 ¥ 10 - 2 )2
4 4
rvc D 1000 ¥ 4.08 ¥ 1.25 ¥ 10 - 2
Reynolds number, Re = = = 5095
h 10 - 3
As Re > 3000, so the flow will be turbulent.
IDEAL FLUID
An ideal fluid has the following characteristics:
(i) Incompressible: The density of fluid does not change with change in fluid pressure.
(ii) Non-viscous: The fluid layers offer no internal resistance and hence total the mechanical
energy of non-viscous fluid remains constant. In practice water can be taken as ideal
fluid.
EQUATION OF CONTINUITY
The equation of continuity is the mathematical statement of the principle of conservation
of mass.
Consider a fluid is flowing in a pipe of varying area of cross section as shown in Fig. 6.103.
Let v1 and v2 be the velocities of flow at cross sections A1 and A2 respectively.
The mass of the fluid enters into section 1 in time Dt,
m 1 = r 1V 1 v2Dt
= r1(A1v1Dt) v2
The mass of the fluid leaving the section 2 in the same A2
interval of time,
m2 = r 2V 2 v1Dt
= r2(A2v2Dt) v1
A1
By conservation of mass
m1 = m2 Fig. 6.103
or r1(A1v1Dt) = r2(A2v2Dt)
or r 1A 1v 1 = r 2A 2v 2
For incompressible fluid r1 = r2
\ A 1v 1 = A 2v 2
or Av = Constant (Q)
The above equation is the equation of continuity. It states that for an incompressible fluid
product of flow velocity and corresponding area of cross section of a pipe remain constant.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1035
BERNOULLI’S PRINCIPLE
The Swiss scientist Daniel Bernoulli in 1738 first derived the principle which is based on
the law of conservation of energy and applies to ideal fluids. According to this principle
the sum of pressure energy, kinetic and potential energies of an ideal fluid flowing along a
streamline is a constant. Bernoulli’s equation
1
P + rv 2 + r gh = Constant
2
v2
P2
b b¢
v1Dt
Streamline h2
P1 v1
a a¢
h1
Reference level
Fig. 6.105
If A1 and A2 are the cross-sectional areas at the two ends, then by the equation of
continuity, the volume of fluid DV passing any cross section in time Dt is
DV = A1 (v1 Dt) = A2 (v2 Dt)
or DV = A1Ds1 = A2Ds2
If P1 and P2 are the pressures at the two ends, then force at the cross section a is P1A1, and
that at b is P2A2. The net work done on the element during this displacement
W = F1 Ds1 – F2Ds2
= P1A1Ds1 – P2A2Ds2
= P1DV – P2DV = (P1 – P2)DV ...(i)
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1037
%JCPIGKP-'HTQOCVQD
The mass of the fluid between a and a¢ Dm = Density ¥ Volume
= rDV
1
The kinetic energy of the fluid between a and a¢ K1 = Dmv12
2
1
= rDVv12
2
Similarly, at the end of Dt, the kinetic energy of the fluid between b and b¢,
1
K2 = rDVv22
2
Thus, the change in kinetic energy of the fluid between a and b,
DK = K2 – K1
1
= rDV(v22 – v12) ...(ii)
2
%JCPIGKP2QVGPVKCN'PGTI[
The potential energy of the mass entering at a in time Dt is,
U1 = Dmgh1 = rDVgh1
The potential energy of the mass leaving at b is,
U2 = Dmgh2 = rDVgh2
The change in potential energy between a and b is,
DU = U2 – U1
= rDVg(h2 – h1) ...(iii)
Now using the work-energy theorem
W = DK + DU
1
or (P1 – P2)DV = rDV(v22 – v12) + rDVg(h2 – h1)
2
After rearranging the above expression, we get
1 1
P1 + rv12 + r gh1 = P2 + rv22 + r gh2
2 2
We can write
1
P + rv 2 + r gh = Constant ...(1)
2
Bernoulli’s equation can also be written as
P v2
+ + h = Constant ...(2)
rg 2g
1038പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Note:
1. In Bernoulli’s equation P is the absolute pressure, not gauge pressure.
2. In Eq. (i) each term has unit N/m2 and in Eq. (ii) each term has unit metre.
1
3. For horizontal streamline, h1 = h2, so P + rv 2 = Constant
2
4. In Bernoulli’s equation, the term (P + rgh) is called static pressure, because it is the
1
pressure of the fluid even if it is at rest, and the term rv 2 is called dynamic pressure
2
of the fluid. Bernoulli’s equation thus can be written as:
Static pressure + Kinetic pressure = Constant.
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.61 Water enters a house through a pipe 2.0 cm inside diameter, at an absolute
pressure of 4 ¥ 105 Pa. The pipe leading to the second-floor bathroom 5 m above is 1.0 cm
in diameter. When the flow velocity at the inlet pipe is 4 m/s, find the flow velocity and
pressure in the bathroom.
Solution By the continuity equation the flow velocity
A1v1 p (0.01)2
v2 = = ¥ 4 = 16 m/s Bathroom
A2 p (0.005)2 v2
Using Bernoulli’s equation between 1 and 2, we have
1 1
P1 + rv12 + r gh1 = P2 + rv22 + r gh2
2 2 House
5m
1
or P2 = P1 - r(v22 - v12 ) - r g (h2 – h1)
2
1 v1
= 4 ¥ 105 – ¥ 1000(162 – 42) – 1000 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 5
2
= 2.3 ¥ 105 Pa Fig. 6.106
Problem 6.62 The reading of pressure-meter attached with a closed pipe is 3.5 ¥ 105 N/
m2. On opening the valve of the pipe, the reading of the pressure-meter is reduced to 3.0 ¥
105 N/m2. Calculate the speed of the water flowing in the pipe.
Solution Before opening the valve
P1 = 3.5 ¥ 105 N/m2, v1 = 0
After opening the valve
P2 = 3.0 ¥ 105 N/m2
Let v2 be the speed of the water after opening of the valve, then for the horizontal pipe
1 1
P1 + rv12 = P2 + rv22
2 2
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1039
1/2
È 2(P1 - P2 ) ˘
\ v2 = Ív12 + ˙
Î r ˚
As v1 = 0
1/2
È 2(P - P ) ˘
\ v2 = Í 1 2 ˙
Î r ˚
1/2
È 2(3.5 ¥ 10 5 - 3.0 ¥ 10 5 ) ˘
= Í ˙
Î 1000 ˚
= 10 m/s
A2
v1
v2
Throat
Inlet h
Liquid of density rm
Differential manometer
Let area of cross sections of inlet and throat be A1 and A2 respectively. By the continuity
equation
1040പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
If r is the density of the flowing fluid and P1 and P2 are the pressures of fluid at inlet and
throat, then by Bernoulli’s equation
1 1
P1 + rv12 = P2 + rv22
2 2
2(P1 - P2 )
or v22 – v12 = ...(ii)
r
Q2 Q2 2(P1 - P2 )
2
- 2 =
A2 A1 r
È A2 - A2 ˘ 2(P1 - P2 )
or Q 2 Í 1 2 22 ˙ =
ÍÎ 1 2 ˙˚
A A r
2(P1 - P2 )
\ Q = A1 A2 ...(1)
r( A12 - A22 )
From the manometer P1 – P2 = rmgh
2rm gh
\ Q = A1 A2 ...(2)
r( A12 - A22 )
r h
If simple manometers are inserted in inlet and throat, then rm = r
r
2 gh
\ Q = A1 A2
A1 - A22
2
Fig. 6.108
Pa
Pa h
ho
v
A
Fig. 6.109
v= 2gh
Now applying Bernoulli’s equation between points 1 and 2, we have
1 1
P1 + rv12 + 0 = P2 + rv22 + r gh
2 2
Substituting v1 = ve, v2 = 0 and P1 = Pa, P2 = P in the above expression, we have
1
Pa + rve2 = P + rgh
2
After solving, we get
2(P - Pa )
ve = 2 gh +
r
Special Cases
(1) For large tank with large P, the term 2gh can be neglected
2(P - Pa )
\ ve =
r
(4) For water in a closed tank without any pressure over its free surface
P =0 and ve ≥ 0
Pa 1.03 ¥ 10 5
fi h≥ = 10.3 m
rg 1000 ¥ 9.8
i.e., water will come out from a closed tank when height of water above the hole is
greater than or equal to 10.3 m.
(5) The distance at which the liquid strikes:
Let H be the height of liquid in the open container.
The time taken by liquid to hit the ground
1 2
(H – h) = 0 + gt
2 h
Ve
2( H - h)
\ t = H
g
H/2
The distance x = ve t
2( H - h)
= 2 gh ¥ x
g H
or x = 2 h( H - h) Fig. 6.110
1
2
v2, P2
Fig. 6.111
Suppose v1 and v2 are the velocities and P1 and P2 are the pressures at 1 and 2 respectively.
Clearly v1 > v2 and P1 < P2.
Lift force on the wing F = Pressure difference ¥ Projected area of wing
or F = (P2 – P1) Projected area of wing
%WTXGFRCVJQTUYKPIQHVJGDCNN/CIPWUGHHGEV
When one side of the ball is made smoother by rubing, it experiences greater drag force by
air on the rough side, and the ball starts spinning due to a net torque.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1043
F > F¢
F¢
Fig. 6.112
When such a ball is thrown horizontally with large speed, it deviated from its usual
parabolic path.
v
(v – u)
v
u
Par
abo
Sw lic
ing pa
pa th
(v + u) th
Suppose v is the speed of the air molecules in contact with the ball due to its turning
figure (a). When the ball moves forward, the air ahead of the ball rushes towards the ball
with speed u. The layer above the ball moves in a direction opposite to that of the spinning,
so the net speed becomes (v – u). The layer below the ball moves in the direction of spin, so
the net speed there becomes (v + u). Because of this difference in speed, the net difference
of pressure is created and the ball gets deviated from its usual parabolic path.
#VQOK\GTQT5RTC[GT Figure 6.115 shows an atomizer. When the rubber or sprayer balloon
is pressed, the air rushes out on the horizontal tube. By Bernoulli’s principle, pressure
P2
Rubber balloon
P1
Container
Fig. 6.115
1044പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê 1 ˆ
there P2 becomes less than the pressure P1 in the container Á P + rv 2 = constant ˜ . As a result,
Ë 2 ¯
the liquid rises up in the vertical tube. The liquid mixed together with high speed air in the
tube produces fine spray.
$NQYKPIQHHVJGTQQHFWTKPIYKPFUVQTODuring wind storm, high speed wind over the
roof creates low pressure. While pressure below the roof is equal to the atmospheric pressure.
This difference in pressure causes an upward thrust and the roof is lifted up. Once the roof
is lifted up, it will blown off with the wind.
P2
P2 < P1
P1 = Pa
HÊ Hˆ
and xmax = 2 ÁË H - ˜¯
2 2
or xmax = H
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.63 In a test experiment known as aerofoil on a model aeroplane in a wind
tunnel, the flow speeds on the upper and lower surfaces of the wing are 70 m/s and 63 m/s
respectively. What is the lift on the wing if its area is 2.5 m2? Density of air = 1.3 kg/m3.
Solution Let P1 and P2 be the pressures on the upper P1
and lower surfaces of the wing. Using Bernoulli’s
equation
1 1 P2
P1 + rv12 = P2 + rv22
2 2 Fig. 6.118
(Neglecting gravitation heat between lower and upper surfaces)
r
or (P2 – P1) = (v12 – v22)
2
1.3
= (70 2 - 632 )
2
= 605.15 N/m2
Lift force on the wing = (P2 – P1) ¥ Projected area of wing
= 605.15 ¥ 2.5
= 1.51 ¥ 103 N
Problem 6.64 A Pitot tube is mounted on an aeroplane wing to measure the speed of the
plane. The tube contains alcohol and shows a level difference of 40 cm. What is the speed
of the plane relative air? (sp. gr of alcohol = 0.8 and density of air = 1 kg/m3)
Solution Let v be the velocity of the plane w.r.t. air which is equal to the velocity of the air
in main pipe (see Fig. 6.119).
Using Bernoulli’s equation between A and B
Wind B
1 1
PA + rvA2 = PB + rvB2
2 2
A v
But vA = v and vB = 0
40 cm
1 2
\ rv = PB – PA
2
(In equilibrium the velocity vB of the fluid at point
B is zero and the pressure in the right arm is PB called Fig. 6.119
stagnant pressure)
1046പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 r ¢ gh
\ v =
r
v1 - v2 6.5 ¥ 10 3
\ = 0.08 = 8%
vav 1.2 ¥ 267 2
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1047
A0v0 = Av ...(i) h
A, v
Using Bernoulli’s equation, we have
Fig. 6.120
1 2 1
Pa + rv0 + r gh = Pa + rv 2 + 0
2 2
or v2 = v02 + 2gh ...(ii)
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
2 ghA2
v0 =
A02 - A2
Fig. 6.121
1048പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
t h2
A - dh
Ú dt = a 2 g Ú h
0 h1
A 2
or t = ( h1 - h2 )
a g
= (Q – a 2 gh )dt
Thus, Adh = (Q - a 2 gh )dt
Adh
or dt = …(1)
(Q - a 2 gh )
If the liquid level rises from h1 to h2 in time t, then
t h2
Adh
Ú dt = Ú (Q - a 2 gh )
0 h1
Substituting
Q - a 2 gh = z
(Q - z)2
or h =
2 ga 2
(Q - z)
Also, dh = - dz
ga 2
Substituting these values in Eq. (1), we get
È (Q - z)dz ˘
A Í- ˙
Î ga 2 ˚
t = Ú
z
A ÊQ ˆ
= -
ga 2 Ú ÁË z - 1˜¯ dz
A
= - [Q ln z - z]hh12
ga 2
A
= - 2
[Q ln(Q - a 2 gh ) - (Q - a 2 gh )]hh12
ga
A È ÔÏ Q - a 2 gh2 Ô¸ ˘
= - 2
ÍQ ln Ì ˝ + a 2 g ( h2 - h1 ˙ ...(2)
ga ÍÎ ÓÔ Q - a 2 gh1 Ô˛ ˙˚
A siphon is a long bent pipe which is used to drain water from the reservoir at higher level
to a reservoir at lower level. The rising portion of the siphon is known as inlet leg, the
highest point is known as summit and the portion between the summit and lower reservoir
is known as outlet leg (see Fig. 6.124).
From Fig. 6.124
v1 = v2 = 0 and P 1 = P2 = P5 = Pa
1050പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
fi v2 = 2 gh2
WORKED PROBLEMS
Problem 6.68 A liquid is poured into a vessel at rest with the hole in a wall closed by a
valve. It is filled by liquid up to height h above the valve. What horizontal acceleration a
should the vessel be moved, so that liquid does not come out when valve is opened?
Solution
/GVJQF+ Let A be the area of the hole. The liquid which comes out from the hole, exerts
force on the rest part of liquid. Let Dm amount of liquid leave the hole in Dt time with velocity
v. By Newton’s second law
DP Dmv
F = =
Dt Dt
h
DV A
= vr F
Dt
DV
where = Q, rate of liquid coming out of the hole.
Dt
This force acts in backward direction of liquid confined in shaded
portion. The acceleration l
Fig. 6.125
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1051
F rvQ r Av 2
a = = = (Q = Av)
m r Al r Al
v 2 2 gh
As v = 2gh \ a= =
l l
/GVJQF++ The vessel is given an acceleration of such a value so that
h
level of liquid at the valve become zero. Let a be the acceleration of
the vessel towards right, then q h
a
tan q = x
g
2h a
or =
l g
l
2gh Fig. 6.126
fi a =
l
Problem 6.69 A tank filled with water (density rw = 1000 kg/m3) and oil of (density roil =
900 kg/m3). The height of water is 1.00 m and of the oil is 4.00 m. Find the velocity of efflux
through a hole at the bottom of the tank. (BITSAT, 2008)
Solution
/GVJQF+ Applying Bernoulli’s equation between (1) and (2), we get
1
1 2 1
Pa + rv1 + ( rw g ¥ 1 + roil ¥ g ¥ 4) = Pa + rw v22 + 0
2 2
1 2 Oil
Since v1 << v2, so rv1 can be neglected. 4m
2
2( rw g ¥ 1 + roil ¥ g ¥ 4)
\ v2 =
rw Water 1m
2 RL
2(1000 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 1 + 900 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 4)
=
1000 Fig. 6.127
= 9.5 m/s
/GVJQF++ Height of water which exerts the same pressure on interface, whatever oil exerts,
let it is h.
\ h rw g = 4 ¥ roil ¥ g
4 ¥ 900
or h = = 3.6 m Water 3.6 m
1000
Effective height of water over the hole
H = 1 + 3.6 = 4.6 m
Water 1m
\ ve = 2 gh = 2 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 4.6
= 9.5 m/s
Fig. 6.128
1052പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
h3
h2
h1
A B C D v
l l l
Fig. 6.130
H2O
0.4 m 0.35 m
Oil
0.2 m
B
Hg
Fig. 6.131
10
\ rsp =
5
=2
Problem 6.74 A large open top container of negligible mass and uniform cross-sectional
area A has a small hole of cross section A/100 in its side wall near the bottom. The container is
kept on a smooth horizontal floor and contains a liquid of density r and mass m0. Assuming
that the liquid starts flowing out horizontally through the hole
A
at t = 0, calculate: ++6,''
(i) the acceleration of the container and
(ii) its velocity when 75% of the liquid has drained out.
Solution h
m0
(i) The height of liquid in the container, h =
rA
Initially, the velocity of efflux v = 2gh
Force acts on the container
F = rvQ = rav2 A
100
= r ¥ A ¥ 2 gh
100 Fig. 6.133
1054പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê A ˆ
rÁ ¥ 2 gh
F Ë 100 ˜¯
\ Acceleration, ax = =
m0 m0
Ê A ˆ m
rÁ ¥ 2g ¥ 0
Ë 100 ˜¯ rA
=
m0
2g 1
= = m/s2 (Constant value)
100 5
h
(ii) Let in time t the level of liquid fall from h to(75% of the liquid drained out). The
4
time of emptying a tank from h1 to h2 is given by
A 2
t = a g ( h1 - h2 )
A 2 Ê hˆ
= Á h-
A
gË 4 ˜¯
100
100 ◊ 2 Ê 1ˆ
= ÁË 1 - ˜¯ h
g 2
100
= h
2g
100 m0
=
2g rA
Problem 6.75 A liquid of density 900 kg/m3 is filled in a cylindrical tank of upper radius
0.9 m and lower radius 0.3 m. A capillary tube of length l is attached at the bottom of the
tank as shown in Fig. 6.134. The capillary has outer radius 0.002 m and inner radius a. When
pressure P is applied at the top of the tank volume flow rate of the liquid is 8 ¥ 10–6 m3/s
and if capillary tube is detached, the liquid comes out from the tank with a velocity of 10
m/s. Determine the coefficient of viscosity of the liquid. ++6,''
a2
[Given pa2 = 10– 6 m2, and = 2 ¥ 10– 6 m]
l
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1055
Solution
0.9 m
P
v1
0.3 m
v2 l
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.134
Without the capillary tube, the liquid comes out from the narrower part of the cylinder
a2v2
\ a 1v 1 = a 2v 2 fi v1 =
a1
Applying Bernoulli’s equation between (1) and (2), we have
1 2 1
(P + Pa) + rv1 + r gH = Pa + rv22 + 0
2 2
1
or (P + rgH = r (v22 – v12)
2
1 È Êa v ˆ ˘
2
= r Ív22 - Á 2 2 ˜ ˙
2 Í Ë a1 ¯ ˙
Î ˚
1 2 È a22 ˘
= rv2 Í1 - 2 ˙
2 Î a1 ˚
where v2 = 10 m/s
1 È È p (0.3)2 ˘ 2 ˘
2Í
\ P + rgH = ¥ 900 ¥ (10) 1 - Í ˙ ˙
2 Í Î p (0.9)2 ˚ ˙
Î ˚
1 Ê 1ˆ
= ¥ 900 ¥ 100 Á 1 - ˜
2 Ë 81¯
1 80
= ¥ 900 ¥ 100 ¥
2 81
4
= ¥ 105 N/m2
9
With the capillary tube the rate of flow = 8 ¥ 10– 6 m3/s.
1056പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê4 5ˆ 2
ÁË ¥ 10 ˜¯ (p a ) Ê a 2 ˆ
9
or 8 ¥ 10– 6 = Á l ˜
8h Ë ¯
-6 -6
Ê4 ˆ (10 )(2 ¥ 10 )
or 8 ¥ 10– 6 = Á ¥ 10 5 ˜
Ë9 ¯ 8h
1 N-s
After solving, h =
720 m 2
Problem 6.76 The gate OA shown is hinged at O and is in the form of a quadrant of a circle
of radius 1 m. It supports water on one side as shown Fig. 6.136. If the width of the gate is
3 m, calculate the force required to hold the gate in position
C Fv A
F
1m C
Fh
h/3
O 4R
3p
Fig. 6.136
25 cm
1
2 3
rA rB
75 cm
Fig. 6.137
Problem 6.79 A tank and a through are placed on a flat car as shown in Fig. 6.139. Water
issues from the tank through a 5 cm diameter nozzle at 5 m/s and strikes the through which
turns it by 45%. Determine the compression of the spring of stiffness 2000 N/m.
45°
Fig. 6.139
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1059
Problem 6.81 A rod of length 6 m has mass 12 kg. If it is hinged at one end at a distance
of 3 m below a water surface:
1060പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(i) What weight should be attached to the other end so that 5 m of the rod is submerged?
(ii) Find the magnitude and direction of force exerted by the hinge on the rod. The specific
gravity of the material of the rod is 0.5.
Q
F w
G
R
B
W
P q
Fig. 6.141
°
30
0.1 cm diameter each at 20 cm and 10 radii is connected A
B
across at tap capable of 6 litres/minute discharged. The
nozzle discharges water upwards and outwards from 10 cm 20 cm
45°
the place of rotation. What torque will the sprinkler
exert on the hand? Fig. 6.143
Solution Assuming the discharge to be divided equally between the two nozzles, so
QA = QB = 3 litre/minute
3 ¥ 10 - 3
= = 50 ¥ 10– 6 m3/s
60
The force exerted by the discharging water on the nozzle is given by
Q2 Q FA
°
30
F = rvQ = r as v= B O A
A A
1000 ¥ (50 ¥ 10 - 6 )2 FB
45° 10 cm 20 cm
Thus, FA = FB =
p
(0.01)2 Fig. 6.144
4
= 31.85 ¥ 10– 3 N
The net torque at the hand (about)
t = FA cos 30° ¥ 0.20 + FB cos 45° ¥ 0.10
3 1
= 31.85 ¥ 10– 3 ¥ ¥ 0.20 + 31.85 ¥ 10 – 3 ¥ ¥ 0.10
2 2
= 0.078 N-m
Problem 6.83 Calculate the minimum force F required
to keep the timber floating horizontally. The timber
cross section is 10 cm ¥ 10 cm and the specific gravity
5m
0.6. Take g = 10 m/s2. Timber float
Solution The weight of the timber float
= mg = r(Al)g Water
String
= 600 ¥ (10 ¥ 10 ¥ 10– 4) ¥ 5 ¥ 10
= 300 N
The buoyant force on the timber float
Fb = rwAg = rw ¥ (Al)g Fig. 6.145
Taking moment of all the forces acting on the timber about O, we get
300 ¥ 2.5 + F ¥ 5 – 500 ¥ 2.5 = 0
\ F = 100 N
Problem 6.84 Determine the torque required to turn a 10 cm long 5 cm diameter shaft at
500 revolutions per minute in a 5.1 cm diameter concentric bearing flooded with a lubricating
oil of viscosity 100 centipoise.
Solution Angular speed of the shaft w = 2pn dy
Peripheral speed of the shaft v = wr = 2pnr v
dF
500
= 2p ¥ ¥ 0.025 = 1.31
60 r
dq
= 1.31 m/s
O
Since bearing is at rest, so velocity gradient
dv 1.31
=
dy (5.1 - 5) ¥ 10 - 2
Fig. 6.147
= 2620/s
Now choose an element of angular width dq, the area over which viscous force of the
element acts,
dA = (rdq)l.
The viscous force on the element
dv
dF = h(dA)
dy
Torque of this force, dt = (dF)r
The torque required to turn the shaft
2p 2p
dv
t = Ú (dF)r = Ú h(dA) dy r
0 0
2p
dv
= Ú h(rdq l) dy r
0
Ê dv ˆ
= hr 2l Á ˜ ¥ 2p
Ë dy ¯
= 0.1 ¥ (0.025)2 ¥ 0.10 ¥ 2620 ¥ 2p
= 0.1028 N-m
Problem 6.85 Two holes are drilled in the wall of a vessel filled with water. The distances
of the holes from the level of water are h and h + H. Find the distances x and y as shown
in Fig. 6.148 where the streams flowing out of the holes intersect. Assume that the level of
water is maintained in the vessel by regulated supply of water.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1063
2h
= ¥ 2 g( H + 2 h) = 2 h( H + 2 h)
g
2 h1 2 h1
h1 = 1/2 gt2 fi t= fi R = v2
g g
Problem 6.87 A light cylindrical vessel is kept on a horizontal surface. Its bases are a is A.
A hole of cross-sectional area a is made just at its bottom side. The minimum coefficient of
friction necessary for sliding of the vessel due to the impact force of the emerging liquid is
(a << A) ++6,'' 1PNKPG
(a) varying (b) a/A
(c) 2a/A (d) None of these
Solution The velocity of efflux of the liquid is given as
v= 2gy
\ The impact force of the emerging liquid on the vessel + liquid
content is equal to y
dm
F = v = varv = arv 2 v
dt
N
fi F = ar ( 2 gy )2 = 2argy
The force of friction = f = F = 2argy Fig. 6.151
fi mN = 2argh fi m (Argh) = 2a rgy
2a
fi m =
A
\ Therefore, answer is (c).
Problem 6.88 On the opposite sides of a wide vertical vessel filled with water two indentical
holes are opened, each having cross-sectional area S. The height difference between them is
equal to Dh. Find the resultant force of reaction of the water flowing out of the vessel.
Solution The situation is shown in Fig. 6.152.
Discharge per sec through A = SvA
Discharge per sec through B = SvB h
1 2 1
Pa + h rg + rvA = Pa + ( h + Dh)r g + rvB2
2 2
Fig. 6.152
Here Pa is atmospheric pressure
1
r[vA2 - vB2 ] = Dh r g ...(2)
2
From Eq. (1) (vA2 – vB2) = (F/r S)
Substituting this value in Eq. (2), we get
1 Ê F ˆ
r = Dh r g
2 ÁË r S ˜¯
\ F = (2Dh r gS)
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1065
Problem 6.89 Show comparison between accelerated fluid and accelerated pendulum.
Solution Comparison of an Accelerated fluid with an accelerated pendulum.
Fig. 6.155(a)
1066പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
geff
a>g
Fig. 6.156(a)
geff = a – g
Fig. 6.156(b)
KX (NWKFUWDLGEVGFVQEQODKPGFJQTK\QPVCNCPFXGTVKECNCEEGNGTCVKQP
ax
tan q =
g + ay
ay
ax
ax
geff
q g + ay
geff
Fig. 6.157(a)
ax
tan q =
g + ay
ay
q
geff ax
q g + ay
geff
ax
Fig. 6.157(b)
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1067
Problem 6.90 A closed cylinder 0.4 m in diameter and 0.4 m in height is filled with oil of
specific gravity 0.80. If the cylinder is rotated about its vertical axis at a speed or 200 rpm,
calculate the thrust of oil on top and bottom covers of the cylinder.
200 rpm
O
A B
H = 0.4 m
R = 0.2 m
dr
r (Top view)
Solution In the top plane AB of the cylinder (Fig. 6.158), pressure head at any radial
distance r is given by
p/rg = w2 r2/2g
where, w is the angular velocity of the cylinder.
Considering a thin annular ring of radius r and thickness dr (Fig. 6.158), and summing
up the forces on all such elemental rings. We have thrust on top plane,
R R
prw 2 R 4
Ú p2p r dr = prw Ú r dr =
2 3
FT =
0 0
4
2p ¥ 200
Here, w = = 20.94 rad/sec
60
R (the radius of the cylinder) = 0.2 m
Solution
(a) Vertical thrust of the liquid to weight of the liquid
Fig. 6.159
column above the curved (spherical) surface
Fv = Vrg,
where V = volume of the shaded portion = volume of the cylinder – volume of
hemisphere
3 2 3
= (p R ) - p R
3
p R3
=
3
(i) (ii)
Fig. 6.160
p R3
= p R3 r g - rg
3
2 3
= p R rg
3
Student Task
s )F THE HEMISPHERE IS INVERTED AND PRESSED IN THE LIQUID SUCH THAT ITS BASE GOES BELOW
the liquid by a distance R, find the vertical thrust on its curved surface.
5p 3
[Ans. R r g ≠]
3
Fig. 6.161
Problem 6.92 A rubber ball of density s (< r) is released from point A at a height h from
the surface of a swimming pool. If the density of water is r and the ball does not strike the
bottom of the swimming pool, find the maximum distance covered by the ball inside water
during its descent. Neglect friction between ball, water and air.
Solution Let the ball accelerate up inside the water with an A
acceleration a. Applying v2 = u2 + 2as for the ball from A to B and
from B to C, we have the following equations.
g
vB2 = vA2 + 2gh …(i) h
vC2 = vB2 + 2(– a)h¢ …(ii)
Substituting vA = vC = 0 as the ball is released from rest from A B
and it remains stationary momentarily at C, O
Student Task
s )N THE ABOVE EXAMPLE lND THE TOTAL TIME OF PERIODIC MOTION FOR ONE CYCLE
2h Ê s ˆ
[Ans. 2 Á 1+ ]
g Ë r - s ˜¯
Problem 6.93 A cylinder of area of length l, cross section A and density s is pushed into a
liquid of density r through a distance x and released. Find the:
(a) net force acting on the cylinder, and
(b) equilibrium distance x, if s < r.
Solution
(a) The forces acting on the body are Fb and mg.
The net force acting upon it is
Fnet = Fb – mg
where Fb = Vrg; V = volume of liquid displaced.
This gives Fnet = Vrg – mg ...(i) l
mg
When the cylinder is pushed by a distance x into the liquid, x
volume of liquid displaced is
V = Ax
Fb
Substituting V = Ax in Eq. (i), We have
Fnet = (Arx – m)g ...(ii) Fig. 6.163
Substituting m = Als in Eq. (ii), we have
Fnet = (rx – sl)Ag
s
(b) If the body floats (remains in equilibrium) substitute Fnet = 0, to obtain x = l
r
Student Task
s )N THE ABOVE EXAMPLE ANALYSE THE MOTION OF THE CYLINDER WHEN r = s.
[Ans. The speed of the cylinder increases till it completely sinks;
then it moves with constant velocity]
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1071
Student Task
s )N THE ABOVE EXAMPLE
(a) find the greatest mass required to keep inside the body (bowl) so as to float on
water.
1072പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
(b) what will be the minimum force needed to equilibrate the body when it sinks
completely?
Ê2 ˆ Ê rˆ
Ans. (a) Á p R3 r - m˜ ; (b) mg Á 1 - ˜
Ë3 ¯ Ë s¯
You should not falsely assume that when the density of a body is greater than the density
of surrounding liquid, the body sinks completely.
A
E P0
Problem 6.95 (6TCPUNCVKPINKSWKF) A rectangular closed
trough of length l and height h is completely filled with y
a liquid of density r. It accelerates towards right with an x B
acceleration a. If P0 is the atmospheric pressure at the hole C
h
made at the corner A of the trough, find the pressure at
the point C.
l
Solution Directly using the formula F D
P2 = P1 + rgy,
Fig. 6.167
P0
A
y
x B
C
Fig. 6.168
We have
PA = P0
PB = PA + rgy, where PA = P0 (given)
Then, we have PB = P0 + rgy ...(i)
Similarly, using the formula
P2 = P1 – rax,
We have PB = PC – rgx ...(ii)
Equating PB from Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
PC = P0 + rax + rgy
Student Task
s &IND THE PRESSURES AT THE POINTS D, E and F.
[Ans. PD = P0 + rgh, PE = P0 – ral, PF = P0 – ral + rgh]
The pressure at any point inside a horizontally accelerating liquid is given as
P = (PC) = P0 + rgx + rgy,
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1073
Ê2 3 ˆ
Fb = Á V r2 + V r1 ˜ ( g + a) 2 3
Ë5 5 ¯ r V (g + a ) r V (g + a )
5 2 5 1
From the condition of equilibrium,
Fb = T + Vd(g + a)
T = Fb – Vd(g + a)
È2 3 ˘
= ( g + a)V Í r2 + r1 - d ˙
Î5 5 ˚ Vda
(Pseudo force) T Vdg
È2 3 ˘
= 15 ¥ 10 - 3 Í ¥ 1500 + ¥ 1000 - 800 ˙
Î5 5 ˚ Fig. 6.172
=6N
Problem 6.99 A wooden rod weighing 25 N is mounted
on a hinge below the free surface of water as shown
in Fig. 6.173. The rod is 3 m long and uniform in cross
section and the support is 1.6 m below the free surface.
m
Ê 1.6 cosec a ˆ 3
or (14.896 cosec a) Á ˜ = 25 ¥
Ë 2 ¯ 2 C
or sin2 a = 0.32 G
1.6 m
\ sin a = 0.56 E
or a = 34.3° a
fi Archimedes’ principle can be used for two or more than two liquids for any shape of
object.
From Eqs. (1) and (2),
riron Viron g = rwg(l – x) A + rHg gxA
(7.7 ¥ 103)(0.06)3 = (1.0 ¥ 103) (0.06 – x)(0.06)2 + (13.6 ¥ 103)x(0.06)2
which on solving for x yields x = 0.032 m.
Depth submerged in mercury is 32 mm and in water 28 mm.
Problem 6.102 A cylinder of radius R, height H and density s has a hemispherical cut at
its bottom. The top of the cylinder is kept at depth h from the liquid surface. If the density
of liquid is r, find the hydrostatic force acting upon the curved (hemispherical) surface of
the cylinder.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1077
Fig. 6.177
Solution Let us assume that the liquid presses the top and bottom of the cylinder with
forces F1 and F2 respectively. Since the net side thrust is zero, the net hydrostatic force, that
is, buoyant force is
F b = F 2 – F 1, F1
where Fb = Vrg
This gives F2 = Vrg + F1
Fb
2
Substituting V = volume of the body = pR2H – p R3
3
and F1 = P1A = (rgh)(pR2)
F2
in the above equation, we have
Ê 2 ˆ
F2 = Á p R2 H - p R3 ˜ r g + p R2 r gh Fig. 6.178
Ë 3 ¯
Ê 2 ˆ
This gives F2 = p R2 r g Á H + h - R˜
Ë 3 ¯
Student Task
s )N THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IF WE HOLD THE BODY HOW MUCH MINIMUM FORCE DO WE HAVE TO
apply?
Ê 2 ˆ
[Ans. F = p R2 Á H - R˜ (s - r ) g ]
Ë 3 ¯
Fig. 6.179
1078പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
dv 2g 2g 2g
or =- =- =-
dh c 2 gh h
On integrating
v 0
dh
Ú dv = - 2 g Ú h
, v = 2 2gH
0 H
v cot 30∞
\ t =
g
v 2 cot 30∞
Further x = vt =
g
= 3y
2
v cot 30∞ Ê 1 ˆ
or = 3 Á h - gt 2 ˜
g Ë 2 ¯
3v 2 Ê g v 2 cot 2 30∞ ˆ
\ = 3Áh- ˜
g Ë 2 g2 ¯
v2 3 v2
or = h-
g 2 g
5 v2
\ =h
2 g
or 5(10 – h) = h
\ h = 8.33 m
Problem 6.105 An engine pumps water continuously through a hose. Water leaves the hose
with a velocity v and m is the mass per unit length of the water jet. What is the rate at which
kinetic energy is imparted to water
1
(a) mv3 (b) mv3
2
1 1 2 2
(c) mv2 (d) mv
2 2
2 2
dk d Ê1 ˆ v dM v Ê dM dl ˆ
Solution = Á Mv 2 ˜ = ◊ = Á ¥ ˜
dt dt Ë 2 ¯ 2 dt 2 Ë dl dt ¯
dk 1 dl 1
fi = mv 2 ¥ = mv 3
dt 2 dt 2
Problem 6.106 Mercury is poured into a U-tube in which the cross-sectional area of the
left-hand limb is three times smaller than that of the right one. The level of the mercury in
the narrow limb is a distance l = 30 cm from the upper end of the tube. How much will the
mercury level rise in the right-hand limb if the left one is filled to the top with water?
Solution PQ is original level of mercury. Equating the pressures at the level of M from
left-hand side and right-hand side.
1080പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
A 3A
30 cm
30 cm
fi
x
P M 3x Q
Fig. 6.182
p0 + rwghw = p0 + rHg gh Hg
or rw hw = rHg hHg
\ (1) (30 + 3x) = (13.6)(4x)
Solving we get, x = 0.58 cm
Problem 6.107 Water is flowing smoothly through a closed pipe system. At one point the
speed of the water is 3.0 m/s, while at another point 1.0 m higher the speed is 4.0 m/s. If the
pressure is 20 kPa at the lower point, what is the pressure at the upper point? What would
the pressure at the upper point be if the water were to stop flowing and the pressure at the
lower point were 18 kPa?
Solution
1 2 1
(i) p1 + rv1 + rgh1 = p2 + rv22 + rgh2
2 2
1 1
(20 ¥ 103) + ¥ 103 ¥ (3)2 + 0 = p2 + ¥ 103 ¥ (4)2 + 103 ¥ 10 ¥ 1
2 2
\ p2 = 6.5 ¥ 103 N/m2 = 6.5 kPa
(ii) Again applying the same equation, we have:
(18 ¥ 103) + 0 + 0 = p2 + 0 + (103)(10)(1)
fi p2 = 8 ¥ 103 N/m2
= 8 kPa
Problem 6.108 A balloon of volume 4000 m3 is filled with helium of density 0.18 kg/m3.
The total mass of the balloon and equipment is 3 tonnes. At an altitude where the density
of air is 1.2 kg/m3, helium completely fills the balloon. Find the maximum mass of the load
that can be lifted by the balloon.
Solution Let m be the mass of load that can be lifted by balloon.
rHe Vg + Mg + mg = rair Vg
\ m = (rair – rHe)V – M
= (1.2 – 0.18) 4000 – 3000 = 1080 kg.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1081
Problem 6.109 A tank having a small circular hole contains oil Initial
Air level
on top of water. It is immersed in a large tank of the same oil.
Water flows through the hole. What is the velocity of this flow
Oil 5m
initially? When the flow stops, what would be the position of
the oil-water interface in the tank from the bottom. The specific Oil
gravity of oil is 0.5.
Water 10 m
Solution
(a) Dp = h(rw – r0)g = (10)(1000 – 500) 9.8
= 49000 N/m2
Fig. 6.183
1
Now, DP = rw v 2
2
2DP
\ v =
rw
2 ¥ 49000
=
1000
= 9.8 m/s
(b) The flow will stop when,
(10 + 5)r0g = 5r0g + hrwg
10r0 = hrw
10 ¥ 500
\ h =
1000
=5m
i.e., flow will stop when the water-oil interface is at a height of 5.0 m.
Problem 6.110 A tank with a square base of area 1.0 m2 is divided by a vertical partition
in the middle. The bottom of the partition has a small hinged door of area 20 cm2. The tank
is filled with water and an acid (of relative density 1.7) in the other, both to a height of 4.0
m. Compute the force necessary to keep the door closed.
Solution For compartment containing water, h1 = 4 m, r1 = 103 kg m– 3.
The pressure exerted by water at the door provided at bottom,
P1 = h1r1 g = 4 ¥ 103 ¥ 9.8 = 3.92 ¥ 104 Pa Water Acid
Solution Let any time t fluid just fills the portion BC and comes out with velocity v.
l = 1 m, x = 0.4 m
In rotating frame, centrifugal force on portion A¢B,
h
l 2 2 2 C
r Aw (l - x )
F = r AÚ w 2 r ◊ dr =
x
2 x
Solution With respect to the opening the height of the piston is 0.5 m.
20 ¥ 10 N
Pressure at the top is P1 = P0 +
0.5 m 2
where P0 is the atmospheric pressure.
Pressure at the opening is P2 = P0. From Bernoulli’s equation, we have
1 2 1
P1 + rgh + rv1 = P2 + rv22
2 2
On solving, we get v2 = 3.3 m/s = vx (say)
vy = 2gh
C
Fp
45°
C y
A N
f G
x
45° mg
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.189
Fy = Ú PdA sin q
1084പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
3p/4 È Ê p ˆ˘
= Úp/4 Í r gR ÁË sin q - sin 4 ˜¯ ˙(LR dq )sin q
Î ˚
3p/4 Ê 1 ˆ
= r gR2 LÚ 2
ÁË sin q - sin q ˜ dq
p/4 2 ¯
Ê p 1ˆ
= r gR2 L Á - ˜
Ë 4 2¯
Balancing force in x-direction.
f N
=
2 2
or f =N ...(1)
f
ms ≥
N
Hence, the minimum coefficient of static friction = 1.
1
In y-direction, Fp + ( f + N ) = mg
2
Ê p 1ˆ 2
ÁË - ˜¯ LR r g + 2 f = mg [using (1)] ...(2)
4 2
Balancing torque about C,
4 p Ê 4ˆ
fR = mg R sin ÁË∵GC = ˜
3p 4 3p ¯
4 mg
f =
3 2p
Putting in (2),
Ê p 1ˆ 2 4 mg
ÁË - ˜¯ LR r g + = mg
4 2 3p
m 3p (p - 2)
or =
2
LR r 4(3p - 4)
The required ratio,
r1 2m 3(p - 2)
= =
r2 Lrp R 2
4(3p - 4)
dy
px2 = (vA)drain hole ...(1)
dt
Now we use Bernoulli’s equation to get velocity of water at the hole.
1 2
rgy = rv
2
or v = 2gy
and A = p(1 ¥ 10–3)2
Putting the values in Eq. (1), we get
4 ¥ 10 - 2
p x2 = 2 g y ◊ p(1 ¥ 10 - 3 )2
60 ¥ 60
fi x2 = 0.3984 y
or x = 0.631y1/4
Problem 6.115 A large tank filled with water to a height h is to be emptied through a small
h
hole at the bottom. The ratio of time taken for the level of water to fall from h to and from
2
h
to zero is
2
1
(a) 2 (b)
2
1
(c) 2 -1 (d)
2 -1
Solution Time taken for the level to fall from H to H¢
A 2
t= [ H - H¢]
A0 g
h
According to the problem, the time taken for the level to fall from h to t1 =
2
A 2È h˘ h
Í h- ˙ and similarly time taken for the level to fall from to zero
A0 gÎ 2˚ 2
A 2È h ˘
t2 = Í - 0˙
A0 gÎ 2 ˚
1
1-
t1 2 = 2 -1
\ =
t2 1
-0
2
1086പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2H 2 ¥ 1.25
= 4¥ =2m
g 10
Problem 6.117 A cylindrical vessel has an opening of cross-sectional area a near the bottom.
A disc is held against the opening to prevent liquid of density r from coming out.
(a) What is the force on the disc?
(b) Now the disc is moved a short distance away. The liquid gushes out, strikes the disc
inelastically and drops vertically downward. What is the force exerted on the disc?
Solution
(a) The disc experiences a hydrostatic pressure from inside
P1 = Patm + rgh h
P
5m
2m
Fig. 6.194
1088പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution The work done per unit volume by the force of gravity, Wg/vol. = r g Dh,
= 103 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 3 = 2.94 ¥ 104 J/m3
From the equation of continuity,
A1v1 = A2v2 or v2 = A1v1/A2
4 ¥ 10 - 3 ¥ 1
\ v2 = = 0.5 m/s
8 ¥ 10 - 3
Now, increment of kinetic energy of fluid per unit volume
1 Ê1 ˆ È1 ˘
= r(v22 - v12 ) = Á ¥ 10 3 ˜ Í - 1˙
2 Ë2 ¯ Î4 ˚
= – 3.75 ¥ 102 J/m3
We know that net energy of the fluid per unit volume, in a streamline flow remains the
same and hence the net work done by pressure per unit volume of the fluid is given by
Wp/vol = (2.94 ¥ 104 – 3.75 ¥ 102)
= 29025 J/m3
Problem 6.120 A side wall of a wide open tank is provided
with a narrowing tube through which water flows out. The
cross-sectional area of the tube decreases from S = 3.0 cm2
to s = 1.0 cm2. The water level in the tank is h = 4.6 m
higher than in the tube. Neglecting the viscosity of water, h2
find the horizontal component of the force tending to pull S s
the tube out of the tank.
Solution Let P and r be the pressures at cross section S h1
and s respectively. Then from the Bernoulli’s theorem
1 1 Fig. 6.195
P+ rV 2 + r g h2 = r + r v 2 - r g h1
2 2
Hence, the pressure difference between S and s is
r 2
P–r = (v – V2) + rgh ...(i)
2
where h = |h1 – h2|is the head loss causing liquid flow.
Now, consider water coming out of area s in unit time. The rate of increase in momentum
of water is
rvs (v – V)
This must be equal to the force on water = (P – r)v. Therefore,
P – r = rv (v – V) ...(ii)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii)
r 2
(v – V2) + hrg = rv(v – V)
2
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1089
1 1
or h = [+ v2 – 2vV + V2] = (v – V)2 ...(iii)
2g 2g
But from the equation of continuity
V s
SV = sv fi =
v S
2 2
1 2 Ê V ˆ v2 È s ˘
\ h = v Á1 - ˜ 1- ...(iv)
2g Ë v ¯ 2 g ÍÎ S ˙˚
2
v2 Ê sˆ 2 v2
= r gS◊ ÁË 1 - ˜¯ = r g(s - S) ◊
2g S 2gS
(S - s)2
= rgh as v= 2gh
S
=6N (Putting values)
Problem 6.121
(a) Consider a stream of fluid of density r with speed
v1 passing abruptly from cylindrical pipe of cross-
sectional area a1 into a wider cylindrical pipe of v1 P1 v2
P2
cross-sectional area a2 (see Fig. 6.196). The jet will a1
mix with the surrounding fluid and, after the
mixing, will flow on almost uniformly with an a2
average speed v2. Without referring to the details Fig. 6.196
of the mixing, use momentum ideas to show that
the increase in pressure due to the mixing is approximately
P2 – P1 = r v2 (v1 – v2)
(b) Show from Bernoulli’s principle that in a gradually widening pipe we would get
1
P2 – P1 = r(v12 – v22)
2
1
and explain the loss of pressure [the difference is ◊ r(v1 – v2)2] due to the abrupt
2
enlargement of the pipe. Can you draw an analogy with elastic and inelastic collisions
in particle mechanics?
Solution
(a) At the beginning of the large pipe eddy motions are set up which cause a loss of
energy. At inlet and outlet the flow is steady. Applying Bernoulli’s equation to section
a1 and a2
1 1
P1 + rv12 = P2 + rv22 + Q
2 2
where Q represents the energy loss.
1090പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Further v 1a 1 = v 2a 2
Momentum of the quantity of water which passes a1 in unit time = mass flux ¥ velocity
= (a1v1r)v1 = a1v12 r
For section a2 = (a2v2r)v1 = a1v1v2 r
Change in momentum in unit time
= a1 r v1 (v1 – v2)
Net force = P2 a2 – P1a1 – P1(a2 – a1)
\ P2a2 – P1a1 – P1(a2 – a1) = a1 rv1 (v1 – v2)
a2 (P2 – P1) = ra2 v2 (v1 – v2)
P2 – P 1 = rv2 (v1 – v2) ...(1)
(b) In case of steady flow
1 2 1
r v1 = P2 + r v22
P1 +
2 2
1
P2 – P1 = r (v12 - v22 ) ...(2)
2
The difference of the two results is
1 1
r v2 (v1 – v2) – r (v12 – v22)2 = r(v1 - v2 )2
2 2
This quantity represents the internal energy arising from the eddy motion. This is
analogous to inelastic collision.
Problem 6.122 A cylindrical tank having cross-sectional
area A = 0.5 m2 is filled with two liquids of densities r1 =
900 kg/m3 and r2 = 600 kg/m3 to height h = 60 cm each as
r2
shown in Fig. 6.197. h
A small hole having area a = 5 cm2 is made in right vertical
wall at a height y = 20 cm from the bottom. Calculate:
(a) velocity of efflux, r1
(b) horizontal force F to keep the cylinder in static equilib- h A B
rium, if it is placed on a smooth horizontal plane, and F y
(c) minimum and maximum values of F to keep the cyl-
inder in static equilibrium, if the coefficient of friction
Fig. 6.197
between the cylinder and the plane is m = 0.01. g = 10
m/s2.
Solution
(a) Let v be the velocity of efflux.
Applying Bernoulli’s theorem at points A and B in the same horizontal line, we have
1
P0 + h r2 g + (h – y) r1 g = P0 + r1 v 2
2
1
or h r2 g + (h – y)r1 g = r1 v 2
2
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1091
Fmax = F + mN = 7.2 N + 45 N
= 52.2 N Fig. 6.198
Problem 6.123 A container of large uniform cross-sectional
area A resting on a horizontal surface holds two immiscible,
non-viscous and incompressible liquids of densities d and 2 d
H/2
d, each of height H/2 as shown Fig. 6.199. The lower density
liquid is open to the atmosphere having pressure P0. A tiny s
hole of area s (s << A) is punched on the vertical side of the
H/2 2d
container at a height h (h < H/2). Determine: h
Solution
(i) Here the effective height of orifice cannot be taken as (H – h) due to the presence of
two liquids. Using Bernoulli’s theorem, just inside and just outside the orifice, we have
H ÊH ˆ 1
P0 +dg + Á - h˜ (2d) g = P0 + (2d)v2
2 Ë2 ¯ 2
where v is the velocity of efflux
H H 1 2
\ dg + (2 d) g - h(2 d) g = (2 d)v
2 2 2
3
or Hg – 2 hg = v2
2
Èg ˘
or v = Í ( 3 H - 4 h )˙ ...(1)
Î2 ˚
(ii) Let t be the time taken by the liquid to hit the ground. Then
1 2 Ê 2h ˆ
h=g t or t = ÁË g ˜¯
2
The horizontal range x = v ¥ t
Èg ˘ Ê 2h ˆ
\ x= Í 2 (3 H - 4 h ˙ ¥ ÁË g ˜¯
Î ˚
= [(3 H - 4 h)h] ...(2)
(iii) To find out the maximum height hm, we differentiate x with respect to h and equate it
to zero for maximum h. Hence
dx d
= [(3 H - 4 h)h] = 0
dh dh
\ 3H – 8h = 0
3
or h= H ...(3)
8
ÈÊ 4 ¥ 3 ˆ 3 ˘ 3H
\ xm = ÍÁË 3 H - 8 H ˜¯ 8 H ˙ = 4 ...(4)
Î ˚
Problem 6.124 A cylinder tank of height 0.4 m is open at the top and has a diameter 0.16
m. Water is filled in it up to a height of 0.16 metre. Calculate how long will it take to empty
the tank through a hole of radius 5 ¥ 10– 3 m in its bottom. (IIT Roorkee, 1990)
Solution See Fig. 6.200.
Let rate of drop of water is – dh/dt, then
dh
– pR2 = p r 2 v = p r 2 ◊ ( 2 g h)
dt
[∵v = (2 g h)]
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1093
dh (0.005)2
- = ¥ (2 ¥ 9.8 h)1/2 R
dt (0.08)2
dh
or - = 0.0173 dt
h1/2
Integrating this expression, we get
0 dh
-Ú = 0.0173 t h
0.16 h1/2
or – 2[h1/2] 00.16 = 0.0173 t
r
2[0.16]1/2 = 0.0173 t or 0.8 = 0.0173 t
0.8 Fig. 6.200
\ t = = 46.265 seconds
0.0173
A1 A2 2 gh
Q =
A12 - A22
Here, h = 2 cm
A1 = 4 cm2
A2 = 2 cm2
\ Q = 146 cm3/s
Problem 6.126 A horizontally oriented tube AB of length l rotates with a constant angular
velocity w about a stationary vertical axis OO¢ passing through the end A (Fig. 6.202). The
tube is filled with an ideal fluid. The end A of the tube is open, the closed end B has a very
small orifice. Find the velocity of the fluid relative to the tube as a function of the column
height h. (IIT Roorkee, 1977)
O O
w A B A dx B
w
h x
O¢ l O¢ l
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.202
1094പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution Consider an element dx at a distance x from the axis OO¢. Here, the water will be
thrown out due to the centrifugal force acting on water.
Ê dv ˆ Ê dv ˆ
Force acting on water = dm Á v ˜ Á∵ a = v ˜
Ë dx ¯ Ë dx ¯
Centrifugal force = dmw2 x
where dm is the mass of water in element dx.
Ê dv ˆ
\ dmw2 x = dm Á v ˜
Ë dx ¯
or w2x dx = vdv
Integrating this expression, we get
l v
w2Ú x dx = Ú0 v dv
(l - h)
l v
È x2 ˘
2 È v2 ˘
w Í ˙ =Í ˙
Î 2 ˚( l - h ) Î 2 ˚ 0
w2 2 v2
[l - (l - h)2 ] =
2 2
or v = w [l 2 - (l - h)2 ]
= w [l 2 - l 2 - h 2 + 2 l h]
Ê 2l ˆ
= w h Á - 1˜
Ë h ¯
Problem 6.127 Two very large open tanks, A and F both contain the same liquid. A
horizontal pipe BCD, having a constriction at C, leads out of the bottom of tank A, and a
vertical pipe E open into the constriction at C and dips into the liquid in tank F. Assume
streamline flow and no viscosity. If the cross section at C is one half that at D, and if D is at
distance h1 below the level of the liquid in A, to what height h2 will liquid rise in pipe E?
Express your answer in terms of h1. Neglect changes in atmospheric pressure with elevation.
h1
A B C D
h2 E
Fig. 6.203
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1095
vD = 2 gh1
Now by equation of continuity
ACv C = A Dv D
AD
\ vC = vD
AC
= 2 2 gh1
Now using Bernoulli’s equations between C and free surface of liquid in A, we have
1
Pa + 0 + rgh1 = Pc + rv22 + 0 ...(i)
2
From tank F, Pc + rgh2 = Pa
\ Pc = Pa – rgh2 ...(ii)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
v22
h2 = - h1
2g
(2 2 gh1 )2
= - h1
2g
= 3h1
Problem 6.128 Water flows steadily from a reservoir as shown 1
in Fig. 6.204. The elevation of point 1 is 10 m; of points 2 and 3
it is 1 m. The cross section at point 2 is 0.04 m2 and at point 3 it
is 0.02 m2. The area of the reservoir is very large compared with
the cross sections of the pipe.
(a) Compute the gauge pressure at point 2. 2 3
(b) Compute the discharge rate in cubic metre per second.
Fig. 6.204
Solution
(a) Using Bernoulli’s theorem between points 1 and 3, we have
1 1
P1 + rv12 + r gh1 = P3 + rv32 + r gh3
2 2
Here P1 = P3
= Pa
v1 << v2 and h1 = 10 m,
h3 = 1m
1
\ rg ¥ 9 = r ¥ v32
2
\ v3 = 2g ¥ 9
= 13.3 m/s
1096പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
w
Problem 6.131 A small tank practically filled with liquid is z
mounted at the end of a long rotating arm of radius R which
rotates steadily in the horizontal plane at an angular velocity
w. The remaining space in the tank is at uniform pressure. q
The free surface of liquid, which may be taken as a plane,
from an angle q with the horizontal. Show that q is given by
tan q = (w2R/g).
Solution If a is the centripetal acceleration, then R
a x = w 2R Fig. 6.209
If a is the inclination, then
ax
tan a =
g
w 2R a ax
or tan(180° – q) =
g
Fig. 6.210
1098പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
w 2R
or – tan q =
g
w 2R
\ tan q =
g
(2prd) vB = (2pR1d) vA C
or r vB = R 1v A ...(i)
Now using Bernoulli’s equation between A and C and between
A and B, we have
1
Pa + rvA2 = Pa + rgh ...(ii)
2 r
1 1 vB ¨ B
and Pa + rvA2 = P + rvB2 ...(iii)
2 2
vA
After simplifying, we get
Ê R2 ˆ Fig. 6.213
P = P0 + r gh Á 1 - 21 ˜
Ë r ¯
Taking moment of all the forces acting on the rod about the left end and put equals to zero,
– (1.6 ¥ 9.8) ¥ 0.2 + 4.7 ¥ 0.4 + T2 ¥ 0.8 = 0
\ T2 = 1.6 N
and T1 = 9.4 N
h
cm/s, determine the velocities of water in the remaining
two pipes. Given that the rate of discharge through the
main branch is 600p cm3/s.
Solution Consider any three sections (1), (2) and (3) in
the three pipes of different radii as shown in Fig. 6.216.
If v1 and v2 be the velocities of water at sections (1) and Fig. 6.216
(2), respectively; then
1100പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2 ¥ 24
=
3 ¥ 1000
= 0.125 m/s
Problem 6.137 Figure 6.217 shows a siphon in action. The B C
Fig. 6.217
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1101
Solution
(a) (i) As both the points are exposed to atmosphere, so
PA = PD
= Pa
and hence, PA – PD = 0
(ii) PB – PC = (PA – h1r g) – (PD – h2 rg)
As PA = PD
= Pa
\ PB – PC = (h2 – h1)rg
= (2.0 – 0.2) ¥ 1.5 ¥ 103 ¥ 9.8
= 2.646 ¥ 104 N/m2
(b) (i) PD – PA = (h2 – h1) rair g
= (2.0 ¥ 0.20) ¥ 1.3 ¥ 9.8
= 22.93 N/m2
(ii) PB – PC = (PA – PD) + (h2 – h1)rg
= – (h2 – h1) rair g + (h2 – h1)rg
= – 22.93 + 2.646 ¥ 104 N/m2
= 2.644 ¥ 104 N/m2.
Problem 6.138 The side wall of a wide vertical cylindrical vessel of height h = 75 cm has
a narrow vertical slit running all the way down to the bottom of the vessel = The length of
the slit is l = 50 cm and the width b = 1.0 mm. With the slit closed, the vessel is filled with
water. Find the resultant force of reaction of water flowing out the vessel immediately after
the slit is opened.
Solution Consider an element of length dx of the slit as shown in Fig. 6.218.
Area of the slit = bdx
Discharge per second through this area = r(bdx)v
Force of reaction due to element dx
dF = – r(bdx)v2 …(1) h
A dx l
Negative sign is used because this is opposite to v.
Applying Bernoulli’s theorem at point A, we have x
1
Pa = Pa + rg(h – x) + rv2 Fig. 6.218
2
\ v2 = – rg(h – x) ...(2)
2
Substituting the value of v from Eq. (2) in Eq. (1), we get
dF = r(bdx) 2rg(h – x)
l
F = 2 rgb Ú ( h - x )dx
0
È l2 ˘
or F = 2 r g b Í h l - ˙ = r g b l [2 h - l] = rgbl [2h – l]
Î 2˚
1102പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Orifice
Wall
Fig. 6.219
Solution Let h be the instantaneous head of water in the tank. For this head of water, the
velocity of efflux v is given by
v = (2gh) ...(1)
Consider a point P (x1, y1) on the trajectory as shown in Fig. 6.220.
1
Now x1 = vt and y1 = - g t 2
2 y
Eliminating t, we get
1 h
y1 = – g(x12/v2) = – x12/4h ...(2) x
2
Let minimum water head be hmin when x1 = y
x and y1 = y. Then from Eq. (2) A P (x1, y1)
- x2 x2
hmin = = ...(3)
4(- y ) 4 y Wall
– A dh = avdt
or – A dh = a (2 gh) dt
dh a
or – = (2 g ) dt
h A
Integrating this expression within proper limits, we have
dh hmina t
-Ú = (2 g ) Ú dt
H h A 0
a
2[ H - hmin ] = (2 g ) t
A
A Ê 2ˆ
\ t = [ H - hmin ] …(4)
a ÁË g ˜¯
where hmin is given by Eq. (3).
Problem 6.140 Water flows out of a big tank along a tube bent at
right angles: the inside radius of the tube is equal to r Fig. 6.221. The
length of the horizontal section of the tube is equal to l. The water
flow rate is Q litres/s. Find the moment of reaction forces of flowing
water, acting on the tube’s walls, relative to the point O.
l
Solution The velocity v of water in the reaction at tube is given by
O
Q Q
v= =
A p r2
Force of reaction at bent Fig. 6.221
È Ê Q ˆ
2 ˘ Q2 r
F = Ír p r 2 Á 2 ˜ - 0˙ =
Í Ëp r ¯ ˙ p r2
Î ˚
The direction of force of reaction is upward.
Ê Q2 r ˆ
Moment of the force about O = Á 2 ˜ l .
Ëpr ¯
Problem 6.142 A cylindrical tank 1 m in radius rests on a platform 5 m high. Initially, the
tank is filled with water to a height of 5 m. A plug, whose area is 10– 4 m2, is removed from
the orifice on the side of the tank at the bottom. Calculate the: (IIT Roorkee, 1995)
(i) initial speed with which the water flows from the orifice,
(ii) initial speed with which the water strikes the ground, and
(iii) time taken to empty the tank to half its original value.
Solution See Fig. 6.223.
(i) Let v2 be the initial speed with which the water flows a1
from the orifice. Now
v2 = (2 g h0 ) = [2 ¥ (10) ¥ (5)]
h0
= 10 m/sec a2
Plug
(ii) Let v3 be the velocity with which the water strikes v2
the ground. Now
v3 = [2 g ( h0 + H )] = [2 ¥ (10) ¥ (10)]
H=5m
= 10 2 = 14.1 m/sec
v3
(iii) Let t be the time taken to empty the tank to half its
original value. Platform
The rate of empty the tank = (dh/dt) Fig. 6.223
dh
\ -r a1 = r a2 v2
dt
a dh
or dt = - 1
a2 2 gh
a1 Ê 2 ˆ ÈÊ h0 ˆ ˘
1/2
1/2
= - Á ˜ ÍÁË ˜¯ - ( h0 ) ˙
a2 Ë g ¯ ÍÎ 2 ˙˚
2 ÈÊ 5 ˆ
1/2 ˘
= - 3140 ÍÁ ˜ - (5)1/2 ˙
10 ÍÎË 2 ¯ ˙˚
= 942 sec.
Problem 6.143 A laboratory beaker having mass 390 g and an interior volume of 500 cm3
floats on water when it is less than half filled with water. What is the density of the material
of the beaker?
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1105
2(3 ¥ 10 5 - 1 ¥ 10 5 )
=
1000
= 20 m/s Ans.
1106പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 6.146 A block of wood weighs 12 kg and has a relative density 0.6. It is to be in
water with 0.9 of its volume immersed. What weight of a metal is needed (a) if the metal is
on the top of the wood, (b) if the metal is attached below the wood? (RD of metal = 14)
Solution
(a) When the metal is on the top of the wood,
M È M˘
M + m1 = 0.9VWr = 0.9 s r ÍasVW = ˙
W Î s W˚
È r ˘ È 0.9 ˘
m1 = M Í0.9 - 1˙ = 12 Í - 1 = 6 kg
Î sW ˚ Î 0.6 ˙˚
m1
VW sW VW sW
r r
M M
sM m2
VM
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.225
È 1˘ È 0.9 ˘
or m2 Í1 - ˙ = 12 Í - 1 = 6 kg
Î 14 ˚ Î 0.6 ˙˚
14 ¥ 6
or m2 = 6.5 kg
13
Problem 6.147 A cubical block of iron 5 cm on each side is floating on mercury in a vessel.
(a) What is the height of the block above mercury level? (b) Water is poured into the vessel
so that it just covers the iron block. What is the height of water column?
[R.D. of Hg = 13.6 and Fe = 7.2]
Solution
(a) In case of floatation W = Th, i.e., Vs = Vin r, so if h is the height of iron block above
the mercury and a is the side of the iron cube,
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1107
a
h 2.35 h 2.54
2.65 2.46
a–h
Hg Hg
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.226
(a ¥ a ¥ a)s = (a – h) ¥ a ¥ a ¥ r
s
i.e., (a – h) = a
r
Ê sˆ
or h = aÁ1 - ˜
Ë r¯
Ê 7.2 ˆ
So, h = 5Á1 - = 2.35 cm
Ë 13.6 ˜¯
(b) Here upthrust is provided by both mercury and water and if h is the height of water level,
Vsg = Th Hg + ThW
i.e., a ¥ a ¥ a ¥ s = a ¥ a(a – h)rHg + a ¥ a ¥ hrW
i.e., as = (a – h)rHg + hrW
or h(rHg – rW) = a(rHg – s)
( r Hg - s ) (13.6 - 7.2)
or h = a = 5¥ = 2.54 cm
( r Hg - rW ) (13.6 - 1)
Problem 6.148 A body of density r is released gently on the surface of a layer of a liquid
of depth d and density s (r > s). Show it will reach the bottom of the liquid after a time
1
È 2dr ˘ 2
Í ˙ .
Î g( r - s ) ˚
Solution The acceleration of the body
mg - Fb
a =
m
Ê r -s ˆ
= Á g
Ë r ˜¯
1
The distance d = 0 + at 2
2
2d
\ t =
a
2dr
=
g( r - s )
1108പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 6.149 A cubical tank of side 2 m is filled with 1.5 m of glycerine of specific gravity
1.6. Find the force acting on the side of the tank when:
(a) it is accelerated vertically upwards at 5 m/s2, and
(b) it is accelerated vertically downwards at 5 m/s2.
Solution The pressure intensity at the bottom of the tank
P = r(g + a)h
0+P
The average pressure intensity Pav =
2
r( g + a)h
=
2
(a) The force on the side of the tank.
F = Pav ¥ Wetted area of wall
r( g + a)h
= ¥ (bh)
2
r( g + a)bh 2
=
2
1600(9.8 + 5) ¥ 2 ¥ 1.52
=
2
53.316 kN
(b) In case of acceleration downward
r( g - a)bh 2
F =
2
1600(9.8 - 5) ¥ 2 ¥ 1.52
=
2
= 17.316 kN
Problem 6.150 A solid ball density half that of water falls freely under gravity from a height
of 19.6 m and then enters water. Up to what depth will the ball go? How much time will it
take to come again to the water surface? Neglect air resistance and viscosity effects in water.
Solution The velocity of the ball after falling from height of 19.6 m
v = 2 g ¥ 19.6
= 19.6 m/s
The retardation of the ball in water
Fb - mg
a =
m
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1109
r
Vrg - V g
= 2 19.6 m
V r/2
= g m/s2 h
Fb = Fb1 + Fb2
(m + M)g
Fig. 6.228
V = 3.333 litres
Problem 6.152 A hemispherical tank of radius R has an orifice of cross-sectional area a at
its base. Determine the time required to empty the tank from initial height H1 of the liquid
to final height H2.
Solution Volume of liquid in layer of thickness
dv = – px2 dh ...(1)
2
where px is the area of liquid surface at height h.
1110പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
R
x B H1
dh A
h H2
Fig. 6.229
-p x 2 dh
dT = ...(3)
a 2 gh
We have two variables x and h. We can relate x and h by applying Pythagoras’ Theorem
to triangle OAB.
x = R 2 - ( R - h )2 R
(R – h)
x
2
= 2Rh - h dh
H Fig. 6.230
È ˘ 2
1/2+1 3/2+1
-p Í h h ˙
= Í 2R 1 - ˙
a 2g Í 3
+1 +1 ˙
Î 2 2 ˚ H1
-p È 4 3/2 3/2 2 5/2 5/2 ˘
= Í R( H 2 - H1 ) - ( H 2 - H1 )˙
a 2g Î 3 5 ˚
p È4 3/2 3/2 2 5/2 5/2 ˘
= Í R( H1 - H 2 ) - ( H1 - H 2 )˙
a 2g Î 3 5 ˚
For completely emptying the tank, H2 = 0.
p È4 3/2 2 5/2 ˘
T = Í RH1 - H1 ˙
a 2g Î 3 5 ˚
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1111
Problem 6.153 Two liquids which do not react chemically are placed in a bent tube as
shown in Fig. 6.231. Find out the displacement of the liquid in equilibrium position.
2r r
Fig. 6.231
Solution The pressure at the interface must be same, calculated via either tube. Since both
tube are open to the atmosphere, we must have
2rg(l – x) = rg(l + x) fi x = l/3
x x
Fig. 6.232
Problem 6.154 Three liquids which do not react chemically are placed in a bentule as
shown in Fig. 6.233 (initially) then fluid out the displacement of the liquid in equilibrium
position.
r 3r
2r
Fig. 6.233
x
Solution Let us assume that level of liquid having
x
density 3r displaced below by x as shown in Fig. 6.234
below.
–x
fi rlg + 2rgx = 3r(l – x)g
x = 2l/5 Fig. 6.234
Problem 6.155 Figure 6.235 shows a tube in which liquid is filled at the level. It is now
rotated at an angular frequency w about an axis passing through arm A find out pressure
difference at the liquid interfaces.
1112പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
w B
A
Fig. 6.235
(l –
x)
h2 h¢2
r1
30°
x)
(l –
h1
x r3
60° h3
1
x (l – x) 2
Fig. 6.238
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1113
Student Task
r1 + r2
s )N THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IF r3 = , find x.
2 2l
[Ans. ]
3
A
Problem 6.157 Figure 6.239 shows a glass tube in the
form of an equilateral triangle of uniform cross section. It x
d
lies in the vertical plane, with base horizontal. The tube is
l–x F
filled with equal volumes of three imiscible liquids whose
densities are in arithmetic progression. Determine the length
x as shown in Fig. 6.239. D l–x
Solution Let the densities of liquids in DAF, FCE and EBD x 60° d +y
be d, d + y and d + 2y respectively. Pressure at a point inside
a fluid depends on the vertical height of the liquid above B d + 2y E C
x
that point. We will calculate pressure at E from left arm and
right arm, these values must be the same for equilibrium. Fig. 6.239
PE = dg(l – x)sin 60° + (d + 2y)gx sin 60° [left arm]
PE = dgx sin 60° + (d + y)g (l – x) sin 60° [right arm]
Equating the two values of pressures,
3 x 3 x 3 3
dg(l - x ) + (d + 2 y) g = dg + (l - x ) (d + y) g
2 2 2 2
(l – x) 3d + x 3 (d + 2 y ) = x 3d + (l - x ) 3 (d + y )
(l – x) 3d + x 3d + 2 yx 3 = x 3d + (l - x ) 3d + y(l - x ) 3
l
2yx = y(l – x); 2x = l – x; x =
3
Problem 6.158 A large slab rests on a soft ground at the bottom
F
of a lake. The slab has sunk into the ground a slight distance so 17 m
that water cannot reach the under surface. If the slab of mass
1000 kg, has a cross-sectional area parallel to the free surface of
1 m2, what initial force is required to start moving it up? When 1000 kg
it has moved a slight distance up so that water reaches the lower
surface, what is the force required to hold the slab? Fig. 6.240
1114പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Solution In the first case, there is no thrust of water below the slab, so
F = mg + (rgh) ¥ A
= 1000 ¥ 9.8 + (1000 ¥ 9.8 ¥ 17) ¥ 1
= 17658 N
In the second case
F = mg – Fb
If Fb is small enough, then
F mg
= 9800 N
Problem 6.159 Find the depth of penetration of a cube of mass m cross section A floating
in a liquid of density r, if the liquid accelerates vertically?
Solution The forces acting on the cubical block are Fhydro ≠ and mg Ø. The net force acting
on the body (cube) is
F = Fhydro – mg
A
where Fhydro = Ú PdA = r(g + a)yA
This gives F = Ar(g + a)y – mg a
This force accelerates the block with an acceleration a. y
mg
Applying Newton’s 2nd law, we have
F = Ar(g + a)y – mg = ma
m Fhydro
This gives y =
Ar Fig. 6.241
The above expression tells us that the depth of immersion remains
constant and does not depend upon the acceleration of the liquid.
2TQDNGO 0CTTQYKPI YCVGT LGV A stream of liquid jet comes out of a water tap of
radius R with a downward velocity v0. Find the radius of the tube of liquid at a vertical
distance y from the water tap.
Solution Here, the tube of flux has length y. We have
Water tap
chosen the points 1 and 2 in the tube of flux to apply the 1
following two equations. Since, both points are subjected
to atmosphere, we have P1 = P2 = Patm. Then, Bernoulli’s
equations can be given as
v1
y
v2 v2
Patm + r 1 + r gh1 = Patm + r 2 + r gh2
2 2 h1
2
Substituting v1 = v0, v2 = v, h1 – h2 = y
Fig. 6.242
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1115
and v2 = v02 + 2 gy
R v0
This gives r =
(v02 + 2 gy )1/4
Student Task
s )N THE FOREGOING EXAMPLE IF THE LIQUID JET STRIKES THE GROUND AFTER FALLING A DISTANCE h,
find the thrust exerted by the liquid in the process of collision. Assume that the liquid
does not bounce just after collision.
[Ans. p R2 ( v02 + 2 gh)rv0 ]
When pressure does not vary between two points of a tube of flux,
rv 2
+ r gh = constant. It means, v is more where height h is less and vice-versa.
2
2rm gh
Q = A1 A2
r( A12 - A22 )
2 ¥ 13.6 ¥ 981 ¥ h
or 500 = 5 ¥ 2
1(52 - 22 )
Fig. 6.244
After simplifying, we get h = 1.97 cm
PC – PB = 1 r n 2
l l
2
But PC = PA
1 1 2 ra
\ rl n l2 = 2 ra n a fi nl = ¥ na
2 rl
ra
\ Volume flow rate μ = Ans.
rl
60 rpm
Problem 6.164 A vertical U-tube with the two limbs 0.75 m apart is
filled with water and rotated about a vertical axis 0.5 m from the left
limb, as shown in Fig. 6.246. Determine the difference in elevation of
the water levels in the two limbs when the speed of rotation is 60 rpm.
Solution Consider a small element of length dr at a distance r from the
0.5 m
axis of rotation. Considering the equilibrium of this element,
0.75 m
(p + dp) – p = rw 2 r dr Fig. 6.246
or dp = rw2r dr
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1117
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.249
Equating Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
rHg
= xrHg + (1 – x)rw
4
\ 12.6x = 2.4
or x = 0.19
1118പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 6.167 A wooden stick of length L, radius R and density r has a small metal piece of
mass m (of negligible volume) attached to its one end. Find the minimum value for the mass
m (in terms of given parameters) that would make the stick float vertically in equilibrium in
a liquid of density s, where s (> r).
Solution For the stick to be vertical for rotational equilib-
rium, centre of gravity should be below in a vertical line
through the centre of buoyancy. For minimum m, the two
will coincide.
Let h be the length of immersed portion. For translatory
equilibrium,
1 h
Wt. of rod + Mass attached = Force of buoyancy 2 C
(M + m)g = pR2 hsg ...(i)
where M = pR Lr
2 m
m1 y1 + m2 y2 ( M )L/2 + m ¥ 0 ML
yCM = = =
m1 + m2 m+ M 2(m + M )
For rotatory equilibrium and for minimum m, this should be equal to h/2.
h ML
\ = ...(ii)
2 2(m + M )
ML
\ h =
(m + M )
Substituting for h in Eqs. (i), we get
ML
(M + m)g = p R2s g ◊
(m + M )
(M + m)2 = pR2s ◊ ML
(M + m) = Mp R2s L = p R2 Lr ◊ p R2s L
m = p R2 L sr - p R2 Lr
È s ˘
= p R 2 Lr Í - 1˙
Î r ˚
The mass m cannot be at the top, because for stable equilibrium, the centre of mass should
be the lowest possible.
Problem 6.168 What is the pressure drop (in mm Hg) in the blood as it passes through a
capillary 1 mm long and 2 mm in radius if the speed of the blood through the centre of the
capillary is 0.66 mm/s? (The viscosity of whole blood is 4 ¥ 10– 3 P1.)
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1119
Solution See the expression of maximum velocity at the centre of the tube,
( p1 - p2 )R2
vmax =
4hL
4hL vmax
\ (P1 – P2) =
R2
( 4 ¥ 4 ¥ 10 - 3 )(10 - 3 )(0.66 ¥ 10 - 3 )
=
(2 ¥ 10 - 6 )2
= 2.64 ¥ 103 N/m2 = hrg
2.64 ¥ 10 3
h =
rg
2.64 ¥ 10 3
= m of Hg
13.6 ¥ 10 3 ¥ 9.81
= 0.0195 m of Hg
= 19.5 mm of Hg
Problem 6.169 Two equal drops of water are falling through air with a steady velocity v.
If the drops coalesce, what will be the new velocity? ++6,''
Solution ∵ Volume of bigger drop
= n ¥ Volume of smaller drop
4 4 R
p R3 = 2 ¥ p r 3 fi = 21/3
3 3 r
Terminal velocity of smaller drop = V1
As terminal velocity μ r2
\ Terminal velocity of bigger drop = V2
200 rpm
O
A B
H = 0.4 m
= (21/3)2
= (22/3)
Problem 6.170 Velocity of a viscous liquid in long cylinder of radius R at a distance R1
from centre is v1. Find the velocity of the liquid as a function of the distance r from the axis
of the cylinder.
Solution See the expression of v.
p1 - p2 2 2
v = (R - r ) ...(i)
4hL
P1 - P2 2
v1 = (R - R12 ) ...(ii)
4hL
1120പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Therefore,
(a) t2 = time the ball takes to come back to the position from where it was released
= t1 + 2t
dt1
= t1 +
dL - d
È d ˘
= t1 Í1 + ˙
Î dL - d ˚
t1dL
or t2 =
dL - d
(b) The motion of the ball is periodic but not simple harmonic because the acceleration
Ê d - dˆ
of the ball is g in air and Á L g inside the liquid which is not proportional to the
Ë d ˜¯
displacement, which is necessary and sufficient condition for SHM.
(c) When dL = d, retardation or acceleration inside the liquid becomes zero (upthrust =
gt
weight). Therefore, the ball will continue to move with constant velocity v = 1 inside
2
the liquid.
Problem 6.172 A beaker in a cylinder form is fitted with a piston,
beneath which is a spring, as in Fig. 6.251. The cylinder is open at the
top. Friction is absent. The spring constant of the spring is 3600 N/m.
The piston has a negligible mass and a radius of 0.025 m. (a) When
air beneath the piston is completely pumped out, how much does the
atmospheric pressure cause the spring to compress? (b) How much work
the atmospheric pressure do for compressing the spring?
Solution
Fig. 6.251
(a) P0A = kx
2
p0 A ( p0 )(p r )
\ x = =
k k
(1.01 ¥ 10 5 )(p )(0.025)2
=
3600
= 0.055 m = 5.5 cm
(b) Work done by atmospheric pressure
1 2 1
W = kx = (3600)(0.055)2
2 2
= 5.445 J
1122പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 6.173 A metal sphere of radius 1 mm and mass 50 mg falls vertically in glycerine.
Find (a) the viscous force exerted by the glycerine on the sphere when the speed of the
sphere is 1 cm/s, (b) the hydrostatic force exerted by the glycerine on the sphere, and (c)
the terminal velocity with which the sphere will move down without acceleration. Density
of glycerine = 1260 kg/m3 and its coefficient of viscosity at room temperature = 8.0 poise.
Solution
(a) Fr = 6phrv
= 6p (0.8)(10– 3)(10– 2)
= 1.5 ¥ 10– 4 N
(b) Hydrostatic force = Upthrust
Ê4 ˆ
= Á p r3 ˜ rg
Ë3 ¯
4
= p (10– 3)3 ¥ 1260 ¥ 9.8
3
= 5.2 ¥ 10 – 5 N
(c) At terminal velocity
W = Upthrust + Viscous force
or (50 ¥ 10 –3
¥ 9.8) = (5.2 ¥ 10– 5) + 6p (0.8)(10 – 3) vT
Solving we get
vT = 32.5 m/s
Problem 6.174 A cubical block of wood, 40 40 cm
cm along each side, floats in water with its
lower surface 5 cm below the free surface of
water as shown in Fig. 6.252.
(a) What is the mass of the block in kg? Free surface
(b) What is the pressure of water in Pa on
the lower surface of block? 5 cm
(g = 10 m/s2, Density of water = 103
kg/ m3)
Fig. 6.252
Solution
(a) Volume of immersed portion of block
v = (40 cm ¥ 40 cm ¥ 5 cm)
= 8 ¥ 103 cm3 = 8 ¥ 103 ¥ 10– 6 m3 = 8 ¥ 10 –3 m3
By law of floatation,
Weight of block = Weight of water displaced
Mg = vdw g (here rw = Density of water)
\ M = vrw = 8 ¥ 10– 3 ¥ 103 = 8 kg
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1123
r2
h2
Kerosine
r1
h1
Water
Water
A
B
Fig. 6.253
Solution Let P0 = atmospheric pressure. The total energy of flowing liquid is given by
1 2
E =P+ rv + rgh
2
At B, v = 0
Total energy at B
= P0 + 0 + r1gh1 + r2gh2 ...(i)
Total energy at A
1
= P0 + r1 v12 + 0 ...(ii)
2
According to Bernoulli’s theorem, equating Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1
P0 + r1 v12 = P0 + r1g h1 + r2 g h2
2
1
r1 v12 = r1 g h1 + r2g h2
2
2 g( r1h1 + r2 h2 )
\ v1 =
r1
Ê r ˆ
= 2 g Á h1 + 2 h2 ˜
Ë r1 ¯
1124പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê 800 ˆ
\ v1 = 2 ¥ 9.8 Á 0.30 + ¥ 0.20˜ ª 3.00 m/s
Ë 1000 ¯
Ê 2 ˆ
= ÁË ˜ (1000) (10 + 2) – 20 – 4
500 ¯
= 48 – 20 – 4 = 24 N
(b) Downward force T suddenly becomes zero.
Therefore,
Upthrust - Weight
a=
m
48 - 20
=
2
= 14 m/s2
\ Acceleration w.r.t. tank
= 14 – 2
= 12 m/s2
Problem 6.177 An irregular piece of metal weighs 10.00 g in air and 8.00 g when submerged
in water.
(a) Find the volume of the metal and its density.
(b) If the same piece of metal weighs 8.50 g when immersed in a particular oil, what is
the density of the oil?
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1125
Solution
(a) Relative density of metal
Weight in air 10
= = =5
Change in weight in water 2
10 ¥ 10 - 3
= = 2 ¥ 10– 6 m3
5000
(b) Change in weight
= Upthrust on 100% volume of solid
or DW = Vsrl g
\ DW μ rl
DWl r
\ = l
DWw rw
Ê DWl ˆ Ê 1.5 ˆ
or rl = Á rw = Á ˜ (1000)
Ë DWw ˜¯ Ë 2 ¯
= 750 kg/m3
Piston
Problem 6.178 The pressure gauge shown in Fig. 6.255 has a
spring for which k = 60 N/m and the area of the piston is 0.50
cm2. Its right end is connected to a closed container of gas at a Spring
gauge pressure of 30 kPa. How far will the spring be compressed F
if the region containing the spring is (a) in vacuum and (b) open
to the atmosphere? Atmospheric pressure is 101 kPa.
Solution
Area = A
(a) Force from left-hand side
Fig. 6.255
= Force from right-hand side
\ kx = DPA
( DP) A
or x =
k
( Dp) A 30 ¥ 10 3 ¥ 0.5 ¥ 10 - 4
(b) x = =
k 60
= 0.025 m = 2.5 cm Ans.
Problem 6.179 A cubical vessel filled with a liquid of density r is kept at rest on an inclined
plane of angle of inclination q. Find the pressure difference between A and B in terms of b.
h1
A
h2
b B
Fig. 6.256
y1 h1
y2
h2
y2 – y1 q
q
B
Fig. 6.257
Problem 6.180 A circular tube of uniform cross section is filled with two liquids of densities
r1 and r2 such that half of each liquid occupies a quarter of volume of the tube. If the line
joining the free surface of the liquids makes an angle q with horizontal, find the value of q.
,''
q r2
r1
Fig. 6.258
Water
Iron
Mercury
Fig. 6.260
Patm
Solution Let x be the submerged depth in mercury, the (0.6 – x)
length protrudes in water. If P1 and P2 are the pressure on the upper Water
and lower faces of the cube, the net upward force = (P2 – P1)A, where
A is the cross-sectional area of cube. In equilibrium it must be equal P1 h
to the weight of the cube.
l
W = (P2 – P1)A ...(1) x
P1 = rwgh + Patm P2
P2 = rwgh + Patm + rwg(l – x) + rHg gx
Mercury
(P2 – P1) = r w g (l - x ) A + rHg gxA ...(2)
weight of displaced weight of displaced Fig. 6.261
water mercury
fi Archimedes’ principle can be used for two or more than two liquids for any shape of
object.
From Eqs. (1) and (2)
riron Viron g = rwg(l – x)A + rHggxA
(7.7 ¥ 103)(0.06)3 = (1.0 ¥ 103) (0.06 – x)(0.06)2 + (13.6 ¥ 103)x(0.06)2
which on solving for x yields x = 0.032 m.
Depth submerged in mercury is 32 mm and in water 28 mm.
Problem 6.182 Figure 6.262 shows a container having liquid of
Ê 3h ˆ
variable density. The density of liquid varies as r = r0 Á 4 - ˜ .
Ë h0 ¯
h0
Here h0 and r0 are constants and h is measured from bottom of the
5
container. A solid block of small dimensions whose density is
2
r0 and mass m is released from bottom of the tank. Prove that the Fig. 6.262
block will execute simple harmonic motion. Find the frequency of
oscillation.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1129
Problem 6.184 A spring balance reads 10 kg when a bucket of water is suspended from it.
What will be the reading of the balance when an iron piece of mass 7.2 kg suspended by a
string is immersed with half its volume inside the water in the bucket? Relative density of
iron is 7.2.
(a) 10 kg (b) 10.5 kg
(c) 13.6 kg (d) 17.2 kg
Solution Reading = Weight of bucket of water + Magnitude of upthrust on block
1 Ê 7.2 ˆ
= (10 g ) + Á rw g = 10.5 g = 10.5 kg
2 Ë 7.2 rw ˜¯
Problem 6.185 Figure 6.265 shows a pipe of uniform cross
H
section inclined in a vertical plane. A U-tube manometer is
connected between the points A and B. If the liquid of density
H
r0 flows with velocity v0 in the pipe. Then the reading h of
B
the manometer is
v2
(a) h = 0 (b) h = 0
2g
h
r Ê v2 ˆ r H
(c) h = 0 Á 0 ˜ (d) h = 0
r Ë 2g ¯ r - p0
r
Solution From continuity equation,
vA = vB = v0 Fig. 6.265
\ PA + rgh = PB + 0
\ PB – PA = rgh ...(i)
Now let us make pressure equation from manometer.
PA + rg (h + H) – rHg gh = p3
Putting PB – PA = rgh we get h=0
Problem 6.186 A horizontal tube of uniform cross- v
sectional area A is bent in the form of U as shown in
F
Fig. 6.266. If the liquid of density r enters and leaves
the tube with velocity v, then the external force F
required to hold the bend stationary is v
1
(c) 2rAv2 (d) rAv 2 (BITSAT, 2009)
2
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1131
Dp Ê Dm ˆ
Solution F = =Á ˜ ( Dv)
Dt Ë Dt ¯
Ê DV ˆ
= rÁ ( 2v )
Ë Dt ˜¯
= r (Av) (2v) = 2rAv2
Problem 6.187 A plate moves normally with the speed v1 towards a horizontal jet of water
of uniform area of cross section. The jet discharges water at the rate of volume V per second
at a speed of v2. The density of water is r. Assume that water splashes along the surface of
the plate at right angles to the original motion. The magnitude of the force acting on the
plate due to the jet of water is (IIT Roorkee, 1974)
ÊVˆ rV
(a) rVv1 (b) r Á ˜ (v1 + v2 )2 (c) (v1 )2 (d) rV (v1 + v2)
Ë v2 ¯ v1 + v2
Dp Ê Dm ˆ
Solution F= =Á ˜ ( Dv)
Dt Ë Dt ¯
Ê DV ˆ
= rÁ (v + v ) = rV (v1 + v2)
Ë Dt ˜¯ 1 2
Problem 6.188 A U-tube having horizontal arm of length 20 cm, has uniform cross-sectional
area = 1 cm2. It is filled with water of volume 60 cc. What volume of a liquid of density 4g/
cc should be poured from one side into the U-tube so that no water is left in the horizontal
arm of the tube?
(a) 60 cc (b) 45 cc (c) 50 cc (d) 35 cc
Solution
Water
60 cm
(x) cm
60 cm3
x cm3
20 cm3
Fig. 6.267
r1gh1 = r2gh2
\ (4)(g)(x) = (1)(g)(60)
or x = 15 cm
Total volume of liquid = (20 + 15) cm3 = 35 cm3
1132പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Problem 6.189 An iron casting has a number of cavities in it. It weights 6000 N in air and
4000 N in water. Determine the total volume of all the cavities in the casting. The density of
iron (without cavities) is 7.87 g/cm3.
Solution Volume of the cavities Vcav can be determined by taking difference between the
volume Vcast of the casting as a whole and the volume of the iron in the casting,
Vcav = Vcast – Viron
W
Viron = , W is weight of casting
riron g
Effective weight of casting in water,
Weff = W – rwgVcast
W - Weff
Vcast =
rw g
W - Weff W
Thus, Vcav = -
rw g g riron
6000 - 4000 6000
= -
(0.998 ¥ 10 )(9.8) (9.8)(7.87 ¥ 10 3 )
3
= 0.127 m3
Problem 6.190 What work should be done in order to
squeeze all water from a horizontally located cylinder (Fig.
6.268) during time t by means of a constant force acting on
the piston? The volume of water in the cylinder is equal to F
V, the cross-sectional area of the orifice is s, with s being
considerably less than the piston area. The friction and Fig. 6.268
viscosity are negligibly small. Density of water is r.
F 1
Solution = rv 2
A 2 1
or F = rAv 2 ...(i)
2
Here, v is the velocity of liquid, with which it comes out of the hole.
Further V = Ax ...(ii) A
V
t= ...(iii)
sv V
F
and W=F◊x ...(iv)
From the above four equations, x
A
d x
l
h
dx
Fig. 6.273
towards right. Pressure is (i) maximum a mass of 3.5 kg. When we release the
at, and (ii) minimum at lump, it will move
(a) upward (b) downward
A C a (c) remain in place (d) none of these
9. A ball of radius r and density r falls
B D freely under gravity through a distance
(a) (i) B (ii) D (b) (i) C (ii) D h before entering water. Velocity of
(c) (i) B (ii) C (d) (i) B (ii) A ball does not change even on entering
5. Density of ice is r and that of water is water. If viscosity of water is h, the
s. What will be the decrease in volume value of h is given by
when a mass M of ice melts
1,''
M s -r h
(a) (b)
s -r M
È1 1˘ 1 È1 1˘
(c) M Í - ˙ (d) +
Îr s ˚ M ÍÎ r s ˙˚
2 2 Ê 1- rˆ
6. A siphon in use is demonstrated in (a) r g
9 ÁË h ˜¯
the following figure. The density of the
liquid flowing in siphon is 1.5 gm/cc. 2
2 2 Ê r - 1ˆ
(b) r g
81 ÁË h ˜¯
The pressure difference between the
point P and S will be
Q R 2
2 4 Ê r - 1ˆ
(c) r g
10 cm 81 ÁË h ˜¯
20 cm
P
2
S 2 4 Ê r - 1ˆ
(d) r g
9 ÁË h ˜¯
(d) 10 10 m/s
(a) Water levels in both sections A
13. An incompressible liquid flows
and B go up
through a horizontal tube shown in
(b) Water level in section A goes up
the following figure. Then the velocity
and that in B comes down
v of the fluid is (BITSAT, 2016)
(c) Water level in section A comes
v2 = 1.5 m/s down and that in B it goes up
A (d) Water levels remain same in both
v1 = 3 m/s A
sections
1.5 16. An application of Bernoulli’s equation
A for fluid flow is found in
v
(a) dynamic lift of an aeroplane
(a) 3.0 m/s (b) 1.5 m/s (b) viscosity meter
(c) 1.0 m/s (d) 2.25 m/s (c) capillary rise
14. A cubical block is floating in a liquid (d) hydraulic press
with half of its volume immersed in 17. In the figure shown, water drains out
the liquid. When the whole system through a small hole of a large tank.
accelerates upwards with acceleration A
of g/3, the fraction of volume immersed H/2
H B
in the liquid will be C
1 3
(a) (b)
2 8
(a) Pressure at the point C is greater
2 3 than the atmospheric.
(c) (d) H
3 4 (b) Pressure at the point B is rg .
2
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1137
(c) Pressure at the point B is less than (a) r1 > r3 > r2 (b) r1 > r2 > r3
H (c) r1 > r3 > r2 (d) r3 < r1 < r2
rg . 21. Consider the following statements. In
2
a streamline flow of a liquid,
(d) Velocity head at the point B is
1. The kinetic energies of all particles
negligible.
arriving at a given point are same.
18. Consider the following statements:
2. The momenta of all particles
There is a small hole near the bottom
arriving at a given point are same.
of an open tank filled with water. The
3. The speed of particles is less than
speed of water ejected depends on
the critical velocity.
1. area of the hole
Which of the statements given above
2. density of liquid
are correct:
3. height of liquid from the hole
(a) 1 and 2 only
4. acceleration due to gravity
(b) 2 and 3 only
Which of the statements given above
(c) 1 and 3 only
are correct
(d) 1, 2 and 3
(a) 1 and 2 only
22. For cylindrical pipes, the Reynolds
(b) 1, 3 and 4 only
(c) 3 and 4 only number corresponding to the critical
speed is 2000. Water (viscosity
(d) 2, 3 and 4 only
coefficient 10–3 N s/m2) flows through
19. Consider the following statements:
a pipe of diameter 2 cm. What is the
1. Magnus effect is a consequence of
critical speed
Bernoulli’s principle
2. A cricketer, while spinning a ball (a) 4 cm/s (b) 10 cm/s
makes it to experience magnus (c) 12 cm/s (d) 100 cm/s
effect. 23. A lead shot of 1 mm diameter falls
Which of the statements given above through a long column of glycerine.
is/are correct The variation of its velocity v with
(a) 1 only distance covered is represented by
(b) 2 only
(c) Both 1 and 2
v v
(d) Neither 1 nor 2
20. A jar is filled with two non-mixing
liquids 1 and 2 having densities r1 and (a) Distance covered (b) Distance covered
r2 respectively. A solid ball made of a
material of density r3 is dropped in
v v
the jar. It comes to equilibrium in the
position shown in the figure. Which of
the following is true for r1, r2 and r3 (c) Distance covered (d) Distance covered
++6,'' 24. A block of ice floats on a liquid of
density 1.2 in a beaker, then level of
liquid when ice completely melt
Liquit 1 r1 (a) remains same
r3 (b) rises
r2
Liquit 2 (c) lowers
(d) (a), (b) or (c)
1138പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
40 cm
S S4 S3
50 cm
(a) zero
(b) equal to the weight of the liquid S2 S1
displaced
(c) equal to the weight of the body in
air
(d) equal to the weight of the Mercury
immersed position of the body Sp Gr = 13.6
26. A vessel contains oil (density = 0.8 gm/
cm3) over mercury (density = 13.6 gm/ (a) 193 cm (b) 165 cm
cm3). A homogeneous sphere floats (c) 121 cm (d) 153 cm
with half of its volume immersed in 29. A cup of water is placed in a car
mercury and the other half in oil. The under constant acceleration to the
density of the material of the sphere in left as shown. Inside the water there
gm/cm3 is ++6,'' is a small air bubble. The following
(a) 3.3 (b) 6.4 figures show the shape of the water
(c) 7.2 (d) 12.8 surface and the direction of motion of
27. A U-tube in which the cross-sectional the bubble as indicated by the arrow
area of the limb on the left is one on the bubble. Choose the correct one.
quarter, the limb on the right contains
mercury (density 13.6 g/cm3. The level a a
of mercury in the narrow limb is at a (a) (b)
distance of 36 cm from the upper end
of the tube. What will be the rise in the
level of mercury in the right limb if the a a
left limb is filled to the top with water (c) (d)
Water
30. An open water tanker moving on a
horizontal straight road has a cubical
block of cork floating over its surface.
Mercury If the tanker has an acceleration a,
then the acceleration of the cork w.r.t.
(a) 1.2 cm (b) 2.35 cm container is
(c) 0.56 cm (d) 0.8 cm
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1139
F2
(a) F1 = pF2 (b) F1 =
a p
(c) F1 = p F2 (d) F1 = F2
34. The area of cross section of the wider
tube shown in figure is 800 cm2. If a
(a) a (b) a2/g mass of 12 kg is placed on the massless
piston, the difference in heights h in
(c) a2 + g 2 (d) zero the level of water in the two tubes is
32. A cylindrical block of area of cross 35. By sucking through a straw, a student
section A and of material of density can reduce the pressure in his lungs
r is placed in a liquid of density one- to 750 mm of Hg (density = 13.6 gm/
third of density of block. The block cm3). Using the straw, he can drink
compresses a spring and compression water from a glass up to a maximum
in the spring is one-third of the length depth of
of the block. If acceleration due to (a) 10 cm (b) 75 cm
gravity is g, the spring constant of the (c) 13.6 cm (d) 1.36 cm
spring is
36. A triangular lamina of area A and
height h is immersed in a liquid of
density r in a vertical plane with its
base on the surface of the liquid. The
thrust on the lamina is
1 1
(a) Argh (b) Argh
(a) rAg (b) 2rAg 2 3
(c) 2rAg/3 (d) rAg/3 1 2
(c) Argh (d) Argh
33. Some liquid is filled in a cylindrical 6 3
vessel of radius R. Let F1 be the force
applied by the liquid on the bottom ʹ౨ 1PN[QPGQRVKQPKUEQTTGEV
of the cylinder. Now the same liquid 1. Two capillary tubes of the same length
is poured into a vessel of uniform but different radii r1 and r2 are fitted in
square cross-section of side R. Let F2 parallel to the bottom of a vessel. The
be the force applied by the liquid on pressure head is P. What should be the
the bottom of this new vessel (neglect radius of a single tube that can replace
atmospheric pressure). Then
1140പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Relative
density 0.8
L
d L
Relative
density 1.2
D
(a) 5.0 N (b) 0.5 N
(c) 1.0 N (d) 2.0 N (a) remain at the same height
3. A large tank filled with water to a (b) fall at the rate of 1 cm/hour
height h is to be emptied through a (c) fall at the rate of 2 cm/hour
small hole at the bottom. The ratio of (d) go up the rate of 1 cm/hour
time taken for the level of water to fall 6. A concrete sphere of radius R has
h h a cavity of radius r which is packed
from h to and to zero is with sawdust. The specific gravities of
2 2
1 concrete and sawdust are respectively
(a) 2 (b) 2.4 and 0.3 for this sphere to float with
2
its entire volume submerged under
1 water. Ratio of mass of concrete to
(c) 2 -1 (d)
2 -1 mass of sawdust will be
(a) 8 (b) 4
4. A solid sphere of density h (> 1) times
(c) 3 (d) zero
lighter than water is suspended in a
7. The volume of an air bubble becomes
water tank by a string tied to its base
three times as it rises from the bottom
as shown in the figure. If the mass of
of a lake to its surface. Assuming
the sphere is m, then the tension in the
atmospheric pressure to be 75 cm of
string is given by
Hg and the density of water to be 1/10
of the density of mercury, the depth of
the lake is
(a) 5 m (b) 10 m
(c) 15 m (d) 20 m
8. A body of density d1 is counterpoised
by Mg of wights of density d2 in air of
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1141
Ê dˆ M(1 - d/d2 ) n2 h h
(c) M Á 1 - ˜ (d) (a) (b)
Ë d1 ¯ (1 - d/d1 ) (n + 1)2 s 2
(n + 1)s
9. Two evacuated brass hemispheres
h h
of thin walls, each of radius 1 m are (c) (d)
pulled apart by exerting force F on (n + 1)2 s n2 s
each of them. Taking inside pressure 13. There are two identical small holes of
0.5 atm and the outside pressure as 1.0 area of cross section a on the opposite
atm, the value of F is sides of a tank containing a liquid of
density r. The difference in height
between the holes is h. The tank is
resting on a smooth horizontal surface.
F F
Horizontal force which will has to
be applied on the tank to keep it in
equilibrium is
(a) 1 ¥ 105 N
(b) 1.57 ¥ 105 N
(c) 3.14 ¥ 105 N
(d) 6.28 ¥ 105 N h
10. A hemispherical bowl just floats
without sinking in a liquid of density
1.2 ¥ 103 kg/m3. If the outer diameter
2gh
and the density of the bowl are 1 m (a) ghra (b)
and 2 ¥ 104 kg/m3 respectively, then ra
the inner diameter of the bowl will be
(c) 2 ragh (d) rgh
(a) 0.94 m (b) 0.97 m a
(c) 0.98 m (d) 0.99 m
14. A large open tank has two holes in
11. A log of wood of mass 120 kg floats in
the wall. One is a square hole of side
water. The weight that can be put on
L at a depth y from the top and the
the log to make it just sink, should be
other is a circular hole of radius R at
(density of wood = 6000 kg/m3)
a depth 4y from the top. When the
(a) 80 kg (b) 50 kg
tank is completely filled with water
(c) 60 kg (d) 30 kg
the quantities of water flowing out
12. Two communicating vessels contain
per second from both the holes are the
mercury. The diameter of one vessel
same. Then R is equal to
is n times larger than the diameter of
the other. A column of water of height L
h is poured into the left vessel. The (a) 2p L (b)
2p
mercury level will rise in the right-
hand vessel (s = relative density of L
(c) L (d)
mercury and r = density of water) by 2p
1142പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
4
l p R3 rw g - Mg
(a) 3
h 2
2
(b) pR3rwg – Mg
3
(a) l decreases and h increases 4
(b) l increases and h decreases (c) pR3rwg – Mg
3
(c) Both l and h increase
4
(d) Both l and h decrease (d) pR3rwg + Mg
17. A homogeneous solid cylinder of 3
length L (L < H/2). Cross-sectional 19. A slender homogeneous rod of length
area A/5 is immersed such that it 2 L floats partly immersed in water,
floats with its axis vertical at the liquid- being supported by a string fastened to
liquid interface with length L/4 in the one of its ends, as shown. The specific
denser liquid as shown in the figure. gravity of the rod is 0.75. The length of
The lower density liquid is open to rod that extends out of water is
atmosphere having pressure P0. The
density D of solid is given by
,''
5 4
(a) d (b) d
4 5
2L
d
(c) d (d)
5
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1143
(a) the water in the tube rises to 28. Equal volumes of two immiscible
2 liquids of densities r and 2r are filled
v
height in a vessel as shown below. Two small
2g holes are punched at depth h/2 and
(b) the water in the tube rises to 3h/2 from the surface of lighter liquid.
g If v1 and v2 are the velocities of a flux
height
2v 2 at these two holes, then v1/v2 is
(c) the water in the tube does not rise
at all
h
(d) None of these r v1
25. A cubical block of wood 20 cm on a
side and density of 500 kg/m3 floating h 2r v2
on water. From its equilibrium floating
position, it is pushed further by 4 cm
into the water. What is the force needed 1 1
to keep the block in this new position? (a) (b)
2 2 2
g = 10 m/s2. '#/%'6
(a) 16 N (b) 32 N 1 1
(c) 40 N (d) 56 N (c) (d)
4 2
26. A uniform rod of density r is placed
29. A vessel has the shape shown in the
in a wide tank containing a liquid of
figure. Water, which has density of
density s (s > r). The depth of liquid
103 kg/m3, is filled in the vessel. The
in the tank is half the length of the
pressure due to liquid column at the
rod. The rod is in equilibrium, with its
bottom will be (take g = 10 m/s2)
lower end resting on the bottom of the
(area of bottom = 1 m2)
tank. In this position, the rod makes an
angle q with the horizontal. Then sin q
is equal to
1m
1 s 1s
(a) (b) 0.5 m
2 r 2r
0.1 m
r s Area = 1 m2
(c) (d)
s r
(a) 1.6 ¥ 103 N/m2
27. A cubical block is floating in a liquid
(b) 1.5 ¥ 104 N/m2
3
with of its volume immersed in (c) 1 ¥ 104 N/m2
4
(d) 1.6 ¥ 104 N/m2
the liquid. When the whole system 30. A large tank is filled with water
accelerates downwards with a net (density = 103 kg/m3). A small hole
acceleration of g/4, the fraction of is made at a depth 10 m below water
volume immersed in the liquid will be surface. The range of water issuing
1 1 out of the hole is R on the ground.
(a) (b)
2 4 What extra pressure must be applied
on the water surface so that the range
3 3
(c) (d) becomes 2R (take 1 atm = 105 Pa and g
4 8 = 10 m/s2)
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1145
R
a
(a) 9 atm (b) 4 atm
(c) 5 atm (d) 3 atm
31. A fire hydrant delivers water of den- (a) V[dg – r(g + a)]
sity r at a volume rate Q. The water (b) V[(g + a)(d – r)
travels vertically upwards through (c) V(d – r)g
the hydrant and then does 90° turn to (d) None
emerge horizontally at speed v. The 34. A bent tube is of uniform cross section
pipe and nozzle have uniform cross has a liquid of density r (see figure).
section throughout. The force exerted The height of liquid in each limb of
by the water on the corner of the hy- the tube is h. The acceleration of the
drant is tube so that pressure due to liquid at
v A becomes zero is (BITSAT, 2013)
v
l h
B A
(a) rvQ (b) zero
(c) 2rvQ (d) 2rvQ (a) gh/l towards right
(b) 2gh/l towards right
32. A cubical box of wine has a small spout (c) gh/2l towards left
located in one of the bottom corners. (d) none of these
When the box is full and placed on a 35. A bent tube of uniform cross section
level surface, opening the spout results is mounted on a cart, which is
in a flow of wine with a initial speed accelerating towards right with
of v0 (see figure). When the box is half constant acceleration a. The total length
empty, someone tilts it at 45° so that of the liquid in the tube is 2 2l . The
the spout is at the lowest point (see level difference between two limbs is
figure). When the spout is opened the
wine will flow out with a speed of
45° 45°
v0 al 2al
(a) g (b)
g
al
(a) v0 (b) v0/2 (c) (d) none of these
2g
(c) v0/ 2 (d) v0/4 2
1146പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
l 4d A B
m
(a) 2 ¥ 103 kg/m3
(b) 3 ¥ 103 kg/m3
(c) 4 ¥ 103 kg/m3
(a) m > dAL (b) m < dAL
(d) 4.5 ¥ 103 kg/m3
(c) m < dAL/2 (d) m < dAL/4
40. The pressure of air in the tank as
38. A hemispherical portion of radius
shown in figure is: (oil has density r1,
R is removed from the bottom of a
mercury has density rHg, density of air
cylinder of radius R. The volume of the
negligible small in comparison to that
remaining cylinder is V and its mass M.
of liquid and mercury. Atmospheric
It is suspended by a string in a liquid
pressure is P0.
of density r where it stays vertical. The
Air
upper surface of the cylinder is at a P0
depth h below the liquid surface. The
force on the bottom of the cylinder by
the liquid is ,'' Air l1
l2
(a) Mg Oil l3
(b) Mg – Vrg
(c) Mg + pR2hrg
Mercury
(d) rg(V + pR2h)
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1147
10 rad/s
z2
0.4m
z1
zmin 12
0.1m 0.2m
9. A piston is pressed with a force F on
(a) z1 = 0.324 (b) z2 = 0.477 a hydroulic cylinder containing water
(c) zmin = 0.273 (d) z1 + z2 = 0.8 (r 103 kg/m3). The cross-sectional area
6. In a streamline flow of the cylinder is A = 100 cm2. The
water is forced into pipe with a cross-
(a) the speed of a particle always
sectional area of 1 cm2 that rises to a
remains same
height h = 50 cm (atmospheric pressure
(b) the velocity of a particle always
P0 = 105 N/m2)
remains same
v
(c) the kinetic energies of all the
particles arriving at a given point
h
are the same F
(d) the momenta of all the particles
arriving at a given point are the
same (a) Force F required to make water
7. In this figure, an ideal liquid flows eject with a speed of 10 m/s is
through the tube, which is of uniform 550 N.
cross section. The liquid has velocities (b) Force F required to make water
vA and vB and pressure PA and PB at eject with a speed of 10 m/s at the
points A and B respectively top is 5500 N.
(c) The pressure inside the cylinder
A at the bottom when water ejects
at 10 m/s is 1.55 ¥ 105 Pa.
(d) none of the above
10. A tank is filled up to a height h with
B a liquid and is placed on a platform
of height h from the ground. To get
(a) vA = vB (b) vB > vA maximum range xm a small hole is
(c) PA = PB (d) PB > PA punched at a distance of y from the
free surface of the liquid. Then
8. Ideal fluid flows along a tube of
uniform cross section, located in a
horizontal plane and bent as shown h
y
in figure. The flow is steady; 1 and 2
are two points and v1 and v2 are the
velocities of flow at these points, then
h
(a) P1 < P2 (b) P1 > P2
(c) v1 < v2 (d) v1 > v2
xm
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1149
12. Calculate the highest average speed water. This works because fat tends to float
that blood (r = 1000 kg/m3) could on water as it is less dense than water. On
have and still remain in laminar flow the other hand muscle and bond tend to
when it flows through the aorta (r = 8 sink as they are more dense. Knowing your
¥ 10–3 m). Take h = 4 ¥ 10–3 Pa-s “weight” under water as well as your real
(a) 0.5 m/s (b) 1.0 m/s weight out of water, the percentage of your
(c) 1.5 m/s (d) 2.0 m/s body’s volume that is made up of fat can
easily be estimated. This is only an estimate
2CUUCIGHQT3Ō
since it assumes that your body is made up
A uniform solid cylinder of density 0.8 g/ of only two substances, fat (low density) and
cm3 floats in equilibrium in a combination of everything else (high density). The “weight”
two non-mixing liquids A and B with its axis is measured by spring balance both inside the
vertical. The densities of liquids A and B are outside the water. Quotes are placed around
0.7 g/cm3 and 1.2 g/cm3 respectively. The weight to indicate that the measurement
height of liquid A is hA = 1.2 cm. The length read on the scale is not your true weight, i.e.,
of the part of the cylinder in liquid B is hB = the force applied to you body by gravity, but
0.8 cm. ,'' a measurement of the net downward force
on the scale.
Air
h 16. Ram and Shyam have the same weight
when measured outside the water.
When measured under water, it is
hA found that weight of Ram is more than
A that of Shyam, then we can say that
(a) Ram has more fat content than
B hB Shyam
(b) Shyam has more fat content than
Ram
13. The total force exerted by liquid A on (c) Ram and Shyam both have the
the cylinder is same fat content
(a) 200 N (b) 350 N (d) None of these
(c) 450 N (d) zero 17. A person of mass 165 kg having one-
14. The length h of the cylinder in air is fourth of his volume consisting of
(a) 0.25 cm (b) 0.50 cm fat (relative density 0.4) and rest of
(c) 0.75 cm (d) 1.20 cm the volume consisting of everything
15. The cylinder is depressed in such a else (average relative density 4/3) is
way that its top surface is just below weighed under water by the spring
the upper surface of liquid A and balance. The reading shown by the
then released. The acceleration of the spring balance is
cylinder just after release is (a) 15 kg
g
(a) g m/s2 (b) m/s2 (b) 65 kg
2
g g (c) 150 kg
(c) m/s2 (d) m/s2 (d) None of these
6 8
18. Suppose that Ram is floating in
2CUUCIGHQT3Ō water with two-thirds of his volume
One way of measuring a person’s body immersed. Now the system is taken
fat content is by “weighing” them under in a lift which is accelerating upward
1152പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
2CUUCIGHQT3Ō
v3
A cylinder of radius R is kept embedded
along the wall of a dam as shown. Take 22. Initial speed with which the water
density of water as r. Take length as L. flows from the orifice is
(a) 5 m/s (b) 10 m/s
R (c) 12 m/s (d) 15 m/s
23. Initial speed with which the water
R strikes the ground is
(a) 10 m/s (b) 14.1 m/s
(c) 16.4 m/s (d) 18.2 m/s
24. Time taken to empty the tank to half
its original value is
19. The vertical force exerted by water on
the cylinder is (a) 444 s (b) 512 s
(a) rpR2Lg (c) 628 s (d) 942 s
(b) rpR2Lg/2 2CUUCIGHQT3Ō
(c) zero
A container of large uniform cross-sectional
(d) None of these
area A resting on a horizontal surface
20. The net torque exerted by liquid on the
holds two immiscible, non-viscous and
cylinder is
incompressible liquids of densities d and 2
2 rR3 Lg rR3 Lg d, each of height H/2 as shown. The lower
(a) (b)
3 3 density liquid is open to the atmosphere
having pressure P0. A tiny hole of area
rR3 Lg s(s << A) is punched on the vertical side of
(c) (d) 0
2 the container at a height h (h < H/2).
21. The force exerted by liquid on the Determine:
cylinder in horizontal direction is
[neglect atmospheric pressure]
d
(a) 2R2rgL (b) R2rgL H/2
2CUUCIGHQT3Ō H/2 2d h
A cylindrical, tank 1 m in radius, rests on a x
platform 5 m high. Initially, the tank is filled
with water to a height of 5 m. A plug whose 25. The initial speed of efflux of the liquid
area is 10–4 m2, is removed from an orifice on at the hole is
the side of the tank at the bottom. Calculate
the following.
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1153
Matrix Matching
37. Match Column I (property at fluid) with Column II (law of fluid motion) and select
the correct answer:
Column I Column II
(a) Volume rate of flow (p) Bernoulli’s theorem
(b) Viscous drag (q) Torricelli’s theorem
(c) Speed of efflux (exit) (r) Stokes’ law
(d) Pressure difference between two points (s) Poisuilli’s law points in a
flow tube
38. The vessel has two sections of areas of cross sections A1 and A2. A liquid of density
fills both the sections, up to a height in each. Neglect atmospheric pressure.
Column I Column II
(a) The pressure at the base of the vessel (p) 2hrgA2
(b) The force exerted by the liquid on the base of the vessel (q) 2hrg
(c) The weight of the liquid is less than (r) hrg (A2 – A1)
(d) Downward force on the liquid by the walls of the (s) 2hrgA1
vessel at the level x
A1
A2 x
h
r
39. Figure shows a siphon. It is a long pipe which is used to drain water from the reservoir
at higher level to a reservoir at lower level. Regarding the siphon match the following
columns:
Summit
Inlet leg 4
h1
Pa
3
2
1
h2
5
1156പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Column I Column II
(a) Pressure is more than the atmospheric pressure at (p) 1
(b) Pressure is less than the atmospheric pressure at (q) 2
(c) Pressure is highest of all the five points at (r) 3
(d) Pressure is least of all the five points (s) 4
(t) 5
40. Column II shows five systems in which two objects are labelled as X and Y. Also in
each case a point P is shown.
Column I gives some statements about X and/or Y. Match these statements to the
appropriate system(s) from Column II. ++6,''
Column I Column II
A. The force exerted (p) Y Block Y of mass M left on a fixed
by X and Y has a x inclined plane X, slides on it with a
magnitude Mg constants velocity.
P
P
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1157
Answers Key
.GXGN
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (a)
9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (a)
17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (c) 21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (b)
25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (d) 31. (b) 32. (b)
33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (a)
.GXGN
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (d)
9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (d)
17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (c) 21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (a)
25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (d) 31. (d) 32. (d)
33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (a)
41. (c)
/WNVKRNG%QTTGEV1RVKQPU
1. (b, c) 2. (a, b, d) 3. (b, c) 4. (b, d)
5. (a, b, c, d) 6. (c, d) 7. (a, c) 8. (b, c)
9. (a, c) 10. (a, c) 11. (b, d) 12. (a, b, c)
13. (a, c) 14. (a, c, d)
2CUUCIGUCPF/CVTKZ/CVEJKPI
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (b)
9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (b)
17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (d) 21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (d)
25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (b) 31. (d) 32. (c)
33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. A Æ (s); B Æ (r); C Æ (q); D Æ (p)
38. A Æ (q); B Æ (p); C Æ (p); D Æ (r) 39. A Æ (p); B Æ (q, r, s); C Æ (p); D Æ (r)
40. A Æ (p. t); B Æ (q, s, t); C Æ (p, r, t); D Æ (q)
3. (d) 10 h
v
A B
h + y = 10 cm ...(i)
PA = PB
1158പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Ê 4 3ˆ Ê 4 3ˆ
ÁË p r ˜¯ r g = 6phr( 2 gh ) + ÁË p r ˜¯ rw g
3 3
2
2 4 Ê r - 1ˆ
h= r g
81 ÁË h ˜¯
10. (b) For maximum range,
H 90
h= = = 45 cm
2 2
11. (d) A1v1 = A2 v2
A1v1 4.20 ¥ 5.18
\ v2 = = = 2.86 m/s
A2 7.60
12. (b) Decrease in pressure energy is equal to increase in kinetic energy of water, so
1 2
rv = (P1 – P2)
2
1
or ¥ 1000 ¥ v 2 = (3.5 – 3) ¥ 105
2
\ v = 10 m/s
13. (c) Av = A1v1 + A2v2
or A ¥ 3 = A ¥ 1.5 + 1.5A ¥ v
\ v = 1 m/s
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1159
m
14. (a) The volume of liquid displaced V = , does not depend on g so it remains as
such. r
15. (a) The water levels in A and B goes up. But level in B rises greater than A.
16. (a) For dynamic lift on aeroplane,
1
P + rv 2 = constant
2
17. (c) For the static liquid, pressure at B will be, P = rgH/2. Due to velocity of liquid at
1
B, the pressure at the point will decrease, so that P + rv 2 = constant.
2
18. (c) Velocity of efflux, ve = 2gh , clearly ve depends on g and h.
19. (c) Go to theory.
V V
20. (c) Vr3g = r1 g + r2 g
2 2
r1 + r2
or r3 = ,
2
Clearly r1 < r3 < r2.
21. (d) For streamline flow, all are correct
rvd
22. (b) RN =
h
È 1000 ¥ v ¥ (2 ¥ 10 - 2 ) ˘
or 2000 = Í 10 - 3
˙
ÍÎ ˙˚
\ v = 0.1 m/s
23. (a) The velocity of the body becomes constant after travelling for some distance.
24. (b) mg = Vrlg
m m
or V= =
rl 1.2
When ice melt, the volume of water formed
m m
V¢ = = =m
rw 1
Clearly V¢ > V, so level of liquid will rise.
25. (a) If V is the volume of liquid displaced then,
Fb = Vr(g – a) = Vr(g – g) = 0
V V
mg = roil g + rHg g rHgg
2 2
1160പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
0.8 ¥ g V
or Vrg = V ¥ + ¥ 13.6 ¥ g
2 2
\ r = 7.2 g/cm3
27. (c) Ax = (4A)y
or x=4y y
B¢
From Pascal’s law A
x
B
PA = PB
or rwg(36 + x) = rHgg(x + y)
or 1 ¥ g(36 + 4y) = 13.6 ¥ g (4y + y)
\ y = 0.56 cm
50
28. (d) Ps1 = 50 cm mercury = ¥ 13.6 = 6.8m WG
100
(WG Æ water gauge)
Ps2 = Ps1 = 6.8m WG
Ps3 = 6.8 – 0.5 = 6.3m WG
Equating Ps4 to Ps3 etc.
Ps = 6.3 ¥ 2 = 12.6m WG
50 90
Ppipe = 12.6 + ¥ 13.6 - 0.0012 ¥
100 100
= 19.4 m WG
= 19.4 ¥ 1000 ¥ 9.81 = 190 ¥ 103 N/m2
= 190 kN/m2 (gauge)
The pressure, 19.4 m WG equals 1.43 m mercury gauge. Allowing, say 10 cm to
stay in the bottom U-space, the single U-tube mercury manometer would be 153
cm long.
29. (d) The pressure on right side of the bubble is greater than the left, and so bubble will
have the shape as in case (d).
30. (d) The acceleration of the cork is also a w.r.t. the ground observer, so acceleration
w.r.t. water becomes zero.
31. (b) The pressure of liquid = 3P – P = 2P
4 13P
Thus, in the next case pressure, P¢ = ¥ 2P + P =
5 5
32. (b) For the equilibrium of the block
mg = kx + Vrg
r
r(Ah)g = k(h/3) + (Ah) g
\ k = 2rAg 3
F1 r gh1 ¥ p R2
F2 = r gh2 ¥ R2
p h1
= =1
h2
34. (c) From Pascal’s law
mg
rwg ¥ h =
A
Ê 12 ˆ
or h= Á = 0.15 m
Ë 800 ¥ 10 - 4 ¥ 10 3 ˜¯
35. (c) The pressure difference between the lungs and atmosphere,
= 760 – 750 = 10 mm of Hg
\ hrwg = 1 ¥ rHg ¥ g
rHg
or h= = 13.6 cm.
rw
rgh
36. (a) The thrust, F = Pav ¥ A = A
2
Level 2
1. (c) Q1 + Q2 = Q
p pr14 p pr24 p pr 4
+ =
8hl 8hl 8hl
or r4 = r14 + r24
2. (b) T + 0.8 ¥ 250 ¥ 10–3g = 250 dlg
T + 250 dlg = 1.2 ¥ 250 ¥ 10–3 g
Solving, T = 0.5 N
3. (c) t = k( h1 - h2 )
\ t1 = k( h - h/2 )
and t2 = k( h/2 - 0)
t1
\ = 2 -1
t2
4. (d) T + mg = Fb
\ T = Fb – mg
= Vrwg – mg
1162പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
Fb
T
mg
m
= rw g - mg
( rw/h)
= (h – 1)mg.
5. (b) Initially, mg = (AL)Pwg
or r(A ¥ 2L)g = (AL)rwg ...(i)
After one hour,
r[A ¥ (2L – 2)]g = (Al)rwg ...(ii)
Dividing (ii) by (i), we get
l = (L – 1)
6. (b)
r Concrete
7. (c)
3V, Pa
V, (rgh + Pa)
3V ¥ 75 = V(75 + h)
\ h = 150 cm of Hg
or h = 1.50 ¥ 10 = 15 m of water
8. (d) mg – Vdg = Mg – V¢dg
m M
or mg - dg = Mg - dg
d1 d2
Ê dˆ
MÁ1- ˜
Ë d2 ¯
\ m =
Ê dˆ
ÁË 1 - d ˜¯
1
mg = Vrlg
4 4
or p(R3 – r3)rg = pR3 ¥ rlg
3 3
or (R3 – r3) ¥ 2 ¥ 104 = 1.2 ¥ 103 R3
or (0.53 – r3) ¥ 20 = 1.2 ¥ (0.5)3
or r = 0.98 m.
11. (a) If m is the mass on the log, then
mg + 120g = Vrwg
120
or m + 120 = ¥ 1000
600
\ m = 80 kg
1164പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
12. (b)
h y
x
A B
p d2 p(nd)2
x¥ = y
4 4
\ x = n 2y
From Pascal’s law
rwgh = rHgg(x + y)
or 1 ¥ gh = sg(n2y + y)
h
\ y =
s(1 + n2 )
13. (c)
y
v1
v2
1 1
Pa + rv12 + r g(3 - 0.525) = Pa + rv22 + 0 ...(ii)
2 2
After solving above equations, we get
v22 = 50 m2/s2
16. (d) Suppose m and M are the masses of coin and block respectively, then
(M + m)g = Vrwg
M+m
\ V =
rw
When coin falls into water, volume of water displaced
M m
V¢ = +
rw rcoin
Ê4 ˆ
= Á p R 3 ˜ rw g
Ë3 ¯
È4 3 ˘
Í 3 p R rw g - Mg ˙
\ T1 = Í ˙
Í 3 ˙
Î ˚
19. (a)
Fh
P
q
y
W
2TR
Ê rgh ˆ
ÁË Pa + ˜ ¥ 2Rh
2 ¯
v
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1167
1
Pa + rv 2 + r gv = Pa + 0 + rg(h + y)
2
v2
\ h =
2g
25. (a) The extra buoyant force,
Fb = Vrg
= (0.20 ¥ 0.20 ¥ 0.04) ¥ 1000 ¥ 10 = 16 N.
26. (a)
Fb
l
l/2 W
q
P
W = Alr, Fb = (Ay)sg
Ê l ˆ
= ÁA sg
Ë 2 sin q ˜¯
Taking moment of all the forces acting on the rod about P, and put equal to zero,
we get
l y
W ¥ cos q - Fb ¥ cos q = 0
2 2
After substituting and simplifying, we get
1 s
sin q =
2 r
m
27. (c) The volume of liquid displaced, V = , does not depend on acceleration due to
r
gravity, so it remains as such.
28. (d)
h/2
h
h v2
v1 = 2 g( h/2)
For v2 we can replace the liquid of density r and height h to a liquid of density 2r
and height h/2. Thus, v2 = 2 gh = 2v
1168പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
F¢ = F 2 + F 2 = 2F
= 2rvQ
32. (d) v0 = 2gh
h
h¢ =
2
h 2 gh
Now, v = 2 gh ¢ = 2 g = 4
2 2
v
= 40
2
33. (b)
Fb
a
T
mg
Fb = Vd(g + a)
Fb – (T + mg) = ma
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1169
or T = Vd(g + a) – Vr(g + a)
= V(d – r)(g + a).
a 2h
34. (b) tan q = =
g l 2h
l
2gh B A
\ a =
l
35. (b) Total horizontal length of liquid tube,
x = 2 2l sin 45∞
= 2l
h = difference in height of liquid in ends, then
a h
tan q = =
g 2l
2al
\ h =
g
36. (b) VAB is the given cone. Let its height be h and semi-vertical angle a. Let the base
AB of the cone be in the surface. CD is the surface of separation of two liquids, O
and O¢ are the centres of the base AB and surface of separation CD.
A O B
(h–z)
s2
C O¢ D
z s1
a
Ê1 3 2 ˆ Ê1 3 2 ˆ
ÁË p h tan - a ˜¯ - ÁË p z tan - a ˜¯
3 3
1170പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
\ For equilibrium,
Weight of the cone = (weight of liquid of density s1 displaced) + (weight of liquid
of density s2 displaced)
1 1 1
or ph3 tan2 arg = pz3 tan2 as1g + p(h3 – z3)tan2 as2g
3 3 3
or h3r = z3s1 + (h3 – z3)s2
or h3(r – s2) = z3(s1 – s2)
1/3
Ê r -s2 ˆ
or z = hÁ
Ë s 1 - s 2 ˜¯
37. (a) For equilibrium
4dA(g = (dAL + m)g
l
and > Ycm (for rotational equilibrium)
2
m ¥ 0 + dAL(L/2) dAL2
Yc.m. = =
m + dAL 2(m + dAL)
AL2 d m + dAL AL2 d
l > fi >
( ALd + m) 4 dA ( ALd + m)
m > ALd
38. (d) The buoyant force,
Fb = Pbottom A – PtopA
fi PbottomA = Fb + PtopA
= Vrg + rgh ¥ pR2
39. (a) P + r1gh1 = P + r2gh2
r1h1 1000 ¥ 20
\ r2 = = = 2000 kg/m3
h2 10
40. (a) Pair – rgl1 = rHggl3 + P0
or Pair = rgl1 + rHggl3 + P0
41. (c) For floating, we have mg = rAv2
mg 1.23 ¥ 10
\ r = =
Av 2 0.1 ¥ 10 2
= 1.23 kg/m3
2. (a, b, d)
When all the fish start accelerating up, the weight W¢ = M(g + a).
3. (b, c)
Buoyant force on the body, Fb = Vr(g + a) > W
m
The volume of liquid displaced, V¢ = ,
r
which is constant.
4. (b, d)
1 1
0+ rv2 + rgh = Pa + rve2 + 0
2 2
For large container v << ve, and so can be neglected.
\ ve = 2( rgh - Pa )
For ve >> 0, or (rgh – Pa) ≥ 0
Pa 1 ¥ 10 5
or h ≥ = 10 m
rg 1000 ¥ 10
Thus, v1 = 0 and v2 = 0
5. (a, b, c, d)
Let zmin be the minimum reference level of the dotted parabola and z1 and z2 the liquid
levels above the base.
6. (c, d)
In a streamline flow, particles arriving at a given point must have same velocity and
so KE and momenta.
7. (a, c)
For uniform cross section
avA = avB fi vA = vB
From Bernoulli’s equations, we have
1 1
PA + rvA2 = PB + rvB2
2 2
As vA = vB , \ PA = PB
8. (b, c)
At point 1, the space available for the fluid is large and so the speed becomes slower.
Thus, v1 < v2 and P1 < P2
9. (a, c)
500
P = = 5 ¥ 104 N/m2
100 ¥ 10 - 4
Using Bernoull’s equations, we have
1
P + 0 + 0 = Pa + rv2 + rgh
2
1172പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
1
= 1 ¥ 105 + ¥ 103 ¥ 102 + 103 10 ¥ 0.50
2
= 1.55 ¥ 105 N/m2
If F is the force applied then
F
Pa + = 1.55 ¥ 105
A
F
or 1 ¥ 105 + = 1.55 ¥ 105
A
\ F = 0.55 ¥ 105 ¥ 100 ¥ 10–4 = 550 N
10. (a, c)
H = 2h; x = y( H - y )
dx H
For maximum, = 0, which give y = = h.
dy 2
Also xm = H = 2h.
11. (b, d)
F = rvQ = rAv2
Clearly, when velocity becomes two times, the thrust becomes four times.
Energy lost per second, P = Fv = rAv3, so it becomes eight times.
12. (a, b, c)
Using Bernoulli’s equation between points 2 and 3, we have
1 1
P2 + rv2 + rgh3 = P0 + rv 2 + 0
2 2
\ P2 = (P0 – rgh3)
Now between free surface on container and point 2, we have
1
P0 + 0 + 0 = P2 + rv 2 + 0
2
1
or P0 = P0 – rgh3 + rv 2
2
fi v = 2 gh3 . Clearly, h3 > 0
13. (a, c)
The free surface of water makes an angle
a
tan q = backward
g
or tan q = g/a
14. (a, c, d)
The rate of flow, Q = A 1v 1 = A 2v 2
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1173
2m
2(P - Pa )
The velocity efflux, v =
r
2 ¥ 8 ¥ 10 5
=
1000
= 40 m/s
The time to fall from height 2 m,
2h 2¥2
t = = = 0.63 s
g 9.8
Q 3000 ¥ 10 - 6
8. (b) v2 = = = 3 m/s
A2 10 ¥ 10 - 4
Using Bernoulli’s equation, we have
1 1
P1 + rv12 = P2 + rv22
2 2
1
\ P1 – P 2 = r(v22 – v12)
2
1
= ¥ 1000 (32 – 0.75)2
2
= 4219 N/m2
4219
9. (b) h =
13.6 ¥ 10 3 ¥ 9.8
= 0.0316 = 3.16 cm
Passage (Q. 10–12)
10. (d) f = 6rhrv = 6p ¥ 10–3 ¥ 10–3 ¥ 3
= 5.65 ¥ 10–5 N
pR 4 (P2 - P1 )
11. (c) From Q =
8hL
pR 4 (P2 - P1 )
We have, h =
8 LQ
Substituting the value, we get h ª 4 ¥ 10–3 Pa-s
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1175
2vrR
12. (a) From Re =
h
hRe
v =
2rR
Flow remains laminar till Re = 2000
4 ¥ 10 - 3 ¥ 2000
\ v = = 0.5 m/s
2 ¥ 1000 ¥ 8 ¥ 10 - 3
Passage (Q. 13–15)
13. (d) Liquid A exerts all round horizontal force on the cylinder and so net on it is zero.
14. (a) If A is the area of cross section of the cylinder, then for the floating cylinder weight
of the cylinder = buoyant force by the liquids
(hA + hB + h)A ¥ 0.8 g = (hAA)rAg + (hBA)rBg
(1.2 + 0.8 + h) A ¥ 0.8 g = (1.2 A) ¥ 0.7 g + (0.8 A) ¥ 1.2 g
\ h = 0.25 cm.
15. (c) The extra buoyant force
Fb = (A h) rB g
Fb
Acceleration a =
m
AhrB g
=
m
Here m = (hA + hB + h)A ¥ 0.8
= (1.2 + 0.8 + 0.25)A ¥ 0.8
A ¥ 0.25 ¥ 1.2 g
\ a =
1.8 A
g
= m/s2
6
Passage (Q. 16–18)
16. (b) Weight of Ram is more than that of Shyam in water means upthrust on Ram is less
hence less volume and less fat content.
17. (a) Let fat mass = m1, other mass = m2,
Total volume = V¢
m1 V m2 3V
Given: = , =
0.4 dw 4 ( 4/3)dw 4
and m1 + m2 = 165
1650
Solving, V =
11dw
1650
Spring balance reading = 165 – dw = 15 kg
11dw
1176പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
18. (c) Upthrust and effective weight changes by same factor hence fraction immersed
remains same.
Passage (Q. 19–21)
19. (b), 20. (d) , 21. (c)
p
Fv = Ú [rg (2R – R cos q)] ¥ [Rdq ¥ L] cos q
0
p
Fv = rgR2L Ú cos q ( 2 – cos q) dq
0
q q
p
p
= rgR2L Ú (2 cos q – cos2 q) dq = – rgR2L 2
0
p
\ Force = rgR2L upwards
2
As all forces are radial and all pass through axis and hence torque is zero.
p
Fx = Ú rg (2R – R cos q) (Rdq ¥ L) sin q = 4R2rgL
0
= 2 ¥ 10 ¥ 5
= 10 m/s
23. (b) By using conservation of mechanical energy, we have
1 2 1
rv2 + r gH = rv32 + 0
2 2
\ v3 = v22 + 2 gH
= 10 2 + 2 ¥ 10 ¥ 5
= 14.14 m/s.
24. (d) Time to empty the tank is given by
A 2
t = ( h1 - h2 )
a g
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1177
where A = p(1)2
= 3.14 m2
a = 10–4 m2
h1 = 5m
h2 = 2.5 m.
After substituting the values and simplifying, we get
t = 942 s.
= ( 3 H - 4 h )h
27. (c) For maximum x,
dx
=0
dh
1
or (3Hh – 4h2)1/2 ¥ (3h – 8h) = 0
2
- 5h
or (3Hh – 4h2)1/2 = 0
2
Thus, 3Hh – 4h2 = 0
3H
or h=
4
Passage (Q. 28–30)
28. (b) The level in tube A becomes,
8 a 2a
hA = - = 2a
3 3
The level in tube B becomes,
4 a 2a
hB = + = 2a
3 3
Thus, PB – PA = (2r)ghB – rghA
= 2rg ¥ 2a – rg ¥ 2a = 2arg
1178പWŚLJƐŝĐƐĨŽƌ//dͲ:͗DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ//
29. (a)
( a+ 2 a/3 )
30. (b) S(Px – PA) = Ú (dm)w2x
a
( 5 a/3 )
= Ú (rsdx)w2x
a
8
= rsw 2 a 2 ...(i)
9
56
Similarly, S(PB – Px) = rsw2a2 ...(ii)
9
From the above equations
9
Fx = P xs = rsag
4
9g
and w= .
32 a
Passage (Q. 31–33)
31. (d)
a
32. (c) tan q = ; which does not depend on density so, q1 = q2
g
33. (c)
r h
2r h/2
v2
h
The velocity of efflux at hole 1, v1 = 2g = gh .
2
\ F1 = rAv12 = rAgh.
Using Bernoulli’s equation between a point on free surface and 2, we have
Ê hˆ 1
Pa + 0 + Á r gh + 2 r g ¥ ˜ = Pa + (2r)v22
Ë 2¯ 2
\ v2 = 2gh .
Force F2 = (2r)Av22 = 2rA ¥ 2gh = 4 rAgh
The mass of liquid,
m = rA0h + 2rA0h = 3rA0h
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1179
P2 P0 W P2
2
1
h2
5
,LJĚƌŽƐƚĂƟĐƐŽƌ&ůƵŝĚ^ƚĂƟĐƐപ1181
1
Pa = Pa + rv22 - r gh2
2
fi v2 = 2 gh2
Thus, for v2 > 0, h2 > 0
Also
1 1
Pa = P 3 + rv2 = P4 + rv2 + rgh1
2 2
1
= Pa + rv2 – rgh2
2
From the above equation following conclusion can be made
(i) P4 < P3 < Pa
(ii) rg(h1 + h2) = Pa – P4
Pa - P4
fi (h1 + h2) =
rg
Pa
or h1 + h2 <
rg
40. A Æ p, t; B Æ q, s, t; C Æ p, r, t; D Æ q
N
Y f
v
X
(p) q
sin q
Mg q Mg Mg cos q
P
f 2 + N2 = m 2 N 2 + N 2 = ( m 2 + 1 )N
Z v
(q)
Y
Mg
X
As the lift moves up, X also moves up and therefore the gravitational energy of X
is continuously increasing.
\ Option (B) is correct.
The torque of the weight of Y about P is zero as the perpendicular distance of the
line of action of force from the point P is zero.
\ Option (D) is correct.
The force exerted by X on Y will be equal to Mg + Mg = 2 Mg where Mg is weight
of Y and Mg is the force on Y due to Z.
Option (A) is incorrect.
(r)
P
Y
X
v
m0g
R= ( Mg )2 + [(m0 + M ) g ]2 π Mg
Mg
m0g
R
Mg
(s) Y
(t) Y
Sphere Y is moving with terminal velocity. Therefore, the net force on Y is zero,
i.e.,
B Fv
Mg
Mg = B + Fv
where B = buoyant force and Fv = viscous force.
B + Fv are exerted by X on Y.
Therefore, option (A) is correct.
The gravitational potential energy of X is continuously increasing because as Y
moves down, the centre of mass of X moves up.
Option (B) is correct.
The mechanical energy of the system (X + Y) is continuously decreasing to
overcome the viscous forces.
Option (C) is correct.
es
ludst
TM
nc
I at nse
IIT-JEE Qu
L stio
e
II
II I IT - J E E &
Physics for IIT - JEE (Mechanics-II) is designed for the aspirants of JEE and
other engineering examinations. All Other Engineering Examinations
The volumes contain to the point theory and numerous solved numericals along
with practice tests having subjective type, objective type, matrix matching and
integer type questions which provide the aspirants a thorough understanding of
the subject and help prepare them for any type of problem asked in IIT - JEE.
II
Key Features
Develop and hone the problem Mechanics I 20%
solving technique
Abundant tips, short-cut methods
for solving specific problems Oscillations, Waves, Heat
and Thermodynamics 17%
Plenty of conceptual and
application-based numericals with Electrostatics and
detailed solutions and free-body Magnetism 23%
diagrams for better understanding
Optics and Modern Physics 20%
978-93-89307-24-5
Sharma Ashwani Kumar Sharma
Distributed by:
9 789389 307245 TM